This is the Buildbot documentation for Buildbot version 4.2.0.

If you are evaluating Buildbot and would like to get started quickly, start with the Tutorial. Regular users of Buildbot should consult the Manual, and those wishing to modify Buildbot directly will want to be familiar with the Developer’s Documentation.

Table Of Contents

1. Buildbot Tutorial

Contents:

1.1. First Run

1.1.1. Goal

This tutorial will take you from zero to running your first buildbot master and worker as quickly as possible, without changing the default configuration.

This tutorial is all about instant gratification and the five minute experience: in five minutes we want to convince you that this project works, and that you should seriously consider spending time learning the system. In this tutorial no configuration or code changes are done.

This tutorial assumes that you are running Unix, but might be adaptable to Windows.

Thanks to virtualenv, installing buildbot in a standalone environment is very easy. For those more familiar with Docker, there also exists a docker version of these instructions.

You should be able to cut and paste each shell block from this tutorial directly into a terminal.

1.1.2. Simple introduction to BuildBot

Before trying to run BuildBot it’s helpful to know what BuildBot is.

BuildBot is a continuous integration framework written in Python. It consists of a master daemon and potentially many worker daemons that usually run on other machines. The master daemon runs a web server that allows the end user to start new builds and to control the behaviour of the BuildBot instance. The master also distributes builds to the workers. The worker daemons connect to the master daemon and execute builds whenever master tells them to do so.

In this tutorial we will run a single master and a single worker on the same machine.

A more thorough explanation can be found in the manual section of the Buildbot documentation.

1.1.3. Getting ready

There are many ways to get the code on your machine. We will use the easiest one: via pip in a virtualenv. It has the advantage of not polluting your operating system, as everything will be contained in the virtualenv.

To make this work, you will need the following installed:

• Python and the development packages for it

• virtualenv

Preferably, use your distribution package manager to install these.

You will also need a working Internet connection, as virtualenv and pip will need to download other projects from the Internet. The master and builder daemons will need to be able to connect to github.com via HTTPS to fetch the repo we’re testing.

If you need to use a proxy for this ensure that either the HTTPS_PROXY or ALL_PROXY environment variable is set to your proxy, e.g., by executing export HTTPS_PROXY=http://localhost:9080 in the shell before starting each daemon.

Note

Buildbot does not require root access. Run the commands in this tutorial as a normal, unprivileged user.

1.1.4. Creating a master

The first necessary step is to create a virtualenv for our master. We first create a separate directory to demonstrate the distinction between a master and worker:

mkdir -p ~/buildbot-test/master_root
cd ~/buildbot-test/master_root

Then we create the virtual environment. On Python 3:

python3 -m venv sandbox
source sandbox/bin/activate

Next, we need to install several build dependencies to make sure we can install buildbot and its supporting packages. These build dependencies are:

• GCC build tools (gcc for RHEL/CentOS/Fedora based distributions, or build-essential for Ubuntu/Debian based distributions).

• Python development library (python3-devel for RHEL/CentOS/Fedora based distributions, or python3-dev for Ubuntu/Debian based distributions).

• OpenSSL development library (openssl-devel for RHEL/CentOS/Fedora based distributions, or libssl-dev for Ubuntu/Debian based distributions).

• libffi development library (libffi-devel for RHEL/CentOS/Fedora based distributions, or libffi-dev for Ubuntu/Debian based distributions).

Install these build dependencies:

# if in Ubuntu/Debian based distributions:
sudo apt-get install build-essential python3-dev libssl-dev libffi-dev

# if in RHEL/CentOS/Fedora based distributions:
sudo yum install gcc python3-devel openssl-devel libffi-devel

or refer to your distribution’s documentation on how to install these packages.

Now that we are ready, we need to install buildbot:

pip install --upgrade pip
pip install 'buildbot[bundle]'

Now that buildbot is installed, it’s time to create the master. my_master represents a path to a directory, where future master will be created:

buildbot create-master my_master

Buildbot’s activity is controlled by a configuration file. Buildbot by default uses configuration from file at master.cfg, but its installation comes with a sample configuration file named master.cfg.sample. We will use the sample configuration file unchanged, but we have to rename it to master.cfg:

mv my_master/master.cfg.sample my_master/master.cfg

Finally, start the master:

buildbot start my_master

You will now see some log information from the master in this terminal. It should end with lines like these:

2014-11-01 15:52:55+0100 [-] BuildMaster is running
The buildmaster appears to have (re)started correctly.

From now on, feel free to visit the web status page running on the port 8010: http://localhost:8010/

Our master now needs (at least) one worker to execute its commands. For that, head on to the next section!

1.1.5. Creating a worker

The worker will be executing the commands sent by the master. In this tutorial, we are using the buildbot/hello-world project as an example. As a consequence of this, your worker will need access to the git command in order to checkout some code. Be sure that it is installed, or the builds will fail.

Same as we did for our master, we will create a virtualenv for our worker next to the master’s one. It would however be completely ok to do this on another computer - as long as the worker computer is able to connect to the master’s . We first create a new directory for the worker:

mkdir -p ~/buildbot-test/worker_root
cd ~/buildbot-test/worker_root

Again, we create a virtual environment. On Python 3:

python3 -m venv sandbox
source sandbox/bin/activate

Install the buildbot-worker command:

pip install --upgrade pip
pip install buildbot-worker
# required for `runtests` build
pip install setuptools-trial

Now, create the worker:

buildbot-worker create-worker my_worker localhost example-worker pass

Note

If you decided to create this from another computer, you should replace localhost with the name of the computer where your master is running.

The username (example-worker), and password (pass) should be the same as those in my_master/master.cfg; verify this is the case by looking at the section for c['workers']:

cat ../master_root/my_master/master.cfg

And finally, start the worker:

buildbot-worker start my_worker

Check the worker’s output. It should end with lines like these:

2014-11-01 15:56:51+0100 [-] Connecting to localhost:9989
2014-11-01 15:56:51+0100 [Broker,client] message from master: attached
The worker appears to have (re)started correctly.

Meanwhile, from the other terminal, in the master log (twisted.log in the master directory), you should see lines like these:

2014-11-01 15:56:51+0100 [Broker,1,127.0.0.1] worker 'example-worker' attaching from
IPv4Address(TCP, '127.0.0.1', 54015)
2014-11-01 15:56:51+0100 [Broker,1,127.0.0.1] Got workerinfo from 'example-worker'
2014-11-01 15:56:51+0100 [-] bot attached

1.1.6. Wrapping up

Your directory tree now should look like this:

~/buildbot-test/master_root/my_master  # master base directory
~/buildbot-test/master_root/sandbox    # virtualenv for master

~/buildbot-test/worker_root/my_worker  # worker base directory
~/buildbot-test/worker_root/sandbox    # virtualenv for worker

You should now be able to go to http://localhost:8010, where you will see a web page similar to:

Click on “Builds” at the left to open the submenu and then Builders to see that the worker you just started (identified by the green bubble) has connected to the master:

Your master is now quietly waiting for new commits to hello-world. This doesn’t happen very often though. In the next section, we’ll see how to manually start a build.

We just wanted to get you to dip your toes in the water. It’s easy to take your first steps, but this is about as far as we can go without touching the configuration.

You’ve got a taste now, but you’re probably curious for more. Let’s step it up a little in the second tutorial by changing the configuration and doing an actual build. Continue on to A Quick Tour.

1.2. A Quick Tour

1.2.1. Goal

This tutorial will expand on the First Run tutorial by taking a quick tour around some of the features of buildbot that are hinted at in the comments in the sample configuration. We will simply change parts of the default configuration and explain the activated features.

As a part of this tutorial, we will make buildbot do a few actual builds.

This section will teach you how to:

• make simple configuration changes and activate them

• deal with configuration errors

• force builds

• enable and control the IRC bot

• add a ‘try’ scheduler

1.2.2. The First Build

On the Builders page, click on the runtests link. You’ll see a builder page, and a blue “force” button that will bring up the following dialog box:

Click Start Build - there’s no need to fill in any of the fields in this case. Next, click on view in waterfall.

You will now see that a successful test run has happened:

This simple process is essentially the whole purpose of the Buildbot project.

The information about what actions are executed for a certain build are defined in things called builders.

The information about when a certain builder should launch a build are defined in things called schedulers. In fact, the blue “force” button that was pushed in this example activated a scheduler too.

1.2.3. Setting Project Name and URL

Let’s start simple by looking at where you would customize the buildbot’s project name and URL.

We continue where we left off in the First Run tutorial.

Open a new terminal, go to the directory you created master in, activate the same virtualenv instance you created before, and open the master configuration file with an editor (here $EDITOR is your editor of choice like vim, gedit, or emacs):

cd ~/buildbot-test/master
source sandbox/bin/activate
$EDITOR master/master.cfg

Now, look for the section marked PROJECT IDENTITY which reads:

####### PROJECT IDENTITY

# the 'title' string will appear at the top of this buildbot installation's
# home pages (linked to the 'titleURL').

c['title'] = "Hello World CI"
c['titleURL'] = "https://buildbot.github.io/hello-world/"

If you want, you can change either of these links to anything you want so that you can see what happens when you change them.

After making a change, go to the terminal and type:

buildbot reconfig master

You will see a handful of lines of output from the master log, much like this:

2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] loading configuration from /path/to/buildbot/master.cfg
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] configuration update started
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] builder runtests is unchanged
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] removing IStatusReceiver <...>
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] (TCP Port 8010 Closed)
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] Stopping factory <...>
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] adding IStatusReceiver <...>
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] RotateLogSite starting on 8010
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] Starting factory <...>
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] Setting up http.log rotating 10 files of 10000000 bytes each
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] WebStatus using (/path/to/buildbot/public_html)
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] removing 0 old schedulers, updating 0, and adding 0
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] adding 1 new changesources, removing 1
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] gitpoller: using workdir '/path/to/buildbot/gitpoller-workdir'
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] GitPoller repository already exists
2011-12-04 10:11:09-0600 [-] configuration update complete

Reconfiguration appears to have completed successfully.

The important lines are the ones telling you that the new configuration is being loaded (at the top) and that the update is complete (at the bottom).

Now, if you go back to the waterfall page, you will see that the project’s name is whatever you may have changed it to, and when you click on the URL of the project name at the bottom of the page, it should take you to the link you put in the configuration.

1.2.4. Configuration Errors

It is very common to make a mistake when configuring buildbot, so you might as well see now what happens in that case and what you can do to fix the error.

Open up the config again and introduce a syntax error by removing the first single quote in the two lines you changed before, so they read:

c[title'] = "Hello World CI"
c[titleURL'] = "https://buildbot.github.io/hello-world/"

This creates a Python SyntaxError. Now go ahead and reconfig the master:

buildbot reconfig master

This time, the output looks like:

2015-08-14 18:40:46+0000 [-] beginning configuration update
2015-08-14 18:40:46+0000 [-] Loading configuration from '/data/buildbot/master/master.cfg'
2015-08-14 18:40:46+0000 [-] error while parsing config file:
        Traceback (most recent call last):
          File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/dist-packages/buildbot/master.py", line 265, in reconfig
            d = self.doReconfig()
          File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/dist-packages/twisted/internet/defer.py", line 1274, in unwindGenerator
            return _inlineCallbacks(None, gen, Deferred())
          File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/dist-packages/twisted/internet/defer.py", line 1128, in _inlineCallbacks
            result = g.send(result)
          File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/dist-packages/buildbot/master.py", line 289, in doReconfig
            self.configFileName)
        --- <exception caught here> ---
          File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/dist-packages/buildbot/config.py", line 156, in loadConfig
            exec f in localDict
        exceptions.SyntaxError: EOL while scanning string literal (master.cfg, line 103)

2015-08-14 18:40:46+0000 [-] error while parsing config file: EOL while scanning string literal (master.cfg, line 103) (traceback in logfile)
2015-08-14 18:40:46+0000 [-] reconfig aborted without making any changes

Reconfiguration failed. Please inspect the master.cfg file for errors,
correct them, then try 'buildbot reconfig' again.

This time, it’s clear that there was a mistake in the configuration. Luckily, the Buildbot master will ignore the wrong configuration and keep running with the previous configuration.

The message is clear enough, so open the configuration again, fix the error, and reconfig the master.

1.2.5. Enabling the IRC Bot

Buildbot includes an IRC bot that you can tell to join a channel to control and report on the status of buildbot.

Note

Security Note

Please note that any user having access to your IRC channel, or can send a private message to the bot, will be able to create or stop builds bug #3377.

First, start an IRC client of your choice, connect to irc.freenode.net and join an empty channel. In this example we will use #buildbot-test, so go join that channel. (Note: please do not join the main buildbot channel!)

Edit master.cfg and look for the BUILDBOT SERVICES section. At the end of that section add the lines:

c['services'].append(reporters.IRC(host="irc.freenode.net", nick="bbtest",
                                   channels=["#buildbot-test"]))

The reconfigure the master and type:

grep -i irc master/twistd.log

The log output should contain a line like this:

2016-11-13 15:53:06+0100 [-] Starting factory <...>
2016-11-13 15:53:19+0100 [IrcStatusBot,client] <...>: I have joined #buildbot-test

You should see the bot now joining in your IRC client. In your IRC channel, type:

bbtest: commands

to get a list of the commands the bot supports.

Let’s tell the bot to notify on certain events. To learn on which EVENTS we can notify, type:

bbtest: help notify

Now, let’s set some event notifications:

<@lsblakk> bbtest: notify on started finished failure
< bbtest> The following events are being notified: ['started', 'failure', 'finished']

Now, go back to the web interface and force another build. Alternatively, ask the bot to force a build:

<@lsblakk> bbtest: force build --codebase= runtests
< bbtest> build #1 of runtests started
< bbtest> Hey! build runtests #1 is complete: Success [finished]

You can also see the new builds in the web interface.

The full documentation is available at IRC.

1.2.6. Setting Authorized Web Users

The default configuration allows everyone to perform any task, like creating or stopping builds via the web interface. To restrict this to a user, look for:

c['www'] = {
    "port": 8010,
    "plugins": {
        "waterfall_view": {},
        "console_view": {}
    }
}

and append:

c['www']['authz'] = util.Authz(
        allowRules = [
            util.AnyEndpointMatcher(role="admins")
        ],
        roleMatchers = [
            util.RolesFromUsername(roles=['admins'], usernames=['Alice'])
        ]
)
c['www']['auth'] = util.UserPasswordAuth([('Alice','Password1')])

For more details, see Authentication plugins.

1.2.7. Adding a ‘try’ scheduler

Buildbot includes a way for developers to submit patches for testing without committing them to the source code control system. (This is really handy for projects that support several operating systems or architectures.)

To set this up, add the following lines to master.cfg:

from buildbot.scheduler import Try_Userpass
c['schedulers'] = []
c['schedulers'].append(Try_Userpass(
                                    name='try',
                                    builderNames=['runtests'],
                                    port=5555,
                                    userpass=[('sampleuser','samplepass')]))

Then you can submit changes using the try command.

Let’s try this out by making a one-line change to hello-world, say, to make it trace the tree by default:

git clone https://github.com/buildbot/hello-world.git hello-world-git
cd hello-world-git/hello
$EDITOR __init__.py
# change 'return "hello " + who' on line 6 to 'return "greets " + who'

Then run buildbot’s try command as follows:

cd ~/buildbot-test/master
source sandbox/bin/activate
buildbot try --connect=pb --master=127.0.0.1:5555 \
    --username=sampleuser --passwd=samplepass --vc=git

This will do git diff for you and send the resulting patch to the server for build and test against the latest sources from Git.

Now go back to the waterfall page, click on the runtests link, and scroll down. You should see that another build has been started with your change (and stdout for the tests should be chock-full of parse trees as a result). The “Reason” for the job will be listed as “‘try’ job”, and the blamelist will be empty.

To make yourself show up as the author of the change, use the --who=emailaddr option on buildbot try to pass your email address.

To make a description of the change show up, use the --properties=comment="this is a comment" option on buildbot try.

To use ssh instead of a private username/password database, see Try_Jobdir.

1.3. First Buildbot run with Docker

Note

Docker can be tricky to get working correctly if you haven’t used it before. If you’re having trouble, first determine whether it is a Buildbot issue or a Docker issue by running:

docker run ubuntu:20.04 apt-get update

If that fails, look for help with your Docker install. On the other hand, if that succeeds, then you may have better luck getting help from members of the Buildbot community.

Docker is a tool that makes building and deploying custom environments a breeze. It uses lightweight linux containers (LXC) and performs quickly, making it a great instrument for the testing community. The next section includes a Docker pre-flight check. If it takes more that 3 minutes to get the ‘Success’ message for you, try the Buildbot pip-based first run instead.

1.3.1. Current Docker dependencies

• Linux system, with at least kernel 3.8 and AUFS support. For example, Standard Ubuntu, Debian and Arch systems.

• Packages: lxc, iptables, ca-certificates, and bzip2 packages.

• Local clock on time or slightly in the future for proper SSL communication.

• This tutorial uses docker-compose to run a master, a worker, and a postgresql database server

1.3.2. Installation

• Use the Docker installation instructions for your operating system.

• Make sure you install docker-compose. As root or inside a virtualenv, run:

  pip install docker-compose
  

• Test docker is happy in your environment:

  sudo docker run -i busybox /bin/echo Success
  

1.3.3. Building and running Buildbot

# clone the example repository
git clone --depth 1 https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-docker-example-config

# Build the Buildbot container (it will take a few minutes to download packages)
cd buildbot-docker-example-config/simple
docker-compose up

You should now be able to go to http://localhost:8010 and see a web page similar to:

Click on “Builds” at the left to open the submenu and then Builders to see that the worker you just started has connected to the master:

1.3.4. Overview of the docker-compose configuration

This docker-compose configuration is made as a basis for what you would put in production

• Separated containers for each component

• A solid database backend with postgresql

• A buildbot master that exposes its configuration to the docker host

• A buildbot worker that can be cloned in order to add additional power

• Containers are linked together so that the only port exposed to external is the web server

• The default master container is based on Alpine linux for minimal footprint

• The default worker container is based on more widely known Ubuntu distribution, as this is the container you want to customize.

• Download the config from a tarball accessible via a web server

1.3.5. Playing with your Buildbot containers

If you’ve come this far, you have a Buildbot environment that you can freely experiment with.

In order to modify the configuration, you need to fork the project on github https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-docker-example-config Then you can clone your own fork, and start the docker-compose again.

To modify your config, edit the master.cfg file, commit your changes, and push to your fork. You can use the command buildbot check-config in order to make sure the config is valid before the push. You will need to change docker-compose.yml the variable BUILDBOT_CONFIG_URL in order to point to your github fork.

The BUILDBOT_CONFIG_URL may point to a .tar.gz file accessible from HTTP. Several git servers like github can generate that tarball automatically from the master branch of a git repository If the BUILDBOT_CONFIG_URL does not end with .tar.gz, it is considered to be the URL to a master.cfg file accessible from HTTP.

1.3.6. Customize your Worker container

It is advised to customize you worker container in order to suit your project’s build dependencies and need. An example DockerFile is available which the buildbot community uses for its own CI purposes:

https://github.com/buildbot/metabbotcfg/blob/nine/docker/metaworker/Dockerfile

1.3.7. Multi-master

A multi-master environment can be setup using the multimaster/docker-compose.yml file in the example repository

# Build the Buildbot container (it will take a few minutes to download packages)
cd buildbot-docker-example-config/simple
docker-compose up -d
docker-compose scale buildbot=4

1.3.8. Going forward

You’ve got a taste now, but you’re probably curious for more. Let’s step it up a little in the second tutorial by changing the configuration and doing an actual build. Continue on to A Quick Tour.

1.4. Further Reading

See the following user-contributed tutorials for other highlights and ideas:

1.4.1. Buildbot in 5 minutes - a user-contributed tutorial

(Ok, maybe 10.)

Buildbot is really an excellent piece of software, however it can be a bit confusing for a newcomer (like me when I first started looking at it). Typically, at first sight, it looks like a bunch of complicated concepts that make no sense and whose relationships with each other are unclear. After some time and some reread, it all slowly starts to be more and more meaningful, until you finally say “oh!” and things start to make sense. Once you get there, you realize that the documentation is great, but only if you already know what it’s about.

This is what happened to me, at least. Here, I’m going to (try to) explain things in a way that would have helped me more as a newcomer. The approach I’m taking is more or less the reverse of that used by the documentation. That is, I’m going to start from the components that do the actual work (the builders) and go up the chain to the change sources. I hope purists will forgive this unorthodoxy. Here I’m trying to only clarify the concepts and not go into the details of each object or property; the documentation explains those quite well.

1.4.1.1. Installation

I won’t cover the installation; both Buildbot master and worker are available as packages for the major distributions, and in any case the instructions in the official documentation are fine. This document will refer to Buildbot 0.8.5 which was current at the time of writing, but hopefully the concepts are not too different in future versions. All the code shown is of course python code, and has to be included in the master.cfg configuration file.

We won’t cover basic things such as how to define the workers, project names, or other administrative information that is contained in that file; for that, again the official documentation is fine.

1.4.1.2. Builders: the workhorses

Since Buildbot is a tool whose goal is the automation of software builds, it makes sense to me to start from where we tell Buildbot how to build our software: the builder (or builders, since there can be more than one).

Simply put, a builder is an element that is in charge of performing some action or sequence of actions, normally something related to building software (for example, checking out the source, or make all), but it can also run arbitrary commands.

A builder is configured with a list of workers that it can use to carry out its task. The other fundamental piece of information that a builder needs is, of course, the list of things it has to do (which will normally run on the chosen worker). In Buildbot, this list of things is represented as a BuildFactory object, which is essentially a sequence of steps, each one defining a certain operation or command.

Enough talk, let’s see an example. For this example, we are going to assume that our super software project can be built using a simple make all, and there is another target make packages that creates rpm, deb and tgz packages of the binaries. In the real world things are usually more complex (for example there may be a configure step, or multiple targets), but the concepts are the same; it will just be a matter of adding more steps to a builder, or creating multiple builders, although sometimes the resulting builders can be quite complex.

So to perform a manual build of our project, we would type the following on the command line (assuming we are at the root of the local copy of the repository):

$ make clean    # clean remnants of previous builds
...
$ svn update
...
$ make all
...
$ make packages
...
# optional but included in the example: copy packages to some central machine
$ scp packages/*.rpm packages/*.deb packages/*.tgz someuser@somehost:/repository
...

Here we’re assuming the repository is SVN, but again the concepts are the same with git, mercurial or any other VCS.

Now, to automate this, we create a builder where each step is one of the commands we typed above. A step can be a shell command object, or a dedicated object that checks out the source code (there are various types for different repositories, see the docs for more info), or yet something else:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

# first, let's create the individual step objects

# step 1: make clean; this fails if the worker has no local copy, but
# is harmless and will only happen the first time
makeclean = steps.ShellCommand(name="make clean",
                               command=["make", "clean"],
                               description="make clean")

# step 2: svn update (here updates trunk, see the docs for more
# on how to update a branch, or make it more generic).
checkout = steps.SVN(baseURL='svn://myrepo/projects/coolproject/trunk',
                     mode="update",
                     username="foo",
                     password="bar",
                     haltOnFailure=True)

# step 3: make all
makeall = steps.ShellCommand(name="make all",
                             command=["make", "all"],
                             haltOnFailure=True,
                             description="make all")

# step 4: make packages
makepackages = steps.ShellCommand(name="make packages",
                                  command=["make", "packages"],
                                  haltOnFailure=True,
                                  description="make packages")

# step 5: upload packages to central server. This needs passwordless ssh
# from the worker to the server (set it up in advance as part of the worker setup)
uploadpackages = steps.ShellCommand(
    name="upload packages",
    description="upload packages",
    command="scp packages/*.rpm packages/*.deb packages/*.tgz someuser@somehost:/repository",
    haltOnFailure=True)

# create the build factory and add the steps to it
f_simplebuild = util.BuildFactory()
f_simplebuild.addStep(makeclean)
f_simplebuild.addStep(checkout)
f_simplebuild.addStep(makeall)
f_simplebuild.addStep(makepackages)
f_simplebuild.addStep(uploadpackages)

# finally, declare the list of builders. In this case, we only have one builder
c['builders'] = [
    util.BuilderConfig(name="simplebuild", workernames=['worker1', 'worker2', 'worker3'],
                       factory=f_simplebuild)
]

So our builder is called simplebuild and can run on either of worker1, worker2 or worker3. If our repository has other branches besides trunk, we could create another one or more builders to build them; in this example, only the checkout step would be different, in that it would need to check out the specific branch. Depending on how exactly those branches have to be built, the shell commands may be recycled, or new ones would have to be created if they are different in the branch. You get the idea. The important thing is that all the builders be named differently and all be added to the c['builders'] value (as can be seen above, it is a list of BuilderConfig objects).

Of course the type and number of steps will vary depending on the goal; for example, to just check that a commit doesn’t break the build, we could include just up to the make all step. Or we could have a builder that performs a more thorough test by also doing make test or other targets. You get the idea. Note that at each step except the very first we use haltOnFailure=True because it would not make sense to execute a step if the previous one failed (ok, it wouldn’t be needed for the last step, but it’s harmless and protects us if one day we add another step after it).

1.4.1.3. Schedulers

Now this is all nice and dandy, but who tells the builder (or builders) to run, and when? This is the job of the scheduler which is a fancy name for an element that waits for some event to happen, and when it does, based on that information, decides whether and when to run a builder (and which one or ones). There can be more than one scheduler. I’m being purposely vague here because the possibilities are almost endless and highly dependent on the actual setup, build purposes, source repository layout and other elements.

So a scheduler needs to be configured with two main pieces of information: on one hand, which events to react to, and on the other hand, which builder or builders to trigger when those events are detected. (It’s more complex than that, but if you understand this, you can get the rest of the details from the docs).

A simple type of scheduler may be a periodic scheduler that runs a certain builder (or builders) when a configurable amount of time has passed. In our example, that’s how we would trigger a build every hour:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers

# define the periodic scheduler
hourlyscheduler = schedulers.Periodic(name="hourly",
                                      builderNames=["simplebuild"],
                                      periodicBuildTimer=3600)

# define the available schedulers
c['schedulers'] = [hourlyscheduler]

That’s it. Every hour this hourly scheduler will run the simplebuild builder. If we have more than one builder that we want to run every hour, we can just add them to the builderNames list when defining the scheduler. Or since multiple schedulers are allowed, other schedulers can be defined and added to c['schedulers'] in the same way.

Other types of schedulers exist; in particular, there are schedulers that can be more dynamic than the periodic one. The typical dynamic scheduler is one that learns about changes in a source repository (generally because some developer checks in some change) and triggers one or more builders in response to those changes. Let’s assume for now that the scheduler “magically” learns about changes in the repository (more about this later); here’s how we would define it:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers

# define the dynamic scheduler
trunkchanged = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(name="trunkchanged",
                                                change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),
                                                treeStableTimer=300,
                                                builderNames=["simplebuild"])

# define the available schedulers
c['schedulers'] = [trunkchanged]

This scheduler receives changes happening to the repository, and among all of them, pays attention to those happening in “trunk” (that’s what branch=None means). In other words, it filters the changes to react only to those it’s interested in. When such changes are detected, and the tree has been quiet for 5 minutes (300 seconds), it runs the simplebuild builder. The treeStableTimer helps in those situations where commits tend to happen in bursts, which would otherwise result in multiple build requests queuing up.

What if we want to act on two branches (say, trunk and 7.2)? First, we create two builders, one for each branch, and then we create two dynamic schedulers:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers

# define the dynamic scheduler for trunk
trunkchanged = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(name="trunkchanged",
                                                change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),
                                                treeStableTimer=300,
                                                builderNames=["simplebuild-trunk"])

# define the dynamic scheduler for the 7.2 branch
branch72changed = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(
    name="branch72changed",
    change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch='branches/7.2'),
    treeStableTimer=300,
    builderNames=["simplebuild-72"])

# define the available schedulers
c['schedulers'] = [trunkchanged, branch72changed]

The syntax of the change filter is VCS-dependent (above is for SVN), but again, once the idea is clear, the documentation has all the details. Another feature of the scheduler is that it can be told which changes, within those it’s paying attention to, are important and which are not. For example, there may be a documentation directory in the branch the scheduler is watching, but changes under that directory should not trigger a build of the binary. This finer filtering is implemented by means of the fileIsImportant argument to the scheduler (full details in the docs and - alas - in the sources).

1.4.1.4. Change sources

Earlier, we said that a dynamic scheduler “magically” learns about changes; the final piece of the puzzle is change sources, which are precisely the elements in Buildbot whose task is to detect changes in a repository and communicate them to the schedulers. Note that periodic schedulers don’t need a change source since they only depend on elapsed time; dynamic schedulers, on the other hand, do need a change source.

A change source is generally configured with information about a source repository (which is where changes happen). A change source can watch changes at different levels in the hierarchy of the repository, so for example, it is possible to watch the whole repository or a subset of it, or just a single branch. This determines the extent of the information that is passed down to the schedulers.

There are many ways a change source can learn about changes; it can periodically poll the repository for changes, or the VCS can be configured (for example through hook scripts triggered by commits) to push changes into the change source. While these two methods are probably the most common, they are not the only possibilities. It is possible, for example, to have a change source detect changes by parsing an email sent to a mailing list when a commit happens. Yet other methods exist and the manual again has the details.

To complete our example, here’s a change source that polls a SVN repository every 2 minutes:

from buildbot.plugins import changes, util

svnpoller = changes.SVNPoller(repourl="svn://myrepo/projects/coolproject",
                              svnuser="foo",
                              svnpasswd="bar",
                              pollInterval=120,
                              split_file=util.svn.split_file_branches)

c['change_source'] = svnpoller

This poller watches the whole “coolproject” section of the repository, so it will detect changes in all the branches. We could have said:

repourl = "svn://myrepo/projects/coolproject/trunk"

or:

repourl = "svn://myrepo/projects/coolproject/branches/7.2"

to watch only a specific branch.

To watch another project, you need to create another change source, and you need to filter changes by project. For instance, when you add a change source watching project ‘superproject’ to the above example, you need to change the original scheduler from:

trunkchanged = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(
    name="trunkchanged",
    change_filter=filter.ChangeFilter(branch=None),
    # ...
    )

to e.g.:

trunkchanged = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(
    name="trunkchanged",
    change_filter=filter.ChangeFilter(project="coolproject", branch=None),
    # ...
    )

otherwise, coolproject will be built when there’s a change in superproject.

Since we’re watching more than one branch, we need a method to tell in which branch the change occurred when we detect one. This is what the split_file argument does, it takes a callable that Buildbot will call to do the job. The split_file_branches function, which comes with Buildbot, is designed for exactly this purpose so that’s what the example above uses.

And of course this is all SVN-specific, but there are pollers for all the popular VCSs.

Note that if you have many projects, branches, and builders, it probably pays not to hardcode all the schedulers and builders in the configuration, but generate them dynamically starting from the list of all projects, branches, targets, etc, and using loops to generate all possible combinations (or only the needed ones, depending on the specific setup), as explained in the documentation chapter about Customization.

1.4.1.5. Reporters

Now that the basics are in place, let’s go back to the builders, which is where the real work happens. Reporters are simply the means Buildbot uses to inform the world about what’s happening, that is, how builders are doing. There are many reporters: a mail notifier, an IRC notifier, and others. They are described fairly well in the manual.

One thing I’ve found useful is the ability to pass a domain name as the lookup argument to a mailNotifier, which allows you to take an unqualified username as it appears in the SVN change and create a valid email address by appending the given domain name to it:

from buildbot.plugins import reporter

# if jsmith commits a change, an email for the build is sent to jsmith@example.org
notifier = reporter.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                               sendToInterestedUsers=True,
                               lookup="example.org")
c['reporters'].append(notifier)

The mail notifier can be customized at will by means of the messageFormatter argument, which is a class that Buildbot calls to format the body of the email, and to which it makes available lots of information about the build. For more details, look into the Reporters section of the Buildbot manual.

1.4.1.6. Conclusion

Please note that this article has just scratched the surface; given the complexity of the task of build automation, the possibilities are almost endless. So there’s much much more to say about Buildbot. Hopefully this has been a gentle introduction before reading the official manual. Had I found an explanation as the one above when I was approaching Buildbot, I’d have had to read the manual just once, rather than multiple times. I hope this can help someone else.

(Thanks to Davide Brini for permission to include this tutorial, derived from one he originally posted at http://backreference.org .)

This is the Buildbot manual for Buildbot version 4.2.0.

2. Buildbot Manual

2.1. Introduction

Buildbot is a framework to automate the compile and test cycle that is used to validate code changes in most software projects.

Features:

• run builds on a variety of worker platforms

• arbitrary build process: handles projects using C, Python, whatever

• minimal host requirements: Python and Twisted

• workers can be behind a firewall if they can still do checkout

• status delivery through web page, email, IRC, other protocols

• flexible configuration by subclassing generic build process classes

• debug tools to force a new build, submit fake Changes, query worker status

• released under the GPL

2.1.1. System Architecture

Buildbot consists of a single buildmaster and one or more workers that connect to the master. The buildmaster makes all decisions about what, when, and how to build. The workers only connect to master and execute whatever commands they are instructed to execute.

The usual flow of information is as follows:

• the buildmaster fetches new code changes from version control systems

• the buildmaster decides what builds (if any) to start

• the builds are performed by executing commands on the workers (e.g. git clone, make, make check).

• the workers send the results of the commands back to the buildmaster

• buildmaster interprets the results of the commands and marks the builds as successful or failing

• buildmaster sends success or failure reports to external services to e.g. inform the developers.

2.1.1.1. Worker Connections

The workers connect to the buildmaster over a TCP connection to a publicly-visible port. This allows workers to live behind a NAT or similar firewalls as long as they can get to buildmaster. After the connection is established, the connection is bidirectional: commands flow from the buildmaster to the worker and results flow from the worker to the buildmaster.

The buildmaster does not provide the workers with the source code itself, only with commands necessary to perform the source code checkout. As a result, the workers need to be able to reach the source code repositories that they are supposed to build.

2.1.1.2. Buildmaster Architecture

The following is rough overview of the data flow within the buildmaster.

The following provides a short overview of the core components of Buildbot master. For a more detailed description see the Concepts page.

The core components of Buildbot master are as follows:

Builders

A builder is a user-configurable description of how to perform a build. It defines what steps a new build will have, what workers it may run on and a couple of other properties. A builder takes a build request which specifies the intention to create a build for specific versions of code and produces a build which is a concrete description of a build including a list of steps to perform, the worker this needs to be performed on and so on.

Schedulers:

A scheduler is a user-configurable component that decides when to start a build. The decision could be based on time, on new code being committed or on similar events.

Change Sources:

Change sources are user-configurable components that interact with external version control systems and retrieve new code. Internally new code is represented as Changes which roughly correspond to single commit or changeset. The design of Buildbot requires the workers to have their own copies of the source code, thus change sources is an optional component as long as there are no schedulers that create new builds based on new code commit events.

Reporters

Reporters are user-configurable components that send information about started or completed builds to external sources. Buildbot provides its own web application to observe this data, so reporters are optional. However they can be used to provide up to date build status on platforms such as GitHub or sending emails.

2.2. Installation

2.2.1. Buildbot Components

Buildbot is shipped in two components: the buildmaster (called buildbot for legacy reasons) and the worker. The worker component has far fewer requirements, and is more broadly compatible than the buildmaster. You will need to carefully pick the environment in which to run your buildmaster, but the worker should be able to run just about anywhere.

It is possible to install the buildmaster and worker on the same system, although for anything but the smallest installation this arrangement will not be very efficient.

2.2.2. Requirements

2.2.2.1. Common Requirements

At a bare minimum, you’ll need the following for both the buildmaster and a worker:

Python: https://www.python.org

Buildbot master works with Python-3.8+. Buildbot worker works with Python-3.7+.

Note

This should be a “normal” build of Python. Builds of Python with debugging enabled or other unusual build parameters are likely to cause incorrect behavior.

Twisted: http://twistedmatrix.com

Buildbot requires Twisted-17.9.0 or later on the master and the worker. In upcoming versions of Buildbot, a newer Twisted will also be required on the worker. As always, the most recent version is recommended.

Certifi: https://github.com/certifi/python-certifi

Certifi provides collection of Root Certificates for validating the trustworthiness of SSL certificates. Unfortunately it does not support any addition of own company certificates. At the moment you need to add your own .PEM content to cacert.pem manually.

Of course, your project’s build process will impose additional requirements on the workers. These hosts must have all the tools necessary to compile and test your project’s source code.

Note

If your internet connection is secured by a proxy server, please check your http_proxy and https_proxy environment variables. Otherwise pip and other tools will fail to work.

Windows Support

Buildbot - both master and worker - runs well natively on Windows. The worker runs well on Cygwin, but because of problems with SQLite on Cygwin, the master does not.

Buildbot’s windows testing is limited to the most recent Twisted and Python versions. For best results, use the most recent available versions of these libraries on Windows.

Pywin32: http://sourceforge.net/projects/pywin32/

Twisted requires PyWin32 in order to spawn processes on Windows.

Build Tools for Visual Studio 2019 - Microsoft Visual C++ compiler

Twisted requires MSVC to compile some parts like tls during the installation, see https://twistedmatrix.com/trac/wiki/WindowsBuilds and https://wiki.python.org/moin/WindowsCompilers.

2.2.3. Installing the code

2.2.3.1. The Buildbot Packages

Buildbot comes in several parts: buildbot (the buildmaster), buildbot-worker (the worker), buildbot-www, and several web plugins such as buildbot-waterfall-view.

The worker and buildmaster can be installed individually or together. The base web (buildbot.www) and web plugins are required to run a master with a web interface (the common configuration).

2.2.3.2. Installation From PyPI

The preferred way to install Buildbot is using pip. For the master:

pip install buildbot

and for the worker:

pip install buildbot-worker

When using pip to install, instead of distribution specific package managers, e.g. via apt or ports, it is simpler to choose exactly which version one wants to use. It may however be easier to install via distribution specific package managers, but note that they may provide an earlier version than what is available via pip.

If you plan to use TLS or SSL in master configuration (e.g. to fetch resources over HTTPS using twisted.web.client), you need to install Buildbot with tls extras:

pip install buildbot[tls]

2.2.3.3. Installation From Tarballs

Use pip to install buildbot master or buildbot-worker using tarball.

Note

Support for installation using setup.py has been discontinued due to the deprecation of support in the distutils and setuptools packages. For more details, see Why you shouldn’t invoke setup.py directly.

If you have a tarball file named buildbot.tar.gz in your current directory, you can install it using:

pip install buildbot.tar.gz

Alternatively, you can provide a URL if the tarball is hosted online. Make sure to replace the URL with the actual URL of tarball you want to install.

pip install https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/releases/download/v3.10.1/buildbot-3.10.1.tar.gz

Installation may need to be done as root. This will put the bulk of the code in somewhere like /usr/lib/pythonx.y/site-packages/buildbot. It will also install the buildbot command-line tool in /usr/bin/buildbot.

If the environment variable $NO_INSTALL_REQS is set to 1, then setup.py will not try to install Buildbot’s requirements. This is usually only useful when building a Buildbot package.

To test this, shift to a different directory (like /tmp), and run:

buildbot --version
# or
buildbot-worker --version

If it shows you the versions of Buildbot and Twisted, the install went ok. If it says “no such command” or gets an ImportError when it tries to load the libraries, then something went wrong. pydoc buildbot is another useful diagnostic tool.

Windows users will find these files in other places. You will need to make sure that Python can find the libraries, and will probably find it convenient to have buildbot in your PATH.

2.2.3.4. Installation in a Virtualenv

If you cannot or do not wish to install buildbot into a site-wide location like /usr or /usr/local, you can also install it into the account’s home directory or any other location using a tool like virtualenv.

2.2.3.5. Running Buildbot’s Tests (optional)

If you wish, you can run the buildbot unit test suite. First, ensure that you have the mock Python module installed from PyPI. You must not be using a Python wheels packaged version of Buildbot or have specified the bdist_wheel command when building. The test suite is not included with the PyPi packaged version. This module is not required for ordinary Buildbot operation - only to run the tests. Note that this is not the same as the Fedora mock package!

You can check if you have mock with:

python -mmock

Then, run the tests:

PYTHONPATH=. trial buildbot.test
# or
PYTHONPATH=. trial buildbot_worker.test

Nothing should fail, although a few might be skipped.

If any of the tests fail for reasons other than a missing mock, you should stop and investigate the cause before continuing the installation process, as it will probably be easier to track down the bug early. In most cases, the problem is incorrectly installed Python modules or a badly configured PYTHONPATH. This may be a good time to contact the Buildbot developers for help.

2.2.4. Buildmaster Setup

2.2.4.1. Creating a buildmaster

As you learned earlier (System Architecture), the buildmaster runs on a central host (usually one that is publicly visible, so everybody can check on the status of the project), and controls all aspects of the buildbot system

You will probably wish to create a separate user account for the buildmaster, perhaps named buildmaster. Do not run the buildmaster as root!

You need to choose a directory for the buildmaster, called the basedir. This directory will be owned by the buildmaster. It will contain the configuration, database, and status information - including logfiles. On a large buildmaster this directory will see a lot of activity, so it should be on a disk with adequate space and speed.

Once you’ve picked a directory, use the buildbot create-master command to create the directory and populate it with startup files:

buildbot create-master -r basedir

You will need to create a configuration file before starting the buildmaster. Most of the rest of this manual is dedicated to explaining how to do this. A sample configuration file is placed in the working directory, named master.cfg.sample, which can be copied to master.cfg and edited to suit your purposes.

(Internal details: This command creates a file named buildbot.tac that contains all the state necessary to create the buildmaster. Twisted has a tool called twistd which can use this .tac file to create and launch a buildmaster instance. Twistd takes care of logging and daemonization (running the program in the background). /usr/bin/buildbot is a front end which runs twistd for you.)

Your master will need a database to store the various information about your builds, and its configuration. By default, the sqlite3 backend will be used. This needs no configuration, neither extra software. All information will be stored in the file state.sqlite. Buildbot however supports multiple backends. See Using A Database Server for more options.

Buildmaster Options

This section lists options to the create-master command. You can also type buildbot create-master --help for an up-to-the-moment summary.

--force

This option will allow to re-use an existing directory.

--no-logrotate

This disables internal worker log management mechanism. With this option worker does not override the default logfile name and its behaviour giving a possibility to control those with command-line options of twistd daemon.

--relocatable

This creates a “relocatable” buildbot.tac, which uses relative paths instead of absolute paths, so that the buildmaster directory can be moved about.

--config

The name of the configuration file to use. This configuration file need not reside in the buildmaster directory.

--log-size

This is the size in bytes when exceeded to rotate the Twisted log files. The default is 10MiB.

--log-count

This is the number of log rotations to keep around. You can either specify a number or None to keep all twistd.log files around. The default is 10.

--db

The database that the Buildmaster should use. Note that the same value must be added to the configuration file.

2.2.5. Worker Setup

2.2.5.1. Creating a worker

Typically, you will be adding a worker to an existing buildmaster, to provide additional architecture coverage. The Buildbot administrator will give you several pieces of information necessary to connect to the buildmaster. You should also be somewhat familiar with the project being tested so that you can troubleshoot build problems locally.

Buildbot exists to make sure that the project’s stated how to build it process actually works. To this end, the worker should run in an environment just like that of your regular developers. Typically the project’s build process is documented somewhere (README, INSTALL, etc), in a document that should mention all library dependencies and contain a basic set of build instructions. This document will be useful as you configure the host and account in which worker runs.

Here’s a good checklist for setting up a worker:

1. Set up the account

It is recommended (although not mandatory) to set up a separate user account for the worker. This account is frequently named buildbot or worker. This serves to isolate your personal working environment from that of the worker’s, and helps to minimize the security threat posed by letting possibly-unknown contributors run arbitrary code on your system. The account should have a minimum of fancy init scripts.

2. Install the Buildbot code

Follow the instructions given earlier (Installing the code). If you use a separate worker account, and you didn’t install the Buildbot code to a shared location, then you will need to install it with --home=~ for each account that needs it.

3. Set up the host

Make sure the host can actually reach the buildmaster. Usually the buildmaster is running a status webserver on the same machine, so simply point your web browser at it and see if you can get there. Install whatever additional packages or libraries the project’s INSTALL document advises. (or not: if your worker is supposed to make sure that building without optional libraries still works, then don’t install those libraries.)

Again, these libraries don’t necessarily have to be installed to a site-wide shared location, but they must be available to your build process. Accomplishing this is usually very specific to the build process, so installing them to /usr or /usr/local is usually the best approach.

4. Test the build process

Follow the instructions in the INSTALL document, in the worker’s account. Perform a full CVS (or whatever) checkout, configure, make, run tests, etc. Confirm that the build works without manual fussing. If it doesn’t work when you do it manually, it will be unlikely to work when Buildbot attempts to do it in an automated fashion.

5. Choose a base directory

This should be somewhere in the worker’s account, typically named after the project which is being tested. The worker will not touch any file outside of this directory. Something like ~/Buildbot or ~/Workers/fooproject is appropriate.

6. Get the buildmaster host/port, workername, and password

When the Buildbot admin configures the buildmaster to accept and use your worker, they will provide you with the following pieces of information:

• your worker’s name

• the password assigned to your worker

• the hostname and port number of the buildmaster

7. Create the worker

Now run the ‘worker’ command as follows:

buildbot-worker create-worker BASEDIR MASTERHOST:PORT WORKERNAME PASSWORD

This will create the base directory and a collection of files inside, including the buildbot.tac file that contains all the information you passed to the buildbot-worker command.

8. Fill in the hostinfo files

When it first connects, the worker will send a few files up to the buildmaster which describe the host that it is running on. These files are presented on the web status display so that developers have more information to reproduce any test failures that are witnessed by the Buildbot. There are sample files in the info subdirectory of the Buildbot’s base directory. You should edit these to correctly describe you and your host.

BASEDIR/info/admin should contain your name and email address. This is the worker admin address, and will be visible from the build status page (so you may wish to munge it a bit if address-harvesting spambots are a concern).

BASEDIR/info/host should be filled with a brief description of the host: OS, version, memory size, CPU speed, versions of relevant libraries installed, and finally the version of the Buildbot code which is running the worker.

The optional BASEDIR/info/access_uri can specify a URI which will connect a user to the machine. Many systems accept ssh://hostname URIs for this purpose.

If you run many workers, you may want to create a single ~worker/info file and share it among all the workers with symlinks.

Worker Options

There are a handful of options you might want to use when creating the worker with the buildbot-worker create-worker <options> DIR <params> command. You can type buildbot-worker create-worker --help for a summary. To use these, just include them on the buildbot-worker create-worker command line, like this

buildbot-worker create-worker --umask=0o22 ~/worker buildmaster.example.org:42012 \
    {myworkername} {mypasswd}

--protocol

This is a string representing a protocol to be used when creating master-worker connection. The default option is Perspective Broker (pb). Additionally, there is an experimental MessagePack-based protocol (msgpack_experimental_v7).

--no-logrotate

This disables internal worker log management mechanism. With this option worker does not override the default logfile name and its behaviour giving a possibility to control those with command-line options of twistd daemon.

--umask

This is a string (generally an octal representation of an integer) which will cause the worker process’ umask value to be set shortly after initialization. The twistd daemonization utility forces the umask to 077 at startup (which means that all files created by the worker or its child processes will be unreadable by any user other than the worker account). If you want build products to be readable by other accounts, you can add --umask=0o22 to tell the worker to fix the umask after twistd clobbers it. If you want build products to be writable by other accounts too, use --umask=0o000, but this is likely to be a security problem.

--keepalive

This is a number that indicates how frequently keepalive messages should be sent from the worker to the buildmaster, expressed in seconds. The default (600) causes a message to be sent to the buildmaster at least once every 10 minutes. To set this to a lower value, use e.g. --keepalive=120.

If the worker is behind a NAT box or stateful firewall, these messages may help to keep the connection alive: some NAT boxes tend to forget about a connection if it has not been used in a while. When this happens, the buildmaster will think that the worker has disappeared, and builds will time out. Meanwhile the worker will not realize that anything is wrong.

--maxdelay

This is a number that indicates the maximum amount of time the worker will wait between connection attempts, expressed in seconds. The default (300) causes the worker to wait at most 5 minutes before trying to connect to the buildmaster again.

--maxretries

This is a number that indicates the maximum number of times the worker will make connection attempts. After that amount, the worker process will stop. This option is useful for Latent Workers to avoid consuming resources in case of misconfiguration or master failure.

For VM based latent workers, the user is responsible for halting the system when the Buildbot worker has exited. This feature is heavily OS dependent, and cannot be managed by the Buildbot worker. For example, with systemd, one can add ExecStopPost=shutdown now to the Buildbot worker service unit configuration.

--log-size

This is the size in bytes when exceeded to rotate the Twisted log files.

--log-count

This is the number of log rotations to keep around. You can either specify a number or None to keep all twistd.log files around. The default is 10.

--allow-shutdown

Can also be passed directly to the worker constructor in buildbot.tac. If set, it allows the worker to initiate a graceful shutdown, meaning that it will ask the master to shut down the worker when the current build, if any, is complete.

Setting allow_shutdown to file will cause the worker to watch shutdown.stamp in basedir for updates to its mtime. When the mtime changes, the worker will request a graceful shutdown from the master. The file does not need to exist prior to starting the worker.

Setting allow_shutdown to signal will set up a SIGHUP handler to start a graceful shutdown. When the signal is received, the worker will request a graceful shutdown from the master.

The default value is None, in which case this feature will be disabled.

Both master and worker must be at least version 0.8.3 for this feature to work.

--use-tls

Can also be passed directly to the Worker constructor in buildbot.tac. If set, the generated connection string starts with tls instead of with tcp, allowing encrypted connection to the buildmaster. Make sure the worker trusts the buildmasters certificate. If you have an non-authoritative certificate (CA is self-signed) see option --connection-string and also Worker-TLS-Config below.

--delete-leftover-dirs

Can also be passed directly to the Worker constructor in buildbot.tac. If set, unexpected directories in worker base directory will be removed. Otherwise, a warning will be displayed in twistd.log so that you can manually remove them.

--connection-string

Can also be passed directly to the Worker constructor in buildbot.tac. If set, the worker connection to master will be made using this connection_string. See Worker-TLS-Config below for more details. Note that this option will override required positional argument masterhost[:port] and also option --use-tls.

--proxy-connection-string

Can also be passed directly to the Worker constructor in buildbot.tac. If set, the worker connection will be tunneled through a HTTP proxy specified by the option value.

Other Worker Configuration

unicode_encoding

This represents the encoding that Buildbot should use when converting unicode commandline arguments into byte strings in order to pass to the operating system when spawning new processes.

The default value is what Python’s sys.getfilesystemencoding returns, which on Windows is ‘mbcs’, on Mac OSX is ‘utf-8’, and on Unix depends on your locale settings.

If you need a different encoding, this can be changed in your worker’s buildbot.tac file by adding a unicode_encoding argument to the Worker constructor.

s = Worker(buildmaster_host, port, workername, passwd, basedir,
           keepalive, usepty, umask=umask, maxdelay=maxdelay,
           unicode_encoding='utf-8', allow_shutdown='signal')

Worker TLS Configuration

tls

See --useTls option above as an alternative to setting the conneciton_string manually.

connection_string

For TLS connections to the master, the connection_string-argument must be passed to the worker constructor. buildmaster_host and port must then be None.

connection_string will be used to create a client endpoint with clientFromString. An example of connection_string is "TLS:buildbot-master.com:9989".

See more about how to formulate the connection string in ConnectionStrings.

Example TLS connection string:

s = Worker(None, None, workername, passwd, basedir, keepalive,
           connection_string='TLS:buildbot-master.com:9989')

Make sure the worker trusts the certificate of the master. If you have a non-authoritative certificate (CA is self-signed), the trustRoots parameter can be used.

s = Worker(None, None, workername, passwd, basedir, keepalive,
           connection_string=
           'TLS:buildbot-master.com:9989:trustRoots=/dir-with-ca-certs')

It must point to a directory with PEM-encoded certificates. For example:

$ cat /dir-with-ca-certs/ca.pem
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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-----END CERTIFICATE-----

Using TCP in connection_string is the equivalent to using the buildmaster_host and port arguments.

s = Worker(None, None, workername, passwd, basedir, keepalive
           connection_string='TCP:buildbot-master.com:9989')

is equivalent to

s = Worker('buildbot-master.com', 9989, workername, passwd, basedir,
           keepalive)

2.2.6. Next Steps

2.2.6.1. Launching the daemons

Both the buildmaster and the worker run as daemon programs. To launch them, pass the working directory to the buildbot and buildbot-worker commands, as appropriate:

# start a master
buildbot start [ BASEDIR ]
# start a worker
buildbot-worker start [ WORKER_BASEDIR ]

The BASEDIR is optional and can be omitted if the current directory contains the buildbot configuration (the buildbot.tac file).

buildbot start

This command will start the daemon and then return, so normally it will not produce any output. To verify that the programs are indeed running, look for a pair of files named twistd.log and twistd.pid that should be created in the working directory. twistd.pid contains the process ID of the newly-spawned daemon.

When the worker connects to the buildmaster, new directories will start appearing in its base directory. The buildmaster tells the worker to create a directory for each Builder which will be using that worker. All build operations are performed within these directories: CVS checkouts, compiles, and tests.

Once you get everything running, you will want to arrange for the buildbot daemons to be started at boot time. One way is to use cron, by putting them in a @reboot crontab entry [1]

@reboot buildbot start [ BASEDIR ]

When you run crontab to set this up, remember to do it as the buildmaster or worker account! If you add this to your crontab when running as your regular account (or worse yet, root), then the daemon will run as the wrong user, quite possibly as one with more authority than you intended to provide.

It is important to remember that the environment provided to cron jobs and init scripts can be quite different than your normal runtime. There may be fewer environment variables specified, and the PATH may be shorter than usual. It is a good idea to test out this method of launching the worker by using a cron job with a time in the near future, with the same command, and then check twistd.log to make sure the worker actually started correctly. Common problems here are for /usr/local or ~/bin to not be on your PATH, or for PYTHONPATH to not be set correctly. Sometimes HOME is messed up too. If using systemd to launch buildbot-worker, it may be a good idea to specify a fixed PATH using the Environment directive (see systemd unit file example).

Some distributions may include conveniences to make starting buildbot at boot time easy. For instance, with the default buildbot package in Debian-based distributions, you may only need to modify /etc/default/buildbot (see also /etc/init.d/buildbot, which reads the configuration in /etc/default/buildbot).

Buildbot also comes with its own init scripts that provide support for controlling multi-worker and multi-master setups (mostly because they are based on the init script from the Debian package). With a little modification, these scripts can be used on both Debian and RHEL-based distributions. Thus, they may prove helpful to package maintainers who are working on buildbot (or to those who haven’t yet split buildbot into master and worker packages).

# install as /etc/default/buildbot-worker
#         or /etc/sysconfig/buildbot-worker
worker/contrib/init-scripts/buildbot-worker.default

# install as /etc/default/buildmaster
#         or /etc/sysconfig/buildmaster
master/contrib/init-scripts/buildmaster.default

# install as /etc/init.d/buildbot-worker
worker/contrib/init-scripts/buildbot-worker.init.sh

# install as /etc/init.d/buildmaster
master/contrib/init-scripts/buildmaster.init.sh

# ... and tell sysvinit about them
chkconfig buildmaster reset
# ... or
update-rc.d buildmaster defaults

2.2.6.2. Launching worker as Windows service

Security consideration

Setting up the buildbot worker as a Windows service requires Windows administrator rights. It is important to distinguish installation stage from service execution. It is strongly recommended run Buildbot worker with lowest required access rights. It is recommended run a service under machine local non-privileged account.

If you decide run Buildbot worker under domain account it is recommended to create dedicated strongly limited user account that will run Buildbot worker service.

Windows service setup

In this description, we assume that the buildbot worker account is the local domain account worker.

In case worker should run under domain user account please replace .\worker with <domain>\worker. Please replace <worker.passwd> with given user password. Please replace <worker.basedir> with the full/absolute directory specification to the created worker (what is called BASEDIR in Creating a worker).

buildbot_worker_windows_service --user .\worker --password <worker.passwd> --startup auto install
powershell -command "& {&'New-Item' -path Registry::HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\services\BuildBot\Parameters}"
powershell -command "& {&'set-ItemProperty' -path Registry::HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\services\BuildBot\Parameters -Name directories -Value '<worker.basedir>'}"

The first command automatically adds user rights to run Buildbot as service.

Modify environment variables

This step is optional and may depend on your needs. At least we have found useful to have dedicated temp folder worker steps. It is much easier discover what temporary files your builds leaks/misbehaves.

1. As Administrator run regedit

2. Open the key Computer\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Buildbot.

3. Create a new value of type REG_MULTI_SZ called Environment.

4. Add entries like

TMP=c:\bbw\tmp
TEMP=c:\bbw\tmp

Check if Buildbot can start correctly configured as Windows service

As admin user run the command net start buildbot. In case everything goes well, you should see following output

The BuildBot service is starting.
The BuildBot service was started successfully.

Troubleshooting

If anything goes wrong check

• Twisted log on C:\bbw\worker\twistd.log

• Windows system event log (eventvwr.msc in command line, Show-EventLog in PowerShell).

2.2.6.3. Logfiles

While a buildbot daemon runs, it emits text to a logfile, named twistd.log. A command like tail -f twistd.log is useful to watch the command output as it runs.

The buildmaster will announce any errors with its configuration file in the logfile, so it is a good idea to look at the log at startup time to check for any problems. Most buildmaster activities will cause lines to be added to the log.

2.2.6.4. Shutdown

To stop a buildmaster or worker manually, use:

buildbot stop [ BASEDIR ]
# or
buildbot-worker stop [ WORKER_BASEDIR ]

This simply looks for the twistd.pid file and kills whatever process is identified within.

At system shutdown, all processes are sent a SIGKILL. The buildmaster and worker will respond to this by shutting down normally.

The buildmaster will respond to a SIGHUP by re-reading its config file. Of course, this only works on Unix-like systems with signal support and not on Windows. The following shortcut is available:

buildbot reconfig [ BASEDIR ]

When you update the Buildbot code to a new release, you will need to restart the buildmaster and/or worker before they can take advantage of the new code. You can do a buildbot stop BASEDIR and buildbot start BASEDIR in succession, or you can use the restart shortcut, which does both steps for you:

buildbot restart [ BASEDIR ]

Workers can similarly be restarted with:

buildbot-worker restart [ BASEDIR ]

There are certain configuration changes that are not handled cleanly by buildbot reconfig. If this occurs, buildbot restart is a more robust way to fully switch over to the new configuration.

buildbot restart may also be used to start a stopped Buildbot instance. This behavior is useful when writing scripts that stop, start, and restart Buildbot.

A worker may also be gracefully shutdown from the web UI. This is useful to shutdown a worker without interrupting any current builds. The buildmaster will wait until the worker has finished all its current builds, and will then tell the worker to shutdown.

[1]

This @reboot syntax is understood by Vixie cron, which is the flavor usually provided with Linux systems. Other unices may have a cron that doesn’t understand @reboot

2.3. Concepts

This chapter defines some of the basic concepts that Buildbot uses. You’ll need to understand how Buildbot sees the world to configure it properly.

2.3.1. Source identification

The following concepts are used within Buildbot to describe source code that is being built:

Repository

A repository is a location where files tracked by a version control system reside. Usually, it is identified by a URL or a location on a disk. It contains a subset of the history of a codebase.

Codebase

A codebase is a collection of related files and their history tracked as a unit by version control systems. The files and their history are stored in one or more repositories. For example, the primary repository for the Buildbot codebase is at https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/. There are also more than a thousand forks of Buildbot. These repositories, while storing potentially very old versions of Buildbot code, still contain the same codebase.

Project

A project is a set of one or more codebases that together may be built and produce some end artifact. For example, an application may be comprised of two codebases - one for the code and one for the test data, the latter of which occupies a lot of space. Building and testing such an application requires acquiring code from both codebases.

Revision:

A revision is an textual identifier used by most version control systems to uniquely specify a particular version of the source code in a particular codebase.

Source stamp:

A source stamp is a collection of information needed to identify a particular version of code on a certain codebase. In most version control systems, source stamps only store a revision. On other version control systems, a branch is also required.

Source stamp set:

A source stamp set is a set of source stamps to identify a particular version of code on a certain project. Like a project is a collection of codebases, a source stamp set is a collection of source stamps, one for each codebase within a project.

In order to build a project, Buildbot only needs to know a source stamp set corresponding to that project. This source stamp set has a source stamp for each codebase comprising the project. In turn, each source stamp has enough information to identify a particular version of the code within the codebase.

2.3.2. Change sources

Change sources are user-configurable components that interact with external version control systems and retrieve new code. Internally, new code is represented as Changes which roughly correspond to a single commit or changeset. The changes are sent to the schedulers which then decide whether new builds should be created for these new code changes.

The design of Buildbot requires the workers to have their own copies of the source code, thus change sources is an optional component as long as there are no schedulers that create new builds based on new code commit events.

2.3.3. Changes

A Change is an abstract way Buildbot uses to represent a single change to the source files, performed by a developer. In version control systems that support the notion of atomic check-ins, a change represents a changeset or commit.

Changes are used for the Change sources to communicate with Schedulers.

A Change comprises the following information:

• the developer who is responsible for the change

• the list of files that the change added, removed or modified

• the message of the commit

• the repository, the codebase and the project that the change corresponds to

• the revision and the branch of the commit

2.3.4. Schedulers

A scheduler is a component that decides when to start a build. The decision could be based on time, on new code being committed or on similar events.

Schedulers are responsible for creating Build Requests which identify a request to start a build on a specific version of the source code.

Each Buildmaster has a set of scheduler objects, each of which gets a copy of every incoming Change. The Schedulers are responsible for deciding when Builds should be run. Some Buildbot installations might have a single scheduler, while others may have several, each for a different purpose.

2.3.5. BuildRequests

A BuildRequest is a request to start a specific build. A BuildRequest consists of the following information:

• the name of the Builder (see below) that will perform the build.

• the set of SourceStamps (see above) that specify the version of the source tree to build and/or test.

Two build requests representing the same version of the source code and the same builder may be merged. The user may configure additional restrictions for determining mergeability of build requests.

2.3.6. Builders and Build Factories

A Builder is responsible for creating new builds from BuildRequests. Creating a new build is essentially determining the following properties of the subsequent build:

• the exact steps a build will execute

• the workers that the build may run on

The sequence of steps to run is performed by user-configurable BuildFactory that is attached to each Builder by the user.

A Builder will attempt to create a Build from a BuildRequest as soon as it is possible, that is, as soon as the associated worker becomes free. When a worker becomes free, the build master will select the oldest BuildRequest that can run on that worker and notify the corresponding Builder to maybe start a build out of it.

Each Builder by default runs completely independently. This means, that a worker that has N builders attached to it, may potentially attempt to run N builds concurrently. This level of concurrency may be controlled by various kinds of Interlocks.

At a low level, each builder has its own exclusive directory on the build master and one exclusive directory on each of the workers it is attached to. The directory on the master is used for keeping status information. The directories on the workers are used as a location where the actual checkout, compilation and testing steps happen.

For easier management in the Web UI related builders may be grouped into projects.

2.3.7. Builds

A Build represents a single compile or test run of a particular version of a source code. A build is comprised of a series of steps. The steps may be arbitrary. For example, for compiled software a build generally consists of the checkout, configure, make, and make check sequence. For interpreted projects like Python modules, a build is generally a checkout followed by an invocation of the bundled test suite.

Builds are created by instances of Builder (see above).

2.3.8. BuildSets

A BuildSet represents a set of potentially not yet created Builds that all compile and/or test the same version of the source tree. It tracks whether this set of builds as a whole succeeded or not. The information that is stored in a BuildSet is a set of SourceStamps which define the version of the code to test and a set of Builders which define what builds to create.

2.3.9. Workers

A Worker corresponds to an environment where builds are executed. A single physical machine must run at least one Worker in order for Buildbot to be able to utilize it for running builds. Multiple Workers may run on a single machine to provide different environments that can reuse the same hardware by means of containers or virtual machines.

Each builder is associated with one or more Workers. For example, a builder which is used to perform macOS builds (as opposed to Linux or Windows builds) should naturally be associated with a Mac worker.

If multiple workers are available for any given builder, you will have some measure of redundancy: in case one worker goes offline, the others can still keep the Builder working. In addition, multiple workers will allow multiple simultaneous builds for the same Builder, which might be useful if you have a lot of forced or try builds taking place.

Ideally, each Worker that is configured for a builder should be identical. Otherwise build or test failures will be dependent on which worker the build is run and this will complicate investigations of failures.

2.3.10. Users

Buildbot has a somewhat limited awareness of users. It assumes the world consists of a set of developers, each of whom can be described by a couple of simple attributes. These developers make changes to the source code, causing builds which may succeed or fail.

Users also may have different levels of authorization when issuing Buildbot commands, such as forcing a build from the web interface or from an IRC channel.

Each developer is primarily known through the source control system. Each Change object that arrives is tagged with a who field that typically gives the account name (on the repository machine) of the user responsible for that change. This string is displayed on the HTML status pages and in each Build's blamelist.

To do more with the User than just refer to them, this username needs to be mapped into an address of some sort. The responsibility for this mapping is left up to the status module which needs the address. In the future, the responsibility for managing users will be transferred to User Objects.

The who fields in git Changes are used to create User Objects, which allows for more control and flexibility in how Buildbot manages users.

2.3.10.1. User Objects

User Objects allow Buildbot to better manage users throughout its various interactions with users (see Change Sources and Changes and Reporters). The User Objects are stored in the Buildbot database and correlate the various attributes that a user might have: irc, Git, etc.

Changes

Incoming Changes all have a who attribute attached to them that specifies which developer is responsible for that Change. When a Change is first rendered, the who attribute is parsed and added to the database, if it doesn’t exist, or checked against an existing user. The who attribute is formatted in different ways depending on the version control system that the Change came from.

git

who attributes take the form Full Name <Email>.

svn

who attributes are of the form Username.

hg

who attributes are free-form strings, but usually adhere to similar conventions as git attributes (Full Name <Email>).

cvs

who attributes are of the form Username.

darcs

who attributes contain an Email and may also include a Full Name like git attributes.

bzr

who attributes are free-form strings like hg, and can include a Username, Email, and/or Full Name.

Tools

For managing users manually, use the buildbot user command, which allows you to add, remove, update, and show various attributes of users in the Buildbot database (see Command-line Tool).

Uses

Correlating the various bits and pieces that Buildbot views as users also means that one attribute of a user can be translated into another. This provides a more complete view of users throughout Buildbot.

One such use is being able to find email addresses based on a set of Builds to notify users through the MailNotifier. This process is explained more clearly in Email Addresses.

Another way to utilize User Objects is through UsersAuth for web authentication. To use UsersAuth, you need to set a bb_username and bb_password via the buildbot user command line tool to check against. The password will be encrypted before it gets stored in the database along with other user attributes.

2.3.10.2. Doing Things With Users

Each change has a single user who is responsible for it. Most builds have a set of changes: the build generally represents the first time these changes have been built and tested by the Buildbot. The build has a blamelist that is the union of the users responsible for all of the build’s changes. If the build was created by a Try Schedulers this list will include the submitter of the try job if known.

The build provides a list of users who are interested in the build – the interested users. Usually this is equal to the blamelist, but may also be expanded, e.g., to include the current build sherrif or a module’s maintainer.

If desired, buildbot can notify the interested users until the problem is resolved.

2.3.10.3. Email Addresses

The MailNotifier is a status target which can send emails about the results of each build. It accepts a static list of email addresses to which each message should be delivered, but it can also be configured to send emails to a Build's Interested Users. To do this, it needs a way to convert User names into email addresses.

For many VCSs, the User name is actually an account name on the system which hosts the repository. As such, turning the name into an email address is simply a matter of appending @repositoryhost.com. Some projects use other kinds of mappings (for example the preferred email address may be at project.org, despite the repository host being named cvs.project.org), and some VCSs have full separation between the concept of a user and that of an account on the repository host (like Perforce). Some systems (like Git) put a full contact email address in every change.

To convert these names to addresses, the MailNotifier uses an EmailLookup object. This provides a getAddress method which accepts a name and (eventually) returns an address. The default MailNotifier module provides an EmailLookup which simply appends a static string, configurable when the notifier is created. To create more complex behaviors (perhaps using an LDAP lookup, or using finger on a central host to determine a preferred address for the developer), provide a different object as the lookup argument.

If an EmailLookup object isn’t given to the MailNotifier, the MailNotifier will try to find emails through User Objects. If every user in the Build’s Interested Users list has an email in the database for them, this will work the same as if an EmailLookup object was used. If a user whose change led to a Build doesn’t have an email attribute, that user will not receive an email. If extraRecipients is given, those users still get an email when the EmailLookup object is not specified.

In the future, when the Problem mechanism has been set up, Buildbot will need to send emails to arbitrary Users. It will do this by locating a MailNotifier-like object among all the buildmaster’s status targets, and asking it to send messages to various Users. This means the User-to-address mapping only has to be set up once, in your MailNotifier, and every email message buildbot emits will take advantage of it.

2.3.10.4. IRC Nicknames

Like MailNotifier, the buildbot.reporters.irc.IRC class provides a status target which can announce the results of each build. It also provides an interactive interface by responding to online queries posted in the channel or sent as private messages.

In the future, buildbot can be configured to map User names to IRC nicknames, to watch for the recent presence of these nicknames, and to deliver build status messages to the interested parties. Like MailNotifier does for email addresses, the IRC object will have an IRCLookup which is responsible for nicknames. The mapping can be set up statically, or it can be updated by online users themselves (by claiming a username with some kind of buildbot: i am user warner commands).

Once the mapping is established, buildbot can then ask the IRC object to send messages to various users. It can report on the likelihood that the user saw the given message (based upon how long the user has been inactive on the channel), which might prompt the Problem Hassler logic to send them an email message instead.

These operations and authentication of commands issued by particular nicknames will be implemented in User Objects.

2.3.11. Build Properties

Each build has a set of Build Properties, which can be used by its build steps to modify their actions.

The properties are represented as a set of key-value pairs. Effectively, a single property is a variable that, once set, can be used by subsequent steps in a build to modify their behaviour. The value of a property can be a number, a string, a list or a dictionary. Lists and dictionaries can contain other lists or dictionaries. Thus, the value of a property could be any arbitrarily complex structure.

Properties work pretty much like variables, so they can be used to implement all manner of functionality.

The following are a couple of examples:

• By default, the name of the worker that runs the build is set to the workername property. If there are multiple different workers and the actions of the build depend on the exact worker, some users may decide that it’s more convenient to vary the actions depending on the workername property instead of creating separate builders for each worker.

• In most cases, the build does not know the exact code revision that will be tested until it checks out the code. This information is only known after a source step runs. To give this information to the subsequent steps, the source step records the checked out revision into the got_revision property.

2.4. Secret Management

2.4.1. Requirements

Buildbot steps might need secrets to execute their actions. Secrets are used to execute commands or to create authenticated network connections. Secrets may be a SSH key, a password, or a file content like a wgetrc file or a public SSH key. To preserve confidentiality, the secret values must not be printed or logged in the twisted or step logs. Secrets must not be stored in the Buildbot configuration (master.cfg), as the source code is usually shared in SCM like git.

2.4.2. How to use Buildbot Secret Management

2.4.2.1. Secrets and providers

Buildbot implements several providers for secrets retrieval:

• File system based: secrets are written in a file. This is a simple solution for example when secrets are managed by a config management system like Ansible Vault.

• Third party backend based: secrets are stored by a specialized software. These solutions are usually more secure.

Secrets providers are configured if needed in the master configuration. Multiple providers can be configured at once. The secret manager is a Buildbot service. The secret manager returns the specific provider results related to the providers registered in the configuration.

2.4.2.2. How to use secrets in Buildbot

Secret can be used in Buildbot via the IRenderable mechanism. Two IRenderable actually implement secrets. Interpolate can be used if you need to mix secrets and other interpolation in the same argument. Secret can be used if your secret is directly used as a component argument.

Secret

Secret is a simple renderable which directly renders a secret.

Secret("secretName")

As argument to steps

The following example shows a basic usage of secrets in Buildbot.

from buildbot.plugins import secrets, util
# First we declare that the secrets are stored in a directory of the filesystem
# each file contains one secret identified by the filename
c['secretsProviders'] = [secrets.SecretInAFile(dirname="/path/toSecretsFiles")]

# then in a buildfactory:

# use a secret on a shell command via Interpolate
f1.addStep(ShellCommand(
    util.Interpolate("wget -u user -p '%(secret:userpassword)s' '%(prop:urltofetch)s'")))
# .. or non shell form:
f1.addStep(ShellCommand(["wget", "-u", "user", "-p",
                         util.Secret("userpassword"),
                         util.Interpolate("%(prop:urltofetch)s")]))

Secrets are also interpolated in the build like properties are. Their values will be used in a command line for example.

As argument to services

You can use secrets to configure services. All services arguments are not compatible with secrets. See their individual documentation for details.

# First we declare that the secrets are stored in a directory of the filesystem
# each file contains one secret identified by the filename
c['secretsProviders'] = [secrets.SecretInAFile(dirname="/path/toSecretsFiles")]

# then for a reporter:
c['services'] = [GitHubStatusPush(token=util.Secret("githubToken"))]

2.4.2.3. Secrets storages

SecretInAFile

c['secretsProviders'] = [secrets.SecretInAFile(dirname="/path/toSecretsFiles")]

In the passed directory, every file contains a secret identified by the filename.

e.g: a file user contains the text pa$$w0rd.

Arguments:

dirname

(required) Absolute path to directory containing the files with a secret.

strip

(optional) if True (the default), trailing newlines are removed from the file contents.

HashiCorpVaultKvSecretProvider

c['secretsProviders'] = [
    secrets.HashiCorpVaultKvSecretProvider(
        authenticator=secrets.VaultAuthenticatorApprole(roleId="<role-guid>",
                                                        secretId="<secret-guid>"),
        vault_server="http://localhost:8200",
        secrets_mount="kv")
]

HashiCorpVaultKvSecretProvider allows to use HashiCorp Vault KV secret engine as secret provider. Other secret engines are not supported by this particular provider. For more information about Vault please visit: Vault: https://www.vaultproject.io/

In order to use this secret provider, optional dependency hvac needs to be installed (pip install hvac).

It supports different authentication methods with ability to re-authenticate when authentication token expires (not possible using HvacAuthenticatorToken).

Parameters accepted by HashiCorpVaultKvSecretProvider:

• authenticator: required parameter, specifies Vault authentication method. Possible authenticators are:

  • VaultAuthenticatorToken(token): simplest authentication by directly providing the authentication token. This method cannot benefit from re-authentication mechanism and when token expires, secret provider will just stop working.

  • VaultAuthenticatorApprole(roleId, secretId): approle authentication using roleId and secretId. This is common method for automation tools fetching secrets from vault.

• vault_server: required parameter, specifies URL of vault server.

• secrets_mount: specifies mount point of KV secret engine in vault, default value is “secret”.

• api_version: version of vault KV secret engine. Supported versions are 1 and 2, default value is 2.

• path_delimiter: character used to separate path and key name in secret identifiers. Default value is “|”.

• path_escape: escape character used in secret identifiers to allow escaping of path_delimiter character in path or key values. Default value is “".

The secret identifiers that need to be passed to, e.g. Interpolate, have format: "path/to/secret:key". In case path or key name does contain colon character, it is possible to escape it using “" or specify different separator character using path_delimiter parameter when initializing secret provider.

Example use:

passwd = util.Secret('path/to/secret:password')

SecretInPass

c['secretsProviders'] = [secrets.SecretInPass(
                        gpgPassphrase="passphrase",
                        dirname="/path/to/password/store"
)]

Passwords can be stored in a unix password store, encrypted using GPG keys. Buildbot can query secrets via the pass binary found in the PATH of each worker. While pass allows for multiline entries, the secret must be on the first line of each entry. The only caveat is that all passwords Buildbot needs to access have to be encrypted using the same GPG key.

For more information about pass, please visit pass: https://www.passwordstore.org/

Arguments:

gpgPassphrase

(optional) Pass phrase to the GPG decryption key, if any

dirname

(optional) Absolute path to the password store directory, defaults to ~/.password-store

2.4.2.4. How to populate secrets in a build

To populate secrets in files during a build, 2 steps are used to create and delete the files on the worker. The files will be automatically deleted at the end of the build.

       f = BuildFactory()
       with f.withSecrets(secrets_list):
           f.addStep(step_definition)

or

f = BuildFactory()
f.addSteps([list_of_step_definitions], withSecrets=secrets_list)

In both cases the secrets_list is a list of (secret path, secret value) tuples.

secrets_list = [('/first/path', Interpolate('write something and %(secret:somethingmore)s')),
                ('/second/path', Interpolate('%(secret:othersecret)s'))]

The Interpolate class is used to render the value during the build execution.

2.4.2.5. How to configure a Vault instance

Vault being a very generic system, it can be complex to install for the first time. Here is a simple tutorial to install the minimal Vault to use with Buildbot.

Use Docker to install Vault

A Docker image is available to help users installing Vault. Without any arguments, the command launches a Docker Vault developer instance, easy to use and test the functions. The developer version is already initialized and unsealed. To launch a Vault server please refer to the VaultDocker documentation:

In a shell:

docker run vault

Starting the vault instance

Once the Docker image is created, launch a shell terminal on the Docker image:

docker exec -i -t ``docker_vault_image_name`` /bin/sh

Then, export the environment variable VAULT_ADDR needed to init Vault.

export VAULT_ADDR='vault.server.adress'

Writing secrets

By default the official docker instance of Vault is initialized with a mount path of ‘secret’, a KV v1 secret engine, and a second KV engine (v2) at ‘secret/data’. Currently, Buildbot is “hard wired” to expect KV v2 engines to reside within this “data” sub path. Provision is made to set a top level path via the “secretsmount” argument: defaults to “secret”. To add a new secret:

vault kv put secret/new_secret_key value=new_secret_value

2.5. Configuration

The following sections describe the configuration of the various Buildbot components. The information available here is sufficient to create basic build and test configurations, and does not assume great familiarity with Python.

In more advanced Buildbot configurations, Buildbot acts as a framework for a continuous-integration application. The next section, Customization, describes this approach, with frequent references into the development documentation.

2.5.1. Configuring Buildbot

Buildbot’s behavior is defined by the config file, which normally lives in the master.cfg file in the buildmaster’s base directory (but this can be changed with an option to the buildbot create-master command). This file completely specifies which Builders are to be run, which workers they should use, how Changes should be tracked, and where the status information is to be sent. The buildmaster’s buildbot.tac file names the base directory; everything else comes from the config file.

A sample config file was installed for you when you created the buildmaster, but you will need to edit it before your Buildbot will do anything useful.

This chapter gives an overview of the format of this file and the various sections in it. You will need to read the later chapters to understand how to fill in each section properly.

2.5.1.1. Config File Format

The config file is, fundamentally, just a piece of Python code which defines a dictionary named BuildmasterConfig, with a number of keys that are treated specially. You don’t need to know Python to do the basic configuration, though; you can just copy the sample file’s syntax. If you are comfortable writing Python code, however, you can use all the power of a full programming language to build more complicated configurations.

The BuildmasterConfig name is the only one which matters: all other names defined during the execution of the file are discarded. When parsing the config file, the Buildmaster generally compares the old configuration with the new one and performs the minimum set of actions necessary to bring Buildbot up to date: Builders which are not changed are left untouched, and Builders which are modified get to keep their old event history.

The beginning of the master.cfg file typically starts with something like:

BuildmasterConfig = c = {}

Therefore a config key like change_source will usually appear in master.cfg as c['change_source'].

See Buildmaster Configuration Index for a full list of BuildMasterConfig keys.

Basic Python Syntax

The master configuration file is interpreted as Python, allowing the full flexibility of the language. For the configurations described in this section, a detailed knowledge of Python is not required, but the basic syntax is easily described.

Python comments start with a hash character #, tuples are defined with (parenthesis, pairs), and lists (arrays) are defined with [square, brackets]. Tuples and lists are mostly interchangeable. Dictionaries (data structures which map keys to values) are defined with curly braces: {'key1': value1, 'key2': value2}. Function calls (and object instantiations) can use named parameters, like steps.ShellCommand(command=["trial", "hello"]).

The config file starts with a series of import statements, which make various kinds of Steps and Status targets available for later use. The main BuildmasterConfig dictionary is created, and then it is populated with a variety of keys, described section-by-section in the subsequent chapters.

2.5.1.2. Predefined Config File Symbols

The following symbols are automatically available for use in the configuration file.

basedir

the base directory for the buildmaster. This string has not been expanded, so it may start with a tilde. It needs to be expanded before use. The config file is located in:

os.path.expanduser(os.path.join(basedir, 'master.cfg'))

__file__

the absolute path of the config file. The config file’s directory is located in os.path.dirname(__file__).

2.5.1.3. Testing the Config File

To verify that the config file is well-formed and contains no deprecated or invalid elements, use the checkconfig command, passing it either a master directory or a config file.

% buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
Config file is good!
# or
% buildbot checkconfig /tmp/masterdir
Config file is good!

If the config file has deprecated features (perhaps because you’ve upgraded the buildmaster and need to update the config file to match), they will be announced by checkconfig. In this case, the config file will work, but you should really remove the deprecated items and use the recommended replacements instead:

% buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/buildbot/master.py:559: DeprecationWarning: c['sources'] is
deprecated as of 0.7.6 and will be removed by 0.8.0 . Please use c['change_source'] instead.
Config file is good!

If you have errors in your configuration file, checkconfig will let you know:

% buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
Configuration Errors:
c['workers'] must be a list of Worker instances
no workers are configured
builder 'smoketest' uses unknown workers 'linux-002'

If the config file is simply broken, that will be caught too:

% buildbot checkconfig master.cfg
error while parsing config file:
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "/home/buildbot/master/bin/buildbot", line 4, in <module>
    runner.run()
File "/home/buildbot/master/buildbot/scripts/runner.py", line 1358, in run
    if not doCheckConfig(so):
File "/home/buildbot/master/buildbot/scripts/runner.py", line 1079, in doCheckConfig
    return cl.load(quiet=quiet)
File "/home/buildbot/master/buildbot/scripts/checkconfig.py", line 29, in load
    self.basedir, self.configFileName)
--- <exception caught here> ---
File "/home/buildbot/master/buildbot/config.py", line 147, in loadConfig
    exec f in localDict
exceptions.SyntaxError: invalid syntax (master.cfg, line 52)
Configuration Errors:
error while parsing config file: invalid syntax (master.cfg, line 52) (traceback in logfile)

2.5.1.4. Loading the Config File

The config file is only read at specific points in time. It is first read when the buildmaster is launched.

Note

If the configuration is invalid, the master will display the errors in the console output, but will not exit.

Reloading the Config File (reconfig)

If you are on the system hosting the buildmaster, you can send a SIGHUP signal to it: the buildbot tool has a shortcut for this:

buildbot reconfig BASEDIR

This command will show you all of the lines from twistd.log that relate to the reconfiguration. If there are any problems during the config-file reload, they will be displayed in the output.

When reloading the config file, the buildmaster will endeavor to change as little as possible about the running system. For example, although old status targets may be shut down and new ones started up, any status targets that were not changed since the last time the config file was read will be left running and untouched. Likewise any Builders which have not been changed will be left running. If a Builder is modified (say, the build command is changed), this change will apply only for new Builds. Any existing build that is currently running or was already queued will be allowed to finish using the old configuration.

Note that if any lock is renamed, old and new instances of the lock will be completely unrelated in the eyes of the buildmaster. This means that buildmaster will be able to start new builds that would otherwise have waited for the old lock to be released.

Warning

Buildbot’s reconfiguration system is fragile for a few difficult-to-fix reasons:

• Any modules imported by the configuration file are not automatically reloaded. Python modules such as https://docs.python.org/3/library/importlib.html and importlib.reload() may help here, but reloading modules is fraught with subtleties and difficult-to-decipher failure cases.

• During the reconfiguration, active internal objects are divorced from the service hierarchy, leading to tracebacks in the web interface and other components. These are ordinarily transient, but with HTTP connection caching (either by the browser or an intervening proxy) they can last for a long time.

• If the new configuration file is invalid, it is possible for Buildbot’s internal state to be corrupted, leading to undefined results. When this occurs, it is best to restart the master.

• For more advanced configurations, it is impossible for Buildbot to tell if the configuration for a Builder or Scheduler has changed, and thus the Builder or Scheduler will always be reloaded. This occurs most commonly when a callable is passed as a configuration parameter.

The bbproto project (at https://github.com/dabrahams/bbproto) may help to construct large (multi-file) configurations which can be effectively reloaded and reconfigured.

2.5.2. Global Configuration

The keys in this section affect the operations of the buildmaster globally.

2.5.2.1. Database Specification

Buildbot requires a connection to a database to maintain certain state information, such as tracking pending build requests. In the default configuration Buildbot uses a file-based SQLite database, stored in the state.sqlite file of the master’s base directory.

Important

SQLite3 is perfectly suitable for small setups with a few users. However, it does not scale well with large numbers of builders, workers and users. If you expect your Buildbot to grow over time, it is strongly advised to use a real database server (e.g., MySQL or Postgres).

A SQLite3 database may be migrated to a real database server using buildbot copy-db script.

See the Using A Database Server section for more details.

Override this configuration with the db_url parameter.

Buildbot accepts a database configuration in a dictionary named db. All keys are optional:

c['db'] = {
    'db_url' : 'sqlite:///state.sqlite',
}

The db_url key indicates the database engine to use. The format of this parameter is completely documented at http://www.sqlalchemy.org/docs/dialects/, but is generally of the form:

"driver://[username:password@]host:port/database[?args]"

This parameter can be specified directly in the configuration dictionary, as c['db_url'], although this method is deprecated.

The following sections give additional information for particular database backends:

SQLite

For sqlite databases, since there is no host and port, relative paths are specified with sqlite:/// and absolute paths with sqlite:////. For example:

c['db_url'] = "sqlite:///state.sqlite"

SQLite requires no special configuration.

MySQL

c['db_url'] = "mysql://username:password@example.com/database_name?max_idle=300"

The max_idle argument for MySQL connections is unique to Buildbot and should be set to something less than the wait_timeout configured for your server. This controls the SQLAlchemy pool_recycle parameter, which defaults to no timeout. Setting this parameter ensures that connections are closed and re-opened after the configured amount of idle time. If you see errors such as _mysql_exceptions.OperationalError: (2006, 'MySQL server has gone away'), this means your max_idle setting is probably too high. show global variables like 'wait_timeout'; will show what the currently configured wait_timeout is on your MySQL server.

Buildbot requires use_unique=True and charset=utf8, and will add them automatically, so they do not need to be specified in db_url.

MySQL defaults to the MyISAM storage engine, but this can be overridden with the storage_engine URL argument.

Postgres

c['db_url'] = "postgresql://username:password@hostname/dbname"

PosgreSQL requires no special configuration.

2.5.2.2. MQ Specification

Buildbot uses a message-queueing system to handle communication within the master. Messages are used to indicate events within the master, and components that are interested in those events arrange to receive them.

The message queueing implementation is configured as a dictionary in the mq option. The type key describes the type of MQ implementation to be used. Note that the implementation type cannot be changed in a reconfig.

The available implementation types are described in the following sections.

Simple

c['mq'] = {
    'type' : 'simple',
    'debug' : False,
}

This is the default MQ implementation. Similar to SQLite, it has no additional software dependencies, but does not support multi-master mode.

Note that this implementation also does not support message persistence across a restart of the master. For example, if a change is received, but the master shuts down before the schedulers can create build requests for it, then those schedulers will not be notified of the change when the master starts again.

The debug key, which defaults to False, can be used to enable logging of every message produced on this master.

Wamp

Note

At the moment, wamp is the only message queue implementation for multimaster. It has been privileged as this is the only message queue that has very solid support for Twisted. Other more common message queue systems like RabbitMQ (using the AMQP protocol) do not have a convincing driver for twisted, and this would require to run on threads, which will add an important performance overhead.

c['mq'] = {
    'type' : 'wamp',
    'router_url': 'ws://localhost:8080/ws',
    'realm': 'realm1',
    # valid are: none, critical, error, warn, info, debug, trace
    'wamp_debug_level' : 'error'
}

This is a MQ implementation using the wamp protocol. This implementation uses Python Autobahn wamp client library, and is fully asynchronous (no use of threads). To use this implementation, you need a wamp router like Crossbar.

The implementation does not yet support wamp authentication. This MQ allows buildbot to run in multi-master mode.

Note that this implementation also does not support message persistence across a restart of the master. For example, if a change is received, but the master shuts down before the schedulers can create build requests for it, then those schedulers will not be notified of the change when the master starts again.

router_url (mandatory): points to your router websocket url.

Buildbot is only supporting wamp over websocket, which is a sub-protocol of http. SSL is supported using wss:// instead of ws://.

realm (optional, defaults to buildbot): defines the wamp realm to use for your buildbot messages.

wamp_debug_level (optional, defaults to error): defines the log level of autobahn.

You must use a router with very reliable connection to the master. If for some reason, the wamp connection is lost, then the master will stop, and should be restarted via a process manager.

Crossbar

The default Crossbar setup will just work with Buildbot, provided you use the example mq configuration below, and start Crossbar with:

# of course, you should work in a virtualenv...
pip install crossbar
crossbar init
crossbar start

.crossbar/config.json:

{
    "version": 2,
    "controller": {},
    "workers": [
        {
            "type": "router",
            "realms": [
                {
                    "name": "test_realm",
                    "roles": [
                        {
                            "name": "anonymous",
                            "permissions": [
                                {
                                    "uri": "",
                                    "match": "prefix",
                                    "allow": {
                                        "call": true,
                                        "register": true,
                                        "publish": true,
                                        "subscribe": true
                                    },
                                    "disclose": {
                                        "caller": false,
                                        "publisher": false
                                    },
                                    "cache": true
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ],
            "transports": [
                {
                    "type": "web",
                    "endpoint": {
                        "type": "tcp",
                        "port": 1245
                    },
                    "paths": {
                        "ws": {
                            "type": "websocket"
                        }
                    }
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Buildbot can be configured to use Crossbar by the following:

c["mq"] = {
    "type" : "wamp",
    "router_url": "ws://localhost:1245/ws",
    "realm": "test_realm",
    "wamp_debug_level" : "warn"
}

Please refer to Crossbar documentation for more details.

2.5.2.3. Multi-master mode

See Multimaster for details on the multi-master mode in Buildbot Nine.

By default, Buildbot makes coherency checks that prevent typos in your master.cfg. It makes sure schedulers are not referencing unknown builders, and enforces there is at least one builder.

In the case of an asymmetric multimaster, those coherency checks can be harmful and prevent you to implement what you want. For example, you might want to have one master dedicated to the UI, so that a big load generated by builds will not impact page load times.

To enable multi-master mode in this configuration, you will need to set the multiMaster option so that buildbot doesn’t warn about missing schedulers or builders.

# Enable multiMaster mode; disables warnings about unknown builders and
# schedulers
c['multiMaster'] = True
c['db'] = {
    'db_url' : 'mysql://...',
}
c['mq'] = {  # Need to enable multimaster aware mq. Wamp is the only option for now.
    'type' : 'wamp',
    'router_url': 'ws://localhost:8080',
    'realm': 'realm1',
    # valid are: none, critical, error, warn, info, debug, trace
    'wamp_debug_level' : 'error'
}

2.5.2.4. Site Definitions

Three basic settings describe the buildmaster in status reports:

c['title'] = "Buildbot"
c['titleURL'] = "http://buildbot.sourceforge.net/"

title is a short string that will appear at the top of this buildbot installation’s home page (linked to the titleURL).

titleURL is a URL string. HTML status displays will show title as a link to titleURL. This URL is often used to provide a link from buildbot HTML pages to your project’s home page.

The buildbotURL string should point to the location where the buildbot’s internal web server is visible.

When status notices are sent to users (e.g., by email or over IRC), buildbotURL will be used to create a URL to the specific build or problem that they are being notified about.

2.5.2.5. Log Handling

c['logCompressionMethod'] = 'gz'
c['logMaxSize'] = 1024*1024 # 1M
c['logMaxTailSize'] = 32768
c['logEncoding'] = 'utf-8'

The logCompressionLimit enables compression of build logs on disk for logs that are bigger than the given size, or disables that completely if set to False. The default value is 4096, which should be a reasonable default on most file systems. This setting has no impact on status plugins, and merely affects the required disk space on the master for build logs.

The logCompressionMethod controls what type of compression is used for build logs. Valid option are ‘raw’ (no compression), ‘gz’, ‘lz4’ (required lz4 package), ‘br’ (requires buildbot[brotli] extra) or ‘zstd’ (requires buildbot[zstd] extra). The default is ‘zstd’ if the buildbot[zstd] is installed, otherwise defaults to ‘gz’.

Please find below some stats extracted from 50x “trial Pyflakes” runs (results may differ according to log type).

Space saving details

compression	raw log size	compressed log size	space saving	compression speed
bz2	2.981 MB	0.603 MB	79.77%	3.433 MB/s
gz	2.981 MB	0.568 MB	80.95%	6.604 MB/s
lz4	2.981 MB	0.844 MB	71.68%	77.668 MB/s

The logMaxSize parameter sets an upper limit (in bytes) to how large logs from an individual build step can be. The default value is None, meaning no upper limit to the log size. Any output exceeding logMaxSize will be truncated, and a message to this effect will be added to the log’s HEADER channel.

If logMaxSize is set, and the output from a step exceeds the maximum, the logMaxTailSize parameter controls how much of the end of the build log will be kept. The effect of setting this parameter is that the log will contain the first logMaxSize bytes and the last logMaxTailSize bytes of output. Don’t set this value too high, as the tail of the log is kept in memory.

The logEncoding parameter specifies the character encoding to use to decode bytestrings provided as logs. It defaults to utf-8, which should work in most cases, but can be overridden if necessary. In extreme cases, a callable can be specified for this parameter. It will be called with byte strings, and should return the corresponding Unicode string.

This setting can be overridden for a single build step with the logEncoding step parameter. It can also be overridden for a single log file by passing the logEncoding parameter to addLog.

2.5.2.6. Data Lifetime

Horizons

Previously Buildbot implemented a global configuration for horizons. Now it is implemented as a utility Builder, and shall be configured via the JanitorConfigurator.

Caches

c['caches'] = {
    'Changes' : 100,     # formerly c['changeCacheSize']
    'Builds' : 500,      # formerly c['buildCacheSize']
    'chdicts' : 100,
    'BuildRequests' : 10,
    'SourceStamps' : 20,
    'ssdicts' : 20,
    'objectids' : 10,
    'usdicts' : 100,
}

The caches configuration key contains the configuration for Buildbot’s in-memory caches. These caches keep frequently-used objects in memory to avoid unnecessary trips to the database. Caches are divided by object type, and each has a configurable maximum size.

The default size for each cache is 1, except where noted below. A value of 1 allows Buildbot to make a number of optimizations without consuming much memory. Larger, busier installations will likely want to increase these values.

The available caches are:

Changes

the number of change objects to cache in memory. This should be larger than the number of changes that typically arrive in the span of a few minutes, otherwise your schedulers will be reloading changes from the database every time they run. For distributed version control systems, like Git or Hg, several thousand changes may arrive at once, so setting this parameter to something like 10000 isn’t unreasonable.

This parameter is the same as the deprecated global parameter changeCacheSize. Its default value is 10.

Builds

The buildCacheSize parameter gives the number of builds for each builder which are cached in memory. This number should be larger than the number of builds required for commonly-used status displays (the waterfall or grid views), so that those displays do not miss the cache on a refresh.

This parameter is the same as the deprecated global parameter buildCacheSize. Its default value is 15.

chdicts

The number of rows from the changes table to cache in memory. This value should be similar to the value for Changes.

BuildRequests

The number of BuildRequest objects kept in memory. This number should be higher than the typical number of outstanding build requests. If the master ordinarily finds jobs for BuildRequests immediately, you may set a lower value.

SourceStamps

the number of SourceStamp objects kept in memory. This number should generally be similar to the number BuildRequesets.

ssdicts

The number of rows from the sourcestamps table to cache in memory. This value should be similar to the value for SourceStamps.

objectids

The number of object IDs - a means to correlate an object in the Buildbot configuration with an identity in the database–to cache. In this version, object IDs are not looked up often during runtime, so a relatively low value such as 10 is fine.

usdicts

The number of rows from the users table to cache in memory. Note that for a given user there will be a row for each attribute that user has.

c[‘buildCacheSize’] = 15

2.5.2.7. Merging Build Requests

c['collapseRequests'] = True

This is a global default value for builders’ collapseRequests parameter, and controls the merging of build requests.

This parameter can be overridden on a per-builder basis. See Collapsing Build Requests for the allowed values for this parameter.

2.5.2.8. Prioritizing Builders

def prioritizeBuilders(buildmaster, builders):
    ...
c['prioritizeBuilders'] = prioritizeBuilders

By default, buildbot will attempt to start builds on builders in order, beginning with the builder with the oldest pending request. Customize this behavior with the prioritizeBuilders configuration key, which takes a callable. See Builder Priority Functions for details on this callable.

This parameter controls the order that the buildmaster can start builds, and is useful in situations where there is resource contention between builders, e.g., for a test database. It does not affect the order in which a builder processes the build requests in its queue. For that purpose, see Prioritizing Builds.

2.5.2.9. Prioritizing Workers

By default Buildbot will select worker for a build randomly from available workers. This can be adjusted by select_next_worker function in global master configuration and additionally by nextWorker per-builder configuration parameter. These two functions work exactly the same:

The function is passed three arguments, the Builder object which is assigning a new job, a list of WorkerForBuilder objects and the BuildRequest.

The function should return one of the WorkerForBuilder objects, or None if none of the available workers should be used. The function can optionally return a Deferred, which should fire with the same results.

def select_next_worker(builder, workers, buildrequest):
    ...
c["select_next_worker"] = select_next_worker

2.5.2.10. Configuring worker protocols

The protocols key defines how buildmaster listens to connections from workers. The value of the key is dictionary with keys being protocol names and values being per-protocol configuration.

The following protocols are supported:

• pb - Perspective Broker protocol. This protocol supports not only connections from workers, but also remote Change Sources, status clients and debug tools. It supports the following configuration:

  • port - specifies the listening port configuration. This may be a numeric port, or a connection string, as defined in the ConnectionStrings guide.

• msgpack_experimental_v7 - (experimental) MessagePack-based protocol. It supports the following configuration:

  • port - specifies the listening port configuration. This may be a numeric port, or a connection string, as defined in the ConnectionStrings guide.

Note

Note, that the master host must be visible to all workers that would attempt to connect to it. The firewall (if any) must be configured to allow external connections. Additionally, the configured listen port must be larger than 1024 in most cases, as lower ports are usually restricted to root processes only.

The following is a minimal example of protocol configuration:

c['protocols'] = {"pb": {"port": 10000}}

The following example only allows connections from localhost. This might be useful in cases workers are run on the same machine as master (e.g. in very small Buildbot installations). The workers would need to be configured to contact the buildmaster at localhost:10000.

c['protocols'] = {"pb": {"port": "tcp:10000:interface=127.0.0.1"}}

The following example shows how to configure worker connections via TLS:

c['protocols'] = {"pb": {"port":
                         "ssl:9989:privateKey=master.key:certKey=master.crt"}}

Please note that IPv6 addresses with : must be escaped with as well as : in paths and in paths. Read more about the connection strings format in ConnectionStrings documentation.

See also Worker TLS Configuration

2.5.2.11. Defining Global Properties

The properties configuration key defines a dictionary of properties that will be available to all builds started by the buildmaster:

c['properties'] = {
    'Widget-version' : '1.2',
    'release-stage' : 'alpha'
}

2.5.2.12. Manhole

Manhole is an interactive Python shell which allows full access to the Buildbot master instance. It is probably only useful for buildbot developers.

See documentation on Manhole implementations for available authentication and connection methods.

The manhole configuration key accepts a single instance of a Manhole class. For example:

from buildbot import manhole
c['manhole'] = manhole.PasswordManhole("tcp:1234:interface=127.0.0.1",
                                       "admin", "passwd",
                                       ssh_hostkey_dir="data/ssh_host_keys")

2.5.2.13. Metrics Options

c['metrics'] = {
    "log_interval": 10,
    "periodic_interval": 10
}

metrics can be a dictionary that configures various aspects of the metrics subsystem. If metrics is None, then metrics collection, logging and reporting will be disabled.

log_interval determines how often metrics should be logged to twistd.log. It defaults to 60s. If set to 0 or None, then logging of metrics will be disabled. This value can be changed via a reconfig.

periodic_interval determines how often various non-event based metrics are collected, such as memory usage, uncollectable garbage, reactor delay. This defaults to 10s. If set to 0 or None, then periodic collection of this data is disabled. This value can also be changed via a reconfig.

Read more about metrics in the Metrics section in the developer documentation.

2.5.2.14. Statistics Service

The Statistics Service (stats service for short) supports the collection of arbitrary data from within a running Buildbot instance and the export to a number of storage backends. Currently, only InfluxDB is supported as a storage backend. Also, InfluxDB (or any other storage backend) is not a mandatory dependency. Buildbot can run without it, although StatsService will be of no use in such a case. At present, StatsService can keep track of build properties, build times (start, end, duration) and arbitrary data produced inside Buildbot (more on this later).

Example usage:

captures = [stats.CaptureProperty('Builder1', 'tree-size-KiB'),
            stats.CaptureBuildDuration('Builder2')]
c['services'] = []
c['services'].append(stats.StatsService(
    storage_backends=[
        stats.InfluxStorageService('localhost', 8086, 'root', 'root', 'test', captures)
    ], name="StatsService"))

The services configuration value should be initialized as a list and a StatsService instance should be appended to it as shown in the example above.

Statistics Service

class buildbot.statistics.stats_service.StatsService

This is the main class for statistics services. It is initialized in the master configuration as shown in the example above. It takes two arguments:

storage_backends

A list of storage backends (see Storage Backends). In the example above, stats.InfluxStorageService is an instance of a storage backend. Each storage backend is an instance of subclasses of statsStorageBase.

name

The name of this service.

yieldMetricsValue: This method can be used to send arbitrary data for storage. (See Using StatsService.yieldMetricsValue for more information.)

Capture Classes

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureProperty

Instance of this class declares which properties must be captured and sent to the Storage Backends. It takes the following arguments:

builder_name

The name of builder in which the property is recorded.

property_name

The name of property needed to be recorded as a statistic.

callback=None

(Optional) A custom callback function for this class. This callback function should take in two arguments - build_properties (dict) and property_name (str) and return a string that will be sent for storage in the storage backends.

regex=False

If this is set to True, then the property name can be a regular expression. All properties matching this regular expression will be sent for storage.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CapturePropertyAllBuilders

Instance of this class declares which properties must be captured on all builders and sent to the Storage Backends. It takes the following arguments:

property_name

The name of property needed to be recorded as a statistic.

callback=None

(Optional) A custom callback function for this class. This callback function should take in two arguments - build_properties (dict) and property_name (str) and return a string that will be sent for storage in the storage backends.

regex=False

If this is set to True, then the property name can be a regular expression. All properties matching this regular expression will be sent for storage.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildStartTime

Instance of this class declares which builders’ start times are to be captured and sent to Storage Backends. It takes the following arguments:

builder_name

The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

callback=None

(Optional) A custom callback function for this class. This callback function should take in a Python datetime object and return a string that will be sent for storage in the storage backends.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildStartTimeAllBuilders

Instance of this class declares start times of all builders to be captured and sent to Storage Backends. It takes the following arguments:

callback=None

(Optional) A custom callback function for this class. This callback function should take in a Python datetime object and return a string that will be sent for storage in the storage backends.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildEndTime

Exactly like CaptureBuildStartTime except it declares the builders whose end time is to be recorded. The arguments are same as CaptureBuildStartTime.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildEndTimeAllBuilders

Exactly like CaptureBuildStartTimeAllBuilders except it declares all builders’ end time to be recorded. The arguments are same as CaptureBuildStartTimeAllBuilders.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildDuration

Instance of this class declares the builders whose build durations are to be recorded. It takes the following arguments:

builder_name

The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

report_in='seconds'

Can be one of three: 'seconds', 'minutes', or 'hours'. This is the units in which the build time will be reported.

callback=None

(Optional) A custom callback function for this class. This callback function should take in two Python datetime objects - a start_time and an end_time and return a string that will be sent for storage in the storage backends.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildDurationAllBuilders

Instance of this class declares build durations to be recorded for all builders. It takes the following arguments:

report_in='seconds'

Can be one of three: 'seconds', 'minutes', or 'hours'. This is the units in which the build time will be reported.

callback=None

(Optional) A custom callback function for this class. This callback function should take in two Python datetime objects - a start_time and an end_time and return a string that will be sent for storage in the storage backends.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureData

Instance of this capture class is for capturing arbitrary data that is not stored as build-data. Needs to be used in combination with yieldMetricsValue (see Using StatsService.yieldMetricsValue). Takes the following arguments:

data_name

The name of data to be captured. Same as in yieldMetricsValue.

builder_name

The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

callback=None

The callback function for this class. This callback receives the data sent to yieldMetricsValue as post_data (see Using StatsService.yieldMetricsValue). It must return a string that is to be sent to the storage backends for storage.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureDataAllBuilders

Instance of this capture class for capturing arbitrary data that is not stored as build-data on all builders. Needs to be used in combination with yieldMetricsValue (see Using StatsService.yieldMetricsValue). Takes the following arguments:

data_name

The name of data to be captured. Same as in yieldMetricsValue.

callback=None

The callback function for this class. This callback receives the data sent to yieldMetricsValue as post_data (see Using StatsService.yieldMetricsValue). It must return a string that is to be sent to the storage backends for storage.

Using StatsService.yieldMetricsValue

Advanced users can modify BuildSteps to use StatsService.yieldMetricsValue which will send arbitrary data for storage to the StatsService. It takes the following arguments:

data_name

The name of the data being sent or storage.

post_data

A dictionary of key value pair that is sent for storage. The keys will act as columns in a database and the value is stored under that column.

buildid

The integer build id of the current build. Obtainable in all BuildSteps.

Along with using yieldMetricsValue, the user will also need to use the CaptureData capture class. As an example, we can add the following to a build step:

yieldMetricsValue('test_data_name', {'some_data': 'some_value'}, buildid)

Then, we can add in the master configuration a capture class like this:

captures = [CaptureBuildData('test_data_name', 'Builder1')]

Pass this captures list to a storage backend (as shown in the example at the top of this section) for capturing this data.

Storage Backends

Storage backends are responsible for storing any statistics data sent to them. A storage backend will generally be some sort of a database-server running on a machine. (Note: This machine may be different from the one running BuildMaster)

Currently, only InfluxDB is supported as a storage backend.

class buildbot.statistics.storage_backends.influxdb_client.InfluxStorageService

This class is a Buildbot client to the InfluxDB storage backend. InfluxDB is a distributed, time series database that employs a key-value pair storage system.

It requires the following arguments:

url

The URL where the service is running.

port

The port on which the service is listening.

user

Username of a InfluxDB user.

password

Password for user.

db

The name of database to be used.

captures

A list of objects of Capture Classes. This tells which statistics are to be stored in this storage backend.

name=None

(Optional) The name of this storage backend.

2.5.2.15. secretsProviders

See Secret Management for details on secret concepts.

Example usage:

c['secretsProviders'] = [ .. ]

secretsProviders is a list of secrets storage. See Secret Management to configure a secret storage provider.

2.5.2.16. BuildbotNetUsageData

Since buildbot 0.9.0, buildbot has a simple feature which sends usage analysis info to buildbot.net. This is very important for buildbot developers to understand how the community is using the tools. This allows to better prioritize issues, and understand what plugins are actually being used. This will also be a tool to decide whether to keep support for very old tools. For example buildbot contains support for the venerable CVS, but we have no information whether it actually works beyond the unit tests. We rely on the community to test and report issues with the old features.

With BuildbotNetUsageData, we can know exactly what combination of plugins are working together, how much people are customizing plugins, what versions of the main dependencies people run.

We take your privacy very seriously.

BuildbotNetUsageData will never send information specific to your Code or Intellectual Property. No repository url, shell command values, host names, ip address or custom class names. If it does, then this is a bug, please report.

We still need to track unique number for installation. This is done via doing a sha1 hash of master’s hostname, installation path and fqdn. Using a secure hash means there is no way of knowing hostname, path and fqdn given the hash, but still there is a different hash for each master.

You can see exactly what is sent in the master’s twisted.log. Usage data is sent every time the master is started.

BuildbotNetUsageData can be configured with 4 values:

• c['buildbotNetUsageData'] = None disables the feature

• c['buildbotNetUsageData'] = 'basic' sends the basic information to buildbot including:

  • versions of buildbot, python and twisted

  • platform information (CPU, OS, distribution, python flavor (i.e CPython vs PyPy))

  • mq and database type (mysql or sqlite?)

  • www plugins usage

  • Plugins usages: This counts the number of time each class of buildbot is used in your configuration. This counts workers, builders, steps, schedulers, change sources. If the plugin is subclassed, then it will be prefixed with a >

  example of basic report (for the metabuildbot):

  {
  'versions': {
      'Python': '2.7.6',
      'Twisted': '15.5.0',
      'Buildbot': '0.9.0rc2-176-g5fa9dbf'
  },
  'platform': {
      'machine': 'x86_64',
      'python_implementation': 'CPython',
      'version': '#140-Ubuntu SMP Mon Jul',
      'processor':
      'x86_64',
      'distro:': ('Ubuntu', '14.04', 'trusty')
      },
  'db': 'sqlite',
  'mq': 'simple',
  'plugins': {
      'buildbot.schedulers.forcesched.ForceScheduler': 2,
      'buildbot.schedulers.triggerable.Triggerable': 1,
      'buildbot.config.BuilderConfig': 4,
      'buildbot.schedulers.basic.AnyBranchScheduler': 2,
      'buildbot.steps.source.git.Git': 4,
      '>>buildbot.steps.trigger.Trigger': 2,
      '>>>buildbot.worker.base.Worker': 4,
      'buildbot.reporters.irc.IRC': 1},
  'www_plugins': ['buildbot_travis', 'waterfall_view']
  }
  

• c['buildbotNetUsageData'] = 'full' sends the basic information plus additional information:

  • configuration of each builders: how the steps are arranged together. for example:

  {
      'builders': [
          ['buildbot.steps.source.git.Git',
           '>>>buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep'],
          ['buildbot.steps.source.git.Git',
           '>>buildbot.steps.trigger.Trigger'],
          ['buildbot.steps.source.git.Git',
           '>>>buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep'],
          ['buildbot.steps.source.git.Git',
           '>>buildbot.steps.trigger.Trigger']
      ]
  }
  

• c['buildbotNetUsageData'] = myCustomFunction declares a callback to use to specify exactly what to send.

  This custom function takes the generated data from full report in the form of a dictionary, and returns a customized report as a jsonable dictionary. You can use this to filter any information you don’t want to disclose. You can also use a custom http_proxy environment variable in order to not send any data while developing your callback.

2.5.2.17. Users Options

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['user_managers'] = []
c['user_managers'].append(util.CommandlineUserManager(username="user",
                                                      passwd="userpw",
                                                      port=9990))

user_managers contains a list of ways to manually manage User Objects within Buildbot (see User Objects). Currently implemented is a commandline tool buildbot user, described at length in user. In the future, a web client will also be able to manage User Objects and their attributes.

As shown above, to enable the buildbot user tool, you must initialize a CommandlineUserManager instance in your master.cfg. CommandlineUserManager instances require the following arguments:

username

This is the username that will be registered on the PB connection and need to be used when calling buildbot user.

passwd

This is the passwd that will be registered on the PB connection and need to be used when calling buildbot user.

port

The PB connection port must be different than c[‘protocols’][‘pb’][‘port’] and be specified when calling buildbot user

2.5.2.18. Input Validation

import re
c['validation'] = {
    'branch' : re.compile(r'^[\w.+/~-]*$'),
    'revision' : re.compile(r'^[ \w\.\-\/]*$'),
    'property_name' : re.compile(r'^[\w\.\-\/\~:]*$'),
    'property_value' : re.compile(r'^[\w\.\-\/\~:]*$'),
}

This option configures the validation applied to user inputs of various types. This validation is important since these values are often included in command-line arguments executed on workers. Allowing arbitrary input from untrusted users may raise security concerns.

The keys describe the type of input validated; the values are compiled regular expressions against which the input will be matched. The defaults for each type of input are those given in the example, above.

2.5.2.19. Revision Links

The revlink parameter is used to create links from revision IDs in the web status to a web-view of your source control system. The parameter’s value must be a callable.

By default, Buildbot is configured to generate revlinks for a number of open source hosting platforms (https://github.com, https://sourceforge.net and https://bitbucket.org).

The callable takes the revision id and repository argument, and should return a URL to the revision. Note that the revision id may not always be in the form you expect, so code defensively. In particular, a revision of “??” may be supplied when no other information is available.

Note that SourceStamps that are not created from version-control changes (e.g., those created by a Nightly or Periodic scheduler) may have an empty repository string if the repository is not known to the scheduler.

Revision Link Helpers

Buildbot provides two helpers for generating revision links. buildbot.revlinks.RevlinkMatcher takes a list of regular expressions and a replacement text. The regular expressions should all have the same number of capture groups. The replacement text should have sed-style references to that capture groups (i.e. ‘1’ for the first capture group), and a single ‘%s’ reference for the revision ID. The repository given is tried against each regular expression in turn. The results are then substituted into the replacement text, along with the revision ID, to obtain the revision link.

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['revlink'] = util.RevlinkMatch([r'git://notmuchmail.org/git/(.*)'],
                                  r'http://git.notmuchmail.org/git/\1/commit/%s')

buildbot.revlinks.RevlinkMultiplexer takes a list of revision link callables, and tries each in turn, returning the first successful match.

2.5.2.20. Codebase Generator

all_repositories = {
    r'https://hg/hg/mailsuite/mailclient': 'mailexe',
    r'https://hg/hg/mailsuite/mapilib': 'mapilib',
    r'https://hg/hg/mailsuite/imaplib': 'imaplib',
    r'https://github.com/mailinc/mailsuite/mailclient': 'mailexe',
    r'https://github.com/mailinc/mailsuite/mapilib': 'mapilib',
    r'https://github.com/mailinc/mailsuite/imaplib': 'imaplib',
}

def codebaseGenerator(chdict):
    return all_repositories[chdict['repository']]

c['codebaseGenerator'] = codebaseGenerator

For any incoming change, the codebase is set to ‘’. This codebase value is sufficient if all changes come from the same repository (or clones). If changes come from different repositories, extra processing will be needed to determine the codebase for the incoming change. This codebase will then be a logical name for the combination of repository and or branch etc.

The codebaseGenerator accepts a change dictionary as produced by the buildbot.db.changes.ChangesConnectorComponent, with a changeid equal to None.

2.5.3. Change Sources and Changes

A change source is the mechanism which is used by Buildbot to get information about new changes in a repository maintained by a Version Control System.

These change sources fall broadly into two categories: pollers which periodically check the repository for updates; and hooks, where the repository is configured to notify Buildbot whenever an update occurs.

A Change is an abstract way that Buildbot uses to represent changes in any of the Version Control Systems it supports. It contains just enough information needed to acquire specific version of the tree when needed. This usually happens as one of the first steps in a Build.

This concept does not map perfectly to every version control system. For example, for CVS, Buildbot must guess that version updates made to multiple files within a short time represent a single change.

Changes can be provided by a variety of ChangeSource types, although any given project will typically have only a single ChangeSource active.

2.5.3.1. How Different VC Systems Specify Sources

For CVS, the static specifications are repository and module. In addition to those, each build uses a timestamp (or omits the timestamp to mean the latest) and branch tag (which defaults to HEAD). These parameters collectively specify a set of sources from which a build may be performed.

Subversion combines the repository, module, and branch into a single Subversion URL parameter. Within that scope, source checkouts can be specified by a numeric revision number (a repository-wide monotonically-increasing marker, such that each transaction that changes the repository is indexed by a different revision number), or a revision timestamp. When branches are used, the repository and module form a static baseURL, while each build has a revision number and a branch (which defaults to a statically-specified defaultBranch). The baseURL and branch are simply concatenated together to derive the repourl to use for the checkout.

Perforce is similar. The server is specified through a P4PORT parameter. Module and branch are specified in a single depot path, and revisions are depot-wide. When branches are used, the p4base and defaultBranch are concatenated together to produce the depot path.

Bzr (which is a descendant of Arch/Bazaar, and is frequently referred to as “Bazaar”) has the same sort of repository-vs-workspace model as Arch, but the repository data can either be stored inside the working directory or kept elsewhere (either on the same machine or on an entirely different machine). For the purposes of Buildbot (which never commits changes), the repository is specified with a URL and a revision number.

The most common way to obtain read-only access to a bzr tree is via HTTP, simply by making the repository visible through a web server like Apache. Bzr can also use FTP and SFTP servers, if the worker process has sufficient privileges to access them. Higher performance can be obtained by running a special Bazaar-specific server. None of these matter to the buildbot: the repository URL just has to match the kind of server being used. The repoURL argument provides the location of the repository.

Branches are expressed as subdirectories of the main central repository, which means that if branches are being used, the BZR step is given a baseURL and defaultBranch instead of getting the repoURL argument.

Darcs doesn’t really have the notion of a single master repository. Nor does it really have branches. In Darcs, each working directory is also a repository, and there are operations to push and pull patches from one of these repositories to another. For the Buildbot’s purposes, all you need to do is specify the URL of a repository that you want to build from. The worker will then pull the latest patches from that repository and build them. Multiple branches are implemented by using multiple repositories (possibly living on the same server).

Builders which use Darcs therefore have a static repourl which specifies the location of the repository. If branches are being used, the source Step is instead configured with a baseURL and a defaultBranch, and the two strings are simply concatenated together to obtain the repository’s URL. Each build then has a specific branch which replaces defaultBranch, or just uses the default one. Instead of a revision number, each build can have a context, which is a string that records all the patches that are present in a given tree (this is the output of darcs changes --context, and is considerably less concise than, e.g. Subversion’s revision number, but the patch-reordering flexibility of Darcs makes it impossible to provide a shorter useful specification).

Mercurial follows a decentralized model, and each repository can have several branches and tags. The source Step is configured with a static repourl which specifies the location of the repository. Branches are configured with the defaultBranch argument. The revision is the hash identifier returned by hg identify.

Git also follows a decentralized model, and each repository can have several branches and tags. The source Step is configured with a static repourl which specifies the location of the repository. In addition, an optional branch parameter can be specified to check out code from a specific branch instead of the default master branch. The revision is specified as a SHA1 hash as returned by e.g. git rev-parse. No attempt is made to ensure that the specified revision is actually a subset of the specified branch.

Monotone is another that follows a decentralized model where each repository can have several branches and tags. The source Step is configured with static repourl and branch parameters, which specifies the location of the repository and the branch to use. The revision is specified as a SHA1 hash as returned by e.g. mtn automate select w:. No attempt is made to ensure that the specified revision is actually a subset of the specified branch.

Comparison

Name	Change	Revision	Branches
CVS	patch [1]	timestamp	unnamed
Subversion	revision	integer	directories
Git	commit	sha1 hash	named refs
Mercurial	changeset	sha1 hash	different repos or (permanently) named commits
Darcs	?	none [2]	different repos
Bazaar	?	?	?
Perforce	?	?	?
BitKeeper	changeset	?	different repos

• [1] note that CVS only tracks patches to individual files. Buildbot tries to recognize coordinated changes to multiple files by correlating change times.

• [2] Darcs does not have a concise way of representing a particular revision of the source.

Tree Stability

Changes tend to arrive at a buildmaster in bursts. In many cases, these bursts of changes are meant to be taken together. For example, a developer may have pushed multiple commits to a DVCS that comprise the same new feature or bugfix. To avoid trying to build every change, Buildbot supports the notion of tree stability, by waiting for a burst of changes to finish before starting to schedule builds. This is implemented as a timer, with builds not scheduled until no changes have occurred for the duration of the timer.

2.5.3.2. Choosing a Change Source

There are a variety of ChangeSource classes available, some of which are meant to be used in conjunction with other tools to deliver Change events from the VC repository to the buildmaster.

As a quick guide, here is a list of VC systems and the ChangeSources that might be useful with them. Note that some of these modules are in Buildbot’s master/contrib directory, meaning that they have been offered by other users in hopes they may be useful, and might require some additional work to make them functional.

CVS

• CVSMaildirSource (watching mail sent by master/contrib/buildbot_cvs_mail.py script)

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from buildbot sendchange run in a loginfo script)

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from a long-running master/contrib/viewcvspoll.py polling process which examines the ViewCVS database directly)

• Change Hooks in WebStatus

SVN

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from master/contrib/svn_buildbot.py run in a postcommit script)

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from a long-running master/contrib/svn_watcher.py or master/contrib/svnpoller.py polling process

• SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource (watching for email sent by commit-email.pl)

• SVNPoller (polling the SVN repository)

• Change Hooks in WebStatus

Darcs

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from master/contrib/darcs_buildbot.py in a commit script)

• Change Hooks in WebStatus

Mercurial

• Change Hooks in WebStatus (including master/contrib/hgbuildbot.py, configurable in a changegroup hook)

• BitBucket change hook (specifically designed for BitBucket notifications, but requiring a publicly-accessible WebStatus)

• HgPoller (polling a remote Mercurial repository)

• BitbucketPullrequestPoller (polling Bitbucket for pull requests)

• Mail-parsing ChangeSources, though there are no ready-to-use recipes

Bzr (the newer Bazaar)

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from master/contrib/bzr_buildbot.py run in a post-change-branch-tip or commit hook)

• BzrPoller (polling the Bzr repository)

• Change Hooks in WebStatus

Git

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from master/contrib/git_buildbot.py run in the post-receive hook)

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from master/contrib/github_buildbot.py, which listens for notifications from GitHub)

• Change Hooks in WebStatus

• GitHub change hook (specifically designed for GitHub notifications, but requiring a publicly-accessible WebStatus)

• BitBucket change hook (specifically designed for BitBucket notifications, but requiring a publicly-accessible WebStatus)

• GitPoller (polling a remote Git repository)

• GitHubPullrequestPoller (polling GitHub API for pull requests)

• BitbucketPullrequestPoller (polling Bitbucket for pull requests)

Repo/Gerrit

• GerritChangeSource connects to Gerrit via SSH and optionally HTTP to get a live stream of changes

• GerritEventLogPoller connects to Gerrit via HTTP with the help of the plugin events-log

Monotone

• PBChangeSource (listening for connections from monotone-buildbot.lua, which is available with Monotone)

All VC systems can be driven by a PBChangeSource and the buildbot sendchange tool run from some form of commit script. If you write an email parsing function, they can also all be driven by a suitable mail-parsing source. Additionally, handlers for web-based notification (i.e. from GitHub) can be used with WebStatus’ change_hook module. The interface is simple, so adding your own handlers (and sharing!) should be a breeze.

See Change Source Index for a full list of change sources.

2.5.3.3. Configuring Change Sources

The change_source configuration key holds all active change sources for the configuration.

Most configurations have a single ChangeSource, watching only a single tree, e.g.,

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.PBChangeSource()

For more advanced configurations, the parameter can be a list of change sources:

source1 = ...
source2 = ...
c['change_source'] = [
    source1, source2
]

Repository and Project

ChangeSources will, in general, automatically provide the proper repository attribute for any changes they produce. For systems which operate on URL-like specifiers, this is a repository URL. Other ChangeSources adapt the concept as necessary.

Many ChangeSources allow you to specify a project, as well. This attribute is useful when building from several distinct codebases in the same buildmaster: the project string can serve to differentiate the different codebases. Schedulers can filter on project, so you can configure different builders to run for each project.

2.5.3.4. Mail-parsing ChangeSources

Many projects publish information about changes to their source tree by sending an email message out to a mailing list, frequently named PROJECT-commits or PROJECT-changes. Each message usually contains a description of the change (who made the change, which files were affected) and sometimes a copy of the diff. Humans can subscribe to this list to stay informed about what’s happening to the source tree.

Buildbot can also subscribe to a -commits mailing list, and can trigger builds in response to Changes that it hears about. The buildmaster admin needs to arrange for these email messages to arrive in a place where the buildmaster can find them, and configure the buildmaster to parse the messages correctly. Once that is in place, the email parser will create Change objects and deliver them to the schedulers (see Schedulers) just like any other ChangeSource.

There are two components to setting up an email-based ChangeSource. The first is to route the email messages to the buildmaster, which is done by dropping them into a maildir. The second is to actually parse the messages, which is highly dependent upon the tool that was used to create them. Each VC system has a collection of favorite change-emailing tools with a slightly different format and its own parsing function. Buildbot has a separate ChangeSource variant for each of these parsing functions.

Once you’ve chosen a maildir location and a parsing function, create the change source and put it in change_source:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.CVSMaildirSource("~/maildir-buildbot",
                                              prefix="/trunk/")

Subscribing the Buildmaster

The recommended way to install Buildbot is to create a dedicated account for the buildmaster. If you do this, the account will probably have a distinct email address (perhaps buildmaster@example.org). Then just arrange for this account’s email to be delivered to a suitable maildir (described in the next section).

If Buildbot does not have its own account, extension addresses can be used to distinguish between emails intended for the buildmaster and emails intended for the rest of the account. In most modern MTAs, the e.g. foo@example.org account has control over every email address at example.org which begins with “foo”, such that emails addressed to account-foo@example.org can be delivered to a different destination than account-bar@example.org. qmail does this by using separate .qmail files for the two destinations (.qmail-foo and .qmail-bar, with .qmail controlling the base address and .qmail-default controlling all other extensions). Other MTAs have similar mechanisms.

Thus you can assign an extension address like foo-buildmaster@example.org to the buildmaster and retain foo@example.org for your own use.

Using Maildirs

A maildir is a simple directory structure originally developed for qmail that allows safe atomic update without locking. Create a base directory with three subdirectories: new, tmp, and cur. When messages arrive, they are put into a uniquely-named file (using pids, timestamps, and random numbers) in tmp. When the file is complete, it is atomically renamed into new. Eventually the buildmaster notices the file in new, reads and parses the contents, then moves it into cur. A cronjob can be used to delete files in cur at leisure.

Maildirs are frequently created with the maildirmake tool, but a simple mkdir -p ~/MAILDIR/cur,new,tmp is pretty much equivalent.

Many modern MTAs can deliver directly to maildirs. The usual .forward or .procmailrc syntax is to name the base directory with a trailing slash, so something like ~/MAILDIR/. qmail and postfix are maildir-capable MTAs, and procmail is a maildir-capable MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).

Here is an example procmail config, located in ~/.procmailrc:

# .procmailrc
# routes incoming mail to appropriate mailboxes
PATH=/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin
MAILDIR=$HOME/Mail
LOGFILE=.procmail_log
SHELL=/bin/sh

:0
*
new

If procmail is not setup on a system wide basis, then the following one-line .forward file will invoke it.

!/usr/bin/procmail

For MTAs which cannot put files into maildirs directly, the safecat tool can be executed from a .forward file to accomplish the same thing.

The Buildmaster uses the linux DNotify facility to receive immediate notification when the maildir’s new directory has changed. When this facility is not available, it polls the directory for new messages, every 10 seconds by default.

Parsing Email Change Messages

The second component to setting up an email-based ChangeSource is to parse the actual notices. This is highly dependent upon the VC system and commit script in use.

A couple of common tools used to create these change emails, along with the Buildbot tools to parse them, are:

CVS

Buildbot CVS MailNotifier

CVSMaildirSource

SVN

svnmailer

http://opensource.perlig.de/en/svnmailer/

commit-email.pl

SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource

Bzr

Launchpad

BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource

Mercurial

NotifyExtension

https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/NotifyExtension

Git

post-receive-email

http://git.kernel.org/?p=git/git.git;a=blob;f=contrib/hooks/post-receive-email;hb=HEAD

The following sections describe the parsers available for each of these tools.

Most of these parsers accept a prefix= argument, which is used to limit the set of files that the buildmaster pays attention to. This is most useful for systems like CVS and SVN which put multiple projects in a single repository (or use repository names to indicate branches). Each filename that appears in the email is tested against the prefix: if the filename does not start with the prefix, the file is ignored. If the filename does start with the prefix, that prefix is stripped from the filename before any further processing is done. Thus the prefix usually ends with a slash.

CVSMaildirSource

class buildbot.changes.mail.CVSMaildirSource

This parser works with the master/contrib/buildbot_cvs_mail.py script.

The script sends an email containing all the files submitted in one directory. It is invoked by using the CVSROOT/loginfo facility.

The Buildbot’s CVSMaildirSource knows how to parse these messages and turn them into Change objects. It takes the directory name of the maildir root. For example:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.CVSMaildirSource("/home/buildbot/Mail")

Configuration of CVS and buildbot_cvs_mail.py

CVS must be configured to invoke the buildbot_cvs_mail.py script when files are checked in. This is done via the CVS loginfo configuration file.

To update this, first do:

cvs checkout CVSROOT

cd to the CVSROOT directory and edit the file loginfo, adding a line like:

SomeModule /cvsroot/CVSROOT/buildbot_cvs_mail.py --cvsroot :ext:example.com:/cvsroot -e buildbot -P SomeModule %@{sVv@}

Note

For cvs version 1.12.x, the --path %p option is required. Version 1.11.x and 1.12.x report the directory path differently.

The above example you put the buildbot_cvs_mail.py script under /cvsroot/CVSROOT. It can be anywhere. Run the script with --help to see all the options. At the very least, the options -e (email) and -P (project) should be specified. The line must end with %{sVv}. This is expanded to the files that were modified.

Additional entries can be added to support more modules.

See buildbot_cvs_mail.py --help for more information on the available options.

SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource

class buildbot.changes.mail.SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource

SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource parses message sent out by the commit-email.pl script, which is included in the Subversion distribution.

It does not currently handle branches: all of the Change objects that it creates will be associated with the default (i.e. trunk) branch.

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.SVNCommitEmailMaildirSource("~/maildir-buildbot")

BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource

class buildbot.changes.mail.BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource

BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource parses the mails that are sent to addresses that subscribe to branch revision notifications for a bzr branch hosted on Launchpad.

The branch name defaults to lp:Launchpad path. For example lp:~maria-captains/maria/5.1.

If only a single branch is used, the default branch name can be changed by setting defaultBranch.

For multiple branches, pass a dictionary as the value of the branchMap option to map specific repository paths to specific branch names (see example below). The leading lp: prefix of the path is optional.

The prefix option is not supported (it is silently ignored). Use the branchMap and defaultBranch instead to assign changes to branches (and just do not subscribe the Buildbot to branches that are not of interest).

The revision number is obtained from the email text. The bzr revision id is not available in the mails sent by Launchpad. However, it is possible to set the bzr append_revisions_only option for public shared repositories to avoid new pushes of merges changing the meaning of old revision numbers.

from buildbot.plugins import changes

bm = {
    'lp:~maria-captains/maria/5.1': '5.1',
    'lp:~maria-captains/maria/6.0': '6.0'
}
c['change_source'] = changes.BzrLaunchpadEmailMaildirSource("~/maildir-buildbot",
                                                            branchMap=bm)

2.5.3.5. PBChangeSource

class buildbot.changes.pb.PBChangeSource

PBChangeSource actually listens on a TCP port for clients to connect and push change notices into the Buildmaster. This is used by the built-in buildbot sendchange notification tool, as well as several version-control hook scripts. This change is also useful for creating new kinds of change sources that work on a push model instead of some kind of subscription scheme, for example a script which is run out of an email .forward file. This ChangeSource always runs on the same TCP port as the workers. It shares the same protocol, and in fact shares the same space of “usernames”, so you cannot configure a PBChangeSource with the same name as a worker.

If you have a publicly accessible worker port and are using PBChangeSource, you must establish a secure username and password for the change source. If your sendchange credentials are known (e.g., the defaults), then your buildmaster is susceptible to injection of arbitrary changes, which (depending on the build factories) could lead to arbitrary code execution on workers.

The PBChangeSource is created with the following arguments.

port

Which port to listen on. If None (which is the default), it shares the port used for worker connections.

user

The user account that the client program must use to connect. Defaults to change

passwd

The password for the connection - defaults to changepw. Can be a Secret. Do not use this default on a publicly exposed port!

prefix

The prefix to be found and stripped from filenames delivered over the connection, defaulting to None. Any filenames which do not start with this prefix will be removed. If all the filenames in a given Change are removed, then that whole Change will be dropped. This string should probably end with a directory separator.

This is useful for changes coming from version control systems that represent branches as parent directories within the repository (like SVN and Perforce). Use a prefix of trunk/ or project/branches/foobranch/ to only follow one branch and to get correct tree-relative filenames. Without a prefix, the PBChangeSource will probably deliver Changes with filenames like trunk/foo.c instead of just foo.c. Of course this also depends upon the tool sending the Changes in (like buildbot sendchange) and what filenames it is delivering: that tool may be filtering and stripping prefixes at the sending end.

For example:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.PBChangeSource(port=9999, user='laura', passwd='fpga')

The following hooks are useful for sending changes to a PBChangeSource:

Bzr Hook

Bzr is also written in Python, and the Bzr hook depends on Twisted to send the changes.

To install, put master/contrib/bzr_buildbot.py in one of your plugins locations a bzr plugins directory (e.g., ~/.bazaar/plugins). Then, in one of your bazaar conf files (e.g., ~/.bazaar/locations.conf), set the location you want to connect with Buildbot with these keys:

• buildbot_on one of ‘commit’, ‘push, or ‘change’. Turns the plugin on to report changes via commit, changes via push, or any changes to the trunk. ‘change’ is recommended.

• buildbot_server (required to send to a Buildbot master) the URL of the Buildbot master to which you will connect (as of this writing, the same server and port to which workers connect).

• buildbot_port (optional, defaults to 9989) the port of the Buildbot master to which you will connect (as of this writing, the same server and port to which workers connect)

• buildbot_pqm (optional, defaults to not pqm) Normally, the user that commits the revision is the user that is responsible for the change. When run in a pqm (Patch Queue Manager, see https://launchpad.net/pqm) environment, the user that commits is the Patch Queue Manager, and the user that committed the parent revision is responsible for the change. To turn on the pqm mode, set this value to any of (case-insensitive) “Yes”, “Y”, “True”, or “T”.

• buildbot_dry_run (optional, defaults to not a dry run) Normally, the post-commit hook will attempt to communicate with the configured Buildbot server and port. If this parameter is included and any of (case-insensitive) “Yes”, “Y”, “True”, or “T”, then the hook will simply print what it would have sent, but not attempt to contact the Buildbot master.

• buildbot_send_branch_name (optional, defaults to not sending the branch name) If your Buildbot’s bzr source build step uses a repourl, do not turn this on. If your buildbot’s bzr build step uses a baseURL, then you may set this value to any of (case-insensitive) “Yes”, “Y”, “True”, or “T” to have the Buildbot master append the branch name to the baseURL.

Note

The bzr smart server (as of version 2.2.2) doesn’t know how to resolve bzr:// urls into absolute paths so any paths in locations.conf won’t match, hence no change notifications will be sent to Buildbot. Setting configuration parameters globally or in-branch might still work. When Buildbot no longer has a hardcoded password, it will be a configuration option here as well.

Here’s a simple example that you might have in your ~/.bazaar/locations.conf.

[chroot-*:///var/local/myrepo/mybranch]
buildbot_on = change
buildbot_server = localhost

2.5.3.6. P4Source

The P4Source periodically polls a Perforce depot for changes. It accepts the following arguments:

p4port

The Perforce server to connect to (as host:port).

p4user

The Perforce user.

p4passwd

The Perforce password.

p4base

The base depot path to watch, without the trailing ‘/…’.

p4bin

An optional string parameter. Specify the location of the perforce command line binary (p4). You only need to do this if the perforce binary is not in the path of the Buildbot user. Defaults to p4.

split_file

A function that maps a pathname, without the leading p4base, to a (branch, filename) tuple. The default just returns (None, branchfile), which effectively disables branch support. You should supply a function which understands your repository structure.

pollInterval

How often to poll, in seconds. Defaults to 600 (10 minutes).

pollRandomDelayMin

Minimum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Setting it equal to the maximum delay will effectively delay all polls by a fixed amount of time. Must be less than or equal to the maximum delay.

pollRandomDelayMax

Maximum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Must be less than the poll interval.

project

Set the name of the project to be used for the P4Source. This will then be set in any changes generated by the P4Source, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

pollAtLaunch

Determines when the first poll occurs. True = immediately on launch, False = wait for one pollInterval (default).

histmax

The maximum number of changes to inspect at a time. If more than this number occur since the last poll, older changes will be silently ignored.

encoding

The character encoding of p4's output. This defaults to “utf8”, but if your commit messages are in another encoding, specify that here. For example, if you’re using Perforce on Windows, you may need to use “cp437” as the encoding if “utf8” generates errors in your master log.

server_tz

The timezone of the Perforce server, using the usual timezone format (e.g: "Europe/Stockholm") in case it’s not in UTC.

use_tickets

Set to True to use ticket-based authentication, instead of passwords (but you still need to specify p4passwd).

ticket_login_interval

How often to get a new ticket, in seconds, when use_tickets is enabled. Defaults to 86400 (24 hours).

revlink

A function that maps branch and revision to a valid url (e.g. p4web), stored along with the change. This function must be a callable which takes two arguments, the branch and the revision. Defaults to lambda branch, revision: (u’’)

resolvewho

A function that resolves the Perforce ‘user@workspace’ into a more verbose form, stored as the author of the change. Useful when usernames do not match email addresses and external, client-side lookup is required. This function must be a callable which takes one argument. Defaults to lambda who: (who)

Example #1

This configuration uses the P4PORT, P4USER, and P4PASSWD specified in the buildmaster’s environment. It watches a project in which the branch name is simply the next path component, and the file is all path components after.

from buildbot.plugins import changes

s = changes.P4Source(p4base='//depot/project/',
                     split_file=lambda branchfile: branchfile.split('/',1))
c['change_source'] = s

Example #2

Similar to the previous example but also resolves the branch and revision into a valid revlink.

from buildbot.plugins import changes

s = changes.P4Source(
    p4base='//depot/project/',
    split_file=lambda branchfile: branchfile.split('/',1))
    revlink=lambda branch, revision: 'http://p4web:8080/@md=d&@/{}?ac=10'.format(revision)
c['change_source'] = s

2.5.3.7. SVNPoller

class buildbot.changes.svnpoller.SVNPoller

The SVNPoller is a ChangeSource which periodically polls a Subversion repository for new revisions, by running the svn log command in a subshell. It can watch a single branch or multiple branches.

SVNPoller accepts the following arguments:

repourl

The base URL path to watch, like svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/trunk, or http://divmod.org/svn/Divmo/, or even file:///home/svn/Repository/ProjectA/branches/1.5/. This must include the access scheme, the location of the repository (both the hostname for remote ones, and any additional directory names necessary to get to the repository), and the sub-path within the repository’s virtual filesystem for the project and branch of interest.

The SVNPoller will only pay attention to files inside the subdirectory specified by the complete repourl.

split_file

A function to convert pathnames into (branch, relative_pathname) tuples. Use this to explain your repository’s branch-naming policy to SVNPoller. This function must accept a single string (the pathname relative to the repository) and return a two-entry tuple. Directory pathnames always end with a right slash to distinguish them from files, like trunk/src/, or src/. There are a few utility functions in buildbot.changes.svnpoller that can be used as a split_file function; see below for details.

For directories, the relative pathname returned by split_file should end with a right slash but an empty string is also accepted for the root, like ("branches/1.5.x", "") being converted from "branches/1.5.x/".

The default value always returns (None, path), which indicates that all files are on the trunk.

Subclasses of SVNPoller can override the split_file method instead of using the split_file= argument.

project

Set the name of the project to be used for the SVNPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the SVNPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

svnuser

An optional string parameter. If set, the option –user argument will be added to all svn commands. Use this if you have to authenticate to the svn server before you can do svn info or svn log commands. Can be a Secret.

svnpasswd

Like svnuser, this will cause a option –password argument to be passed to all svn commands. Can be a Secret.

pollInterval

How often to poll, in seconds. Defaults to 600 (checking once every 10 minutes). Lower this if you want the Buildbot to notice changes faster, raise it if you want to reduce the network and CPU load on your svn server. Please be considerate of public SVN repositories by using a large interval when polling them.

pollRandomDelayMin

Minimum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Setting it equal to the maximum delay will effectively delay all polls by a fixed amount of time. Must be less than or equal to the maximum delay.

pollRandomDelayMax

Maximum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Must be less than the poll interval.

pollAtLaunch

Determines when the first poll occurs. True = immediately on launch, False = wait for one pollInterval (default).

histmax

The maximum number of changes to inspect at a time. Every pollInterval seconds, the SVNPoller asks for the last histmax changes and looks through them for any revisions it does not already know about. If more than histmax revisions have been committed since the last poll, older changes will be silently ignored. Larger values of histmax will cause more time and memory to be consumed on each poll attempt. histmax defaults to 100.

svnbin

This controls the svn executable to use. If subversion is installed in a weird place on your system (outside of the buildmaster’s PATH), use this to tell SVNPoller where to find it. The default value of svn will almost always be sufficient.

revlinktmpl

This parameter is deprecated in favour of specifying a global revlink option. This parameter allows a link to be provided for each revision (for example, to websvn or viewvc). These links appear anywhere changes are shown, such as on build or change pages. The proper form for this parameter is an URL with the portion that will substitute for a revision number replaced by ‘’%s’’. For example, 'http://myserver/websvn/revision.php?rev=%s' could be used to cause revision links to be created to a websvn repository viewer.

cachepath

If specified, this is a pathname of a cache file that SVNPoller will use to store its state between restarts of the master.

extra_args

If specified, the extra arguments will be added to the svn command args.

Several split file functions are available for common SVN repository layouts. For a poller that is only monitoring trunk, the default split file function is available explicitly as split_file_alwaystrunk:

from buildbot.plugins import changes, util

c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller(
    repourl="svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted/trunk",
    split_file=util.svn.split_file_alwaystrunk)

For repositories with the /trunk and /branches/BRANCH layout, split_file_branches will do the job:

from buildbot.plugins import changes, util

c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller(
    repourl="https://amanda.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/amanda",
    split_file=util.svn.split_file_branches)

When using this splitter the poller will set the project attribute of any changes to the project attribute of the poller.

For repositories with the PROJECT/trunk and PROJECT/branches/BRANCH layout, split_file_projects_branches will do the job:

from buildbot.plugins import changes, util

c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller(
    repourl="https://amanda.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/",
    split_file=util.svn.split_file_projects_branches)

When using this splitter the poller will set the project attribute of any changes to the project determined by the splitter.

The SVNPoller is highly adaptable to various Subversion layouts. See Customizing SVNPoller for details and some common scenarios.

2.5.3.8. Bzr Poller

If you cannot insert a Bzr hook in the server, you can use the BzrPoller. To use it, put master/contrib/bzr_buildbot.py somewhere that your Buildbot configuration can import it. Even putting it in the same directory as the master.cfg should work. Install the poller in the Buildbot configuration as with any other change source. Minimally, provide a URL that you want to poll (bzr://, bzr+ssh://, or lp:), making sure the Buildbot user has necessary privileges.

# put bzr_buildbot.py file to the same directory as master.cfg
from bzr_buildbot import BzrPoller

c['change_source'] = BzrPoller(
    url='bzr://hostname/my_project',
    poll_interval=300)

The BzrPoller parameters are:

url

The URL to poll.

poll_interval

The number of seconds to wait between polls. Defaults to 10 minutes.

branch_name

Any value to be used as the branch name. Defaults to None, or specify a string, or specify the constants from bzr_buildbot.py SHORT or FULL to get the short branch name or full branch address.

blame_merge_author

Normally, the user that commits the revision is the user that is responsible for the change. When run in a pqm (Patch Queue Manager, see https://launchpad.net/pqm) environment, the user that commits is the Patch Queue Manager, and the user that committed the merged, parent revision is responsible for the change. Set this value to True if this is pointed against a PQM-managed branch.

2.5.3.9. GitPoller

If you cannot take advantage of post-receive hooks as provided by master/contrib/git_buildbot.py for example, then you can use the GitPoller.

The GitPoller periodically fetches from a remote Git repository and processes any changes. It requires its own working directory for operation. The default should be adequate, but it can be overridden via the workdir property.

Note

There can only be a single GitPoller pointed at any given repository.

The GitPoller requires Git-1.7 and later. It accepts the following arguments:

repourl

The git-url that describes the remote repository, e.g. git@example.com:foobaz/myrepo.git (see the git fetch help for more info on git-url formats)

branches

One of the following:

• a list of the branches to fetch. Non-existing branches are ignored.

• True indicating that all branches should be fetched

• a callable which takes a single argument. It should take a remote refspec (such as 'refs/heads/master'), and return a boolean indicating whether that branch should be fetched.

If not provided, GitPoller will use HEAD to fetch the remote default branch.

branch

Accepts a single branch name to fetch. Exists for backwards compatibility with old configurations.

pollInterval

Interval in seconds between polls, default is 10 minutes

pollRandomDelayMin

Minimum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Setting it equal to the maximum delay will effectively delay all polls by a fixed amount of time. Must be less than or equal to the maximum delay.

pollRandomDelayMax

Maximum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Must be less than the poll interval.

pollAtLaunch

Determines when the first poll occurs. True = immediately on launch, False = wait for one pollInterval (default).

buildPushesWithNoCommits

Determines if a push on a new branch or update of an already known branch with already known commits should trigger a build. This is useful in case you have build steps depending on the name of the branch and you use topic branches for development. When you merge your topic branch into “master” (for instance), a new build will be triggered. (defaults to False).

gitbin

Path to the Git binary, defaults to just 'git'

category

Set the category to be used for the changes produced by the GitPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the GitPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

project

Set the name of the project to be used for the GitPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the GitPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

usetimestamps

Parse each revision’s commit timestamp (default is True), or ignore it in favor of the current time, so that recently processed commits appear together in the waterfall page.

encoding

Set encoding will be used to parse author’s name and commit message. Default encoding is 'utf-8'. This will not be applied to file names since Git will translate non-ascii file names to unreadable escape sequences.

workdir

The directory where the poller should keep its local repository. The default is gitpoller_work. If this is a relative path, it will be interpreted relative to the master’s basedir. Multiple Git pollers can share the same directory.

only_tags

Determines if the GitPoller should poll for new tags in the git repository.

sshPrivateKey (optional)

Specifies private SSH key for git to use. This may be either a Secret or just a string. This option requires Git-2.3 or later. The master must either have the host in the known hosts file or the host key must be specified via the sshHostKey option.

sshHostKey (optional)

Specifies public host key to match when authenticating with SSH public key authentication. This may be either a Secret or just a string. sshPrivateKey must be specified in order to use this option. The host key must be in the form of <key type> <base64-encoded string>, e.g. ssh-rsa AAAAB3N<…>FAaQ==.

sshKnownHosts (optional)

Specifies the contents of the SSH known_hosts file to match when authenticating with SSH public key authentication. This may be either a Secret or just a string. sshPrivateKey must be specified in order to use this option. sshHostKey must not be specified in order to use this option.

auth_credentials

(optional) An username/password tuple to use when running git for fetch operations. The worker’s git version needs to be at least 1.7.9.

git_credentials

(optional) See GitCredentialOptions. The worker’s git version needs to be at least 1.7.9.

A configuration for the Git poller might look like this:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.GitPoller(repourl='git@example.com:foobaz/myrepo.git',
                                       branches=['master', 'great_new_feature'])

2.5.3.10. HgPoller

The HgPoller periodically pulls a named branch from a remote Mercurial repository and processes any changes. It requires its own working directory for operation, which must be specified via the workdir property.

The HgPoller requires a working hg executable, and at least a read-only access to the repository it polls (possibly through ssh keys or by tweaking the hgrc of the system user Buildbot runs as).

The HgPoller will not transmit any change if there are several heads on the watched named branch. This is similar (although not identical) to the Mercurial executable behaviour. This exceptional condition is usually the result of a developer mistake, and usually does not last for long. It is reported in logs. If fixed by a later merge, the buildmaster administrator does not have anything to do: that merge will be transmitted, together with the intermediate ones.

The HgPoller accepts the following arguments:

name

The name of the poller. This must be unique, and defaults to the repourl.

repourl

The url that describes the remote repository, e.g. http://hg.example.com/projects/myrepo. Any url suitable for hg pull can be specified.

bookmarks

A list of the bookmarks to monitor.

branches

A list of the branches to monitor; defaults to ['default'].

branch

The desired branch to pull. Exists for backwards compatibility with old configurations.

workdir

The directory where the poller should keep its local repository. It is mandatory for now, although later releases may provide a meaningful default.

It also serves to identify the poller in the buildmaster internal database. Changing it may result in re-processing all changes so far.

Several HgPoller instances may share the same workdir for mutualisation of the common history between two different branches, thus easing on local and remote system resources and bandwidth.

If relative, the workdir will be interpreted from the master directory.

pollInterval

Interval in seconds between polls, default is 10 minutes

pollRandomDelayMin

Minimum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Setting it equal to the maximum delay will effectively delay all polls by a fixed amount of time. Must be less than or equal to the maximum delay.

pollRandomDelayMax

Maximum delay in seconds to wait before each poll, default is 0. This is useful in case you have a lot of pollers and you want to spread the polling load over a period of time. Must be less than the poll interval.

pollAtLaunch

Determines when the first poll occurs. True = immediately on launch, False = wait for one pollInterval (default).

hgbin

Path to the Mercurial binary, defaults to just 'hg'.

category

Set the category to be used for the changes produced by the HgPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the HgPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

project

Set the name of the project to be used for the HgPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the HgPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

usetimestamps

Parse each revision’s commit timestamp (default is True), or ignore it in favor of the current time, so that recently processed commits appear together in the waterfall page.

encoding

Set encoding will be used to parse author’s name and commit message. Default encoding is 'utf-8'.

revlink

A function that maps branch and revision to a valid url (e.g. hgweb), stored along with the change. This function must be a callable which takes two arguments, the branch and the revision. Defaults to lambda branch, revision: (u’’)

A configuration for the Mercurial poller might look like this:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.HgPoller(repourl='http://hg.example.org/projects/myrepo',
                                      branch='great_new_feature',
                                      workdir='hg-myrepo')

2.5.3.11. GitHubPullrequestPoller

class buildbot.changes.github.GitHubPullrequestPoller

This GitHubPullrequestPoller periodically polls the GitHub API for new or updated pull requests. The author, revision, revlink, branch and files fields in the recorded changes are populated with information extracted from the pull request. This allows to filter for certain changes in files and create a blamelist based on the authors in the GitHub pull request.

The GitHubPullrequestPoller accepts the following arguments:

owner

The owner of the GitHub repository. This argument is required.

repo

The name of the GitHub repository. This argument is required.

branches

List of branches to accept as base branch (e.g. master). Defaults to None and accepts all branches as base.

pollInterval

Poll interval between polls in seconds. Default is 10 minutes.

pollAtLaunch

Whether to poll on startup of the buildbot master. Default is False and first poll will occur pollInterval seconds after the master start.

category

Set the category to be used for the changes produced by the GitHubPullrequestPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the GitHubPullrequestPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

project

Set the name of the project to be used for the GitHubPullrequestPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the GitHubPullrequestPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders. If unset, the default is to use the full name of the project as returned by the GitHub API.

baseURL

GitHub API endpoint. Default is https://api.github.com.

pullrequest_filter

A callable which takes a dict which contains the decoded JSON object of the GitHub pull request as argument. All fields specified by the GitHub API are accessible. If the callable returns False the pull request is ignored. Default is True which does not filter any pull requests.

token

A GitHub API token to execute all requests to the API authenticated. It is strongly recommended to use a API token since it increases GitHub API rate limits significantly.

repository_type

Set which type of repository link will be in the repository property. Possible values https, svn, git or svn. This link can then be used in a Source Step to checkout the source.

magic_link

Set to True if the changes should contain refs/pulls/<PR #>/merge in the branch property and a link to the base repository in the repository property. These properties can be used by the GitHub source to pull from the special branch in the base repository. Default is False.

github_property_whitelist

A list of fnmatch expressions which match against the flattened pull request information JSON prefixed with github. For example github.number represents the pull request number. Available entries can be looked up in the GitHub API Documentation or by examining the data returned for a pull request by the API.

2.5.3.12. BitbucketPullrequestPoller

class buildbot.changes.bitbucket.BitbucketPullrequestPoller

This BitbucketPullrequestPoller periodically polls Bitbucket for new or updated pull requests. It uses Bitbuckets powerful Pull Request REST API to gather the information needed.

The BitbucketPullrequestPoller accepts the following arguments:

owner

The owner of the Bitbucket repository. All Bitbucket Urls are of the form https://bitbucket.org/owner/slug/.

slug

The name of the Bitbucket repository.

auth

Authorization data tuple (usename, password) (optional). If set, it will be used as authorization headers at Bitbucket API.

branch

A single branch or a list of branches which should be processed. If it is None (the default) all pull requests are used.

pollInterval

Interval in seconds between polls, default is 10 minutes.

pollAtLaunch

Determines when the first poll occurs. True = immediately on launch, False = wait for one pollInterval (default).

category

Set the category to be used by the BitbucketPullrequestPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the BitbucketPullrequestPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

project

Set the name of the project to be used by the BitbucketPullrequestPoller. This will then be set in any changes generated by the BitbucketPullrequestPoller, and can be used in a Change Filter for triggering particular builders.

pullrequest_filter

A callable which takes one parameter, the decoded Python object of the pull request JSON. If it returns False, the pull request is ignored. It can be used to define custom filters based on the content of the pull request. See the Bitbucket documentation for more information about the format of the response. By default, the filter always returns True.

usetimestamps

Parse each revision’s commit timestamp (default is True), or ignore it in favor of the current time, so that recently processed commits appear together in the waterfall page.

bitbucket_property_whitelist

A list of fnmatch expressions which match against the flattened pull request information JSON prefixed with bitbucket. For example bitbucket.id represents the pull request ID. Available entries can be looked up in the BitBucket API Documentation or by examining the data returned for a pull request by the API.

encoding

This parameter is deprecated and has no effects. Author’s name and commit message are always parsed in 'utf-8'.

A minimal configuration for the Bitbucket pull request poller might look like this:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.BitbucketPullrequestPoller(
    owner='myname',
    slug='myrepo',
  )

Here is a more complex configuration using a pullrequest_filter. The pull request is only processed if at least 3 people have already approved it:

def approve_filter(pr, threshold):
    approves = 0
    for participant in pr['participants']:
        if participant['approved']:
            approves = approves + 1

    if approves < threshold:
        return False
    return True

from buildbot.plugins import changes
c['change_source'] = changes.BitbucketPullrequestPoller(
    owner='myname',
    slug='myrepo',
    branch='mybranch',
    project='myproject',
    pullrequest_filter=lambda pr : approve_filter(pr,3),
    pollInterval=600,
)

Warning

Anyone who can create pull requests for the Bitbucket repository can initiate a change, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

2.5.3.13. GerritChangeSource

class buildbot.changes.gerritchangesource.GerritChangeSource

The GerritChangeSource class connects to a Gerrit server by its SSH interface and uses its event source mechanism, gerrit stream-events.

Optionally it may use the events-log plugin to retrieve any events that occur while Buildbot is not connected. If events-log mechanism is not used any events that occur while buildbot is not connected to Gerrit will be lost.

Note

The GerritChangeSource requires either the txrequest or the treq package for using the HTTP API.

The GerritChangeSource accepts the following arguments:

gerritserver

The dns or ip that host the Gerrit ssh server

gerritport

The port of the Gerrit ssh server

username

The username to use to connect to Gerrit

identity_file

Ssh identity file to for authentication (optional). Pay attention to the ssh passphrase

handled_events

Event to be handled (optional). By default processes patchset-created and ref-updated

get_files

Populate the files attribute of emitted changes (default False). Buildbot will run an extra query command for each handled event to determine the changed files.

ssh_server_alive_interval_s

Sets the ServerAliveInterval option of the ssh client (default 15). This causes client to emit periodic keepalive messages in case the connection is not otherwise active. If the server does not respond at least ssh_server_alive_count_max times, a reconnection is forced. This helps to avoid stuck connections in case network link is severed without notification in the TCP layer. Specifying None will omit the option from the ssh client command line.

ssh_server_alive_count_max

Sets the ServerAliveCountMax option of the ssh client (default 3). If the server does not respond at least ssh_server_alive_count_max times, a reconnection is forced. This helps to avoid stuck connections in case network link is severed without notification in the TCP layer. Specifying None will omit the option from the ssh client command line.

http_url

(optional) HTTP URL to use when fetching events from the Gerrit internal database. This is used to fill in events that have occurred when Buildbot was not connected to the SSH API. If the URL of the events-log endpoint for your server is https://example.com/a/plugins/events-log/events/ then the http_url is https://example.com.

http_auth

(optional) authentication credentials for events-log plugin. If Gerrit is configured with BasicAuth, then it shall be ('login', 'password'). If Gerrit is configured with DigestAuth, then it shall be requests.auth.HTTPDigestAuth('login', 'password') from the requests module. However, note that usage of requests.auth.HTTPDigestAuth is incompatible with treq.

http_poll_interval

(optional) frequency to poll the HTTP API when events are not being received through the SSH connection. The default is 30 seconds.

debug

Print Gerrit event in the log (default False). This allows to debug event content, but will eventually fill your logs with useless Gerrit event logs.

By default this class adds a change to the Buildbot system for each of the following events:

patchset-created

A change is proposed for review. Automatic checks like checkpatch.pl can be automatically triggered. Beware of what kind of automatic task you trigger. At this point, no trusted human has reviewed the code, and a patch could be specially crafted by an attacker to compromise your workers.

ref-updated

A change has been merged into the repository. Typically, this kind of event can lead to a complete rebuild of the project, and upload binaries to an incremental build results server.

But you can specify how to handle events:

• Any event with change and patchSet will be processed by universal collector by default.

• In case you’ve specified processing function for the given kind of events, all events of this kind will be processed only by this function, bypassing universal collector.

An example:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

class MyGerritChangeSource(changes.GerritChangeSource):
    """Custom GerritChangeSource
    """
    def eventReceived_patchset_created(self, properties, event):
        """Handler events without properties
        """
        properties = {}
        self.addChangeFromEvent(properties, event)

This class will populate the property list of the triggered build with the info received from Gerrit server in JSON format.

Warning

If you selected GerritChangeSource, you must use Gerrit source step: the branch property of the change will be target_branch/change_id and such a ref cannot be resolved, so the Git source step would fail.

In case of patchset-created event, these properties will be:

event.change.branch

Branch of the Change

event.change.id

Change’s ID in the Gerrit system (the ChangeId: in commit comments)

event.change.number

Change’s number in Gerrit system

event.change.owner.email

Change’s owner email (owner is first uploader)

event.change.owner.name

Change’s owner name

event.change.project

Project of the Change

event.change.subject

Change’s subject

event.change.url

URL of the Change in the Gerrit’s web interface

event.patchSet.number

Patchset’s version number

event.patchSet.ref

Patchset’s Gerrit “virtual branch”

event.patchSet.revision

Patchset’s Git commit ID

event.patchSet.uploader.email

Patchset uploader’s email (owner is first uploader)

event.patchSet.uploader.name

Patchset uploader’s name (owner is first uploader)

event.type

Event type (patchset-created)

event.uploader.email

Patchset uploader’s email

event.uploader.name

Patchset uploader’s name

In case of ref-updated event, these properties will be:

event.refUpdate.newRev

New Git commit ID (after merger)

event.refUpdate.oldRev

Previous Git commit ID (before merger)

event.refUpdate.project

Project that was updated

event.refUpdate.refName

Branch that was updated

event.submitter.email

Submitter’s email (merger responsible)

event.submitter.name

Submitter’s name (merger responsible)

event.type

Event type (ref-updated)

event.submitter.email

Submitter’s email (merger responsible)

event.submitter.name

Submitter’s name (merger responsible)

A configuration for this source might look like:

from buildbot.plugins import changes

c['change_source'] = changes.GerritChangeSource(
    "gerrit.example.com",
    "gerrit_user",
    handled_events=["patchset-created", "change-merged"])

See master/docs/examples/git_gerrit.cfg or master/docs/examples/repo_gerrit.cfg in the Buildbot distribution for a full example setup of Git+Gerrit or Repo+Gerrit of GerritChangeSource.

2.5.3.14. GerritEventLogPoller

class buildbot.changes.gerritchangesource.GerritEventLogPoller

The GerritEventLogPoller class is similar to GerritChangeSource and connects to the Gerrit server only by its HTTP interface and uses the events-log plugin.

Note

The GerritEventLogPoller requires either the txrequest or the treq package.

The GerritEventLogPoller accepts the following arguments:

baseURL

The HTTP url where to find Gerrit. If the URL of the events-log endpoint for your server is https://example.com/a/plugins/events-log/events/ then the baseURL is https://example.com/a. Ensure that /a is included.

auth

A request’s authentication configuration. If Gerrit is configured with BasicAuth, then it shall be ('login', 'password'). If Gerrit is configured with DigestAuth, then it shall be requests.auth.HTTPDigestAuth('login', 'password') from the requests module. However, note that usage of requests.auth.HTTPDigestAuth is incompatible with treq.

handled_events

Event to be handled (optional). By default processes patchset-created and ref-updated.

pollInterval

Interval in seconds between polls (default is 30 sec).

pollAtLaunch

Determines when the first poll occurs. True = immediately on launch (default), False = wait for one pollInterval.

gitBaseURL

The git URL where Gerrit is accessible via git+ssh protocol.

get_files

Populate the files attribute of emitted changes (default False). Buildbot will run an extra query command for each handled event to determine the changed files.

debug

Print Gerrit event in the log (default False). This allows to debug event content, but will eventually fill your logs with useless Gerrit event logs.

The same customization can be done as GerritChangeSource for handling special events.

2.5.3.15. GerritChangeFilter

class buildbot.changes.gerritchangesource.GerritChangeFilter

GerritChangeFilter is a ready to use ChangeFilter you can pass to AnyBranchScheduler in order to filter changes, to create pre-commit builders or post-commit schedulers. It has the same api as Change Filter, except it has additional eventtype set of filter (can as well be specified as value, list, regular expression, or callable).

An example is following:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers, util

# this scheduler will create builds when a patch is uploaded to gerrit
# but only if it is uploaded to the "main" branch
schedulers.AnyBranchScheduler(
    name="main-precommit",
    change_filter=util.GerritChangeFilter(branch="main", eventtype="patchset-created"),
    treeStableTimer=15*60,
    builderNames=["main-precommit"])

# this scheduler will create builds when a patch is merged in the "main" branch
# for post-commit tests
schedulers.AnyBranchScheduler(name="main-postcommit",
                              change_filter=util.GerritChangeFilter("main", "ref-updated"),
                              treeStableTimer=15*60,
                              builderNames=["main-postcommit"])

2.5.3.16. Change Hooks (HTTP Notifications)

Buildbot already provides a web frontend, and that frontend can easily be used to receive HTTP push notifications of commits from services like GitHub. See Change Hooks for more information.

2.5.4. Changes

class buildbot.changes.changes.Change

A Change is an abstract way Buildbot uses to represent a single change to the source files performed by a developer. In version control systems that support the notion of atomic check-ins, a change represents a changeset or commit. Instances of Change have the following attributes.

2.5.4.1. Who

Each Change has a who attribute, which specifies which developer is responsible for the change. This is a string which comes from a namespace controlled by the VC repository. Frequently this means it is a username on the host which runs the repository, but not all VC systems require this. Each StatusNotifier will map the who attribute into something appropriate for their particular means of communication: an email address, an IRC handle, etc.

This who attribute is also parsed and stored into Buildbot’s database (see User Objects). Currently, only who attributes in Changes from git repositories are translated into user objects, but in the future all incoming Changes will have their who parsed and stored.

2.5.4.2. Files

It also has a list of files, which are just the tree-relative filenames of any files that were added, deleted, or modified for this Change. These filenames are checked by the fileIsImportant function of a scheduler to decide whether it should trigger a new build or not. For example, the scheduler could use the following function to only run a build if a C file was checked in:

def has_C_files(change):
    for name in change.files:
        if name.endswith(".c"):
            return True
    return False

Certain BuildSteps can also use the list of changed files to run a more targeted series of tests, e.g. the python_twisted.Trial step can run just the unit tests that provide coverage for the modified .py files instead of running the full test suite.

2.5.4.3. Comments

The Change also has a comments attribute, which is a string containing any checkin comments.

2.5.4.4. Project

The project attribute of a change or source stamp describes the project to which it corresponds, as a short human-readable string. This is useful in cases where multiple independent projects are built on the same buildmaster. In such cases, it can be used to control which builds are scheduled for a given commit, and to limit status displays to only one project.

2.5.4.5. Repository

This attribute specifies the repository in which this change occurred. In the case of DVCS’s, this information may be required to check out the committed source code. However, using the repository from a change has security risks: if Buildbot is configured to blindly trust this information, then it may easily be tricked into building arbitrary source code, potentially compromising the workers and the integrity of subsequent builds.

2.5.4.6. Codebase

This attribute specifies the codebase to which this change was made. As described in source stamps section, multiple repositories may contain the same codebase. A change’s codebase is usually determined by the codebaseGenerator configuration. By default the codebase is ‘’; this value is used automatically for single-codebase configurations.

2.5.4.7. Revision

Each Change can have a revision attribute, which describes how to get a tree with a specific state: a tree which includes this Change (and all that came before it) but none that come after it. If this information is unavailable, the revision attribute will be None. These revisions are provided by the ChangeSource.

Revisions are always strings.

CVS

revision is the seconds since the epoch as an integer.

SVN

revision is the revision number

Darcs

revision is a large string, the output of darcs changes --context

Mercurial

revision is a short string (a hash ID), the output of hg identify

P4

revision is the transaction number

Git

revision is a short string (a SHA1 hash), the output of e.g. git rev-parse

2.5.4.8. Branches

The Change might also have a branch attribute. This indicates that all of the Change’s files are in the same named branch. The schedulers get to decide whether the branch should be built or not.

For VC systems like CVS, Git, Mercurial and Monotone the branch name is unrelated to the filename. (That is, the branch name and the filename inhabit unrelated namespaces.) For SVN, branches are expressed as subdirectories of the repository, so the file’s repourl is a combination of some base URL, the branch name, and the filename within the branch. (In a sense, the branch name and the filename inhabit the same namespace.) Darcs branches are subdirectories of a base URL just like SVN.

CVS

branch=’warner-newfeature’, files=[‘src/foo.c’]

SVN

branch=’branches/warner-newfeature’, files=[‘src/foo.c’]

Darcs

branch=’warner-newfeature’, files=[‘src/foo.c’]

Mercurial

branch=’warner-newfeature’, files=[‘src/foo.c’]

Git

branch=’warner-newfeature’, files=[‘src/foo.c’]

Monotone

branch=’warner-newfeature’, files=[‘src/foo.c’]

2.5.4.9. Change Properties

A Change may have one or more properties attached to it, usually specified through the Force Build form or sendchange. Properties are discussed in detail in the Build Properties section.

2.5.5. Schedulers

Schedulers are responsible for initiating builds on builders.

Some schedulers listen for changes from ChangeSources and generate build sets in response to these changes. Others generate build sets without changes, based on other events in the buildmaster.

2.5.5.1. Configuring Schedulers

The schedulers configuration parameter gives a list of scheduler instances, each of which causes builds to be started on a particular set of Builders. The two basic scheduler classes you are likely to start with are SingleBranchScheduler and Periodic, but you can write a customized subclass to implement more complicated build scheduling.

Scheduler arguments should always be specified by name (as keyword arguments), to allow for future expansion:

sched = SingleBranchScheduler(name="quick", builderNames=['lin', 'win'])

There are several common arguments for schedulers, although not all are available with all schedulers.

name

Each Scheduler must have a unique name. This is used in status displays, and is also available in the build property scheduler.

builderNames

This is the set of builders which this scheduler should trigger, specified as a list of names (strings). This can also be an IRenderable object which will render to a list of builder names (or a list of IRenderable that will render to builder names).

Note

When builderNames is rendered, these additional Properties attributes are available:

master

A reference to the BuildMaster object that owns this scheduler. This can be used to access the data API.

sourcestamps

The list of sourcestamps that triggered the scheduler.

changes

The list of changes associated with the sourcestamps.

files

The list of modified files associated with the changes.

Any property attached to the change(s) that triggered the scheduler will be combined and available when rendering builderNames.

Here is a simple example:

from buildbot.plugins import util, schedulers

@util.renderer
def builderNames(props):
    builders = set()
    for f in props.files:
        if f.endswith('.rst'):
            builders.add('check_docs')
        if f.endswith('.c'):
            builders.add('check_code')
    return list(builders)

c['schedulers'] = [
    schedulers.AnyBranchScheduler(
        name='all',
        builderNames=builderNames,
    )
]

And a more complex one:

import fnmatch

from twisted.internet import defer

from buildbot.plugins import util, schedulers

@util.renderer
@defer.inlineCallbacks
def builderNames(props):
    # If "buildername_pattern" is defined with "buildbot sendchange",
    # check if the builder name matches it.
    pattern = props.getProperty('buildername_pattern')

    # If "builder_tags" is defined with "buildbot sendchange",
    # only schedule builders that have the specified tags.
    tags = props.getProperty('builder_tags')

    builders = []

    for b in (yield props.master.data.get(('builders',))):
        if pattern and not fnmatch.fnmatchcase(b['name'], pattern):
            continue
        if tags and not set(tags.split()).issubset(set(b['tags'])):
            continue
        builders.append(b['name'])

    return builders

c['schedulers'] = [
   schedulers.AnyBranchScheduler(
      name='matrix',
      builderNames=builderNames,
   )
]

properties (optional)

This is a dictionary specifying properties that will be transmitted to all builds started by this scheduler. The owner property may be of particular interest, as its content (string) will be added to the list of “interested users” (Doing Things With Users) for each triggered build. For example:

sched = Scheduler(...,
    properties = {
        'owner': 'zorro@example.com'
    })

codebases (optional)

Specifies codebase definitions that are used when the scheduler processes data from more than one repository at the same time.

The codebases parameter is only used to fill in missing details about a codebase when scheduling a build. For example, when a change to codebase A occurs, a scheduler must invent a sourcestamp for codebase B. Source steps that specify codebase B as their codebase will use the invented timestamp.

The parameter does not act as a filter on incoming changes – use a change filter for that purpose.

This parameter can be specified in two forms:

• as a list of strings. This is the simplest form; use it if no special overrides are needed. In this form, just the names of the codebases are listed.

• as a dictionary of dictionaries. In this form, the per-codebase overrides of repository, branch and revision can be specified.

Each codebase definition dictionary is a dictionary with any of the keys: repository, branch, revision. The codebase definitions are combined in a dictionary keyed by the name of the codebase.

codebases = {'codebase1': {'repository':'....',
                           'branch':'default',
                           'revision': None},
             'codebase2': {'repository':'....'} }

fileIsImportant (optional)

A callable which takes as argument a Change instance and returns True if the change is worth building, and False if it is not. Unimportant Changes are accumulated until the build is triggered by an important change. The default value of None means that all Changes are important.

change_filter (optional)

The change filter that will determine which changes are recognized by this scheduler (see ChangeFilter). Note that this is different from fileIsImportant; if the change filter filters out a change, the change is completely ignored by the scheduler. If a change is allowed by the change filter but is deemed unimportant, it will not cause builds to start but will be remembered and shown in status displays. The default value of None does not filter any changes at all.

onlyImportant (optional)

A boolean that, when True, only adds important changes to the buildset as specified in the fileIsImportant callable. This means that unimportant changes are ignored the same way a change_filter filters changes. The default value is False and only applies when fileIsImportant is given.

reason (optional)

A string that will be used as the reason for the triggered build. By default it lists the type and name of the scheduler triggering the build.

priority (optional)

Specifies the default priority for BuildRequests created by this scheduler. It can either be an integer or a function (see Scheduler Priority Functions). By default it creates BuildRequests with priority 0.

The remaining subsections represent a catalog of the available scheduler types. All these schedulers are defined in modules under buildbot.schedulers, and their docstrings are the best source of documentation on the arguments each one takes.

2.5.5.2. Scheduler Resiliency

In a multi-master configuration, schedulers with the same name can be configured on multiple masters. Only one instance of the scheduler will be active. If that instance becomes inactive, due to its master being shut down or failing, then another instance will become active after a short delay. This provides resiliency in scheduler configurations, so that schedulers are not a single point of failure in a Buildbot infrastructure.

The Data API and web UI display the master on which each scheduler is running.

There is currently no mechanism to control which master’s scheduler instance becomes active. The behavior is nondeterministic, based on the timing of polling by inactive schedulers. The failover is non-revertive.

2.5.5.3. Usage example

A quick scheduler might exist to give immediate feedback to developers, hoping to catch obvious problems in the code that can be detected quickly. These typically do not run the full test suite, nor do they run on a wide variety of platforms. They also usually do a VC update rather than performing a brand-new checkout each time.

A separate full scheduler might run more comprehensive tests, to catch more subtle problems. It might be configured to run after the quick scheduler, to give developers time to commit fixes to bugs caught by the quick scheduler before running the comprehensive tests. This scheduler would also feed multiple Builders.

Many schedulers can be configured to wait a while after seeing a source-code change - this is the tree stable timer. The timer allows multiple commits to be “batched” together. This is particularly useful in distributed version control systems, where a developer may push a long sequence of changes all at once. To save resources, it’s often desirable only to test the most recent change.

Schedulers can also filter out the changes they are interested in, based on a number of criteria. For example, a scheduler that only builds documentation might skip any changes that do not affect the documentation. Schedulers can also filter on the branch to which a commit was made.

Periodic builds (those which are run every N seconds rather than after new Changes arrive) are triggered by a special Periodic scheduler.

Each scheduler creates and submits BuildSet objects to the BuildMaster, which is then responsible for making sure the individual BuildRequests are delivered to the target Builders.

Scheduler instances are activated by placing them in the schedulers list in the buildmaster config file. Each scheduler must have a unique name.

2.5.5.4. Scheduler Types

SingleBranchScheduler

This is the original and still most popular scheduler class. It follows exactly one branch, and starts a configurable tree-stable-timer after each change on that branch. When the timer expires, it starts a build on some set of Builders. This scheduler accepts a fileIsImportant function which can be used to ignore some Changes if they do not affect any important files.

If treeStableTimer is not set, then this scheduler starts a build for every Change that matches its change_filter and satisfies fileIsImportant. If treeStableTimer is set, then a build is triggered for each set of Changes that arrive in intervals shorter than the configured time and match the filters.

Note

The behavior of this scheduler is undefined, if treeStableTimer is set, and changes from multiple branches, repositories or codebases are accepted by the filter.

Note

The codebases argument will filter out codebases not specified there, but won’t filter based on the branches specified there.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

fileIsImportant (optional)

See fileIsImportant scheduler argument.

change_filter (optional)

See change_filter scheduler argument.

onlyImportant (optional)

See onlyImportant scheduler argument.

reason (optional)

See reason scheduler argument.

treeStableTimer

The scheduler will wait for this many seconds before starting the build. If new changes are made during this interval, the timer will be restarted. So the build will be started after this many seconds of inactivity following the last change.

If treeStableTimer is None, then a separate build is started immediately for each Change.

categories (deprecated; use change_filter)

A list of categories of changes that this scheduler will respond to. If this is specified, then any non-matching changes are ignored.

branch (deprecated; use change_filter)

The scheduler will pay attention to this branch, ignoring Changes that occur on other branches. Setting branch equal to the special value of None means it should only pay attention to the default branch.

Note

None is a keyword, not a string, so write None and not "None".

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers, util
quick = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(
            name="quick",
            change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch='master'),
            treeStableTimer=60,
            builderNames=["quick-linux", "quick-netbsd"])
full = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(
            name="full",
            change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch='master'),
            treeStableTimer=5*60,
            builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"])
c['schedulers'] = [quick, full]

In this example, the two quick builders are triggered 60 seconds after the tree has been changed. The full builders do not run quite that quickly (they wait 5 minutes), so that hopefully, if the quick builds fail due to a missing file or a simple typo, the developer can discover and fix the problem before the full builds are started. Both schedulers only pay attention to the default branch: any changes on other branches are ignored. Each scheduler triggers a different set of builders, referenced by name.

Note

The old names for this scheduler, buildbot.scheduler.Scheduler and buildbot.schedulers.basic.Scheduler, are deprecated in favor of using buildbot.plugins:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers

However if you must use a fully qualified name, it is buildbot.schedulers.basic.SingleBranchScheduler.

AnyBranchScheduler

This scheduler uses a tree-stable-timer like the default one, but uses a separate timer for each branch.

If treeStableTimer is not set, then this scheduler is indistinguishable from SingleBranchScheduler. If treeStableTimer is set, then a build is triggered for each set of Changes that arrive in intervals shorter than the configured time and match the filters.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

fileIsImportant (optional)

See fileIsImportant scheduler argument.

change_filter (optional)

See change_filter scheduler argument.

onlyImportant (optional)

See onlyImportant scheduler argument.

reason (optional)

See reason scheduler argument.

treeStableTimer

The scheduler will wait for this many seconds before starting a build. If new changes are made on the same branch during this interval, the timer will be restarted.

branches (deprecated; use change_filter)

Changes on branches not specified on this list will be ignored.

categories (deprecated; use change_filter)

A list of categories of changes that this scheduler will respond to. If this is specified, then any non-matching changes are ignored.

Dependent Scheduler

It is common to wind up with one kind of build which should only be performed if the same source code was successfully handled by some other kind of build first. An example might be a packaging step: you might only want to produce .deb or RPM packages from a tree that was known to compile successfully and pass all unit tests. You could put the packaging step in the same Build as the compile and testing steps, but there might be other reasons to not do this (in particular you might have several Builders worth of compiles/tests, but only wish to do the packaging once). Another example is if you want to skip the full builds after a failing quick build of the same source code. Or, if one Build creates a product (like a compiled library) that is used by some other Builder, you’d want to make sure the consuming Build is run after the producing one.

You can use dependencies to express this relationship to Buildbot. There is a special kind of scheduler named Dependent that will watch an upstream scheduler for builds to complete successfully (on all of its Builders). Each time that happens, the same source code (i.e. the same SourceStamp) will be used to start a new set of builds, on a different set of Builders. This downstream scheduler doesn’t pay attention to Changes at all. It only pays attention to the upstream scheduler.

If the build fails on any of the Builders in the upstream set, the downstream builds will not fire. Note that, for SourceStamps generated by a Dependent scheduler, the revision is None, meaning HEAD. If any changes are committed between the time the upstream scheduler begins its build and the time the dependent scheduler begins its build, then those changes will be included in the downstream build. See the Triggerable scheduler for a more flexible dependency mechanism that can avoid this problem.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

upstream

The upstream scheduler to watch. Note that this is an instance, not the name of the scheduler.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers
tests = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(name="just-tests",
                                         treeStableTimer=5*60,
                                         builderNames=["full-linux",
                                                       "full-netbsd",
                                                       "full-OSX"])
package = schedulers.Dependent(name="build-package",
                               upstream=tests, # <- no quotes!
                               builderNames=["make-tarball", "make-deb",
                                             "make-rpm"])
c['schedulers'] = [tests, package]

Periodic Scheduler

This simple scheduler just triggers a build every N seconds.

The arguments to this scheduler are:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

fileIsImportant (optional)

See fileIsImportant scheduler argument.

change_filter (optional)

See change_filter scheduler argument.

onlyImportant (optional)

See onlyImportant scheduler argument.

reason (optional)

See reason scheduler argument.

createAbsoluteSourceStamps (optional)

This option only has effect when using multiple codebases. When True, it uses the last seen revision for each codebase that does not have a change. When False (the default), codebases without changes will use the revision from the codebases argument.

onlyIfChanged (optional)

If this is True, then builds will be scheduled at the designated time only if the specified branch has seen an important change since the previous build. If there is no previous build or the previous build was made when this option was False then the build will be scheduled even if there are no new changes. By default this setting is False.

periodicBuildTimer

The time, in seconds, after which to start a build.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers
nightly = schedulers.Periodic(name="daily",
                              builderNames=["full-solaris"],
                              periodicBuildTimer=24*60*60)
c['schedulers'] = [nightly]

The scheduler in this example just runs the full solaris build once per day. Note that this scheduler only lets you control the time between builds, not the absolute time-of-day of each Build, so this could easily wind up an evening or every afternoon scheduler depending upon when it was first activated.

Nightly Scheduler

This is highly configurable periodic build scheduler, which triggers a build at particular times of day, week, month, or year. The configuration syntax is very similar to the well-known crontab format, in which you provide values for minute, hour, day, and month (some of which can be wildcards), and a build is triggered whenever the current time matches the given constraints. This can run a build every night, every morning, every weekend, alternate Thursdays, on your boss’s birthday, etc.

Pass some subset of minute, hour, dayOfMonth, month, and dayOfWeek; each may be a single number or a list of valid values. The builds will be triggered whenever the current time matches these values. Wildcards are represented by a ‘*’ string. All fields default to a wildcard except ‘minute’, so with no fields, this defaults to a build every hour, on the hour. The full list of parameters is:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

fileIsImportant (optional)

See fileIsImportant scheduler argument.

change_filter (optional)

See change_filter scheduler argument.

onlyImportant (optional)

See onlyImportant scheduler argument.

reason (optional)

See reason scheduler argument.

createAbsoluteSourceStamps (optional)

This option only has effect when using multiple codebases. When True, it uses the last seen revision for each codebase that does not have a change. When False (the default), codebases without changes will use the revision from the codebases argument.

onlyIfChanged (optional)

If this is True, then builds will not be scheduled at the designated time unless the change filter has accepted an important change since the previous build. The default value is False.

branch (optional)

(Deprecated; use change_filter and codebases.) The branch to build when the time comes, and the branch to filter for if change_filter is not specified. Remember that a value of None here means the default branch, and will not match other branches!

minute (optional)

The minute of the hour on which to start the build. This defaults to 0, meaning an hourly build.

hour (optional)

The hour of the day on which to start the build, in 24-hour notation. This defaults to *, meaning every hour.

dayOfMonth (optional)

The day of the month to start a build. This defaults to *, meaning every day. Use L to specify last day of the month. Last day option respects leap years.

month (optional)

The month in which to start the build, with January = 1. This defaults to *, meaning every month. Month or month range / list as standard C abbreviated name jan-feb, jan,dec.

dayOfWeek (optional)

The day of the week to start a build, with Monday = 0. This defaults to *, meaning every day of the week or nth weekday of month. Like first Monday of month 1#1, last Monday of month L1, Monday + Friday mon,fri or ranges Monday to Friday mon-fri.

Forcing builds when there are no changes

Nightly scheduler supports scheduling builds even in there were no important changes and onlyIfChanged was set to True. This is controlled by force_at_* parameters. The feature is enabled if least one of them is set.

The time interval identified by force_at_minute, force_at_hour, force_at_day_of_month, force_at_month and force_at_day_of_week must be subset of time interval identified by minute, hour, dayOfMonth, month, dayOfWeek.

force_at_minute (optional)

The minute of the hour on which to start the build even if there were no important changes and onlyIfChanged was set to True. The default is None meaning this feature is disabled. If the feature is enabled by setting another force_at_* parameter, then the default value is 0 meaning builds will run every hour.

force_at_hour (optional)

The hour of the day on which to start the build even if there were no important changes and onlyIfChanged was set to True. The default is None meaning this feature is disabled. If the feature is enabled by setting another force_at_* parameter, then the default value is * meaning builds will run each hour.

force_at_day_of_month (optional)

The day of the month on which to start the build even if there were no important changes and onlyIfChanged was set to True. The default is None meaning this feature is disabled. If the feature is enabled by setting another force_at_* parameter, then the default value is * meaning builds will run each day.

force_at_month (optional)

The month of the year on which to start the build even if there were no important changes and onlyIfChanged was set to True. The default is None meaning this feature is disabled. If the feature is enabled by setting another force_at_* parameter, then the default value is * meaning builds will run each month.

force_at_day_of_week (optional)

The day of the week on which to start the build even if there were no important changes and onlyIfChanged was set to True. The default is None meaning this feature is disabled. If the feature is enabled by setting another force_at_* parameter, then the default value is * meaning builds will run each day of the week.

Example

For example, the following master.cfg clause will cause a build to be started every night at 3:00am:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers, util
c['schedulers'].append(
    schedulers.Nightly(name='nightly',
                       change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch='master'),
                       builderNames=['builder1', 'builder2'],
                       hour=3, minute=0))

This scheduler will perform a build each Monday morning at 6:23am and again at 8:23am, but only if someone has committed code in the interim:

c['schedulers'].append(
    schedulers.Nightly(name='BeforeWork',
                       change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch='default'),
                       builderNames=['builder1'],
                       dayOfWeek=0, hour=[6,8], minute=23,
                       onlyIfChanged=True))

The following runs a build every two hours, using Python’s range function:

c.schedulers.append(
    schedulers.Nightly(name='every2hours',
                       change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),  # default branch
                       builderNames=['builder1'],
                       hour=range(0, 24, 2)))

Finally, this example will run only on December 24th:

c['schedulers'].append(
    schedulers.Nightly(name='SleighPreflightCheck',
                       change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),  # default branch
                       builderNames=['flying_circuits', 'radar'],
                       month=12,
                       dayOfMonth=24,
                       hour=12,
                       minute=0))

Try Schedulers

This scheduler allows developers to use the buildbot try command to trigger builds of code they have not yet committed. See try for complete details.

Two implementations are available: Try_Jobdir and Try_Userpass. The former monitors a job directory, specified by the jobdir parameter, while the latter listens for PB connections on a specific port, and authenticates against userport.

The buildmaster must have a scheduler instance in the config file’s schedulers list to receive try requests. This lets the administrator control who may initiate these trial builds, which branches are eligible for trial builds, and which Builders should be used for them.

The scheduler has various means to accept build requests. All of them enforce more security than the usual buildmaster ports do. Any source code being built can be used to compromise the worker accounts, but in general that code must be checked out from the VC repository first, so only people with commit privileges can get control of the workers. The usual force-build control channels can waste worker time but do not allow arbitrary commands to be executed by people who don’t have those commit privileges. However, the source code patch that is provided with the trial build does not have to go through the VC system first, so it is important to make sure these builds cannot be abused by a non-committer to acquire as much control over the workers as a committer has. Ideally, only developers who have commit access to the VC repository would be able to start trial builds, but unfortunately, the buildmaster does not, in general, have access to the VC system’s user list.

As a result, the try scheduler requires a bit more configuration. There are currently two ways to set this up:

jobdir (ssh)

This approach creates a command queue directory, called the jobdir, in the buildmaster’s working directory. The buildmaster admin sets the ownership and permissions of this directory to only grant write access to the desired set of developers, all of whom must have accounts on the machine. The buildbot try command creates a special file containing the source stamp information and drops it in the jobdir, just like a standard maildir. When the buildmaster notices the new file, it unpacks the information inside and starts the builds.

The config file entries used by ‘buildbot try’ either specify a local queuedir (for which write and mv are used) or a remote one (using scp and ssh).

The advantage of this scheme is that it is quite secure, the disadvantage is that it requires fiddling outside the buildmaster config (to set the permissions on the jobdir correctly). If the buildmaster machine happens to also house the VC repository, then it can be fairly easy to keep the VC userlist in sync with the trial-build userlist. If they are on different machines, this will be much more of a hassle. It may also involve granting developer accounts on a machine that would not otherwise require them.

To implement this, the worker invokes ssh -l username host buildbot tryserver ARGS, passing the patch contents over stdin. The arguments must include the inlet directory and the revision information.

user+password (PB)

In this approach, each developer gets a username/password pair, which are all listed in the buildmaster’s configuration file. When the developer runs buildbot try, their machine connects to the buildmaster via PB and authenticates themselves using that username and password, then sends a PB command to start the trial build.

The advantage of this scheme is that the entire configuration is performed inside the buildmaster’s config file. The disadvantages are that it is less secure (while the cred authentication system does not expose the password in plaintext over the wire, it does not offer most of the other security properties that SSH does). In addition, the buildmaster admin is responsible for maintaining the username/password list, adding and deleting entries as developers come and go.

For example, to set up the jobdir style of trial build, using a command queue directory of MASTERDIR/jobdir (and assuming that all your project developers were members of the developers unix group), you would first set up that directory:

mkdir -p MASTERDIR/jobdir MASTERDIR/jobdir/new MASTERDIR/jobdir/cur MASTERDIR/jobdir/tmp
chgrp developers MASTERDIR/jobdir MASTERDIR/jobdir/*
chmod g+rwx,o-rwx MASTERDIR/jobdir MASTERDIR/jobdir/*

and then use the following scheduler in the buildmaster’s config file:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers
s = schedulers.Try_Jobdir(name="try1",
                          builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"],
                          jobdir="jobdir")
c['schedulers'] = [s]

Note that you must create the jobdir before telling the buildmaster to use this configuration, otherwise you will get an error. Also remember that the buildmaster must be able to read and write to the jobdir as well. Be sure to watch the twistd.log file (Logfiles) as you start using the jobdir, to make sure the buildmaster is happy with it.

Note

Patches in the jobdir are encoded using netstrings, which place an arbitrary upper limit on patch size of 99999 bytes. If your submitted try jobs are rejected with BadJobfile, try increasing this limit with a snippet like this in your master.cfg:

from twisted.protocols.basic import NetstringReceiver
NetstringReceiver.MAX_LENGTH = 1000000

To use the username/password form of authentication, create a Try_Userpass instance instead. It takes the same builderNames argument as the Try_Jobdir form, but accepts an additional port argument (to specify the TCP port to listen on) and a userpass list of username/password pairs to accept. Remember to use good passwords for this: the security of the worker accounts depends upon it:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers
s = schedulers.Try_Userpass(name="try2",
                            builderNames=["full-linux", "full-netbsd", "full-OSX"],
                            port=8031,
                            userpass=[("alice","pw1"), ("bob", "pw2")])
c['schedulers'] = [s]

Like in most classes in Buildbot, the port argument takes a strports specification. See twisted.application.strports for details.

Triggerable Scheduler

The Triggerable scheduler waits to be triggered by a Trigger step (see Trigger) in another build. That step can optionally wait for the scheduler’s builds to complete. This provides two advantages over Dependent schedulers. First, the same scheduler can be triggered from multiple builds. Second, the ability to wait for Triggerable’s builds to complete provides a form of “subroutine call”, where one or more builds can “call” a scheduler to perform some work for them, perhaps on other workers. The Triggerable scheduler supports multiple codebases. The scheduler filters out all codebases from Trigger steps that are not configured in the scheduler.

The parameters are just the basics:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

reason (optional)

See reason scheduler argument.

This class is only useful in conjunction with the Trigger step. Here is a fully-worked example:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers, steps, util

checkin = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(name="checkin",
                                           change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),
                                           treeStableTimer=5*60,
                                           builderNames=["checkin"])
nightly = schedulers.Nightly(name='nightly',
                             change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),
                             builderNames=['nightly'],
                             hour=3, minute=0)

mktarball = schedulers.Triggerable(name="mktarball", builderNames=["mktarball"])
build = schedulers.Triggerable(name="build-all-platforms",
                               builderNames=["build-all-platforms"])
test = schedulers.Triggerable(name="distributed-test",
                              builderNames=["distributed-test"])
package = schedulers.Triggerable(name="package-all-platforms",
                                 builderNames=["package-all-platforms"])
c['schedulers'] = [mktarball, checkin, nightly, build, test, package]

# on checkin, make a tarball, build it, and test it
checkin_factory = util.BuildFactory()
checkin_factory.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['mktarball'],
                                      waitForFinish=True))
checkin_factory.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['build-all-platforms'],
                                      waitForFinish=True))
checkin_factory.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['distributed-test'],
                                      waitForFinish=True))

# and every night, make a tarball, build it, and package it
nightly_factory = util.BuildFactory()
nightly_factory.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['mktarball'],
                                      waitForFinish=True))
nightly_factory.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['build-all-platforms'],
                                      waitForFinish=True))
nightly_factory.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['package-all-platforms'],
                                      waitForFinish=True))

NightlyTriggerable Scheduler

class buildbot.schedulers.timed.NightlyTriggerable

The NightlyTriggerable scheduler is a mix of the Nightly and Triggerable schedulers. This scheduler triggers builds at a particular time of day, week, or year, exactly as the Nightly scheduler. However, the source stamp set that is used is provided by the last Trigger step that targeted this scheduler.

The following parameters are just the basics:

name

See name scheduler argument.

builderNames

See builderNames scheduler argument.

properties (optional)

See properties scheduler argument.

codebases (optional)

See codebases scheduler argument.

reason (optional)

See reason scheduler argument.

minute (optional)

See Nightly.

hour (optional)

See Nightly.

dayOfMonth (optional)

See Nightly.

month (optional)

See Nightly.

dayOfWeek (optional)

See Nightly.

This class is only useful in conjunction with the Trigger step. Note that waitForFinish is ignored by Trigger steps targeting this scheduler.

Here is a fully-worked example:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers, steps, util

checkin = schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(name="checkin",
                                           change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch=None),
                                           treeStableTimer=5*60,
                                           builderNames=["checkin"])
nightly = schedulers.NightlyTriggerable(name='nightly',
                                        builderNames=['nightly'],
                                        hour=3, minute=0)
c['schedulers'] = [checkin, nightly]

# on checkin, run tests
checkin_factory = util.BuildFactory([
    steps.Test(),
    steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['nightly'])
])

# and every night, package the latest successful build
nightly_factory = util.BuildFactory([
    steps.ShellCommand(command=['make', 'package'])
])

ForceScheduler Scheduler

The ForceScheduler scheduler is the way you can configure a force build form in the web UI.

In the /#/builders/:builderid web page, you will see, on the top right of the page, one button for each ForceScheduler scheduler that was configured for this builder. If you click on that button, a dialog will let you choose various parameters for requesting a new build.

The Buildbot framework allows you to customize exactly how the build form looks, which builders have a force build form (it might not make sense to force build every builder), and who is allowed to force builds on which builders.

You do so by configuring a ForceScheduler and adding it to the list of schedulers.

The scheduler takes the following parameters:

name

See name scheduler argument. Force buttons are ordered by this property in the UI (so you can prefix by 01, 02, etc, in order to control precisely the order).

builderNames

List of builders where the force button should appear. See builderNames scheduler argument.

reason

A parameter allowing the user to specify the reason for the build. The default value is a string parameter with a default value “force build”.

reasonString

A string that will be used to create the build reason for the forced build. This string can contain the placeholders %(owner)s and %(reason)s, which represents the value typed into the reason field.

username

A parameter specifying the username associated with the build (aka owner). The default value is a username parameter.

codebases

A list of strings or CodebaseParameter specifying the codebases that should be presented. The default is a single codebase with no name (i.e. codebases=[‘’]).

properties

A list of parameters, one for each property. These can be arbitrary parameters, where the parameter’s name is taken as the property name, or AnyPropertyParameter, which allows the web user to specify the property name. The default value is an empty list.

buttonName

The name of the “submit” button on the resulting force-build form. This defaults to the name of scheduler.

An example may be better than long explanation. What you need in your config file is something like:

from buildbot.plugins import schedulers, util

sch = schedulers.ForceScheduler(
    name="force",
    buttonName="pushMe!",
    label="My nice Force form",
    builderNames=["my-builder"],

    codebases=[
        util.CodebaseParameter(
            "",
            label="Main repository",
            # will generate a combo box
            branch=util.ChoiceStringParameter(
                name="branch",
                choices=["master", "hest"],
                default="master"),

            # will generate nothing in the form, but revision, repository,
            # and project are needed by buildbot scheduling system so we
            # need to pass a value ("")
            revision=util.FixedParameter(name="revision", default=""),
            repository=util.FixedParameter(name="repository", default=""),
            project=util.FixedParameter(name="project", default=""),
        ),
    ],

    # will generate a text input
    reason=util.StringParameter(name="reason",
                                label="reason:",
                                required=True, size=80),

    # in case you don't require authentication, this will display
    # input for user to type their name
    username=util.UserNameParameter(label="your name:",
                                    size=80),
    # A completely customized property list.  The name of the
    # property is the name of the parameter
    properties=[
        util.NestedParameter(name="options", label="Build Options",
                             layout="vertical", fields=[
            util.StringParameter(name="pull_url",
                                 label="optionally give a public Git pull url:",
                                 default="", size=80),
            util.BooleanParameter(name="force_build_clean",
                                  label="force a make clean",
                                  default=False)
        ])
    ])

This will result in the following UI:

Authorization

The force scheduler uses the web interface’s authorization framework to determine which user has the right to force which build. Here is an example of code on how you can define which user has which right:

user_mapping = {
    re.compile("project1-builder"): ["project1-maintainer", "john"] ,
    re.compile("project2-builder"): ["project2-maintainer", "jack"],
    re.compile(".*"): ["root"]
}
def force_auth(user,  status):
    global user_mapping
    for r,users in user_mapping.items():
        if r.match(status.name):
            if user in users:
                    return True
    return False

# use authz_cfg in your WebStatus setup
authz_cfg=authz.Authz(
    auth=my_auth,
    forceBuild = force_auth,
)

ForceScheduler Parameters

Most of the arguments to ForceScheduler are “parameters”. Several classes of parameters are available, each describing a different kind of input from a force-build form.

All parameter types have a few common arguments:

name (required)

The name of the parameter. For properties, this will correspond to the name of the property that your parameter will set. The name is also used internally as the identifier for in the HTML form.

label (optional; default is same as name)

The label of the parameter. This is what is displayed to the user.

tablabel (optional; default is same as label)

The label of the tab if this parameter is included into a tab layout NestedParameter. This is what is displayed to the user.

default (optional; default: “”)

The default value for the parameter that is used if there is no user input.

required (optional; default: False)

If this is true, then an error will be shown to user if there is no input in this field

maxsize (optional; default: None)

The maximum size of a field (in bytes). Buildbot will ensure the field sent by the user is not too large.

tooltip (optional; default “”)

The tooltip of the parameter. This will show help text next to the field name, if set.

autopopulate (optional; default: None)

If not None, autopopulate is a dictionary which describes how other parameters are updated if this one changes. This is useful for when you have lots of parameters, and defaults depends on e.g. the branch. This is implemented generically, and all parameters can update others. Beware of infinite loops!

c['schedulers'].append(schedulers.ForceScheduler(
name="custom",
builderNames=["runtests"],
buttonName="Start Custom Build",
codebases = [util.CodebaseParameter(
    codebase='', project=None,
    branch=util.ChoiceStringParameter(
        name="branch",
        label="Branch",
        strict=False,
        choices=["master", "dev"],
        autopopulate={
        'master': {
            'build_name': 'build for master branch',
        },
        'dev': {
            'build_name': 'build for dev branch',
        }
        }
))],
properties=[
    util.StringParameter(
        name="build_name",
        label="Name of the Build release.",
        default="")]))  # this parameter will be auto populated when user chooses branch

The parameter types are:

NestedParameter

NestedParameter(name="options", label="Build options", layout="vertical", fields=[...]),

This parameter type is a special parameter which contains other parameters. This can be used to group a set of parameters together, and define the layout of your form. You can recursively include NestedParameter into NestedParameter, to build very complex UIs.

It adds the following arguments:

layout (optional, default is “vertical”)

The layout defines how the fields are placed in the form.

The layouts implemented in the standard web application are:

• simple: fields are displayed one by one without alignment.

  They take the horizontal space that they need.

• vertical: all fields are displayed vertically, aligned in columns (as per the column attribute of the NestedParameter)

• tabs: each field gets its own tab.

  This can be used to declare complex build forms which won’t fit into one screen. The children fields are usually other NestedParameters with vertical layout.

columns (optional, accepted values are 1, 2, 3, 4)

The number of columns to use for a vertical layout. If omitted, it is set to 1 unless there are more than 3 visible child fields in which case it is set to 2.

FixedParameter

FixedParameter(name="branch", default="trunk"),

This parameter type will not be shown on the web form and always generates a property with its default value.

StringParameter

StringParameter(name="pull_url",
    label="optionally give a public Git pull url:",
    default="", size=80)

This parameter type will show a single-line text-entry box, and allow the user to enter an arbitrary string. It adds the following arguments:

regex (optional)

A string that will be compiled as a regex and used to validate the input of this parameter.

size (optional; default is 10)

The width of the input field (in characters).

TextParameter

TextParameter(name="comments",
    label="comments to be displayed to the user of the built binary",
    default="This is a development build", cols=60, rows=5)

This parameter type is similar to StringParameter, except that it is represented in the HTML form as a textarea, allowing multi-line input. It adds the StringParameter arguments and the following ones:

cols (optional; default is 80)

The number of columns the textarea will have.

rows (optional; default is 20)

The number of rows the textarea will have.

This class could be subclassed to have more customization, e.g.

• developer could send a list of Git branches to pull from

• developer could send a list of Gerrit changes to cherry-pick,

• developer could send a shell script to amend the build.

Beware of security issues anyway.

IntParameter

IntParameter(name="debug_level",
    label="debug level (1-10)", default=2)

This parameter type accepts an integer value using a text-entry box.

BooleanParameter

BooleanParameter(name="force_build_clean",
    label="force a make clean", default=False)

This type represents a boolean value. It will be presented as a checkbox.

UserNameParameter

UserNameParameter(label="your name:", size=80)

This parameter type accepts a username. If authentication is active, it will use the authenticated user instead of displaying a text-entry box.

size (optional; default is 10)

The width of the input field (in characters).

need_email (optional; default is True)

If true, requires a full email address rather than arbitrary text.

ChoiceStringParameter

ChoiceStringParameter(name="branch",
    choices=["main","devel"], default="main")

This parameter type lets the user choose between several choices (e.g. the list of branches you are supporting, or the test campaign to run). If multiple is false, then its result is a string with one of the choices. If multiple is true, then the result is a list of strings from the choices.

Note that for some use cases, the choices need to be generated dynamically. This can be done via subclassing and overriding the ‘getChoices’ member function. An example of this is provided by the source for the InheritBuildParameter class.

Its arguments, in addition to the common options, are:

choices

The list of available choices.

strict (optional; default is True)

If true, verify that the user’s input is from the list.

multiple

If true, then the user may select multiple choices.

Example:

ChoiceStringParameter(name="forced_tests",
                      label="smoke test campaign to run",
                      default=default_tests,
                      multiple=True,
                      strict=True,
                      choices=["test_builder1", "test_builder2",
                               "test_builder3"])

# .. and later base the schedulers to trigger off this property:

# triggers the tests depending on the property forced_test
builder1.factory.addStep(Trigger(name="Trigger tests",
                                schedulerNames=Property("forced_tests")))

Example of scheduler allowing to choose which worker to run on:

worker_list = ["worker1", "worker2", "worker3"]
ChoiceStringParameter(name="worker",
                      label="worker to run the build on",
                      default="*",
                      multiple=False,
                      strict=True,
                      choices=worker_list)

# .. and in nextWorker, use this property:
def nextWorker(bldr, workers, buildrequest):
    forced_worker = buildrequest.properties.getProperty("worker", "*")
    if forced_worker == "*":
        return random.choice(workers) if workers else None
    for w in workers:
        if w.worker.workername == forced_worker:
            return w
    return None  # worker not yet available

c['builders'] = [
  BuilderConfig(name='mybuild', factory=f, nextWorker=nextWorker,
        workernames=worker_list),
]

CodebaseParameter

CodebaseParameter(codebase="myrepo")

This is a parameter group to specify a sourcestamp for a given codebase.

codebase

The name of the codebase.

branch (optional; default is StringParameter)

A parameter specifying the branch to build.

revision (optional; default is StringParameter)

A parameter specifying the revision to build.

repository (optional; default is StringParameter)

A parameter specifying the repository for the build.

project (optional; default is StringParameter)

A parameter specifying the project for the build.

patch (optional; default is None)

A PatchParameter specifying that the user can upload a patch for this codebase.

FileParameter

This parameter allows the user to upload a file to a build. The user can either write some text to a text area, or select a file from the browser. Note that the file is then stored inside a property, so a maxsize of 10 megabytes has been set. You can still override that maxsize if you wish.

PatchParameter

This parameter allows the user to specify a patch to be applied at the source step. The patch is stored within the sourcestamp, and associated to a codebase. That is why PatchParameter must be set inside a CodebaseParameter.

PatchParameter is actually a NestedParameter composed of following fields:

FileParameter('body'),
IntParameter('level', default=1),
StringParameter('author', default=""),
StringParameter('comment', default=""),
StringParameter('subdir', default=".")

You can customize any of these fields by overwriting their field name e.g:

c['schedulers'] = [
    schedulers.ForceScheduler(
        name="force",
        codebases=[util.CodebaseParameter("foo", patch=util.PatchParameter(
            body=FileParameter('body', maxsize=10000)))],  # override the maximum size
                                                           # of a patch to 10k instead of 10M
        builderNames=["testy"])]

InheritBuildParameter

Note

InheritBuildParameter is not yet ported to data API, and cannot be used with buildbot nine yet (bug #3521).

This is a special parameter for inheriting force build properties from another build. The user is presented with a list of compatible builds from which to choose, and all forced-build parameters from the selected build are copied into the new build. The new parameter is:

compatible_builds

A function to find compatible builds in the build history. This function is given the master instance as first argument, and the current builder name as second argument, or None when forcing all builds.

Example:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def get_compatible_builds(master, builder):
    if builder is None: # this is the case for force_build_all
        return ["cannot generate build list here"]
    # find all successful builds in builder1 and builder2
    builds = []
    for builder in ["builder1", "builder2"]:
        # get 40 last builds for the builder
        build_dicts = yield master.data.get(('builders', builder, 'builds'),
                                            order=['-buildid'], limit=40)
        for build_dict in build_dicts:
            if build_dict['results'] != SUCCESS:
                continue
            builds.append(builder + "/" + str(build_dict['number']))
    return builds

# ...

sched = Scheduler(...,
    properties=[
        InheritBuildParameter(
            name="inherit",
            label="promote a build for merge",
            compatible_builds=get_compatible_builds,
            required = True),
            ])

WorkerChoiceParameter

Note

WorkerChoiceParameter is not yet ported to data API, and cannot be used with buildbot nine yet (bug #3521).

This parameter allows a scheduler to require that a build is assigned to the chosen worker. The choice is assigned to the workername property for the build. The enforceChosenWorker functor must be assigned to the canStartBuild parameter for the Builder.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util

# schedulers:
ForceScheduler(
    # ...
    properties=[
        WorkerChoiceParameter(),
    ]
)

# builders:
BuilderConfig(
    # ...
    canStartBuild=util.enforceChosenWorker,
)

AnyPropertyParameter

This parameter type can only be used in properties, and allows the user to specify both the property name and value in the web form.

This Parameter is here to reimplement old Buildbot behavior, and should be avoided. Stricter parameter names and types should be preferred.

2.5.6. Workers

The workers configuration key specifies a list of known workers. In the common case, each worker is defined by an instance of the buildbot.worker.Worker class. It represents a standard, manually started machine that will try to connect to the Buildbot master as a worker. Buildbot also supports “on-demand”, or latent, workers, which allow Buildbot to dynamically start and stop worker instances.

2.5.6.1. Defining Workers

A Worker instance is created with a workername and a workerpassword. These are the same two values that need to be provided to the worker administrator when they create the worker.

The workername must be unique, of course. The password exists to prevent evildoers from interfering with Buildbot by inserting their own (broken) workers into the system and thus displacing the real ones. Password may be a Secret.

Workers with an unrecognized workername or a non-matching password will be rejected when they attempt to connect, and a message describing the problem will be written to the log file (see Logfiles).

A configuration for two workers would look like:

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd'),
    worker.Worker('bot-bsd', 'bsdpasswd'),
]

2.5.6.2. Worker Options

Properties

Worker objects can also be created with an optional properties argument, a dictionary specifying properties that will be available to any builds performed on this worker. For example:

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                  properties={'os': 'solaris'}),
]

Worker properties have priority over other sources (Builder, Scheduler, etc.). You may use the defaultProperties parameter that will only be added to Build Properties if they are not already set by another source:

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('fast-bot', 'fast-passwd',
                  defaultProperties={'parallel_make': 10}),
]

Worker collects and exposes /etc/os-release fields for interpolation. These can be used to determine details about the running operating system, such as distribution and version. See https://www.linux.org/docs/man5/os-release.html for details on possible fields. Each field is imported with os_ prefix and in lower case. os_id, os_id_like, os_version_id and os_version_codename are always set, but can be null.

Limiting Concurrency

The Worker constructor can also take an optional max_builds parameter to limit the number of builds that it will execute simultaneously:

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-linux', 'linuxpassword',
                  max_builds=2),
]

Note

In Worker For Builders concept only one build from the same builder would run on the worker.

Master-Worker TCP Keepalive

By default, the buildmaster sends a simple, non-blocking message to each worker every hour. These keepalives ensure that traffic is flowing over the underlying TCP connection, allowing the system’s network stack to detect any problems before a build is started.

The interval can be modified by specifying the interval in seconds using the keepalive_interval parameter of Worker (defaults to 3600):

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-linux', 'linuxpasswd',
                  keepalive_interval=3600)
]

The interval can be set to None to disable this functionality altogether.

When Workers Go Missing

Sometimes, the workers go away. One very common reason for this is when the worker process is started once (manually) and left running, but then later the machine reboots and the process is not automatically restarted.

If you’d like to have the administrator of the worker (or other people) be notified by email when the worker has been missing for too long, just add the notify_on_missing= argument to the Worker definition. This value can be a single email address, or a list of addresses:

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                  notify_on_missing='bob@example.com')
]

By default, this will send an email when the worker has been disconnected for more than one hour. Only one email per connection-loss event will be sent. To change the timeout, use missing_timeout= and give it a number of seconds (the default is 3600).

You can have the buildmaster send an email to multiple recipients by providing a list of addresses instead of a single one:

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                  notify_on_missing=['bob@example.com', 'alice@example.org'],
                  missing_timeout=300)  # notify after 5 minutes
]

The email sent this way will use a MailNotifier (see MailNotifier) status target, if one is configured. This provides a way for you to control the from address of the email, as well as the relayhost (aka smarthost) to use as an SMTP server. If no MailNotifier is configured on this buildmaster, the worker-missing emails will be sent using a default configuration.

Note that if you want to have a MailNotifier for worker-missing emails but not for regular build emails, just create one with builders=[], as follows:

from buildbot.plugins import status, worker
m = status.MailNotifier(fromaddr='buildbot@localhost', builders=[],
                        relayhost='smtp.example.org')
c['reporters'].append(m)

c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker('bot-solaris', 'solarispasswd',
                  notify_on_missing='bob@example.com')
]

Workers States

There are some times when a worker misbehaves because of issues with its configuration. In those cases, you may want to pause the worker, or maybe completely shut it down.

There are three actions that you may take (in the worker’s web page Actions dialog):

• Pause: If a worker is paused, it won’t accept new builds. The action of pausing a worker will not affect any ongoing build.

• Graceful Shutdown: If a worker is in graceful shutdown mode, it won’t accept new builds, but will finish the current builds. When all of its build are finished, the buildbot-worker process will terminate.

• Force Shutdown: If a worker is in force shutdown mode, it will terminate immediately, and the build it was currently doing will be put to retry state.

Those actions will put the worker in either of two states:

• paused: the worker is paused if it is connected but doesn’t accept new builds.

• graceful: the worker is graceful if it doesn’t accept new builds, and will shutdown when builds are finished.

A worker might not be able to accept a job for a period of time if buildbot detects a misbehavior. This is called the quarantine timer.

Quarantine timer is an exponential back-off mechanism for workers. This prevents a misbehaving worker from eating the build queue by quickly finishing builds in EXCEPTION state. When misbehavior is detected, the timer will pause the worker for 10 seconds, and then the time will double with each misbehavior detection until the worker finishes a build.

The first case of misbehavior is for a latent worker to not start properly. The second case of misbehavior is for a build to end with an EXCEPTION status.

Pausing and unpausing a worker will force it to leave quarantine immediately. The quarantine timeout will not be reset until the worker finishes a build.

Worker states are stored in the database, can be queried via REST API, and are visible in the UI’s workers page.

2.5.6.3. Local Workers

For smaller setups, you may want to just run the workers on the same machine as the master. To simplify the maintenance, you may even want to run them in the same process.

This is what LocalWorker is for. Instead of configuring a worker.Worker, you have to configure a worker.LocalWorker. As the worker is running on the same process, password is not necessary. You can run as many local workers as your machine’s CPU and memory allows.

A configuration for two workers would look like:

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.LocalWorker('bot1'),
    worker.LocalWorker('bot2'),
]

In order to use local workers you need to have buildbot-worker package installed.

2.5.6.4. Latent Workers

The standard Buildbot model has workers started manually. The previous section described how to configure the master for this approach.

Another approach is to let the Buildbot master start workers when builds are ready, on-demand. Thanks to services such as Amazon Web Services’ Elastic Compute Cloud (“AWS EC2”), this is relatively easy to set up, and can be very useful for some situations.

The workers that are started on-demand are called “latent” workers. You can find the list of Supported Latent Workers below.

Common Options

The following options are available for all latent workers.

build_wait_timeout

This option allows you to specify how long a latent worker should wait after a build for another build before it shuts down. It defaults to 10 minutes. If this is set to 0, then the worker will be shut down immediately. If it is less than 0, it will be shut down only when shutting down master.

check_instance_interval

This option controls the interval that the health checks run during worker startup. The health checks speed up the detection of irrecoverably crashed worker (e.g. due to an issue with Docker image in the case of Docker workers). Without such checks build would continue waiting for the worker to connect until missing_timeout time elapses. The value of the option defaults to 10 seconds.

Supported Latent Workers

As of time of writing, Buildbot supports the following latent workers:

Amazon Web Services Elastic Compute Cloud (“AWS EC2”)

class buildbot.worker.ec2.EC2LatentWorker

EC2 is a web service that allows you to start virtual machines in an Amazon data center. Please see their website for details, including costs. Using the AWS EC2 latent workers involves getting an EC2 account with AWS and setting up payment; customizing one or more EC2 machine images (“AMIs”) on your desired operating system(s) and publishing them (privately if needed); and configuring the buildbot master to know how to start your customized images for “substantiating” your latent workers.

This document will guide you through setup of a AWS EC2 latent worker:

Get an AWS EC2 Account

To start off, to use the AWS EC2 latent worker, you need to get an AWS developer account and sign up for EC2. Although Amazon often changes this process, these instructions should help you get started:

1. Go to http://aws.amazon.com/ and click to “Sign Up Now” for an AWS account.

2. Once you are logged into your account, you need to sign up for EC2. Instructions for how to do this have changed over time because Amazon changes their website, so the best advice is to hunt for it. After signing up for EC2, it may say it wants you to upload an x.509 cert. You will need this to create images (see below) but it is not technically necessary for the buildbot master configuration.

3. You must enter a valid credit card before you will be able to use EC2. Do that under ‘Payment Method’.

4. Make sure you’re signed up for EC2 by going to Your Account ‣ Account Activity and verifying EC2 is listed.

Create an AMI

Now you need to create an AMI and configure the master. You may need to run through this cycle a few times to get it working, but these instructions should get you started.

Creating an AMI is out of the scope of this document. The EC2 Getting Started Guide is a good resource for this task. Here are a few additional hints.

• When an instance of the image starts, it needs to automatically start a buildbot worker that connects to your master (to create a buildbot worker, Creating a worker; to make a daemon, Launching the daemons).

• You may want to make an instance of the buildbot worker, configure it as a standard worker in the master (i.e., not as a latent worker), and test and debug it that way before you turn it into an AMI and convert to a latent worker in the master.

• In order to avoid extra costs in case of master failure, you should configure the worker of the AMI with maxretries option (see Worker Options) Also see example systemd unit file example

Configure the Master with an EC2LatentWorker

Now let’s assume you have an AMI that should work with the EC2LatentWorker. It’s now time to set up your buildbot master configuration.

You will need some information from your AWS account: the Access Key Id and the Secret Access Key. If you’ve built the AMI yourself, you probably already are familiar with these values. If you have not, and someone has given you access to an AMI, these hints may help you find the necessary values:

• While logged into your AWS account, find the “Access Identifiers” link (either on the left, or via Your Account ‣ Access Identifiers.

• On the page, you’ll see alphanumeric values for “Your Access Key Id:” and “Your Secret Access Key:”. Make a note of these. Later on, we’ll call the first one your identifier and the second one your secret_identifier.

When creating an EC2LatentWorker in the buildbot master configuration, the first three arguments are required. The name and password are the first two arguments, and work the same as with normal workers. The next argument specifies the type of the EC2 virtual machine (available options as of this writing include m1.small, m1.large, m1.xlarge, c1.medium, and c1.xlarge; see the EC2 documentation for descriptions of these machines).

Here is the simplest example of configuring an EC2 latent worker. It specifies all necessary remaining values explicitly in the instantiation.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           ami='ami-12345',
                           identifier='publickey',
                           secret_identifier='privatekey'
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           )
]

The ami argument specifies the AMI that the master should start. The identifier argument specifies the AWS Access Key Id, and the secret_identifier specifies the AWS Secret Access Key. Both the AMI and the account information can be specified in alternate ways.

Note

Whoever has your identifier and secret_identifier values can request AWS work charged to your account, so these values need to be carefully protected. Another way to specify these access keys is to put them in a separate file. Buildbot supports the standard AWS credentials file. You can then make the access privileges stricter for this separate file, and potentially let more people read your main configuration file. If your master is running in EC2, you can also use IAM roles for EC2 to delegate permissions.

keypair_name and security_name allow you to specify different names for these AWS EC2 values.

You can make an .aws directory in the home folder of the user running the buildbot master. In that directory, create a file called credentials. The format of the file should be as follows, replacing identifier and secret_identifier with the credentials obtained before.

[default]
aws_access_key_id = identifier
aws_secret_access_key = secret_identifier

If you are using IAM roles, no config file is required. Then you can instantiate the worker as follows.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           ami='ami-12345',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           )
]

Previous examples used a particular AMI. If the Buildbot master will be deployed in a process-controlled environment, it may be convenient to specify the AMI more flexibly. Rather than specifying an individual AMI, specify one or two AMI filters.

In all cases, the AMI that sorts last by its location (the S3 bucket and manifest name) will be preferred.

One available filter is to specify the acceptable AMI owners, by AWS account number (the 12 digit number, usually rendered in AWS with hyphens like “1234-5678-9012”, should be entered as in integer).

from buildbot.plugins import worker
bot1 = worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                              valid_ami_owners=[11111111111,
                                                22222222222],
                              identifier='publickey',
                              secret_identifier='privatekey',
                              keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                              security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                              )

The other available filter is to provide a regular expression string that will be matched against each AMI’s location (the S3 bucket and manifest name).

from buildbot.plugins import worker
bot1 = worker.EC2LatentWorker(
        'bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
        valid_ami_location_regex=r'buildbot\-.*/image.manifest.xml',
        identifier='publickey',
        secret_identifier='privatekey',
        keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
        security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
        )

The regular expression can specify a group, which will be preferred for the sorting. Only the first group is used; subsequent groups are ignored.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
bot1 = worker.EC2LatentWorker(
    'bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
    valid_ami_location_regex=r'buildbot\-.*\-(.*)/image.manifest.xml',
    identifier='publickey',
    secret_identifier='privatekey',
    keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
    security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
    )

If the group can be cast to an integer, it will be. This allows 10 to sort after 1, for instance.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
bot1 = worker.EC2LatentWorker(
        'bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
        valid_ami_location_regex=r'buildbot\-.*\-(\d+)/image.manifest.xml',
        identifier='publickey',
        secret_identifier='privatekey',
        keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
        security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
        )

In addition to using the password as a handshake between the master and the worker, you may want to use a firewall to assert that only machines from a specific IP can connect as workers. This is possible with AWS EC2 by using the Elastic IP feature. To configure, generate a Elastic IP in AWS, and then specify it in your configuration using the elastic_ip argument.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           'ami-12345',
                           identifier='publickey',
                           secret_identifier='privatekey',
                           elastic_ip='208.77.188.166',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           )
]

One other way to configure a worker is by settings AWS tags. They can for example be used to have a more restrictive security IAM policy. To get Buildbot to tag the latent worker specify the tag keys and values in your configuration using the tags argument.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           'ami-12345',
                           identifier='publickey',
                           secret_identifier='privatekey',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           tags={'SomeTag': 'foo'})
]

If the worker needs access to additional AWS resources, you can also enable your workers to access them via an EC2 instance profile. To use this capability, you must first create an instance profile separately in AWS. Then specify its name on EC2LatentWorker via instance_profile_name.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           ami='ami-12345',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           instance_profile_name='my_profile'
                           )
]

You may also supply your own boto3.Session object to allow for more flexible session options (ex. cross-account) To use this capability, you must first create a boto3.Session object. Then provide it to EC2LatentWorker via session argument.

import boto3
from buildbot.plugins import worker

session = boto3.session.Session()
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           ami='ami-12345',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           session=session
                           )
]

The EC2LatentWorker supports all other configuration from the standard Worker. The missing_timeout and notify_on_missing specify how long to wait for an EC2 instance to attach before considering the attempt to have failed, and email addresses to alert, respectively. missing_timeout defaults to 20 minutes.

Volumes

If you want to attach existing volumes to an ec2 latent worker, use the volumes attribute. This mechanism can be valuable if you want to maintain state on a conceptual worker across multiple start/terminate sequences. volumes expects a list of (volume_id, mount_point) tuples to attempt attaching when your instance has been created.

If you want to attach new ephemeral volumes, use the block_device_map attribute. This follows the AWS API syntax, essentially acting as a passthrough. The only distinction is that the volumes default to deleting on termination to avoid leaking volume resources when workers are terminated. See boto documentation for further details.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           ami='ami-12345',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           block_device_map= [
                             {
                                "DeviceName": "/dev/xvdb",
                                "Ebs" : {
                                   "VolumeType": "io1",
                                   "Iops": 1000,
                                   "VolumeSize": 100
                                }
                             }
                           ]
                           )
]

VPC Support

If you are managing workers within a VPC, your worker configuration must be modified from above. You must specify the id of the subnet where you want your worker placed. You must also specify security groups created within your VPC as opposed to classic EC2 security groups. This can be done by passing the ids of the vpc security groups. Note, when using a VPC, you can not specify classic EC2 security groups (as specified by security_name).

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           ami='ami-12345',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           subnet_id='subnet-12345',
                           security_group_ids=['sg-12345','sg-67890']
                           )
]

Spot instances

If you would prefer to use spot instances for running your builds, you can accomplish that by passing in a True value to the spot_instance parameter to the EC2LatentWorker constructor. Additionally, you may want to specify max_spot_price and price_multiplier in order to limit your builds’ budget consumption.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.EC2LatentWorker('bot1', 'sekrit', 'm1.large',
                           'ami-12345', region='us-west-2',
                           identifier='publickey',
                           secret_identifier='privatekey',
                           elastic_ip='208.77.188.166',
                           keypair_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           security_name='latent_buildbot_worker',
                           placement='b', spot_instance=True,
                           max_spot_price=0.09,
                           price_multiplier=1.15,
                           product_description='Linux/UNIX')
]

This example would attempt to create a m1.large spot instance in the us-west-2b region costing no more than $0.09/hour. The spot prices for ‘Linux/UNIX’ spot instances in that region over the last 24 hours will be averaged and multiplied by the price_multiplier parameter, then a spot request will be sent to Amazon with the above details. If the multiple exceeds the max_spot_price, the bid price will be the max_spot_price.

Either max_spot_price or price_multiplier, but not both, may be None. If price_multiplier is None, then no historical price information is retrieved; the bid price is simply the specified max_spot_price. If the max_spot_price is None, then the multiple of the historical average spot prices is used as the bid price with no limit.

Libvirt

class buildbot.worker.libvirt.LibVirtWorker

libvirt is a virtualization API for interacting with the virtualization capabilities of recent versions of Linux and other OSes. It is LGPL and comes with a stable C API, and Python bindings.

This means we now have an API which when tied to buildbot allows us to have workers that run under Xen, QEMU, KVM, LXC, OpenVZ, User Mode Linux, VirtualBox and VMWare.

The libvirt code in Buildbot was developed against libvirt 0.7.5 on Ubuntu Lucid. It is used with KVM to test Python code on VMs, but obviously isn’t limited to that. Each build is run on a new VM, images are temporary and thrown away after each build.

This document will guide you through setup of a libvirt latent worker:

Setting up libvirt

We won’t show you how to set up libvirt as it is quite different on each platform, but there are a few things you should keep in mind.

• If you are using the system libvirt (libvirt and buildbot master are on same server), your buildbot master user will need to be in the libvirtd group.

• If libvirt and buildbot master are on different servers, the user connecting to libvirt over ssh will need to be in the libvirtd group. Also need to setup authorization via ssh-keys (without password prompt).

• If you are using KVM, your buildbot master user will need to be in the KVM group.

• You need to think carefully about your virtual network first. Will NAT be enough? What IP will my VMs need to connect to for connecting to the master?

Configuring your base image

You need to create a base image for your builds that has everything needed to build your software. You need to configure the base image with a buildbot worker that is configured to connect to the master on boot.

Because this image may need updating a lot, we strongly suggest scripting its creation.

If you want to have multiple workers using the same base image it can be annoying to duplicate the image just to change the buildbot credentials. One option is to use libvirt’s DHCP server to allocate an identity to the worker: DHCP sets a hostname, and the worker takes its identity from that.

Doing all this is really beyond the scope of the manual, but there is a vmbuilder script and a network.xml file to create such a DHCP server in master/contrib/ (Contrib Scripts) that should get you started:

sudo apt-get install ubuntu-vm-builder
sudo contrib/libvirt/vmbuilder

Should create an ubuntu/ folder with a suitable image in it.

virsh net-define contrib/libvirt/network.xml
virsh net-start buildbot-network

Should set up a KVM compatible libvirt network for your buildbot VM’s to run on.

Configuring your Master

Warning

There is currently a buildbot bug that fails to use the base_image if provided. This means that the worker always uses the hd_image and changes will persist between builds. See the GitHub issue for details.

If you want to add a simple on demand VM to your setup, you only need the following. We set the username to minion1, the password to sekrit. The base image is called base_image and a copy of it will be made for the duration of the VM’s life. That copy will be thrown away every time a build is complete.

from buildbot.plugins import worker, util
c['workers'] = [
    worker.LibVirtWorker('minion1', 'sekrit',
                         uri="qemu:///session",
                         hd_image='/home/buildbot/images/minion1',
                         base_image='/home/buildbot/images/base_image')
]

You can use virt-manager to define minion1 with the correct hardware. If you don’t, buildbot won’t be able to find a VM to start.

LibVirtWorker accepts the following arguments:

name

Both a buildbot username and the name of the virtual machine.

password

A password for the buildbot to login to the master with.

hd_image

The path to a libvirt disk image, normally in qcow2 format when using KVM.

base_image

If given a base image, buildbot will clone it every time it starts a VM. This means you always have a clean environment to do your build in.

uri

The URI of the connection to libvirt.

masterFQDN

(optional, defaults to socket.getfqdn()) Address of the master the worker should connect to. Use if you master machine does not have proper fqdn. This value is passed to the libvirt image via domain metadata.

xml

If a VM isn’t predefined in virt-manager, then you can instead provide XML like that used with virsh define. The VM will be created automatically when needed, and destroyed when not needed any longer.

Note

The hd_image and base_image must be on same machine with buildbot master.

Connection to master

If xml configuration key is not provided, then Buildbot will set libvirt metadata for the domain. It will contain the following XML element: <auth username="..." password="..." master="..."/>. Here username, password and master are the name of the worker, password to use for connection and the FQDN of the master. The libvirt metadata will be placed in the XML namespace buildbot=http://buildbot.net/.

Configuring Master to use libvirt on remote server

If you want to use libvirt on remote server configure remote libvirt server and buildbot server following way.

1. Define user to connect to remote machine using ssh. Configure connection of such user to remote libvirt server (see https://wiki.libvirt.org/page/SSHSetup) without password prompt.

2. Add user to libvirtd group on remote libvirt server sudo usermod -G libvirtd -a <user>.

Configure remote libvirt server:

1. Create virtual machine for buildbot and configure it.

2. Change virtual machine image file to new name, which will be used as temporary image and deleted after virtual machine stops. Execute command sudo virsh edit <VM name>. In xml file locate devices/disk/source and change file path to new name. The file must not be exists, it will create via hook script.

3. Add hook script to /etc/libvirt/hooks/qemu to recreate VM image each start:

#!/usr/bin/python

# Script /etc/libvirt/hooks/qemu
# Don't forget to execute service libvirt-bin restart
# Also see https://www.libvirt.org/hooks.html

# This script make clean VM for each start using base image

import os
import subprocess
import sys

images_path = '/var/lib/libvirt/images/'

# build-vm - VM name in virsh list --all
# vm_base_image.qcow2 - base image file name, must exist in path /var/lib/libvirt/images/
# vm_temp_image.qcow2 - temporary image. Must not exist in path /var/lib/libvirt/images/, but
# defined in VM config file
domains = {
    'build-vm' : ['vm_base_image.qcow2', 'vm_temp_image.qcow2'],
}

def delete_image_clone(vir_domain):
    if vir_domain in domains:
        domain = domains[vir_domain]
        os.remove(images_path + domain[1])

def create_image_clone(vir_domain):
    if vir_domain in domains:
        domain = domains[vir_domain]
        cmd = ['/usr/bin/qemu-img', 'create', '-b', images_path + domain[0],
               '-f', 'qcow2', '-F', 'qcow2', images_path + domain[1]]
        subprocess.call(cmd)

if __name__ == "__main__":
    vir_domain, action = sys.argv[1:3]

    if action in ["prepare"]:
        create_image_clone(vir_domain)

    if action in ["release"]:
        delete_image_clone(vir_domain)

Configure buildbot server:

1. On buildbot server in virtual environment install libvirt-python package: pip install libvirt-python

2. Create worker using remote ssh connection.

from buildbot.plugins import worker, util
c['workers'] = [
    worker.LibVirtWorker(
        'minion1', 'sekrit',
        util.Connection("qemu+ssh://<user>@<ip address or DNS name>:<port>/session"),
        '/home/buildbot/images/minion1')
]

OpenStack

class buildbot.worker.openstack.OpenStackLatentWorker

OpenStack is a series of interconnected components that facilitates managing compute, storage, and network resources in a data center. It is available under the Apache License and has a REST interface along with a Python client.

This document will guide you through setup of an OpenStack latent worker:

Install dependencies

OpenStackLatentWorker requires python-novaclient to work, you can install it with pip install python-novaclient.

Get an Account in an OpenStack cloud

Setting up OpenStack is outside the domain of this document. There are four account details necessary for the Buildbot master to interact with your OpenStack cloud: username, password, a tenant name, and the auth URL to use.

Create an Image

OpenStack supports a large number of image formats. OpenStack maintains a short list of prebuilt images; if the desired image is not listed, The OpenStack Compute Administration Manual is a good resource for creating new images. You need to configure the image with a buildbot worker to connect to the master on boot.

Configure the Master with an OpenStackLatentWorker

With the configured image in hand, it is time to configure the buildbot master to create OpenStack instances of it. You will need the aforementioned account details. These are the same details set in either environment variables or passed as options to an OpenStack client.

OpenStackLatentWorker accepts the following arguments:

name

The worker name.

password

A password for the worker to login to the master with.

flavor

A string containing the flavor name or UUID to use for the instance.

image

A string containing the image name or UUID to use for the instance.

os_username

os_password

os_tenant_name

os_user_domain

os_project_domain

os_auth_url

The OpenStack authentication needed to create and delete instances. These are the same as the environment variables with uppercase names of the arguments.

os_auth_args

Arguments passed directly to keystone. If this is specified, other authentication parameters (see above) are ignored. You can use auth_type to specify auth plugin to load. See OpenStack documentation <https://docs.openstack.org/python-keystoneclient/> for more information. Usually this should contain auth_url, username, password, project_domain_name and user_domain_name.

block_devices

A list of dictionaries. Each dictionary specifies a block device to set up during instance creation. The values support using properties from the build and will be rendered when the instance is started.

Supported keys

uuid

(required): The image, snapshot, or volume UUID.

volume_size

(optional): Size of the block device in GiB. If not specified, the minimum size in GiB to contain the source will be calculated and used.

device_name

(optional): defaults to vda. The name of the device in the instance; e.g. vda or xda.

source_type

(optional): defaults to image. The origin of the block device. Valid values are image, snapshot, or volume.

destination_type

(optional): defaults to volume. Destination of block device: volume or local.

delete_on_termination

(optional): defaults to True. Controls if the block device will be deleted when the instance terminates.

boot_index

(optional): defaults to 0. Integer used for boot order.

meta

A dictionary of string key-value pairs to pass to the instance. These will be available under the metadata key from the metadata service.

nova_args

(optional) A dict that will be appended to the arguments when creating a VM. Buildbot uses the OpenStack Nova version 2 API by default (see client_version).

client_version

(optional) A string containing the Nova client version to use. Defaults to 2. Supports using 2.X, where X is a micro-version. Use 1.1 for the previous, deprecated, version. If using 1.1, note that an older version of novaclient will be needed so it won’t switch to using 2.

region

(optional) A string specifying region where to instantiate the worker.

Here is the simplest example of configuring an OpenStack latent worker.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.OpenStackLatentWorker('bot2', 'sekrit',
                flavor=1, image='8ac9d4a4-5e03-48b0-acde-77a0345a9ab1',
                os_username='user', os_password='password',
                os_tenant_name='tenant',
                os_auth_url='http://127.0.0.1:35357/v2.0')
]

The image argument also supports being given a callable. The callable will be passed the list of available images and must return the image to use. The invocation happens in a separate thread to prevent blocking the build master when interacting with OpenStack.

from buildbot.plugins import worker

def find_image(images):
    # Sort oldest to newest.
    def key_fn(x):
        return x.created

    candidate_images = sorted(images, key=key_fn)
    # Return the oldest candidate image.
    return candidate_images[0]

c['workers'] = [
    worker.OpenStackLatentWorker('bot2', 'sekrit',
                flavor=1, image=find_image,
                os_username='user', os_password='password',
                os_tenant_name='tenant',
                os_auth_url='http://127.0.0.1:35357/v2.0')
]

The block_devices argument is minimally manipulated to provide some defaults and passed directly to novaclient. The simplest example is an image that is converted to a volume and the instance boots from that volume. When the instance is destroyed, the volume will be terminated as well.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.OpenStackLatentWorker('bot2', 'sekrit',
                flavor=1, image='8ac9d4a4-5e03-48b0-acde-77a0345a9ab1',
                os_username='user', os_password='password',
                os_tenant_name='tenant',
                os_auth_url='http://127.0.0.1:35357/v2.0',
                block_devices=[
                    {'uuid': '3f0b8868-67e7-4a5b-b685-2824709bd486',
                    'volume_size': 10}])
]

The nova_args can be used to specify additional arguments for the novaclient. For example network mappings, which is required if your OpenStack tenancy has more than one network, and default cannot be determined. Please refer to your OpenStack manual whether it wants net-id or net-name.

Other useful parameters are availability_zone, security_groups and config_drive. Refer to Python bindings to the OpenStack Nova API for more information. It is found on section Servers, method create.

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.OpenStackLatentWorker('bot2', 'sekrit',
                flavor=1, image='8ac9d4a4-5e03-48b0-acde-77a0345a9ab1',
                os_username='user', os_password='password',
                os_tenant_name='tenant',
                os_auth_url='http://127.0.0.1:35357/v2.0',
                nova_args={
                  'nics': [
                            {'net-id':'uid-of-network'}
                          ]})
]

OpenStackLatentWorker supports all other configuration from the standard Worker. The missing_timeout and notify_on_missing specify how long to wait for an OpenStack instance to attach before considering the attempt to have failed and email addresses to alert, respectively. missing_timeout defaults to 20 minutes.

Docker latent worker

class buildbot.worker.docker.DockerLatentWorker

class buildbot.plugins.worker.DockerLatentWorker

Docker is an open-source project that automates the deployment of applications inside software containers. The DockerLatentWorker attempts to instantiate a fresh image for each build to assure consistency of the environment between builds. Each image will be discarded once the worker finished processing the build queue (i.e. becomes idle). See build_wait_timeout to change this behavior.

This document will guide you through the setup of such workers.

Docker Installation

An easy way to try Docker is through installation of dedicated Virtual machines. Two of them stands out:

• CoreOS

• boot2docker

Beside, it is always possible to install Docker next to the buildmaster. Beware that in this case, overall performance will depend on how many builds the computer where you have your buildmaster can handle as everything will happen on the same one.

Note

It is not necessary to install Docker in the same environment as your master as we will make use to the Docker API through docker-py. More in master setup.

CoreOS

CoreOS is targeted at building infrastructure and distributed systems. In order to get the latent worker working with CoreOS, it is necessary to expose the docker socket outside of the Virtual Machine. If you installed it via Vagrant, it is also necessary to uncomment the following line in your config.rb file:

$expose_docker_tcp=2375

The following command should allow you to confirm that your Docker socket is now available via the network:

docker -H tcp://127.0.0.1:2375 ps

boot2docker

boot2docker is one of the fastest ways to boot to Docker. As it is meant to be used from outside of the Virtual Machine, the socket is already exposed. Please follow the installation instructions on how to find the address of your socket.

Image Creation

Our build master will need the name of an image to perform its builds. Each time a new build will be requested, the same base image will be used again and again, actually discarding the result of the previous build. If you need some persistent storage between builds, you can use Volumes.

Each Docker image has a single purpose. Our worker image will be running a buildbot worker.

Docker uses Dockerfiles to describe the steps necessary to build an image. The following example will build a minimal worker. This example is voluntarily simplistic, and should probably not be used in production, see next paragraph.

FROM debian:stable
RUN apt-get update && apt-get install -y \
   python-dev \
   python-pip
RUN pip install buildbot-worker
RUN groupadd -r buildbot && useradd -r -g buildbot buildbot
RUN mkdir /worker && chown buildbot:buildbot /worker
# Install your build-dependencies here ...
USER buildbot
WORKDIR /worker
RUN buildbot-worker create-worker . <master-hostname> <workername> <workerpassword>
ENTRYPOINT ["/usr/local/bin/buildbot-worker"]
CMD ["start", "--nodaemon"]

On line 11, the hostname for your master instance, as well as the worker name and password is setup. Don’t forget to replace those values with some valid ones for your project.

It is a good practice to set the ENTRYPOINT to the worker executable, and the CMD to ["start", "--nodaemon"]. This way, no parameter will be required when starting the image.

When your Dockerfile is ready, you can build your first image using the following command (replace myworkername with a relevant name for your case):

docker build -t myworkername - < Dockerfile

Reuse same image for different workers

Previous simple example hardcodes the worker name into the dockerfile, which will not work if you want to share your docker image between workers.

You can find in buildbot source code in master/contrib/docker one example configurations:

pythonnode_worker

a worker with Python and node installed, which demonstrate how to reuse the base worker to create variations of build environments. It is based on the official buildbot/buildbot-worker image.

The master setups several environment variables before starting the workers:

BUILDMASTER

The address of the master the worker shall connect to

BUILDMASTER_PORT

The port of the master’s worker ‘pb’ protocol.

WORKERNAME

The name the worker should use to connect to master

WORKERPASS

The password the worker should use to connect to master

Master Setup

We will rely on docker-py to connect our master with docker. Now is the time to install it in your master environment.

Before adding the worker to your master configuration, it is possible to validate the previous steps by starting the newly created image interactively. To do this, enter the following lines in a Python prompt where docker-py is installed:

>>> import docker
>>> docker_socket = 'tcp://localhost:2375'
>>> client = docker.client.DockerClient(base_url=docker_socket)
>>> worker_image = 'my_project_worker'
>>> container = client.containers.create_container(worker_image)
>>> client.containers.start(container['Id'])
>>> # Optionally examine the logs of the master
>>> client.containers.stop(container['Id'])
>>> client.containers.wait(container['Id'])
0

It is now time to add the new worker to the master configuration under workers.

The following example will add a Docker latent worker for docker running at the following address: tcp://localhost:2375, the worker name will be docker, its password: password, and the base image name will be my_project_worker:

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'] = [
    worker.DockerLatentWorker('docker', 'password',
                              docker_host='tcp://localhost:2375',
                              image='my_project_worker')
]

password

(mandatory) The worker password part of the Latent Workers API. If the password is None, then it will be automatically generated from random number, and transmitted to the container via environment variable.

In addition to the arguments available for any Latent Workers, DockerLatentWorker will accept the following extra ones:

docker_host

(renderable string, mandatory) This is the address the master will use to connect with a running Docker instance.

image

(renderable string, mandatory) This is the name of the image that will be started by the build master. It should start a worker. This option can be a renderable, like Interpolate, so that it generates from the build request properties.

command

(optional) This will override the command setup during image creation.

volumes

(a renderable list of strings, optional) Allows to share directory between containers, or between a container and the host system. Refer to Docker documentation for more information about Volumes.

Each string within the volumes array specify a volume in the following format: volumename:bindname. The volume name has to be appended with :ro if the volume should be mounted read-only.

Note

This is the same format as when specifying volumes on the command line for docker’s own -v option.

dockerfile

(renderable string, optional if image is given) This is the content of the Dockerfile that will be used to build the specified image if the image is not found by Docker. It should be a multiline string.

Note

In case image and dockerfile are given, no attempt is made to compare the image with the content of the Dockerfile parameter if the image is found.

version

(optional, default to the highest version known by docker-py) This will indicates which API version must be used to communicate with Docker.

tls

(optional) This allow to use TLS when connecting with the Docker socket. This should be a docker.tls.TLSConfig object. See docker-py’s own documentation for more details on how to initialise this object.

followStartupLogs

(optional, defaults to false) This transfers docker container’s log inside master logs during worker startup (before connection). This can be useful to debug worker startup. e.g network issues, etc.

masterFQDN

(optional, defaults to socket.getfqdn()) Address of the master the worker should connect to. Use if you master machine does not have proper fqdn. This value is passed to the docker image via environment variable BUILDMASTER

master_protocol

(optional, default to pb) Protocol that the worker should use when connecting to master. Supported values are pb and msgpack_experimental_v7.

hostconfig

(renderable dictionary, optional) Extra host configuration parameters passed as a dictionary used to create HostConfig object. See docker-py’s HostConfig documentation for all the supported options.

autopull

(optional, defaults to false) Automatically pulls image if requested image is not on docker host.

alwaysPull

(optional, defaults to false) Always pulls (update) image if autopull is set to true. Also affects the base image specified by FROM …. if using a dockerfile, autopull is not needed then.

target

(renderable string, optional) Sets target build stage for multi-stage builds when using a dockerfile.

custom_context

(renderable boolean, optional)

Boolean indicating that the user wants to use custom build arguments for the docker environment. Defaults to False.

encoding

(renderable string, optional)

String indicating the compression format for the build context. defaults to ‘gzip’, but ‘bzip’ can be used as well.

buildargs

(renderable dictionary, optional if custom_context is True)

Dictionary, passes information for the docker to build its environment. Eg. {‘DISTRO’:’ubuntu’, ‘RELEASE’:’11.11’}. Defaults to None.

hostname

(renderable string, optional) This will set container’s hostname.

Marathon latent worker

Marathon Marathon is a production-grade container orchestration platform for Mesosphere’s Data-center Operating System (DC/OS) and Apache Mesos.

Buildbot supports using Marathon to host your latent workers.

class buildbot.worker.marathon.MarathonLatentWorker

class buildbot.plugins.worker.MarathonLatentWorker

The MarathonLatentWorker attempts to instantiate a fresh image for each build to assure consistency of the environment between builds. Each image will be discarded once the worker finished processing the build queue (i.e. becomes idle). See build_wait_timeout to change this behavior.

In addition to the arguments available for any Latent Workers, MarathonLatentWorker will accept the following extra ones:

marathon_url

(mandatory) This is the URL to Marathon server. Its REST API will be used to start docker containers.

marathon_auth

(optional) This is the optional ('userid', 'password') BasicAuth credential. If txrequests is installed, this can be a requests authentication plugin.

image

(mandatory) This is the name of the image that will be started by the build master. It should start a worker. This option can be a renderable, like Interpolate, so that it generates from the build request properties. Images are by pulled from the default docker registry. MarathonLatentWorker does not support starting a worker built from a Dockerfile.

masterFQDN

(optional, defaults to socket.getfqdn()) Address of the master the worker should connect to. Use if you master machine does not have proper fqdn. This value is passed to the docker image via environment variable BUILDMASTER

If the value contains a colon (:), then BUILDMASTER and BUILDMASTER_PORT environment variables will be passed, following scheme: masterFQDN="$BUILDMASTER:$BUILDMASTER_PORT"

marathon_extra_config

(optional, defaults to {}`) Extra configuration to be passed to Marathon API. This implementation will setup the minimal configuration to run a worker (docker image, BRIDGED network) It will let the default for everything else, including memory size, volume mounting, etc. This configuration is voluntarily very raw so that it is easy to use new marathon features. This dictionary will be merged into the Buildbot generated config, and recursively override it. See Marathon API documentation to learn what to include in this config.

Kubernetes latent worker

Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications.

Buildbot supports using Kubernetes to host your latent workers.

class buildbot.worker.kubernetes.KubeLatentWorker

class buildbot.plugins.worker.KubeLatentWorker

The KubeLatentWorker attempts to instantiate a fresh container for each build to assure consistency of the environment between builds Each container will be discarded once the worker finished processing the build queue (i.e. becomes idle). See build_wait_timeout to change this behavior.

In addition to the arguments available for any Latent Workers, KubeLatentWorker will accept the following extra ones:

image

(optional, default to buildbot/buildbot-worker) Docker image. Default to the official buildbot image.

namespace

(optional) This is the name of the namespace. Default to the current namespace

kube_config

(mandatory) This is the object specifying how to connect to the kubernetes cluster. This object must be an instance of abstract class KubeConfigLoaderBase, which have 3 implementations:

• KubeHardcodedConfig

• KubeCtlProxyConfigLoader

• KubeInClusterConfigLoader

masterFQDN

(optional, default to None) Address of the master the worker should connect to. Put the service master service name if you want to place a load-balancer between the workers and the masters. The default behaviour is to compute address IP of the master. This option works out-of-the box inside kubernetes but don’t leverage the load-balancing through service. You can pass any callable, such as KubeLatentWorker.get_fqdn that will set masterFQDN=socket.getfqdn().

master_protocol

(optional, default to pb) Protocol that the worker should use when connecting to master. Supported values are pb and msgpack_experimental_v7.

For more customization, you can subclass KubeLatentWorker and override following methods. All those methods can optionally return a deferred. All those methods take props object which is a L{IProperties} allowing to get some parameters from the build properties

createEnvironment(self, props)

This method compute the environment from your properties. Don’t forget to first call super().createEnvironment(props) to get the base properties necessary to connect to the master.

getBuildContainerResources(self, props)

This method compute the pod resources part of the container spec (spec.containers[].resources). This is important to reserve some CPU and memory for your builds, and to trigger node auto-scaling if needed. You can also limit the CPU and memory for your container.

Example:

def getBuildContainerResources(self, props):
    return {
        "requests": {
            "cpu": "2500m",
            "memory": "4G",
        }
    }

get_build_container_volume_mounts(self, props)

This method computes the volumeMounts part of the container spec.

Example:

def get_build_container_volume_mounts(self, props):
    return [
        {
            "name": "mount-name",
            "mountPath": "/cache",
        }
    ]

get_volumes(self, props)

This method computes the volumes part of the pod spec.

Example:

def get_volumes(self, props):
    return [
        {
            "name": "mount-name",
            "hostPath": {
                "path": "/var/log/pods",
            }
        }
    ]

get_node_selector(self, props)

This method computes the nodeSelector part of the pod spec.

Example:

def get_node_selector(self, props):
    return {
        "my-label": "my-label-value"
    }

get_affinity(self, props)

This method computes the affinity part of the pod spec.

Example:

def get_affinity(self, props):
    return {
        "nodeAffinity": {
            "requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution": {
                "nodeSelectorTerms": [
                    "matchExpressions": [
                        {
                            "key": "topology.kubernetes.io/zone",
                            "operator": "In",
                            "values": [
                                "antarctica-east1"
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                ]
            }
        }
    }

getServicesContainers(self, props)

This method compute a list of containers spec to put alongside the worker container. This is useful for starting services around your build pod, like a database container. All containers within the same pod share the same localhost interface, so you can access the other containers TCP ports very easily.

Kubernetes config loaders

Kubernetes provides many options to connect to a cluster. It is especially more complicated as some cloud providers use specific methods to connect to their managed kubernetes. Config loaders objects can be shared between LatentWorker.

There are three options you may use to connect to your clusters.

When running both the master and slaves run on the same Kubernetes cluster, you should use the KubeInClusterConfigLoader. If not, but having a configured kubectl tool available to the build master is an option for you, you should use KubeCtlProxyConfigLoader. If neither of these options is convenient, use KubeHardcodedConfig.

class buildbot.util.kubeclientservice.KubeCtlProxyConfigLoader

class buildbot.plugins.util.KubeCtlProxyConfigLoader

KubeCtlProxyConfigLoader

With KubeCtlProxyConfigLoader, buildbot will user kubectl proxy to get access to the cluster. This delegates the authentication to the kubectl golang binary, and thus avoid to implement a python version for every authentication scheme that kubernetes provides. kubectl must be available in the PATH, and configured to be able to start pods. While this method is very convenient and easy, it also opens an unauthenticated http access to your cluster via localhost. You must ensure that this is properly secured, and your buildbot master machine is not on a shared multi-user server.

proxy_port

(optional defaults to 8001) HTTP port to use.

namespace

(optional defaults to "default" default namespace to use if the latent worker do not provide one already.

class buildbot.util.kubeclientservice.KubeHardcodedConfig

class buildbot.plugins.util.KubeHardcodedConfig

KubeHardcodedConfig

With KubeHardcodedConfig, you just configure the necessary parameters to connect to the clusters.

master_url

(mandatory) The http url of you kubernetes master. Only http and https protocols are supported

headers

(optional) Additional headers to be passed to the HTTP request

basicAuth

(optional) Basic authorization info to connect to the cluster, as a {‘user’: ‘username’, ‘password’: ‘psw’ } dict.

Unlike the headers argument, this argument supports secret providers, e.g:

basicAuth={'user': 'username', 'password': Secret('k8spassword')}

bearerToken

(optional)

A bearer token to authenticate to the cluster, as a string. Unlike the headers argument, this argument supports secret providers, e.g:

bearerToken=Secret('k8s-token')

When using the Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE), a bearer token for the default service account can be had with:

gcloud container clusters get-credentials --region [YOURREGION] YOURCLUSTER
kubectl describe sa
kubectl describe secret [SECRET_ID]

Where SECRET_ID is displayed by the describe sa command line. The default service account does not have rights on the cluster (to create/delete pods), which is required by BuildBot’s integration. You may give it this right by making it a cluster admin with

kubectl create clusterrolebinding service-account-admin \
    --clusterrole=cluster-admin \
    --serviceaccount default:default

cert

(optional) Client certificate and key to use to authenticate. This only works if txrequests is installed:

cert=('/path/to/certificate.crt', '/path/to/certificate.key')

verify

(optional) Path to server certificate authenticate the server:

verify='/path/to/kube_server_certificate.crt'

When using the Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE), this certificate is available from the admin console, on the Cluster page. Verify that it is valid (i.e. no copy/paste errors) with openssl verify PATH_TO_PEM.

namespace

(optional defaults to "default" default namespace to use if the latent worker do not provide one already.

class buildbot.util.kubeclientservice.KubeInClusterConfigLoader

class buildbot.plugins.util.KubeInClusterConfigLoader

KubeInClusterConfigLoader

Use KubeInClusterConfigLoader, if your Buildbot master is itself located within the kubernetes cluster. In this case, you would associated a service account to the Buildbot master pod, and KubeInClusterConfigLoader will get the credentials from that.

This config loader takes no arguments.

UpCloud

class buildbot.worker.upcloud.UpcloudLatentWorker

UpCloud is a web service that allows you to start virtual machines in cloud. Please see their website for details, including costs.

This document will guide you through setup of a UpCloud latent worker:

Get an UpCloud Account

To start off, to use the UpCloud latent worker, you need to sign up on UpCloud.

1. Go to https://www.upcloud.com/ and create an account.

2. Once you are logged into your account, create a sub-account for buildbot to use. You need to tick the box enabling it for API usage. You should disable the box enabling web interface. You should not use your primary account for safety and security reasons.

Configure the Master with an UpcloudLatentWorker

Quick-start sample

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'].append(upcloud.UpcloudLatentWorker('upcloud-worker','pass',
    image='Debian GNU/Linux 9.3 (Stretch)',
    api_username="username",
    api_password="password",
    hostconfig = {
        "user_data":"""
/usr/bin/apt-get update
/usr/bin/apt-get install -y buildbot-slave
/usr/bin/buildslave create-slave --umask=022 /buildslave buildbot.example.com upcloud-01 slavepass
/usr/bin/buildslave start /buildslave
"""}))

Complete example with default values

from buildbot.plugins import worker
c['workers'].append(upcloud.UpcloudLatentWorker('upcloud-worker','pass',
    image='Debian GNU/Linux 9.3 (Stretch)',
    api_username="username",
    api_password="password",
    hostconfig = {
        "zone":"de-fra1",
        "plan":"1xCPU-1GB",
        "hostname":"hostname",
        "ssh_keys":["ssh-rsa ...."],
        "os_disk_size":10,
        "core_number":1,
        "memory_amount":512,
        "user_data":""
    }))

The image argument specifies the name of image in the image library. UUID is not currently supported.

The api_username and api_password are for the sub-account you created on UpCloud.

hostconfig can be used to set various aspects about the created host.

• zone is a valid execution zone in UpCloud environment, check their API documentation <https://developers.upcloud.com/> for valid values.

• plan is a valid pre-configured machine specification, or custom if you want to define your own. See their API documentation for valid values

• user_data field is used to specify startup script to run on the host.

• hostname specifies the hostname for the worker. Defaults to name of the worker.

• ssh_keys specifies ssh key(s) to add for root account. Some images support only one SSH key. At the time of writing, only RSA keys are supported.

• os_disk_size specifies size of the system disk.

• core_number can be used to specify number of cores, when plan is custom.

• memory_amount can be used to specify memory in megabytes, when plan is custom.

• user_data can be used to specify either URL to script, or script to execute when machine is started.

Note that by default buildbot retains latent workers for 10 minutes, see build_wait_time on how to change this.

Dangers with Latent Workers

Any latent worker that interacts with a for-fee service, such as the EC2LatentWorker, brings significant risks. As already identified, the configuration will need access to account information that, if obtained by a criminal, can be used to charge services to your account. Also, bugs in the Buildbot software may lead to unnecessary charges. In particular, if the master neglects to shut down an instance for some reason, a virtual machine may be running unnecessarily, charging against your account. Manual and/or automatic (e.g. Nagios with a plugin using a library like boto) double-checking may be appropriate.

A comparatively trivial note is that currently if two instances try to attach to the same latent worker, it is likely that the system will become confused. This should not occur, unless, for instance, you configure a normal worker to connect with the authentication of a latent buildbot. If this situation does occurs, stop all attached instances and restart the master.

2.5.7. Builder Configuration

The builders configuration key is a list of objects holding the configuration of the Builders. For more information on the Builders’ function in Buildbot, see the Concepts chapter. The class definition for the builder configuration is in buildbot.config. However, there is a simpler way to use it and it looks like this:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['builders'] = [
    util.BuilderConfig(name='quick', workernames=['bot1', 'bot2'], factory=f_quick),
    util.BuilderConfig(name='thorough', workername='bot1', factory=f_thorough),
]

BuilderConfig takes the following keyword arguments:

name

The name of the Builder, which is used in status reports.

workername workernames

These arguments specify the worker or workers that will be used by this Builder. All worker names must appear in the workers configuration parameter. Each worker can accommodate multiple builders. The workernames parameter can be a list of names, while workername can specify only one worker.

factory

This is a buildbot.process.factory.BuildFactory instance which controls how the build is performed by defining the steps in the build. Full details appear in their own section, Build Factories.

Other optional keys may be set on each BuilderConfig:

builddir

(string, optional).

Specifies the name of a subdirectory of the master’s basedir in which everything related to this builder will be stored. This holds build status information. If not set, this parameter defaults to the builder name, with some characters escaped. Each builder must have a unique build directory.

workerbuilddir

(string, optional).

Specifies the name of a subdirectory (under the worker’s configured base directory) in which everything related to this builder will be placed on the worker. This is where checkouts, compilations, and tests are run. If not set, defaults to builddir. If a worker is connected to multiple builders that share the same workerbuilddir, make sure the worker is set to run one build at a time or ensure this is fine to run multiple builds from the same directory simultaneously.

tags

(list of strings, optional).

Identifies tags for the builder. A common use for this is to add new builders to your setup (for a new module or a new worker) that do not work correctly yet and allow you to integrate them with the active builders. You can tag these new builders with a test tag, make your main status clients ignore them, and have only private status clients pick them up. As soon as they work, you can move them over to the active tag.

project

(string, optional).

If provided, the builder will be associated with the specific project.

nextWorker

(function, optional).

If provided, this is a function that controls which worker will be assigned future jobs. The function is passed three arguments, the Builder object which is assigning a new job, a list of WorkerForBuilder objects and the BuildRequest. The function should return one of the WorkerForBuilder objects, or None if none of the available workers should be used. As an example, for each worker in the list, worker.worker will be a Worker object, and worker.worker.workername is the worker’s name. The function can optionally return a Deferred, which should fire with the same results.

To control worker selection globally for all builders, use select_next_worker.

nextBuild

(function, optional).

If provided, this is a function that controls which build request will be handled next. The function is passed two arguments, the Builder object which is assigning a new job, and a list of BuildRequest objects of pending builds. The function should return one of the BuildRequest objects, or None if none of the pending builds should be started. This function can optionally return a Deferred which should fire with the same results.

canStartBuild

(boolean, optional).

If provided, this is a function that can veto whether a particular worker should be used for a given build request. The function is passed three arguments: the Builder, a Worker, and a BuildRequest. The function should return True if the combination is acceptable, or False otherwise. This function can optionally return a Deferred which should fire with the same results.

See canStartBuild Functions for a concrete example.

locks

(list of instances of buildbot.locks.WorkerLock or buildbot.locks.MasterLock, optional).

Specifies the locks that should be acquired before starting a Build from this Builder. Alternatively, this could be a renderable that returns this list depending on properties related to the build that is just about to be created. This lets you defer picking the locks to acquire until it is known which Worker a build would get assigned to. The properties available to the renderable include all properties that are set to the build before its first step excluding the properties that come from the build itself and the builddir property that comes from worker. The Locks will be released when the build is complete. Note that this is a list of actual Lock instances, not names. Also note that all Locks must have unique names. See Interlocks.

env

(dictionary of strings, optional).

A Builder may be given a dictionary of environment variables in this parameter. The variables are used in ShellCommand steps in builds created by this builder. The environment variables will override anything in the worker’s environment. Variables passed directly to a ShellCommand will override variables of the same name passed to the Builder.

For example, if you have a pool of identical workers it is often easier to manage variables like PATH from Buildbot rather than manually editing them in the workers’ environment.

f = factory.BuildFactory
f.addStep(ShellCommand(
              command=['bash', './configure']))
f.addStep(Compile())

c['builders'] = [
  BuilderConfig(name='test', factory=f,
        workernames=['worker1', 'worker2', 'worker3', 'worker4'],
        env={'PATH': '/opt/local/bin:/opt/app/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin'}),
]

Unlike most builder configuration arguments, this argument can contain renderables.

collapseRequests

(boolean, optional)

Specifies how build requests for this builder should be collapsed. See Collapsing Build Requests, below.

properties

(dictionary of strings, optional)

A builder may be given a dictionary of Build Properties specific for this builder in this parameter. Those values can be used later on like other properties. Interpolate.

defaultProperties

(dictionary of strings, optional)

Similar to the properties parameter. But defaultProperties will only be added to Build Properties if they are not already set by another source.

description

(string, optional).

A builder may be given an arbitrary description, which will show up in the web status on the builder’s page.

description_format

(string, optional)

The format of the description parameter. By default, it is None and corresponds to plain text format. Allowed values: None, markdown.

2.5.7.1. Collapsing Build Requests

When more than one build request is available for a builder, Buildbot can “collapse” the requests into a single build. This is desirable when build requests arrive more quickly than the available workers can satisfy them, but has the drawback that separate results for each build are not available.

Requests are only candidated for a merge if both requests have exactly the same codebases.

This behavior can be controlled globally, using the collapseRequests parameter, and on a per-Builder basis, using the collapseRequests argument to the Builder configuration. If collapseRequests is given, it completely overrides the global configuration.

Possible values for both collapseRequests configurations are:

True

Requests will be collapsed if their sourcestamp are compatible (see below for definition of compatible).

False

Requests will never be collapsed.

callable(master, builder, req1, req2)

Requests will be collapsed if the callable returns true. See Collapse Request Functions for detailed example.

Sourcestamps are compatible if all of the below conditions are met:

• Their codebase, branch, project, and repository attributes match exactly

• Neither source stamp has a patch (e.g., from a try scheduler)

• Either both source stamps are associated with changes, or neither is associated with changes but they have matching revisions.

2.5.7.2. Prioritizing Builds

The BuilderConfig parameter nextBuild can be used to prioritize build requests within a builder. Note that this is orthogonal to Prioritizing Builders, which controls the order in which builders are called on to start their builds. The details of writing such a function are in Build Priority Functions.

Such a function can be provided to the BuilderConfig as follows:

def pickNextBuild(builder, requests):
    ...
c['builders'] = [
    BuilderConfig(name='test', factory=f,
        nextBuild=pickNextBuild,
        workernames=['worker1', 'worker2', 'worker3', 'worker4']),
]

2.5.7.3. Virtual Builders

Dynamic Trigger is a method which allows to trigger the same builder, with different parameters. This method is used by frameworks which store the build config along side the source code like Buildbot_travis. The drawback of this method is that it is difficult to extract statistics for similar builds. The standard dashboards are not working well due to the fact that all the builds are on the same builder.

In order to overcome these drawbacks, Buildbot has the concept of virtual builder. If a build has the property virtual_builder_name, it will automatically attach to that builder instead of the original builder. That created virtual builder is not attached to any master and is only used for better sorting in the UI and better statistics. The original builder and worker configuration is still used for all other build behaviors.

The virtual builder metadata is configured with the following properties:

• virtual_builder_name: The name of the virtual builder.

• virtual_builder_description: The description of the virtual builder.

• virtual_builder_project: The project of the virtual builder.

• virtual_builder_tags: The tags for the virtual builder.

You can also use virtual builders with SingleBranchScheduler. For example if you want to automatically build all branches in your project without having to manually create a new builder each time one is added:

c['schedulers'].append(schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(
    name='myproject-epics',
    change_filter=util.ChangeFilter(branch_re='epics/.*'),
    builderNames=['myproject-epics'],
    properties={
        'virtual_builder_name': util.Interpolate("myproject-%(ss::branch)s")
    }
))

2.5.8. Projects

The projects configuration key is a list of objects holding the configuration of the Projects. For more information on the Project function in Buildbot, see the Concepts chapter.

Project takes the following keyword arguments:

name

The name of the Project. Builders are associated to the Project using this string as their project parameter.

The following arguments are optional:

slug

(string, optional) A short string that is used to refer to the project in the URLs of the Buildbot web UI.

description

(string, optional) A description of the project that appears in the Buildbot web UI.

description_format

(string, optional)

The format of the description parameter. By default, it is None and corresponds to plain text format. Allowed values: None, markdown.

2.5.8.1. Example

The following is a demonstration of defining several Projects in the Buildbot configuration

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['projects'] = [
    util.Project(name="example",
                 description="An application to build example widgets"),
    util.Project(name="example-utils",
                 description="Utilities for the example project"),
]

2.5.9. Build Factories

Each Builder is equipped with a build factory, which defines the steps used to perform a particular type of build. This factory is created in the configuration file, and attached to a Builder through the factory element of its dictionary.

The steps used by these builds are defined in the next section, Build Steps.

Note

Build factories are used with builders, and are not added directly to the buildmaster configuration dictionary.

2.5.9.1. Defining a Build Factory

A BuildFactory defines the steps that every build will follow. Think of it as a glorified script. For example, a build factory which consists of an SVN checkout followed by a make build would be configured as follows:

from buildbot.plugins import util, steps

f = util.BuildFactory()
f.addStep(steps.SVN(repourl="http://..", mode="incremental"))
f.addStep(steps.Compile(command=["make", "build"]))

This factory would then be attached to one builder (or several, if desired):

c['builders'].append(
    BuilderConfig(name='quick', workernames=['bot1', 'bot2'], factory=f))

It is also possible to pass a list of steps into the BuildFactory when it is created. Using addStep is usually simpler, but there are cases where it is more convenient to create the list of steps ahead of time, perhaps using some Python tricks to generate the steps.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

all_steps = [
    steps.CVS(cvsroot=CVSROOT, cvsmodule="project", mode="update"),
    steps.Compile(command=["make", "build"]),
]
f = util.BuildFactory(all_steps)

Finally, you can also add a sequence of steps all at once:

f.addSteps(all_steps)

Attributes

The following attributes can be set on a build factory after it is created, e.g.,

f = util.BuildFactory()
f.useProgress = False

useProgress

(defaults to True): if True, the buildmaster keeps track of how long each step takes, so it can provide estimates of how long future builds will take. If builds are not expected to take a consistent amount of time (such as incremental builds in which a random set of files are recompiled or tested each time), this should be set to False to inhibit progress-tracking.

workdir

(defaults to ‘build’): workdir given to every build step created by this factory as default. The workdir can be overridden in a build step definition.

If this attribute is set to a string, that string will be used for constructing the workdir (worker base + builder builddir + workdir). The attribute can also be a Python callable, for more complex cases, as described in Factory Workdir Functions.

2.5.9.2. Dynamic Build Factories

In some cases you may not know what commands to run until after you checkout the source tree. For those cases, you can dynamically add steps during a build from other steps.

The Build object provides 2 functions to do this:

addStepsAfterCurrentStep(self, step_factories)

This adds the steps after the step that is currently executing.

addStepsAfterLastStep(self, step_factories)

This adds the steps onto the end of the build.

Both functions only accept as an argument a list of steps to add to the build.

For example, let’s say you have a script checked in into your source tree called build.sh. When this script is called with the argument --list-stages it outputs a newline separated list of stage names. This can be used to generate at runtime a step for each stage in the build. Each stage is then run in this example using ./build.sh --run-stage <stage name>.

from buildbot.plugins import util, steps
from buildbot.process import buildstep, logobserver
from twisted.internet import defer

class GenerateStagesCommand(buildstep.ShellMixin, steps.BuildStep):

    def __init__(self, **kwargs):
        kwargs = self.setupShellMixin(kwargs)
        super().__init__(**kwargs)
        self.observer = logobserver.BufferLogObserver()
        self.addLogObserver('stdio', self.observer)

    def extract_stages(self, stdout):
        stages = []
        for line in stdout.split('\n'):
            stage = str(line.strip())
            if stage:
                stages.append(stage)
        return stages

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def run(self):
        # run './build.sh --list-stages' to generate the list of stages
        cmd = yield self.makeRemoteShellCommand()
        yield self.runCommand(cmd)

        # if the command passes extract the list of stages
        result = cmd.results()
        if result == util.SUCCESS:
            # create a ShellCommand for each stage and add them to the build
            self.build.addStepsAfterCurrentStep([
                steps.ShellCommand(name=stage, command=["./build.sh", "--run-stage", stage])
                for stage in self.extract_stages(self.observer.getStdout())
            ])

        return result

f = util.BuildFactory()
f.addStep(steps.Git(repourl=repourl))
f.addStep(GenerateStagesCommand(
    name="Generate build stages",
    command=["./build.sh", "--list-stages"],
    haltOnFailure=True))

2.5.9.3. Predefined Build Factories

Buildbot includes a few predefined build factories that perform common build sequences. In practice, these are rarely used, as every site has slightly different requirements, but the source for these factories may provide examples for implementation of those requirements.

GNUAutoconf

class buildbot.process.factory.GNUAutoconf

GNU Autoconf is a software portability tool, intended to make it possible to write programs in C (and other languages) which will run on a variety of UNIX-like systems. Most GNU software is built using autoconf. It is frequently used in combination with GNU automake. These tools both encourage a build process which usually looks like this:

% CONFIG_ENV=foo ./configure --with-flags
% make all
% make check
# make install

(except, of course, from Buildbot, which always skips the make install part).

The Buildbot’s buildbot.process.factory.GNUAutoconf factory is designed to build projects which use GNU autoconf and/or automake. The configuration environment variables, the configure flags, and command lines used for the compile and test are all configurable, in general the default values will be suitable.

Example:

f = util.GNUAutoconf(source=source.SVN(repourl=URL, mode="copy"),
                     flags=["--disable-nls"])

Required Arguments:

source

This argument must be a step specification tuple that provides a BuildStep to generate the source tree.

Optional Arguments:

configure

The command used to configure the tree. Defaults to ./configure. Accepts either a string or a list of shell argv elements.

configureEnv

The environment used for the initial configuration step. This accepts a dictionary which will be merged into the worker’s normal environment. This is commonly used to provide things like CFLAGS="-O2 -g" (to turn off debug symbols during the compile). Defaults to an empty dictionary.

configureFlags

A list of flags to be appended to the argument list of the configure command. This is commonly used to enable or disable specific features of the autoconf-controlled package, like ["--without-x"] to disable windowing support. Defaults to an empty list.

reconf

use autoreconf to generate the ./configure file, set to True to use a buildbot default autoreconf command, or define the command for the ShellCommand.

compile

this is a shell command or list of argv values which is used to actually compile the tree. It defaults to make all. If set to None, the compile step is skipped.

test

this is a shell command or list of argv values which is used to run the tree’s self-tests. It defaults to make check. If set to None, the test step is skipped.

distcheck

this is a shell command or list of argv values which is used to run the packaging test. It defaults to make distcheck. If set to None, the test step is skipped.

BasicBuildFactory

class buildbot.process.factory.BasicBuildFactory

This is a subclass of GNUAutoconf which assumes the source is in CVS, and uses mode='full' and method='clobber' to always build from a clean working copy.

QuickBuildFactory

class buildbot.process.factory.QuickBuildFactory

The QuickBuildFactory class is a subclass of GNUAutoconf which assumes the source is in CVS, and uses mode='incremental' to get incremental updates.

The difference between a full build and a quick build is that quick builds are generally done incrementally, starting with the tree where the previous build was performed. That simply means that the source-checkout step should be given a mode='incremental' flag, to do the source update in-place.

In addition to that, this class sets the useProgress flag to False. Incremental builds will (or at least the ought to) compile as few files as necessary, so they will take an unpredictable amount of time to run. Therefore it would be misleading to claim to predict how long the build will take.

This class is probably not of use to new projects.

BasicSVN

class buildbot.process.factory.BasicSVN

This class is similar to QuickBuildFactory, but uses SVN instead of CVS.

CPAN

class buildbot.process.factory.CPAN

Most Perl modules available from the CPAN archive use the MakeMaker module to provide configuration, build, and test services. The standard build routine for these modules looks like:

% perl Makefile.PL
% make
% make test
# make install

(except again Buildbot skips the install step)

Buildbot provides a CPAN factory to compile and test these projects.

Arguments:

source

(required): A step specification tuple, like that used by GNUAutoconf.

perl

A string which specifies the perl executable to use. Defaults to just perl.

Distutils

Deprecated since version 4.0.

class buildbot.process.factory.Distutils

Most Python modules use the distutils package to provide configuration and build services. The standard build process looks like:

% python ./setup.py build
% python ./setup.py install

Unfortunately, although Python provides a standard unit-test framework named unittest, to the best of my knowledge, distutils does not provide a standardized target to run such unit tests. (Please let me know if I’m wrong, and I will update this factory.)

The Distutils factory provides support for running the build part of this process. It accepts the same source= parameter as the other build factories.

Arguments:

source

(required): A step specification tuple, like that used by GNUAutoconf.

python

A string which specifies the python executable to use. Defaults to just python.

test

Provides a shell command which runs unit tests. This accepts either a string or a list. The default value is None, which disables the test step (since there is no common default command to run unit tests in distutils modules).

Trial

class buildbot.process.factory.Trial

Twisted provides a unit test tool named trial which provides a few improvements over Python’s built-in unittest module. Many Python projects which use Twisted for their networking or application services also use trial for their unit tests. These modules are usually built and tested with something like the following:

% python ./setup.py build
% PYTHONPATH=build/lib.linux-i686-2.3 trial -v PROJECTNAME.test
% python ./setup.py install

Unfortunately, the build/lib directory into which the built/copied .py files are placed is actually architecture-dependent, and I do not yet know of a simple way to calculate its value. For many projects it is sufficient to import their libraries in place from the tree’s base directory (PYTHONPATH=.).

In addition, the PROJECTNAME value where the test files are located is project-dependent: it is usually just the project’s top-level library directory, as common practice suggests the unit test files are put in the test sub-module. This value cannot be guessed, the Trial class must be told where to find the test files.

The Trial class provides support for building and testing projects which use distutils and trial. If the test module name is specified, trial will be invoked. The library path used for testing can also be set.

One advantage of trial is that the Buildbot happens to know how to parse trial output, letting it identify which tests passed and which ones failed. The Buildbot can then provide fine-grained reports about how many tests have failed, when individual tests fail when they had been passing previously, etc.

Another feature of trial is that you can give it a series of source .py files, and it will search them for special test-case-name tags that indicate which test cases provide coverage for that file. Trial can then run just the appropriate tests. This is useful for quick builds, where you want to only run the test cases that cover the changed functionality.

Arguments:

testpath

Provides a directory to add to PYTHONPATH when running the unit tests, if tests are being run. Defaults to . to include the project files in-place. The generated build library is frequently architecture-dependent, but may simply be build/lib for pure-Python modules.

python

Which Python executable to use. This list will form the start of the argv array that will launch trial. If you use this, you should set trial to an explicit path (like /usr/bin/trial or ./bin/trial). The parameter defaults to None, which leaves it out entirely (running trial args instead of python ./bin/trial args). Likely values are ['python'], ['python2.2'], or ['python', '-Wall'].

trial

Provides the name of the trial command. It is occasionally useful to use an alternate executable, such as trial2.2 which might run the tests under an older version of Python. Defaults to trial.

trialMode

A list of arguments to pass to trial, specifically to set the reporting mode. This defaults to ['--reporter=bwverbose'], which only works for Twisted-2.1.0 and later.

trialArgs

A list of arguments to pass to trial, available to turn on any extra flags you like. Defaults to [].

tests

Provides a module name or names which contain the unit tests for this project. Accepts a string, typically PROJECTNAME.test, or a list of strings. Defaults to None, indicating that no tests should be run. You must either set this or testChanges.

testChanges

If True, ignore the tests parameter and instead ask the Build for all the files that make up the Changes going into this build. Pass these filenames to trial and ask it to look for test-case-name tags, running just the tests necessary to cover the changes.

recurse

If True, tells Trial (with the --recurse argument) to look in all subdirectories for additional test cases.

reactor

which reactor to use, like ‘gtk’ or ‘java’. If not provided, the Twisted’s usual platform-dependent default is used.

randomly

If True, tells Trial (with the --random=0 argument) to run the test cases in random order, which sometimes catches subtle inter-test dependency bugs. Defaults to False.

The step can also take any of the ShellCommand arguments, e.g., haltOnFailure.

Unless one of tests or testChanges are set, the step will generate an exception.

2.5.10. Build Sets

A BuildSet represents a set of Builds that all compile and/or test the same version of the source tree. Usually, these builds are created by multiple Builders and will thus execute different steps.

The BuildSet is tracked as a single unit, which fails if any of the component Builds have failed, and therefore can succeed only if all of the component Builds have succeeded. There are two kinds of status notification messages that can be emitted for a BuildSet: the firstFailure type (which fires as soon as we know the BuildSet will fail), and the Finished type (which fires once the BuildSet has completely finished, regardless of whether the overall set passed or failed).

A BuildSet is created with a set of one or more source stamp tuples of (branch, revision, changes, patch), some of which may be None, and a list of Builders on which it is to be run. They are then given to the BuildMaster, which is responsible for creating a separate BuildRequest for each Builder.

There are a couple of different likely values for the SourceStamp:

(revision=None, changes=CHANGES, patch=None)

This is a SourceStamp used when a series of Changes have triggered a build. The VC step will attempt to check out a tree that contains CHANGES (and any changes that occurred before CHANGES, but not any that occurred after them.)

(revision=None, changes=None, patch=None)

This builds the most recent code on the default branch. This is the sort of SourceStamp that would be used on a Build that was triggered by a user request, or a Periodic scheduler. It is also possible to configure the VC Source Step to always check out the latest sources rather than paying attention to the Changes in the SourceStamp, which will result in the same behavior as this.

(branch=BRANCH, revision=None, changes=None, patch=None)

This builds the most recent code on the given BRANCH. Again, this is generally triggered by a user request or a Periodic scheduler.

(revision=REV, changes=None, patch=(LEVEL, DIFF, SUBDIR_ROOT))

This checks out the tree at the given revision REV, then applies a patch (using patch -pLEVEL <DIFF) from inside the relative directory SUBDIR_ROOT. Item SUBDIR_ROOT is optional and defaults to the builder working directory. The try command creates this kind of SourceStamp. If patch is None, the patching step is bypassed.

The buildmaster is responsible for turning the BuildSet into a set of BuildRequest objects and queueing them on the appropriate Builders.

2.5.11. Properties

Build properties are a generalized way to provide configuration information to build steps; see Build Properties for the conceptual overview of properties.

Some build properties come from external sources and are set before the build begins; others are set during the build and are available for later steps. The sources for properties are:

global configuration

These properties apply to all builds.

schedulers

A scheduler can specify properties that become available to all builds it starts.

changes

A change can have properties attached to it, supplying extra information gathered by the change source. This is most commonly used with the sendchange command.

forced builds

The “Force Build” form allows users to specify properties

workers

A worker can pass properties on to the builds it performs.

builds

A build automatically sets a number of properties on itself.

builders

A builder can set properties on all the builds it runs.

steps

The steps of a build can set properties that are available to subsequent steps. In particular, source steps set the got_revision property.

If the same property is supplied in multiple places, the final appearance takes precedence. For example, a property set in a builder configuration will override the one supplied by the scheduler.

Properties are stored internally in JSON format, so they are limited to basic types of data: numbers, strings, lists, and dictionaries.

2.5.11.1. Common Build Properties

The following build properties are set when the build is started, and are available to all steps.

got_revision

This property is set when a Source step checks out the source tree, and provides the revision that was actually obtained from the VC system. In general this should be the same as revision, except for non-absolute sourcestamps, where got_revision indicates what revision was current when the checkout was performed. This can be used to rebuild the same source code later.

Note

For some VC systems (Darcs in particular), the revision is a large string containing newlines, and is not suitable for interpolation into a filename.

For multi-codebase builds (where codebase is not the default ‘’), this property is a dictionary, keyed by codebase.

buildername

This is a string that indicates which Builder the build was a part of. The combination of buildername and buildnumber uniquely identify a build.

builderid

This is a number that indicates which Builder the build was a part of.

buildnumber

Each build gets a number, scoped to the Builder (so the first build performed on any given Builder will have a build number of 0). This integer property contains the build’s number.

workername

This is a string which identifies which worker the build is running on.

scheduler

If the build was started from a scheduler, then this property will contain the name of that scheduler.

builddir

The absolute path of the base working directory on the worker of the current builder.

For single codebase builds, where the codebase is ‘’, the following Source Stamp Attributes are also available as properties: branch, revision, repository, and project .

2.5.11.2. Source Stamp Attributes

branch revision repository project codebase

For details of these attributes see Concepts.

changes

This attribute is a list of dictionaries representing the changes that make up this sourcestamp.

2.5.11.3. Using Properties in Steps

For the most part, properties are used to alter the behavior of build steps during a build. This is done by using renderables (objects implementing the IRenderable interface) as step parameters. When the step is started, each such object is rendered using the current values of the build properties, and the resultant rendering is substituted as the actual value of the step parameter.

Buildbot offers several renderable object types covering common cases. It’s also possible to create custom renderables.

Note

Properties are defined while a build is in progress; their values are not available when the configuration file is parsed. This can sometimes confuse newcomers to Buildbot! In particular, the following is a common error:

if Property('release_train') == 'alpha':
    f.addStep(...)

This does not work because the value of the property is not available when the if statement is executed. However, Python will not detect this as an error - you will just never see the step added to the factory.

You can use renderables in most step parameters. Please file bugs for any parameters which do not accept renderables.

Property

The simplest renderable is Property, which renders to the value of the property named by its argument:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=['echo', 'buildername:',
                             util.Property('buildername')]))

You can specify a default value by passing a default keyword argument:

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=['echo', 'warnings:',
                             util.Property('warnings', default='none')]))

The default value is used when the property doesn’t exist, or when the value is something Python regards as False. The defaultWhenFalse argument can be set to False to force Buildbot to use the default argument only if the parameter is not set:

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=['echo', 'warnings:',
                             util.Property('warnings', default='none',
                                           defaultWhenFalse=False)]))

The default value can be a renderable itself, e.g.,

command=util.Property('command', default=util.Property('default-command'))

Interpolate

Property can only be used to replace an entire argument: in the example above, it replaces an argument to echo. Often, properties need to be interpolated into strings, instead. The tool for that job is Interpolate.

The more common pattern is to use Python dictionary-style string interpolation by using the %(prop:<propname>)s syntax. In this form, the property name goes in the parentheses, as above. A common mistake is to omit the trailing “s”, leading to a rather obscure error from Python (“ValueError: unsupported format character”).

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=['make',
            util.Interpolate('REVISION=%(prop:got_revision)s'),
            'dist']))

This example will result in a make command with an argument like REVISION=12098.

The syntax of dictionary-style interpolation is a selector, followed by a colon, followed by a selector specific key, optionally followed by a colon and a string indicating how to interpret the value produced by the key.

The following selectors are supported.

prop

The key is the name of a property.

src

The key is a codebase and source stamp attribute, separated by a colon. Note, the syntax is %(src:<codebase>:<ssattr>)s, which differs from other selectors.

kw

The key refers to a keyword argument passed to Interpolate. Those keyword arguments may be ordinary values or renderables.

secret

The key refers to a secret provided by a provider declared in secretsProviders .

worker

The key refers to an info item provided by workers.

The following ways of interpreting the value are available.

-replacement

If the key exists, substitute its value; otherwise, substitute replacement. replacement may be empty (default), %(prop:propname:-)s.

~replacement

Like -replacement, but only substitutes the value of the key if it is something Python regards as True. Python considers None, 0, empty lists, and the empty string to be false, so such values will be replaced by replacement.

+replacement

If the key exists, substitute replacement; otherwise, substitute an empty string.

?|sub_if_exists|sub_if_missing

#?|sub_if_true|sub_if_false

Ternary substitution, depending on either the key being present (with ?, similar to +) or being True (with #?, like ~). Notice that there is a pipe immediately following the question mark and between the two substitution alternatives. The character that follows the question mark is used as the delimiter between the two alternatives. In the above examples, it is a pipe, but any character other than ( can be used.

Note

Although these are similar to shell substitutions, no other substitutions are currently supported.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=[
        'save-build-artifacts-script.sh',
        util.Interpolate('-r %(prop:repository)s'),
        util.Interpolate('-b %(src::branch)s'),
        util.Interpolate('-d %(kw:data)s', data="some extra needed data")
    ]))

Note

We use %(src::branch)s in most examples, because codebase is empty by default.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=[
        'make',
        util.Interpolate('REVISION=%(prop:got_revision:-%(src::revision:-unknown)s)s'),
        'dist'
    ]))

In addition, Interpolate supports using positional string interpolation. Here, %s is used as a placeholder, and the substitutions (which may be renderables) are given as subsequent arguments:

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=[
        'echo',
        util.Interpolate('%d warnings and %d errors',
                         util.Property('warnings'),
                         util.Property('errors'))
    ]))

Note

Like Python, you can use either positional interpolation or dictionary-style interpolation, but not both. Thus you cannot use a string like Interpolate("foo-%(src::revision)s-%s", "branch").

Renderer

While Interpolate can handle many simple cases, and even some common conditionals, more complex cases are best handled with Python code. The renderer decorator creates a renderable object whose rendering is obtained by calling the decorated function when the step to which it’s passed begins. The function receives an IProperties object, which it can use to examine the values of any and all properties. For example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

@util.renderer
def makeCommand(props):
    command = ['make']
    cpus = props.getProperty('CPUs')
    if cpus:
        command.extend(['-j', str(cpus+1)])
    else:
        command.extend(['-j', '2'])
    command.extend([util.Interpolate('%(prop:MAKETARGET)s')])
    return command

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=makeCommand))

You can think of renderer as saying “call this function when the step starts”.

Note

Since 0.9.3, renderer can itself return IRenderable objects or containers containing IRenderable.

Optionally, extra arguments may be passed to the rendered function at any time by calling withArgs on the renderable object. The withArgs method accepts *args and **kwargs arguments which are stored in a new renderable object which is returned. The original renderable object is not modified. Multiple withArgs calls may be chained. The passed *args and **kwargs parameters are rendered and the results are passed to the rendered function at the time it is itself rendered. For example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

@util.renderer
def makeCommand(props, target):
    command = ['make']
    cpus = props.getProperty('CPUs')
    if cpus:
        command.extend(['-j', str(cpus+1)])
    else:
        command.extend(['-j', '2'])
    command.extend([target])
    return command

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=makeCommand.withArgs('mytarget')))

Note

The rendering of the renderable object may happen at unexpected times, so it is best to ensure that the passed extra arguments are not changed.

Note

Config errors with Renderables may not always be caught via checkconfig.

Transform

Transform is an alternative to renderer. While renderer is useful for creating new renderables, Transform is easier to use when you want to transform or combine the renderings of preexisting renderables.

Transform takes a function and any number of positional and keyword arguments. The function must either be a callable object or a renderable producing one. When rendered, a Transform first replaces all of its arguments that are renderables with their renderings, then calls the function, passing it the positional and keyword arguments, and returns the result as its own rendering.

For example, suppose my_path is a path on the worker, and you want to get it relative to the build directory. You can do it like this:

import os.path
from buildbot.plugins import util

my_path_rel = util.Transform(os.path.relpath, my_path, start=util.Property('builddir'))

This works whether my_path is an ordinary string or a renderable. my_path_rel will be a renderable in either case, however.

FlattenList

If a nested list should be flattened for some renderables, FlattenList can be used. For example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=[ 'make' ],
    descriptionDone=util.FlattenList([ 'make ', [ 'done' ]])
))

descriptionDone will be set to [ 'make', 'done' ] when the ShellCommand executes. This is useful when a list-returning property is used in renderables.

Note

ShellCommand automatically flattens nested lists in its command argument, so there is no need to use FlattenList for it.

WithProperties

Warning

This class is deprecated. It is an older version of Interpolate. It exists for compatibility with older configs.

The simplest use of this class is with positional string interpolation. Here, %s is used as a placeholder, and property names are given as subsequent arguments:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=["tar", "czf",
            util.WithProperties("build-%s-%s.tar.gz", "branch", "revision"),
            "source"]))

If this BuildStep were used in a tree obtained from Git, it would create a tarball with a name like build-master-a7d3a333db708e786edb34b6af646edd8d4d3ad9.tar.gz.

The more common pattern is to use Python dictionary-style string interpolation by using the %(propname)s syntax. In this form, the property name goes in the parentheses, as above. A common mistake is to omit the trailing “s”, leading to a rather obscure error from Python (“ValueError: unsupported format character”).

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
    command=['make',
            util.WithProperties('REVISION=%(got_revision)s'),
            'dist']))

This example will result in a make command with an argument like REVISION=12098.

The dictionary-style interpolation supports a number of more advanced syntaxes in the parentheses.

propname:-replacement

If propname exists, substitute its value; otherwise, substitute replacement. replacement may be empty (%(propname:-)s)

propname:~replacement

Like propname:-replacement, but only substitutes the value of property propname if it is something Python regards as True. Python considers None, 0, empty lists, and the empty string to be false, so such values will be replaced by replacement.

propname:+replacement

If propname exists, substitute replacement; otherwise, substitute an empty string.

Although these are similar to shell substitutions, no other substitutions are currently supported, and replacement in the above cannot contain more substitutions.

Note: like Python, you can use either positional interpolation or dictionary-style interpolation, not both. Thus you cannot use a string like WithProperties("foo-%(revision)s-%s", "branch").

Custom Renderables

If the options described above are not sufficient, more complex substitutions can be achieved by writing custom renderables.

The IRenderable interface is simple - objects must provide a getRenderingFor method. The method should take one argument - an IProperties provider - and should return the rendered value or a deferred firing with one. You can pass instances of the class anywhere other renderables are accepted. For example:

import time
from buildbot.interfaces import IRenderable
from zope.interface import implementer

@implementer(IRenderable)
class DetermineFoo(object):
    def getRenderingFor(self, props):
        if props.hasProperty('bar'):
            return props['bar']
        elif props.hasProperty('baz'):
            return props['baz']
        return 'qux'
ShellCommand(command=['echo', DetermineFoo()])

or, more practically,

from buildbot.interfaces import IRenderable
from zope.interface import implementer
from buildbot.plugins import util

@implementer(IRenderable)
class Now(object):
    def getRenderingFor(self, props):
        return time.clock()
ShellCommand(command=['make', util.Interpolate('TIME=%(kw:now)s', now=Now())])

This is equivalent to:

from buildbot.plugins import util

@util.renderer
def now(props):
    return time.clock()
ShellCommand(command=['make', util.Interpolate('TIME=%(kw:now)s', now=now)])

Note that a custom renderable must be instantiated (and its constructor can take whatever arguments you like), whereas a function decorated with renderer can be used directly.

URL for build

Its common to need to use the URL for the build in a step. For this, you can use a special custom renderer as following:

from buildbot.plugins import *

ShellCommand(command=['make', util.Interpolate('BUILDURL=%(kw:url)s', url=util.URLForBuild)])

Renderable Comparison

Its common to need to make basic comparison or calculation with properties. The Property and Interpolate objects contain necessary operator overloads to make this possible.

from buildbot.plugins import *

ShellCommand(command=['make'], doStepIf=Interpolate("worker:os_id")  == 'ubuntu')

In previous code, the value of the comparison can only be computed at runtime, so the result of the comparison is actually a renderable which will be computed at the start of the step.

from buildbot.plugins import *

ShellCommand(command=['make'], doStepIf=Interpolate("worker:os_id").in_(['debian', 'ubuntu']))

‘in’ operator cannot be overloaded, so we add a simple in_ method to Property and Interpolate.

Currently supported operators are in_, ==, !=, <, <=, >, >=, +, -, *, /, //, %.

2.5.12. Build Steps

2.5.12.1. Parameters Common to all Steps

All BuildSteps accept some common parameters. Some of these control how their individual status affects the overall build. Others are used to specify which Locks (see Interlocks) should be acquired before allowing the step to run.

Note that it is not possible to change the configuration of the BuildStep by adjusting its attributes after construction. Use set_step_arg(name, value) function for that.

Arguments common to all BuildStep subclasses:

name

The name used to describe the step on the status display. Since 0.9.8, this argument might be renderable.

haltOnFailure

If True, a FAILURE of this build step will cause the build to halt immediately. Any steps with alwaysRun=True will still be run. Generally speaking, haltOnFailure implies flunkOnFailure (the default for most BuildSteps). In some cases, particularly with a series of tests, it makes sense to haltOnFailure if something fails early on but not flunkOnFailure. This can be achieved with haltOnFailure=True, flunkOnFailure=False.

flunkOnWarnings

When True, a WARNINGS or FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as FAILURE. The remaining steps will still be executed.

flunkOnFailure

When True, a FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as a FAILURE. The remaining steps will still be executed.

warnOnWarnings

When True, a WARNINGS or FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as having WARNINGS. The remaining steps will still be executed.

warnOnFailure

When True, a FAILURE of this build step will mark the overall build as having WARNINGS. The remaining steps will still be executed.

alwaysRun

If True, this build step will always be run, even if a previous buildstep with haltOnFailure=True has failed.

description

This will be used to describe the command (on the Waterfall display) while the command is still running. It should be a single imperfect-tense verb, like compiling or testing. The preferred form is a single, short string, but for historical reasons a list of strings is also acceptable.

descriptionDone

This will be used to describe the command once it has finished. A simple noun like compile or tests should be used. Like description, this may either be a string or a list of short strings.

If neither description nor descriptionDone are set, the actual command arguments will be used to construct the description. This may be a bit too wide to fit comfortably on the Waterfall display.

All subclasses of BuildStep will contain the description attributes. Consequently, you could add a ShellCommand step like so:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                             description="testing",
                             descriptionDone="tests"))

descriptionSuffix

This is an optional suffix appended to the end of the description (ie, after description and descriptionDone). This can be used to distinguish between build steps that would display the same descriptions in the waterfall. This parameter may be a string, a list of short strings or None.

For example, a builder might use the Compile step to build two different codebases. The descriptionSuffix could be set to projectFoo and projectBar, respectively for each step, which will result in the full descriptions compiling projectFoo and compiling projectBar to be shown in the waterfall.

doStepIf

A step can be configured to only run under certain conditions. To do this, set the step’s doStepIf to a boolean value, or to a function that returns a boolean value or Deferred. If the value or function result is false, then the step will return SKIPPED without doing anything. Otherwise, the step will be executed normally. If you set doStepIf to a function, that function should accept one parameter, which will be the BuildStep object itself.

hideStepIf

A step can be optionally hidden from the waterfall and build details web pages. To do this, set the step’s hideStepIf to a boolean value, or a function that takes two parameters (the results and the BuildStep) and returns a boolean value. Steps are always shown while they execute; however, after the step has finished, this parameter is evaluated (if it’s a function), and if the value is true, the step is hidden. For example, in order to hide the step if the step has been skipped:

factory.addStep(Foo(..., hideStepIf=lambda results, s: results==SKIPPED))

locks

A list of Locks (instances of buildbot.locks.WorkerLock or buildbot.locks.MasterLock) that should be acquired before starting this BuildStep. Alternatively, this could be a renderable that returns this list during build execution. This lets you defer picking the locks to acquire until the build step is about to start running. The Locks will be released when the step is complete. Note that this is a list of actual Lock instances, not names. Also note that all Locks must have unique names. See Interlocks.

logEncoding

The character encoding to use to decode logs produced during the execution of this step. This overrides the default logEncoding; see Log Handling.

updateBuildSummaryPolicy

The policy to use to propagate the step summary to the build summary. If False, the build summary will never include the step summary. If True, the build summary will always include the step summary. If set to a list (e.g. [FAILURE, EXCEPTION]), the step summary will be propagated if the step results id is present in that list. If not set or None, the default is computed according to other BuildStep parameters using following algorithm:

self.updateBuildSummaryPolicy = [EXCEPTION, RETRY, CANCELLED]
if self.flunkOnFailure or self.haltOnFailure or self.warnOnFailure:
    self.updateBuildSummaryPolicy.append(FAILURE)
if self.warnOnWarnings or self.flunkOnWarnings:
    self.updateBuildSummaryPolicy.append(WARNINGS)

Note that in a custom step, if BuildStep.getResultSummary is overridden and sets the build summary, updateBuildSummaryPolicy is ignored and the build summary will be used regardless.

2.5.12.2. Common Parameters of source checkout operations

All source checkout steps accept some common parameters to control how they get the sources and where they should be placed. The remaining per-VC-system parameters are mostly to specify where exactly the sources are coming from.

mode method

These two parameters specify the means by which the source is checked out. mode specifies the type of checkout and method tells about the way to implement it.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory = BuildFactory()
factory.addStep(steps.Mercurial(repourl='path/to/repo', mode='full',
                                method='fresh'))

The mode parameter a string describing the kind of VC operation that is desired (defaults to incremental). The options are:

incremental

Update the source to the desired revision, but do not remove any other files generated by previous builds. This allows compilers to take advantage of object files from previous builds. This mode is exactly same as the old update mode.

full

Update the source, but delete remnants of previous builds. Build steps that follow will need to regenerate all object files.

Methods are specific to the VC system in question, as they may take advantage of special behaviors in that VC system that can make checkouts more efficient or reliable.

workdir

Like all Steps, this indicates the directory where the build will take place. Source Steps are special in that they perform some operations outside of the workdir (like creating the workdir itself).

alwaysUseLatest

If True, bypass the usual behavior of checking out the revision in the source stamp, and always update to the latest revision in the repository instead. If the specific VC system supports branches and a specific branch is specified in the step parameters via branch or defaultBranch, then the latest revision on that branch is checked out.

retry

If set, this specifies a tuple of (delay, repeats) which means that when a full VC checkout fails, it should be retried up to repeats times, waiting delay seconds between the attempts. If you don’t provide this, it defaults to None, which means VC operations should not be retried. This is provided to make life easier for workers which are stuck behind poor network connections.

repository

The name of this parameter might vary depending on the Source step you are running. The concept explained here is common to all steps and applies to repourl as well as for baseURL (when applicable).

A common idiom is to pass Property('repository', 'url://default/repo/path') as repository. This grabs the repository from the source stamp of the build. This can be a security issue, if you allow force builds from the web, or have the WebStatus change hooks enabled; as the worker will download code from an arbitrary repository.

codebase

This specifies which codebase the source step should use to select the right source stamp. The default codebase value is ''. The codebase must correspond to a codebase assigned by the codebaseGenerator. If there is no codebaseGenerator defined in the master, then codebase doesn’t need to be set; the default value will match all changes.

timeout

Specifies the timeout for worker-side operations, in seconds. If your repositories are particularly large, then you may need to increase this value from the default of 1200 (20 minutes).

logEnviron

If this option is true (the default), then the step’s logfile will describe the environment variables on the worker. In situations where the environment is not relevant and is long, it may be easier to set logEnviron=False.

env

A dictionary of environment strings which will be added to the child command’s environment. The usual property interpolations can be used in environment variable names and values - see Properties.

2.5.12.3. Bzr

class buildbot.steps.source.bzr.Bzr

bzr is a descendant of Arch/Baz, and is frequently referred to as simply Bazaar. The repository-vs-workspace model is similar to Darcs, but it uses a strictly linear sequence of revisions (one history per branch) like Arch. Branches are put in subdirectories. This makes it look very much like Mercurial.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.Bzr(mode='incremental',
                          repourl='lp:~knielsen/maria/tmp-buildbot-test'))

The step takes the following arguments:

repourl

(required unless baseURL is provided): the URL at which the Bzr source repository is available.

baseURL

(required unless repourl is provided): the base repository URL, to which a branch name will be appended. It should probably end in a slash.

defaultBranch

(allowed if and only if baseURL is provided): this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. This will be appended to baseURL to create the string that will be passed to the bzr checkout command. If alwaysUseLatest is True then the branch and revision information that comes with the Build is ignored and branch specified in this parameter is used.

mode method

No method is needed for incremental mode. For full mode, method can take the values shown below. If no value is given, it defaults to fresh.

clobber

This specifies to remove the workdir and make a full checkout.

fresh

This method first runs bzr clean-tree to remove all the unversioned files then update the repo. This remove all unversioned files including those in .bzrignore.

clean

This is same as fresh except that it doesn’t remove the files mentioned in .bzrginore i.e, by running bzr clean-tree --ignore.

copy

A local bzr repository is maintained and the repo is copied to build directory for each build. Before each build the local bzr repo is updated then copied to build for next steps.

2.5.12.4. CVS

class buildbot.steps.source.cvs.CVS

The CVS build step performs a CVS checkout or update.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.CVS(mode='incremental',
                cvsroot=':pserver:me@cvs.example.net:/cvsroot/myproj',
                cvsmodule='buildbot'))

This step takes the following arguments:

cvsroot

(required): specify the CVSROOT value, which points to a CVS repository, probably on a remote machine. For example, if Buildbot was hosted in CVS then the CVSROOT value you would use to get a copy of the Buildbot source code might be :pserver:anonymous@cvs.example.net:/cvsroot/buildbot.

cvsmodule

(required): specify the cvs module, which is generally a subdirectory of the CVSROOT. The cvsmodule for the Buildbot source code is buildbot.

branch

a string which will be used in a -r argument. This is most useful for specifying a branch to work on. Defaults to HEAD. If alwaysUseLatest is True then the branch and revision information that comes with the Build is ignored and branch specified in this parameter is used.

global_options

a list of flags to be put before the argument checkout in the CVS command.

extra_options

a list of flags to be put after the checkout in the CVS command.

mode method

No method is needed for incremental mode. For full mode, method can take the values shown below. If no value is given, it defaults to fresh.

clobber

This specifies to remove the workdir and make a full checkout.

fresh

This method first runs cvsdisard in the build directory, then updates it. This requires cvsdiscard which is a part of the cvsutil package.

clean

This method is the same as method='fresh', but it runs cvsdiscard --ignore instead of cvsdiscard.

copy

This maintains a source directory for source, which it updates copies to the build directory. This allows Buildbot to start with a fresh directory, without downloading the entire repository on every build.

login

Password to use while performing login to the remote CVS server. Default is None meaning that no login needs to be performed.

2.5.12.5. Darcs

class buildbot.steps.source.darcs.Darcs

The Darcs build step performs a Darcs checkout or update.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.Darcs(repourl='http://path/to/repo',
                            mode='full', method='clobber', retry=(10, 1)))

Darcs step takes the following arguments:

repourl

(required): The URL at which the Darcs source repository is available.

mode

(optional): defaults to 'incremental'. Specifies whether to clean the build tree or not.

incremental

The source is update, but any built files are left untouched.

full

The build tree is clean of any built files. The exact method for doing this is controlled by the method argument.

method

(optional): defaults to copy when mode is full. Darcs’ incremental mode does not require a method. The full mode has two methods defined:

clobber

It removes the working directory for each build then makes full checkout.

copy

This first checkout source into source directory then copy the source directory to build directory then performs the build operation in the copied directory. This way we make fresh builds with very less bandwidth to download source. The behavior of source checkout follows exactly same as incremental. It performs all the incremental checkout behavior in source directory.

2.5.12.6. Gerrit

class buildbot.steps.source.gerrit.Gerrit

Gerrit step is exactly like the Git step, except that it integrates with GerritChangeSource, and will automatically checkout the additional changes.

Gerrit integration can be also triggered using forced build with property named gerrit_change with values in format change_number/patchset_number. This property will be translated into a branch name. This feature allows integrators to build with several pending interdependent changes, which at the moment cannot be described properly in Gerrit, and can only be described by humans.

2.5.12.7. GitHub

class buildbot.steps.source.github.GitHub

GitHub step is exactly like the Git step, except that it will ignore the revision sent by the GitHub change hook, and rather take the branch if the branch ends with /merge.

This allows to test github pull requests merged directly into the mainline.

GitHub indeed provides refs/origin/pull/NNN/merge on top of refs/origin/pull/NNN/head which is a magic ref that always creates a merge commit to the latest version of the mainline (i.e., the target branch for the pull request).

The revision in the GitHub event points to /head, and it’s important for the GitHub reporter as this is the revision that will be tagged with a CI status when the build is finished.

If you want to use Trigger to create sub tests and want to have the GitHub reporter still update the original revision, make sure you set updateSourceStamp=False in the Trigger configuration.

2.5.12.8. GitLab

class buildbot.steps.source.gitlab.GitLab

GitLab step is exactly like the Git step, except that it uses the source repo and branch sent by the GitLab change hook when processing merge requests.

When configuring builders, you can use a ChangeFilter with category = "push" to select normal commits, and category = "merge_request" to select merge requests.

See master/docs/examples/gitlab.cfg in the Buildbot distribution for a tutorial example of integrating Buildbot with GitLab.

Note

Your build worker will need access to the source project of the changeset, or it won’t be able to check out the source. This means authenticating the build worker via ssh credentials in the usual way, then granting it access [via a GitLab deploy key or GitLab project membership](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/ssh/). This needs to be done not only for the main git repo, but also for each fork that wants to be able to submit merge requests against the main repo.

2.5.12.9. Git

class buildbot.steps.source.git.Git

The Git build step clones or updates a Git repository and checks out the specified branch or revision.

Note

Buildbot supports Git version 1.2.0 or later.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.Git(repourl='git://path/to/repo', mode='full',
                          method='clobber', submodules=True))

The Git step takes the following arguments:

repourl (required)

The URL of the upstream Git repository.

port (optional, default: 22)

The SSH port of the Git server.

branch (optional, default: HEAD)

This specifies the name of the branch or the tag to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. If this parameter is not specified, and the Build does not provide a branch, the default branch of the remote repository will be used. If alwaysUseLatest is True then the branch and revision information that comes with the Build is ignored and the branch specified in this parameter is used.

submodules (optional, default: False)

When initializing/updating a Git repository, this tells Buildbot whether to handle Git submodules. If remoteSubmodules is True, then this tells Buildbot to use remote submodules: Git Remote Submodules

tags (optional, default: False)

Download tags in addition to the requested revision when updating repository.

shallow (optional)

Instructs Git to attempt shallow clones (--depth 1). The depth defaults to 1 and can be changed by passing an integer instead of True. This option can be used only in incremental builds, or full builds with clobber method.

reference (optional)

Use the specified string as a path to a reference repository on the local machine. Git will try to grab objects from this path first instead of the main repository, if they exist.

origin (optional)

By default, any clone will use the name “origin” as the remote repository (eg, “origin/master”). This renderable option allows that to be configured to an alternate name.

filters (optional, type: list)

For each string in the passed in list, adds a --filter <filter> argument to git clone. This allows for adding filters like --filter "tree:0" to speed up the clone step. This requires git version 2.27 or higher.

progress (optional)

Passes the (--progress) flag to (git fetch). This solves issues of long fetches being killed due to lack of output, but requires Git 1.7.2 or later. Its value is True on Git 1.7.2 or later.

retryFetch (optional, default: False)

If true, if the git fetch fails, then Buildbot retries to fetch again instead of failing the entire source checkout.

clobberOnFailure (optional, default: False)

If a fetch or full clone fails, we can retry to checkout the source by removing everything and cloning the repository. If the retry fails, it fails the source checkout step.

mode (optional, default: 'incremental')

Specifies whether to clean the build tree or not.

incremental

The source is update, but any built files are left untouched.

full

The build tree is clean of any built files. The exact method for doing this is controlled by the method argument.

method (optional, default: fresh when mode is full)

Git’s incremental mode does not require a method. The full mode has four methods defined:

clobber

It removes the build directory entirely then makes full clone from repo. This can be slow as it need to clone whole repository. To make faster clones enable the shallow option. If the shallow option is enabled and the build request has unknown revision value, then this step fails.

fresh

This removes all other files except those tracked by Git. First it does git clean -d -f -f -x, then fetch/checkout to a specified revision (if any). This option is equal to update mode with ignore_ignores=True in old steps.

clean

All the files which are tracked by Git, as well as listed ignore files, are not deleted. All other remaining files will be deleted before the fetch/checkout. This is equivalent to git clean -d -f -f then fetch. This is equivalent to ignore_ignores=False in old steps.

copy

This first checks out source into source directory, then copies the source directory to build directory, and then performs the build operation in the copied directory. This way, we make fresh builds with very little bandwidth to download source. The behavior of source checkout follows exactly the same as incremental. It performs all the incremental checkout behavior in source directory.

getDescription (optional)

After checkout, invoke a git describe on the revision and save the result in a property; the property’s name is either commit-description or commit-description-foo, depending on whether the codebase argument was also provided. The argument should either be a bool or dict, and will change how git describe is called:

• getDescription=False: disables this feature explicitly

• getDescription=True or empty {}: runs git describe with no args

• getDescription={...}: a dict with keys named the same as the Git option. Each key’s value can be False or None to explicitly skip that argument.

  For the following keys, a value of True appends the same-named Git argument:

  • all : –all

  • always: –always

  • contains: –contains

  • debug: –debug

  • long: –long`

  • exact-match: –exact-match

  • first-parent: –first-parent

  • tags: –tags

  • dirty: –dirty

  For the following keys, an integer or string value (depending on what Git expects) will set the argument’s parameter appropriately. Examples show the key-value pair:

  • match=foo: –match foo

  • exclude=foo: –exclude foo

  • abbrev=7: –abbrev=7

  • candidates=7: –candidates=7

  • dirty=foo: –dirty=foo

config (optional)

A dict of Git configuration settings to pass to the remote Git commands.

sshPrivateKey (optional)

The private key to use when running Git for fetch operations. The ssh utility must be in the system path in order to use this option. On Windows, only Git distribution that embeds MINGW has been tested (as of July 2017, the official distribution is MINGW-based). The worker must either have the host in the known hosts file or the host key must be specified via the sshHostKey option.

sshHostKey (optional)

Specifies public host key to match when authenticating with SSH public key authentication. This may be either a Secret or just a string. sshPrivateKey must be specified in order to use this option. The host key must be in the form of <key type> <base64-encoded string>, e.g. ssh-rsa AAAAB3N<…>FAaQ==.

sshKnownHosts (optional)

Specifies the contents of the SSH known_hosts file to match when authenticating with SSH public key authentication. This may be either a Secret or just a string. sshPrivateKey must be specified in order to use this option. sshHostKey must not be specified in order to use this option.

auth_credentials

(optional) An username/password tuple to use when running git for fetch operations. The worker’s git version needs to be at least 1.7.9.

git_credentials

(optional) See GitCredentialOptions. The worker’s git version needs to be at least 1.7.9.

2.5.12.10. Mercurial

class buildbot.steps.source.mercurial.Mercurial

The Mercurial build step performs a Mercurial (aka hg) checkout or update.

Branches are available in two modes: dirname, where the name of the branch is a suffix of the name of the repository, or inrepo, which uses Hg’s named-branches support. Make sure this setting matches your changehook, if you have that installed.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.Mercurial(repourl='path/to/repo', mode='full',
                                method='fresh', branchType='inrepo'))

The Mercurial step takes the following arguments:

repourl

where the Mercurial source repository is available.

defaultBranch

this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. This will be appended to repourl to create the string that will be passed to the hg clone command. If alwaysUseLatest is True then the branch and revision information that comes with the Build is ignored and branch specified in this parameter is used.

branchType

either ‘dirname’ (default) or ‘inrepo’ depending on whether the branch name should be appended to the repourl or the branch is a Mercurial named branch and can be found within the repourl.

clobberOnBranchChange

boolean, defaults to True. If set and using inrepos branches, clobber the tree at each branch change. Otherwise, just update to the branch.

mode method

Mercurial’s incremental mode does not require a method. The full mode has three methods defined:

clobber

It removes the build directory entirely then makes full clone from repo. This can be slow as it need to clone whole repository

fresh

This remove all other files except those tracked by VCS. First it does hg purge --all then pull/update

clean

All the files which are tracked by Mercurial and listed ignore files are not deleted. Remaining all other files will be deleted before pull/update. This is equivalent to hg purge then pull/update.

2.5.12.11. Monotone

class buildbot.steps.source.mtn.Monotone

The Monotone build step performs a Monotone checkout or update.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.Monotone(repourl='http://path/to/repo',
                               mode='full', method='clobber',
                               branch='some.branch.name', retry=(10, 1)))

Monotone step takes the following arguments:

repourl

the URL at which the Monotone source repository is available.

branch

this specifies the name of the branch to use when a Build does not provide one of its own. If alwaysUseLatest is True then the branch and revision information that comes with the Build is ignored and branch specified in this parameter is used.

progress

this is a boolean that has a pull from the repository use --ticker=dot instead of the default --ticker=none.

mode

(optional): defaults to 'incremental'. Specifies whether to clean the build tree or not. In any case, the worker first pulls from the given remote repository to synchronize (or possibly initialize) its local database. The mode and method only affect how the build tree is checked-out or updated from the local database.

incremental

The source is update, but any built files are left untouched.

full

The build tree is clean of any built files. The exact method for doing this is controlled by the method argument. Even in this mode, the revisions already pulled remain in the database and a fresh pull is rarely needed.

method

(optional): defaults to copy when mode is full. Monotone’s incremental mode does not require a method. The full mode has four methods defined:

clobber

It removes the build directory entirely then makes fresh checkout from the database.

clean

This remove all other files except those tracked and ignored by Monotone. It will remove all the files that appear in mtn ls unknown. Then it will pull from remote and update the working directory.

fresh

This remove all other files except those tracked by Monotone. It will remove all the files that appear in mtn ls ignored and mtn ls unknows. Then pull and update similar to clean

copy

This first checkout source into source directory then copy the source directory to build directory then performs the build operation in the copied directory. This way we make fresh builds with very less bandwidth to download source. The behavior of source checkout follows exactly same as incremental. It performs all the incremental checkout behavior in source directory.

2.5.12.12. P4

class buildbot.steps.source.p4.P4

The P4 build step creates a Perforce client specification and performs an update.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

factory.addStep(steps.P4(
    p4port=p4port,
    p4client=util.WithProperties('%(P4USER)s-%(workername)s-%(buildername)s'),
    p4user=p4user,
    p4base='//depot',
    p4viewspec=p4viewspec,
    mode='incremental'))

You can specify the client spec in two different ways. You can use the p4base, p4branch, and (optionally) p4extra_views to build up the viewspec, or you can utilize the p4viewspec to specify the whole viewspec as a set of tuples.

Using p4viewspec will allow you to add lines such as:

//depot/branch/mybranch/...             //<p4client>/...
-//depot/branch/mybranch/notthisdir/... //<p4client>/notthisdir/...

If you specify p4viewspec and any of p4base, p4branch, and/or p4extra_views you will receive a configuration error exception.

p4base

A view into the Perforce depot without branch name or trailing /.... Typically //depot/proj.

p4branch

(optional): A single string, which is appended to the p4base as follows <p4base>/<p4branch>/... to form the first line in the viewspec

p4extra_views

(optional): a list of (depotpath, clientpath) tuples containing extra views to be mapped into the client specification. Both will have /... appended automatically. The client name and source directory will be prepended to the client path.

p4viewspec

This will override any p4branch, p4base, and/or p4extra_views specified. The viewspec will be an array of tuples as follows:

[('//depot/main/','')]

It yields a viewspec with just:

//depot/main/... //<p4client>/...

p4viewspec_suffix

(optional): The p4viewspec lets you customize the client spec for a builder but, as the previous example shows, it automatically adds ... at the end of each line. If you need to also specify file-level remappings, you can set the p4viewspec_suffix to None so that nothing is added to your viewspec:

[('//depot/main/...', '...'),
 ('-//depot/main/config.xml', 'config.xml'),
 ('//depot/main/config.vancouver.xml', 'config.xml')]

It yields a viewspec with:

//depot/main/...                  //<p4client>/...
-//depot/main/config.xml          //<p4client/main/config.xml
//depot/main/config.vancouver.xml //<p4client>/main/config.xml

Note how, with p4viewspec_suffix set to None, you need to manually add ... where you need it.

p4client_spec_options

(optional): By default, clients are created with the allwrite rmdir options. This string lets you change that.

p4port

(optional): the host:port string describing how to get to the P4 Depot (repository), used as the option -p argument for all p4 commands.

p4user

(optional): the Perforce user, used as the option -u argument to all p4 commands.

p4passwd

(optional): the Perforce password, used as the option -p argument to all p4 commands.

p4client

(optional): The name of the client to use. In mode='full' and mode='incremental', it’s particularly important that a unique name is used for each checkout directory to avoid incorrect synchronization. For this reason, Python percent substitution will be performed on this value to replace %(prop:workername)s with the worker name and %(prop:buildername)s with the builder name. The default is buildbot_%(prop:workername)s_%(prop:buildername)s.

p4line_end

(optional): The type of line ending handling P4 should use. This is added directly to the client spec’s LineEnd property. The default is local.

p4client_type

(optional): The type of client to create. A client type can be set to create a client better suited to CI use. Learn more about client type in the P4 documentation The default is None.

p4extra_args

(optional): Extra arguments to be added to the P4 command-line for the sync command. So for instance if you want to sync only to populate a Perforce proxy (without actually syncing files to disk), you can do:

P4(p4extra_args=['-Zproxyload'], ...)

use_tickets

Set to True to use ticket-based authentication, instead of passwords (but you still need to specify p4passwd).

stream

Set to True to use a stream-associated workspace, in which case p4base and p4branch are used to determine the stream path.

2.5.12.13. Repo

class buildbot.steps.source.repo.Repo

The Repo build step performs a Repo init and sync.

The Repo step takes the following arguments:

manifestURL

(required): the URL at which the Repo’s manifests source repository is available.

manifestBranch

(optional, defaults to master): the manifest repository branch on which repo will take its manifest. Corresponds to the -b argument to the repo init command.

manifestFile

(optional, defaults to default.xml): the manifest filename. Corresponds to the -m argument to the repo init command.

tarball

(optional, defaults to None): the repo tarball used for fast bootstrap. If not present the tarball will be created automatically after first sync. It is a copy of the .repo directory which contains all the Git objects. This feature helps to minimize network usage on very big projects with lots of workers.

The suffix of the tarball determines if the tarball is compressed and which compressor is chosen. Supported suffixes are bz2, gz, lzma, lzop, and pigz.

jobs

(optional, defaults to None): Number of projects to fetch simultaneously while syncing. Passed to repo sync subcommand with “-j”.

syncAllBranches

(optional, defaults to False): renderable boolean to control whether repo syncs all branches. I.e. repo sync -c

depth

(optional, defaults to 0): Depth argument passed to repo init. Specifies the amount of git history to store. A depth of 1 is useful for shallow clones. This can save considerable disk space on very large projects.

submodules

(optional, defaults to False): sync any submodules associated with the manifest repo. Corresponds to the --submodules argument to the repo init command.

updateTarballAge

(optional, defaults to “one week”): renderable to control the policy of updating of the tarball given properties. Returns: max age of tarball in seconds, or None, if we want to skip tarball update. The default value should be good trade off on size of the tarball, and update frequency compared to cost of tarball creation

repoDownloads

(optional, defaults to None): list of repo download commands to perform at the end of the Repo step each string in the list will be prefixed repo download, and run as is. This means you can include parameter in the string. For example:

• ["-c project 1234/4"] will cherry-pick patchset 4 of patch 1234 in project project

• ["-f project 1234/4"] will enforce fast-forward on patchset 4 of patch 1234 in project project

class buildbot.steps.source.repo.RepoDownloadsFromProperties

util.repo.DownloadsFromProperties can be used as a renderable of the repoDownload parameter it will look in passed properties for string with following possible format:

• repo download project change_number/patchset_number

• project change_number/patchset_number

• project/change_number/patchset_number

All of these properties will be translated into a repo download. This feature allows integrators to build with several pending interdependent changes, which at the moment cannot be described properly in Gerrit, and can only be described by humans.

class buildbot.steps.source.repo.RepoDownloadsFromChangeSource

util.repo.DownloadsFromChangeSource can be used as a renderable of the repoDownload parameter

This rendereable integrates with GerritChangeSource, and will automatically use the repo download command of repo to download the additional changes introduced by a pending changeset.

Note

You can use the two above Rendereable in conjunction by using the class buildbot.process.properties.FlattenList

For example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

factory.addStep(steps.Repo(manifestURL='git://gerrit.example.org/manifest.git',
                           repoDownloads=util.FlattenList([
                                util.RepoDownloadsFromChangeSource(),
                                util.RepoDownloadsFromProperties("repo_downloads")
                           ])))

2.5.12.14. SVN

class buildbot.steps.source.svn.SVN

The SVN build step performs a Subversion checkout or update. There are two basic ways of setting up the checkout step, depending upon whether you are using multiple branches or not.

The SVN step should be created with the repourl argument:

repourl

(required): this specifies the URL argument that will be given to the svn checkout command. It dictates both where the repository is located and which sub-tree should be extracted. One way to specify the branch is to use Interpolate. For example, if you wanted to check out the trunk repository, you could use repourl=Interpolate("http://svn.example.com/repos/%(src::branch)s"). Alternatively, if you are using a remote Subversion repository which is accessible through HTTP at a URL of http://svn.example.com/repos, and you wanted to check out the trunk/calc sub-tree, you would directly use repourl="http://svn.example.com/repos/trunk/calc" as an argument to your SVN step.

If you are building from multiple branches, then you should create the SVN step with the repourl and provide branch information with Interpolate:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

factory.addStep(
    steps.SVN(mode='incremental',
              repourl=util.Interpolate(
                  'svn://svn.example.org/svn/%(src::branch)s/myproject')))

Alternatively, the repourl argument can be used to create the SVN step without Interpolate:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

factory.addStep(steps.SVN(mode='full',
                repourl='svn://svn.example.org/svn/myproject/trunk'))

username

(optional): if specified, this will be passed to the svn binary with a --username option.

password

(optional): if specified, this will be passed to the svn binary with a --password option.

extra_args

(optional): if specified, an array of strings that will be passed as extra arguments to the svn binary.

keep_on_purge

(optional): specific files or directories to keep between purges, like some build outputs that can be reused between builds.

depth

(optional): Specify depth argument to achieve sparse checkout. Only available if worker has Subversion 1.5 or higher.

If set to empty updates will not pull in any files or subdirectories not already present. If set to files, updates will pull in any files not already present, but not directories. If set to immediates, updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present, the new subdirectories will have depth: empty. If set to infinity, updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; the new subdirectories will have depth-infinity. Infinity is equivalent to SVN default update behavior, without specifying any depth argument.

preferLastChangedRev

(optional): By default, the got_revision property is set to the repository’s global revision (“Revision” in the svn info output). Set this parameter to True to have it set to the “Last Changed Rev” instead.

mode method

SVN’s incremental mode does not require a method. The full mode has five methods defined:

clobber

It removes the working directory for each build then makes full checkout.

fresh

This always always purges local changes before updating. This deletes unversioned files and reverts everything that would appear in a svn status --no-ignore. This is equivalent to the old update mode with always_purge.

clean

This is same as fresh except that it deletes all unversioned files generated by svn status.

copy

This first checkout source into source directory then copy the source directory to build directory then performs the build operation in the copied directory. This way we make fresh builds with very less bandwidth to download source. The behavior of source checkout follows exactly same as incremental. It performs all the incremental checkout behavior in source directory.

export

Similar to method='copy', except using svn export to create build directory so that there are no .svn directories in the build directory.

If you are using branches, you must also make sure your ChangeSource will report the correct branch names.

2.5.12.15. GitCommit

class buildbot.steps.source.git.GitCommit

The GitCommit build step adds files and commits modifications in your local Git repository.

The GitCommit step takes the following arguments:

workdir

(required) The path to the local repository to push commits from.

messages

(required) List of message that will be created with the commit. Correspond to the -m flag of the git commit command.

paths

(required) List of path that will be added to the commit.

logEnviron

(optional) If this option is true (the default), then the step’s logfile will describe the environment variables on the worker. In situations where the environment is not relevant and is long, it may be easier to set logEnviron=False.

env

(optional) A dictionary of environment strings which will be added to the child command’s environment. The usual property interpolations can be used in environment variable names and values - see Properties.

timeout

(optional) Specifies the timeout for worker-side operations, in seconds. If your repositories are particularly large, then you may need to increase this value from its default of 1200 (20 minutes).

config

(optional) A dict of git configuration settings to pass to the remote git commands.

no_verify

(optional) Specifies whether --no-verify option should be supplied to git. The default is False.

emptyCommits

(optional) One of the values disallow (default), create-empty-commit, and ignore. Decides the behavior when there is nothing to be committed. The value disallow will make the buildstep fail. The value create-empty-commit will create an empty commit. The value ignore will create no commit.

2.5.12.16. GitTag

class buildbot.steps.source.git.GitTag

The GitTag build step creates a tag in your local Git repository.

The GitTag step takes the following arguments:

workdir

(required) The path to the local repository to push commits from.

tagName

(required) The name of the tag.

annotated

(optional) If True, create an annotated tag.

messages

(optional) List of message that will be created with the annotated tag. Must be set only if annotated parameter is True. Correspond to the -m flag of the git tag command.

force

(optional) If True, forces overwrite of tags on the local repository. Corresponds to the --force flag of the git tag command.

logEnviron

(optional) If this option is true (the default), then the step’s logfile will describe the environment variables on the worker. In situations where the environment is not relevant and is long, it may be easier to set logEnviron=False.

env

(optional) A dictionary of environment strings which will be added to the child command’s environment. The usual property interpolations can be used in environment variable names and values - see Properties.

timeout

(optional) Specifies the timeout for worker-side operations, in seconds. If your repositories are particularly large, then you may need to increase this value from its default of 1200 (20 minutes).

config

(optional) A dict of git configuration settings to pass to the remote git commands.

2.5.12.17. GitPush

class buildbot.steps.source.git.GitPush

The GitPush build step pushes new commits to a Git repository.

The GitPush step takes the following arguments:

workdir

(required) The path to the local repository to push commits from.

repourl

(required) The URL of the upstream Git repository.

branch

(required) The branch to push. The branch should already exist on the local repository.

force

(optional) If True, forces overwrite of refs on the remote repository. Corresponds to the --force flag of the git push command.

logEnviron

(optional) If this option is true (the default), then the step’s logfile will describe the environment variables on the worker. In situations where the environment is not relevant and is long, it may be easier to set logEnviron=False.

env

(optional) A dictionary of environment strings which will be added to the child command’s environment. The usual property interpolations can be used in environment variable names and values - see Properties.

timeout

(optional) Specifies the timeout for worker-side operations, in seconds. If your repositories are particularly large, then you may need to increase this value from its default of 1200 (20 minutes).

config

(optional) A dict of git configuration settings to pass to the remote git commands.

sshPrivateKey

(optional) The private key to use when running git for fetch operations. The ssh utility must be in the system path in order to use this option. On Windows only git distribution that embeds MINGW has been tested (as of July 2017 the official distribution is MINGW-based). The worker must either have the host in the known hosts file or the host key must be specified via the sshHostKey option.

sshHostKey

(optional) Specifies public host key to match when authenticating with SSH public key authentication. This may be either a Secret or just a string. sshPrivateKey must be specified in order to use this option. The host key must be in the form of <key type> <base64-encoded string>, e.g. ssh-rsa AAAAB3N<...>FAaQ==.

sshKnownHosts (optional)

Specifies the contents of the SSH known_hosts file to match when authenticating with SSH public key authentication. This may be either a Secret or just a string. sshPrivateKey must be specified in order to use this option. sshHostKey must not be specified in order to use this option.

auth_credentials

(optional) An username/password tuple to use when running git for push operations. The worker’s git version needs to be at least 1.7.9.

git_credentials

(optional) See GitCredentialOptions. The worker’s git version needs to be at least 1.7.9.

2.5.12.18. GitDiffInfo

The GitDiffInfo step gathers information about differences between the current revision and the last common ancestor of this revision and another commit or branch. This information is useful for various reporters to be able to identify new warnings that appear in newly modified code. The diff information is stored as a custom json as transient build data via setBuildData function.

Currently only git repositories are supported.

The class inherits the arguments accepted by ShellMixin except command.

Additionally, it accepts the following arguments:

compareToRef

(Optional, string, defaults to master) The commit or branch identifying the revision to get the last common ancestor to. In most cases, this will be the target branch of a pull or merge request.

dataName

(Optional, string, defaults to diffinfo-master) The name of the build data to save the diff json to.

Build data specification

This section documents the format of the data produced by the GitDiffInfo step and put into build data. Any future steps performing the same operation on different version control systems should produce data in the same format. Likewise, all consumers should expect the input data to be in the format as documented here.

Conceptually, the diffinfo data is a list of file changes, each of which itself contain a list of diff hunks within that file.

This data is stored as a JSON document.

The root element is a list of objects, each of which represent a file where changes have been detected. Each of these file objects has the following keys:

• source_file - a string representing path to the source file. This does not include any prefixes such as a/. When there is no source file, e.g. when a new file is created, /dev/null is used.

• target_file - a string representing path to the target file. This does not include any prefixes such as b/. When there is no target file, e.g. when a file has been deleted, /dev/null is used.

• is_binary - a boolean specifying whether this is a binary file or not. Changes in binary files are not interpreted as hunks.

• is_rename - a boolean specifying whether this file has been renamed

• hunks - a list of objects (described below) specifying individual changes within the file.

Each of the hunk objects has the following keys:

• ss - an integer specifying the start line of the diff hunk in the source file

• sl - an integer specifying the length of the hunk in the source file as a number of lines

• ts - an integer specifying the start line of the diff hunk in the target file

• tl - an integer specifying the length of the hunk in the target file as a number lines

Example of produced build data

The following shows build data that is produced for a deleted file, a changed file and a new file.

[
  {
    "source_file": "file1",
    "target_file": "/dev/null",
    "is_binary": false,
    "is_rename": false,
    "hunks": [
      {
        "ss": 1,
        "sl": 3,
        "ts": 0,
        "tl": 0
      }
    ]
  },
  {
    "source_file": "file2",
    "target_file": "file2",
    "is_binary": false,
    "is_rename": false,
    "hunks": [
      {
        "ss": 4,
        "sl": 0,
        "ts": 5,
        "tl": 3
      },
      {
        "ss": 15,
        "sl": 0,
        "ts": 19,
        "tl": 3
      }
    ]
  },
  {
    "source_file": "/dev/null",
    "target_file": "file3",
    "is_binary": false,
    "is_rename": false,
    "hunks": [
      {
        "ss": 0,
        "sl": 0,
        "ts": 1,
        "tl": 3
      }
    ]
  }
]

2.5.12.19. ShellCommand

Most interesting steps involve executing a process of some sort on the worker. The ShellCommand class handles this activity.

Several subclasses of ShellCommand are provided as starting points for common build steps.

Using ShellCommands

class buildbot.steps.shell.ShellCommand

This is a useful base class for just about everything you might want to do during a build (except for the initial source checkout). It runs a single command in a child shell on the worker. All stdout/stderr is recorded into a LogFile. The step usually finishes with a status of FAILURE if the command’s exit code is non-zero, otherwise it has a status of SUCCESS.

The preferred way to specify the command is with a list of argv strings, since this allows for spaces in filenames and avoids doing any fragile shell-escaping. You can also specify the command with a single string, in which case the string is given to /bin/sh -c COMMAND for parsing.

On Windows, commands are run via cmd.exe /c which works well. However, if you’re running a batch file, the error level does not get propagated correctly unless you add ‘call’ before your batch file’s name: cmd=['call', 'myfile.bat', ...].

ShellCommand includes all sub-processes created by the command in JobObject. This ensures that all child processes are managed together with the parent process. When the main command is terminated, all sub-processes are also terminated automatically, preventing any orphaned processes. This enhancement aligns the behavior of Windows systems with POSIX systems, where similar process management has been in place.

The ShellCommand arguments are:

command

A list of strings (preferred) or single string (discouraged) which specifies the command to be run. A list of strings is preferred because it can be used directly as an argv array. Using a single string (with embedded spaces) requires the worker to pass the string to /bin/sh for interpretation, which raises all sorts of difficult questions about how to escape or interpret shell metacharacters.

If command contains nested lists (for example, from a properties substitution), then that list will be flattened before it is executed.

workdir

All ShellCommands are run by default in the workdir, which defaults to the build subdirectory of the worker builder’s base directory. The absolute path of the workdir will thus be the worker’s basedir (set as an option to buildbot-worker create-worker, Creating a worker), plus the builder’s basedir (set in the builder’s builddir key in master.cfg), plus the workdir itself (a class-level attribute of the BuildFactory, defaults to build).

For example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                             workdir="build/tests"))

env

A dictionary of environment strings which will be added to the child command’s environment. For example, to run tests with a different i18n language setting, you might use:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                             env={'LANG': 'fr_FR'}))

These variable settings will override any existing ones in the worker’s environment or the environment specified in the Builder. The exception is PYTHONPATH, which is merged with (actually prepended to) any existing PYTHONPATH setting. The following example will prepend /home/buildbot/lib/python to any existing PYTHONPATH:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
              command=["make", "test"],
              env={'PYTHONPATH': "/home/buildbot/lib/python"}))

To avoid the need of concatenating paths together in the master config file, if the value is a list, it will be joined together using the right platform dependent separator.

Those variables support expansion so that if you just want to prepend /home/buildbot/bin to the PATH environment variable, you can do it by putting the value ${PATH} at the end of the value like in the example below. Variables that don’t exist on the worker will be replaced by "".

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
              command=["make", "test"],
              env={'PATH': ["/home/buildbot/bin",
                            "${PATH}"]}))

Note that environment values must be strings (or lists that are turned into strings). In particular, numeric properties such as buildnumber must be substituted using Interpolate.

want_stdout

If False, stdout from the child process is discarded rather than being sent to the buildmaster for inclusion in the step’s LogFile.

want_stderr

Like want_stdout but for stderr. Note that commands that run through a PTY do not have separate stdout/stderr streams, and both are merged into stdout.

usePTY

If True, this command will be run in a pty (defaults to False). This option is not available on Windows.

In general, you do not want to use a pseudo-terminal. This is only useful for running commands that require a terminal - for example, testing a command-line application that will only accept passwords read from a terminal. Using a pseudo-terminal brings lots of compatibility problems, and prevents Buildbot from distinguishing the standard error (red) and standard output (black) streams.

In previous versions, the advantage of using a pseudo-terminal was that grandchild processes were more likely to be cleaned up if the build was interrupted or it timed out. This occurred because using a pseudo-terminal incidentally puts the command into its own process group.

As of Buildbot-0.8.4, all commands are placed in process groups, and thus grandchild processes will be cleaned up properly.

logfiles

Sometimes commands will log interesting data to a local file, rather than emitting everything to stdout or stderr. For example, Twisted’s trial command (which runs unit tests) only presents summary information to stdout, and puts the rest into a file named _trial_temp/test.log. It is often useful to watch these files as the command runs, rather than using /bin/cat to dump their contents afterwards.

The logfiles= argument allows you to collect data from these secondary logfiles in near-real-time, as the step is running. It accepts a dictionary which maps from a local Log name (which is how the log data is presented in the build results) to either a remote filename (interpreted relative to the build’s working directory), or a dictionary of options. Each named file will be polled on a regular basis (every couple of seconds) as the build runs, and any new text will be sent over to the buildmaster.

If you provide a dictionary of options instead of a string, you must specify the filename key. You can optionally provide a follow key which is a boolean controlling whether a logfile is followed or concatenated in its entirety. Following is appropriate for logfiles to which the build step will append, where the pre-existing contents are not interesting. The default value for follow is False, which gives the same behavior as just providing a string filename.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(
                   command=["make", "test"],
                   logfiles={"triallog": "_trial_temp/test.log"}))

The above example will add a log named ‘triallog’ on the master, based on _trial_temp/test.log on the worker.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"],
                             logfiles={
                                 "triallog": {
                                    "filename": "_trial_temp/test.log",
                                    "follow": True
                                 }
                             }))

lazylogfiles

If set to True, logfiles will be tracked lazily, meaning that they will only be added when and if something is written to them. This can be used to suppress the display of empty or missing log files. The default is False.

timeout

If the command fails to produce any output for this many seconds, it is assumed to be locked up and will be killed. This defaults to 1200 seconds. Pass None to disable.

maxTime

If the command takes longer than this many seconds, it will be killed. This is disabled by default.

max_lines

If the command outputs more lines than this maximum lines, it will be killed. This is disabled by default.

logEnviron

If True (the default), then the step’s logfile will describe the environment variables on the worker. In situations where the environment is not relevant and is long, it may be easier to set it to False.

interruptSignal

This is the signal (specified by name) that should be sent to the process when the command needs to be interrupted (either by the buildmaster, a timeout, etc.). By default, this is “KILL” (9). Specify “TERM” (15) to give the process a chance to cleanup. This functionality requires a version 0.8.6 worker or newer.

sigtermTime

If set, when interrupting, try to kill the command with SIGTERM and wait for sigtermTime seconds before firing interuptSignal. If None, interruptSignal will be fired immediately upon interrupt.

initialStdin

If the command expects input on stdin, the input can be supplied as a string with this parameter. This value should not be excessively large, as it is handled as a single string throughout Buildbot – for example, do not pass the contents of a tarball with this parameter.

decodeRC

This is a dictionary that decodes exit codes into results value. For example, {0:SUCCESS,1:FAILURE,2:WARNINGS} will treat the exit code 2 as WARNINGS. The default ({0:SUCCESS}) is to treat just 0 as successful. Any exit code not present in the dictionary will be treated as FAILURE.

2.5.12.20. Shell Sequence

Some steps have a specific purpose, but require multiple shell commands to implement them. For example, a build is often configure; make; make install. We have two ways to handle that:

• Create one shell command with all these. To put the logs of each commands in separate logfiles, we need to re-write the script as configure 1> configure_log; ... and to add these configure_log files as logfiles argument of the buildstep. This has the drawback of complicating the shell script, and making it harder to maintain as the logfile name is put in different places.

• Create three ShellCommand instances, but this loads the build UI unnecessarily.

ShellSequence is a class that executes not one but a sequence of shell commands during a build. It takes as argument a renderable, or list of commands which are ShellArg objects. Each such object represents a shell invocation.

The single ShellSequence argument aside from the common parameters is:

commands

A list of ShellArg objects or a renderable that returns a list of ShellArg objects.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(steps.ShellSequence(
    commands=[
        util.ShellArg(command=['configure']),
        util.ShellArg(command=['make'], logname='make'),
        util.ShellArg(command=['make', 'check_warning'], logname='warning',
                      warnOnFailure=True),
        util.ShellArg(command=['make', 'install'], logname='make install')
    ]))

All these commands share the same configuration of environment, workdir and pty usage that can be set up the same way as in ShellCommand.

class buildbot.steps.shellsequence.ShellArg(self, command=None, logname=None, haltOnFailure=False, flunkOnWarnings=False, flunkOnFailure=False, warnOnWarnings=False, warnOnFailure=False)

Parameters:

• command – (see the ShellCommand command argument),

• logname – optional log name, used as the stdio log of the command

The haltOnFailure, flunkOnWarnings, flunkOnFailure, warnOnWarnings, warnOnFailure parameters drive the execution of the sequence, the same way steps are scheduled in the build. They have the same default values as for buildsteps - see Parameters Common to all Steps.

Any of the arguments to this class can be renderable.

Note that if logname name does not start with the prefix stdio, that prefix will be set like stdio <logname>. If no logname is supplied, the output of the command will not be collected.

The two ShellSequence methods below tune the behavior of how the list of shell commands are executed, and can be overridden in subclasses.

class buildbot.steps.shellsequence.ShellSequence

shouldRunTheCommand(oneCmd)

Parameters:

oneCmd – a string or a list of strings, as rendered from a ShellArg instance’s command argument.

Determine whether the command oneCmd should be executed. If shouldRunTheCommand returns False, the result of the command will be recorded as SKIPPED. The default method skips all empty strings and empty lists.

getFinalState()

Return the status text of the step in the end. The default value is to set the text describing the execution of the last shell command.

runShellSequence(commands):

Parameters:

commands – list of shell args

This method actually runs the shell sequence. The default run method calls runShellSequence, but subclasses can override run to perform other operations, if desired.

2.5.12.21. Compile

This is meant to handle compiling or building a project written in C. The default command is make all. When the compilation is finished, the log file is scanned for GCC warning messages, a summary log is created with any problems that were seen, and the step is marked as WARNINGS if any were discovered. Through the WarningCountingShellCommand superclass, the number of warnings is stored in a Build Property named warnings-count, which is accumulated over all Compile steps (so if two warnings are found in one step, and three are found in another step, the overall build will have a warnings-count property of 5). Each step can be optionally given a maximum number of warnings via the maxWarnCount parameter. If this limit is exceeded, the step will be marked as a failure.

The default regular expression used to detect a warning is '.*warning[: ].*' , which is fairly liberal and may cause false-positives. To use a different regexp, provide a warningPattern= argument, or use a subclass which sets the warningPattern attribute:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Compile(command=["make", "test"],
                        warningPattern="^Warning: "))

The warningPattern= can also be a pre-compiled Python regexp object: this makes it possible to add flags like re.I (to use case-insensitive matching).

If warningPattern is set to None then warning counting is disabled.

Note that the compiled warningPattern will have its match method called, which is subtly different from a search. Your regular expression must match the from the beginning of the line. This means that to look for the word “warning” in the middle of a line, you will need to prepend '.*' to your regular expression.

The suppressionFile= argument can be specified as the (relative) path of a file inside the workdir defining warnings to be suppressed from the warning counting and log file. The file will be uploaded to the master from the worker before compiling, and any warning matched by a line in the suppression file will be ignored. This is useful to accept certain warnings (e.g. in some special module of the source tree or in cases where the compiler is being particularly stupid), yet still be able to easily detect and fix the introduction of new warnings.

The file must contain one line per pattern of warnings to ignore. Empty lines and lines beginning with # are ignored. Other lines must consist of a regexp matching the file name, followed by a colon (:), followed by a regexp matching the text of the warning. Optionally this may be followed by another colon and a line number range. For example:

# Sample warning suppression file

mi_packrec.c : .*result of 32-bit shift implicitly converted to 64 bits.* : 560-600
DictTabInfo.cpp : .*invalid access to non-static.*
kernel_types.h : .*only defines private constructors and has no friends.* : 51

If no line number range is specified, the pattern matches the whole file; if only one number is given it matches only on that line.

The suppressionList= argument can be specified as a list of four-tuples as addition or instead of suppressionFile=. The tuple should be [ FILE-RE, WARNING-RE, START, END ]. If FILE-RE is None, then the suppression applies to any file. START and END can be specified as in suppression file, or None.

The default warningPattern regexp only matches the warning text, so line numbers and file names are ignored. To enable line number and file name matching, provide a different regexp and provide a function (callable) as the argument of warningExtractor=. The function is called with three arguments: the BuildStep object, the line in the log file with the warning, and the SRE_Match object of the regexp search for warningPattern. It should return a tuple (filename, linenumber, warning_test). For example:

f.addStep(Compile(command=["make"],
                  warningPattern="^(.\*?):([0-9]+): [Ww]arning: (.\*)$",
                  warningExtractor=Compile.warnExtractFromRegexpGroups,
                  suppressionFile="support-files/compiler_warnings.supp"))

(Compile.warnExtractFromRegexpGroups is a pre-defined function that returns the filename, linenumber, and text from groups (1,2,3) of the regexp match).

In projects with source files in multiple directories, it is possible to get full path names for file names matched in the suppression file, as long as the build command outputs the names of directories as they are entered into and left again. For this, specify regexps for the arguments directoryEnterPattern= and directoryLeavePattern=. The directoryEnterPattern= regexp should return the name of the directory entered into in the first matched group. The defaults, which are suitable for GNU Make, are these:

directoryEnterPattern="make.*: Entering directory [\"`'](.*)['`\"]"
directoryLeavePattern="make.*: Leaving directory"

(TODO: this step needs to be extended to look for GCC error messages as well, and collect them into a separate logfile, along with the source code filenames involved).

2.5.12.22. Configure

class buildbot.steps.shell.Configure

This is intended to handle the ./configure step from autoconf-style projects, or the perl Makefile.PL step from perl MakeMaker.pm-style modules. The default command is ./configure but you can change this by providing a command= parameter. The arguments are identical to ShellCommand.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Configure())

2.5.12.23. CMake

class buildbot.steps.cmake.CMake

This is intended to handle the cmake step for projects that use CMake-based build systems.

Note

Links below point to the latest CMake documentation. Make sure that you check the documentation for the CMake you use.

In addition to the parameters ShellCommand supports, this step accepts the following parameters:

path

Either a path to a source directory to (re-)generate a build system for it in the current working directory. Or an existing build directory to re-generate its build system.

generator

A build system generator. See cmake-generators(7) for available options.

definitions

A dictionary that contains parameters that will be converted to -D{name}={value} when passed to CMake. A renderable which renders to a dictionary can also be provided, see Properties. Refer to cmake(1) for more information.

options

A list or a tuple that contains options that will be passed to CMake as is. A renderable which renders to a tuple or list can also be provided, see Properties. Refer to cmake(1) for more information.

cmake

Path to the CMake binary. Default is cmake

from buildbot.plugins import steps

...

factory.addStep(
    steps.CMake(
        generator='Ninja',
        definitions={
            'CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE': Property('BUILD_TYPE')
        },
        options=[
            '-Wno-dev'
        ]
    )
)

...

2.5.12.24. Visual C++

These steps are meant to handle compilation using Microsoft compilers. VC++ 6-141 (aka Visual Studio 2003-2015 and VCExpress9) are supported via calling devenv. Msbuild as well as Windows Driver Kit 8 are supported via the MsBuild4, MsBuild12, MsBuild14 and MsBuild141 steps. These steps will take care of setting up a clean compilation environment, parsing the generated output in real time, and delivering as detailed as possible information about the compilation executed.

All of the classes are in buildbot.steps.vstudio. The available classes are:

• VC6

• VC7

• VC8

• VC9

• VC10

• VC11

• VC12

• VC14

• VC141

• VS2003

• VS2005

• VS2008

• VS2010

• VS2012

• VS2013

• VS2015

• VS2017

• VS2019

• VS2022

• VCExpress9

• MsBuild4

• MsBuild12

• MsBuild14

• MsBuild141

• MsBuild15

• MsBuild16

• MsBuild17

The available constructor arguments are

mode

The mode default to rebuild, which means that first all the remaining object files will be cleaned by the compiler. The alternate values are build, where only the updated files will be recompiled, and clean, where the current build files are removed and no compilation occurs.

projectfile

This is a mandatory argument which specifies the project file to be used during the compilation.

config

This argument defaults to release an gives to the compiler the configuration to use.

installdir

This is the place where the compiler is installed. The default value is compiler specific and is the default place where the compiler is installed.

useenv

This boolean parameter, defaulting to False instruct the compiler to use its own settings or the one defined through the environment variables PATH, INCLUDE, and LIB. If any of the INCLUDE or LIB parameter is defined, this parameter automatically switches to True.

PATH

This is a list of path to be added to the PATH environment variable. The default value is the one defined in the compiler options.

INCLUDE

This is a list of path where the compiler will first look for include files. Then comes the default paths defined in the compiler options.

LIB

This is a list of path where the compiler will first look for libraries. Then comes the default path defined in the compiler options.

arch

That one is only available with the class VS2005 (VC8). It gives the target architecture of the built artifact. It defaults to x86 and does not apply to MsBuild4 or MsBuild12. Please see platform below.

project

This gives the specific project to build from within a workspace. It defaults to building all projects. This is useful for building cmake generate projects.

platform

This is a mandatory argument for MsBuild4 and MsBuild12 specifying the target platform such as ‘Win32’, ‘x64’ or ‘Vista Debug’. The last one is an example of driver targets that appear once Windows Driver Kit 8 is installed.

defines

That one is only available with the MsBuild family of classes. It allows to define pre-processor constants used by the compiler.

Here is an example on how to drive compilation with Visual Studio 2013:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(
    steps.VS2013(projectfile="project.sln", config="release",
        arch="x64", mode="build",
           INCLUDE=[r'C:\3rd-party\libmagic\include'],
           LIB=[r'C:\3rd-party\libmagic\lib-x64']))

Here is a similar example using “MsBuild12”:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

# Build one project in Release mode for Win32
f.addStep(
    steps.MsBuild12(projectfile="trunk.sln", config="Release", platform="Win32",
            workdir="trunk",
            project="tools\\protoc"))

# Build the entire solution in Debug mode for x64
f.addStep(
    steps.MsBuild12(projectfile="trunk.sln", config='Debug', platform='x64',
            workdir="trunk"))

2.5.12.25. Cppcheck

This step runs cppcheck, analyse its output, and set the outcome in Properties.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Cppcheck(enable=['all'], inconclusive=True))

This class adds the following arguments:

binary

(Optional, defaults to cppcheck) Use this if you need to give the full path to the cppcheck binary or if your binary is called differently.

source

(Optional, defaults to ['.']) This is the list of paths for the sources to be checked by this step.

enable

(Optional) Use this to give a list of the message classes that should be in cppcheck report. See the cppcheck man page for more information.

inconclusive

(Optional) Set this to True if you want cppcheck to also report inconclusive results. See the cppcheck man page for more information.

extra_args

(Optional) This is the list of extra arguments to be given to the cppcheck command.

All other arguments are identical to ShellCommand.

2.5.12.26. Robocopy

class buildbot.steps.mswin.Robocopy

This step runs robocopy on Windows.

Robocopy is available in versions of Windows starting with Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008. For previous versions of Windows, it’s available as part of the Windows Server 2003 Resource Kit Tools.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(
    steps.Robocopy(
        name='deploy_binaries',
        description='Deploying binaries...',
        descriptionDone='Deployed binaries.',
        source=util.Interpolate('Build\\Bin\\%(prop:configuration)s'),
        destination=util.Interpolate('%(prop:deploy_dir)\\Bin\\%(prop:configuration)s'),
        mirror=True
    )
)

Available constructor arguments are:

source

The path to the source directory (mandatory).

destination

The path to the destination directory (mandatory).

files

An array of file names or patterns to copy.

recursive

Copy files and directories recursively (/E parameter).

mirror

Mirror the source directory in the destination directory, including removing files that don’t exist anymore (/MIR parameter).

move

Delete the source directory after the copy is complete (/MOVE parameter).

exclude_files

An array of file names or patterns to exclude from the copy (/XF parameter).

exclude_dirs

An array of directory names or patterns to exclude from the copy (/XD parameter).

custom_opts

An array of custom parameters to pass directly to the robocopy command.

verbose

Whether to output verbose information (/V /TS /FP parameters).

Note that parameters /TEE /NP will always be appended to the command to signify, respectively, to output logging to the console, use Unicode logging, and not print any percentage progress information for each file.

2.5.12.27. Test

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Test())

This is meant to handle unit tests. The default command is make test, and the warnOnFailure flag is set. The other arguments are identical to ShellCommand.

2.5.12.28. TreeSize

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.TreeSize())

This is a simple command that uses the du tool to measure the size of the code tree. It puts the size (as a count of 1024-byte blocks, aka ‘KiB’ or ‘kibibytes’) on the step’s status text, and sets a build property named tree-size-KiB with the same value. All arguments are identical to ShellCommand.

2.5.12.29. PerlModuleTest

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.PerlModuleTest())

This is a simple command that knows how to run tests of perl modules. It parses the output to determine the number of tests passed and failed and total number executed, saving the results for later query. The command is prove --lib lib -r t, although this can be overridden with the command argument. All other arguments are identical to those for ShellCommand.

2.5.12.30. SubunitShellCommand

class buildbot.steps.subunit.SubunitShellCommand

This buildstep is similar to ShellCommand, except that it runs the log content through a subunit filter to extract test and failure counts.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.SubunitShellCommand(command="make test"))

This runs make test and filters it through subunit. The ‘tests’ and ‘test failed’ progress metrics will now accumulate test data from the test run.

If failureOnNoTests is True, this step will fail if no test is run. By default failureOnNoTests is False.

2.5.12.31. HLint

The HLint step runs Twisted Lore, a lint-like checker over a set of .xhtml files. Any deviations from recommended style is flagged and put in the output log.

The step looks at the list of changes in the build to determine which files to check - it does not check all files. It specifically excludes any .xhtml files in the top-level sandbox/ directory.

The step takes a single, optional, parameter: python. This specifies the Python executable to use to run Lore.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.HLint())

2.5.12.32. MaxQ

MaxQ (http://maxq.tigris.org/) is a web testing tool that allows you to record HTTP sessions and play them back. The MaxQ step runs this framework.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.MaxQ(testdir='tests/'))

The single argument, testdir, specifies where the tests should be run. This directory will be passed to the run_maxq.py command, and the results analyzed.

2.5.12.33. Trigger

class buildbot.steps.trigger.Trigger

The counterpart to the Triggerable scheduler is the Trigger build step:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Trigger(schedulerNames=['build-prep'],
                        waitForFinish=True,
                        updateSourceStamp=True,
                        set_properties={ 'quick' : False }))

The SourceStamps to use for the triggered build are controlled by the arguments updateSourceStamp, alwaysUseLatest, and sourceStamps.

Hyperlinks are added to the build detail web pages for each triggered build.

schedulerNames

Lists the Triggerable schedulers that should be triggered when this step is executed.

Note

It is possible, but not advisable, to create a cycle where a build continually triggers itself, because the schedulers are specified by name.

unimportantSchedulerNames

When waitForFinish is True, all schedulers in this list will not cause the trigger step to fail. unimportantSchedulerNames must be a subset of schedulerNames. If waitForFinish is False, unimportantSchedulerNames will simply be ignored.

waitForFinish

If True, the step will not finish until all of the builds from the triggered schedulers have finished.

If False (the default) or not given, then the buildstep succeeds immediately after triggering the schedulers.

updateSourceStamp

If True (the default), then the step updates the source stamps given to the Triggerable schedulers to include got_revision (the revision actually used in this build) as revision (the revision to use in the triggered builds). This is useful to ensure that all of the builds use exactly the same source stamps, even if other Changes have occurred while the build was running.

If False (and neither of the other arguments are specified), then the exact same SourceStamps are used.

alwaysUseLatest

If True, then no SourceStamps are given, corresponding to using the latest revisions of the repositories specified in the Source steps. This is useful if the triggered builds use to a different source repository.

sourceStamps

Accepts a list of dictionaries containing the keys branch, revision, repository, project, and optionally patch_level, patch_body, patch_subdir, patch_author and patch_comment and creates the corresponding SourceStamps. If only one sourceStamp has to be specified then the argument sourceStamp can be used for a dictionary containing the keys mentioned above. The arguments updateSourceStamp, alwaysUseLatest, and sourceStamp can be specified using properties.

set_properties

Allows control of the properties that are passed to the triggered scheduler. The parameter takes a dictionary mapping property names to values. You may use Interpolate here to dynamically construct new property values. For the simple case of copying a property, this might look like:

set_properties={"my_prop1" : Property("my_prop1"),
                "my_prop2" : Property("my_prop2")}

where Property is an instance of buildbot.process.properties.Property.

Note

The copy_properties parameter, given a list of properties to copy into the new build request, has been deprecated in favor of explicit use of set_properties.

Dynamic Trigger

Sometimes it is desirable to select which scheduler to trigger, and which properties to set dynamically, at the time of the build. For this purpose, the Trigger step supports a method that you can customize in order to override statically defined schedulernames, set_properties and optionally unimportant.

getSchedulersAndProperties()

Returns:

list of dictionaries containing the keys ‘sched_name’, ‘props_to_set’ and ‘unimportant’ optionally via deferred.

This method returns a list of dictionaries describing what scheduler to trigger, with which properties and if the scheduler is unimportant. The properties should already be rendered (ie, concrete value, not objects wrapped by Interpolate or Property). Since this function happens at build-time, the property values are available from the step and can be used to decide what schedulers or properties to use.

With this method, you can also trigger the same scheduler multiple times with different set of properties. The sourcestamp configuration is however the same for each triggered build request.

2.5.12.34. BuildEPYDoc

class buildbot.steps.python.BuildEPYDoc

epydoc is a tool for generating API documentation for Python modules from their docstrings. It reads all the .py files from your source tree, processes the docstrings therein, and creates a large tree of .html files (or a single .pdf file).

The BuildEPYDoc step will run epydoc to produce this API documentation, and will count the errors and warnings from its output.

You must supply the command line to be used. The default is make epydocs, which assumes that your project has a Makefile with an epydocs target. You might wish to use something like epydoc -o apiref source/PKGNAME instead. You might also want to add option –pdf to generate a PDF file instead of a large tree of HTML files.

The API docs are generated in-place in the build tree (under the workdir, in the subdirectory controlled by the option -o argument). To make them useful, you will probably have to copy them to somewhere they can be read. For example if you have server with configured nginx web server, you can place generated docs to it’s public folder with command like rsync -ad apiref/ dev.example.com:~/usr/share/nginx/www/current-apiref/. You might instead want to bundle them into a tarball and publish it in the same place where the generated install tarball is placed.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.BuildEPYDoc(command=["epydoc", "-o", "apiref", "source/mypkg"]))

2.5.12.35. PyFlakes

class buildbot.steps.python.PyFlakes

PyFlakes is a tool to perform basic static analysis of Python code to look for simple errors, like missing imports and references of undefined names. It is like a fast and simple form of the C lint program. Other tools (like pychecker) provide more detailed results but take longer to run.

The PyFlakes step will run pyflakes and count the various kinds of errors and warnings it detects.

You must supply the command line to be used. The default is make pyflakes, which assumes you have a top-level Makefile with a pyflakes target. You might want to use something like pyflakes . or pyflakes src.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.PyFlakes(command=["pyflakes", "src"]))

2.5.12.36. Sphinx

class buildbot.steps.python.Sphinx

Sphinx is the Python Documentation Generator. It uses RestructuredText as input format.

The Sphinx step will run sphinx-build or any other program specified in its sphinx argument and count the various warnings and error it detects.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Sphinx(sphinx_builddir="_build"))

This step takes the following arguments:

sphinx_builddir

(required) Name of the directory where the documentation will be generated.

sphinx_sourcedir

(optional, defaulting to .), Name the directory where the conf.py file will be found

sphinx_builder

(optional) Indicates the builder to use.

sphinx

(optional, defaulting to sphinx-build) Indicates the executable to run.

tags

(optional) List of tags to pass to sphinx-build

defines

(optional) Dictionary of defines to overwrite values of the conf.py file.

strict_warnings

(optional) Boolean, defaults to False. Treat all warnings as errors.

mode

(optional) String, one of full or incremental (the default). If set to full, indicates to Sphinx to rebuild everything without re-using the previous build results.

2.5.12.37. PyLint

Similarly, the PyLint step will run pylint and analyze the results.

You must supply the command line to be used. There is no default.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.PyLint(command=["pylint", "src"]))

This step takes the following arguments:

store_results

(Optional, defaults to True) If True, the test results will be stored in the test database.

2.5.12.38. Trial

class buildbot.steps.python_twisted.Trial

This step runs a unit test suite using trial, a unittest-like testing framework that is a component of Twisted Python.

The Trial takes the following arguments:

python

(string or list of strings, optional) Which python executable to use. Will form the start of the argv array that will launch trial. If you use this, you should set trial to an explicit path (like /usr/bin/trial or ./bin/trial). Defaults to None, which leaves it out entirely (running ‘trial args’ instead of python ./bin/trial args’). Likely values are 'python', ['python3.8'], ['python', '-Wall'], etc.

trial

(string, optional) Which ‘trial’ executable to run Defaults to 'trial', which will cause $PATH to be searched and probably find /usr/bin/trial. If you set python, this should be set to an explicit path (because python3.8 trial will not work).

trialMode

(list of strings, optional) A list of arguments to pass to trial to set the reporting mode. This defaults to ['-to'] which means ‘verbose colorless output’ to the trial that comes with Twisted-2.0.x and at least -2.1.0 . Newer versions of Twisted may come with a trial that prefers ['--reporter=bwverbose'].

trialArgs

(list of strings, optional) A list of arguments to pass to trial. This can be used to turn on any extra flags you like. Defaults to [].

jobs

(integer, optional) Defines the number of parallel jobs.

tests

(list of strings, optional) Defines the test modules to run. For example, ['twisted.test.test_defer', 'twisted.test.test_process'] If this is a string, it will be converted into a one-item list.

testChanges

(boolean, optional) Selects the tests according to the changes in the Build. If set, this will override the tests parameter and asks the Build for all the files that make up the Changes going into this build. The filenames will be passed to trial asking to run just the tests necessary to cover the changes.

recurse

(boolean, optional) Selects the --recurse option of trial. This allows test cases to be found in deeper subdirectories of the modules listed in tests. When using testChanges this option is not necessary.

reactor

(boolean, optional) Selects the reactor to use within Trial. For example, options are gtk or java. If not provided, the Twisted’s usual platform-dependent default is used.

randomly

(boolean, optional) If True, adds the --random=0 argument, which instructs trial to run the unit tests in a random order each time. This occasionally catches problems that might be masked when one module always runs before another.

**kwargs

(dict, optional) The step inherits all arguments of ShellMixin except command.

Trial creates and switches into a directory named _trial_temp/ before running the tests, and sends the twisted log (which includes all exceptions) to a file named test.log. This file will be pulled up to the master where it can be seen as part of the status output.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.Trial(tests='petmail.test'))

2.5.12.39. RemovePYCs

class buildbot.steps.python_twisted.RemovePYCs

This is a simple built-in step that will remove .pyc files from the workdir. This is useful in builds that update their source (and thus do not automatically delete .pyc files) but where some part of the build process is dynamically searching for Python modules. Notably, trial has a bad habit of finding old test modules.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.RemovePYCs())

2.5.12.40. HTTP Requests

Using the HTTPStep step, it is possible to perform HTTP requests in order to trigger another REST service about the progress of the build.

The parameters are the following:

url

(mandatory) The URL where to send the request

method

The HTTP method to use (out of POST, GET, PUT, DELETE, HEAD or OPTIONS), default to POST.

params

Dictionary of URL parameters to append to the URL.

data

The body to attach the request. If a dictionary is provided, form-encoding will take place.

headers

Dictionary of headers to send.

hide_request_headers

Iterable of request headers to be hidden from the log. The header will be listed in the log but the value will be shown as <HIDDEN>.

hide_response_headers

Iterable of response headers to be hidden from the log. The header will be listed in the log but the value will be shown as <HIDDEN>.

other params

Any other keywords supported by the requests api can be passed to this step.

Note

The entire Buildbot master process shares a single Requests Session object. This has the advantage of supporting connection re-use and other HTTP/1.1 features. However, it also means that any cookies or other state changed by one step will be visible to other steps, causing unexpected results. This behavior may change in future versions.

When the method is known in advance, class with the name of the method can also be used. In this case, it is not necessary to specify the method.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(steps.POST('http://myRESTService.example.com/builds',
                     data = {
                        'builder': util.Property('buildername'),
                        'buildnumber': util.Property('buildnumber'),
                        'workername': util.Property('workername'),
                        'revision': util.Property('got_revision')
                     }))

2.5.12.41. Worker Filesystem Steps

Here are some buildsteps for manipulating the worker’s filesystem.

FileExists

This step will assert that a given file exists, failing if it does not. The filename can be specified with a property.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.FileExists(file='test_data'))

This step requires worker version 0.8.4 or later.

CopyDirectory

This command copies a directory on the worker.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.CopyDirectory(src="build/data", dest="tmp/data"))

This step requires worker version 0.8.5 or later.

The CopyDirectory step takes the following arguments:

timeout

If the copy command fails to produce any output for this many seconds, it is assumed to be locked up and will be killed. This defaults to 120 seconds. Pass None to disable.

maxTime

If the command takes longer than this many seconds, it will be killed. This is disabled by default.

RemoveDirectory

This command recursively deletes a directory on the worker.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.RemoveDirectory(dir="build/build"))

This step requires worker version 0.8.4 or later.

MakeDirectory

This command creates a directory on the worker.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.MakeDirectory(dir="build/build"))

This step requires worker version 0.8.5 or later.

2.5.12.42. Transferring Files

class buildbot.steps.transfer.FileUpload

class buildbot.steps.transfer.FileDownload

Most of the work involved in a build will take place on the worker. But occasionally it is useful to do some work on the buildmaster side. The most basic way to involve the buildmaster is simply to move a file from the worker to the master, or vice versa. There are a pair of steps named FileUpload and FileDownload to provide this functionality. FileUpload moves a file up to the master, while FileDownload moves a file down from the master.

As an example, let’s assume that there is a step which produces an HTML file within the source tree that contains some sort of generated project documentation. And let’s assume that we run nginx web server on the buildmaster host for serving static files. We want to move this file to the buildmaster, into a /usr/share/nginx/www/ directory, so it can be visible to developers. This file will wind up in the worker-side working directory under the name docs/reference.html. We want to put it into the master-side /usr/share/nginx/www/ref.html, and add a link to the HTML status to the uploaded file.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "docs"]))
f.addStep(steps.FileUpload(workersrc="docs/reference.html",
                           masterdest="/usr/share/nginx/www/ref.html",
                           url="http://somesite/~buildbot/ref.html"))

The masterdest= argument will be passed to os.path.expanduser, so things like ~ will be expanded properly. Non-absolute paths will be interpreted relative to the buildmaster’s base directory. Likewise, the workersrc= argument will be expanded and interpreted relative to the builder’s working directory.

Note

The copied file will have the same permissions on the master as on the worker, look at the mode= parameter to set it differently.

To move a file from the master to the worker, use the FileDownload command. For example, let’s assume that some step requires a configuration file that, for whatever reason, could not be recorded in the source code repository or generated on the worker side:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.FileDownload(mastersrc="~/todays_build_config.txt",
                             workerdest="build_config.txt"))
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "config"]))

Like FileUpload, the mastersrc= argument is interpreted relative to the buildmaster’s base directory, and the workerdest= argument is relative to the builder’s working directory. If the worker is running in ~worker, and the builder’s builddir is something like tests-i386, then the workdir is going to be ~worker/tests-i386/build, and a workerdest= of foo/bar.html will get put in ~worker/tests-i386/build/foo/bar.html. Both of these commands will create any missing intervening directories.

Other Parameters

The maxsize= argument lets you set a maximum size for the file to be transferred. This may help to avoid surprises: transferring a 100MB coredump when you were expecting to move a 10kB status file might take an awfully long time. The blocksize= argument controls how the file is sent over the network: larger blocksizes are slightly more efficient but also consume more memory on each end, and there is a hard-coded limit of about 640kB.

The mode= argument allows you to control the access permissions of the target file, traditionally expressed as an octal integer. The most common value is probably 0o755, which sets the x executable bit on the file (useful for shell scripts and the like). The default value for mode= is None, which means the permission bits will default to whatever the umask of the writing process is. The default umask tends to be fairly restrictive, but at least on the worker you can make it less restrictive with a --umask command-line option at creation time (Worker Options).

The keepstamp= argument is a boolean that, when True, forces the modified and accessed time of the destination file to match the times of the source file. When False (the default), the modified and accessed times of the destination file are set to the current time on the buildmaster.

The url= argument allows you to specify an url that will be displayed in the HTML status. The title of the url will be the name of the item transferred (directory for DirectoryUpload or file for FileUpload). This allows the user to add a link to the uploaded item if that one is uploaded to an accessible place.

For FileUpload, the urlText= argument allows you to specify the url title that will be displayed in the web UI.

Transferring Directories

class buildbot.steps.transfer.DirectoryUpload

To transfer complete directories from the worker to the master, there is a BuildStep named DirectoryUpload. It works like FileUpload, just for directories. However it does not support the maxsize, blocksize and mode arguments. As an example, let’s assume an generated project documentation, which consists of many files (like the output of doxygen or epydoc). And let’s assume that we run nginx web server on buildmaster host for serving static files. We want to move the entire documentation to the buildmaster, into a /usr/share/nginx/www/docs directory, and add a link to the uploaded documentation on the HTML status page. On the worker-side the directory can be found under docs:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "docs"]))
f.addStep(steps.DirectoryUpload(workersrc="docs",
                                masterdest="/usr/share/nginx/www/docs",
                                url="~buildbot/docs"))

The DirectoryUpload step will create all necessary directories and transfers empty directories, too.

The maxsize and blocksize parameters are the same as for FileUpload, although note that the size of the transferred data is implementation-dependent, and probably much larger than you expect due to the encoding used (currently tar).

The optional compress argument can be given as 'gz' or 'bz2' to compress the datastream.

For DirectoryUpload the urlText= argument allows you to specify the url title that will be displayed in the web UI.

Note

The permissions on the copied files will be the same on the master as originally on the worker, see option buildbot-worker create-worker --umask to change the default one.

Transferring Multiple Files At Once

class buildbot.steps.transfer.MultipleFileUpload

In addition to the FileUpload and DirectoryUpload steps there is the MultipleFileUpload step for uploading a bunch of files (and directories) in a single BuildStep. The step supports all arguments that are supported by FileUpload and DirectoryUpload, but instead of a the single workersrc parameter it takes a (plural) workersrcs parameter. This parameter should either be a list, something that can be rendered as a list or a string which will be converted to a list. Additionally it supports the glob parameter if this parameter is set to True all arguments in workersrcs will be parsed through glob and the results will be uploaded to masterdest.:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"]))
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "docs"]))
f.addStep(steps.MultipleFileUpload(workersrcs=["docs", "test-results.html"],
                                   masterdest="/usr/share/nginx/www/",
                                   url="~buildbot"))

The url= parameter, can be used to specify a link to be displayed in the HTML status of the step.

The way URLs are added to the step can be customized by extending the MultipleFileUpload class. The allUploadsDone method is called after all files have been uploaded and sets the URL. The uploadDone method is called once for each uploaded file and can be used to create file-specific links.

import os

from buildbot.plugins import steps

class CustomFileUpload(steps.MultipleFileUpload):
    linkTypes = ('.html', '.txt')

    def linkFile(self, basename):
        name, ext = os.path.splitext(basename)
        return ext in self.linkTypes

    def uploadDone(self, result, source, masterdest):
        if self.url:
            basename = os.path.basename(source)
            if self.linkFile(basename):
                self.addURL(self.url + '/' + basename, basename)

    def allUploadsDone(self, result, sources, masterdest):
        if self.url:
            notLinked = [src for src in sources if not self.linkFile(src)]
            numFiles = len(notLinked)
            if numFiles:
                self.addURL(self.url, '... %d more' % numFiles)

For MultipleFileUpload the urlText= argument allows you to specify the url title that will be displayed in the web UI.

2.5.12.43. Transferring Strings

class buildbot.steps.transfer.StringDownload

class buildbot.steps.transfer.JSONStringDownload

class buildbot.steps.transfer.JSONPropertiesDownload

Sometimes it is useful to transfer a calculated value from the master to the worker. Instead of having to create a temporary file and then use FileDownload, you can use one of the string download steps.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(steps.StringDownload(util.Interpolate("%(src::branch)s-%(prop:got_revision)s\n"),
        workerdest="buildid.txt"))

StringDownload works just like FileDownload except it takes a single argument, s, representing the string to download instead of a mastersrc argument.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

buildinfo = {
    'branch': Property('branch'),
    'got_revision': Property('got_revision')
}
f.addStep(steps.JSONStringDownload(buildinfo, workerdest="buildinfo.json"))

JSONStringDownload is similar, except it takes an o argument, which must be JSON serializable, and transfers that as a JSON-encoded string to the worker.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.JSONPropertiesDownload(workerdest="build-properties.json"))

JSONPropertiesDownload transfers a json-encoded string that represents a dictionary where properties maps to a dictionary of build property name to property value; and sourcestamp represents the build’s sourcestamp.

2.5.12.44. MasterShellCommand

class buildbot.steps.master.MasterShellCommand

Occasionally, it is useful to execute some task on the master, for example to create a directory, deploy a build result, or trigger some other centralized processing. This is possible, in a limited fashion, with the MasterShellCommand step.

This step operates similarly to a regular ShellCommand, but executes on the master, instead of the worker. To be clear, the enclosing Build object must still have a worker object, just as for any other step – only, in this step, the worker does not do anything.

In the following example, the step renames a tarball based on the day of the week.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.FileUpload(workersrc="widgetsoft.tar.gz",
                     masterdest="/var/buildoutputs/widgetsoft-new.tar.gz"))
f.addStep(steps.MasterShellCommand(
    command="mv widgetsoft-new.tar.gz widgetsoft-`date +%a`.tar.gz",
    workdir="/var/buildoutputs"))

Note

By default, this step passes a copy of the buildmaster’s environment variables to the subprocess. To pass an explicit environment instead, add an env={..} argument.

Environment variables constructed using the env argument support expansion so that if you just want to prepend /home/buildbot/bin to the PATH environment variable, you can do it by putting the value ${PATH} at the end of the value like in the example below. Variables that don’t exist on the master will be replaced by "".

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.MasterShellCommand(
              command=["make", "www"],
              env={'PATH': ["/home/buildbot/bin",
                            "${PATH}"]}))

Note that environment values must be strings (or lists that are turned into strings). In particular, numeric properties such as buildnumber must be substituted using Interpolate.

workdir

(optional) The directory from which the command will be run.

interruptSignal

(optional) Signal to use to end the process if the step is interrupted.

2.5.12.45. LogRenderable

class buildbot.steps.master.LogRenderable

This build step takes content which can be renderable and logs it in a pretty-printed format. It can be useful for debugging properties during a build.

2.5.12.46. Assert

class buildbot.steps.master.Assert

This build step takes a Renderable or constant passed in as first argument. It will test if the expression evaluates to True and succeed the step or fail the step otherwise.

2.5.12.47. SetProperty

class buildbot.steps.master.SetProperty

SetProperty takes two arguments of property and value where the value is to be assigned to the property key. It is usually called with the value argument being specified as an Interpolate object which allows the value to be built from other property values:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(
    steps.SetProperty(
        property="SomeProperty",
        value=util.Interpolate("sch=%(prop:scheduler)s, worker=%(prop:workername)s")
    )
)

2.5.12.48. SetProperties

class buildbot.steps.master.SetProperties

SetProperties takes a dictionary to be turned into build properties.

It is similar to SetProperty, and meant to be used with a Renderer function or a dictionary of Interpolate objects which allows the value to be built from other property values:

"""Example borrowed from Julia's master.cfg
   https://github.com/staticfloat/julia-buildbot (MIT)"""
from buildbot.plugins import *

@util.renderer
def compute_artifact_filename(props):
    # Get the output of the `make print-BINARYDIST_FILENAME` step
    reported_filename = props.getProperty('artifact_filename')

    # First, see if we got a BINARYDIST_FILENAME output
    if reported_filename[:26] == "BINARYDIST_FILENAME=":
        local_filename = util.Interpolate(reported_filename[26:].strip() +
                                          "%(prop:os_pkg_ext)s")
    else:
        # If not, use non-sf/consistent_distnames naming
        if is_mac(props):
            template = \
                "path/to/Julia-%(prop:version)s-%(prop:shortcommit)s.%(prop:os_pkg_ext)s"
        elif is_winnt(props):
            template = \
                "julia-%(prop:version)s-%(prop:tar_arch)s.%(prop:os_pkg_ext)s"
        else:
            template = \
                "julia-%(prop:shortcommit)s-Linux-%(prop:tar_arch)s.%(prop:os_pkg_ext)s"

        local_filename = util.Interpolate(template)

    # upload_filename always follows sf/consistent_distname rules
    upload_filename = util.Interpolate(
        "julia-%(prop:shortcommit)s-%(prop:os_name)s%(prop:bits)s.%(prop:os_pkg_ext)s")

    return {
        "local_filename": local_filename
        "upload_filename": upload_filename
    }

f1.addStep(steps.SetProperties(properties=compute_artifact_filename))

2.5.12.49. SetPropertyFromCommand

class buildbot.steps.shell.SetPropertyFromCommand

This buildstep is similar to ShellCommand, except that it captures the output of the command into a property. It is usually used like this:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.SetPropertyFromCommand(command="uname -a", property="uname"))

This runs uname -a and captures its stdout, stripped of leading and trailing whitespace, in the property uname. To avoid stripping, add strip=False.

The property argument can be specified as an Interpolate object, allowing the property name to be built from other property values.

Passing includeStdout=False (defaults to True) stops capture from stdout.

Passing includeStderr=True (defaults to False) allows capture from stderr.

The more advanced usage allows you to specify a function to extract properties from the command output. Here you can use regular expressions, string interpolation, or whatever you would like. In this form, extract_fn should be passed, and not Property. The extract_fn function is called with three arguments: the exit status of the command, its standard output as a string, and its standard error as a string. It should return a dictionary containing all new properties.

Note that passing in extract_fn will set includeStderr to True.

def glob2list(rc, stdout, stderr):
    jpgs = [l.strip() for l in stdout.split('\n')]
    return {'jpgs': jpgs}

f.addStep(SetPropertyFromCommand(command="ls -1 *.jpg", extract_fn=glob2list))

Note that any ordering relationship of the contents of stdout and stderr is lost. For example, given:

f.addStep(SetPropertyFromCommand(
    command="echo output1; echo error >&2; echo output2",
    extract_fn=my_extract))

Then my_extract will see stdout="output1\noutput2\n" and stderr="error\n".

Avoid using the extract_fn form of this step with commands that produce a great deal of output, as the output is buffered in memory until complete.

class buildbot.steps.worker.SetPropertiesFromEnv

2.5.12.50. SetPropertiesFromEnv

Buildbot workers (later than version 0.8.3) provide their environment variables to the master on connect. These can be copied into Buildbot properties with the SetPropertiesFromEnv step. Pass a variable or list of variables in the variables parameter, then simply use the values as properties in a later step.

Note that on Windows, environment variables are case-insensitive, but Buildbot property names are case sensitive. The property will have exactly the variable name you specify, even if the underlying environment variable is capitalized differently. If, for example, you use variables=['Tmp'], the result will be a property named Tmp, even though the environment variable is displayed as TMP in the Windows GUI.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(steps.SetPropertiesFromEnv(variables=["SOME_JAVA_LIB_HOME", "JAVAC"]))
f.addStep(steps.Compile(commands=[util.Interpolate("%(prop:JAVAC)s"),
                                  "-cp",
                                  util.Interpolate("%(prop:SOME_JAVA_LIB_HOME)s")]))

Note that this step requires that the worker be at least version 0.8.3. For previous versions, no environment variables are available (the worker environment will appear to be empty).

2.5.12.51. RpmBuild

The RpmBuild step builds RPMs based on a spec file:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.RpmBuild(specfile="proj.spec", dist='.el5'))

The step takes the following parameters

specfile

The .spec file to build from

topdir

Definition for _topdir, defaulting to the workdir.

builddir

Definition for _builddir, defaulting to the workdir.

rpmdir

Definition for _rpmdir, defaulting to the workdir.

sourcedir

Definition for _sourcedir, defaulting to the workdir.

srcrpmdir

Definition for _srcrpmdir, defaulting to the workdir.

dist

Distribution to build, used as the definition for _dist.

define

A dictionary of additional definitions to declare.

autoRelease

If true, use the auto-release mechanics.

vcsRevision

If true, use the version-control revision mechanics. This uses the got_revision property to determine the revision and define _revision. Note that this will not work with multi-codebase builds.

2.5.12.52. RpmLint

The RpmLint step checks for common problems in RPM packages or spec files:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.RpmLint())

The step takes the following parameters

fileloc

The file or directory to check. In case of a directory, it is recursively searched for RPMs and spec files to check.

config

Path to a rpmlint config file. This is passed as the user configuration file if present.

2.5.12.53. MockBuildSRPM Step

The MockBuildSRPM step builds a SourceRPM based on a spec file and optionally a source directory:

Mock (http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Projects/Mock) creates chroots and builds packages in them. It populates the changeroot with a basic system and the packages listed as build requirement. The type of chroot to build is specified with the root parameter. To use mock your Buildbot user must be added to the mock group.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.MockBuildSRPM(root='default', spec='mypkg.spec'))

The step takes the following parameters

root

Use chroot configuration defined in /etc/mock/<root>.cfg.

resultdir

The directory where the logfiles and the SourceRPM are written to.

spec

Build the SourceRPM from this spec file.

sources

Path to the directory containing the sources, defaulting to ..

Note

It is necessary to pass the resultdir parameter to let the master watch for (and display) changes to build.log, root.log, and state.log.

2.5.12.54. MockRebuild

The MockRebuild step rebuilds a SourceRPM package:

Mock (http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Projects/Mock) creates chroots and builds packages in them. It populates the changeroot with a basic system and the packages listed as build requirement. The type of chroot to build is specified with the root parameter. To use mock your Buildbot user must be added to the mock group.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.MockRebuild(root='default', srpm='mypkg-1.0-1.src.rpm'))

The step takes the following parameters

root

Uses chroot configuration defined in /etc/mock/<root>.cfg.

resultdir

The directory where the logfiles and the SourceRPM are written to.

srpm

The path to the SourceRPM to rebuild.

Note

It is necessary to pass the resultdir parameter to let the master watch for (and display) changes to build.log, root.log, and state.log.

2.5.12.55. DebPbuilder

The DebPbuilder step builds Debian packages within a chroot built by pbuilder. It populates the chroot with a basic system and the packages listed as build requirements. The type of the chroot to build is specified with the distribution, distribution and mirror parameter. To use pbuilder, your Buildbot user must have the right to run pbuilder as root using sudo.

from buildbot.plugins import steps

f.addStep(steps.DebPbuilder())

The step takes the following parameters

architecture

Architecture to build chroot for.

distribution

Name, or nickname, of the distribution. Defaults to ‘stable’.

basetgz

Path of the basetgz to use for building.

mirror

URL of the mirror used to download the packages from.

othermirror

List of additional deb URL ... lines to add to sources.list.

extrapackages

List if packages to install in addition to the base system.

keyring

Path to a gpg keyring to verify the downloaded packages. This is necessary if you build for a foreign distribution.

components

Repos to activate for chroot building.

2.5.12.56. DebCowbuilder

The DebCowbuilder step is a subclass of DebPbuilder, which use cowbuilder instead of pbuilder.

2.5.12.57. DebLintian

The DebLintian step checks a build .deb for bugs and policy violations. The packages or changes file to test is specified in fileloc.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

f.addStep(steps.DebLintian(fileloc=util.Interpolate("%(prop:deb-changes)s")))

This class adds the following arguments:

fileloc

(Optional, string) Location of the .deb or .changes files to test.

suppressTags

(Optional, list of strings) List of tags to suppress.

All other arguments are identical to ShellCommand.

BuildSteps are usually specified in the buildmaster’s configuration file, in a list that given to a BuildFactory. The BuildStep instances in this list are used as templates to construct new independent copies for each build (so that state can be kept on the BuildStep in one build without affecting a later build). Each BuildFactory can be created with a list of steps, or the factory can be created empty and then steps added to it using the addStep method:

from buildbot.plugins import util, steps

f = util.BuildFactory()
f.addSteps([
    steps.SVN(repourl="http://svn.example.org/Trunk/"),
    steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "all"]),
    steps.ShellCommand(command=["make", "test"])
])

The basic behavior for a BuildStep is to:

• run for a while, then stop

• possibly invoke some RemoteCommands on the attached worker

• possibly produce a set of log files

• finish with a status described by one of four values defined in buildbot.process.results: SUCCESS, WARNINGS, FAILURE, SKIPPED

• provide a list of short strings to describe the step

The rest of this section describes all the standard BuildStep objects available for use in a Build, and the parameters that can be used to control each. A full list of build steps is available in the Build Step Index.

2.5.12.58. Build steps

The following build steps are available:

• Parameters Common to all Steps

• Source checkout steps - used to checkout the source code

  • Common Parameters of source checkout operations

  • Bzr

  • CVS

  • Darcs

  • Git

  • Gerrit

  • GitHub

  • GitLab

  • Mercurial

  • Monotone

  • P4

  • Repo

  • SVN

• Other source-related steps - used to perform non-checkout source operations

  • GitCommit

  • GitTag

  • GitPush

  • GitDiffInfo

• ShellCommand steps - used to perform various shell-based operations

  • ShellCommand

  • Shell Sequence

  • Compile

  • Configure

  • CMake

  • Visual C++ (VC<...>, VS<...>, VCExpress9, MsBuild<...)

  • Cppcheck

  • Robocopy

  • Test

  • TreeSize

  • PerlModuleTest

  • SubunitShellCommand

  • HLint

  • MaxQ

• Trigger - triggering other builds

• Python build steps - used to perform Python-related build operations

  • BuildEPYDoc

  • PyFlakes

  • Sphinx

  • PyLint

  • Trial

• Debian build steps - used to build deb packages

  • DebPbuilder, DebCowBuilder

  • DebLintian

• RPM build steps - used to build rpm packages

  • RpmBuild

  • RpmLint

  • MockBuildSRPM Step

  • MockRebuild

• Transferring Files - used to perform file transfer operations

  • FileUpload

  • FileDownload

  • DirectoryUpload

  • MultipleFileUpload

  • StringDownload

  • JSONStringDownload

  • JSONPropertiesDownload

• HTTP Requests - used to perform HTTP requests

  • HTTPStep

  • POST

  • GET

  • PUT

  • DELETE

  • HEAD

  • OPTIONS

• Worker Filesystem Steps - used to perform filesystem operations on the worker

  • FileExists

  • CopyDirectory

  • RemoveDirectory

  • MakeDirectory

• Master steps - used to perform operations on the build master

  • MasterShellCommand

  • SetProperty

  • SetProperties

  • SetPropertyFromCommand

  • SetPropertiesFromEnv

  • LogRenderable - used to log a renderable property for debugging

  • Assert - used to terminate build depending on condition

2.5.13. Interlocks

Until now, we assumed that a master can run builds at any worker whenever needed or desired. Some times, you want to enforce additional constraints on builds. For reasons like limited network bandwidth, old worker machines, or a self-willed data base server, you may want to limit the number of builds (or build steps) that can access a resource.

2.5.13.1. Access Modes

The mechanism used by Buildbot is known as the read/write lock [1]. It allows either many readers or a single writer but not a combination of readers and writers. The general lock has been modified and extended for use in Buildbot. Firstly, the general lock allows an infinite number of readers. In Buildbot, we often want to put an upper limit on the number of readers, for example allowing two out of five possible builds at the same time. To do this, the lock counts the number of active readers. Secondly, the terms read mode and write mode are confusing in the context of Buildbot. They have been replaced by counting mode (since the lock counts them) and exclusive mode. As a result of these changes, locks in Buildbot allow a number of builds (up to some fixed number) in counting mode, or they allow one build in exclusive mode.

Note

Access modes are specified when a lock is used. That is, it is possible to have a single lock that is used by several workers in counting mode, and several workers in exclusive mode. In fact, this is the strength of the modes: accessing a lock in exclusive mode will prevent all counting-mode accesses.

2.5.13.2. Count

Often, not all workers are equal. To address this situation, Buildbot allows to have a separate upper limit on the count for each worker. In this way, for example, you can have at most 3 concurrent builds at a fast worker, 2 at a slightly older worker, and 1 at all other workers. You can also specify the count during an access request. This specifies how many units an access consumes from the lock (in other words, as how many builds a build will count). This way, you can balance a shared resource that builders consume unevenly, for example, the amount of memory or the number of CPU cores.

2.5.13.3. Scope

The final thing you can specify when you introduce a new lock is its scope. Some constraints are global and must be enforced on all workers. Other constraints are local to each worker. A master lock is used for the global constraints. You can ensure for example that at most one build (of all builds running at all workers) accesses the database server. With a worker lock you can add a limit local to each worker. With such a lock, you can for example enforce an upper limit to the number of active builds at a worker, like above.

2.5.13.4. Examples

Time for a few examples. A master lock is defined below to protect a database, and a worker lock is created to limit the number of builds at each worker.

from buildbot.plugins import util

db_lock = util.MasterLock("database")
build_lock = util.WorkerLock("worker_builds",
                             maxCount=1,
                             maxCountForWorker={'fast': 3, 'new': 2})

db_lock is defined to be a master lock. The database string is used for uniquely identifying the lock. At the next line, a worker lock called build_lock is created with the name worker_builds. Since the requirements of the worker lock are a bit more complicated, two optional arguments are also specified. The maxCount parameter sets the default limit for builds in counting mode to 1. For the worker called 'fast' however, we want to have at most three builds, and for the worker called 'new', the upper limit is two builds running at the same time.

The next step is accessing the locks in builds. Buildbot allows a lock to be used during an entire build (from beginning to end) or only during a single build step. In the latter case, the lock is claimed for use just before the step starts and released again when the step ends. To prevent deadlocks [2], it is not possible to claim or release locks at other times.

To use locks, you add them with a locks argument to a build or a step. Each use of a lock is either in counting mode (that is, possibly shared with other builds) or in exclusive mode, and this is indicated with the syntax lock.access(mode, count), where mode is one of "counting" or "exclusive".

The optional argument count is a non-negative integer (for counting locks) or 1 (for exclusive locks). If unspecified, it defaults to 1. If 0, the access always succeeds. This argument allows to use locks for balancing a shared resource that is utilized unevenly.

A build or build step proceeds only when it has acquired all locks. If a build or step needs many locks, it may be starved [3] by other builds requiring fewer locks.

To illustrate the use of locks, here are a few examples.

from buildbot.plugins import util, steps

db_lock = util.MasterLock("database")
build_lock = util.WorkerLock("worker_builds",
                             maxCount=1,
                             maxCountForWorker={'fast': 3, 'new': 2})

f = util.BuildFactory()
f.addStep(steps.SVN(repourl="http://example.org/svn/Trunk"))
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command="make all"))
f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command="make test",
                             locks=[db_lock.access('exclusive')]))

b1 = {'name': 'full1', 'workername': 'fast',  'builddir': 'f1', 'factory': f,
       'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }

b2 = {'name': 'full2', 'workername': 'new',   'builddir': 'f2', 'factory': f,
       'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }

b3 = {'name': 'full3', 'workername': 'old',   'builddir': 'f3', 'factory': f,
       'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }

b4 = {'name': 'full4', 'workername': 'other', 'builddir': 'f4', 'factory': f,
       'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')] }

c['builders'] = [b1, b2, b3, b4]

Here we have four workers fast, new, old, and other. Each worker performs the same checkout, make, and test build step sequence. We want to enforce that at most one test step is executed between all workers due to restrictions with the database server. This is done by adding the locks= parameter to the third step. It takes a list of locks with their access mode. Alternatively, this can take a renderable that returns a list of locks with their access mode.

In this case, only the db_lock is needed. The exclusive access mode is used to ensure there is at most one worker that executes the test step.

In addition to exclusive access to the database, we also want workers to stay responsive even under the load of a large number of builds being triggered. For this purpose, the worker lock called build_lock is defined. Since the restraint holds for entire builds, the lock is specified in the builder with 'locks': [build_lock.access('counting')].

Note that you will occasionally see lock.access(mode) written as LockAccess(lock, mode). The two are equivalent, but the former is preferred.

[1]

See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read/write_lock_pattern for more information.

[2]

Deadlock is the situation where two or more workers each hold a lock in exclusive mode, and in addition, they want to claim the lock held by the other worker exclusively as well. Since locks allow at most one exclusive user, both workers would wait forever.

[3]

Starving is the situation where only a few locks are available, and they are immediately grabbed by another build. As a result, it may take a long time before all locks needed by the starved build are free at the same time.

2.5.14. Report Generators

2.5.14.1. BuildStatusGenerator

class buildbot.reporters.BuildStatusGenerator

This report generator sends a message when a build completes. In case a reporter is used to provide a live status notification for both build start and completion, BuildStartEndStatusGenerator is a better option.

The following parameters are supported:

subject

(string, optional).

Deprecated since Buildbot 3.5. Please use the subject argument of the message_formatter passed to the generator.

A string to be used as the subject line of the message. %(builder)s will be replaced with the name of the builder which provoked the message. %(result)s will be replaced with the name of the result of the build. %(title)s and %(projectName)s will be replaced with the title of the Buildbot instance.

mode

(list of strings or a string, optional). Defines the cases when a message should be sent. There are two strings which can be used as shortcuts instead of the full lists.

The possible shortcuts are:

all

Send message for all cases. Equivalent to ('change', 'failing', 'passing', 'problem', 'warnings', 'exception').

warnings

Equivalent to ('warnings', 'failing').

If the argument is list of strings, it must be a combination of:

cancelled

Send message about builds which were cancelled.

change

Send message about builds which change status.

failing

Send message about builds which fail.

passing

Send message about builds which succeed.

problem

Send message about a build which failed when the previous build has passed.

warnings

Send message about builds which generate warnings.

exception

Send message about builds which generate exceptions.

Defaults to ('failing', 'passing', 'warnings').

builders

(list of strings, optional). A list of builder names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all builds). Use either builders or tags, but not both.

tags

(list of strings, optional). A list of tag names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all tags). Use either builders or tags, but not both.

schedulers

(list of strings, optional). A list of scheduler names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all schedulers).

branches

(list of strings, optional). A list of branch names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all branches).

add_logs

(boolean or a list of strings, optional). (deprecated, set the want_logs_content of the passed message_formatter). If True, include all build logs as attachments to the messages. These can be quite large. This can also be set to a list of log names to send a subset of the logs. Defaults to False.

add_patch

(boolean, optional). If True, include the patch content if a patch was present. Patches are usually used on a Try server. Defaults to False.

report_new

(boolean, optional) Whether new builds will be reported in addition to finished builds. Defaults to False.

message_formatter

(optional, instance of reporters.MessageFormatter) This is an optional instance of the reporters.MessageFormatter class that can be used to generate a custom message.

2.5.14.2. BuildStartEndStatusGenerator

class buildbot.plugins.reporters.BuildStartEndStatusGenerator

This report generator that sends a message both when a build starts and finishes.

The following parameters are supported:

builders

(list of strings, optional). A list of builder names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all builds). Use either builders or tags, but not both.

tags

(list of strings, optional). A list of tag names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all tags). Use either builders or tags, but not both.

schedulers

(list of strings, optional). A list of scheduler names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all schedulers).

branches

(list of strings, optional). A list of branch names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all branches).

add_logs

(boolean or a list of strings, optional). (deprecated, set the want_logs_content of the passed message_formatter). If True, include all build logs as attachments to the messages. These can be quite large. This can also be set to a list of log names to send a subset of the logs. Defaults to False.

add_patch

(boolean, optional). If True, include the patch content if a patch was present. Patches are usually used on a Try server. Defaults to False.

start_formatter

(optional, instance of reporters.MessageFormatter or reporters.MessageFormatterRenderable) This is an optional message formatter that can be used to generate a custom message at the start of the build.

end_formatter

(optional, instance of reporters.MessageFormatter or reporters.MessageFormatterRenderable) This is an optional message formatter that can be used to generate a custom message at the end of the build.

2.5.14.3. BuildSetStatusGenerator

class buildbot.reporters.BuildSetStatusGenerator

This report generator sends a message about builds in a buildset.

Message formatters are invoked for each matching build in the buildset. The collected messages are then joined and sent as a single message. BuildStatusGenerator report generator uses the same message generation logic, but a single, not multiple builds.

In case of multiple builds, the following algorithm is used to build the final message:

• message body is merged from bodies provided by message formatters for the builds. If message bodies are lists or strings, then the result is simple concatenation. If the type is different or there is type mismatch, then mismatching messages are ignored.

• message subject is taken from the first build for which message formatter a subject.

• extra information is merged from the information dictionaries provided by message formatters. Note that extra information is specified as dictionary of dictionaries. Two root dictionaries are merged by merging child dictionaries. Values in merged child dictionaries that conflict (i.e. correspond to the same keys) are resolved by taking the value of the first build for which it is provided.

The following parameters are supported:

subject

(string, optional).

Deprecated since Buildbot 3.5. Please use the subject argument of the message_formatter passed to the generator.

A string to be used as the subject line of the message. %(builder)s will be replaced with the name of the builder which provoked the message. %(result)s will be replaced with the name of the result of the build. %(title)s and %(projectName)s will be replaced with the title of the Buildbot instance.

mode

(list of strings or a string, optional). Defines the cases when a message should be sent. Only information about builds that matched the mode will be included. There are two strings which can be used as shortcuts instead of the full lists.

The possible shortcuts are:

all

Send message for all cases. Equivalent to ('change', 'failing', 'passing', 'problem', 'warnings', 'exception').

warnings

Equivalent to ('warnings', 'failing').

If the argument is list of strings, it must be a combination of:

cancelled

Include builds which were cancelled.

change

Include builds which change status.

failing

Include builds which fail.

passing

Include builds which succeed.

problem

Include a build which failed when the previous build has passed.

warnings

Include builds which generate warnings.

exception

Include builds which generate exceptions.

Defaults to ('failing', 'passing', 'warnings').

builders

(list of strings, optional). A list of builder names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all builds). Use either builders or tags, but not both.

tags

(list of strings, optional). A list of tag names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all tags). Use either builders or tags, but not both.

schedulers

(list of strings, optional). A list of scheduler names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all schedulers).

branches

(list of strings, optional). A list of branch names to serve build status information for. Defaults to None (all branches).

add_logs

(boolean or a list of strings, optional). (deprecated, set the want_logs_content of the passed message_formatter). If True, include all build logs as attachments to the messages. These can be quite large. This can also be set to a list of log names to send a subset of the logs. Defaults to False.

add_patch

(boolean, optional). If True, include the patch content if a patch was present. Patches are usually used on a Try server. Defaults to False.

message_formatter

(optional, instance of reporters.MessageFormatter) This is an optional instance of the reporters.MessageFormatter class that can be used to generate a custom message.

2.5.14.4. BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator

class buildbot.reporters.BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator

This report generator sends a message about a buildset.

Message formatter is invoked only once for all builds in the buildset.

It is very similar to BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator but invokes message formatters for each matching build in the buildset. The collected messages are then joined and sent as a single message.

A buildset without any builds is useful as a means to report to code review system that a particular code version does not need to be tested. For example in cases when a pull request is updated with the only difference being commit message being changed.

The following parameters are supported:

message_formatter

(instance of reporters.MessageFormatter) This is an instance of the reporters.MessageFormatter class that will be used to generate message for the buildset.

2.5.14.5. WorkerMissingGenerator

class buildbot.reporters.WorkerMissingGenerator

This report generator sends a message when a worker goes missing.

The following parameters are supported:

workers

("all" or a list of strings, optional). Identifies the workers for which to send a message. "all" (the default) means that a message will be sent when any worker goes missing. The list version of the parameter specifies the names of the workers.

message_formatter

(optional, instance of reporters.MessageFormatterMissingWorker) This is an optional instance of the reporters.MessageFormatterMissingWorker class that can be used to generate a custom message.

2.5.14.6. MessageFormatter

This formatter is used to format messages in BuildStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator.

It formats a message using the Jinja2 templating language and picks the template either from a string.

The constructor of the class takes the following arguments:

template_type

This indicates the type of the generated template. Use either ‘plain’ (the default) or ‘html’.

template

If set, specifies the template used to generate the message body. If not set, a default template will be used. The default template is selected according to template_type so it may make sense to specify appropriate template_type even if the default template is used.

subject

If set, specifies the template used to generate the message subject. In case of messages generated for multiple builds within a buildset (e.g. from within BuildSetStatusGenerator), the subject of the first message will be used. The is_buildset key of the context can be used to detect such case and adjust the message appropriately.

ctx

This is an extension of the standard context that will be given to the templates. Use this to add content to the templates that is otherwise not available.

Alternatively, you can subclass MessageFormatter and override the buildAdditionalContext in order to grab more context from the data API.

buildbot.reporters.message.buildAdditionalContext(master, ctx)

Parameters:

• master – the master object

• ctx – the context dictionary to enhance

Returns:

optionally deferred

default implementation will add self.ctx into the current template context

want_properties

This parameter (defaults to True) will extend the content of the given build object with the Properties from the build.

want_steps

This parameter (defaults to False) will extend the content of the given build object with information about the steps of the build. Use it only when necessary as this increases the overhead in terms of CPU and memory on the master.

want_logs

This parameter (defaults to False) will extend the content of the steps of the given build object with the log metadata of each steps from the build. This implies wantSteps to be True. Use it only when mandatory, as this greatly increases the overhead in terms of CPU and memory on the master.

want_logs_content

This parameter (defaults to False) controls whether to include log content together with log metadata as controlled by want_logs.

False disables log content inclusion. True enables log content inclusion for all logs. A list of strings specifies which logs to include. The logs can be included by name; or by step name and log name separated by dot character. If log name is specified, logs with that name will be included regardless of the step it is in. If both step and log names are specified, then logs with that name will be included only from the specific step.

want_logs_content being not False implies want_logs=True and want_steps=True.

Enabling want_logs_content dumps the full content of logs and may consume lots of memory and CPU depending on the log size.

extra_info_cb

This parameter (defaults to None) can be used to customize extra information that is passed to reporters. If set, this argument must be a function that returns a dictionary of dictionaries either directly or via a Deferred. The interpretation of the return value depends on the exact reporter being used.

Context (build)

In the case the message formatter is used to create message for a build the context that is given to the template consists of the following data:

results

The results of the build as an integer. Equivalent to build['results'].

result_names

A collection that allows accessing a textual identifier of build result. The intended usage is result_names[results].

The following are possible values: success, warnings, failure, skipped, exception, retry, cancelled.

buildername

The name of the builder. Equivalent to build['builder']['name']

mode

The mode argument that has been passed to the report generator.

workername

The name of the worker. Equivalent to the workername property of the build or <unknown> if it’s not available.

buildset

The buildset dictionary from data API.

build

The build dictionary from data API. The properties attribute is populated only if want_properties is set to True. It has the following extra properties:

builder

The builder dictionary from the data API that describes the builder of the build.

buildrequest

The buildrequest dictionary from the data API that describes the build request that the build was built for.

buildset

The buildset dictionary from the data API that describes the buildset that the build was built for.

parentbuild

The build dictionary from the data API that describes the parent build. This build is identified by the parent_buildid attribute of the buildset.

parentbuilder

The builder dictionary from the data API that describes the builder of the parent build.

url

URL to the build in the Buildbot UI.

prev_build

The build dictionary from the data API that describes previous build, if any. This attribute is populated only if wantPreviousBuild is set to True.

steps

A list of step dictionaries from the data API that describe steps in the build, if any. This attribute is populated only if wantSteps is set to True.

Additionally, if want_logs is set to True then the step dictionaries will contain logs attribute with a list of log dictionaries from the data API that describe the logs of the step. The log dictionaries will additionally contain url key with URL to the log in the web UI as the value.

Additionally, if want_logs_content is set to True then the log dictionaries will contain contents key with full contents of the log.

is_buildset

A boolean identifying whether the current message will form a larger message that describes multiple builds in a buildset. This mostly concerns generation of the subject as the message bodies will be merged.

projects

A string identifying the projects that the build was built for.

previous_results

Results of the previous build, if available, otherwise None.

status_detected

String that describes the build in terms of current build results, previous build results and mode.

build_url

URL to the build in the Buildbot UI.

buildbot_title

The title of the Buildbot instance as per c['title'] from the master.cfg

buildbot_url

The URL of the Buildbot instance as per c['buildbotURL'] from the master.cfg

blamelist

The list of users responsible for the build.

summary

A string that summarizes the build result.

sourcestamps

A string identifying the source stamps for which the build was made.

Context (buildset)

In the case the message formatter is used to create message for an buildset itself (see BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator), the context that is given to the template consists of the following data:

results

The results of the buildset as an integer. Equivalent to build['results'].

result_names

A collection that allows accessing a textual identifier of build result. The intended usage is result_names[results].

The following are possible values: success, warnings, failure, skipped, exception, retry, cancelled.

mode

The mode argument that has been passed to the report generator.

buildset

The buildset dictionary from data API.

builds

A list of build dictionaries from data API. The builds are part of the buildset that is being formatted.

is_buildset

Always True.

projects

A string identifying the projects that the buildset was built for.

status_detected

String that describes the build in terms of current buildset results, previous build results and mode.

buildbot_title

The title of the Buildbot instance as per c['title'] from the master.cfg

buildbot_url

The URL of the Buildbot instance as per c['buildbotURL'] from the master.cfg

blamelist

The list of users responsible for the buildset.

sourcestamps

A string identifying the source stamps for which the buildset was made.

Examples

The following examples describe how to get some useful pieces of information from the various data objects:

Name of the builder that generated this event

{{ buildername }}

Title of the BuildMaster

{{ projects }}

MailNotifier mode

{{ mode }} (a combination of change, failing, passing, problem, warnings, exception, all)

URL to build page

{{ build_url }}

URL to Buildbot main page

{{ buildbot_url }}

Status of the build as string.

This require extending the context of the Formatter via the ctx parameter with: ctx={"statuses": util.Results}.

{{ statuses[results] }}

Build text

{{ build['state_string'] }}

Mapping of property names to (values, source)

{{ build['properties'] }}

For instance the build reason (from a forced build)

{{ build['properties']['reason'][0] }}

Worker name

{{ workername }}

List of responsible users

{{ blamelist | join(', ') }}

2.5.14.7. MessageFormatterFunction

This formatter can be used to generate arbitrary messages bodies according to arbitrary calculations.

As opposed to MessageFormatterRenderable, more information is made available to this reporter. As opposed to MessageFormatterFunctionRaw, only the message body can be customized.

class buildbot.reporters.message.MessageFormatterFunction(function, template_type, want_properties=True, want_steps=False, want_logs=False, want_logs_content=False)

Parameters:

• function (callable) –

  A callable that will be called with a dictionary.

  If the message formatter is used to format a build, the dictionary contains build key with the build dictionary as received from the data API.

  If the message formatter is used to format a buildset (e.g. when used from BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator), the dictionary contains the following:

  • buildset key with the buildset dictionary as received from the data API.

  • builds key with the builds dictionaries as received from the data API.

• template_type (string) – either plain, html or json depending on the output of the formatter. JSON output must not be encoded.

• want_properties (boolean) – include ‘properties’ in the build dictionary

• want_steps (boolean) – include ‘steps’ in the build dictionary

• wantLogs (boolean) – deprecated, use want_logs and want_logs_content set to the same value.

• want_logs (boolean) – include ‘logs’ in the steps dictionaries. This implies want_steps=True. This includes only log metadata, for content use want_logs_content.

• want_logs_content (boolean or list[str]) – include logs content in the logs dictionaries. False disables log content inclusion. True enables log content inclusion for all logs. A list of strings specifies which logs to include. The logs can be included by name; or by step name and log name separated by dot character. If log name is specified, logs with that name will be included regardless of the step it is in. If both step and log names are specified, then logs with that name will be included only from the specific step. want_logs_content being not False implies want_logs=True and want_steps=True. Enabling want_logs_content dumps the full content of logs and may consume lots of memory and CPU depending on the log size.

2.5.14.8. MessageFormatterFunctionRaw

This formatter can be used to generate arbitrary messages according to arbitrary calculations.

As opposed to MessageFormatterFunction, full message information can be customized.

The return value of the provided function must be a dictionary and is interpreted as follows:

• body. Body of the message. Most reporters require this to be a string. If not provided, None is used.

• type. Type of the message. Must be either plain, html or json. If not provided, "plain" is used.

• subject. Subject of the message. Must be a string. If not provided, None is used.

• extra_info. Extra information of the message. Must be either None or a dictionary of dictionaries with string keys in both root and child dictionaries. If not provided, None is used.

class buildbot.reporters.message.MessageFormatterFunctionRaw(function, want_properties=True, want_steps=False, want_logs=False, want_logs_content=False)

Parameters:

• function (callable) –

  A callable that will be called with a two arguments.

  • master: An instance of BuildMaster

  • ctx: dictionary that contains the same context dictionary as MessageFormatter.

• want_properties (boolean) – include ‘properties’ in the build dictionary

• want_steps (boolean) – include ‘steps’ in the build dictionary

• want_logs (boolean) – include ‘logs’ in the steps dictionaries. This implies want_steps=True. This includes only log metadata, for content use want_logs_content.

• want_logs_content (boolean or list[str]) – include logs content in the logs dictionaries. False disables log content inclusion. True enables log content inclusion for all logs. A list of strings specifies which logs to include. The logs can be included by name; or by step name and log name separated by dot character. If log name is specified, logs with that name will be included regardless of the step it is in. If both step and log names are specified, then logs with that name will be included only from the specific step. want_logs_content being not False implies want_logs=True and want_steps=True. Enabling want_logs_content dumps the full content of logs and may consume lots of memory and CPU depending on the log size.

2.5.14.9. MessageFormatterRenderable

This formatter is used to format messages in BuildStatusGenerator.

It renders any renderable using the properties of the build that was passed by the status generator.

This message formatter does not support formatting complete buildsets ( BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator).

The constructor of the class takes the following arguments:

template

A renderable that is used to generate the body of the build report.

subject

A renderable that is used to generate the subject of the build report.

2.5.14.10. MessageFormatterMissingWorkers

This formatter is used to format messages in WorkerMissingGenerator.

It formats a message using the Jinja2 templating language and picks the template either from a string or from a file.

The constructor to that class takes the same arguments as MessageFormatter, minus want_logs, want_logs_content, want_properties, want_steps.

template

The content of the template used to generate the body of the mail as string.

template_type

This indicates the type of the generated template. Use either ‘plain’ (the default) or ‘html’.

subject

The content of the subject of the mail as string.

ctx

This is an extension of the standard context that will be given to the templates. Use this to add content to the templates that is otherwise not available.

Alternatively, you can subclass MessageFormatter and override the buildAdditionalContext in order to grab more context from the data API.

buildbot.reporters.message.buildAdditionalContext(master, ctx)

Parameters:

• master – the master object

• ctx – the context dictionary to enhance

Returns:

optionally deferred

The default implementation will add self.ctx into the current template context

The default ctx for the missing worker email is made of:

buildbot_title

The title of the Buildbot instance as per c['title'] from the master.cfg

buildbot_url

The URL of the Buildbot instance as per c['buildbotURL'] from the master.cfg

worker

The worker object as defined in the REST api plus two attributes:

notify

List of emails to be notified for this worker.

last_connection

String describing the approximate time of last connection for this worker.

Report generators abstract the conditions of when a message is sent by a Reporter and the content of the message.

Multiple report generators can be registered to a reporter.

At this moment, only the following reporters support report generators:

• BitbucketServerPRCommentPush

• BitbucketStatusPush

• GitHubStatusPush

• GitHubCommentPush

• GitLabStatusPush

• HttpStatusPush

• MailNotifier

• PushjetNotifier

• PushoverNotifier

Eventually, report generator support will be added to the rest of the reporters as well.

The following report generators are available:

• BuildStatusGenerator

• BuildStartEndStatusGenerator

• BuildSetStatusGenerator

• BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator

• WorkerMissingGenerator

The report generators may customize the reports using message formatters. The following message formatter classes are provided:

• MessageFormatter (commonly used in BuildStatusGenerator, BuildStartEndStatusGenerator, BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator)

• MessageFormatterRenderable (commonly used in BuildStatusGenerator and BuildStartEndStatusGenerator)

• MessageFormatterFunction (commonly used in BuildStatusGenerator and BuildStartEndStatusGenerator)

• MessageFormatterFunctionRaw (commonly used in BuildStatusGenerator, BuildStartEndStatusGenerator, BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator)

• MessageFormatterMissingWorkers (commonly used in WorkerMissingGenerator)

Message formatters produce the following information that is later used by the report generators:

• Message type: plain (text), html or json.

• Message body: a string that describes the information about build or buildset. Other data types are supported too, but then the interpretation of data depends on actual reporter that is being used.

• Message subject: an optional title of the message about build or buildset.

• Extra information: optional dictionary of dictionaries with any extra information to give to the reporter. Interpretation of the data depends on the reporter that is being used.

2.5.15. Reporters

2.5.15.1. ReporterBase

class buildbot.reporters.base.ReporterBase(generators)

ReporterBase is a base class used to implement various reporters. It accepts a list of report generators which define what messages to issue on what events. If generators decide that an event needs a report, then the sendMessage function is called. The sendMessage function should be implemented by deriving classes.

Parameters:

generators – (a list of report generator instances) A list of report generators to manage.

sendMessage(self, reports)

Sends the reports via the mechanism implemented by the specific implementation of the reporter. The reporter is expected to interpret all reports, figure out the best mechanism for reporting and report the given information.

Note

The API provided by the sendMessage function is not yet stable and is subject to change.

Parameters:

reports – A list of dictionaries, one for each generator that provided a report.

Frequently used report keys

Note

The list of report keys and their meanings are currently subject to change.

This documents frequently used keys within the dictionaries that are passed to the sendMessage function.

• body: (string)

  The body of the report to be sent, usually sent as the body of e.g. email.

• subject: (string or None)

  The subject of the report to be sent or None if nothing was supplied.

• type: (string)

  The type of the body of the report. The following are currently supported: plain and html.

• builder_name: (string)

  The name of the builder corresponding to the build or buildset that the report describes.

• results: (an instance of a result value from buildbot.process.results)

  The current result of the build.

• builds (a list of build dictionaries as reported by the data API)

  A list of builds that the report describes.

  Many message formatters support want_steps argument. If it is set, then build will contain steps key with a list of step dictionaries as reported by the data API.

  Many message formatters support want_logs argument. If it is set, then steps will contain logs key with a list of logs dictionaries as reported by the data API.

  The logs dictionaries contain the following keys in addition to what the data API provides:

  • stepname (string) The name of the step that produced the log.

  • url (string) The URL to the interactive page that displays the log contents

  • url_raw (string) The URL to the page that downloads the log contents as a file

  • url_raw_inline (string) The URL to the page that shows the log contents directly in the

    browser.

  • content (optional string) The content of the log. The content of the log is attached only

    if directed by want_logs_content argument of message formatters or add_logs argument of report generators.

• buildset (a buildset dictionary as reported by the data API)

  The buildset that is being described.

• users (a list of strings)

  A list of users to send the report to.

• patches (a list of patch dictionaries corresponding to sourcestamp’s patch values)

  A list of patches applied to the build or buildset that is being built.

• logs (a list of dictionaries corresponding to logs as reported by the data API)

  A list of logs produced by the build(s) so far. The log dictionaries have the same enhancements that are described in the build section above.

• extra_info (a dictionary of dictionaries with string keys in both)

  A list of additional reporter-specific data to apply.

2.5.15.2. BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

ss = reporters.BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush('https://bitbucketserver.example.com:8080/',
                                                auth=('bitbucketserver_username',
                                                      'secret_password'))
c['services'].append(ss)

Or using Bitbucket personal access token

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

ss = reporters.BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush('https://bitbucketserver.example.com:8080/',
                                                token='MDM0MjM5NDc2MDxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx')
c['services'].append(ss)

BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush publishes build status using BitbucketServer Core REST API into which it was integrated in Bitbucket Server 7.4. The build status is published to a specific commit SHA in specific repository in Bitbucket Server with some additional information about reference name, build duration, parent relationship and also possibly test results.

class BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush(base_url, token=None, auth=None, name=None, statusSuffix=None, generators=None, key=None, parentName=None, buildNumber=None, ref=None, duration=None, testResults=None, verbose=False, debug=None, verify=None)

Parameters:

• base_url (string) – The base url of the Bitbucket Server host.

• token (string) – Bitbucket personal access token (mutually exclusive with auth) (can be a Secret)

• auth (tuple) – A tuple of Bitbucket Server username and password (mutually exclusive with token) (can be a Secret)

• statusName (renderable string) – The name that is displayed for this status. If not defined it is constructed to look like “%(prop:buildername)s #%(prop:buildnumber)s”. Or if the plan has a parent plan the default is constructed to look like “<parent’s buildername> #<parent’s buildnumber> >> %(prop:buildername)s #%(prop:buildnumber)s”. If build status is generated by BuildRequestGenerator “%(prop:buildername)s #(build request)” is used instead of “%(prop:buildername)s #%(prop:buildnumber)s”. Note: Parent information is not accessible as properties for user defined renderer.

• statusSuffix (renderable string) – Additional string that is appended to statusName. Empty by default. It is useful when the same plan is launched multiple times for a single parent plan instance. This way every instance of the child plan can have unique suffix and thus be more recognizable (than it would be just by the buildnumber).

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. By default build statuses are generated by BuildRequestGenerator and BuildStartEndStatusGenerator.

• key (renderable string) – Passed to Bitbucket Server to differentiate between statuses. A static string can be passed or Interpolate for dynamic substitution. The default key is %(prop:buildername)s.

• parentName (renderable string) – Defaults to parent’s buildername if plan has a parent plan. Otherwise plan’s own buildername is used as default.

• buildNumber (renderable string) – The default build number is %(prop:buildername)s.

• ref (renderable string) – By default branch name from SourceStamp is used. If branch doesn’t start with string refs/ prefix refs/heads/ is added to it’s beginning.

• duration (renderable int) – Computed for finished builds. Otherwise None. (value in milliseconds)

• testResults (renderable dict) – Test results can be reported via this parameter. Resulting dictionary must contain keys failed, skipped, successful. By default these keys are filled with values from build properties (tests_failed, tests_skipped, tests_successful) if at least one of the properties is found (missing values will default to 0). Otherwise None. Note: If you want to suppress the default behavior pass renderable that always interpolates to None.

• verbose (boolean) – If True, logs a message for each successful status push.

• verify (boolean) – Disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates.

• debug (boolean) – Logs every requests and their response.

2.5.15.3. BitbucketServerPRCommentPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

ss = reporters.BitbucketServerPRCommentPush('https://bitbucket-server.example.com:8080/',
                                            'bitbucket_server__username',
                                            'secret_password')
c['services'].append(ss)

BitbucketServerPRCommentPush publishes a comment on a PR using Bitbucket Server REST API.

class buildbot.reporters.bitbucketserver.BitbucketServerPRCommentPush(base_url, user, password, verbose=False, debug=None, verify=None, mode=('failing', 'passing', 'warnings'), tags=None, generators=None)

The following parameters are accepted by this reporter:

base_url

(string) The base url of the Bitbucket server host.

user

(string) The Bitbucket server user to post as. (can be a Secret)

password

(string) The Bitbucket server user’s password. (can be a Secret)

generators

(list) A list of instances of IReportGenerator which defines the conditions of when the messages will be sent and contents of them. See Report Generators for more information.

verbose

(boolean, defaults to False) If True, logs a message for each successful status push.

debug

(boolean, defaults to False) If True, logs every requests and their response

verify

(boolean, defaults to None) If False, disables SSL verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates. Default enables SSL verification.

Note

This reporter depends on the Bitbucket server hook to get the pull request url.

2.5.15.4. BitbucketServerStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

ss = reporters.BitbucketServerStatusPush('https://bitbucketserver.example.com:8080/',
                                         'bitbucketserver_username',
                                         'secret_password')
c['services'].append(ss)

BitbucketServerStatusPush publishes build status using BitbucketServer Build Integration REST API. The build status is published to a specific commit SHA in Bitbucket Server. It tracks the last build for each builderName for each commit built.

Specifically, it follows the Updating build status for commits document.

It uses HTTP Basic AUTH. As a result, we recommend you use https in your base_url rather than http.

class BitbucketServerStatusPush(base_url, user, password, key=None, statusName=None, generators=None, verbose=False)

Parameters:

• base_url (string) – The base url of the Bitbucket Server host, up to and optionally including the first / of the path.

• user (string) – The Bitbucket Server user to post as. (can be a Secret)

• password (string) – The Bitbucket Server user’s password. (can be a Secret)

• key (renderable string) – Passed to Bitbucket Server to differentiate between statuses. A static string can be passed or Interpolate for dynamic substitution. The default key is %(prop:buildername)s.

• statusName (renderable string) – The name that is displayed for this status. The default name is nothing, so Bitbucket Server will use the key parameter.

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator.

• verbose (boolean) – If True, logs a message for each successful status push.

• verify (boolean) – Disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates

• debug (boolean) – Logs every requests and their response

2.5.15.5. BitbucketStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

c['services'].append(reporters.BitbucketStatusPush('oauth_key', 'oauth_secret'))

BitbucketStatusPush publishes build status using the Bitbucket Build Status API. The build status is published to a specific commit SHA in Bitbucket. By default, it tracks the last build for each builder and each commit built.

It uses OAuth 2.x to authenticate with Bitbucket. To enable this, you need to go to your Bitbucket Settings -> OAuth page. Click “Add consumer”. Give the new consumer a name, e.g. buildbot, and put in any URL as the callback (this is needed for Oauth 2.x, but it’s not used by this reporter), e.g. http://localhost:8010/callback. Give the consumer Repositories:Write access. After creating the consumer, you will then be able to see the OAuth key and secret.

class buildbot.reporters.bitbucket.BitbucketStatusPush(oauth_key=None, oauth_secret=None, auth=None, base_url='https://api.bitbucket.org/2.0/repositories', oauth_url='https://bitbucket.org/site/oauth2/access_token', status_key=None, status_name=None, generators=None)

Parameters:

• oauth_key (string) – The OAuth consumer key, when using OAuth to authenticate (can be a Secret)

• oauth_secret (string) – The OAuth consumer secret, when using OAuth to authenticate (can be a Secret)

• auth (string) – The username,password tuple if using App passwords to authenticate (can be a Secret)

• base_url (string) – Bitbucket’s Build Status API URL

• oauth_url (string) – Bitbucket’s OAuth API URL

• status_key (string) – Key that identifies a build status. Setting the key to a unique value per build allows to push multiple build statuses to a given commit. A static string can be passed or Interpolate for dynamic substitution. The default key is %(prop:buildername)s

• status_name (string) – Name of a build status. It shows up next to the status icon in Bitbucket. A static string can be passed or Interpolate for dynamic substitution. The default name is %(prop:buildername)s

• generators – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator. The subject of the report will be used to set the description of the build status. The default subject is an empty string

• verify (boolean) – Disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates

• debug (boolean) – Logs every requests and their response

For example, the following reporter

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

reporters.BitbucketStatusPush(
    'oauth_key', 'oauth_secret',
    status_key=Interpolate("%(prop:buildername)s/%(prop:buildnumber)s"),
    status_name=Interpolate("%(prop:buildername)s/%(prop:buildnumber)s"),
    generators=[
        reporters.BuildStartEndStatusGenerator(
            start_formatter=reporters.MessageFormatter(subject="{{ status_detected }}"),
            end_formatter=reporters.MessageFormatter(subject="{{ status_detected }}"))
    ])
c['services'].append(ss)

produces the build statuses below when a build stars and ends, respectively.

2.5.15.6. GerritStatusPush

GerritStatusPush sends review of the Change back to the Gerrit server, optionally also sending a message when a build is started. GerritStatusPush can send a separate review for each build that completes, or a single review summarizing the results for all of the builds.

class buildbot.reporters.status_gerrit.GerritStatusPush(server, username, reviewCB, startCB, port, reviewArg, startArg, summaryCB, summaryArg, identity_file, builders, notify...)

Parameters:

• server (string) – Gerrit SSH server’s address to use for push event notifications.

• username (string) – Gerrit SSH server’s username.

• identity_file – (optional) Gerrit SSH identity file.

• port (int) – (optional) Gerrit SSH server’s port (default: 29418)

• notify – (optional) Control who gets notified by Gerrit once the status is posted. The possible values for notify can be found in your version of the Gerrit documentation for the gerrit review command.

Note

By default, a single summary review is sent; that is, a default summaryCB is provided, but no reviewCB or startCB.

Note

If reviewCB or summaryCB do not return any labels, only a message will be pushed to the Gerrit server.

See also

master/docs/examples/git_gerrit.cfg and master/docs/examples/repo_gerrit.cfg in the Buildbot distribution provide a full example setup of Git+Gerrit or Repo+Gerrit of GerritStatusPush.

2.5.15.7. GerritVerifyStatusPush

class buildbot.reporters.status_gerrit_verify_status.GerritVerifyStatusPush

GerritVerifyStatusPush sends a verify status to Gerrit using the verify-status Gerrit plugin.

It is an alternate method to GerritStatusPush, which uses the SSH API to send reviews.

The verify-status plugin allows several CI statuses to be sent for the same change, and display them separately in the Gerrit UI.

Most parameters are renderables.

class buildbot.reporters.status_gerrit_verify_status.GerritVerifyStatusPush(baseURL, auth, verification_name=Interpolate('%(prop:buildername)s'), abstain=False, category=None, reporter=None, verbose=False, generators=None, **kwargs)

Parameters:

• baseURL (string) – Gerrit HTTP base URL

• auth (string) – A requests authentication configuration. (can be a Secret). If Gerrit is configured with BasicAuth, then it shall be ('login', 'password'). If Gerrit is configured with DigestAuth, then it shall be requests.auth.HTTPDigestAuth('login', 'password') from the requests module.

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator.

• verification_name (renderable string) – The name of the job displayed in the Gerrit UI

• abstain (renderable boolean) – Whether this results should be counted as voting

• category (renderable boolean) – Category of the build

• reporter (renderable boolean) – The user that verified this build

• verbose (boolean) – Whether to log every requests

• verify (boolean) – Disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates

• debug (boolean) – Logs every requests and their response

This reporter is integrated with GerritChangeSource, and will update changes detected by this change source.

This reporter can also send reports for changes triggered manually provided that there is a property in the build named gerrit_changes, containing the list of changes that were tested. This property must be a list of dictionaries, containing change_id and revision_id keys, as defined in the revision endpoints of the Gerrit documentation.

2.5.15.8. GitHubCommentPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters, util

context = Interpolate("bb/%(prop:buildername)s")
c['services'].append(reporters.GitHubCommentPush(token='githubAPIToken', context=context))

GitHubCommentPush publishes a comment on a GitHub PR using GitHub Review Comments API.

It requires a GitHub API token in order to operate. By default, the reporter will only comment at the end of a build unless a custom build report generator is supplied.

You can create a token from your own GitHub - Profile - Applications - Register new application or use an external tool to generate one.

class buildbot.plugins.reporters.GitHubCommentPush(token, context=None, generators=None, baseURL=None, verbose=False)

Parameters:

• token (string) – Token used for authentication. (can be a Secret)

• context (renderable string) – Passed to GitHub to differentiate between statuses. A static string can be passed or Interpolate for dynamic substitution. The default context is buildbot/%(prop:buildername)s.

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator.

• baseURL (string) – Specify the github API endpoint if you work with GitHub Enterprise

• verbose (boolean) – If True, logs a message for each successful status push

Here’s a complete example of posting build results as a github comment:

@util.renderer
@defer.inlineCallbacks
def getresults(props):
    all_logs=[]
    master = props.master
    steps = yield props.master.data.get(
        ('builders', props.getProperty('buildername'), 'builds',
        props.getProperty('buildnumber'), 'steps'))
    for step in steps:
        if step['results'] == util.Results.index('failure'):
            logs = yield master.data.get(("steps", step['stepid'], 'logs'))
            for l in logs:
                all_logs.append('Step : {0} Result : {1}'.format(
                                    step['name'], util.Results[step['results']]))
                all_logs.append('```')
                l['stepname'] = step['name']
                l['content'] = yield master.data.get(("logs", l['logid'], 'contents'))
                step_logs = l['content']['content'].split('\n')
                include = False
                for i, sl in enumerate(step_logs):
                    all_logs.append(sl[1:])
                all_logs.append('```')
    return '\n'.join(all_logs)

generator = BuildStatusGenerator(message_formatter=MessageFormatterRenderable(getresults))
c['services'].append(GitHubCommentPush(token='githubAPIToken', generators=[generator]))

2.5.15.9. GitHubStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters, util

context = Interpolate("bb/%(prop:buildername)s")
c['services'].append(reporters.GitHubStatusPush(token='githubAPIToken', context=context))

GitHubStatusPush publishes a build status using the GitHub Status API.

It requires a GitHub API token in order to operate.

You can create a token from your own GitHub - Profile - Applications - Register new application or use an external tool to generate one.

class buildbot.plugins.reporters.GitHubStatusPush(token, context=None, generators=None, baseURL=None, verbose=False)

Parameters:

• token (string) – Token used for authentication. (can be a Secret)

• context (renderable string) – Passed to GitHub to differentiate between statuses. A static string can be passed or Interpolate for dynamic substitution. The default context is buildbot/%(prop:buildername)s.

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator.

• baseURL (string) – Specify the github api endpoint if you work with GitHub Enterprise

• verbose (boolean) – If True, logs a message for each successful status push

2.5.15.10. GitLabStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

gl = reporters.GitLabStatusPush('private-token', context='continuous-integration/buildbot',
                                baseURL='https://git.yourcompany.com')
c['services'].append(gl)

GitLabStatusPush publishes build status using GitLab Commit Status API. The build status is published to a specific commit SHA in GitLab.

It uses private token auth, and the token owner is required to have at least developer access to each repository. As a result, we recommend you use https in your base_url rather than http.

class buildbot.reporters.gitlab.GitLabStatusPush(token, context=None, baseURL=None, generators=None, verbose=False)

Parameters:

• token (string) – Private token of user permitted to update status for commits. (can be a Secret)

• context (string) – Name of your build system, e.g. continuous-integration/buildbot

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator.

• baseURL (string) – The base url of the GitLab host, up to and optionally including the first / of the path. Do not include /api/

• verbose (string) – Be more verbose

• verify (boolean) – Disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates

• debug (boolean) – Logs every requests and their response

2.5.15.11. HttpStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters
sp = reporters.HttpStatusPush(serverUrl="http://example.com/submit")
c['services'].append(sp)

HttpStatusPush sends HTTP POST requests to serverUrl. The body of request contains json-encoded data of the build as returned by the data API. It is useful to create a status front end outside of Buildbot for better scalability.

Note

The json data object sent is completely different from the one that was generated by 0.8.x buildbot. It is indeed generated using data api.

class buildbot.reporters.HttpStatusPush(serverUrl, auth=None, headers=None, generators=None, debug=None, verify=None)

Parameters:

• serverUrl (string) – The url where to do the HTTP POST request

• auth – The authentication method to use. Refer to the documentation of the requests library for more information.

• headers (dict) – Pass custom headers to HTTP request.

• generators (list of IReportGenerator instances) – A list of report generators that will be used to generate reports to be sent by this reporter. Currently the reporter will consider only the report generated by the first generator.

• debug (boolean) – Logs every requests and their response

• verify (boolean) – Disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates

• skipEncoding (boolean) – Disables encoding of json data to bytes before pushing to server

Json object spec

The default json object sent is a build object augmented with some more data as follow.

{
    "url": "http://yourbot/path/to/build",
    "<build data api values>": "[...]",
    "buildset": "<buildset data api values>",
    "builder": "<builder data api values>",
    "buildrequest": "<buildrequest data api values>"
}

If you want another format, don’t hesitate to use the format_fn parameter to customize the payload. The build parameter given to that function is of type build, optionally enhanced with properties, steps, and logs information.

2.5.15.12. IRC Bot

class buildbot.reporters.irc.IRC

The IRC reporter creates an IRC bot which will attach to certain channels and be available for status queries. It can also be asked to announce builds as they occur, or be told to shut up.

The IRC Bot in buildbot nine, is mostly a rewrite, and not all functionality has been ported yet. Patches are very welcome for restoring the full functionality.

from buildbot.plugins import reporters
irc = reporters.IRC("irc.example.org", "botnickname",
                 useColors=False,
                 channels=[{"channel": "#example1"},
                           {"channel": "#example2",
                            "password": "somesecretpassword"}],
                 password="mysecretnickservpassword",
                 authz={('force', 'stop'): "authorizednick"}
                 notify_events=[
                   'exception',
                   'problem',
                   'recovery',
                   'worker'
                 ])
c['services'].append(irc)

The following parameters are accepted by this class:

host

(mandatory) The IRC server address to connect to.

nick

(mandatory) The name this bot will use on the IRC server.

channels

(mandatory) This is a list of channels to join on the IRC server. Each channel can be a string (e.g. #buildbot), or a dictionary {'channel': '#buildbot', 'password': 'secret'} if each channel requires a different password. A global password can be set with the password parameter.

pm_to_nicks

(optional) This is a list of person to contact on the IRC server.

authz

(optional) Authentication list for commands. It must be a dictionary with command names or tuples of command names as keys. There are two special command names: '' (empty string) meaning any harmless command and '!' for dangerous commands (currently force, stop, and shutdown). The dictionary values are either True of False (which allows or deny commands for everybody) or a list of nicknames authorized to issue specified commands. By default, harmless commands are allowed for everybody and the dangerous ones are prohibited.

A sample authz parameter may look as follows:

authz={
  'version': True,
  '': ['alice', 'bob'],
  ('force', 'stop'): ['alice'],
}

Anybody will be able to run the version command, alice and bob will be allowed to run any safe command and alice will also have the right to force and stop builds.

This parameter replaces older allowForce and allowShutdown, which are deprecated as they were considered a security risk.

Note

The authorization is purely nick-based, so it only makes sense if the specified nicks are registered to the IRC server.

port

(optional, default to 6667) The port to connect to on the IRC server.

tags

(optional) When set, this bot will only communicate about builders containing those tags. (tags functionality is not yet ported)

password

(optional) The global password used to register the bot to the IRC server. If provided, it will be sent to Nickserv to claim the nickname: some IRC servers will not allow clients to send private messages until they have logged in with a password. Can be a Secret.

notify_events

(optional) A list or set of events to be notified on the IRC channels. Available events to be notified are:

started

A build has started.

finished

A build has finished.

success

A build finished successfully.

failure

A build failed.

exception

A build generated and exception.

cancelled

A build was cancelled.

problem

The previous build result was success or warnings, but this one ended with failure or exception.

recovery

This is the opposite of problem: the previous build result was failure or exception and this one ended with success or warnings.

worse

A build state was worse than the previous one (so e.g. it ended with warnings and the previous one was successful).

better

A build state was better than the previous one.

worker

A worker is missing. A notification is also send when the previously reported missing worker connects again.

This parameter can be changed during run-time by sending the notify command to the bot. Note however, that at the buildbot restart or reconfig the notifications listed here will be turned on for the specified channel and nicks. On the other hand, removing events from this parameters will not automatically stop notifications for them (you need to turn them off for every channel with the notify command).

noticeOnChannel

(optional, disabled by default) Whether to send notices rather than messages when communicating with a channel.

showBlameList

(optional, disabled by default) Whether or not to display the blame list for failed builds. (blame list functionality is not ported yet)

useRevisions

(optional, disabled by default) Whether or not to display the revision leading to the build the messages are about. (useRevisions functionality is not ported yet)

useSSL

(optional, disabled by default) Whether or not to use SSL when connecting to the IRC server. Note that this option requires PyOpenSSL.

lostDelay

(optional) Delay to wait before reconnecting to the server when the connection has been lost.

failedDelay

(optional) Delay to wait before reconnecting to the IRC server when the connection failed.

useColors

(optional, enabled by default) The bot can add color to some of its messages. You might turn it off by setting this parameter to False.

The following parameters are deprecated. You must not use them if you use the new authz parameter.

Note

Security Note

Please note that any user having access to your irc channel or can PM the bot will be able to create or stop builds bug #3377. Use authz to give explicit list of nicks who are allowed to do this.

allowForce

(deprecated, disabled by default) This allow all users to force and stop builds via this bot.

allowShutdown

(deprecated, disabled by default) This allow all users to shutdown the master.

To use the service, you address messages at the Buildbot, either normally (botnickname: status) or with private messages (/msg botnickname status). The Buildbot will respond in kind.

If you issue a command that is currently not available, the Buildbot will respond with an error message. If the noticeOnChannel=True option was used, error messages will be sent as channel notices instead of messaging.

Some of the commands currently available:

list builders

Emit a list of all configured builders

status BUILDER

Announce the status of a specific Builder: what it is doing right now.

status all

Announce the status of all Builders

watch BUILDER

If the given Builder is currently running, wait until the Build is finished and then announce the results.

last BUILDER

Return the results of the last build to run on the given Builder.

notify on|off|list EVENT

Report events relating to builds. If the command is issued as a private message, then the report will be sent back as a private message to the user who issued the command. Otherwise, the report will be sent to the channel. Available events to be notified are:

started

A build has started.

finished

A build has finished.

success

A build finished successfully.

failure

A build failed.

exception

A build generated and exception.

cancelled

A build was cancelled.

problem

The previous build result was success or warnings, but this one ended with failure or exception.

recovery

This is the opposite of problem: the previous build result was failure or exception and this one ended with success or warnings.

worse

A build state was worse than the previous one (so e.g. it ended with warnings and the previous one was successful).

better

A build state was better than the previous one.

worker

A worker is missing. A notification is also send when the previously reported missing worker connects again.

By default, this command can be executed by anybody. However, consider limiting it with authz, as enabling notifications in huge number of channels or private chats can cause some problems with your buildbot efficiency.

help COMMAND

Describe a command. Use help commands to get a list of known commands.

source

Announce the URL of the Buildbot’s home page.

version

Announce the version of this Buildbot.

Additionally, the config file may specify default notification options as shown in the example earlier.

If explicitly allowed in the authz config, some additional commands will be available:

join CHANNEL

Join the given IRC channel

leave CHANNEL

Leave the given IRC channel

force build [--codebase=CODEBASE] [--branch=BRANCH] [--revision=REVISION] [--props=PROP1=VAL1,PROP2=VAL2...] BUILDER REASON

Tell the given Builder to start a build of the latest code. The user requesting the build and REASON are recorded in the Build status. The Buildbot will announce the build’s status when it finishes.The user can specify a branch and/or revision with the optional parameters --branch=BRANCH and --revision=REVISION. The user can also give a list of properties with --props=PROP1=VAL1,PROP2=VAL2...

stop build BUILDER REASON

Terminate any running build in the given Builder. REASON will be added to the build status to explain why it was stopped. You might use this if you committed a bug, corrected it right away, and don’t want to wait for the first build (which is destined to fail) to complete before starting the second (hopefully fixed) build.

shutdown ARG

Control the shutdown process of the Buildbot master. Available arguments are:

check

Check if the Buildbot master is running or shutting down

start

Start clean shutdown

stop

Stop clean shutdown

now

Shutdown immediately without waiting for the builders to finish

If the tags is set (see the tags option in Builder Configuration) changes related to only builders belonging to those tags of builders will be sent to the channel.

If the useRevisions option is set to True, the IRC bot will send status messages that replace the build number with a list of revisions that are contained in that build. So instead of seeing build #253 of …, you would see something like build containing revisions [a87b2c4]. Revisions that are stored as hashes are shortened to 7 characters in length, as multiple revisions can be contained in one build and may exceed the IRC message length limit.

Two additional arguments can be set to control how fast the IRC bot tries to reconnect when it encounters connection issues. lostDelay is the number of seconds the bot will wait to reconnect when the connection is lost, where as failedDelay is the number of seconds until the bot tries to reconnect when the connection failed. lostDelay defaults to a random number between 1 and 5, while failedDelay defaults to a random one between 45 and 60. Setting random defaults like this means multiple IRC bots are less likely to deny each other by flooding the server.

2.5.15.13. MailNotifier

class buildbot.reporters.mail.MailNotifier

Buildbot can send emails when builds finish. The most common use of this is to tell developers when their change has caused the build to fail. It is also quite common to send a message to a mailing list (usually named builds or similar) about every build.

The MailNotifier reporter is used to accomplish this. You configure it by specifying who should receive mail, under what circumstances mail should be sent, and how to deliver the mail. It can be configured to only send out mail for certain builders, and only send them when a build fails or when the builder transitions from success to failure. It can also be configured to include various build logs in each message.

If a proper lookup function is configured, the message will be sent to the “interested users” list (Doing Things With Users), which includes all developers who made changes in the build. By default, however, Buildbot does not know how to construct an email address based on the information from the version control system. See the lookup argument, below, for more information.

You can add additional, statically-configured, recipients with the extraRecipients argument. You can also add interested users by setting the owners build property to a list of users in the scheduler constructor (Configuring Schedulers).

Each MailNotifier sends mail to a single set of recipients. To send different kinds of mail to different recipients, use multiple MailNotifiers. TODO: or subclass MailNotifier and override getRecipients()

The following simple example will send an email upon the completion of each build, to just those developers whose Changes were included in the build. The email contains a description of the Build, its results, and URLs where more information can be obtained.

from buildbot.plugins import reporters
mn = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                            lookup="example.org")
c['services'].append(mn)

To get a simple one-message-per-build (say, for a mailing list), use the following form instead. This form does not send mail to individual developers (and thus does not need the lookup= argument, explained below); instead it only ever sends mail to the extra recipients named in the arguments:

mn = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                            sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                            extraRecipients=['listaddr@example.org'])

If your SMTP host requires authentication before it allows you to send emails, this can also be done by specifying smtpUser and smtpPassword:

mn = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="myuser@example.com",
                            sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                            extraRecipients=["listaddr@example.org"],
                            relayhost="smtp.example.com", smtpPort=587,
                            smtpUser="myuser@example.com",
                            smtpPassword="mypassword")

Note

If for some reasons you are not able to send a notification with TLS enabled and specified user name and password, you might want to use master/contrib/check_smtp.py to see if it works at all.

If you want to require Transport Layer Security (TLS), then you can also set useTls:

mn = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="myuser@example.com",
                            sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                            extraRecipients=["listaddr@example.org"],
                            useTls=True, relayhost="smtp.example.com",
                            smtpPort=587, smtpUser="myuser@example.com",
                            smtpPassword="mypassword")

Note

If you see twisted.mail.smtp.TLSRequiredError exceptions in the log while using TLS, this can be due either to the server not supporting TLS or a missing PyOpenSSL package on the BuildMaster system.

In some cases, it is desirable to have different information than what is provided in a standard MailNotifier message. For this purpose, MailNotifier provides the argument messageFormatter (an instance of MessageFormatter), which allows for creating messages with unique content.

For example, if only short emails are desired (e.g., for delivery to phones):

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

generator = reporters.BuildStatusGenerator(
    mode=('problem',),
    message_formatter=reporters.MessageFormatter(template="STATUS: {{ summary }}"))

mn = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                            sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                            extraRecipients=['listaddr@example.org'],
                            generators=[generator])

Another example of a function delivering a customized HTML email is given below:

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

template=u'''\
<h4>Build status: {{ summary }}</h4>
<p> Worker used: {{ workername }}</p>
{% for step in build['steps'] %}
<p> {{ step['name'] }}: {{ step['results'] }}</p>
{% endfor %}
<p><b> -- Buildbot</b></p>
'''

generator = reporters.BuildStatusGenerator(
    mode=('failing',),
    message_formatter=reporters.MessageFormatter(
        template=template, template_type='html',
        want_properties=True, want_steps=True))

mn = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@example.org",
                            sendToInterestedUsers=False,
                            mode=('failing',),
                            extraRecipients=['listaddr@example.org'],
                            generators=[generator])

MailNotifier arguments

fromaddr

The email address to be used in the ‘From’ header.

sendToInterestedUsers

(boolean). If True (the default), send mail to all of the Interested Users. Interested Users are authors of changes and users from the owners build property. Override MailNotifier getResponsibleUsersForBuild method to change that. If False, only send mail to the extraRecipients list.

extraRecipients

(list of strings). A list of email addresses to which messages should be sent (in addition to the InterestedUsers list, which includes any developers who made Changes that went into this build). It is a good idea to create a small mailing list and deliver to that, then let subscribers come and go as they please.

generators

(list). A list of instances of IReportGenerator which defines the conditions of when the messages will be sent and contents of them. See Report Generators for more information.

relayhost

(string, deprecated). The host to which the outbound SMTP connection should be made. Defaults to ‘localhost’

smtpPort

(int). The port that will be used on outbound SMTP connections. Defaults to 25.

useTls

(boolean). When this argument is True (default is False), MailNotifier requires that STARTTLS encryption is used for the connection with the relayhost. Authentication is required for STARTTLS so the arguments smtpUser and smtpPassword must also be specified.

useSmtps

(boolean). When this argument is True (default is False), MailNotifier connects to relayhost over an encrypted SSL/TLS connection. This configuration is typically used over port 465.

smtpUser

(string). The user name to use when authenticating with the relayhost. Can be a Secret.

smtpPassword

(string). The password that will be used when authenticating with the relayhost. Can be a Secret.

lookup

(implementer of IEmailLookup). Object which provides IEmailLookup, which is responsible for mapping User names (which come from the VC system) into valid email addresses.

If the argument is not provided, the MailNotifier will attempt to build the sendToInterestedUsers from the authors of the Changes that led to the Build via User Objects. If the author of one of the Build’s Changes has an email address stored, it will added to the recipients list. With this method, owners are still added to the recipients. Note that, in the current implementation of user objects, email addresses are not stored; as a result, unless you have specifically added email addresses to the user database, this functionality is unlikely to actually send any emails.

Most of the time you can use a simple Domain instance. As a shortcut, you can pass as string: this will be treated as if you had provided Domain(str). For example, lookup='example.com' will allow mail to be sent to all developers whose SVN usernames match their example.com account names. See master/buildbot/reporters/mail.py for more details.

Regardless of the setting of lookup, MailNotifier will also send mail to addresses in the extraRecipients list.

extraHeaders

(dictionary). A dictionary containing key/value pairs of extra headers to add to sent e-mails. Both the keys and the values may be an Interpolate instance.

watchedWorkers

This is a list of names of workers, which should be watched. In case a worker goes missing, a notification is sent. The value of watchedWorkers can also be set to all (default) or None. You also need to specify an email address to which the notification is sent in the worker configuration.

dumpMailsToLog

If set to True, all completely formatted mails will be dumped to the log before being sent. This can be useful to debug problems with your mail provider. Be sure to only turn this on if you really need it, especially if you attach logs to emails. This can dump sensitive information to logs and make them very large.

2.5.15.14. PushjetNotifier

class buildbot.reporters.pushover.PushjetNotifier

Pushjet is another instant notification service, similar to PushoverNotifier. To use this reporter, you need to generate a Pushjet service and provide its secret.

The following parameters are accepted by this class:

generators

(list) A list of instances of IReportGenerator which defines the conditions of when the messages will be sent and contents of them. See Report Generators for more information.

secret

This is a secret token for your Pushjet service. See http://docs.pushjet.io/docs/creating-a-new-service to learn how to create a new Pushjet service and get its secret token. Can be a Secret.

levels

Dictionary of Pushjet notification levels. The keys of the dictionary can be change, failing, passing, warnings, exception and are equivalent to the mode strings. The values are integers between 0…5, specifying notification priority. In case a mode is missing from this dictionary, the default value set by Pushover is used.

base_url

Base URL for custom Pushjet instances. Defaults to https://api.pushjet.io.

2.5.15.15. PushoverNotifier

class buildbot.reporters.pushover.PushoverNotifier

Apart of sending mail, Buildbot can send Pushover notifications. It can be used by administrators to receive an instant message to an iPhone or an Android device if a build fails. The PushoverNotifier reporter is used to accomplish this. Its configuration is very similar to the mail notifications, however—due to the notification size constrains—the logs and patches cannot be attached.

To use this reporter, you need to generate an application on the Pushover website https://pushover.net/apps/ and provide your user key and the API token.

The following simple example will send a Pushover notification upon the completion of each build. The notification contains a description of the Build, its results, and URLs where more information can be obtained. The user_key and api_token values should be replaced with proper ones obtained from the Pushover website for your application.

from buildbot.plugins import reporters
pn = reporters.PushoverNotifier(user_key="1234", api_token='abcd')
c['services'].append(pn)

The following parameters are accepted by this class:

generators

(list) A list of instances of IReportGenerator which defines the conditions of when the messages will be sent and contents of them. See Report Generators for more information.

user_key

The user key from the Pushover website. It is used to identify the notification recipient. Can be a Secret.

api_token

API token for a custom application from the Pushover website. Can be a Secret.

priorities

Dictionary of Pushover notification priorities. The keys of the dictionary can be change, failing, passing, warnings, exception and are equivalent to the mode strings. The values are integers between -2…2, specifying notification priority. In case a mode is missing from this dictionary, the default value of 0 is used.

otherParams

Other parameters send to Pushover API. Check https://pushover.net/api/ for their list.

2.5.15.16. Telegram Bot

Buildbot offers a bot, similar to the IRC for Telegram mobile and desktop messaging app. The bot can notify users and groups about build events, respond to status queries, or force and stop builds on request (if allowed to).

In order to use this reporter, you must first speak to BotFather and create a new telegram bot. A quick step-by-step procedure is as follows:

1. Start a chat with BotFather.

2. Type /newbot.

3. Enter a display name for your bot. It can be any string.

4. Enter a unique username for your bot. Usernames are 5-32 characters long and are case insensitive, but may only include Latin characters, numbers, and underscores. Your bot’s username must end in bot, e.g. MyBuildBot or MyBuildbotBot.

5. You will be presented with a token for your bot. Save it, as you will need it for TelegramBot configuration.

6. Optionally, you may type /setcommands, select the username of your new bot and paste the following text:

   commands - list available commands
   force - force a build
   getid - get user and chat ID
   hello - say hello
   help - give help for a command or one of it's arguments
   last - list last build status for a builder
   list - list configured builders or workers
   nay - forget the current command
   notify - notify me about build events
   shutdown - shutdown the buildbot master
   source - the source code for buildbot
   status - list status of a builder (or all builders)
   stop - stop a running build
   version - show buildbot version
   watch - announce the completion of an active build
   

   If you do this, Telegram will provide hints about your bot commands.

7. If you want, you can set a custom picture and description for your bot.

After setting up the bot in Telegram, you should configure it in Buildbot.

from buildbot.plugins import reporters
telegram = reporters.TelegramBot(
        bot_token='bot_token_given_by_botfather',
        bot_username'username_set_in_botfather_bot',
        chat_ids=[-1234567],
        authz={('force', 'stop'): "authorizednick"}
        notify_events=[
            'exception',
            'problem',
            'recovery',
            'worker'
        ],
        usePolling=True)
c['services'].append(telegram)

The following parameters are accepted by this class:

bot_token

(mandatory) Bot token given by BotFather.

bot_username

(optional) This should be set to the bot unique username defined in BotFather. If this parameter is missing, it will be retrieved from the Telegram server. However, in case of the connection problems, configuration of the Buildbot will be interrupted. For this reason it is advised to set this parameter to the correct value.

chat_ids

(optional) List of chats IDs to send notifications specified in the notify_events parameter. For channels it should have form @channelusername and for private chats and groups it should be a numeric ID. To get it, talk to your bot or add it to a Telegram group and issue /getid command.

Note

In order to receive notification from the bot, you need to talk to it first (and hit the /start button) or add it to the group chat.

authz

(optional) Authentication list for commands. It must be a dictionary with command names (without slashes) or tuples of command names as keys. There are two special command names: '' (empty string) meaning any harmless command and '!' for dangerous commands (currently /force, /stop, and /shutdown). The dictionary values are either True of False (which allows or deny commands for everybody) or a list of numeric IDs authorized to issue specified commands. By default, harmless commands are allowed for everybody and the dangerous ones are prohibited.

A sample authz parameter may look as follows:

authz={
  'getid': True,
  '': [123456, 789012],
  ('force', 'stop'): [123456],
}

Anybody will be able to run the getid command, users with IDs 123456 and 789012 will be allowed to run any safe command and the user with ID 123456 will also have the right to force and stop builds.

tags

(optional) When set, this bot will only communicate about builders containing those tags. (tags functionality is not yet implemented)

notify_events

(optional) A list or set of events to be notified on the Telegram chats. Telegram bot can listen to build ‘start’ and ‘finish’ events. It can also notify about missing workers and their return. This parameter can be changed during run-time by sending the /notify command to the bot. Note however, that at the buildbot restart or reconfig the notifications listed here will be turned on for the specified chats. On the other hand, removing events from this parameters will not automatically stop notifications for them (you need to turn them off for every channel with the /notify command).

showBlameList

(optional, disabled by default) Whether or not to display the blame list for failed builds. (blame list functionality is not yet implemented)

useRevisions

(optional, disabled by default) Whether or not to display the revision leading to the build the messages are about. (useRevisions functionality is not yet implemented)

useWebhook

(optional, disabled by default) By default this bot receives messages from Telegram through polling. You can configure it to use a web-hook, which may be more efficient. However, this requires the web frontend of the Buildbot to be configured and accessible through HTTPS (not HTTP) on a public IP and port number 443, 80, 88, or 8443. Furthermore, the Buildbot configuration option buildbotURL must be correctly set. If you are using HTTP authentication, please ensure that the location buildbotURL/telegrambot_token (e.g. https://buildbot.example.com/telegram123456:secret) is accessible by everybody.

certificate

(optional) A content of your server SSL certificate. This is necessary if the access to the Buildbot web interface is through HTTPS protocol with self-signed certificate and userWebhook is set to True.

pollTimeout

(optional) The time the bot should wait for Telegram to respond to polling using long polling.

retryDelay

(optional) The delay the bot should wait before attempting to retry communication in case of no connection.

To use the service, you sent Telegram commands (messages starting with a slash) to the bot. In most cases you do not need to add any parameters; the bot will ask you about the details.

Some of the commands currently available:

/getid

Get ID of the user and group. This is useful to find the numeric IDs, which should be put in authz and chat_ids configuration parameters.

/list

Emit a list of all configured builders, workers or recent changes.

/status

Announce the status of all builders.

/watch

You will be presented with a list of builders that are currently running. You can select any of them to be notified when the build finishes..

/last

Return the results of the last builds on every builder.

/notify

Report events relating to builds. If the command is issued as a private message, then the report will be sent back as a private message to the user who issued the command. Otherwise, the report will be sent to the group chat. Available events to be notified are:

started

A build has started.

finished

A build has finished.

success

A build finished successfully.

failure

A build failed.

exception

A build generated and exception.

cancelled

A build was cancelled.

problem

The previous build result was success or warnings, but this one ended with failure or exception.

recovery

This is the opposite of problem: the previous build result was failure or exception and this one ended with success or warnings.

worse

A build state was worse than the previous one (so e.g. it ended with warnings and the previous one was successful).

better

A build state was better than the previous one.

worker

A worker is missing. A notification is also send when the previously reported missing worker connects again.

By default this command can be executed by anybody. However, consider limiting it with authz, as enabling notifications in huge number of chats (of any kind) can cause some problems with your buildbot efficiency.

/help

Show short help for the commands.

/commands

List all available commands. If you explicitly type /commands botfather, the bot will respond with a list of commands with short descriptions, to be provided to BotFather.

/source

Announce the URL of the Buildbot’s home page.

/version

Announce the version of this Buildbot.

If explicitly allowed in the authz config, some additional commands will be available:

/force

Force a build. The bot will read configuration from every configured ForceScheduler and present you with the build parameters you can change. If you set all the required parameters, you will be given an option to start the build.

/stop

Stop a build. If there are any active builds, you will be presented with options to stop them.

/shutdown

Control the shutdown process of the Buildbot master. You will be presented with options to start a graceful shutdown, stop it or to shutdown immediately.

If you are in the middle of the conversation with the bot (e.g. it has just asked you a question), you can always stop the current command with a command /nay.

If the tags is set (see the tags option in Builder Configuration) changes related to only builders belonging to those tags of builders will be sent to the channel.

If the useRevisions option is set to True, the IRC bot will send status messages that replace the build number with a list of revisions that are contained in that build. So instead of seeing build #253 of …, you would see something like build containing revisions a87b2c4. Revisions that are stored as hashes are shortened to 7 characters in length, as multiple revisions can be contained in one build and may result in too long messages.

2.5.15.17. ZulipStatusPush

from buildbot.plugins import reporters

zs = reporters.ZulipStatusPush(endpoint='your-organization@zulipchat.com',
                               token='private-token', stream='stream_to_post_in')
c['services'].append(zs)

ZulipStatusPush sends build status using The Zulip API. The build status is sent to a user as a private message or in a stream in Zulip.

class buildbot.reporters.zulip.ZulipStatusPush(endpoint, token, stream=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint (string) – URL of your Zulip server

• token (string) – Private API token

• stream (string) – The stream in which the build status is to be sent. Defaults to None

Note

A private message is sent if stream is set to None.

Json object spec

The json object sent contains the following build status values.

{
    "event": "new/finished",
    "buildid": "<buildid>",
    "buildername": "<builder name>",
    "url": "<URL to the build>",
    "project": "name of the project",
    "timestamp": "<timestamp at start/finish>"
}

The Buildmaster has a variety of ways to present build status to various users. Each such delivery method is a Reporter Target object in the configuration’s services list. To add reporter targets, you just append more objects to this list:

c['services'] = []

m = reporters.MailNotifier(fromaddr="buildbot@localhost",
                           extraRecipients=["builds@lists.example.com"],
                           sendToInterestedUsers=False)
c['services'].append(m)

c['services'].append(reporters.irc.IRC(host="irc.example.com", nick="bb",
                                       channels=[{"channel": "#example1"},
                                                 {"channel": "#example2",
                                                  "password": "somesecretpassword"}]))

Most reporter objects take a tags= argument, which can contain a list of tag names. In this case, the reporters will only show status for Builders that contain the named tags.

Note

Implementation Note

Each of these objects should be a service.BuildbotService which will be attached to the BuildMaster object when the configuration is processed.

The following reporters are available:

• BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush

• BitbucketServerPRCommentPush

• BitbucketServerStatusPush

• BitbucketStatusPush

• GerritStatusPush

• GerritVerifyStatusPush

• GitHubCommentPush

• GitHubStatusPush

• GitLabStatusPush

• HttpStatusPush

• IRC

• MailNotifier

• PushjetNotifier

• PushoverNotifier

• TelegramBot

• ZulipStatusPush

Most of the report generators derive from ReporterBase which implements basic reporter management functionality.

2.5.16. Web Server

Note

As of Buildbot 0.9.0, the built-in web server replaces the old WebStatus plugin.

Buildbot contains a built-in web server. This server is configured with the www configuration key, which specifies a dictionary with the following keys:

port

The TCP port on which to serve requests. It might be an integer or any string accepted by serverFromString (ex: “tcp:8010:interface=127.0.0.1” to listen on another interface). Note that using twisted’s SSL endpoint is discouraged. Use a reverse proxy that offers proper SSL hardening instead (see Reverse Proxy Configuration). If this is None (the default), then the master will not implement a web server.

json_cache_seconds

The number of seconds into the future at which an HTTP API response should expire.

rest_minimum_version

The minimum supported REST API version. Any versions less than this value will not be available. This can be used to ensure that no clients are depending on API versions that will soon be removed from Buildbot.

plugins

This key gives a dictionary of additional UI plugins to load, along with configuration for those plugins. These plugins must be separately installed in the Python environment, e.g., pip install buildbot-waterfall-view. See UI plugins. For example:

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {'waterfall_view': True}
}

default_page

Configure the default landing page of the web server, for example, to forward directly to another plugin. For example:

c['www']['default_page'] = 'console'

debug

If true, then debugging information will be output to the browser. This is best set to false (the default) on production systems, to avoid the possibility of information leakage.

allowed_origins

This gives a list of origins which are allowed to access the Buildbot API (including control via JSONRPC 2.0). It implements cross-origin request sharing (CORS), allowing pages at origins other than the Buildbot UI to use the API. Each origin is interpreted as filename match expression, with ? matching one character and * matching anything. Thus ['*'] will match all origins, and ['https://*.buildbot.net'] will match secure sites under buildbot.net. The Buildbot UI will operate correctly without this parameter; it is only useful for allowing access from other web applications.

auth

Authentication module to use for the web server. See Authentication plugins.

avatar_methods

List of methods that can be used to get avatar pictures to use for the web server. By default, Buildbot uses Gravatar to get images associated with each users, if you want to disable this you can just specify empty list:

c['www'] = {
    'avatar_methods': []
}

You could also use the GitHub user avatar if GitHub authentication is enabled:

c['www'] = {
    'avatar_methods': [util.AvatarGitHub()]
}

class AvatarGitHub(github_api_endpoint=None, token=None, debug=False, verify=True)

Parameters:

• github_api_endpoint (string) – specify the github api endpoint if you work with GitHub Enterprise

• token (string) – a GitHub API token to execute all requests to the API authenticated. It is strongly recommended to use a API token since it increases GitHub API rate limits significantly

• client_id (string) – a GitHub OAuth client ID to use with client secret to execute all requests to the API authenticated in place of token

• client_secret (string) – a GitHub OAuth client secret to use with client ID above

• debug (boolean) – logs every requests and their response

• verify (boolean) – disable ssl verification for the case you use temporary self signed certificates on a GitHub Enterprise installation

This class requires txrequests package to allow interaction with GitHub REST API.

For use of corporate pictures, you can use LdapUserInfo, which can also act as an avatar provider. See Authentication plugins.

logfileName

Filename used for HTTP access logs, relative to the master directory. If set to None or the empty string, the content of the logs will land in the main twisted.log log file. (Defaults to http.log)

logRotateLength

The amount of bytes after which the http.log file will be rotated. (Defaults to the same value as for the twisted.log file, set in buildbot.tac)

maxRotatedFiles

The amount of log files that will be kept when rotating (Defaults to the same value as for the twisted.log file, set in buildbot.tac)

versions

Custom component versions that you’d like to display on the About page. Buildbot will automatically prepend the versions of Python, twisted and Buildbot itself to the list.

versions should be a list of tuples. For example:

c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'versions': [
        ('master.cfg', '0.1'),
        ('OS', 'Ubuntu 14.04'),
    ]
}

The first element of a tuple stands for the name of the component, the second stands for the corresponding version.

custom_templates_dir

This directory will be parsed for custom angularJS templates to replace the one of the original website templates. You can use this to slightly customize buildbot look for your project, but to add any logic, you will need to create a full-blown plugin. If the directory string is relative, it will be joined to the master’s basedir. Buildbot uses the jade file format natively (which has been renamed to ‘pug’ in the nodejs ecosystem), but you can also use HTML format if you prefer.

Either *.jade files or *.html files can be used to override templates with the same name in the UI. On the regular nodejs UI build system, we use nodejs’s pug module to compile jade into html. For custom_templates, we use the pypugjs interpreter to parse the jade templates, before sending them to the UI. pip install pypugjs is required to use jade templates. You can also override plugin’s directives, but they have to be in another directory, corresponding to the plugin’s name in its package.json. For example:

# replace the template whose source is in:
# www/base/src/app/builders/build/build.tpl.jade
build.jade  # here we use a jade (aka pug) file

# replace the template whose source is in
# www/console_view/src/module/view/builders-header/console.tpl.jade
console_view/console.html  # here we use html format

Known differences between nodejs’s pug and pyjade:

• quotes in attributes are not quoted (https://github.com/syrusakbary/pyjade/issues/132). This means you should use double quotes for attributes, e.g.: tr(ng-repeat="br in buildrequests | orderBy:'-submitted_at'")

• pypugjs may have some differences but it is a maintained fork of pyjade. https://github.com/kakulukia/pypugjs

change_hook_dialects

See Change Hooks.

cookie_expiration_time

This allows to define the timeout of the session cookie. Should be a datetime.timedelta. Default is one week.

import datetime
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'cookie_expiration_time': datetime.timedelta(weeks=2)
}

ui_default_config

Settings in the settings page are stored per browser. This configuration parameter allows to override the default settings for all your users. If a user already has changed a value from the default, this will have no effect to them. The settings page in the UI will tell you what to insert in your master.cfg to reproduce the configuration you have in your own browser. For example:

c['www']['ui_default_config'] = {
    'Builders.buildFetchLimit': 500,
    'Workers.showWorkerBuilders': True,
}

ws_ping_interval

Send websocket pings every ws_ping_interval seconds. This is useful to avoid websocket timeouts when using reverse proxies or CDNs. If the value is 0 (the default), pings are disabled.

theme

Allows configuring certain properties of the web frontend, such as colors. The configuration value is a dictionary. The keys correspond to certain CSS variable names that are used throughout web frontend and made configurable. The values correspond to CSS values of these variables.

The keys and values are not sanitized, so using data derived from user-supplied information is a security risk.

The default is the following:

c["www"]["theme"] = {
    "bb-sidebar-background-color": "#30426a",
    "bb-sidebar-header-background-color": "#273759",
    "bb-sidebar-header-text-color": "#fff",
    "bb-sidebar-title-text-color": "#627cb7",
    "bb-sidebar-footer-background-color": "#273759",
    "bb-sidebar-button-text-color": "#b2bfdc",
    "bb-sidebar-button-hover-background-color": "#1b263d",
    "bb-sidebar-button-hover-text-color": "#fff",
    "bb-sidebar-button-current-background-color": "#273759",
    "bb-sidebar-button-current-text-color": "#b2bfdc",
    "bb-sidebar-stripe-hover-color": "#e99d1a",
    "bb-sidebar-stripe-current-color": "#8c5e10",
}

Note

The buildbotURL configuration value gives the base URL that all masters will use to generate links. The www configuration gives the settings for the webserver. In simple cases, the buildbotURL contains the hostname and port of the master, e.g., http://master.example.com:8010/. In more complex cases, with multiple masters, web proxies, or load balancers, the correspondence may be less obvious.

2.5.16.1. UI plugins

Waterfall View

Waterfall shows the whole Buildbot activity in a vertical time line. Builds are represented with boxes whose height vary according to their duration. Builds are sorted by builders in the horizontal axes, which allows you to see how builders are scheduled together.

pip install buildbot-waterfall-view

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {'waterfall_view': True}
}

Note

Waterfall is the emblematic view of Buildbot Eight. It allowed to see the whole Buildbot activity very quickly. Waterfall however had big scalability issues, and larger installs had to disable the page in order to avoid tens of seconds master hang because of a big waterfall page rendering. The whole Buildbot Eight internal status API has been tailored in order to make Waterfall possible. This is not the case anymore with Buildbot Nine, which has a more generic and scalable Data API and REST API. This is the reason why Waterfall does not display the steps details anymore. However nothing is impossible. We could make a specific REST api available to generate all the data needed for waterfall on the server. Please step-in if you want to help improve the Waterfall view.

Console View

Console view shows the whole Buildbot activity arranged by changes as discovered by Change Sources and Changes vertically and builders horizontally. If a builder has no build in the current time range, it will not be displayed. If no change is available for a build, then it will generate a fake change according to the got_revision property.

Console view will also group the builders by tags. When there are several tags defined per builders, it will first group the builders by the tag that is defined for most builders. Then given those builders, it will group them again in another tag cluster. In order to keep the UI usable, you have to keep your tags short!

pip install buildbot-console-view

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {'console_view': True}
}

Note

Nine’s Console View is the equivalent of Buildbot Eight’s Console and tgrid views. Unlike Waterfall, we think it is now feature equivalent and even better, with its live update capabilities. Please submit an issue if you think there is an issue displaying your data, with screen shots of what happen and suggestion on what to improve.

Grid View

Grid view shows the whole Buildbot activity arranged by builders vertically and changes horizontally. It is equivalent to Buildbot Eight’s grid view.

By default, changes on all branches are displayed but only one branch may be filtered by the user. Builders can also be filtered by tags. This feature is similar to the one in the builder list.

pip install buildbot-grid-view

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {'grid_view': True}
}

Badges

Buildbot badges plugin produces an image in SVG or PNG format with information about the last build for the given builder name. PNG generation is based on the CAIRO SVG engine, it requires a bit more CPU to generate.

pip install buildbot-badges

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {'badges': {}}
}

You can the access your builder’s badges using urls like http://<buildbotURL>/plugins/badges/<buildername>.svg. The default templates are very much configurable via the following options:

{
    "left_pad"  : 5,
    "left_text": "Build Status",  # text on the left part of the image
    "left_color": "#555",  # color of the left part of the image
    "right_pad" : 5,
    "border_radius" : 5, # Border Radius on flat and plastic badges
    # style of the template availables are "flat", "flat-square", "plastic"
    "style": "plastic",
    "template_name": "{style}.svg.j2",  # name of the template
    "font_face": "DejaVu Sans",
    "font_size": 11,
    "color_scheme": {  # color to be used for right part of the image
        "exception": "#007ec6",  # blue
        "failure": "#e05d44",    # red
        "retry": "#007ec6",      # blue
        "running": "#007ec6",    # blue
        "skipped": "a4a61d",     # yellowgreen
        "success": "#4c1",       # brightgreen
        "unknown": "#9f9f9f",    # lightgrey
        "warnings": "#dfb317"    # yellow
    }
}

Those options can be configured either using the plugin configuration:

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {'badges': {"left_color": "#222"}}
}

or via the URL arguments like http://<buildbotURL>/plugins/badges/<buildername>.svg?left_color=222. Custom templates can also be specified in a template directory nearby the master.cfg.

The badgeio template

A badges template was developed to standardize upon a consistent “look and feel” across the usage of multiple CI/CD solutions, e.g.: use of Buildbot, Codecov.io, and Travis-CI. An example is shown below.

To ensure the correct “look and feel”, the following Buildbot configuration is needed:

c['www'] = {
    'plugins': {
        'badges': {
            "left_pad": 0,
            "right_pad": 0,
            "border_radius": 3,
            "style": "badgeio"
        }
    }
}

Note

It is highly recommended to use only with SVG.

2.5.16.2. Authentication plugins

By default, Buildbot does not require people to authenticate in order to access control features in the web UI. To secure Buildbot, you will need to configure an authentication plugin.

Note

To secure the Buildbot web interface, authorization rules must be provided via the ‘authz’ configuration. If you simply wish to lock down a Buildbot instance so that only read only access is permitted, you can restrict access to control endpoints to an unpopulated ‘admin’ role. For example:

c['www']['authz'] = util.Authz(allowRules=[util.AnyControlEndpointMatcher(role="admins")],
                               roleMatchers=[])

Note

As of Buildbot 0.9.4, user session is managed via a JWT token, using HS256 algorithm. The session secret is stored in the database in the object_state table with name column being session_secret. Please make sure appropriate access restriction is made to this database table.

Authentication plugins are implemented as classes, and passed as the auth parameter to www.

The available classes are described here:

class buildbot.www.auth.NoAuth

This class is the default authentication plugin, which disables authentication.

class buildbot.www.auth.UserPasswordAuth(users)

Parameters:

users – list of ("user","password") tuples, or a dictionary of {"user": "password", ..}

Simple username/password authentication using a list of user/password tuples provided in the configuration file.

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.UserPasswordAuth({"homer": "doh!"}),
}

class buildbot.www.auth.CustomAuth

This authentication class means to be overridden with a custom check_credentials method that gets username and password as arguments and check if the user can login. You may use it e.g. to check the credentials against an external database or file.

from buildbot.plugins import util

class MyAuth(util.CustomAuth):
    def check_credentials(self, user, password):
        if user == 'snow' and password == 'white':
            return True
        else:
            return False

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www']['auth'] = MyAuth()

class buildbot.www.auth.HTPasswdAuth(passwdFile)

Parameters:

passwdFile – An .htpasswd file to read

This class implements simple username/password authentication against a standard .htpasswd file.

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.HTPasswdAuth("my_htpasswd"),
}

class buildbot.www.oauth2.GoogleAuth(clientId, clientSecret)

Parameters:

• clientId – The client ID of your buildbot application

• clientSecret – The client secret of your buildbot application

• ssl_verify (boolean) – If False disables SSL certificate verification

This class implements an authentication with Google single sign-on. You can look at the Google oauth2 documentation on how to register your Buildbot instance to the Google systems. The developer console will give you the two parameters you have to give to GoogleAuth.

Register your Buildbot instance with the BUILDBOT_URL/auth/login URL as the allowed redirect URI.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.GoogleAuth("clientid", "clientsecret"),
}

In order to use this module, you need to install the Python requests module:

pip install requests

class buildbot.www.oauth2.GitHubAuth(clientId, clientSecret)

param clientId:

The client ID of your buildbot application

param clientSecret:

The client secret of your buildbot application

param serverURL:

The server URL if this is a GitHub Enterprise server

param apiVersion:

The GitHub API version to use. One of 3 or 4 (V3/REST or V4/GraphQL). Defaults to 3.

param getTeamsMembership:

When True fetch all team memberships for each of the organizations the user belongs to. The teams will be included in the user’s groups as org-name/team-name.

param debug:

When True and using apiVersion=4 show some additional log calls with the GraphQL queries and responses for debugging purposes.

param boolean ssl_verify:

If False disables SSL certificate verification

This class implements an authentication with GitHub single sign-on. It functions almost identically to the GoogleAuth class.

Register your Buildbot instance with the BUILDBOT_URL/auth/login url as the allowed redirect URI.

The user’s email-address (for e.g. authorization) is set to the “primary” address set by the user in GitHub. When using group-based authorization, the user’s groups are equal to the names of the GitHub organizations the user is a member of.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.GitHubAuth("clientid", "clientsecret"),
}

Example for Enterprise GitHub:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.GitHubAuth("clientid", "clientsecret",
                            "https://git.corp.mycompany.com"),
}

An example on fetching team membership could be:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.GitHubAuth("clientid", "clientsecret", apiVersion=4,
                            getTeamsMembership=True),
    'authz': util.Authz(
        allowRules=[
          util.AnyControlEndpointMatcher(role="core-developers"),
        ],
        roleMatchers=[
          util.RolesFromGroups(groupPrefix='buildbot/')
        ]
      )
}

If the buildbot organization had two teams, for example, ‘core-developers’ and ‘contributors’, with the above example, any user belonging to those teams would be granted the roles matching those team names.

In order to use this module, you need to install the Python requests module:

pip install requests

class buildbot.www.oauth2.GitLabAuth(instanceUri, clientId, clientSecret)

Parameters:

• instanceUri – The URI of your GitLab instance

• clientId – The client ID of your buildbot application

• clientSecret – The client secret of your buildbot application

• ssl_verify (boolean) – If False disables SSL certificate verification

This class implements an authentication with GitLab single sign-on. It functions almost identically to the GoogleAuth class.

Register your Buildbot instance with the BUILDBOT_URL/auth/login URL as the allowed redirect URI.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.GitLabAuth("https://gitlab.com", "clientid", "clientsecret"),
}

In order to use this module, you need to install the Python requests module:

pip install requests

class buildbot.www.oauth2.BitbucketAuth(clientId, clientSecret)

Parameters:

• clientId – The client ID of your buildbot application

• clientSecret – The client secret of your buildbot application

• ssl_verify (boolean) – If False disables SSL certificate verification

This class implements an authentication with Bitbucket single sign-on. It functions almost identically to the GoogleAuth class.

Register your Buildbot instance with the BUILDBOT_URL/auth/login URL as the allowed redirect URI.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.BitbucketAuth("clientid", "clientsecret"),
}

In order to use this module, you need to install the Python requests module:

pip install requests

class buildbot.www.auth.RemoteUserAuth

Parameters:

• header – header to use to get the username (defaults to REMOTE_USER)

• headerRegex – regular expression to get the username from header value (defaults to "(?P<username>[^ @]+)@(?P<realm>[^ @]+)"). Note that you need at least to specify a ?P<username> regular expression named group.

• userInfoProvider – user info provider; see User Information

If the Buildbot UI is served through a reverse proxy that supports HTTP-based authentication (like apache or lighttpd), it’s possible to tell Buildbot to trust the web server and get the username from the request headers.

The administrator must make sure that it’s impossible to get access to Buildbot in any way other than through the frontend. Usually this means that Buildbot should listen for incoming connections only on localhost (or on some firewall-protected port). The reverse proxy must require HTTP authentication to access Buildbot pages (using any source for credentials, such as htpasswd, PAM, LDAP, Kerberos).

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.RemoteUserAuth(),
}

A corresponding Apache configuration example:

<Location "/">
        AuthType Kerberos
        AuthName "Buildbot login via Kerberos"
        KrbMethodNegotiate On
        KrbMethodK5Passwd On
        KrbAuthRealms <<YOUR CORP REALMS>>
        KrbVerifyKDC off
        KrbServiceName Any
        Krb5KeyTab /etc/krb5/krb5.keytab
        KrbSaveCredentials Off
        require valid-user
        Order allow,deny

        Satisfy Any

        #] SSO
        RewriteEngine On
        RewriteCond %{LA-U:REMOTE_USER} (.+)$
        RewriteRule . - [E=RU:%1,NS]
        RequestHeader set REMOTE_USER %{RU}e

</Location>

The advantage of this sort of authentication is that it is uses a proven and fast implementation for authentication. The problem is that the only information that is passed to Buildbot is the username, and there is no way to pass any other information like user email, user groups, etc. That information can be very useful to the mailstatus plugin, or for authorization processes. See User Information for a mechanism to supply that information.

2.5.16.3. User Information

For authentication mechanisms which cannot provide complete information about a user, Buildbot needs another way to get user data. This is useful both for authentication (to fetch more data about the logged-in user) and for avatars (to fetch data about other users).

This extra information is provided, appropriately enough, by user info providers. These can be passed to RemoteUserAuth and as an element of avatar_methods.

This can also be passed to oauth2 authentication plugins. In this case the username provided by oauth2 will be used, and all other information will be taken from ldap (Full Name, email, and groups):

Currently only one provider is available:

class buildbot.ldapuserinfo.LdapUserInfo(uri, bindUser, bindPw, accountBase, accountPattern, groupBase=None, groupMemberPattern=None, groupName=None, accountFullName, accountEmail, avatarPattern=None, avatarData=None, accountExtraFields=None, tls=None)

Parameters:

• uri – uri of the ldap server

• bindUser – username of the ldap account that is used to get the infos for other users (usually a “faceless” account)

• bindPw – password of the bindUser

• accountBase – the base dn (distinguished name)of the user database

• accountPattern – the pattern for searching in the account database. This must contain the %(username)s string, which is replaced by the searched username

• accountFullName – the name of the field in account ldap database where the full user name is to be found.

• accountEmail – the name of the field in account ldap database where the user email is to be found.

• groupBase – the base dn of the groups database

• groupMemberPattern – the pattern for searching in the group database. This must contain the %(dn)s string, which is replaced by the searched username’s dn

• groupName – the name of the field in groups ldap database where the group name is to be found.

• avatarPattern – the pattern for searching avatars from emails in the account database. This must contain the %(email)s string, which is replaced by the searched email

• avatarData – the name of the field in groups ldap database where the avatar picture is to be found. This field is supposed to contain the raw picture, format is automatically detected from jpeg, png or git.

• accountExtraFields – extra fields to extracts for use with the authorization policies

• tls – an instance of ldap.Tls that specifies TLS settings.

If one of the three optional groups parameters is supplied, then all of them become mandatory. If none is supplied, the retrieved user info has an empty list of groups.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util

# this configuration works for MS Active Directory ldap implementation
# we use it for user info, and avatars
userInfoProvider = util.LdapUserInfo(
    uri='ldap://ldap.mycompany.com:3268',
    bindUser='ldap_user',
    bindPw='p4$$wd',
    accountBase='dc=corp,dc=mycompany,dc=com',
    groupBase='dc=corp,dc=mycompany,dc=com',
    accountPattern='(&(objectClass=person)(sAMAccountName=%(username)s))',
    accountFullName='displayName',
    accountEmail='mail',
    groupMemberPattern='(&(objectClass=group)(member=%(dn)s))',
    groupName='cn',
    avatarPattern='(&(objectClass=person)(mail=%(email)s))',
    avatarData='thumbnailPhoto',
)
c['www'] = {
    "port": PORT,
    "allowed_origins": ["*"],
    "url": c['buildbotURL'],
    "auth": util.RemoteUserAuth(userInfoProvider=userInfoProvider),
    "avatar_methods": [
        userInfoProvider,
        util.AvatarGravatar()
    ]
}

Note

In order to use this module, you need to install the ldap3 module:

pip install ldap3

In the case of oauth2 authentications, you have to pass the userInfoProvider as keyword argument:

from buildbot.plugins import util
userInfoProvider = util.LdapUserInfo(...)
c['www'] = {
    # ...
    'auth': util.GoogleAuth("clientid", "clientsecret", userInfoProvider=userInfoProvider),
}

2.5.16.4. Reverse Proxy Configuration

It is usually better to put Buildbot behind a reverse proxy in production.

• Provides automatic gzip compression

• Provides SSL support with a widely used implementation

• Provides support for http/2 or spdy for fast parallel REST api access from the browser

Reverse proxy however might be problematic for websocket, you have to configure it specifically to pass web socket requests. Here is an nginx configuration that is known to work (nginx 1.6.2):

server {
        # Enable SSL and http2
        listen 443 ssl http2 default_server;

        server_name yourdomain.com;

        root html;
        index index.html index.htm;

        ssl on;
        ssl_certificate /etc/nginx/ssl/server.cer;
        ssl_certificate_key /etc/nginx/ssl/server.key;

        # put a one day session timeout for websockets to stay longer
        ssl_session_cache      shared:SSL:10m;
        ssl_session_timeout  1440m;

        # please consult latest nginx documentation for current secure encryption settings
        ssl_protocols ..
        ssl_ciphers ..
        ssl_prefer_server_ciphers   on;
        #

        # force https
        add_header Strict-Transport-Security "max-age=31536000; includeSubdomains;";
        spdy_headers_comp 5;

        proxy_set_header HOST $host;
        proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
        proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
        proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto  $scheme;
        proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Server  $host;
        proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host  $host;

        # you could use / if you use domain based proxy instead of path based proxy
        location /buildbot/ {
            proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:5000/;
        }
        location /buildbot/sse/ {
            # proxy buffering will prevent sse to work
            proxy_buffering off;
            proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:5000/sse/;
        }
        # required for websocket
        location /buildbot/ws {
            proxy_http_version 1.1;
            proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
            proxy_set_header Connection "upgrade";
            proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:5000/ws;
            # raise the proxy timeout for the websocket
            proxy_read_timeout 6000s;
        }
}

To run with Apache2, you’ll need mod_proxy_wstunnel in addition to mod_proxy_http. Serving HTTPS (mod_ssl) is advised to prevent issues with enterprise proxies (see Server Sent Events), even if you don’t need the encryption itself.

Here is a configuration that is known to work (Apache 2.4.10 / Debian 8, Apache 2.4.25 / Debian 9, Apache 2.4.6 / CentOS 7), directly at the top of the domain.

If you want to add access control directives, just put them in a <Location />.

<VirtualHost *:443>
    ServerName buildbot.example
    ServerAdmin webmaster@buildbot.example

    # replace with actual port of your Buildbot master
    ProxyPass /ws ws://127.0.0.1:8020/ws
    ProxyPassReverse /ws ws://127.0.0.1:8020/ws
    ProxyPass / http://127.0.0.1:8020/
    ProxyPassReverse / http://127.0.0.1:8020/

    SetEnvIf X-Url-Scheme https HTTPS=1
    ProxyPreserveHost On

    SSLEngine on
    SSLCertificateFile /path/to/cert.pem
    SSLCertificateKeyFile /path/to/cert.key

    # check Apache2 documentation for current safe SSL settings
    # This is actually the Debian 8 default at the time of this writing:
    SSLProtocol all -SSLv3

</VirtualHost>

2.5.16.5. Authorization rules

The authorization framework in Buildbot is very generic and flexible. The drawback is that it is not very obvious for newcomers. The ‘simple’ example will however allow you to easily start by implementing an admins-have-all-rights setup.

Please carefully read the following documentation to understand how to setup authorization in Buildbot.

Authorization framework is tightly coupled to the REST API. Authorization framework only works for HTTP, not for other means of interaction like IRC or try scheduler. It allows or denies access to the REST APIs according to rules.

• Roles is a label that you give to a user.

  It is similar but different to the usual notion of group:

  • A user can have several roles, and a role can be given to several users.

  • Role is an application specific notion, while group is more organization specific notion.

  • Groups are given by the auth plugin, e.g ldap, github, and are not always in the precise control of the buildbot admins.

  • Roles can be dynamically assigned, according to the context. For example, there is the owner role, which can be given to a user for a build that he is at the origin, so that he can stop or rebuild only builds of his own.

• Endpoint matchers associate role requirements to REST API endpoints. The default policy is allow in case no matcher matches (see below why).

• Role matchers associate authenticated users to roles.

Restricting Read Access

Please note that you can use this framework to deny read access to the REST API, but there is no access control in websocket or SSE APIs. Practically this means user will still see live updates from running builds in the UI, as those will come from websocket.

The only resources that are only available for read in REST API are the log data (a.k.a logchunks).

From a strict security point of view you cannot really use Buildbot Authz framework to securely deny read access to your bot. The access control is rather designed to restrict control APIs which are only accessible through REST API. In order to reduce attack surface, we recommend to place Buildbot behind an access controlled reverse proxy like OAuth2Proxy.

Authz Configuration

class buildbot.www.authz.Authz(allowRules=[], roleMatcher=[], stringsMatcher=util.fnmatchStrMatcher)

Parameters:

• allowRules – List of EndpointMatcherBase processed in order for each endpoint grant request.

• roleMatcher – List of RoleMatchers

• stringsMatcher – Selects algorithm used to make strings comparison (used to compare roles and builder names). Can be util.fnmatchStrMatcher or util.reStrMatcher from from buildbot.plugins import util

Authz needs to be configured in c['www']['authz']

Endpoint matchers

Endpoint matchers are responsible for creating rules to match REST endpoints, and requiring roles for them. Endpoint matchers are processed in the order they are configured. The first rule matching an endpoint will prevent further rules from being checked. To continue checking other rules when the result is deny, set defaultDeny=False. If no endpoint matcher matches, then access is granted.

One can implement the default deny policy by putting an AnyEndpointMatcher with nonexistent role in the end of the list. Please note that this will deny all REST apis, and most of the UI do not implement proper access denied message in case of such error.

The following sequence is implemented by each EndpointMatcher class:

• Check whether the requested endpoint is supported by this matcher

• Get necessary info from data API and decide whether it matches

• Look if the user has the required role

Several endpoints matchers are currently implemented. If you need a very complex setup, you may need to implement your own endpoint matchers. In this case, you can look at the source code for detailed examples on how to write endpoint matchers.

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.EndpointMatcherBase(role, defaultDeny=True)

Parameters:

• role – The role which grants access to this endpoint. List of roles is not supported, but a fnmatch expression can be provided to match several roles.

• defaultDeny – The role matcher algorithm will stop if this value is true and the endpoint matched.

This is the base endpoint matcher. Its arguments are inherited by all the other endpoint matchers.

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.AnyEndpointMatcher(role)

Parameters:

role – The role which grants access to any endpoint.

AnyEndpointMatcher grants all rights to people with given role (usually “admins”).

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.AnyControlEndpointMatcher(role)

Parameters:

role – The role which grants access to any control endpoint.

AnyControlEndpointMatcher grants control rights to people with given role (usually “admins”). This endpoint matcher matches current and future control endpoints. You need to add this in the end of your configuration to make sure it is future proof.

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.ForceBuildEndpointMatcher(builder, role)

Parameters:

• builder – Name of the builder.

• role – The role needed to get access to such endpoints.

ForceBuildEndpointMatcher grants right to force builds.

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.StopBuildEndpointMatcher(builder, role)

Parameters:

• builder – Name of the builder.

• role – The role needed to get access to such endpoints.

StopBuildEndpointMatcher grants rights to stop builds.

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.RebuildBuildEndpointMatcher(builder, role)

Parameters:

• builder – Name of the builder.

• role – The role needed to get access to such endpoints.

RebuildBuildEndpointMatcher grants rights to rebuild builds.

class buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.EnableSchedulerEndpointMatcher(builder, role)

Parameters:

• builder – Name of the builder.

• role – The role needed to get access to such endpoints.

EnableSchedulerEndpointMatcher grants rights to enable and disable schedulers via the UI.

Role matchers

Role matchers are responsible for creating rules to match people and grant them roles. You can grant roles from groups information provided by the Auth plugins, or if you prefer directly to people’s email.

class buildbot.www.authz.roles.RolesFromGroups(groupPrefix)

Parameters:

groupPrefix – Prefix to remove from each group

RolesFromGroups grants roles from the groups of the user. If a user has group buildbot-admin, and groupPrefix is buildbot-, then user will be granted the role ‘admin’

ex:

roleMatchers=[
  util.RolesFromGroups(groupPrefix="buildbot-")
]

class buildbot.www.authz.roles.RolesFromEmails(roledict)

Parameters:

roledict – Dictionary with key=role, and value=list of email strings

RolesFromEmails grants roles to users according to the hardcoded emails.

ex:

roleMatchers=[
  util.RolesFromEmails(admins=["my@email.com"])
]

class buildbot.www.authz.roles.RolesFromDomain(roledict)

Parameters:

roledict – Dictionary with key=role, and value=list of domain strings

RolesFromDomain grants roles to users according to their email domains. If a user tried to login with email foo@gmail.com, then the user will be granted the role ‘admins’.

ex:

roleMatchers=[
  util.RolesFromDomain(admins=["gmail.com"])
]

class buildbot.www.authz.roles.RolesFromOwner(roledict)

Parameters:

roledict – Dictionary with key=role, and value=list of email strings

RolesFromOwner grants a given role when property owner matches the email of the user

ex:

roleMatchers=[
    RolesFromOwner(role="owner")
]

class buildbot.www.authz.roles.RolesFromUsername(roles, usernames)

Parameters:

• roles – Roles to assign when the username matches.

• usernames – List of usernames that have the roles.

RolesFromUsername grants the given roles when the username property is within the list of usernames.

ex:

roleMatchers=[
    RolesFromUsername(roles=["admins"], usernames=["root"]),
    RolesFromUsername(roles=["developers", "integrators"], usernames=["Alice", "Bob"])
]

Example Configs

Simple config which allows admin people to control everything, but allow anonymous to look at build results:

from buildbot.plugins import *
authz = util.Authz(
  allowRules=[
    util.AnyControlEndpointMatcher(role="admins"),
  ],
  roleMatchers=[
    util.RolesFromEmails(admins=["my@email.com"])
  ]
)
auth=util.UserPasswordAuth({'my@email.com': 'mypass'})
c['www']['auth'] = auth
c['www']['authz'] = authz

More complex config with separation per branch:

from buildbot.plugins import *

authz = util.Authz(
    stringsMatcher=util.fnmatchStrMatcher,  # simple matcher with '*' glob character
    # stringsMatcher = util.reStrMatcher,   # if you prefer regular expressions
    allowRules=[
        # admins can do anything,
        # defaultDeny=False: if user does not have the admin role, we continue parsing rules
        util.AnyEndpointMatcher(role="admins", defaultDeny=False),

        util.StopBuildEndpointMatcher(role="owner"),

        # *-try groups can start "try" builds
        util.ForceBuildEndpointMatcher(builder="try", role="*-try"),
        # *-mergers groups can start "merge" builds
        util.ForceBuildEndpointMatcher(builder="merge", role="*-mergers"),
        # *-releasers groups can start "release" builds
        util.ForceBuildEndpointMatcher(builder="release", role="*-releasers"),
        # if future Buildbot implement new control, we are safe with this last rule
        util.AnyControlEndpointMatcher(role="admins")
    ],
    roleMatchers=[
        RolesFromGroups(groupPrefix="buildbot-"),
        RolesFromEmails(admins=["homer@springfieldplant.com"],
                        reaper-try=["007@mi6.uk"]),
        # role owner is granted when property owner matches the email of the user
        RolesFromOwner(role="owner")
    ]
)
c['www']['authz'] = authz

Using GitHub authentication and allowing access to control endpoints for users in the “Buildbot” organization:

from buildbot.plugins import *
authz = util.Authz(
  allowRules=[
    util.AnyControlEndpointMatcher(role="BuildBot")
  ],
  roleMatchers=[
    util.RolesFromGroups()
  ]
)
auth=util.GitHubAuth('CLIENT_ID', 'CLIENT_SECRET')
c['www']['auth'] = auth
c['www']['authz'] = authz

2.5.17. Change Hooks

The /change_hook URL is a magic URL which will accept HTTP requests and translate them into changes for Buildbot. Implementations (such as a trivial json-based endpoint and a GitHub implementation) can be found in master/buildbot/www/hooks. The format of the URL is /change_hook/DIALECT where DIALECT is a package within the hooks directory. change_hook is disabled by default and each DIALECT has to be enabled separately, for security reasons.

An example www configuration line which enables change_hook and two DIALECTS:

c['www'] = {
    "change_hook_dialects": {
        'base': True,
        'somehook': {
            'option1': True,
            'option2':False
        },
    },
}

Within the www config dictionary arguments, the change_hook key enables/disables the module, and change_hook_dialects whitelists DIALECTs where the keys are the module names and the values are optional arguments which will be passed to the hooks.

The master/contrib/post_build_request.py script allows for the submission of an arbitrary change request. Run post_build_request.py --help for more information. The base dialect must be enabled for this to work.

2.5.17.1. Change Hooks Auth

By default, the change hook URL is not protected. Some hooks implement their own authentication method. Others require the generic method to be secured.

To protect URL against unauthorized access, you may use change_hook_auth option.

Note

This method uses HTTP BasicAuth. It implies the use of SSL via Reverse Proxy Configuration in order to be fully secured.

from twisted.cred import strcred
c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_auth": [strcred.makeChecker("file:changehook.passwd")],
}

Create a file changehook.passwd with content:

user:password

change_hook_auth should be a list of ICredentialsChecker. See the details of available options in Twisted documentation.

Note

In the case of the "file:changehook.passwd" description in makeChecker, Buildbot checkconfig might give you a warning “not a valid file: changehook.passwd”. To resolve this, you need specify the full path to the file, f"file:{os.path.join(basedir, 'changehook.passwd')}".

2.5.17.2. Mercurial hook

The Mercurial hook uses the base dialect:

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {'base': True},
}

Once this is configured on your buildmaster add the following hook on your server-side Mercurial repository’s hgrc:

[hooks]
changegroup.buildbot = python:/path/to/hgbuildbot.py:hook

You’ll find master/contrib/hgbuildbot.py, and its inline documentation, in the buildbot-contrib repository.

2.5.17.3. GitHub hook

Note

There is a standalone HTTP server available for receiving GitHub notifications as well: master/contrib/github_buildbot.py. This script may be useful in cases where you cannot expose the WebStatus for public consumption. Alternatively, you can setup a reverse proxy Reverse Proxy Configuration.

The GitHub hook has the following parameters:

secret (default None)

Secret token to use to validate payloads.

strict (default False)

If the hook must be strict regarding valid payloads. If the value is False (default), the signature will only be checked if a secret is specified and a signature was supplied with the payload. If the value is True, a secret must be provided, and payloads without signature will be ignored.

codebase (default None)

The codebase value to include with created changes. If the value is a function (or any other callable), it will be called with the GitHub event payload as argument and the function must return the codebase value to use for the event.

github_property_whitelist (default [])

A list of fnmatch expressions which match against the flattened pull request information JSON prefixed with github. For example github.number represents the pull request number. Available entries can be looked up in the GitHub API Documentation or by examining the data returned for a pull request by the API.

class (default None)

A class to be used for processing incoming payloads. If the value is None (default), the default class – buildbot.www.hooks.github.GitHubEventHandler – will be used. The default class handles ping, push and pull_request events only. If you’d like to handle other events (see Event Types & Payloads for more information), you’d need to subclass GitHubEventHandler and add handler methods for the corresponding events. For example, if you’d like to handle blah events, your code should look something like this:

from buildbot.www.hooks.github import GitHubEventHandler

class MyBlahHandler(GitHubEventHandler):

    def handle_blah(self, payload):
        # Do some magic here
        return [], 'git'

skips (default [r'\[ *skip *ci *\]', r'\[ *ci *skip *\]'])

A list of regex pattern makes buildbot ignore the push event. For instance, if user push 3 commits and the commit message of branch head contains a key string [ci skip], buildbot will ignore this push event.

If you want to disable the skip checking, please set it to [].

github_api_endpoint (default https://api.github.com)

If you have a self-host GitHub Enterprise installation, please set this URL properly.

token If your GitHub or GitHub Enterprise instance does not allow anonymous communication, you

need to provide an access token. Instructions can be found here. This attribute is rendered using the IRenderable interface, the only property available is full_name, of the format {owner}/{full_name}.

pullrequest_ref (default merge)

Remote ref to test if a pull request is sent to the endpoint. See the GitHub developer manual for possible values for pull requests. (e.g. head)

The simplest way to use GitHub hook is as follows:

c['www'] = {
    "change_hook_dialects": {'github': {}},
}

Having added this line, you should add a webhook for your GitHub project (see Creating Webhooks page at GitHub). The parameters are:

Payload URL

This URL should point to /change_hook/github relative to the root of the web status. For example, if the base URL is http://builds.example.com/buildbot, then point GitHub to http://builds.example.com/buildbot/change_hook/github. To specify a project associated to the repository, append ?project=name to the URL.

Content Type

Specify application/x-www-form-urlencoded or application/json.

Secret

Any value. If you provide a non-empty value (recommended), make sure that your hook is configured to use it:

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {
        'github': {
            'secret': 'MY-SECRET',
        },
    },
}

Which events would you like to trigger this webhook?

Click – Let me select individual events, then select Push and Pull request – other kind of events are not currently supported.

And then press the Add Webhook button.

Github hook creates 3 kinds of changes, distinguishable by their category field:

• None: This change is a push to a branch.

  Use util.ChangeFilter(category=None, repository="http://github.com/<org>/<project>")

• 'tag': This change is a push to a tag.

  Use util.ChangeFilter(category='tag', repository="http://github.com/<org>/<project>")

• 'pull': This change is from a pull-request creation or update.

  Use util.ChangeFilter(category='pull', repository="http://github.com/<org>/<project>"). In this case, the GitHub step must be used instead of the standard Git in order to be able to pull GitHub’s magic refs. With this method, the GitHub step will always checkout the branch merged with latest master. This allows to test the result of the merge instead of just the source branch. Note that you can use the GitHub for all categories of event.

Warning

Pull requests against every branch will trigger the webhook; the base branch name will be in the basename property of the build.

Warning

The incoming HTTP requests for this hook are not authenticated by default. Anyone who can access the web server can “fake” a request from GitHub, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

To protect URL against unauthorized access you should use Change Hooks Auth option. Then change the Payload URL of your GitHub webhook to https://user:password@builds.example.com/bbot/change_hook/github.

2.5.17.4. BitBucket hook

The BitBucket hook is as simple as the GitHub one and takes no options.

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {'bitbucket': True},
}

When this is set up, you should add a POST service pointing to /change_hook/bitbucket relative to the root of the web status. For example, if the grid URL is http://builds.example.com/bbot/grid, then point BitBucket to http://builds.example.com/change_hook/bitbucket. To specify a project associated to the repository, append ?project=name to the URL.

Note that there is a standalone HTTP server available for receiving BitBucket notifications, as well: master/contrib/bitbucket_buildbot.py. This script may be useful in cases where you cannot expose the WebStatus for public consumption.

Warning

As in the previous case, the incoming HTTP requests for this hook are not authenticated by default. Anyone who can access the web status can “fake” a request from BitBucket, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

To protect URL against unauthorized access you should use Change Hooks Auth option. Then, create a BitBucket service hook (see https://confluence.atlassian.com/display/BITBUCKET/POST+Service+Management) with a WebHook URL like https://user:password@builds.example.com/bbot/change_hook/bitbucket.

Note that as before, not using change_hook_auth can expose you to security risks.

2.5.17.5. Bitbucket Cloud hook

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {'bitbucketcloud': {}},
}

When this is set up, you should add a webhook pointing to /change_hook/bitbucketcloud relative to the root of the web status.

According to the type of the event, the change category is set to push, pull-created, pull-rejected, pull-updated, pull-fulfilled or ref-deleted.

The Bitbucket Cloud hook may have the following optional parameters:

codebase (default None)

The codebase value to include with changes or a callable object that will be passed the payload in order to get it.

bitbucket_property_whitelist (default [])

A list of fnmatch expressions which match against the flattened pull request information JSON prefixed with bitbucket. For example bitbucket.id represents the pull request ID. Available entries can be looked up in the BitBucket API Documentation or by examining the data returned for a pull request by the API.

Warning

The incoming HTTP requests for this hook are not authenticated by default. Anyone who can access the web server can “fake” a request from Bitbucket Cloud, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

2.5.17.6. Bitbucket Server hook

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {'bitbucketserver': {}},
}

When this is set up, you should add a webhook pointing to /change_hook/bitbucketserver relative to the root of the web status.

According to the type of the event, the change category is set to push, pull-created, pull-rejected, pull-updated, pull-fulfilled or ref-deleted.

The Bitbucket Server hook may have the following optional parameters:

codebase (default None)

The codebase value to include with changes or a callable object that will be passed the payload in order to get it.

bitbucket_property_whitelist (default [])

A list of fnmatch expressions which match against the flattened pull request information JSON prefixed with bitbucket. For example bitbucket.id represents the pull request ID. Available entries can be looked up in the BitBucket API Documentation or by examining the data returned for a pull request by the API.

Warning

The incoming HTTP requests for this hook are not authenticated by default. Anyone who can access the web server can “fake” a request from Bitbucket Server, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

Note

This hook requires the bitbucket-webhooks plugin (see https://marketplace.atlassian.com/plugins/nl.topicus.bitbucket.bitbucket-webhooks/server/overview).

2.5.17.7. Poller hook

The poller hook allows you to use GET or POST requests to trigger polling. One advantage of this is your buildbot instance can poll at launch (using the pollAtLaunch flag) to get changes that happened while it was down, but then you can still use a commit hook to get fast notification of new changes.

Suppose you have a poller configured like this:

c['change_source'] = SVNPoller(
    repourl="https://amanda.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/amanda",
    split_file=split_file_branches,
    pollInterval=24*60*60,
    pollAtLaunch=True,
)

And you configure your WebStatus to enable this hook:

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {'poller': True},
}

Then you will be able to trigger a poll of the SVN repository by poking the /change_hook/poller URL from a commit hook like this:

curl -s -F poller=https://amanda.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/amanda \
    http://yourbuildbot/change_hook/poller

If no poller argument is provided then the hook will trigger polling of all polling change sources.

You can restrict which pollers the webhook has access to using the allowed option:

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    'change_hook_dialects': {
        'poller': {
            'allowed': ['https://amanda.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/amanda']
        }
    }
}

2.5.17.8. GitLab hook

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {
        'gitlab' : {
            'secret': '...',
        },
    },
}

The GitLab hook has the following parameters:

secret (default None)

Secret token to use to validate payloads.

When this is set up, you should add a POST service pointing to /change_hook/gitlab relative to the root of the web status. For example, if the grid URL is http://builds.example.com/bbot/grid, then point GitLab to http://builds.example.com/change_hook/gitlab. The project and/or codebase can also be passed in the URL by appending ?project=name or ?codebase=foo to the URL. These parameters will be passed along to the scheduler.

Note

To handle merge requests from forks properly, it’s easiest to use a GitLab source step rather than a Git source step.

Note

Your Git or GitLab step must be configured with a git@ repourl, not a https: one, else the change from the webhook will not trigger a build.

Warning

As in the previous case, the incoming HTTP requests for this hook are not authenticated by default. Anyone who can access the web status can “fake” a request from your GitLab server, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

Warning

When applicable, you need to permit access to internal/local networks. See https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/security/webhooks.html for details.

To protect URL against unauthorized access you should either

• set secret token in the configuration above, then set it in the GitLab service hook declaration, or

• use the Change Hooks Auth option. Then, create a GitLab service hook (see https://your.gitlab.server/help/web_hooks) with a WebHook URL like https://user:password@builds.example.com/bbot/change_hook/gitlab.

Note that as before, not using change_hook_auth can expose you to security risks.

2.5.17.9. Gitorious Hook

The Gitorious hook is as simple as GitHub one and it also takes no options.

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {'gitorious': True},
}

When this is set up, you should add a POST service pointing to /change_hook/gitorious relative to the root of the web status. For example, if the grid URL is http://builds.example.com/bbot/grid, then point Gitorious to http://builds.example.com/change_hook/gitorious.

Warning

As in the previous case, the incoming HTTP requests for this hook are not authenticated by default. Anyone who can access the web status can “fake” a request from your Gitorious server, potentially causing the buildmaster to run arbitrary code.

To protect URL against unauthorized access you should use Change Hooks Auth option. Then, create a Gitorious web hook with a WebHook URL like https://user:password@builds.example.com/bbot/change_hook/gitorious.

Note that as before, not using change_hook_auth can expose you to security risks.

Note

Web hooks are only available for local Gitorious installations, since this feature is not offered as part of Gitorious.org yet.

2.5.17.10. Custom Hooks

Custom hooks are supported via the Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot mechanism. You can subclass any of the available hook handler classes available in buildbot.www.hooks and register it in the plugin system via a custom python module. For convenience, you can also use the generic option custom_class, e.g.:

from buildbot.plugins import webhooks
class CustomBase(webhooks.base):
    def getChanges(self, request):
        args = request.args
        chdict = {
            "revision": args.get(b'revision'),
            "repository": args.get(b'repository'),
            "project": args.get(b'project'),
            "codebase": args.get(b'codebase')
        }
        return ([chdict], None)

c['www'] = {
    ...,
    "change_hook_dialects": {
        'base' : {
            'custom_class': CustomBase,
        },
    },
}

2.5.18. Custom Services

2.5.18.1. FailingBuildsetCanceller

class buildbot.plugins.util.FailingBuildsetCanceller

The purpose of this service is to cancel builds once one build on a buildset fails.

This is useful for reducing use of resources in cases when there is no need to gather information from all builds of a buildset once one of them fails.

The service may be configured to track a subset of builds. This is controlled by the filters parameter. The decision on whether to cancel a build is done once a build fails.

The following parameters are supported by the FailingBuildsetCanceller:

name

(required, a string) The name of the service. All services must have different names in Buildbot. For most use cases value like buildset_canceller will work fine.

filters

(required, a list of three-element tuples) The source stamp filters that specify which builds the build canceller should track. The first element of each tuple must be a list of builder names that the filter would apply to. The second element of each tuple must be a list of builder names that will have the builders cancelled once a build fails. Alternatively, the value None as the second element of the tuple specifies that all builds should be cancelled. The third element of each tuple must be an instance of buildbot.util.SourceStampFilter.

2.5.18.2. OldBuildCanceller

class buildbot.plugins.util.OldBuildCanceller

The purpose of this service is to cancel builds on branches as soon as a superseding build request is created from a new commit on the branch.

This allows to reduce resource usage in projects that use Buildbot to run tests on pull request branches. For example, if a developer pushes new commits to the branch, notices and fixes a problem quickly and then pushes again, the builds that have been started on the older commit will be cancelled immediately instead of waiting for builds to finish.

The service may be configured to track a subset of builds. This is controlled by the filters parameter. The decision on whether to track a build is done on build startup. Configuration changes are ignored for builds that have already started.

Certain version control systems have multiple branch names that map to a single logical branch which makes OldBuildCanceller unable to cancel builds even in the presence of new commits. The handling of such scenarios is controlled by branch_key.

The following parameters are supported by the OldBuildCanceller:

name

(required, a string) The name of the service. All services must have different names in Buildbot. For most use cases value like build_canceller will work fine.

filters

(required, a list of two-element tuples) The source stamp filters that specify which builds the build canceller should track. The first element of each tuple must be a list of builder names that the filter would apply to. The second element of each tuple must be an instance of buildbot.util.SourceStampFilter.

branch_key

(optional, a function that receives source stamp or change dictionary and returns a string) Allows customizing the branch that is used to track builds and decide whether to cancel them. The function receives a dictionary with at least the following keys: project, codebase, repository, branch and must return a string.

The default implementation implements custom handling for the following Version control systems:

• Gerrit: branches that identify changes (use format refs/changes/*/*/*) have the change iteration number removed.

Pass lambda ss: ss['branch'] to always use branch property directly.

Note that OldBuildCanceller will only cancel builds with the same project, codebase, repository tuple as incoming change, so these do not need to be taken into account by this function.

Custom services are stateful components of Buildbot that can be added to the services key of the Buildbot config dictionary. The following is the services that are meant to be used without advanced knowledge of Buildbot.

• FailingBuildsetCanceller

• OldBuildCanceller

More complex services are described in the developer section of the Buildbot manual. They are meant to be used by advanced users of Buildbot.

2.5.19. DbConfig

DbConfig is a utility for master.cfg to get easy-to-use key-value storage in the Buildbot database.

DbConfig can get and store any json-able object to the db for use by other masters or separate UI plugins to edit them.

The design is intentionally simplistic, as the focus is on ease of use rather than efficiency. A separate db connection is created each time get() or set() is called.

Example:

from buildbot.plugins import util, worker

c = BuildmasterConfig = {}
c['db_url'] = 'mysql://username:password@mysqlserver/buildbot'
dbConfig = util.DbConfig(BuildmasterConfig, basedir)
workers = dbConfig.get("workers")
c['workers'] = [
    worker.Worker(worker['name'], worker['passwd'],
                  properties=worker.get('properties')),
    for worker in workers
]

class DbConfig

__init__(BuildmasterConfig, basedir)

Parameters:

• BuildmasterConfig – the BuildmasterConfig, where db_url is already configured

• basedir – basedir global variable of the master.cfg run environment. SQLite urls are relative to this dir

get(name, default=MarkerClass)

Parameters:

• name – the name of the config variable to retrieve

• default – in case the config variable has not been set yet, default is returned if defined, else KeyError is raised

set(name, value)

Parameters:

• name – the name of the config variable to be set

• value – the value of the config variable to be set

2.5.20. Configurators

For advanced users or plugin writers, the configurators key is available and holds a list of buildbot.interfaces.IConfigurator. The configurators will run after the master.cfg has been processed, and will modify the config dictionary. Configurator implementers should make sure that they are interoperable with each other, which means carefully modifying the config to avoid overriding a setting already made by the user or another configurator. Configurators are run (thus prioritized) in the order of the configurators list.

2.5.20.1. JanitorConfigurator

Buildbot stores historical information in its database. In a large installation, these can quickly consume disk space, yet developers never consult this historical information in many cases.

JanitorConfigurator creates a builder and Nightly scheduler which will regularly remove old information. At the moment, it only supports cleaning of logs, but it will contain more features as we implement them.

from buildbot.plugins import util
from datetime import timedelta

# configure a janitor which will delete all logs older than one month,
# and will run on sundays at noon
c['configurators'] = [util.JanitorConfigurator(
    logHorizon=timedelta(weeks=4),
    hour=12,
    dayOfWeek=6
)]

Parameters for JanitorConfigurator are:

logHorizon

A timedelta object describing the minimum time for which the log data should be maintained.

hour, dayOfWeek, …

Arguments given to the Nightly scheduler which is backing the JanitorConfigurator. Determines when the cleanup will be done. With this, you can configure it daily, weekly or even hourly if you wish. You probably want to schedule it when Buildbot is less loaded.

2.5.21. Manhole

Manhole is an interactive Python shell that gives full access to the Buildbot master instance. It is probably only useful for Buildbot developers.

Using Manhole requires the cryptography and pyasn1 python packages to be installed. These are not part of the normal Buildbot dependencies.

There are several implementations of Manhole available, which differ by the authentication mechanisms and the security of the connection.

Note

Manhole exposes full access to the buildmaster’s account (including the ability to modify and delete files). It’s recommended not to expose the manhole to the Internet and to use a strong password.

class buildbot.plugins.util.AuthorizedKeysManhole(port, keyfile, ssh_hostkey_dir)

A manhole implementation that accepts encrypted ssh connections and authenticates by ssh keys. The prospective client must have an ssh private key that matches one of the public keys in manhole’s authorized keys file.

Parameters:

• port (string or int) – The port to listen on. This is a strports specification string, like tcp:12345 or tcp:12345:interface=127.0.0.1. Bare integers are treated as a simple tcp port.

• keyfile (string) – The path to the file containing public parts of the authorized SSH keys. The path is interpreted relative to the buildmaster’s basedir. The file should contain one public SSH key per line. This is the exact same format as used by sshd in ~/.ssh/authorized_keys.

• ssh_hostkey_dir (string) – The path to the directory which contains ssh host keys for this server.

class buildbot.plugins.util.PasswordManhole(port, username, password, ssh_hostkey_dir)

A manhole implementation that accepts encrypted ssh connections and authenticates by username and password.

Parameters:

• port (string or int) – The port to listen on. This is a strports specification string, like tcp:12345 or tcp:12345:interface=127.0.0.1. Bare integers are treated as a simple tcp port.

• username (string) – The username to authenticate.

• password (string) – The password of the user to authenticate.

• ssh_hostkey_dir (string) – The path to the directory which contains ssh host keys for this server.

class buildbot.plugins.util.TelnetManhole(port, username, password)

A manhole implementation that accepts unencrypted telnet connections and authenticates by username and password.

Note

This connection method is not secure and should not be used anywhere where the port is exposed to the Internet.

Parameters:

• port (string or int) – The port to listen on. This is a strports specification string, like tcp:12345 or tcp:12345:interface=127.0.0.1. Bare integers are treated as a simple tcp port.

• username (string) – The username to authenticate.

• password (string) – The password of the user to authenticate.

2.5.21.1. Using manhole

The interactive Python shell can be entered by simply connecting to the host in question. For instance, in the case of ssh password-based manhole, the configuration may look like this:

from buildbot import manhole
c['manhole'] = manhole.PasswordManhole("tcp:1234:interface=127.0.0.1",
                                       "admin", "passwd",
                                       ssh_hostkey_dir="data/ssh_host_keys")

The above ssh_hostkey_dir declares a path relative to the buildmaster’s basedir to look for ssh keys. To create an ssh key, navigate to the buildmaster’s basedir and run:

mkdir -p data/ssh_host_keys
ckeygen3 -t rsa -f "data/ssh_host_keys/ssh_host_rsa_key"

Restart Buildbot and then try to connect to the running buildmaster like this:

ssh -p1234 admin@127.0.0.1
# enter passwd at prompt

After connection has been established, objects can be explored in more depth using dir(x) or the helper function show(x). For example:

>>> master.workers.workers
{'example-worker': <Worker 'example-worker', current builders: runtests>}

>>> show(master)
data attributes of <buildbot.master.BuildMaster instance at 0x7f7a4ab7df38>
                       basedir : '/home/dustin/code/buildbot/t/buildbot/'...
                     botmaster : <type 'instance'>
                buildCacheSize : None
                  buildHorizon : None
                   buildbotURL : http://localhost:8010/
               changeCacheSize : None
                    change_svc : <type 'instance'>
                configFileName : master.cfg
                            db : <class 'buildbot.db.connector.DBConnector'>
                        db_url : sqlite:///state.sqlite
                              ...
>>> show(master.botmaster.builders['win32'])
data attributes of <Builder ''builder'' at 48963528>

The buildmaster’s SSH server will use a different host key than the normal sshd running on a typical unix host. This will cause the ssh client to complain about a host key mismatch, because it does not realize there are two separate servers running on the same host. To avoid this, use a clause like the following in your .ssh/config file:

Host remotehost-buildbot
HostName remotehost
HostKeyAlias remotehost-buildbot
Port 1234
# use 'user' if you use PasswordManhole and your name is not 'admin'.
# if you use AuthorizedKeysManhole, this probably doesn't matter.
User admin

2.5.22. Multimaster

Warning

Buildbot Multimaster is considered experimental. There are still some companies using it in production. Don’t hesitate to use the mailing lists to share your experience.

Buildbot supports interconnection of several masters. This has to be done through a multi-master enabled message queue backend. As of now the only one supported is wamp and crossbar.io. see wamp

There are then several strategy for introducing multimaster in your buildbot infra. A simple way to say it is by adding the concept of symmetrics and asymmetrics multimaster (like there is SMP and AMP for multi core CPUs)

Symmetric multimaster is when each master share the exact same configuration. They run the same builders, same schedulers, same everything, the only difference is that workers are connected evenly between the masters (by any means (e.g. DNS load balancing, etc)) Symmetric multimaster is good to use to scale buildbot horizontally.

Asymmetric multimaster is when each master have different configuration. Each master may have a specific responsibility (e.g schedulers, set of builder, UI). This was more how you did in 0.8, also because of its own technical limitations. A nice feature of asymmetric multimaster is that you can have the UI only handled by some masters.

Separating the UI from the controlling will greatly help in the performance of the UI, because badly written BuildSteps?? can stall the reactor for several seconds.

The fanciest configuration would probably be a symmetric configuration for everything but the UI. You would scale the number of UI master according to your number of UI users, and scale the number of engine masters to the number of workers.

Depending on your workload and size of master host, it is probably a good idea to start thinking of multimaster starting from a hundred workers connected.

Multimaster can also be used for high availability, and seamless upgrade of configuration code. Complex configuration indeed requires sometimes to restart the master to reload custom steps or code, or just to upgrade the upstream buildbot version.

In this case, you will implement following procedure:

• Start new master(s) with new code and configuration.

• Send a graceful shutdown to the old master(s).

• New master(s) will start taking the new jobs, while old master(s) will just finish managing the running builds.

• As an old master is finishing the running builds, it will drop the connections from the workers, who will then reconnect automatically, and by the mean of load balancer will get connected to a new master to run new jobs.

As buildbot nine has been designed to allow such procedure, it has not been implemented in production yet as we know. There is probably a new REST API needed in order to gracefully shutdown a master, and the details of gracefully dropping the connection to the workers to be sorted out.

2.5.23. Multiple-Codebase Builds

What if an end-product is composed of code from several codebases? Changes may arrive from different repositories within the tree-stable-timer period. Buildbot will not only use the source-trees that contain changes but also needs the remaining source-trees to build the complete product.

For this reason, a Scheduler can be configured to base a build on a set of several source-trees that can (partly) be overridden by the information from incoming Changes.

As described in Source-Stamps, the source for each codebase is identified by a source stamp, containing its repository, branch and revision. A full build set will specify a source stamp set describing the source to use for each codebase.

Configuring all of this takes a coordinated approach. A complete multiple repository configuration consists of:

a codebase generator

Every relevant change arriving from a VC must contain a codebase. This is done by a codebaseGenerator that is defined in the configuration. Most generators examine the repository of a change to determine its codebase, using project-specific rules.

some schedulers

Each scheduler has to be configured with a set of all required codebases to build a product. These codebases indicate the set of required source-trees. In order for the scheduler to be able to produce a complete set for each build, the configuration can give a default repository, branch, and revision for each codebase. When a scheduler must generate a source stamp for a codebase that has received no changes, it applies these default values.

multiple source steps - one for each codebase

A Builder’s build factory must include a source step for each codebase. Each of the source steps has a codebase attribute which is used to select an appropriate source stamp from the source stamp set for a build. This information comes from the arrived changes or from the scheduler’s configured default values.

Note

Each source step has to have its own workdir set in order for the checkout to be done for each codebase in its own directory.

Note

Ensure you specify the codebase within your source step’s Interpolate() calls (e.g. http://.../svn/%(src:codebase:branch)s). See Interpolate for details.

Warning

Defining a codebaseGenerator that returns non-empty (not '') codebases will change the behavior of all the schedulers.

2.5.24. Miscellaneous Configuration

2.5.24.1. SourceStampFilter

class buildbot.util.SourceStampFilter

This class is used to filter source stamps. It is conceptually very similar to ChangeFilter except that it operates on source stamps. It accepts a set of conditions. A source stamp is considered accepted if all conditions are satisfied. The conditions are specified via the constructor arguments.

The following parameters are supported by the SourceStampFilter:

project_eq, codebase_eq, repository_eq, branch_eq

(optional, a string or a list of strings) The corresponding property of the source stamp must match exactly to at least one string from the value supplied by the argument.

branch uses util.NotABranch as its default value which indicates that no checking should be done, because the branch may actually have None value to be checked.

project_not_eq, codebase_not_eq, repository_not_eq, branch_not_eq

(optional, a string or a list of strings) The corresponding property of the source stamp must not match exactly to any string from the value supplied by the argument.

project_re, codebase_re, repository_re, branch_re

(optional, a string or a list of strings or regex pattern objects) The corresponding property of the source stamp must match to at least one regex from the value supplied by the argument. Any strings passed via this parameter are converted to a regex via re.compile.

project_not_re, codebase_not_re, repository_not_re, branch_not_re

(optional, a string or a list of strings or regex pattern objects) The corresponding property of the source stamp must not match to any regex from the value supplied by the argument. Any strings passed via this parameter are converted to a regex via re.compile.

filter_fn

(optional, a callable accepting a dictionary and returning a boolean) The given function will be passed the source stamp. It is expected to return True if the source stamp is matched, False otherwise. In case of a match, all other conditions will still be evaluated.

2.5.24.2. ChangeFilter

class buildbot.util.ChangeFilter

This class is used to filter changes. It is conceptually very similar to SourceStampFilter except that it operates on changes. The class accepts a set of conditions. A change is considered acepted if all conditions are satisfied. The conditions are specified via the constructor arguments.

The following parameters are supported by the ChangeFilter:

project, repository, branch, category, codebase

(optional, a string or a list of strings) The corresponding attribute of the change must match exactly to at least one string from the value supplied by the argument.

branch uses util.NotABranch as its default value which indicates that no checking should be done, because the branch may actually have None value to be checked.

project_not_eq, repository_not_eq, branch_not_eq, category_not_eq, codebase_not_eq

(optional, a string or a list of strings) The corresponding attribute of the change must not match exactly to any of the strings from the value supplied by the argument.

branch uses util.NotABranch as its default value which indicates that no checking should be done, because the branch may actually have None value to be checked.

project_re, repository_re, branch_re, category_re, codebase_re

(optional, a string or a list of strings or regex pattern objects) The corresponding attribute of the change must match to at least one regex from the value supplied by the argument. Any strings passed via this parameter are converted to a regex via re.compile.

project_not_re, repository_not_re, branch_not_re, category_not_re, codebase_not_re

(optional, a string or a list of strings or regex pattern objects) The corresponding attribute of the change must not match to at least any regex from the value supplied by the argument. Any strings passed via this parameter are converted to a regex via re.compile.

property_eq

(optional, a dictionary containing string keys and values each of which with a string or a list of strings) The property of the change with corresponding name must match exactly to at least one string from the value supplied by the argument.

property_not_eq

(optional, a string or a list of strings) The property of the change with corresponding name must not be present or not match exactly to at least one string from the value supplied by the argument.

property_re

(optional, a string or a list of strings or regex pattern objects) The property of the change with corresponding name must match to at least one regex from the value supplied by the argument. Any strings passed via this parameter are converted to a regex via re.compile.

property_not_re

(optional, a string or a list of strings or regex pattern objects) The property of the change with corresponding name must not be present or not match to at least one regex from the value supplied by the argument. Any strings passed via this parameter are converted to a regex via re.compile.

project_fn, repository_fn, branch_fn, category_fn, codebase_fn

(optional, a callable accepting a string and returning a boolean) The given function will be passed the value from the change that corresponds to the parameter name. It is expected to return True if the change is matched, False otherwise. In case of a match, all other conditions will still be evaluated.

filter_fn

(optional, a callable accepting a Change object and returning a boolean) The given function will be passed the change. It is expected to return True if the change is matched, False otherwise. In case of a match, all other conditions will still be evaluated.

Secrets in conditions

ChangeFilter does not support renderables. Accordingly, secrets cannot be used to construct the conditions that will later be used to filter changes.

This does not reduce security of the system because in order for secret values to be useful for filtering, they will need to be present in the changes themselves. The change information is stored in the database and frequently appears in the logs.

Best practice is to make sure secret values are not encoded in changes such as in repository URLs. Most of the source steps support passing authentication information separately from repository URL.

If encoding secrets is unavoidable, then changes should be filtered using regex (e.g. via repository_re argument) or custom callback functions (e.g. via repository_fn or filter_fn arguments).

Examples

ChangeFilter can be setup like this:

from buildbot.plugins import util
my_filter = util.ChangeFilter(project_re="^baseproduct/.*", branch="devel")

and then assigned to a scheduler with the change_filter parameter:

sch = SomeSchedulerClass(..., change_filter=my_filter)

buildbot.www.hooks.github.GitHubEventHandler has a special github_distinct property that can be used to specify whether or not non-distinct changes should be considered. For example, if a commit is pushed to a branch that is not being watched and then later pushed to a watched branch, by default, this will be recorded as two separate changes. In order to record a change only the first time the commit appears, you can use a custom ChangeFilter like this:

ChangeFilter(filter_fn=lambda c: c.properties.getProperty('github_distinct'))

For anything more complicated, a Python function can be defined to recognize the wanted strings:

def my_branch_fn(branch):
    return branch in branches_to_build and branch not in branches_to_ignore
my_filter = util.ChangeFilter(branch_fn=my_branch_fn)

2.5.24.3. GitCredentialOptions

class buildbot.util.GitCredentialOptions

The following parameters are supported by the GitCredentialOptions:

credentials

(optional, a list of strings) Each element of the list must be in the git-credential input format and will be passed as input to git credential approve.

use_http_path

(optional, a boolean) If provided, will set the credential.useHttpPath configuration to it’s value for commands that require credentials.

Examples

from buildbot.plugins import util

factory.addStep(steps.Git(
    repourl='https://example.com/hello-world.git', mode='incremental',
    git_credentials=util.GitCredentialOptions(
        credentials=[
            (
                "url=https://example.com/hello-world.git\n"
                "username=username\n"
                "password=token\n"
            ),
        ],
    ),
))

This section outlines miscellaneous functionality that is useful for configuration but does not fit any other section.

• SourceStampFilter

• ChangeFilter

• GitCredentialOptions

2.5.25. Testing Utilities

2.5.25.1. Worker command expectations

TestBuildStepMixin is used to test steps and accepts command expectations to its expect_commands method. These command expectations are instances of classes listed in this page.

In all cases the arguments used to construct the expectation is what is expected to receive from the step under test. The methods called on the command are used to build a list of effects that the step will observe.

class buildbot.test.steps.Expect

This class is the base class of all command expectation classes. It must not be instantiated by the user. It provides methods that are common to all command expectations.

exit(code)

Parameters:

code (int) – Exit code

Specifies command exit code sent to the step. In most cases 0 signify success, other values signify failure.

stdout(output)

Parameters:

output – stdout output to send to the step. Must be an instance of bytes or str.

Specifies stdout stream in the stdio log that is sent by the command to the step.

stderr(output)

Parameters:

output – stderr output to send to the step. Must be an instance of bytes or str.

Specifies stderr stream in the stdio log that is sent by the command to the step.

log(name, **streams)

Parameters:

• name (str) – The name of the log.

• streams (kwargs) – The log streams of the log streams. The most common are stdout and stderr. The values must be instances of bytes or str.

Specifies logs sent by the command to the step.

For stdio log and stdout stream use the stdout() function.

For stdio log and stderr stream use the stderr() function.

error(error)

Parameters:

error – An instance of an exception to throw when running the command.

Throws an exception when running the command. This is often used to simulate broken connection by throwing in an instance of twisted.internet.error.ConnectionLost.

ExpectShell

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectShell(Expect)

This class represents a shell command sent to the worker.

Usually the stdout log produced by the command is specified by the .stdout method, the stderr log is specified by the .stderr method and the exit code is specified by the .exit method.

ExpectShell(workdir='myworkdir', command=["my-test-command", "arg1", "arg2"])
.stdout(b'my sample output')
.exit(0)

__init__(workdir, command, env=None, want_stdout=1, want_stderr=1, initial_stdin=None, timeout=20 * 60, max_time=None, sigterm_time=None, logfiles=None, use_pty=None, log_environ=True, interrupt_signal=None)

Initializes the expectation.

ExpectStat

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectStat(Expect)

This class represents a stat command sent to the worker.

Tests usually indicate the existence of the file by calling the .exit method.

__init__(file, workdir=None, log_environ=None)

Initializes the expectation.

stat(mode, inode=99, dev=99, nlink=1, uid=0, gid=0, size=99, atime=0, mtime=0, ctime=0)

Specifies os.stat result that is sent back to the step.

In most cases it’s more convenient to use stat_file or stat_dir.

stat_file(mode=0, size=99, atime=0, mtime=0, ctime=0)

Parameters:

mode (int) – Additional mode bits to set

Specifies os.stat result of a regular file.

stat_dir(mode=0, size=99, atime=0, mtime=0, ctime=0)

Parameters:

mode (int) – Additional mode bits to set

Specifies os.stat result of a directory.

ExpectUploadFile

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectUploadFile(Expect)

This class represents a uploadFile command sent to the worker.

__init__(blocksize=None, maxsize=None, workersrc=None, workdir=None, writer=None, keepstamp=None, slavesrc=None, interrupted=False)

Initializes the expectation.

upload_string(string, error=None)

Parameters:

• string (str) – The data of the file to sent to the step.

• error (object) – An optional instance of an exception to raise to simulate failure to transfer data.

Specifies the data to send to the step.

ExpectDownloadFile

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectDownloadFile(Expect)

This class represents a downloadFile command sent to the worker. Tests usually check what the step attempts to send to the worker by calling .download_string and checking what data the supplied callable receives.

__init__(blocksize=None, maxsize=None, workerdest=None, workdir=None, reader=None, mode=None, interrupted=False, slavesrc=None, slavedest=None)

Initializes the expectation.

download_string(dest_callable, size=1000)

Parameters:

• dest_callable (callable) – A callable to call with the data that is being sent from the step.

• size (int) – The size of the data to read

Specifies the callable to store the data that the step wants the worker to download.

ExpectMkdir

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectMkdir(Expect)

This class represents a mkdir command sent to the worker.

__init__(dir=None, log_environ=None))

Initializes the expectation.

ExpectRmdir

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectRmdir(Expect)

This class represents a rmdir command sent to the worker.

__init__(dir=None, log_environ=None, timeout=None, path=None)

Initializes the expectation.

ExpectCpdir

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectCpdir(Expect)

This class represents a cpdir command sent to the worker.

__init__(fromdir=None, todir=None, log_environ=None, timeout=None, max_time=None)

Initializes the expectation.

ExpectRmfile

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectRmfile(Expect)

This class represents a rmfile command sent to the worker.

__init__(path=None, log_environ=None)

Initializes the expectation.

ExpectGlob

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectGlob(Expect)

This class represents a mkdir command sent to the worker.

__init__(path=None, log_environ=None)

Initializes the expectation.

files(files=None)

Parameters:

files (list) – An optional list of returned files.

Specifies the list of files returned to the step.

ExpectListdir

class buildbot.test.steps.ExpectListdir(Expect)

This class represents a mkdir command sent to the worker.

__init__(dir=None):

Initializes the expectation.

files(files=None)

Parameters:

files (list) – An optional list of returned files.

Specifies the list of files returned to the step.

2.5.25.2. TestReactorMixin

class buildbot.test.reactor.TestReactorMixin

The class TestReactorMixin is used to create a fake twisted.internet.reactor in tests. This allows to mock the flow of time in tests. The fake reactor becomes available as self.reactor in the test case that mixes in TestReactorMixin.

Call self.reactor.advance(seconds) to advance the mocked time by the specified number of seconds.

Call self.reactor.pump(seconds_list) to advance the mocked time multiple times as if by calling advance.

For more information see the documentation of twisted.internet.task.Clock.

setup_test_reactor(use_asyncio=False, auto_tear_down=True)

Parameters:

• use_asyncio (bool) – Whether to enable asyncio integration.

• auto_tear_down (bool) – Whether to automatically tear down the test reactor. Setting it to False is deprecated.

Call this function in the setUp() of the test case to setup fake reactor.

tear_down_test_reactor()

Call this function in the tearDown() of the test case to tear down fake reactor. This function is deprecated. The function returns a Deferred.

2.5.25.3. TestBuildStepMixin

class buildbot.test.steps.TestBuildStepMixin

The class TestBuildStepMixin allows to test build steps. It mocks the connection to the worker. The commands sent to the worker can be verified and command results can be injected back into the step under test. Additionally, the step under test is modified to allow checking how the step runs and what results it produces.

The following is an example of a basic step test:

class RemovePYCs(TestBuildStepMixin, TestReactorMixin, unittest.TestCase):

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def setUp(self):
        yield self.setup_test_reactor()
        yield self.setup_test_build_step()

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def test_run_ok(self):
        self.setup_step(python_twisted.RemovePYCs())
        self.expect_commands(
            ExpectShell(workdir='wkdir',
                        command=['find', '.', '-name', '\'*.pyc\'', '-exec', 'rm', '{}', ';'])
            .exit(0)
        )
        self.expect_outcome(result=SUCCESS, state_string='remove .pycs')
        yield self.run_step()

Basic workflow is as follows:

• The test case must derive from TestReactorMixin and properly setup it.

• In setUp() of test case call self.setup_test_build_step().

• In unit test first optionally call self.setup_build(...) function to setup information

  that will be available to the step during the test.

• In unit test call self.setup_step(step) which will setup the step for testing.

• Call self.expect_commands(commands) to specify commands that the step is expected to run and the results of these commands.

• Call various other expect_* member functions to define other expectations.

• Call self.run_step() to actually run the step.

All expectations are verified once the step has completed running.

setup_test_build_step()

Call this function in the setUp() method of the test case to setup step testing machinery.

setup_build(worker_env=None, build_files=None)

Parameters:

• worker_env (dict) – An optional dictionary of environment variables on the mock worker.

• build_files (list) – An optional list of source files that were changed in the build.

Sets up build and worker information that will be available to the tested step.

setup_step(step, worker_env=None, build_files=None)

Parameters:

• step (BuildStep) – An instance of BuildStep to test.

• worker_env (dict) – An optional dictionary of environment variables on the mock worker (deprecated).

• build_files (list) – An optional list of source files that were changed in the build (deprecated).

Returns:

An instance of prepared step (not the same as the step argument).

Prepares the given step for testing. This function may be invoked multiple times. The step argument is used as a step factory, just like in real Buildbot.

step

(deprecated) The step under test. This attribute is available after setup_step() is run.

This function has been deprecated, use get_nth_step(0) as a replacement

get_nth_step(index)

Parameters:

index (int) – The index of the step to retrieve

Retrieves the instance of a step that has been created by setup_step().

expect_commands(*commands)

Parameters:

commands – A list of commands that are expected to be run (a subclass of buildbot.test.steps.Expect).

Sets up an expectation of step sending the given commands to worker.

expect_outcome(result, state_string=None)

Parameters:

• result – A result from buildbot.process.results.

• state_string (str) – An optional status text.

Sets up an expectation of the step result. If there are multiple steps registered to the test, then there must be as many calls to expect_outcome as there are steps, in the same order.

expect_property(property, value, source=None)

Parameters:

• property (str) – The name of the property

• value (str) – The value of the property

• source (str) – An optional source of the property

Sets up an expectation of a property set by the step. If there are multiple steps registered to the test, then this function tests the cumulative set of properties set on the build.

expect_no_property(self, property)

Parameters:

property (str) – The name of the property

Sets up an expectation of an absence of a property set by the step. If there are multiple steps registered to the test, then this function expects that no tests set the property.

expect_log_file(self, logfile, contents, step_index=0)

Parameters:

• logfile (str) – The name of the log file

• contents (str) – The contents of the log file

• step_index (int) – The index of the step whose logs to investigate.

Sets up an expectation of a log file being produced by the step. Only the stdout associated with the log file is checked. To check the stderr see expect_log_file_stderr()

expect_log_file_stderr(self, logfile, contents, step_index=0)

Parameters:

• logfile (str) – The name of the log file

• contents (str) – The contents of the log file

• step_index (int) – The index of the step whose logs to investigate.

Sets up an expectation of a stderr output in log file being produced by the step.

expect_build_data(name, value, source)

Parameters:

• name (str) – The name of the build data.

• value (str) – The value of the build data.

• source (str) – The source of the build data.

Sets up an expectation of build data produced by the step. If there are multiple steps registered to the test, then this function tests the cumulative set of build data added to the build.

expect_hidden(hidden=True)

Parameters:

hidden (bool) – Whether the step should be hidden.

Sets up an expectation of step being hidden on completion.

expect_exception(expection_class)

Parameters:

expection_class – The type of the class to expect.

Sets up an expectation of an exception being raised during the runtime of the step. The expected result of the step is automatically set to EXCEPTION.

run_step()

Runs the steps and validates the expectations setup before this function.

This section outlives various utilities that are useful when testing configuration written for Buildbot.

Note

At this moment the APIs outlined here are experimental and subject to change.

• TestBuildStepMixin - provides a framework for testing steps

• TestReactorMixin - sets up test case with mock time

Command expectations:

• ExpectShell - expects shell command

• ExpectStat - expects stat command

• ExpectUploadFile - expects uploadFile command

• ExpectDownloadFile - expects downloadFile command

• ExpectMkdir - expects mkdir command

• ExpectRmdir - expects rmdir command

• ExpectCpdir - expects cpdir command

• ExpectRmfile - expects rmfile command

• ExpectGlob - expects glob command

• ExpectListdir - expects listdir command

2.6. Customization

For advanced users, Buildbot acts as a framework supporting a customized build application. For the most part, such configurations consist of subclasses set up for use in a regular Buildbot configuration file.

This chapter describes some of the more common idioms in advanced Buildbot configurations.

At the moment, this chapter is an unordered set of suggestions:

If you’d like to clean it up, fork the project on GitHub and get started!

2.6.1. Programmatic Configuration Generation

Bearing in mind that master.cfg is a Python file, large configurations can be shortened considerably by judicious use of Python loops. For example, the following will generate a builder for each of a range of supported versions of Python:

pythons = ['python2.4', 'python2.5', 'python2.6', 'python2.7',
           'python3.2', 'python3.3']
pytest_workers = ["worker%s" % n for n in range(10)]
for python in pythons:
    f = util.BuildFactory()
    f.addStep(steps.SVN(...))
    f.addStep(steps.ShellCommand(command=[python, 'test.py']))
    c['builders'].append(util.BuilderConfig(
            name="test-%s" % python,
            factory=f,
            workernames=pytest_workers))

Next step would be the loading of pythons list from a .yaml/.ini file.

2.6.2. Collapse Request Functions

The logic Buildbot uses to decide which build request can be merged can be customized by providing a Python function (a callable) instead of True or False described in Collapsing Build Requests.

Arguments for the callable are:

master

pointer to the master object, which can be used to make additional data api calls via master.data.get

builder

dictionary of type builder

req1

dictionary of type buildrequest

req2

dictionary of type buildrequest

Warning

The number of invocations of the callable is proportional to the square of the request queue length, so a long-running callable may cause undesirable delays when the queue length grows.

It should return true if the requests can be merged, and False otherwise. For example:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def collapseRequests(master, builder, req1, req2):
    "any requests with the same branch can be merged"

    # get the buildsets for each buildrequest
    selfBuildset , otherBuildset = yield defer.gatherResults([
        master.data.get(('buildsets', req1['buildsetid'])),
        master.data.get(('buildsets', req2['buildsetid']))
        ])
    selfSourcestamps = selfBuildset['sourcestamps']
    otherSourcestamps = otherBuildset['sourcestamps']

    if len(selfSourcestamps) != len(otherSourcestamps):
        return False

    for selfSourcestamp, otherSourcestamp in zip(selfSourcestamps, otherSourcestamps):
        if selfSourcestamp['branch'] != otherSourcestamp['branch']:
            return False

    return True

c['collapseRequests'] = collapseRequests

In many cases, the details of the sourcestamp and buildrequest are important.

In the following example, only buildrequest with the same “reason” are merged; thus developers forcing builds for different reasons will see distinct builds.

Note the use of the buildrequest.BuildRequest.canBeCollapsed method to access the source stamp compatibility algorithm:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def collapseRequests(master, builder, req1, req2):
    canBeCollapsed = yield buildrequest.BuildRequest.canBeCollapsed(master, req1, req2)
    if canBeCollapsed and req1.reason == req2.reason:
       return True
    else:
       return False
c['collapseRequests'] = collapseRequests

Another common example is to prevent collapsing of requests coming from a Trigger step. Trigger step can indeed be used in order to implement parallel testing of the same source.

Buildrequests will all have the same sourcestamp, but probably different properties, and shall not be collapsed.

Note

In most cases, just setting collapseRequests=False for triggered builders will do the trick.

In other cases, parent_buildid from buildset can be used:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def collapseRequests(master, builder, req1, req2):
    canBeCollapsed = yield buildrequest.BuildRequest.canBeCollapsed(master, req1, req2)
    selfBuildset , otherBuildset = yield defer.gatherResults([
        master.data.get(('buildsets', req1['buildsetid'])),
        master.data.get(('buildsets', req2['buildsetid']))
    ])
    if canBeCollapsed and selfBuildset['parent_buildid'] != None and \
            otherBuildset['parent_buildid'] != None:
        return True
    else:
        return False
c['collapseRequests'] = collapseRequests

If it’s necessary to perform some extended operation to determine whether two requests can be merged, then the collapseRequests callable may return its result via Deferred.

Warning

Again, the number of invocations of the callable is proportional to the square of the request queue length, so a long-running callable may cause undesirable delays when the queue length grows.

For example:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def collapseRequests(master, builder, req1, req2):
    info1, info2 = yield defer.gatherResults([
        getMergeInfo(req1),
        getMergeInfo(req2),
    ])
    return info1 == info2

c['collapseRequests'] = collapseRequests

2.6.3. Builder Priority Functions

The prioritizeBuilders configuration key specifies a function which is called with two arguments: a BuildMaster and a list of Builder objects. It should return a list of the same Builder objects, in the desired order. It may also remove items from the list if builds should not be started on those builders. If necessary, this function can return its results via a Deferred (it is called with maybeDeferred).

A simple prioritizeBuilders implementation might look like this:

def prioritizeBuilders(buildmaster, builders):
    """Prioritize builders. 'finalRelease' builds have the highest
    priority, so they should be built before running tests, or
    creating builds."""
    builderPriorities = {
        "finalRelease": 0,
        "test": 1,
        "build": 2,
    }
    builders.sort(key=lambda b: builderPriorities.get(b.name, 0))
    return builders

c['prioritizeBuilders'] = prioritizeBuilders

If the change frequency is higher than the turn-around of the builders, the following approach might be helpful:

from buildbot.util.async_sort import async_sort
from twisted.internet import defer

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def prioritizeBuilders(buildmaster, builders):
    """Prioritize builders. First, prioritize inactive builders.
    Second, consider the last time a job was completed (no job is infinite past).
    Third, consider the time the oldest request has been queued.
    This provides a simple round-robin scheme that works with collapsed builds."""

    def isBuilding(b):
        return bool(b.building) or bool(b.old_building)

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def key(b):
        newest_complete_time = yield b.getNewestCompleteTime()
        if newest_complete_time is None:
            newest_complete_time = datetime.datetime.min

        oldest_request_time = yield b.getOldestRequestTime()
        if oldest_request_time is None:
            oldest_request_time = datetime.datetime.min

        return (isBuilding(b), newest_complete_time, oldest_request_time)

    yield async_sort(builders, key)
    return builders

c['prioritizeBuilders'] = prioritizeBuilders

2.6.4. Build Priority Functions

When a builder has multiple pending build requests, it uses a nextBuild function to decide which build it should start first. This function is given two parameters: the Builder, and a list of BuildRequest objects representing pending build requests.

A simple function to prioritize release builds over other builds might look like this:

def nextBuild(bldr, requests):
    for r in requests:
        if r.source.branch == 'release':
            return r
    return requests[0]

If some non-immediate result must be calculated, the nextBuild function can also return a Deferred:

def nextBuild(bldr, requests):
    d = get_request_priorities(requests)
    def pick(priorities):
        if requests:
            return sorted(zip(priorities, requests))[0][1]
    d.addCallback(pick)
    return d

The nextBuild function is passed as parameter to BuilderConfig:

... BuilderConfig(..., nextBuild=nextBuild, ...) ...

2.6.5. Scheduler Priority Functions

When a Scheduler is creating a a new BuildRequest from a (list of) Change (s),it is possible to set the BuildRequest priority. This can either be an integer or a function, which receives a list of builder names and a dictionary of Change, grouped by their codebase.

A simple implementation might look like this:

def scheduler_priority(builderNames, changesByCodebase):
     priority = 0

     for codebase, changes in changesByCodebase.items():
         for chg in changes:
             if chg["branch"].startswith("dev/"):
                     priority = max(priority, 0)
             elif chg["branch"].startswith("bugfix/"):
                     priority = max(priority, 5)
             elif chg["branch"] == "main":
                     priority = max(priority, 10)

     return priority

The priority function/integer can be passed as a parameter to Scheduler:

... schedulers.SingleBranchScheduler(..., priority=scheduler_priority, ...) ...

2.6.6. canStartBuild Functions

Sometimes, you cannot know in advance what workers to assign to a BuilderConfig. For example, you might need to check for the existence of a file on a worker before running a build on it. It is possible to do that by setting the canStartBuild callback.

Here is an example that checks if there is a vm property set for the build request. If it is set, it checks if a file named after it exists in the /opt/vm folder. If the file does not exist on the given worker, refuse to run the build to force the master to select another worker.

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def canStartBuild(builder, wfb, request):

    vm = request.properties.get('vm', builder.config.properties.get('vm'))
    if vm:
        args = {'file': os.path.join('/opt/vm', vm)}
        cmd = RemoteCommand('stat', args, stdioLogName=None)
        cmd.worker = wfb.worker
        res = yield cmd.run(None, wfb.worker.conn, builder.name)
        if res.rc != 0:
            return False

    return True

Here is a more complete example that checks if a worker is fit to start a build. If the load average is higher than the number of CPU cores or if there is less than 2GB of free memory, refuse to run the build on that worker. Also, put that worker in quarantine to make sure no other builds are scheduled on it for a while. Otherwise, let the build start on that worker.

class FakeBuild(object):
    properties = Properties()

class FakeStep(object):
    build = FakeBuild()

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def shell(command, worker, builder):
    args = {
        'command': command,
        'logEnviron': False,
        'workdir': worker.worker_basedir,
        'want_stdout': False,
        'want_stderr': False,
    }
    cmd = RemoteCommand('shell', args, stdioLogName=None)
    cmd.worker = worker
    yield cmd.run(FakeStep(), worker.conn, builder.name)
    return cmd.rc

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def canStartBuild(builder, wfb, request):
    # check that load is not too high
    rc = yield shell(
        'test "$(cut -d. -f1 /proc/loadavg)" -le "$(nproc)"',
        wfb.worker, builder)
    if rc != 0:
        log.msg('loadavg is too high to take new builds',
                system=repr(wfb.worker))
        wfb.worker.putInQuarantine()
        return False

    # check there is enough free memory
    sed_expr = r's/^MemAvailable:[[:space:]]+([0-9]+)[[:space:]]+kB$/\1/p'
    rc = yield shell(
        'test "$(sed -nre \'%s\' /proc/meminfo)" -gt 2000000' % sed_expr,
        wfb.worker, builder)
    if rc != 0:
        log.msg('not enough free memory to take new builds',
                system=repr(wfb.worker))
        wfb.worker.putInQuarantine()
        return False

    # The build may now proceed.
    #
    # Prevent this worker from taking any other build while this one is
    # starting for 2 min. This leaves time for the build to start consuming
    # resources (disk, memory, cpu). When the quarantine is over, if the
    # same worker is subject to start another build, the above checks will
    # better reflect the actual state of the worker.
    wfb.worker.quarantine_timeout = 120
    wfb.worker.putInQuarantine()

    # This does not take the worker out of quarantine, it only resets the
    # timeout value to default.
    wfb.worker.resetQuarantine()

    return True

You can extend these examples using any remote command described in the Master-Worker API.

2.6.7. Customizing SVNPoller

Each source file that is tracked by a Subversion repository has a fully-qualified SVN URL in the following form: (REPOURL)(PROJECT-plus-BRANCH)(FILEPATH). When you create the SVNPoller, you give it a repourl value that includes all of the REPOURL and possibly some portion of the PROJECT-plus-BRANCH string. The SVNPoller is responsible for producing Changes that contain a branch name and a FILEPATH (which is relative to the top of a checked-out tree). The details of how these strings are split up depend upon how your repository names its branches.

2.6.7.1. PROJECT/BRANCHNAME/FILEPATH repositories

One common layout is to have all the various projects that share a repository get a single top-level directory each, with branches, tags, and trunk subdirectories:

amanda/trunk
      /branches/3_2
               /3_3
      /tags/3_2_1
           /3_2_2
           /3_3_0

To set up a SVNPoller that watches the Amanda trunk (and nothing else), we would use the following, using the default split_file:

from buildbot.plugins import changes
c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller(
   repourl="https://svn.amanda.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/amanda/trunk")

In this case, every Change that our SVNPoller produces will have its branch attribute set to None, to indicate that the Change is on the trunk. No other sub-projects or branches will be tracked.

If we want our ChangeSource to follow multiple branches, we have to do two things. First we have to change our repourl= argument to watch more than just amanda/trunk. We will set it to amanda so that we’ll see both the trunk and all the branches. Second, we have to tell SVNPoller how to split the (PROJECT-plus-BRANCH)(FILEPATH) strings it gets from the repository out into (BRANCH) and (FILEPATH).

We do the latter by providing a split_file function. This function is responsible for splitting something like branches/3_3/common-src/amanda.h into branch='branches/3_3' and filepath='common-src/amanda.h'. The function is always given a string that names a file relative to the subdirectory pointed to by the SVNPoller's repourl= argument. It is expected to return a dictionary with at least the path key. The splitter may optionally set branch, project and repository. For backwards compatibility it may return a tuple of (branchname, path). It may also return None to indicate that the file is of no interest.

Note

The function should return branches/3_3 rather than just 3_3 because the SVN checkout step, will append the branch name to the baseURL, which requires that we keep the branches component in there. Other VC schemes use a different approach towards branches and may not require this artifact.

If your repository uses this same {PROJECT}/{BRANCH}/{FILEPATH} naming scheme, the following function will work:

def split_file_branches(path):
    pieces = path.split('/')
    if len(pieces) > 1 and pieces[0] == 'trunk':
        return (None, '/'.join(pieces[1:]))
    elif len(pieces) > 2 and pieces[0] == 'branches':
        return ('/'.join(pieces[0:2]),
                '/'.join(pieces[2:]))
    else:
        return None

In fact, this is the definition of the provided split_file_branches function. So to have our Twisted-watching SVNPoller follow multiple branches, we would use this:

from buildbot.plugins import changes, util
c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller("svn://svn.twistedmatrix.com/svn/Twisted",
                                       split_file=util.svn.split_file_branches)

Changes for all sorts of branches (with names like "branches/1.5.x", and None to indicate the trunk) will be delivered to the Schedulers. Each Scheduler is then free to use or ignore each branch as it sees fit.

If you have multiple projects in the same repository your split function can attach a project name to the Change to help the Scheduler filter out unwanted changes:

from buildbot.plugins import util
def split_file_projects_branches(path):
    if not "/" in path:
        return None
    project, path = path.split("/", 1)
    f = util.svn.split_file_branches(path)
    if f:
        info = {"project": project, "path": f[1]}
        if f[0]:
            info['branch'] = f[0]
        return info
    return f

Again, this is provided by default. To use it you would do this:

from buildbot.plugins import changes, util
c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller(
   repourl="https://svn.amanda.sourceforge.net/svnroot/amanda/",
   split_file=util.svn.split_file_projects_branches)

Note here that we are monitoring at the root of the repository, and that within that repository is a amanda subdirectory which in turn has trunk and branches. It is that amanda subdirectory whose name becomes the project field of the Change.

2.6.7.2. BRANCHNAME/PROJECT/FILEPATH repositories

Another common way to organize a Subversion repository is to put the branch name at the top, and the projects underneath. This is especially frequent when there are a number of related sub-projects that all get released in a group.

For example, Divmod.org hosts a project named Nevow as well as one named Quotient. In a checked-out Nevow tree there is a directory named formless that contains a Python source file named webform.py. This repository is accessible via webdav (and thus uses an http: scheme) through the divmod.org hostname. There are many branches in this repository, and they use a ({BRANCHNAME})/({PROJECT}) naming policy.

The fully-qualified SVN URL for the trunk version of webform.py is http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Nevow/formless/webform.py. The 1.5.x branch version of this file would have a URL of http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/branches/1.5.x/Nevow/formless/webform.py. The whole Nevow trunk would be checked out with http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Nevow, while the Quotient trunk would be checked out using http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Quotient.

Now suppose we want to have an SVNPoller that only cares about the Nevow trunk. This case looks just like the PROJECT/BRANCH layout described earlier:

from buildbot.plugins import changes
c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller("http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod/trunk/Nevow")

But what happens when we want to track multiple Nevow branches? We have to point our repourl= high enough to see all those branches, but we also don’t want to include Quotient changes (since we’re only building Nevow). To accomplish this, we must rely upon the split_file function to help us tell the difference between files that belong to Nevow and those that belong to Quotient, as well as figuring out which branch each one is on.

from buildbot.plugins import changes
c['change_source'] = changes.SVNPoller("http://divmod.org/svn/Divmod",
                                       split_file=my_file_splitter)

The my_file_splitter function will be called with repository-relative pathnames like:

trunk/Nevow/formless/webform.py

This is a Nevow file, on the trunk. We want the Change that includes this to see a filename of formless/webform.py, and a branch of None

branches/1.5.x/Nevow/formless/webform.py

This is a Nevow file, on a branch. We want to get branch='branches/1.5.x' and filename='formless/webform.py'.

trunk/Quotient/setup.py

This is a Quotient file, so we want to ignore it by having my_file_splitter return None.

branches/1.5.x/Quotient/setup.py

This is also a Quotient file, which should be ignored.

The following definition for my_file_splitter will do the job:

def my_file_splitter(path):
    pieces = path.split('/')
    if pieces[0] == 'trunk':
        branch = None
        pieces.pop(0) # remove 'trunk'
    elif pieces[0] == 'branches':
        pieces.pop(0) # remove 'branches'
        # grab branch name
        branch = 'branches/' + pieces.pop(0)
    else:
        return None # something weird
    projectname = pieces.pop(0)
    if projectname != 'Nevow':
        return None # wrong project
    return {"branch": branch, "path": "/".join(pieces)}

If you later decide you want to get changes for Quotient as well you could replace the last 3 lines with simply:

return {"project": projectname, "branch": branch, "path": '/'.join(pieces)}

2.6.8. Writing Change Sources

For some version-control systems, making Buildbot aware of new changes can be a challenge. If the pre-supplied classes in Change Sources and Changes are not sufficient, then you will need to write your own.

There are three approaches, one of which is not even a change source. The first option is to write a change source that exposes some service to which the version control system can “push” changes. This can be more complicated, since it requires implementing a new service, but delivers changes to Buildbot immediately on commit.

The second option is often preferable to the first: implement a notification service in an external process (perhaps one that is started directly by the version control system, or by an email server) and delivers changes to Buildbot via PBChangeSource. This section does not describe this particular approach, since it requires no customization within the buildmaster process.

The third option is to write a change source which polls for changes - repeatedly connecting to an external service to check for new changes. This works well in many cases, but can produce a high load on the version control system if polling is too frequent, and can take too long to notice changes if the polling is not frequent enough.

2.6.8.1. Writing a Notification-based Change Source

A custom change source must implement buildbot.interfaces.IChangeSource.

The easiest way to do this is to subclass buildbot.changes.base.ChangeSource, implementing the describe method to describe the instance. ChangeSource is a Twisted service, so you will need to implement the startService and stopService methods to control the means by which your change source receives notifications.

When the class does receive a change, it should call self.master.data.updates.addChange(..) to submit it to the buildmaster. This method shares the same parameters as master.db.changes.addChange, so consult the API documentation for that function for details on the available arguments.

You will probably also want to set compare_attrs to the list of object attributes which Buildbot will use to compare one change source to another when reconfiguring. During reconfiguration, if the new change source is different from the old, then the old will be stopped and the new started.

2.6.8.2. Writing a Change Poller

Polling is a very common means of seeking changes, so Buildbot supplies a utility parent class to make it easier. A poller should subclass buildbot.changes.base.ReconfigurablePollingChangeSource, which is a subclass of ChangeSource. This subclass implements the Service methods, and calls the poll method according to the pollInterval and pollAtLaunch options. The poll method should return a Deferred to signal its completion.

Aside from the service methods, the other concerns in the previous section apply here, too.

2.6.9. Writing a New Latent Worker Implementation

Writing a new latent worker should only require subclassing buildbot.worker.AbstractLatentWorker and implementing start_instance and stop_instance at a minimum.

2.6.9.1. AbstractLatentWorker

class buildbot.worker.AbstractLatentWorker

This class is the base class of all latent workers and implements some common functionality. A custom worker should only need to override start_instance and stop_instance methods.

See buildbot.worker.ec2.EC2LatentWorker for an example.

Additionally, builds_may_be_incompatible and isCompatibleWithBuild members must be overridden if some qualities of the new instances is determined dynamically according to the properties of an incoming build. An example a build may require a certain Docker image or amount of allocated memory. Overriding these members ensures that builds aren’t ran on incompatible workers that have already been started.

start_instance(self)

This method is responsible for starting instance that will try to connect with this master. A deferred should be returned.

Any problems should use an errback or exception. When the error is likely related to infrastructure problem and the worker should be paused in case it produces too many errors, then LatentWorkerFailedToSubstantiate should be thrown. When the error is related to the properties of the build request, such as renderable Docker image, then LatentWorkerCannotSubstantiate should be thrown.

The callback value can be None, or can be an iterable of short strings to include in the “substantiate success” status message, such as identifying the instance that started. Buildbot will ensure that a single worker will never have its start_instance called before any previous calls to start_instance or stop_instance finish. Additionally, for each start_instance call, exactly one corresponding call to stop_instance will be done eventually.

stop_instance(self, fast=False)

This method is responsible for shutting down instance. A deferred should be returned. If fast is True then the function should call back as soon as it is safe to do so, as, for example, the master may be shutting down. The value returned by the callback is ignored. Buildbot will ensure that a single worker will never have its stop_instance called before any previous calls to stop_instance finish. During master shutdown any pending calls to start_instance or stop_instance will be waited upon finish.

builds_may_be_incompatible

Determines if new instances have qualities dependent on the build. If True, the master will call isCompatibleWithBuild to determine whether new builds are compatible with the started instance. Unnecessarily setting builds_may_be_incompatible to True may result in unnecessary overhead when processing the builds. By default, this is False.

isCompatibleWithBuild(self, build_props)

This method determines whether a started instance is compatible with the build that is about to be started. build_props is the properties of the build that are known before the build has been started. A build may be incompatible with already started instance if, for example, it requests a different amount of memory or a different Docker image. A deferred should be returned, whose callback should return True if build is compatible and False otherwise. The method may be called when the instance is not yet started and should indicate compatible build in that case. In the default implementation the callback returns True.

check_instance(self)

This method determines the health of an instance. The method is expected to return a tuple with two members: is_good and message. The first member identifies whether the instance is still valid. It should be False if the method determined that a serious error has occurred and worker will not connect to the master. In such case, message should identify any additional error message that should be displayed to Buildbot user.

In case there is no additional messages, message should be an empty string.

Any exceptions raised from this method are interpreted as if the method returned False.

2.6.10. Custom Build Classes

The standard BuildFactory object creates Build objects by default. These Builds will each execute a collection of BuildSteps in a fixed sequence. Each step can affect the results of the build, but in general there is little intelligence to tie the different steps together.

By setting the factory’s buildClass attribute to a different class, you can instantiate a different build class. This might be useful, for example, to create a build class that dynamically determines which steps to run. The skeleton of such a project would look like:

class DynamicBuild(Build):
    # override some methods
    ...

f = factory.BuildFactory()
f.buildClass = DynamicBuild
f.addStep(...)

2.6.11. Factory Workdir Functions

Note

While the factory workdir function is still supported, it is better to just use the fact that workdir is a renderable attribute of a step. A Renderable has access to much more contextual information and can also return a deferred. So you could say build_factory.workdir = util.Interpolate("%(src:repository)s to achieve similar goal.

It is sometimes helpful to have a build’s workdir determined at runtime based on the parameters of the build. To accomplish this, set the workdir attribute of the build factory to a callable. That callable will be invoked with the list of SourceStamp for the build, and should return the appropriate workdir. Note that the value must be returned immediately - Deferreds are not supported.

This can be useful, for example, in scenarios with multiple repositories submitting changes to Buildbot. In this case you likely will want to have a dedicated workdir per repository, since otherwise a sourcing step with mode = “update” will fail as a workdir with a working copy of repository A can’t be “updated” for changes from a repository B. Here is an example how you can achieve workdir-per-repo:

def workdir(source_stamps):
    return hashlib.md5(source_stamps[0].repository).hexdigest()[:8]

build_factory = factory.BuildFactory()
build_factory.workdir = workdir

build_factory.addStep(Git(mode="update"))
# ...
builders.append ({'name': 'mybuilder',
                  'workername': 'myworker',
                  'builddir': 'mybuilder',
                  'factory': build_factory})

The end result is a set of workdirs like

Repo1 => <worker-base>/mybuilder/a78890ba
Repo2 => <worker-base>/mybuilder/0823ba88

You could make the workdir function compute other paths, based on parts of the repo URL in the sourcestamp, or lookup in a lookup table based on repo URL. As long as there is a permanent 1:1 mapping between repos and workdir, this will work.

2.6.12. Writing New BuildSteps

Warning

The API of writing custom build steps has changed significantly in Buildbot-0.9.0. See New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0 for details about what has changed since pre 0.9.0 releases. This section documents new-style steps.

While it is a good idea to keep your build process self-contained in the source code tree, sometimes it is convenient to put more intelligence into your Buildbot configuration. One way to do this is to write a custom BuildStep. Once written, this Step can be used in the master.cfg file.

The best reason for writing a custom BuildStep is to better parse the results of the command being run. For example, a BuildStep that knows about JUnit could look at the logfiles to determine which tests had been run, how many passed and how many failed, and then report more detailed information than a simple rc==0 -based good/bad decision.

Buildbot has acquired a large fleet of build steps, and sports a number of knobs and hooks to make steps easier to write. This section may seem a bit overwhelming, but most custom steps will only need to apply one or two of the techniques outlined here.

For complete documentation of the build step interfaces, see BuildSteps.

2.6.12.1. Writing BuildStep Constructors

Build steps act as their own factories, so their constructors are a bit more complex than necessary. The configuration file instantiates a BuildStep object, but the step configuration must be re-used for multiple builds, so Buildbot needs some way to create more steps.

Consider the use of a BuildStep in master.cfg:

f.addStep(MyStep(someopt="stuff", anotheropt=1))

This creates a single instance of class MyStep. However, Buildbot needs a new object each time the step is executed. An instance of BuildStep remembers how it was constructed, and can create copies of itself. When writing a new step class, then, keep in mind that you cannot do anything “interesting” in the constructor – limit yourself to checking and storing arguments.

It is customary to call the parent class’s constructor with all otherwise-unspecified keyword arguments. Keep a **kwargs argument on the end of your options, and pass that up to the parent class’s constructor.

The whole thing looks like this:

class Frobnify(BuildStep):
    def __init__(self,
            frob_what="frobee",
            frob_how_many=None,
            frob_how=None,
            **kwargs):

        # check
        if frob_how_many is None:
            raise TypeError("Frobnify argument how_many is required")

        # override a parent option
        kwargs['parentOpt'] = 'xyz'

        # call parent
        super().__init__(**kwargs)

        # set Frobnify attributes
        self.frob_what = frob_what
        self.frob_how_many = how_many
        self.frob_how = frob_how

class FastFrobnify(Frobnify):
    def __init__(self,
            speed=5,
            **kwargs):
        super().__init__(**kwargs)
        self.speed = speed

2.6.12.2. Step Execution Process

A step’s execution occurs in its run method. When this method returns (more accurately, when the Deferred it returns fires), the step is complete. The method’s result must be an integer, giving the result of the step. Any other output from the step (logfiles, status strings, URLs, etc.) is the responsibility of the run method.

The ShellCommand class implements this run method, and in most cases steps subclassing ShellCommand simply implement some of the subsidiary methods that its run method calls.

2.6.12.3. Running Commands

To spawn a command in the worker, create a RemoteCommand instance in your step’s run method and run it with runCommand:

cmd = RemoteCommand(args)
d = self.runCommand(cmd)

The CommandMixin class offers a simple interface to several common worker-side commands.

For the much more common task of running a shell command on the worker, use ShellMixin. This class provides a method to handle the myriad constructor arguments related to shell commands, as well as a method to create new RemoteCommand instances. This mixin is the recommended method of implementing custom shell-based steps. For simple steps that don’t involve much logic the :bb:step:`ShellCommand is recommended.

A simple example of a step using the shell mixin is:

class RunCleanup(buildstep.ShellMixin, buildstep.BuildStep):
    def __init__(self, cleanupScript='./cleanup.sh', **kwargs):
        self.cleanupScript = cleanupScript
        kwargs = self.setupShellMixin(kwargs, prohibitArgs=['command'])
        super().__init__(**kwargs)

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def run(self):
        cmd = yield self.makeRemoteShellCommand(
                command=[self.cleanupScript])
        yield self.runCommand(cmd)
        if cmd.didFail():
            cmd = yield self.makeRemoteShellCommand(
                    command=[self.cleanupScript, '--force'],
                    logEnviron=False)
            yield self.runCommand(cmd)
        return cmd.results()

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def run(self):
    cmd = RemoteCommand(args)
    log = yield self.addLog('output')
    cmd.useLog(log, closeWhenFinished=True)
    yield self.runCommand(cmd)

2.6.12.4. Updating Status Strings

Each step can summarize its current status in a very short string. For example, a compile step might display the file being compiled. This information can be helpful to users eager to see their build finish.

Similarly, a build has a set of short strings collected from its steps summarizing the overall state of the build. Useful information here might include the number of tests run, but probably not the results of a make clean step.

As a step runs, Buildbot calls its getCurrentSummary method as necessary to get the step’s current status. “As necessary” is determined by calls to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.updateSummary. Your step should call this method every time the status summary may have changed. Buildbot will take care of rate-limiting summary updates.

When the step is complete, Buildbot calls its getResultSummary method to get a final summary of the step along with a summary for the build.

2.6.12.5. About Logfiles

Each BuildStep has a collection of log files. Each one has a short name, like stdio or warnings. Each log file contains an arbitrary amount of text, usually the contents of some output file generated during a build or test step, or a record of everything that was printed to stdout/stderr during the execution of some command.

Each can contain multiple channels, generally limited to three basic ones: stdout, stderr, and headers. For example, when a shell command runs, it writes a few lines to the headers channel to indicate the exact argv strings being run, which directory the command is being executed in, and the contents of the current environment variables. Then, as the command runs, it adds a lot of stdout and stderr messages. When the command finishes, a final header line is added with the exit code of the process.

Status display plugins can format these different channels in different ways. For example, the web page shows log files as text/html, with header lines in blue text, stdout in black, and stderr in red. A different URL is available which provides a text/plain format, in which stdout and stderr are collapsed together, and header lines are stripped completely. This latter option makes it easy to save the results to a file and run grep or whatever against the output.

2.6.12.6. Writing Log Files

Most commonly, logfiles come from commands run on the worker. Internally, these are configured by supplying the RemoteCommand instance with log files via the useLog method:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def run(self):
    ...
    log = yield self.addLog('stdio')
    cmd.useLog(log, closeWhenFinished=True, 'stdio')
    yield self.runCommand(cmd)

The name passed to useLog must match that configured in the command. In this case, stdio is the default.

If the log file was already added by another part of the step, it can be retrieved with getLog:

stdioLog = self.getLog('stdio')

Less frequently, some master-side processing produces a log file. If this log file is short and easily stored in memory, this is as simple as a call to addCompleteLog:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def run(self):
    ...
    summary = u'\n'.join('%s: %s' % (k, count)
                         for (k, count) in self.lint_results.items())
    yield self.addCompleteLog('summary', summary)

Note that the log contents must be a unicode string.

Longer logfiles can be constructed line-by-line using the add methods of the log file:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def run(self):
    ...
    updates = yield self.addLog('updates')
    while True:
        ...
        yield updates.addStdout(some_update)

Again, note that the log input must be a unicode string.

Finally, addHTMLLog is similar to addCompleteLog, but the resulting log will be tagged as containing HTML. The web UI will display the contents of the log using the browser.

The logfiles= argument to ShellCommand and its subclasses creates new log files and fills them in realtime by asking the worker to watch an actual file on disk. The worker will look for additions in the target file and report them back to the BuildStep. These additions will be added to the log file by calling addStdout.

All log files can be used as the source of a LogObserver just like the normal stdio LogFile. In fact, it’s possible for one LogObserver to observe a logfile created by another.

2.6.12.7. Reading Logfiles

For the most part, Buildbot tries to avoid loading the contents of a log file into memory as a single string. For large log files on a busy master, this behavior can quickly consume a great deal of memory.

Instead, steps should implement a LogObserver to examine log files one chunk or line at a time.

For commands which only produce a small quantity of output, RemoteCommand will collect the command’s stdout into its stdout attribute if given the collectStdout=True constructor argument.

2.6.12.8. Adding LogObservers

Most shell commands emit messages to stdout or stderr as they operate, especially if you ask them nicely with a option –verbose flag of some sort. They may also write text to a log file while they run. Your BuildStep can watch this output as it arrives, to keep track of how much progress the command has made or to process log output for later summarization.

To accomplish this, you will need to attach a LogObserver to the log. This observer is given all text as it is emitted from the command, and has the opportunity to parse that output incrementally.

There are a number of pre-built LogObserver classes that you can choose from (defined in buildbot.process.buildstep, and of course you can subclass them to add further customization. The LogLineObserver class handles the grunt work of buffering and scanning for end-of-line delimiters, allowing your parser to operate on complete stdout/stderr lines.

For example, let’s take a look at the TrialTestCaseCounter, which is used by the Trial step to count test cases as they are run. As Trial executes, it emits lines like the following:

buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testDebugPassword ... [OK]
buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testEmpty ... [OK]
buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testIRC ... [FAIL]
buildbot.test.test_config.ConfigTest.testLocks ... [OK]

When the tests are finished, trial emits a long line of ====== and then some lines which summarize the tests that failed. We want to avoid parsing these trailing lines, because their format is less well-defined than the [OK] lines.

A simple version of the parser for this output looks like this. The full version is in master/buildbot/steps/python_twisted.py.

from buildbot.plugins import util

class TrialTestCaseCounter(util.LogLineObserver):
    _line_re = re.compile(r'^([\w\.]+) \.\.\. \[([^\]]+)\]$')
    numTests = 0
    finished = False

    def outLineReceived(self, line):
        if self.finished:
            return
        if line.startswith("=" * 40):
            self.finished = True
            return

        m = self._line_re.search(line.strip())
        if m:
            testname, result = m.groups()
            self.numTests += 1
            self.step.setProgress('tests', self.numTests)

This parser only pays attention to stdout, since that’s where trial writes the progress lines. It has a mode flag named finished to ignore everything after the ==== marker, and a scary-looking regular expression to match each line while hopefully ignoring other messages that might get displayed as the test runs.

Each time it identifies that a test has been completed, it increments its counter and delivers the new progress value to the step with self.step.setProgress. This helps Buildbot to determine the ETA for the step.

To connect this parser into the Trial build step, Trial.__init__ ends with the following clause:

# this counter will feed Progress along the 'test cases' metric
counter = TrialTestCaseCounter()
self.addLogObserver('stdio', counter)
self.progressMetrics += ('tests',)

This creates a TrialTestCaseCounter and tells the step that the counter wants to watch the stdio log. The observer is automatically given a reference to the step in its step attribute.

2.6.12.9. Using Properties

In custom BuildSteps, you can get and set the build properties with the getProperty and setProperty methods. Each takes a string for the name of the property, and returns or accepts an arbitrary JSON-able (lists, dicts, strings, and numbers) object. For example:

class MakeTarball(buildstep.ShellMixin, buildstep.BuildStep):
    def __init__(self, **kwargs):
        kwargs = self.setupShellMixin(kwargs)
        super().__init__(**kwargs)

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def run(self):
        if self.getProperty("os") == "win":
            # windows-only command
            cmd = yield self.makeRemoteShellCommand(commad=[ ... ])
        else:
            # equivalent for other systems
            cmd = yield self.makeRemoteShellCommand(commad=[ ... ])
        yield self.runCommand(cmd)
        return cmd.results()

Remember that properties set in a step may not be available until the next step begins. In particular, any Property or Interpolate instances for the current step are interpolated before the step starts, so they cannot use the value of any properties determined in that step.

2.6.12.10. Using Statistics

Statistics can be generated for each step, and then summarized across all steps in a build. For example, a test step might set its warnings statistic to the number of warnings observed. The build could then sum the warnings on all steps to get a total number of warnings.

Statistics are set and retrieved with the setStatistic and getStatistic methods. The hasStatistic method determines whether a statistic exists.

The Build method getSummaryStatistic can be used to aggregate over all steps in a Build.

2.6.12.11. BuildStep URLs

Each BuildStep has a collection of links. Each has a name and a target URL. The web display displays clickable links for each link, making them a useful way to point to extra information about a step. For example, a step that uploads a build result to an external service might include a link to the uploaded file.

To set one of these links, the BuildStep should call the addURL method with the name of the link and the target URL. Multiple URLs can be set. For example:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def run(self):
    ... # create and upload report to coverage server
    url = 'http://coverage.example.com/reports/%s' % reportname
    yield self.addURL('coverage', url)

This also works from log observers, which is helpful for instance if the build output points to an external page such as a detailed log file. The following example parses output of poudriere, a tool for building packages on the FreeBSD operating system.

Example output:

[00:00:00] Creating the reference jail... done
...
[00:00:01] Logs: /usr/local/poudriere/data/logs/bulk/103amd64-2018Q4/2018-10-03_05h47m30s
...
... build log without details (those are in the above logs directory) ...

Log observer implementation:

c = BuildmasterConfig = {}
c['titleURL'] = 'https://my-buildbot.example.com/'
# ...
class PoudriereLogLinkObserver(util.LogLineObserver):
    _regex = re.compile(
        r'Logs: /usr/local/poudriere/data/logs/bulk/([-_/0-9A-Za-z]+)$')

    def __init__(self):
        super().__init__()
        self._finished = False

    def outLineReceived(self, line):
        # Short-circuit if URL already found
        if self._finished:
            return

        m = self._regex.search(line.rstrip())
        if m:
            self._finished = True
            # Let's assume local directory /usr/local/poudriere/data/logs/bulk
            # is available as https://my-buildbot.example.com/poudriere/logs
            poudriere_ui_url = c['titleURL'] + 'poudriere/logs/' + m.group(1)
            # Add URLs for build overview page and for per-package log files
            self.step.addURL('Poudriere build web interface', poudriere_ui_url)
            self.step.addURL('Poudriere logs', poudriere_ui_url + '/logs/')

2.6.12.12. Discovering files

When implementing a BuildStep it may be necessary to know about files that are created during the build. There are a few worker commands that can be used to find files on the worker and test for the existence (and type) of files and directories.

The worker provides the following file-discovery related commands:

• stat calls os.stat for a file in the worker’s build directory. This can be used to check if a known file exists and whether it is a regular file, directory or symbolic link.

• listdir calls os.listdir for a directory on the worker. It can be used to obtain a list of files that are present in a directory on the worker.

• glob calls glob.glob on the worker, with a given shell-style pattern containing wildcards.

For example, we could use stat to check if a given path exists and contains *.pyc files. If the path does not exist (or anything fails) we mark the step as failed; if the path exists but is not a directory, we mark the step as having “warnings”.

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util
from buildbot.process import remotecommand
from buildbot.interfaces import WorkerSetupError
import stat

class MyBuildStep(steps.BuildStep):

    def __init__(self, dirname, **kwargs):
        super().__init__(**kwargs)
        self.dirname = dirname

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def run(self):
        # make sure the worker knows about stat
        workerver = (self.workerVersion('stat'),
                    self.workerVersion('glob'))
        if not all(workerver):
            raise WorkerSetupError('need stat and glob')

        cmd = remotecommand.RemoteCommand('stat', {'file': self.dirname})

        yield self.runCommand(cmd)

        if cmd.didFail():
            self.description = ["File not found."]
            return util.FAILURE

        s = cmd.updates["stat"][-1]
        if not stat.S_ISDIR(s[stat.ST_MODE]):
            self.description = ["'tis not a directory"]
            return util.WARNINGS

        cmd = remotecommand.RemoteCommand('glob', {'path': self.dirname + '/*.pyc'})

        yield self.runCommand(cmd)

        if cmd.didFail():
            self.description = ["Glob failed."]
            return util.FAILURE

        files = cmd.updates["files"][-1]
        if len(files):
            self.description = ["Found pycs"] + files
        else:
            self.description = ["No pycs found"]
        return util.SUCCESS

For more information on the available commands, see Master-Worker API.

Todo

Step Progress BuildStepFailed

2.6.13. Writing Dashboards with Flask or Bottle

Buildbot Nine UI is written in Javascript. This allows it to be reactive and real time, but comes at a price of a fair complexity.

There is a Buildbot plugin which allows to write a server side generated dashboard, and integrate it in the UI.

# This needs buildbot and buildbot_www >= 0.9.5
pip install buildbot_wsgi_dashboards flask

• This plugin can use any WSGI compatible web framework, Flask is a very common one, Bottle is another popular option.

• The application needs to implement a /index.html route, which will render the html code representing the dashboard.

• The application framework runs in a thread outside of Twisted. No need to worry about Twisted and asynchronous code. You can use python-requests or any library from the python ecosystem to access other servers.

• You could use HTTP in order to access Buildbot REST API, but you can also use the Data API, via the provided synchronous wrapper.

  buildbot_api.dataGet(path, filters=None, fields=None, order=None, limit=None, offset=None)

  Parameters:

  • path (tuple) – A tuple of path elements representing the API path to fetch. Numbers can be passed as strings or integers.

  • filters – result spec filters

  • fields – result spec fields

  • order – result spec order

  • limit – result spec limit

  • offset – result spec offset

  Raises:

  InvalidPathError

  Returns:

  a resource or list, or None

  This is a blocking wrapper to master.data.get as described in Data API. The available paths are described in the REST API, as well as the nature of return values depending on the kind of data that is fetched. Path can be either the REST path e.g. "builders/2/builds/4" or tuple e.g. ("builders", 2, "builds", 4). The latter form being more convenient if some path parts are coming from variables. The Data API and REST API are functionally equivalent except:

  • Data API does not have HTTP connection overhead.

  • Data API does not enforce authorization rules.

  buildbot_api.dataGet is accessible via the WSGI application object passed to wsgi_dashboards plugin (as per the example).

• That html code output of the server runs inside AngularJS application.

  • It will use the CSS of the AngularJS application (including the Bootstrap CSS base). You can use custom style-sheet with a standard style tag within your html. Custom CSS will be shared with the whole Buildbot application once your dashboard is loaded. So you should make sure your custom CSS rules only apply to your dashboard (e.g. by having a specific class for your dashboard’s main div)

  • It can use some of the AngularJS directives defined by Buildbot UI (currently only buildsummary is usable).

  • It has full access to the application JS context.

2.6.14. A Somewhat Whimsical Example (or “It’s now customized, how do I deploy it?”)

Let’s say that we’ve got some snazzy new unit-test framework called Framboozle. It’s the hottest thing since sliced bread. It slices, it dices, it runs unit tests like there’s no tomorrow. Plus if your unit tests fail, you can use its name for a Web 2.1 startup company, make millions of dollars, and hire engineers to fix the bugs for you, while you spend your afternoons lazily hang-gliding along a scenic pacific beach, blissfully unconcerned about the state of your tests. [1]

To run a Framboozle-enabled test suite, you just run the ‘framboozler’ command from the top of your source code tree. The ‘framboozler’ command emits a bunch of stuff to stdout, but the most interesting bit is that it emits the line “FNURRRGH!” every time it finishes running a test case You’d like to have a test-case counting LogObserver that watches for these lines and counts them, because counting them will help the buildbot more accurately calculate how long the build will take, and this will let you know exactly how long you can sneak out of the office for your hang-gliding lessons without anyone noticing that you’re gone.

This will involve writing a new BuildStep (probably named “Framboozle”) which inherits from ShellCommand. The BuildStep class definition itself will look something like this:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

class FNURRRGHCounter(util.LogLineObserver):
    numTests = 0
    def outLineReceived(self, line):
        if "FNURRRGH!" in line:
            self.numTests += 1
            self.step.setProgress('tests', self.numTests)

class Framboozle(steps.ShellCommand):
    command = ["framboozler"]

    def __init__(self, **kwargs):
        super().__init__(**kwargs)   # always upcall!
        counter = FNURRRGHCounter()
        self.addLogObserver('stdio', counter)
        self.progressMetrics += ('tests',)

So that’s the code that we want to wind up using. How do we actually deploy it?

You have a number of different options:

2.6.14.1. Inclusion in the master.cfg file

The simplest technique is to simply put the step class definitions in your master.cfg file, somewhere before the BuildFactory definition where you actually use it in a clause like:

f = BuildFactory()
f.addStep(SVN(repourl="stuff"))
f.addStep(Framboozle())

Remember that master.cfg is secretly just a Python program with one job: populating the BuildmasterConfig dictionary. And Python programs are allowed to define as many classes as they like. So you can define classes and use them in the same file, just as long as the class is defined before some other code tries to use it.

This is easy, and it keeps the point of definition very close to the point of use, and whoever replaces you after that unfortunate hang-gliding accident will appreciate being able to easily figure out what the heck this stupid “Framboozle” step is doing anyways. The downside is that every time you reload the config file, the Framboozle class will get redefined, which means that the buildmaster will think that you’ve reconfigured all the Builders that use it, even though nothing changed. Bleh.

2.6.14.2. Python file somewhere on the system

Instead, we can put this code in a separate file, and import it into the master.cfg file just like we would the normal buildsteps like ShellCommand and SVN.

Create a directory named ~/lib/python, put the step class definitions in ~/lib/python/framboozle.py, and run your buildmaster using:

PYTHONPATH=~/lib/python buildbot start MASTERDIR

or use the Makefile.buildbot to control the way buildbot start works. Or add something like this to something like your ~/.bashrc or ~/.bash_profile or ~/.cshrc:

export PYTHONPATH=~/lib/python

Once we’ve done this, our master.cfg can look like:

from framboozle import Framboozle
f = BuildFactory()
f.addStep(SVN(repourl="stuff"))
f.addStep(Framboozle())

or:

import framboozle
f = BuildFactory()
f.addStep(SVN(repourl="stuff"))
f.addStep(framboozle.Framboozle())

(check out the Python docs for details about how import and from A import B work).

What we’ve done here is to tell Python that every time it handles an “import” statement for some named module, it should look in our ~/lib/python/ for that module before it looks anywhere else. After our directories, it will try in a bunch of standard directories too (including the one where buildbot is installed). By setting the PYTHONPATH environment variable, you can add directories to the front of this search list.

Python knows that once it “import”s a file, it doesn’t need to re-import it again. This means that reconfiguring the buildmaster (with buildbot reconfig, for example) won’t make it think the Framboozle class has changed every time, so the Builders that use it will not be spuriously restarted. On the other hand, you either have to start your buildmaster in a slightly weird way, or you have to modify your environment to set the PYTHONPATH variable.

2.6.14.3. Install this code into a standard Python library directory

Find out what your Python’s standard include path is by asking it:

80:warner@luther% python
Python 2.4.4c0 (#2, Oct  2 2006, 00:57:46)
[GCC 4.1.2 20060928 (prerelease) (Debian 4.1.1-15)] on linux2
Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information.
>>> import sys
>>> import pprint
>>> pprint.pprint(sys.path)
['',
 '/usr/lib/python24.zip',
 '/usr/lib/python2.4',
 '/usr/lib/python2.4/plat-linux2',
 '/usr/lib/python2.4/lib-tk',
 '/usr/lib/python2.4/lib-dynload',
 '/usr/local/lib/python2.4/site-packages',
 '/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages',
 '/usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/Numeric',
 '/var/lib/python-support/python2.4',
 '/usr/lib/site-python']

In this case, putting the code into /usr/local/lib/python2.4/site-packages/framboozle.py would work just fine. We can use the same master.cfg import framboozle statement as in Option 2. By putting it in a standard include directory (instead of the decidedly non-standard ~/lib/python), we don’t even have to set PYTHONPATH to anything special. The downside is that you probably have to be root to write to one of those standard include directories.

2.6.14.4. Distribute a Buildbot Plug-In

First of all, you must prepare a Python package (if you do not know what that is, please check How to package Buildbot plugins, where you can find a couple of pointers to tutorials).

When you have a package, you will have a special file called setup.py. This file needs to be updated to include a pointer to your new step:

setup(
    ...
    entry_points = {
        ...,
        'buildbot.steps': [
            'Framboozle = framboozle:Framboozle'
        ]
    },
    ...
)

Where:

• buildbot.steps is the kind of plugin you offer (more information about possible kinds you can find in How to package Buildbot plugins)

• framboozle:Framboozle consists of two parts: framboozle is the name of the Python module where to look for Framboozle class, which implements the plugin

• Framboozle is the name of the plugin.

  This will allow users of your plugin to use it just like any other Buildbot plugins:

  from buildbot.plugins import steps
  
  ... steps.Framboozle ...
  

Now you can upload it to PyPI where other people can download it from and use in their build systems. Once again, the information about how to prepare and upload a package to PyPI can be found in tutorials listed in How to package Buildbot plugins.

2.6.14.5. Submit the code for inclusion in the Buildbot distribution

Make a fork of buildbot on http://github.com/buildbot/buildbot or post a patch in a bug at http://trac.buildbot.net/. In either case, post a note about your patch to the mailing list, so others can provide feedback and, eventually, commit it.

When it’s committed to the master, the usage is the same as in the previous approach:

from buildbot.plugins import steps, util

...
f = util.BuildFactory()
f.addStep(steps.SVN(repourl="stuff"))
f.addStep(steps.Framboozle())
...

And then you don’t even have to install framboozle.py anywhere on your system, since it will ship with Buildbot. You don’t have to be root, you don’t have to set PYTHONPATH. But you do have to make a good case for Framboozle being worth going into the main distribution, you’ll probably have to provide docs and some unit test cases, you’ll need to figure out what kind of beer the author likes (IPA’s and Stouts for Dustin), and then you’ll have to wait until the next release. But in some environments, all this is easier than getting root on your buildmaster box, so the tradeoffs may actually be worth it.

2.6.14.6. Summary

Putting the code in master.cfg (1) makes it available to that buildmaster instance. Putting it in a file in a personal library directory (2) makes it available for any buildmasters you might be running. Putting it in a file in a system-wide shared library directory (3) makes it available for any buildmasters that anyone on that system might be running. Getting it into the buildbot’s upstream repository (4) makes it available for any buildmasters that anyone in the world might be running. It’s all a matter of how widely you want to deploy that new class.

[1]

framboozle.com is still available. Remember, I get 10% :).

2.7. Command-line Tool

This section describes command-line tools available after buildbot installation.

The two main command-line tools are buildbot and buildbot-worker. The former handles a Buildbot master and the former handles a Buildbot worker.

Every command-line tool has a list of global options and a set of commands which have their own options. One can run these tools in the following way:

buildbot [global options] command [command options]
buildbot-worker [global options] command [command options]

The buildbot command is used on the master, while buildbot-worker is used on the worker. Global options are the same for both tools which perform the following actions:

--help

Print general help about available commands and global options and exit. All subsequent arguments are ignored.

--verbose

Set verbose output.

--version

Print current buildbot version and exit. All subsequent arguments are ignored.

You can get help on any command by specifying --help as a command option:

buildbot command --help

You can also use manual pages for buildbot and buildbot-worker for quick reference on command-line options.

The remainder of this section describes each buildbot command. See Command Line Index for a full list.

2.7.1. buildbot

The buildbot command-line tool can be used to start or stop a buildmaster or buildbot, and to interact with a running buildmaster. Some of its subcommands are intended for buildmaster admins, while some are for developers who are editing the code that the buildbot is monitoring.

2.7.1.1. Administrator Tools

The following buildbot sub-commands are intended for buildmaster administrators:

create-master

buildbot create-master -r {BASEDIR}

This creates a new directory and populates it with files that allow it to be used as a buildmaster’s base directory.

You will usually want to use the option -r option to create a relocatable buildbot.tac. This allows you to move the master directory without editing this file.

upgrade-master

buildbot upgrade-master {BASEDIR}

This upgrades a previously created buildmaster’s base directory for a new version of buildbot master source code. This will copy the web server static files, and potentially upgrade the db.

start

buildbot start [--nodaemon] {BASEDIR}

This starts a buildmaster which was already created in the given base directory. The daemon is launched in the background, with events logged to a file named twistd.log.

The option –nodaemon option instructs Buildbot to skip daemonizing. The process will start in the foreground. It will only return to the command-line when it is stopped.

Additionally, the user can set the environment variable START_TIMEOUT to specify the amount of time the script waits for the master to start until it declares the operation as failure.

restart

buildbot restart [--nodaemon] {BASEDIR}

Restart the buildmaster. This is equivalent to stop followed by start The option –nodaemon option has the same meaning as for start.

stop

buildbot stop {BASEDIR}

This terminates the daemon (either buildmaster or worker) running in the given directory. The --clean option shuts down the buildmaster cleanly. With --no-wait option buildbot stop command will send buildmaster shutdown signal and will immediately exit, not waiting for complete buildmaster shutdown.

sighup

buildbot sighup {BASEDIR}

This sends a SIGHUP to the buildmaster running in the given directory, which causes it to re-read its master.cfg file.

checkconfig

buildbot checkconfig {BASEDIR|CONFIG_FILE}

This checks if the buildmaster configuration is well-formed and contains no deprecated or invalid elements. If no arguments are used or the base directory is passed as the argument the config file specified in buildbot.tac is checked. If the argument is the path to a config file then it will be checked without using the buildbot.tac file.

cleanupdb

buildbot cleanupdb {BASEDIR|CONFIG_FILE} [-q]

This command is frontend for various database maintenance jobs:

• optimiselogs: This optimization groups logs into bigger chunks to apply higher level of compression.

copy-db

buildbot copy-db {DESTINATION_URL} {BASEDIR} [-q]

This command copies all buildbot data from source database configured in the buildbot configuration file to the destination database. The URL of the destination database is specified on the command line. The destination database may have different type from the source database.

The destination database must be empty. The script will initialize it in the same way as if a new Buildbot installation was created.

Source database must be already upgraded to the current Buildbot version by the buildbot upgrade-master command.

2.7.1.2. Developer Tools

These tools are provided for use by the developers who are working on the code that the buildbot is monitoring.

try

This lets a developer to ask the question What would happen if I committed this patch right now?. It runs the unit test suite (across multiple build platforms) on the developer’s current code, allowing them to make sure they will not break the tree when they finally commit their changes.

The buildbot try command is meant to be run from within a developer’s local tree, and starts by figuring out the base revision of that tree (what revision was current the last time the tree was updated), and a patch that can be applied to that revision of the tree to make it match the developer’s copy. This (revision, patch) pair is then sent to the buildmaster, which runs a build with that SourceStamp. If you want, the tool will emit status messages as the builds run, and will not terminate until the first failure has been detected (or the last success).

There is an alternate form which accepts a pre-made patch file (typically the output of a command like svn diff). This --diff form does not require a local tree to run from. See try –diff concerning the --diff command option.

For this command to work, several pieces must be in place: the Try_Jobdir or :Try_Userpass, as well as some client-side configuration.

Locating the master

The try command needs to be told how to connect to the try scheduler, and must know which of the authentication approaches described above is in use by the buildmaster. You specify the approach by using --connect=ssh or --connect=pb (or try_connect = 'ssh' or try_connect = 'pb' in .buildbot/options).

For the PB approach, the command must be given a option –master argument (in the form HOST:PORT) that points to TCP port that you picked in the Try_Userpass scheduler. It also takes a option –username and option –passwd pair of arguments that match one of the entries in the buildmaster’s userpass list. These arguments can also be provided as try_master, try_username, and try_password entries in the .buildbot/options file.

For the SSH approach, the command must be given option –host and option –username, to get to the buildmaster host. It must also be given option –jobdir, which points to the inlet directory configured above. The jobdir can be relative to the user’s home directory, but most of the time you will use an explicit path like ~buildbot/project/trydir. These arguments can be provided in .buildbot/options as try_host, try_username, try_password, and try_jobdir.

If you need to use something different from the default ssh command for connecting to the remote system, you can use –ssh command line option or try_ssh in the configuration file.

The SSH approach also provides a option –buildbotbin argument to allow specification of the buildbot binary to run on the buildmaster. This is useful in the case where buildbot is installed in a virtualenv on the buildmaster host, or in other circumstances where the buildbot command is not on the path of the user given by option –username. The option –buildbotbin argument can be provided in .buildbot/options as try_buildbotbin

The following command line arguments are deprecated, but retained for backward compatibility:

--tryhost

is replaced by option –host

--trydir

is replaced by option –jobdir

--master

is replaced by option –masterstatus

Likewise, the following .buildbot/options file entries are deprecated, but retained for backward compatibility:

• try_dir is replaced by try_jobdir

• masterstatus is replaced by try_masterstatus

Waiting for results

If you provide the option –wait option (or try_wait = True in .buildbot/options), the buildbot try command will wait until your changes have either been proven good or bad before exiting. Unless you use the option –quiet option (or try_quiet=True), it will emit a progress message every 60 seconds until the builds have completed.

The SSH connection method does not support waiting for results.

Choosing the Builders

A trial build is performed on multiple Builders at the same time, and the developer gets to choose which Builders are used (limited to a set selected by the buildmaster admin with the TryScheduler’s builderNames= argument). The set you choose will depend upon what your goals are: if you are concerned about cross-platform compatibility, you should use multiple Builders, one from each platform of interest. You might use just one builder if that platform has libraries or other facilities that allow better test coverage than what you can accomplish on your own machine, or faster test runs.

The set of Builders to use can be specified with multiple option –builder arguments on the command line. It can also be specified with a single try_builders option in .buildbot/options that uses a list of strings to specify all the Builder names:

try_builders = ["full-OSX", "full-win32", "full-linux"]

If you are using the PB approach, you can get the names of the builders that are configured for the try scheduler using the get-builder-names argument:

buildbot try --get-builder-names --connect=pb --master=... --username=... --passwd=...

Specifying the VC system

The try command also needs to know how to take the developer’s current tree and extract the (revision, patch) source-stamp pair. Each VC system uses a different process, so you start by telling the try command which VC system you are using, with an argument like option –vc=cvs or option –vc=git. This can also be provided as try_vc in .buildbot/options.

The following names are recognized: bzr cvs darcs hg git mtn p4 svn

Finding the top of the tree

Some VC systems (notably CVS and SVN) track each directory more-or-less independently, which means the try command needs to move up to the top of the project tree before it will be able to construct a proper full-tree patch. To accomplish this, the try command will crawl up through the parent directories until it finds a marker file. The default name for this marker file is .buildbot-top, so when you are using CVS or SVN you should touch .buildbot-top from the top of your tree before running buildbot try. Alternatively, you can use a filename like ChangeLog or README, since many projects put one of these files in their top-most directory (and nowhere else). To set this filename, use --topfile=ChangeLog, or set it in the options file with try_topfile = 'ChangeLog'.

You can also manually set the top of the tree with --topdir=~/trees/mytree, or try_topdir = '~/trees/mytree'. If you use try_topdir, in a .buildbot/options file, you will need a separate options file for each tree you use, so it may be more convenient to use the try_topfile approach instead.

Other VC systems which work on full projects instead of individual directories (Darcs, Mercurial, Git, Monotone) do not require try to know the top directory, so the option –try-topfile and option –try-topdir arguments will be ignored.

If the try command cannot find the top directory, it will abort with an error message.

The following command line arguments are deprecated, but retained for backward compatibility:

• --try-topdir is replaced by option –topdir

• --try-topfile is replaced by option –topfile

Determining the branch name

Some VC systems record the branch information in a way that try can locate it. For the others, if you are using something other than the default branch, you will have to tell the buildbot which branch your tree is using. You can do this with either the option –branch argument, or a try_branch entry in the .buildbot/options file.

Determining the revision and patch

Each VC system has a separate approach for determining the tree’s base revision and computing a patch.

CVS

try pretends that the tree is up to date. It converts the current time into a option -D time specification, uses it as the base revision, and computes the diff between the upstream tree as of that point in time versus the current contents. This works, more or less, but requires that the local clock be in reasonably good sync with the repository.

SVN

try does a svn status -u to find the latest repository revision number (emitted on the last line in the Status against revision: NN message). It then performs an svn diff -rNN to find out how your tree differs from the repository version, and sends the resulting patch to the buildmaster. If your tree is not up to date, this will result in the try tree being created with the latest revision, then backwards patches applied to bring it back to the version you actually checked out (plus your actual code changes), but this will still result in the correct tree being used for the build.

bzr

try does a bzr revision-info to find the base revision, then a bzr diff -r$base.. to obtain the patch.

Mercurial

hg parents --template '{node}\n' emits the full revision id (as opposed to the common 12-char truncated) which is a SHA1 hash of the current revision’s contents. This is used as the base revision. hg diff then provides the patch relative to that revision. For try to work, your working directory must only have patches that are available from the same remotely-available repository that the build process’ source.Mercurial will use.

Perforce

try does a p4 changes -m1 ... to determine the latest changelist and implicitly assumes that the local tree is synced to this revision. This is followed by a p4 diff -du to obtain the patch. A p4 patch differs slightly from a normal diff. It contains full depot paths and must be converted to paths relative to the branch top. To convert the following restriction is imposed. The p4base (see P4Source) is assumed to be //depot

Darcs

try does a darcs changes --context to find the list of all patches back to and including the last tag that was made. This text file (plus the location of a repository that contains all these patches) is sufficient to re-create the tree. Therefore the contents of this context file are the revision stamp for a Darcs-controlled source tree. It then does a darcs diff -u to compute the patch relative to that revision.

Git

git branch -v lists all the branches available in the local repository along with the revision ID it points to and a short summary of the last commit. The line containing the currently checked out branch begins with “* “ (star and space) while all the others start with “ “ (two spaces). try scans for this line and extracts the branch name and revision from it. Then it generates a diff against the base revision.

Todo

I’m not sure if this actually works the way it’s intended since the extracted base revision might not actually exist in the upstream repository. Perhaps we need to add a –remote option to specify the remote tracking branch to generate a diff against.

Monotone

mtn automate get_base_revision_id emits the full revision id which is a SHA1 hash of the current revision’s contents. This is used as the base revision. mtn diff then provides the patch relative to that revision. For try to work, your working directory must only have patches that are available from the same remotely-available repository that the build process’ source.Monotone will use.

patch information

You can provide the option –who=dev to designate who is running the try build. This will add the dev to the Reason field on the try build’s status web page. You can also set try_who = dev in the .buildbot/options file. Note that option –who=dev will not work on version 0.8.3 or earlier masters.

Similarly, option –comment=COMMENT will specify the comment for the patch, which is also displayed in the patch information. The corresponding config-file option is try_comment.

Sending properties

You can set properties to send with your change using either the option –property=key=value option, which sets a single property, or the option –properties=key1=value1,key2=value2… option, which sets multiple comma-separated properties. Either of these can be specified multiple times. Note that the option –properties option uses commas to split on properties, so if your property value itself contains a comma, you’ll need to use the option –property option to set it.

try –diff

Sometimes you might have a patch from someone else that you want to submit to the buildbot. For example, a user may have created a patch to fix some specific bug and sent it to you by email. You’ve inspected the patch and suspect that it might do the job (and have at least confirmed that it doesn’t do anything evil). Now you want to test it out.

One approach would be to check out a new local tree, apply the patch, run your local tests, then use buildbot try to run the tests on other platforms. An alternate approach is to use the buildbot try --diff form to have the buildbot test the patch without using a local tree.

This form takes a option –diff argument which points to a file that contains the patch you want to apply. By default this patch will be applied to the TRUNK revision, but if you give the optional option –baserev argument, a tree of the given revision will be used as a starting point instead of TRUNK.

You can also use buildbot try --diff=- to read the patch from stdin.

Each patch has a patchlevel associated with it. This indicates the number of slashes (and preceding pathnames) that should be stripped before applying the diff. This exactly corresponds to the option -p or option –strip argument to the patch utility. By default buildbot try --diff uses a patchlevel of 0, but you can override this with the option -p argument.

When you use option –diff, you do not need to use any of the other options that relate to a local tree, specifically option –vc, option –try-topfile, or option –try-topdir. These options will be ignored. Of course you must still specify how to get to the buildmaster (with option –connect, option –tryhost, etc).

2.7.1.3. Other Tools

These tools are generally used by buildmaster administrators.

sendchange

This command is used to tell the buildmaster about source changes. It is intended to be used from within a commit script, installed on the VC server. It requires that you have a PBChangeSource (PBChangeSource) running in the buildmaster (by being set in c['change_source']).

buildbot sendchange --master {MASTERHOST}:{PORT} --auth {USER}:{PASS}
        --who {USER} {FILENAMES..}

The option –auth option specifies the credentials to use to connect to the master, in the form user:pass. If the password is omitted, then sendchange will prompt for it. If both are omitted, the old default (username “change” and password “changepw”) will be used. Note that this password is well-known, and should not be used on an internet-accessible port.

The option –master and option –username arguments can also be given in the options file (see .buildbot config directory). There are other (optional) arguments which can influence the Change that gets submitted:

--branch

(or option branch) This provides the (string) branch specifier. If omitted, it defaults to None, indicating the default branch. All files included in this Change must be on the same branch.

--category

(or option category) This provides the (string) category specifier. If omitted, it defaults to None, indicating no category. The category property can be used by schedulers to filter what changes they listen to.

--project

(or option project) This provides the (string) project to which this change applies, and defaults to ‘’. The project can be used by schedulers to decide which builders should respond to a particular change.

--repository

(or option repository) This provides the repository from which this change came, and defaults to ''.

--revision

This provides a revision specifier, appropriate to the VC system in use.

--revision_file

This provides a filename which will be opened and the contents used as the revision specifier. This is specifically for Darcs, which uses the output of darcs changes --context as a revision specifier. This context file can be a couple of kilobytes long, spanning a couple lines per patch, and would be a hassle to pass as a command-line argument.

--property

This parameter is used to set a property on the Change generated by sendchange. Properties are specified as a name:value pair, separated by a colon. You may specify many properties by passing this parameter multiple times.

--comments

This provides the change comments as a single argument. You may want to use option –logfile instead.

--logfile

This instructs the tool to read the change comments from the given file. If you use - as the filename, the tool will read the change comments from stdin.

--encoding

Specifies the character encoding for all other parameters, defaulting to 'utf8'.

--vc

Specifies which VC system the Change is coming from, one of: cvs, svn, darcs, hg, bzr, git, mtn, or p4. Defaults to None.

user

Note that in order to use this command, you need to configure a CommandlineUserManager instance in your master.cfg file, which is explained in Users Options.

This command allows you to manage users in buildbot’s database. No extra requirements are needed to use this command, aside from the Buildmaster running. For details on how Buildbot manages users, see Users.

--master

The user command can be run virtually anywhere provided a location of the running buildmaster. The option –master argument is of the form MASTERHOST:PORT.

--username

PB connection authentication that should match the arguments to CommandlineUserManager.

--passwd

PB connection authentication that should match the arguments to CommandlineUserManager.

--op

There are four supported values for the option –op argument: add, update, remove, and get. Each are described in full in the following sections.

--bb_username

Used with the option –op=update option, this sets the user’s username for web authentication in the database. It requires option –bb_password to be set along with it.

--bb_password

Also used with the option –op=update option, this sets the password portion of a user’s web authentication credentials into the database. The password is first encrypted prior to storage for security reasons.

--ids

When working with users, you need to be able to refer to them by unique identifiers to find particular users in the database. The option –ids option lets you specify a comma separated list of these identifiers for use with the user command.

The option –ids option is used only when using option –op=remove or option –op=get.

--info

Users are known in buildbot as a collection of attributes tied together by some unique identifier (see Users). These attributes are specified in the form {TYPE}={VALUE} when using the option –info option. These {TYPE}={VALUE} pairs are specified in a comma separated list, so for example:

--info=svn=jdoe,git='John Doe <joe@example.com>'

The option –info option can be specified multiple times in the user command, as each specified option will be interpreted as a new user. Note that option –info is only used with option –op=add or with option –op=update, and whenever you use option –op=update you need to specify the identifier of the user you want to update. This is done by prepending the option –info arguments with {ID:}. If we were to update 'jschmo' from the previous example, it would look like this:

--info=jdoe:git='Joe Doe <joe@example.com>'

Note that option –master, option –username, option –passwd, and option –op are always required to issue the user command.

The option –master, option –username, and option –passwd options can be specified in the option file with keywords user_master, user_username, and user_passwd, respectively. If user_master is not specified, then option –master from the options file will be used instead.

Below are examples of how each command should look. Whenever a user command is successful, results will be shown to whoever issued the command.

For option –op=add:

buildbot user --master={MASTERHOST} --op=add \
        --username={USER} --passwd={USERPW} \
        --info={TYPE}={VALUE},...

For option –op=update:

buildbot user --master={MASTERHOST} --op=update \
        --username={USER} --passwd={USERPW} \
        --info={ID}:{TYPE}={VALUE},...

For option –op=remove:

buildbot user --master={MASTERHOST} --op=remove \
        --username={USER} --passwd={USERPW} \
        --ids={ID1},{ID2},...

For option –op=get:

buildbot user --master={MASTERHOST} --op=get \
        --username={USER} --passwd={USERPW} \
        --ids={ID1},{ID2},...

A note on option –op=update: when updating the option –bb_username and option –bb_password, the option –info doesn’t need to have additional {TYPE}={VALUE} pairs to update and can just take the {ID} portion.

2.7.1.4. .buildbot config directory

Many of the buildbot tools must be told how to contact the buildmaster that they interact with. This specification can be provided as a command-line argument, but most of the time it will be easier to set them in an options file. The buildbot command will look for a special directory named .buildbot, starting from the current directory (where the command was run) and crawling upwards, eventually looking in the user’s home directory. It will look for a file named options in this directory, and will evaluate it as a Python script, looking for certain names to be set. You can just put simple name = 'value' pairs in this file to set the options.

For a description of the names used in this file, please see the documentation for the individual buildbot sub-commands. The following is a brief sample of what this file’s contents could be.

# for status-reading tools
masterstatus = 'buildbot.example.org:12345'
# for 'sendchange' or the debug port
master = 'buildbot.example.org:18990'

Note carefully that the names in the options file usually do not match the command-line option name.

master

Equivalent to option –master for sendchange. It is the location of the pb.PBChangeSource for `sendchange.

username

Equivalent to option –username for the sendchange command.

branch

Equivalent to option –branch for the sendchange command.

category

Equivalent to option –category for the sendchange command.

try_connect

Equivalent to option –connect, this specifies how the try command should deliver its request to the buildmaster. The currently accepted values are ssh and pb.

try_builders

Equivalent to option –builders, specifies which builders should be used for the try build.

try_vc

Equivalent to option –vc for try, this specifies the version control system being used.

try_branch

Equivalent to option –branch, this indicates that the current tree is on a non-trunk branch.

try_topdir

try_topfile

Use try_topdir, equivalent to option –try-topdir, to explicitly indicate the top of your working tree, or try_topfile, equivalent to option –try-topfile to name a file that will only be found in that top-most directory.

try_host

try_username

try_dir

When try_connect is ssh, the command will use try_host for option –tryhost, try_username for option –username, and try_dir for option –trydir. Apologies for the confusing presence and absence of ‘try’.

try_username

try_password

try_master

Similarly, when try_connect is pb, the command will pay attention to try_username for option –username, try_password for option –passwd, and try_master for option –master.

try_wait

masterstatus

try_wait and masterstatus (equivalent to option –wait and master, respectively) are used to ask the try command to wait for the requested build to complete.

2.7.2. buildbot-worker

buildbot-worker command-line tool is used for worker management only and does not provide any additional functionality. One can create, start, stop and restart the worker.

2.7.2.1. create-worker

This creates a new directory and populates it with files that let it be used as a worker’s base directory. You must provide several arguments, which are used to create the initial buildbot.tac file.

The option -r option is advisable here, just like for create-master.

buildbot-worker create-worker -r {BASEDIR} {MASTERHOST}:{PORT} {WORKERNAME} {PASSWORD}

The create-worker options are described in Worker Options.

2.7.2.2. start

This starts a worker which was already created in the given base directory. The daemon is launched in the background, with events logged to a file named twistd.log.

buildbot-worker start [--nodaemon] BASEDIR

The option –nodaemon option instructs Buildbot to skip daemonizing. The process will start in the foreground. It will only return to the command-line when it is stopped.

2.7.2.3. restart

buildbot-worker restart [--nodaemon] BASEDIR

This restarts a worker which is already running. It is equivalent to a stop followed by a start.

The option –nodaemon option has the same meaning as for start.

2.7.2.4. stop

This terminates the daemon worker running in the given directory.

buildbot stop BASEDIR

2.8. Resources

The Buildbot home page is http://buildbot.net/.

For configuration questions and general discussion, please use the buildbot-devel mailing list. The subscription instructions and archives are available at https://lists.buildbot.net/pipermail/devel/

The #buildbot channel on Freenode’s IRC servers hosts development discussion, and often folks are available to answer questions there, as well.

2.9. Optimization

If you’re feeling your Buildbot is running a bit slow, here are some tricks that may help you, but use them at your own risk.

2.9.1. Properties load speedup

For example, if most of your build properties are strings, you can gain an approx. 30% speedup if you put this snippet of code inside your master.cfg file:

def speedup_json_loads():
    import json, re

    original_decode = json._default_decoder.decode
    my_regexp = re.compile(r'^\[\"([^"]*)\",\s+\"([^"]*)\"\]$')
    def decode_with_re(str, *args, **kw):
        m = my_regexp.match(str)
        try:
            return list(m.groups())
        except Exception:
            return original_decode(str, *args, **kw)
    json._default_decoder.decode = decode_with_re

speedup_json_loads()

It patches json decoder so that it would first try to extract a value from JSON that is a list of two strings (which is the case for a property being a string), and would fallback to general JSON decoder on any error.

2.10. Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot

Added in version 0.8.11.

Plugin infrastructure in Buildbot allows easy use of components that are not part of the core. It also allows unified access to components that are included in the core.

The following snippet

from buildbot.plugins import kind

... kind.ComponentClass ...

allows to use a component of kind kind. Available kinds are:

worker

workers, described in Workers

changes

change source, described in Change Sources and Changes

schedulers

schedulers, described in Schedulers

steps

build steps, described in Build Steps

reporters

reporters (or reporter targets), described in Reporters

util

utility classes. For example, BuilderConfig, Build Factories, ChangeFilter and Locks are accessible through util.

Web interface plugins are not used directly: as described in web server configuration section, they are listed in the corresponding section of the web server configuration dictionary.

Note

If you are not very familiar with Python and you need to use different kinds of components, start your master.cfg file with:

from buildbot.plugins import *

As a result, all listed above components will be available for use. This is what sample master.cfg file uses.

2.10.1. Finding Plugins

Buildbot maintains a list of plugins at https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/wiki/PluginList.

2.10.2. Developing Plugins

Distribute a Buildbot Plug-In contains all necessary information for you to develop new plugins. Please edit https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/wiki/PluginList to add a link to your plugin!

2.10.3. Plugins of note

Plugins were introduced in Buildbot-0.8.11, so as of this writing, only components that are bundled with Buildbot are available as plugins.

If you have an idea/need about extending Buildbot, head to How to package Buildbot plugins, create your own plugins and let the world know how Buildbot can be made even more useful.

2.11. Deployment

This page aims at describing the common pitfalls and best practices when deploying buildbot.

2.11.1. Using A Database Server

Buildbot uses the sqlite3 database backend by default.

Important

SQLite3 is perfectly suitable for small setups with a few users. However, it does not scale well with large numbers of builders, workers and users. If you expect your Buildbot to grow over time, it is strongly advised to use a real database server (e.g., MySQL or Postgres).

If you want to use a database server as the database backend for your Buildbot, use option buildbot create-master –db to specify the connection string for the database, and make sure that the same URL appears in the db_url of the db parameter in your configuration file.

2.11.1.1. Server Setup Example

Installing and configuring a database server can be complex. Here is a minimalist example on how to install and configure a PostgreSQL server for your Buildbot on a recent Ubuntu system.

Note

To install PostgreSQL on Ubuntu, you need root access. There are other ways to do it without root access (e.g. docker, build from source, etc.) but outside the scope of this example.

First, let’s install the server with apt-get:

$ sudo apt-get update
  <...>
$ sudo apt-get install postgresql
  <...>
$ sudo systemctl status postgresql@10-main.service
● postgresql@10-main.service - PostgreSQL Cluster 10-main
   Loaded: loaded (/lib/systemd/system/postgresql@.service; indirect; vendor preset: enabled)
   Active: active (running) since Wed 2019-05-29 11:33:40 CEST; 3min 1s ago
 Main PID: 24749 (postgres)
    Tasks: 7 (limit: 4915)
   CGroup: /system.slice/system-postgresql.slice/postgresql@10-main.service
           ├─24749 /usr/lib/postgresql/10/bin/postgres -D /var/lib/postgresql/10/main
           |       -c config_file=/etc/postgresql/10/main/postgresql.conf
           ├─24751 postgres: 10/main: checkpointer process
           ├─24752 postgres: 10/main: writer process
           ├─24753 postgres: 10/main: wal writer process
           ├─24754 postgres: 10/main: autovacuum launcher process
           ├─24755 postgres: 10/main: stats collector process
           └─24756 postgres: 10/main: bgworker: logical replication launcher

May 29 11:33:38 ubuntu1804 systemd[1]: Starting PostgreSQL Cluster 10-main...
May 29 11:33:40 ubuntu1804 systemd[1]: Started PostgreSQL Cluster 10-main.

Once the server is installed, create a user and associated database for your Buildbot.

$ sudo su - postgres
postgres$ createuser -P buildbot
Enter password for new role: bu1ldb0t
Enter it again: bu1ldb0t
postgres$ createdb -O buildbot buildbot
postgres$ exit

After which, you can configure a proper SQLAlchemy URL:

c['db'] = {'db_url': 'postgresql://buildbot:bu1ldb0t@127.0.0.1/buildbot'}

And initialize the database tables with the following command:

$ buildbot upgrade-master
checking basedir
checking for running master
checking master.cfg
upgrading basedir
creating master.cfg.sample
upgrading database (postgresql://buildbot:xxxx@127.0.0.1/buildbot)
upgrade complete

2.11.1.2. Additional Requirements

Depending on the selected database, further Python packages will be required. Consult the SQLAlchemy dialect list for a full description. The most common choice for MySQL is mysqlclient. Any reasonably recent version should suffice.

The most common choice for Postgres is Psycopg. Any reasonably recent version should suffice.

2.11.2. Maintenance

The buildmaster can be configured to send out email notifications when a worker has been offline for a while. Be sure to configure the buildmaster with a contact email address for each worker so these notifications are sent to someone who can bring it back online.

If you find you can no longer provide a worker to the project, please let the project admins know, so they can put out a call for a replacement.

The Buildbot records status and logs output continually, each time a build is performed. The status tends to be small, but the build logs can become quite large. Each build and log are recorded in a separate file, arranged hierarchically under the buildmaster’s base directory. To prevent these files from growing without bound, you should periodically delete old build logs. A simple cron job to delete anything older than, say, two weeks should do the job. The only trick is to leave the buildbot.tac and other support files alone, for which find’s -mindepth argument helps skip everything in the top directory. You can use something like the following (assuming builds are stored in ./builds/ directory):

@weekly cd BASEDIR && find . -mindepth 2 i-path './builds/*' \
    -prune -o -type f -mtime +14 -exec rm {} \;
@weekly cd BASEDIR && find twistd.log* -mtime +14 -exec rm {} \;

Alternatively, you can configure a maximum number of old logs to be kept using the --log-count command line option when running buildbot-worker create-worker or buildbot create-master.

2.11.3. Troubleshooting

Here are a few hints on diagnosing common problems.

2.11.3.1. Starting the worker

Cron jobs are typically run with a minimal shell (/bin/sh, not /bin/bash), and tilde expansion is not always performed in such commands. You may want to use explicit paths, because the PATH is usually quite short and doesn’t include anything set by your shell’s startup scripts (.profile, .bashrc, etc). If you’ve installed buildbot (or other Python libraries) to an unusual location, you may need to add a PYTHONPATH specification (note that Python will do tilde-expansion on PYTHONPATH elements by itself). Sometimes it is safer to fully-specify everything:

@reboot PYTHONPATH=~/lib/python /usr/local/bin/buildbot \
    start /usr/home/buildbot/basedir

Take the time to get the @reboot job set up. Otherwise, things will work fine for a while, but the first power outage or system reboot you have will stop the worker with nothing but the cries of sorrowful developers to remind you that it has gone away.

2.11.3.2. Connecting to the buildmaster

If the worker cannot connect to the buildmaster, the reason should be described in the twistd.log logfile. Some common problems are an incorrect master hostname or port number, or a mistyped bot name or password. If the worker loses the connection to the master, it is supposed to attempt to reconnect with an exponentially-increasing backoff. Each attempt (and the time of the next attempt) will be logged. If you get impatient, just manually stop and re-start the worker.

When the buildmaster is restarted, all workers will be disconnected, and will attempt to reconnect as usual. The reconnect time will depend upon how long the buildmaster is offline (i.e. how far up the exponential backoff curve the workers have travelled). Again, buildbot-worker restart BASEDIR will speed up the process.

2.11.3.3. Logging to stdout

It can be useful to let buildbot output it’s log to stdout instead of a logfile. For example when running via docker, supervisor or when buildbot is started with –no-daemon. This can be accomplished by editing buildbot.tac. It’s already enabled in the docker buildbot.tac Change the line: application.setComponent(ILogObserver, FileLogObserver(logfile).emit) to: application.setComponent(ILogObserver, FileLogObserver(sys.stdout).emit)

2.11.3.4. Debugging with the python debugger

Sometimes it’s necessary to see what is happening inside a program. To enable this, start buildbot with:

twistd --no_save -n -b --logfile=- -y buildbot.tac

This will load the debugger on every exception and breakpoints in the program. More information on the python debugger can be found here: https://docs.python.org/3/library/pdb.html

2.11.3.5. Contrib Scripts

While some features of Buildbot are included in the distribution, others are only available in master/contrib/ in the source directory. The latest versions of such scripts are available at master/contrib.

2.12. Upgrading

This section describes the process of upgrading the master and workers from old versions of Buildbot.

The users of the Buildbot project will be warned about backwards-incompatible changes by warnings produced by the code. Additionally, all backwards-incompatible changes will be done at a major version change (e.g. 1.x to 2.0). Minor version change (e.g. 2.3 to 2.4) will only introduce backwards-incompatible changes only if they affect small part of the users and are absolutely necessary. Direct upgrades between more than two major releases (e.g. 1.x to 3.x) are not supported.

The versions of the master and the workers do not need to match, so it’s possible to upgrade them separately.

Usually there are no actions needed to upgrade a worker except to install a new version of the code and restart it.

Usually the process of upgrading the master is as simple as running the following command:

buildbot upgrade-master basedir

This command will also scan the master.cfg file for incompatibilities (by loading it and printing any errors or deprecation warnings that occur). It is safe to run this command multiple times.

Warning

The upgrade-master command may perform database schema modifications. To avoid any data loss or corruption, it should not be interrupted. As a safeguard, it ignores all signals except SIGKILL.

To upgrade between major releases the best approach is first to upgrade to the latest minor release on the same major release. Then, fix all deprecation warnings by upgrading the configuration code to the replacement APIs. Finally, upgrade to the next major release.

2.12.1. Upgrading to Buildbot 5.0 (not released)

Upgrading a Buildbot instance from 4.x to 5.0 may require some work to achieve.

The recommended upgrade procedure is as follows:

• Upgrade to the last released BuildBot version in 4.x series.

• Remove usage of the deprecated APIs. All usages of deprecated APIs threw a deprecation warning at the point of use. If the code does not emit deprecation warnings, it’s in a good shape in this regard. You may need to run the master on a real workload in order to force all deprecated code paths to be exercised.

• Upgrade to the latest Buildbot 5.0.x release.

• (Optional) Upgrade to newest Buildbot 5.x. The newest point release will contain bug fixes and functionality improvements.

2.12.2. Testing support

The build_files, worker_env and worker_version arguments of TestBuildStepMixin.setup_step() have been removed. As a replacement, call TestBuildStepMixin.setup_build() before setup_step.

2.12.3. HTTP service

The following methods of httpclientservice.HTTPClientService have been deprecated:

• get

• delete

• post

• put

• updateHeaders

As a replacement, use httpclientservice.HTTPSession and call corresponding methods on it.

2.12.4. Database connectors

The internal API presented by the database connectors has been changed to return data classes instead of Python dictionaries. To upgrade to the data classes simply access the data as class attributes, not dictionary keys.

The following functions have been affected:

• BuildDataConnectorComponent getBuildData, getBuildDataNoValue, and getAllBuildDataNoValues.

• BuildsConnectorComponent getBuild, getBuildByNumber, getPrevSuccessfulBuild, getBuildsForChange, getBuilds, _getRecentBuilds, and _getBuild.

• BuildRequestsConnectorComponent getBuildRequest, and getBuildRequests.

• BuildsetsConnectorComponent getBuildset, getBuildsets, and getRecentBuildsets.

• BuildersConnectorComponent getBuilder and getBuilders.

• ChangesConnectorComponent getChange, getChangesForBuild, getChangeFromSSid.

• ChangeSourcesConnectorComponent getChangeSource, and getChangeSources.

• LogsConnectorComponent getLog, getLogBySlug, and getLogs.

• MastersConnectorComponent getMaster, and getMasters.

• ProjectsConnectorComponent get_project, get_projects.

• SchedulersConnectorComponent getScheduler, and getSchedulers.

• SourceStampsConnectorComponent getSourceStamp, get_sourcestamps_for_buildset, getSourceStampsForBuild, and getSourceStamps.

• StepsConnectorComponent getStep, and getSteps.

• TestResultsConnectorComponent getTestResult and getTestResults.

• TestResultSetsConnectorComponent getTestResultSet, and getTestResultSets.

• UsersConnectorComponent getUser, getUserByUsername, and getUsers.

• WorkersConnectorComponent getWorker, and getWorkers.

2.12.5. Reporters

The add_logs argument of BuildStatusGenerator, BuildStartEndStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator has been removed. As a replacement, set want_logs_content of the passed message formatter.

2.12.6. Upgrading to Buildbot 4.0

Upgrading a Buildbot instance from 3.x to 4.0 may require some work to achieve.

The recommended upgrade procedure is as follows:

• Upgrade to the last released BuildBot version in 3.x series.

• Remove usage of the deprecated APIs. All usages of deprecated APIs threw a deprecation warning at the point of use. If the code does not emit deprecation warnings, it’s in a good shape in this regard. You may need to run the master on a real workload in order to force all deprecated code paths to be exercised.

• Upgrade to the latest Buildbot 4.0.x release.

• (Optional) Upgrade to newest Buildbot 4.x. The newest point release will contain bug fixes and functionality improvements.

2.12.6.1. Web frontend

Buildbot 4.0 replaces the AngularJS-based web frontend with a new React-based one. In simple Buildbot installations there is nothing that needs to be done except to install compatible versions of any www plugins that are used. The following plugins are maintained as part of Buildbot and can be upgraded seamlessly by just installing new, compatible version:

• buildbot-www (main web frontend)

• buildbot-console-view

• buildbot-grid-view

• buildbot-waterfall-view

Custom plugins

If the Buildbot installation uses plugins that are developed outside Buildbot, these will need to be rewritten to use the new Buildbot plugin APIs that expect the plugin to be written in React. In such case the best approach is to rewrite any custom plugins into React while still using Buildbot 3.x and convert to 4.x once everything is ready.

More specifically, the recommended approach is as follows:

• Upgrade to the last released BuildBot version in 3.x series.

• Prepare the development environment

  • Install buildbot-www-react with the same version.

  • Install any Buildbot plugins that already have a version that is compatible with React. For example buildbot-console-view has a React equivalent buildbot-react-console-view.

  • Add 'base_react': {} key-value pair to the www plugin dictionary. For example, in the default installation the configuration would look like this: c['www'] = {port: 8080, plugins={'base_react': {}}}.

    Other enabled plugins will need their keys in the dictionary changed. For example, the compatibility Buildbot plugins will have the following names:

    • console_view as react_console_view

    • grid_view as react_grid_view

    • waterfall_view as react_waterfall_view

• Rewrite any custom Buildbot plugins into React and new Buildbot plugin APIs in the development environment.

• Replace the production setup with what was tested in the development environment section above.

• Upgrade to Buildbot 4.x series

• Buildbot plugins with the word react in the name are temporarily used for migration testing. After a successful migration to Buildbot 4.x, you should replace them with plugins without the word react in the plugin name.

  • Uninstall migration plugins

    pip uninstall buildbot-www-react buildbot-react-console-view buildbot-react-grid-view buildbot-react-waterfall-view  buildbot-react-wsgi-dashboards
    

  • Install production plugins

    pip install buildbot-www buildbot-console-view buildbot-grid-view buildbot-waterfall-view buildbot-react-wsgi-dashboards
    

  • Update the www plugin dictionary

    Only update the ones you use in your installation.

    Replace:

    c['www'] = dict(port=8010,
        plugins=dict('base_react': {}, react_console_view={}, react_grid_view={}, react_waterfall_view={}, react_wsgi_dashboards={}))
    

    With:

    c['www'] = dict(port=8010,
        plugins=dict(console_view={}, grid_view={}, waterfall_view={}, wsgi_dashboards={}))
    

2.12.6.2. GerritChangeSource and GerritEventLogPoller

Events between GerritChangeSource and GerritEventLogPoller are no longer deduplicated. The equivalent is setting GerritChangeSource with both SSH and HTTP APIs. The http_url should be set to baseURL of argument GerritEventLogPoller without the /a suffix included. http_auth should be set to auth argument of GerritEventLogPoller.

2.12.6.3. Build status generators

The subject argument of BuildStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator has been removed. The equivalent is setting the subject argument of the message formatter.

2.12.6.4. Message formatters

The wantLogs argument to message formatters has been removed. The equivalent is setting both want_logs and want_logs_content to the previous value of wantLogs.

The wantSteps and wantProperties arguments have been renamed to want_steps and want_properties respectively.

2.12.6.5. GerritStatusPush

The reviewCB, reviewArg, startCB, startArg, summaryCB, summaryArg, builders , wantSteps, wantLogs arguments of GerritStatusPush have been deprecated. The upgrade strategy is as follows:

• reviewCB, reviewArg, startCB, startArg: Use BuildStartEndStatusGenerator report generator (generators argument). Depending on reviewCB complexity, use MessageFormatter or MessageFormatterFunctionRaw message formatters. To override default handling of Verified and Reviewed labels, adjust extra information emitted by message formatter. E.g. {"labels": {"Verified": 1}}.

• summaryCB, summaryArg: Use BuildSetStatusGenerator or BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator report generator (generators argument). Depending on summaryCB complexity, use MessageFormatter or MessageFormatterFunctionRaw message formatters. To override default handling of Verified and Reviewed labels, adjust extra information emitted by message formatter. E.g. {"labels": {"Verified": 1}}.

• builders - use builders argument of replacement report generator

• wantSteps - use want_steps argument of replacement message formatter.

• wantLogs - use want_logs argument of replacement message formatter

2.12.6.6. buildbot.util.croniter

buildbot.util.croniter module has been removed. The replacement is croniter package from Pypi.

Migration to croniter involves ensuring that the input times are passed as time-aware datetime objects.

The original buildbot.util.croniter code always assumed the input time is in the current timezone. The croniter package assumes the input time is in UTC timezone.

2.12.6.7. Endpoint attributes

buildbot.data.base.Endpoint no longer provides isRaw and isCollection attributes. The equivalent in Buildbot 4.x is setting the kind attribute to EndpointKind.RAW and EndpointKind.COLLECTION respectively.

2.12.6.8. Changes to BuildStep attributes

BuildBot no longer supports changing BuildStep attributes after a step is created during configuration. Changing attributes of BuildStep instances that are not yet part of any build is most likely an error. This is because such instances are only being used to configure a builder as a source to create real steps from. In this scenario any attribute changes are ignored as far as build configuration is concerned.

For customizing BuildStep after an instance has already been created set_step_arg(name, value) function has been added.

2.12.7. Upgrading to Buildbot 3.0

Upgrading a Buildbot instance from 2.x to 3.0 may require some work to achieve.

The recommended upgrade procedure is as follows:

• Upgrade to the last released BuildBot version in 2.x series.

• Remove usage of the deprecated APIs. All usages of deprecated APIs threw a deprecation warning at the point of use. If the code does not emit deprecation warnings, it’s in a good shape in this regard. You may need to run the master on a real workload in order to force all deprecated code paths to be exercised.

• Upgrade to the latest Buildbot 3.0.x release.

• Fix all usages of deprecated APIs. In this case, the only deprecated APIs are temporary *NewStyle build step aliases.

• (Optional) Upgrade to newest Buildbot 3.x. The newest point release will contain bug fixes and functionality improvements.

2.12.7.1. Build steps

Buildbot 3.0 no longer supports old-style steps (steps which implement start method as opposed to run method). This only affects users who use steps as base classes for their own steps. New style steps provide a completely different set of functions that may be overridden. Direct instantiation of step classes is not affected. Old and new style steps work exactly the same in that case and users don’t need to do anything.

See New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0 for instructions of migration to new-style steps.

Migrating build steps that subclass one of the build steps provided by Buildbot is a little bit more involved. The new and old-style step APIs cannot be provided by a single class. Therefore Buildbot 2.9 introduces a number of new-style build steps that are direct equivalent of their old-style counterparts. These build steps are named as <StepType>NewStyle where <StepType> is the old-style step they provide compatibility interface for. Buildbot 3.0 removes old-style step support and changes the <StepType> classes to be equivalent to <StepType>NewStyle counterparts. Buildbot 3.2 removes the <StepType>NewStyle aliases.

If a custom step is a subclass of <StepType step which is provided by Buildbot, then the migration process is as follows. The custom step should be changed to subclass the <StepType>NewStyle equivalent and use the new-style APIs as specified in New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0. This part of the migration must be done before the build master is migrated to 3.0. The resulting custom step will work in Buildbot 2.9.x-3.1.x. After the build master is migrated to 3.0, the custom step may be changed to subclass <StepType. This is a simple renaming change, no other related changes are necessary. This part of the migration must be done before the build master is migrated to 3.2.

The following build steps have their new-style equivalents since Buildbot 2.9:

The list of old-style steps that have new-style equivalents for gradual migration is as follows:

• Configure (new-style equivalent is ConfigureNewStyle)

• Compile (new-style equivalent is CompileNewStyle)

• HTTPStep (new-style equivalent is HTTPStepNewStyle)

• GET, PUT, POST, DELETE, HEAD, OPTIONS (new-style equivalent is GETNewStyle, PUTNewStyle, POSTNewStyle, DELETENewStyle, HEADNewStyle, OPTIONSNewStyle)

• MasterShellCommand (new-style equivalent is MasterShellCommandNewStyle)

• ShellCommand (new-style equivalent is ShellCommandNewStyle)

• SetPropertyFromCommand (new-style equivalent is SetPropertyFromCommandNewStyle)

• WarningCountingShellCommand (new-style equivalent is WarningCountingShellCommandNewStyle)

• Test (new-style equivalent is TestNewStyle)

The migration path of all other steps is more involved as no compatibility steps are provided.

2.12.7.2. Reporters and report generators

Buildbot 2.9 introduced report generators as the preferred way of configuring the conditions of when a message is sent by a reporter and contents of the messages. The old parameters have been gradually deprecated in Buildbot 2.9 and Buildbot 2.10 and removed in Buildbot 3.0.

The following describes the procedure of upgrading reporters.

In general, one or more arguments to a reporter is going to be replaced by a list of one or more report generators passed as a list to the generators parameter.

The description below will explain what to do with each parameter.

MailNotifier

The generators list will contain one or two report generators.

The first will be an instance of BuildStatusGenerator if the value of buildSetSummary was True or BuildSetStatusGenerator if the value of buildSetSummary was False. This will be referred to as status generator in the description below.

The second generator is optional. It included if the value of watchedWorkers is not None (the default is "all") If included, it’s an instance of WorkerMissingGenerator. This will be referred to as missing worker generator in the description below.

The following arguments have been removed:

• subject. Replacement is subject parameter of the status generator.

• mode. Replacement is mode parameter of the status generator.

• builders. Replacement is builders parameter of the status generator.

• tags. Replacement is tags parameter of the status generator.

• schedulers. Replacement is schedulers parameter of the status generator.

• branches. Replacement is branches parameter of the status generator.

• addLogs. Replacement is add_logs parameter of the status generator.

• addPatch. Replacement is add_patch parameter of the status generator.

• buildSetSummary. Defines whether the status generator will be instance of BuildStatusGenerator (value of True, the default) or BuildSetStatusGenerator (value of False).

• messageFormatter. Replacement is message_formatter parameter of the status generator.

• watchedWorkers. Replacement is workers parameter of the missing worker generator. If the value was None, then there’s no missing worker generator and the value of messageFormatterMissingWorker is ignored.

• messageFormatterMissingWorker. Replacement is message_formatter parameter of the missing worker generator.

PushjetNotifier, PushoverNotifier, BitbucketServerPRCommentPush

The generators list will contain one or two report generators.

The first will be an instance of BuildStatusGenerator if the value of buildSetSummary was True or BuildSetStatusGenerator if the value of buildSetSummary was False. This will be referred to as status generator in the description below.

The second generator is optional. It included if the value of watchedWorkers is not None (the default is None) If included, it’s an instance of WorkerMissingGenerator. This will be referred to as missing worker generator in the description below.

The following arguments have been removed:

• subject. Replacement is subject parameter of the status generator.

• mode. Replacement is mode parameter of the status generator.

• builders. Replacement is builders parameter of the status generator.

• tags. Replacement is tags parameter of the status generator.

• schedulers. Replacement is schedulers parameter of the status generator.

• branches. Replacement is branches parameter of the status generator.

• buildSetSummary. Defines whether the status generator will be instance of BuildStatusGenerator (value of True, the default) or BuildSetStatusGenerator (value of False).

• messageFormatter. Replacement is message_formatter parameter of the status generator. In the case of PushjetNotifier and PushoverNotifier, the default message formatter is MessageFormatter(template_type='html', template=<default text>).

• watchedWorkers. Replacement is workers parameter of the missing worker generator. If the value was None, then there’s no missing worker generator and the value of messageFormatterMissingWorker is ignored.

• messageFormatterMissingWorker. Replacement is message_formatter parameter of the missing worker generator. In the case of PushjetNotifier and PushoverNotifier, the default message formatter is MessageFormatterMissingWorker(template=<default text>).

BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush, BitbucketServerStatusPush, GerritVerifyStatusPush, GitHubStatusPush, GitHubCommentPush, GitLabStatusPush

The generators list will contain one report generator of instance BuildStartEndStatusGenerator.

The following arguments have been removed:

• builders. Replacement is builders parameter of the status generator.

• wantProperties. Replacement is wantProperties parameter of the message formatter passed to the status generator.

• wantSteps. Replacement is wantSteps parameter of the message formatter passed to the status generator.

• wantLogs. Replacement is wantLogs parameter of the message formatter passed to the status generator.

• wantPreviousBuild. There is no replacement, the value is computed automatically when information on previous build is needed.

• startDescription. Replacement is a message formatter of type MessageFormatterRenderable passed as the start_formatter parameter to the status generator.

• endDescription. Replacement is a message formatter of type MessageFormatterRenderable passed as the end_formatter parameter to the status generator.

HttpStatusPush

The generators list will contain one report generator of instance BuildStatusGenerator.

The following arguments have been removed:

• builders. Replacement is builders parameter of the status generator.

• wantProperties. Replacement is wantProperties parameter of the message formatter passed to the status generator.

• wantSteps. Replacement is wantSteps parameter of the message formatter passed to the status generator.

• wantLogs. Replacement is wantLogs parameter of the message formatter passed to the status generator.

• wantPreviousBuild. There is no replacement, the value is computed automatically when information on previous build is needed.

• format_fn. Replacement is a message formatter of type MessageFormatterFunction passed as the message_formatter parameter to the status generator. The MessageFormatterFunction should be passed a callable function as the function parameter. This function parameter has a different signature than format_fn. format_fn was previously passed a build dictionary directly as the first argument. function will be passed a dictionary, which contains a build key which will contain the build dictionary as the value.

BitbucketStatusPush

The generators list will contain one report generator of instance BuildStartEndStatusGenerator.

The following arguments have been removed:

• builders. Replacement is builders parameter of the status generator.

• wantProperties, wantSteps, wantLogs and wantPreviousBuild were previously accepted, but they do not affect the behavior of the reporter.

2.12.7.3. Template files in message formatters

Paths to template files that are passed to message formatters for rendering are no longer supported. Please read the templates in the configuration file and pass strings instead.

2.12.8. Upgrading to Buildbot 2.0

Upgrading a Buildbot instance from 1.x to 2.0 may require some work to achieve. The primary changes are removal of deprecated APIs and removal of Python 2.7 support.

The recommended upgrade procedure is as follows:

• Upgrade to the last released BuildBot version in 1.x series.

• Remove usage of the deprecated APIs. All usages of deprecated APIs threw a deprecation warning at the point of use. If the code does not emit deprecation warnings, it’s in a good shape in this regard.

• Upgrade master to Python 3. Note that 1.x series has some bugs in Python 3 support, so any Python-related issues encountered in this step are relatively harmless as they will be fixed after upgrading to 2.0. You may need to run the master on a real workload in order to force all deprecated code paths to be exercised.

• Upgrade to Buildbot 2.0.

• (Optional) Upgrade to newest Buildbot 2.x. The newest point release will contain bug fixes and functionality improvements. Note that BuildBot 2.3.0 drops support for Internet Explorer 11 and some other old browsers.

2.12.9. Upgrading to Buildbot 1.0

Upgrading a Buildbot instance from 0.9.x to 1.0 does not require any changes in the master configuration. Despite the major version bump, Buildbot 1.0 does not have major difference with the 0.9 series. 1.0.0 is rather the mark of API stability.

2.12.10. Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0

Upgrading a Buildbot instance from 0.8.x to 0.9.x may require a number of changes to the master configuration. Those changes are summarized here. If you are starting fresh with 0.9.0 or later, you can safely skip this section.

First important note is that Buildbot does not support an upgrade of a 0.8.x instance to 0.9.x. Notably the build data and logs will not be accessible anymore if you upgraded, thus the database migration scripts have been dropped.

You should not pip upgrade -U buildbot, but rather start from a clean virtualenv aside from your old master. You can keep your old master instance to serve the old build status.

Buildbot is now composed of several Python packages and Javascript UI, and the easiest way to install it is to run the following command within a virtualenv:

pip install 'buildbot[bundle]'

2.12.10.1. Config File Syntax

In preparation for compatibility with Python 3, Buildbot configuration files no longer allow the print statement:

print "foo"

To fix, simply enclose the print arguments in parentheses:

print("foo")

2.12.10.2. Plugins

Although plugin support was available in 0.8.12, its use is now highly recommended. Instead of importing modules directly in master.cfg, import the plugin kind from buildbot.plugins:

from buildbot.plugins import steps

Then access the plugin itself as an attribute:

steps.SetProperty(..)

See Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot for more information.

2.12.10.3. Web Status

The most prominent change is that the existing WebStatus class is now gone, replaced by the new www functionality.

Thus an html.WebStatus entry in c['status'] should be removed and replaced with configuration in c['www']. For example, replace:

from buildbot.status import html
c['status'].append(html.WebStatus(http_port=8010, allowForce=True)

with:

c['www'] = {
    "port": 8010,
    "plugins": {
        "waterfall_view": {},
        "console_view": {}
    }
}

See www for more information.

2.12.10.4. Status Classes

Where in 0.8.x most of the data about a build was available synchronously, it must now be fetched dynamically using the Data API. All classes under the Python package buildbot.status should be considered deprecated. Many have already been removed, and the remainder have limited functionality. Any custom code which refers to these classes must be rewritten to use the Data API. Avoid the temptation to reach into the Buildbot source code to find other useful-looking methods!

Common uses of the status API are:

• getBuild in a custom renderable

• MailNotifier message formatters (see below for upgrade hints)

• doStepIf functions on steps

Import paths for several classes under the buildbot.status package but which remain useful have changed. Most of these are now available as plugins (see above), but for the remainder, consult the source code.

2.12.10.5. BuildRequest Merging

Buildbot 0.9.x has replaced the old concept of request merging (mergeRequests) with a more flexible request-collapsing mechanism. See collapseRequests for more information.

2.12.10.6. Status Reporters

In fact, the whole c['status'] configuration parameter is gone.

Many of the status listeners used in the status hierarchy in 0.8.x have been replaced with “reporters” that are available as buildbot plugins. However, note that not all status listeners have yet been ported. See the release notes for details.

Including the "status" key in the configuration object will cause a configuration error. All reporters should be included in c['services'] as described in Reporters.

The available reporters as of 0.9.0 are

• MailNotifier

• IRC

• HttpStatusPush

• GerritStatusPush

• GitHubStatusPush (replaces buildbot.status.github.GitHubStatus)

See the reporter index for the full, current list.

A few notes on changes to the configuration of these reporters:

• MailNotifier argument messageFormatter should now be a buildbot.reporters.message.MessageFormatter, due to the removal of the status classes (see above), such formatters must be re-implemented using the Data API.

• MailNotifier argument previousBuildGetter is not supported anymore

• MailNotifier no longer forces SSL 3.0 when useTls is true.

• GerritStatusPush callbacks slightly changed signature, and include a master reference instead of a status reference.

• GitHubStatusPush now accepts a context parameter to be passed to the GitHub Status API.

• buildbot.status.builder.Results and the constants buildbot.status.results.SUCCESS should be imported from the buildbot.process.results module instead.

2.12.10.7. Steps

Buildbot-0.8.9 introduced “new-style steps”, with an asynchronous run method. In the remaining 0.8.x releases, use of new-style and old-style steps were supported side-by-side. In 0.9.x, old-style steps are emulated using a collection of hacks to allow asynchronous calls to be called from synchronous code. This emulation is imperfect, and you are strongly encouraged to rewrite any custom steps as New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0.

Note that new-style steps now “push” their status when it changes, so the describe method no longer exists.

2.12.10.8. Identifiers

Many strings in Buildbot must now be identifiers. Identifiers are designed to fit easily and unambiguously into URLs, AMQP routes, and the like. An “identifier” is a nonempty unicode string of limited length, containing only UTF-8 alphanumeric characters along with - (dash) and _ (underscore), and not beginning with a digit

Unfortunately, many existing names do not fit this pattern.

The following fields are identifiers:

• worker name (50-character)

• builder name (70-character)

• step name (50-character)

2.12.10.9. Serving static files

Since version 0.9.0 Buildbot doesn’t use and doesn’t serve master’s public_html directory. You need to use third-party HTTP server for serving static files.

2.12.10.10. Transition to “worker” terminology

Since version 0.9.0 of Buildbot “slave”-based terminology is deprecated in favor of “worker”-based terminology.

All identifiers, messages and documentation were updated to use “worker” instead of “slave”. Old API names are still available in Buildbot versions from 0.9.0 to 1.8.0, but deprecated. The support for old API names has been removed in Buildbot version 2.0.0. To upgrade pre-0.9.0 Buildbot installation a two-stage upgrade is recommended. First, upgrade to Buildbot version 1.8.0, then fix all deprecation warnings and finally upgrade to Buildbot version 2.x.y.

For details about changed API and how to control generated warnings see Transition to “worker” terminology in BuildBot 0.9.0.

2.12.10.11. Other Config Settings

The default master.cfg file contains some new changes, which you should look over:

• c['protocols'] = {'pb': {'port': 9989}} (the default port used by the workers)

• Waterfall View: requires installation (pip install buildbot-waterfall-view) and configuration (c['www'] = { ..., 'plugins': {'waterfall_view': {} }).

2.12.10.12. Build History

There is no support for importing build history from 0.8.x (where the history was stored on-disk in pickle files) into 0.9.x (where it is stored in the database).

2.12.10.13. Data LifeTime

Buildbot Nine data being implemented fully in an SQL database, the buildHorizon feature had to be reworked. Instead of being number-of-things based, it is now time based. This makes more sense from a user perspective but makes it harder to predict the database average size. Please be careful to provision enough disk space for your database.

The old c['logHorizon'] way of configuring is not supported anymore. See JanitorConfigurator to learn how to configure. A new __Janitor builder will be created to help keep an eye on the cleanup activities.

2.12.10.14. Upgrading worker

Upgrading worker requires updating the buildbot.tac file to use the new APIs.

The easiest solution is to simply delete the worker directory and re-run buildbot-worker create-worker to get the stock buildbot.tac.

If the loss of the cached worker state is a problem, then the buildbot.tac can be updated manually:

1. Replace:

   from buildslave.bot import BuildSlave
   

   with:

   from buildbot_worker.bot import Worker
   

2. Replace:

   application = service.Application('buildslave')
   

   with:

   application = service.Application('buildbot-worker')
   

3. Replace:

   s = BuildSlave(buildmaster_host, port, slavename, passwd, basedir,
                  keepalive, usepty, umask=umask, maxdelay=maxdelay,
                  numcpus=numcpus, allow_shutdown=allow_shutdown)
   

   with:

   s = Worker(buildmaster_host, port, slavename, passwd, basedir,
              keepalive, umask=umask, maxdelay=maxdelay,
              numcpus=numcpus, allow_shutdown=allow_shutdown)
   

2.12.10.15. More Information

For minor changes not mentioned here, consult the release notes for the versions over which you are upgrading.

Buildbot-0.9.0 represents several years’ work, and as such we may have missed potential migration issues.

2.12.11. New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0

In Buildbot-0.9.0, many operations performed by BuildStep subclasses return a Deferred. As a result, custom build steps which call these methods will need to be rewritten.

Buildbot-0.8.9 supports old-style steps natively, while new-style steps are emulated. Buildbot-0.9.0 supports new-style steps natively, while old-style steps are emulated. Buildbot-3.0 no longer supports old-style steps at all. All custom steps should be rewritten in the new style as soon as possible.

Buildbot distinguishes new-style from old-style steps by the presence of a run method. If this method is present, then the step is a new-style step.

2.12.11.1. Summary of Changes

• New-style steps have a run method that is simpler to implement than the old start method.

• Many methods are now asynchronous (return Deferreds), as they perform operations on the database.

• Logs are now implemented by a completely different class. This class supports the same log-writing methods (addStderr and so on), although they are now asynchronous. However, it does not support log-reading methods such as getText. It was never advisable to handle logs as enormous strings. New-style steps should, instead, use a LogObserver or (in Buildbot-0.9.0) fetch log lines bit by bit using the data API.

• buildbot.process.buildstep.LoggingBuildStep is deprecated and cannot be used in new-style steps. Mix in buildbot.process.buildstep.ShellMixin instead.

• Step strings, derived by parameters like description, descriptionDone, and descriptionSuffix, are no longer treated as lists. For backward compatibility, the parameters may still be given as lists, but will be joined with spaces during execution (using join_list).

2.12.11.2. Backward Compatibility

Some hacks are in place to support old-style steps. These hacks are only activated when an old-style step is detected. Support for old-style steps has been dropped in Buildbot-3.0.

• The Deferreds from all asynchronous methods invoked during step execution are gathered internally. The step is not considered finished until all such Deferreds have fired, and is marked EXCEPTION if any fail. For logfiles, this is accomplished by means of a synchronous wrapper class.

• Logfile data is available while the step is still in memory. This means that logs returned from step.getLog have the expected methods getText, readlines and so on.

• ShellCommand subclasses implicitly gather all stdio output in memory and provide it to the createSummary method.

2.12.11.3. Rewriting start

If your custom buildstep implements the start method, then rename that method to run and set it up to return a Deferred, either explicitly or via inlineCallbacks. The value of the Deferred should be the result of the step (one of the codes in buildbot.process.results), or a Twisted failure instance to complete the step as EXCEPTION. The new run method should not call self.finished or self.failed, instead signalling the same via Deferred.

For example, the following old-style start method :

def start(self):  ## old style
    cmd = remotecommand.RemoteCommand('stat', {'file': self.file })
    d = self.runCommand(cmd)
    d.addCallback(lambda res: self.convertResult(cmd))
    d.addErrback(self.failed)

Becomes :

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def run(self):  ## new style
    cmd = remotecommand.RemoteCommand('stat', {'file': self.file })
    yield self.runCommand(cmd)
    return self.convertResult(cmd)

2.12.11.4. Newly Asynchronous Methods

The following methods now return a Deferred:

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.addLog

• log.addStdout

• log.addStderr

• log.addHeader

• log.finish (see “Log Objects”, below)

• buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand.addStdout

• buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand.addStderr

• buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand.addHeader

• buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand.addToLog

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.addCompleteLog

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.addHTMLLog

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.addURL

Any custom code in a new-style step that calls these methods must handle the resulting Deferred. In some cases, that means that the calling method’s signature will change. For example :

def summarize(self):  ## old-style
    for m in self.MESSAGES:
        if counts[m]:
            self.addCompleteLog(m, "".join(summaries[m]))
        self.setProperty("count-%s" % m, counts[m], "counter")

Is a synchronous function, not returning a Deferred. However, when converted to a new-style test, it must handle Deferreds from the methods it calls, so it must be asynchronous. Syntactically, inlineCallbacks makes the change fairly simple:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def summarize(self):  ## new-style
    for m in self.MESSAGES:
        if counts[m]:
            yield self.addCompleteLog(m, "".join(summaries[m]))
        self.setProperty("count-%s" % m, counts[m], "counter")

However, this method’s callers must now handle the Deferred that it returns. All methods that can be overridden in custom steps can return a Deferred.

2.12.11.5. Properties

The API for properties is the same synchronous API as was available in old-style steps. Properties are handled synchronously during the build, and persisted to the database at completion of each step.

2.12.11.6. Log Objects

Old steps had two ways of interacting with logfiles, both of which have changed.

The first is writing to logs while a step is executing. When using addCompleteLog or addHTMLLog, this is straightforward, except that in new-style steps these methods return a Deferred.

The second method is via buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.addLog. In new-style steps, the returned object (via Deferred) has the following methods to add log content:

• addStdout

• addStderr

• addHeader

• finish

All of these methods now return Deferreds. None of the old log-reading methods are available on this object:

• hasContents

• getText

• readLines

• getTextWithHeaders

• getChunks

If your step uses such methods, consider using a LogObserver instead, or using the Data API to get the required data.

The undocumented and unused subscribeConsumer method of logfiles has also been removed.

The subscribe method now takes a callable, rather than an instance, and does not support catchup. This method was primarily used by LogObserver, the implementation of which has been modified accordingly. Any other uses of the subscribe method should be refactored to use a LogObserver.

2.12.11.7. Status Strings

The self.step_status.setText and setText2 methods have been removed. Similarly, the _describe and describe methods are not used in new-style steps. In fact, steps no longer set their status directly.

Instead, steps call buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.updateSummary whenever the status may have changed. This method calls getCurrentSummary or getResultSummary as appropriate and update displays of the step’s status. Steps override the latter two methods to provide appropriate summaries.

2.12.11.8. Statistics

Support for statistics has been moved to the BuildStep and Build objects. Calls to self.step_status.setStatistic should be rewritten as self.setStatistic.

2.12.12. Transition to “worker” terminology in BuildBot 0.9.0

Since version 0.9.0 of Buildbot “slave”-based terminology is deprecated in favor of “worker”-based terminology.

API change is done in backward compatible way, so old “slave”-containing classes, functions and attributes are still available and can be used. Old API support will be removed in the future versions of Buildbot.

Rename of API introduced in beta versions of Buildbot 0.9.0 done without providing fallback. See release notes for the list of breaking changes of private interfaces. The fallbacks have been removed in Buildbot version 2.0.0.

2.12.12.1. Old names fallback settings

Use of obsolete names will raise Python warnings with category buildbot.worker_transition.DeprecatedWorkerAPIWarning. By default these warnings are printed in the application log. This behaviour can be changed by setting appropriate Python warnings settings via Python’s warnings module:

import warnings
from buildbot.worker_transition import DeprecatedWorkerAPIWarning
# Treat old-name usage as errors:
warnings.simplefilter("error", DeprecatedWorkerAPIWarning)

See Python’s warnings module documentation for complete list of available actions, in particular warnings can be disabled using "ignore" action.

It’s recommended to configure warnings inside buildbot.tac, before using any other Buildbot classes.

2.12.12.2. Changed API

In general “Slave” and “Buildslave” parts in identifiers and messages were replaced with “Worker”; “SlaveBuilder” with “WorkerForBuilder”.

Below is the list of changed API (use of old names from this list will work). Note that some of these symbols are not included in Buildbot’s public API. Compatibility is provided as a convenience to those using the private symbols anyway.

• buildbot.interfaces.IBuildSlave was renamed to IWorker

• buildbot.interfaces.NoSlaveError (private) left as is, but deprecated (it shouldn’t be used at all)

• buildbot.interfaces.BuildSlaveTooOldError was renamed to WorkerTooOldError

• buildbot.interfaces.LatentBuildSlaveFailedToSubstantiate (private) was renamed to LatentWorkerFailedToSubstantiate

• buildbot.interfaces.ILatentBuildSlave was renamed to ILatentWorker

• buildbot.interfaces.ISlaveStatus (will be removed in 0.9.x) was renamed to IWorkerStatus

• buildbot.buildslave module with all contents was renamed to buildbot.worker

• buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave was renamed to buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker

• buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.slavename (private) was renamed to buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.workername

• buildbot.buildslave.AbstractLatentBuildSlave was renamed to buildbot.worker.AbstractLatentWorker

• buildbot.buildslave.BuildSlave was renamed to buildbot.worker.Worker

• buildbot.buildslave.ec2 was renamed to buildbot.worker.ec2

• buildbot.buildslave.ec2.EC2LatentBuildSlave was renamed to buildbot.worker.ec2.EC2LatentWorker

• buildbot.buildslave.libvirt was renamed to buildbot.worker.libvirt

• buildbot.buildslave.libvirt.LibVirtSlave was renamed to buildbot.worker.libvirt.LibVirtWorker

• buildbot.buildslave.openstack was renamed to buildbot.worker.openstack

• buildbot.buildslave.openstack.OpenStackLatentBuildSlave was renamed to buildbot.worker.openstack.OpenStackLatentWorker

• buildbot.config.MasterConfig.slaves was renamed to workers

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig constructor keyword argument slavename was renamed to workername

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig constructor keyword argument slavenames was renamed to workernames

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig constructor keyword argument slavebuilddir was renamed to workerbuilddir

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig constructor keyword argument nextSlave was renamed to nextWorker

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig.slavenames was renamed to workernames

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig.slavebuilddir was renamed to workerbuilddir

• buildbot.config.BuilderConfig.nextSlave was renamed to nextWorker

• buildbot.process.slavebuilder was renamed to buildbot.process.workerforbuilder

• buildbot.process.slavebuilder.AbstractSlaveBuilder was renamed to buildbot.process.workerforbuilder.AbstractWorkerForBuilder

• buildbot.process.slavebuilder.AbstractSlaveBuilder.slave was renamed to buildbot.process.workerforbuilder.AbstractWorkerForBuilder.worker

• buildbot.process.slavebuilder.SlaveBuilder was renamed to buildbot.process.workerforbuilder.WorkerForBuilder

• buildbot.process.slavebuilder.LatentSlaveBuilder was renamed to buildbot.process.workerforbuilder.LatentWorkerForBuilder

• buildbot.process.build.Build.getSlaveName was renamed to getWorkerName

• buildbot.process.build.Build.slavename was renamed to workername

• buildbot.process.builder.enforceChosenSlave was renamed to enforceChosenWorker

• buildbot.process.builder.Builder.canStartWithSlavebuilder was renamed to canStartWithWorkerForBuilder

• buildbot.process.builder.Builder.attaching_slaves was renamed to attaching_workers

• buildbot.process.builder.Builder.slaves was renamed to workers

• buildbot.process.builder.Builder.addLatentSlave was renamed to addLatentWorker

• buildbot.process.builder.Builder.getAvailableSlaves was renamed to getAvailableWorkers

• buildbot.schedulers.forcesched.BuildslaveChoiceParameter was renamed to WorkerChoiceParameter

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.buildslave was renamed to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.worker (also it was moved from class static attribute to instance attribute)

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.setBuildSlave was renamed to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.setWorker

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.slaveVersion was renamed to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.workerVersion

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.slaveVersionIsOlderThan was renamed to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.workerVersionIsOlderThan

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.checkSlaveHasCommand was renamed to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.checkWorkerHasCommand

• buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.getSlaveName was renamed to buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.getWorkerName

• buildbot.locks.SlaveLock was renamed to buildbot.locks.WorkerLock

• buildbot.locks.SlaveLock.maxCountForSlave was renamed to buildbot.locks.WorkerLock.maxCountForWorker

• buildbot.locks.SlaveLock constructor argument maxCountForSlave was renamed to maxCountForWorker

• buildbot.steps.slave was renamed to buildbot.steps.worker

• buildbot.steps.slave.SlaveBuildStep was renamed to buildbot.steps.worker.WorkerBuildStep

• buildbot.steps.slave.CompositeStepMixin.getFileContentFromSlave was renamed to buildbot.steps.worker.CompositeStepMixin.getFileContentFromWorker

• buildbot.steps.transfer.FileUpload.slavesrc was renamed workersrc

• buildbot.steps.transfer.FileUpload constructor argument slavesrc was renamed to workersrc

• buildbot.steps.transfer.DirectoryUpload.slavesrc was renamed to workersrc

• buildbot.steps.transfer.DirectoryUpload constructor argument slavesrc was renamed to workersrc

• buildbot.steps.transfer.MultipleFileUpload.slavesrcs was renamed to workersrcs

• buildbot.steps.transfer.MultipleFileUpload constructor argument slavesrcs was renamed to workersrcs

• buildbot.steps.transfer.FileDownload.slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.FileDownload constructor argument slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.StringDownload.slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.StringDownload constructor argument slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.JSONStringDownload.slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.JSONStringDownload constructor argument slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.JSONPropertiesDownload.slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.steps.transfer.JSONPropertiesDownload was renamed to constructor argument slavedest was renamed to workerdest

• buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand.buildslave was renamed to worker

2.12.12.3. Plugins

buildbot.buildslave entry point was renamed to buildbot.worker, new plugins should be updated accordingly.

Plugins that use old buildbot.buildslave entry point are still available in the configuration file in the same way, as they were in versions prior 0.9.0:

from buildbot.plugins import buildslave  # deprecated, use "worker" instead
w = buildslave.ThirdPartyWorker()

But also they available using new namespace inside configuration file, so its recommended to use buildbot.plugins.worker name even if plugin uses old entry points:

from buildbot.plugins import worker
# ThirdPartyWorker can be defined in using `buildbot.buildslave` entry
# point, this still will work.
w = worker.ThirdPartyWorker()

Other changes:

• buildbot.plugins.util.BuildslaveChoiceParameter is deprecated in favor of WorkerChoiceParameter.

• buildbot.plugins.util.enforceChosenSlave is deprecated in favor of enforceChosenWorker.

• buildbot.plugins.util.SlaveLock is deprecated in favor of WorkerLock.

2.12.12.4. BuildmasterConfig changes

• c['slaves'] was replaced with c['workers']. Use of c['slaves'] will work, but is considered deprecated, and will be removed in the future versions of Buildbot.

• Configuration key c['slavePortnum'] is deprecated in favor of c['protocols']['pb']['port'].

2.12.12.5. Docker latent worker changes

In addition to class being renamed, environment variables that are set inside container SLAVENAME and SLAVEPASS were renamed to WORKERNAME and WORKERPASS accordingly. Old environment variable are still available, but are deprecated and will be removed in the future.

2.12.12.6. EC2 latent worker changes

Use of default values of keypair_name and security_name constructor arguments of buildbot.worker.ec2.EC2LatentWorker is deprecated. Please specify them explicitly.

2.12.12.7. steps.slave.SetPropertiesFromEnv changes

In addition to buildbot.steps.slave module being renamed to buildbot.steps.worker, default source value for SetPropertiesFromEnv was changed from "SlaveEnvironment" to "WorkerEnvironment".

2.12.12.8. Local worker changes

Working directory for local workers were changed from master-basedir/slaves/name to master-basedir/workers/name.

2.12.12.9. Worker Manager changes

slave_config function argument was renamed to worker_config.

2.12.12.10. Properties

• slavename property is deprecated in favor of workername property. Render of deprecated property will produce warning.

  buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker (previously buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave) slavename property source were changed from BuildSlave to Worker (deprecated)

  AbstractWorker now sets workername property with source Worker which should be used.

2.12.12.11. Metrics

• buildbot.process.metrics.AttachedSlavesWatcher was renamed to buildbot.process.metrics.AttachedWorkersWatcher.

• buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager.name (previously buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveManager.name) metric measurement class name changed from BuildslaveManager to WorkerManager

• buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager.managed_services_name (previously buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveManager.managed_services_name`) metric measurement managed service name changed from ``buildslaves to workers

Renamed events:

Old name	New name
AbstractBuildSlave.attached_slaves	AbstractWorker.attached_workers
BotMaster.attached_slaves	BotMaster.attached_workers
BotMaster.slaveLost()	BotMaster.workerLost()
BotMaster.getBuildersForSlave()	BotMaster.getBuildersForWorker()
AttachedSlavesWatcher	AttachedWorkersWatcher
attached_slaves	attached_workers

2.12.12.12. Database

Schema changes:

Old name	New name
buildslaves table	workers
builds.buildslaveid (not ForeignKey) column	workerid (now ForeignKey)
configured_buildslaves table	configured_workers
configured_buildslaves.buildslaveid (ForeignKey) column	workerid
connected_buildslaves table	connected_workers
connected_buildslaves.buildslaveid (ForeignKey) column	workerid
buildslaves_name index	workers_name
configured_slaves_buildmasterid index	configured_workers_buildmasterid
configured_slaves_slaves index	configured_workers_workers
configured_slaves_identity index	configured_workers_identity
connected_slaves_masterid index	connected_workers_masterid
connected_slaves_slaves index	connected_workers_workers
connected_slaves_identity index	connected_workers_identity
builds_buildslaveid index	builds_workerid

List of database-related changes in API (fallback for old API is provided):

• buildbot.db.buildslaves was renamed to workers

• buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent was renamed to buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent

• buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.getBuildslaves (rewritten in nine) was renamed to buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.getWorkers

• buildbot.db.connector.DBConnector.buildslaves was renamed to buildbot.db.connector.DBConnector.workers

2.12.12.13. usePTY changes

usePTY default value has been changed from slave-config to None (use of slave-config will still work, but discouraged).

2.12.12.14. buildbot-worker

buildbot-slave package has been renamed to buildbot-worker.

buildbot-worker has backward incompatible changes and requires buildmaster >= 0.9.0b8. buildbot-slave from 0.8.x will work with both 0.8.x and 0.9.x versions of buildmaster, so there is no need to upgrade currently deployed buildbot-slaves during switch from 0.8.x to 0.9.x.

Master/worker compatibility table

	master 0.8.x	master 0.9.x
buildbot-slave	yes	yes
buildbot-worker	no	yes

buildbot-worker doesn’t support worker-side specification of usePTY (with --usepty command line switch of buildbot-worker create-worker), you need to specify this option on master side.

getSlaveInfo remote command was renamed to getWorkerInfo in buildbot-worker.

3. Buildbot Development

This chapter is the official repository for the collected wisdom of the Buildbot hackers. It is intended both for developers writing patches that will be included in Buildbot itself and for advanced users who wish to customize Buildbot.

Note

Public API

Any API that is not documented in the official Buildbot documentation is considered internal and subject to change. If you would like it to be officially exposed, open a bug report on the Buildbot Github project.

3.1. Development Quick-start

Buildbot is a python based application. It tries very hard to follow the python best practices and make it easy to dive into the code.

In order to develop on Buildbot you need just a python environment and possibly some native packages in stripped-down setups. The most up to date list is in the docker file we use to manage our CI (MetaBBotDockerFile).

If you are completely new to python, it’s best to first follow the tutorials you get when you type “python virtualenv for dummies” in your favorite search engine.

3.1.1. Create a Buildbot Python Environment

Buildbot uses Twisted trial to run its test suite. Windows users also need GNU make on their machines. The easiest way is to install it via the choco package manager, choco install make. But WSL or MSYS2 is an even better option because of the integrated bash. Note that on Windows you need to create virtualenv manually.

Following is a quick shell session to put you on the right track, including running the test suite.

# the usual buildbot development bootstrap with git and virtualenv
git clone https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot
cd buildbot

# run a helper script which creates the virtualenv for development.
# Virtualenv allows to install python packages without affecting
# other parts of the system.
# This script does not support Windows: you should create the virtualenv and install
# requirements-ci.txt manually.
make virtualenv

# activate the virtualenv (you should now see (.venv) in your shell prompt)
. .venv/bin/activate

# now run the test suite
trial buildbot

# using all CPU cores within the system helps to speed everything up
trial -j16 buildbot

# find all tests that talk about mail
trial -n --reporter=bwverbose buildbot | grep mail

# run only one test module
trial buildbot.test.unit.test_reporters_mail

# you can also skip the virtualenv activation and
# run the test suite in one step with make
make trial

# you can pass options to make using TRIALOPTS
make trial TRIALOPTS='-j16 buildbot'

# or test with a specific Python version
make trial VENV_PY_VERSION=/usr/local/bin/python3

3.1.2. Create a JavaScript Frontend Environment

This section describes how to get set up quickly to hack on the JavaScript UI. It does not assume familiarity with Python, although a Python installation is required, as well as virtualenv. You will also need NodeJS, and yarn installed.

3.1.2.1. Prerequisites

Note

Buildbot UI requires at least node 14.18 or newer and yarn 1.x.

• Install LTS release of node.js.

  http://nodejs.org/ is a good start for Windows and OSX.

  For modern Linux distributions, you can often just install the distribution-provided packages if they are recent enough. Note, that on Debian-based distributions yarn is available as yarnpkg.

  The below method has been tested on Debian Bookworm.

  sudo apt install nodejs yarnpkg
  

  In other cases, use https://deb.nodesource.com and https://classic.yarnpkg.com/lang/en/docs/install.

3.1.2.2. Hacking the Buildbot JavaScript

To effectively develop Buildbot JavaScript, you’ll need a running Buildmaster configured to operate out of the source directory.

As a prerequisite, follow Create a Buildbot Python Environment. With that, you should have created and enabled a virtualenv Python environment.

Next, you need to install the buildbot and buildbot-www python packages in --editable mode, which means their source directories will be directly used.

make frontend

This will fetch a number of python dependencies from pypi, the Python package repository, and also a number of node.js dependencies that are used for building the web application. Then the actual frontend code will be built with artifacts stored in the source directory, e.g. www/base/buildbot_www/static. Finally, the built python packages will be installed to virtualenv environment as --editable packages. This means that the webserver will load resources from www/base/buildbot_www/static.

Now you need to create a master instance. For more details, see the Buildbot First Run tutorial.

mkdir test-master
buildbot create-master test-master
mv test-master/master.cfg.sample test-master/master.cfg
buildbot start test-master

If all goes well, the master will start up and run in the background. During make frontend, the www frontend was built using production mode, so everything is minified and hard to debug. However, the frontend was installed as an editable python package, so all changes in the artifacts (e.g. www/base/buildbot_www/static) in the source directories will be observed in the browser. Thus, we can manually rebuild the JavaScript resources using development settings, so they are not minified and easier to debug. This can be done by running the following in e.g. www/base directory:

yarn run build-dev

The above rebuilds the resources only once. After each change you need to refresh the built resources. The actual commands that are run are stored in the package.json file under the scripts key.

To avoid the need to type the above command after each change, you can use the following:

yarn run dev

This will watch files for changes and reload automatically.

To run unit tests, do the following:

yarn run test

To run unit tests within all frontend packages within Buildbot, do the following at the root of the project:

make frontend_tests

3.2. Submitting Pull Requests

As Buildbot is used by software developers, it tends to receive a significant number of patches. The most effective way to make sure your patch gets noticed and merged is to submit it via GitHub. This assumes some familiarity with git, but not too much. Note that GitHub has some great Git guides to get you started.

3.2.1. Guidelines

• Pull requests should be based on the latest development code, not on the most recent release. That is, you should check out the master branch and develop on top of it.

• Final pull requests should include code changes, relevant documentation changes, and relevant unit tests. Any patch longer than a few lines which does not have documentation or tests is unlikely to be merged as is. The developers will most likely ask to add documentation or tests.

• Individual commits should, to the extent possible, be single-purpose. Please do not lump all of the changes you made to get Buildbot working the way you like into a single commit.

• Pull requests must pass all tests that run against the GitHub pull requests. See Local testing cheat sheet for instructions of how to launch various tests locally.

• Python code in Buildbot uses four-space indentations, with no tabs. Lines should be wrapped before the 100th column.

• Pull requests must reliably pass all tests. Buildbot does not tolerate “flaky” tests. If you have trouble with tests that fail without any of your changes applied, get in touch with the developers for help.

• Pull requests that add features or change existing behavior should include a brief description in the release notes. See the newsfragments directory and read the README.txt file therein.

• Git commit messages form the “ChangeLog” for Buildbot, and as such should be as descriptive as possible.

• Backward and forward compatibility is important to Buildbot. Try to minimize the effect of your patch on existing users.

3.2.1.1. Additional suggestions

The Buildbot developers are quite busy, and it can take a while to review a patch. While the following are not required, they will make things easier for you and the developers:

• Make a distinct pull request, on a distinct branch in your repository, for each unrelated change. Some pull request may get merged immediately, while others will require revision, and this can get very confusing in a single branch.

• Smaller, incremental commits are better than one large commit, as they can be considered on their own merits. It’s OK for a commit to add code that is unused (except for tests, of course) until a subsequent commit is applied.

• If an individual change is complex or large, it makes sense to create an unpolished PR at first to gather feedback. When the Buildbot developers confirm that the presented pull request is the way to go, it can be polished as a second step.

• Git history is the primary means by which Buildbot establishes authorship. Be careful to credit others for their work, if you include it in your code.

3.2.2. How to create a pull request

Note

See this github guide which offers a more generic description of this process.

• Sign up for a free account at http://github.com, if you don’t already have one.

• Go to http://github.com/buildbot/buildbot and click “fork”. This will create your own public copy of the latest Buildbot source.

• Clone your forked repository on your local machine, so you can do your changes. GitHub will display a link titled “Your Clone URL”. Click this link to see instructions for cloning your URL. It’s something like:

git clone git@github.com:myusername/buildbot.git
cd buildbot

• Locally, create a new branch based on the master branch:

git checkout -b myfixes origin/master

• Hack mercilessly. If you’re a git aficionado, you can make a neat and pretty commit sequence; otherwise, just get it done. Don’t forget to add new test cases and any necessary documentation.

• Test your changes. See Local testing cheat sheet for instructions of how to launch various tests locally.

• Commit. For this step it’s best to use a GUI for Git. See this list of known Git GUIs. If you only want to use the shell, do the following:

git add $files_that_matter
git commit

• When you’re confident that everything is as it should be, push your changes back to your repository on GitHub, effectively making them public.

git push origin myfixes

• Now all that’s left is to let the Buildbot developers know that you have patches awaiting their attention. In your web browser, go to your repository (you may have to hit “reload”) and choose your new branch from the “all branches” menu.

• Double-check that you’re on your branch, and not on a particular commit. The current URL should end in the name of your patch, not in a SHA1 hash.

• Click “Pull Request”

• Double-check that the base branch is “buildbot/buildbot@master”. If your repository is a fork of the buildbot/buildbot repository, this should already be the case.

• Fill out the details and send away!

3.2.3. Local testing cheat sheet

This section details how to locally run the test suites that are run by Buildbot during each PR. Not all test suites have been documented so far, only these that fail most often. Before each of the commands detailed below, a virtualenv must be setup as described in Create a Buildbot Python Environment:

make virtualenv
. .venv/bin/activate

If you see weird test results after changing branches of the repository, remove the .venv directory and repeat the above again. Note that pip install -r <file>.txt only needs to be run once at the beginning of your testing session.

3.2.3.1. Master unit tests

Tests in this category run the Python unit tests for the master. These tests are represented by bb/trial/ test names in the Buildbot CI. To run locally, execute the following:

pip install -r requirements-ci.txt
trial -j8 buildbot  # change -j parameter to fit the number of cores you have

3.2.3.2. Worker unit tests

Tests in this category run the Python unit tests for the worker. These tests are represented by bb/trial_worker/ test names in the Buildbot CI. To run locally, execute the following:

pip install -r requirements-ciworker.txt
trial buildbot_worker

3.2.3.3. Linter checks

Tests in this category run simple syntax and style checks on the Python code. These tests are represented by bb/pylint/ and bb/ruff/ test names in the Buildbot CI. To run locally, execute the following:

pip install -r requirements-ci.txt
make pylint
make ruff

If you see spell check errors, but your words are perfectly correct, then you may need to add these words to a whitelist at common/code_spelling_ignore_words.txt.

3.2.3.4. Documentation

This test builds the documentation. It is represented by bb/docs/ test names in the Buildbot CI. To run locally, execute the following:

pip install -r requirements-ci.txt
pip install -r requirements-cidocs.txt
make docs

If you see spell check errors, but your words are perfectly correct, then you may need to add these words to a whitelist at master/docs/spelling_wordlist.txt.

3.2.3.5. End-to-end tests

Tests in this category run the end-to-end tests by launching a full Buildbot instance, clicking on buttons on the web UI and testing the results. It is represented by bb/e2e/** test names in the Buildbot CI. The tests are sometimes unstable: if you didn’t change the front end code and see a failure then it’s most likely an instability. To run locally, install a Chrome-compatible browser and execute the following:

pip install -r requirements-ci.txt
make tarballs
./common/smokedist-react.sh whl

3.3. General Documents

This section gives some general information about Buildbot development.

3.3.1. Master Organization

Buildbot makes heavy use of Twisted Python’s support for services - software modules that can be started and stopped dynamically. Buildbot adds the ability to reconfigure such services, too - see Reconfiguration. Twisted arranges services into trees; the following section describes the service tree on a running master.

3.3.1.1. BuildMaster Object

The hierarchy begins with the master, a buildbot.master.BuildMaster instance. Most other services contain a reference to this object in their master attribute, and in general the appropriate way to access other objects or services is to begin with self.master and navigate from there.

The master has a number of useful attributes:

master.metrics

A buildbot.process.metrics.MetricLogObserver instance that handles tracking and reporting on master metrics.

master.caches

A buildbot.process.caches.CacheManager instance that provides access to object caches.

master.pbmanager

A buildbot.pbmanager.PBManager instance that handles incoming PB connections, potentially on multiple ports, and dispatching those connections to appropriate components based on the supplied username.

master.workers

A buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager instance that provides wrappers around multiple master-worker protocols (e.g. PB) to unify calls for them from higher level code.

master.change_svc

A buildbot.changes.manager.ChangeManager instance that manages the active change sources, as well as the stream of changes received from those sources. All active change sources are child services of this instance.

master.botmaster

A buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster instance that manages all of the workers and builders as child services.

The botmaster acts as the parent service for a buildbot.process.botmaster.BuildRequestDistributor instance (at master.botmaster.brd), as well as all active workers (buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker instances) and builders (buildbot.process.builder.Builder instances).

master.scheduler_manager

A buildbot.schedulers.manager.SchedulerManager instance that manages the active schedulers. All active schedulers are child services of this instance.

master.user_manager

A buildbot.process.users.manager.UserManagerManager instance that manages access to users. All active user managers are child services of this instance.

master.db

A buildbot.db.connector.DBConnector instance that manages access to the buildbot database. See Database for more information.

master.debug

A buildbot.process.debug.DebugServices instance that manages debugging-related access – the manhole, in particular.

master.masterid

This is the ID for this master, from the masters table. It is used in the database and messages to uniquely identify this master.

3.3.2. Buildbot Coding Style

3.3.2.1. Documentation

Buildbot strongly encourages developers to document the methods, behavior, and usage of classes that users might interact with. However, this documentation should be in .rst files under master/docs/developer, rather than in docstrings within the code. For private methods or where code deserves some kind of explanatory preface, use comments instead of a docstring. While some docstrings remain within the code, these should be migrated to documentation files and removed as the code is modified.

Within the reStructuredText files, write each English sentence on its own line. While this does not affect the generated output, it makes git diffs between versions of the documentation easier to read, as they are not obscured by changes due to re-wrapping. This convention is not followed everywhere, but we are slowly migrating documentation from the old (wrapped) style as we update it.

3.3.2.2. Symbol Names

Buildbot follows PEP8 regarding the formatting of symbol names.

Due to historical reasons, most of the public API uses interCaps naming style To preserve backwards compatibility, the public API should continue using interCaps naming style. That is, you should spell public API methods and functions with the first character in lower-case, and the first letter of subsequent words capitalized, e.g., compareToOther or getChangesGreaterThan. The public API refers to the documented API that external developers can rely on. See section on the definition of the public API in Buildbot Development.

Everything else should use the style recommended by PEP8.

In summary:

Symbol Type	Format
Methods and functions	under_scores
Method and function arguments	under_scores
Public API methods and functions	interCaps
Public API method and function arguments	interCaps
Classes	InitialCaps
Variables	under_scores
Constants	ALL_CAPS

3.3.2.3. Twisted Idioms

Programming with Twisted Python can be daunting. But sticking to a few well-defined patterns can help avoid surprises.

Prefer to Return Deferreds

If you’re writing a method that doesn’t currently block, but could conceivably block sometime in the future, return a Deferred and document that it does so. Just about anything might block - even getters and setters!

Helpful Twisted Classes

Twisted has some useful, but little-known classes. Brief descriptions follow, but you should consult the API documentation or source code for the full details.

twisted.internet.task.LoopingCall

Calls an asynchronous function repeatedly at set intervals. Note that this will stop looping if the function fails. In general, you will want to wrap the function to capture and log errors.

twisted.application.internet.TimerService

Similar to t.i.t.LoopingCall, but implemented as a service that will automatically start and stop the function calls when the service starts and stops. See the warning about failing functions for t.i.t.LoopingCall.

Sequences of Operations

Especially in Buildbot, we’re often faced with executing a sequence of operations, many of which may block.

In all cases where this occurs, there is a danger of pre-emption, so exercise the same caution you would if writing a threaded application.

For simple cases, you can use nested callback functions. For more complex cases, inlineCallbacks is appropriate. In all cases, please prefer maintainability and readability over performance.

Nested Callbacks

First, an admonition: do not create extra class methods that represent the continuations of the first:

def myMethod(self):
    d = ...
    d.addCallback(self._myMethod_2) # BAD!
def _myMethod_2(self, res):         # BAD!
    ...

Invariably, this extra method gets separated from its parent as the code evolves, and the result is completely unreadable. Instead, include all of the code for a particular function or method within the same indented block, using nested functions:

def getRevInfo(revname):
    # for demonstration only! see below for a better implementation with inlineCallbacks
    results = {}
    d = defer.succeed(None)
    def rev_parse(_): # note use of '_' to quietly indicate an ignored parameter
        return utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'rev-parse', revname ])
    d.addCallback(rev_parse)
    def parse_rev_parse(res):
        results['rev'] = res.strip()
        return utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'log', '-1', '--format=%s%n%b', results['rev'] ])
    d.addCallback(parse_rev_parse)
    def parse_log(res):
        results['comments'] = res.strip()
    d.addCallback(parse_log)
    def set_results(_):
        return results
    d.addCallback(set_results)
    return d

It is usually best to make the first operation occur within a callback, as the deferred machinery will then handle any exceptions as a failure in the outer Deferred. As a shortcut, d.addCallback can work as a decorator:

d = defer.succeed(None)
@d.addCallback
def rev_parse(_): # note use of '_' to quietly indicate an ignored parameter
    return utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'rev-parse', revname ])

Note

d.addCallback is not really a decorator as it does not return a modified function. As a result, in the previous code, rev_parse value is actually the Deferred. In general, the inlineCallbacks method is preferred inside new code as it keeps the code easier to read. As a general rule of thumb, when you need more than 2 callbacks in the same method, it’s time to switch to inlineCallbacks. This would be for example the case for the getRevInfo example. See this discussion <:pull:`2523>`_ with Twisted experts for more information.

Be careful with local variables. For example, if parse_rev_parse, above, merely assigned rev = res.strip(), then that variable would be local to parse_rev_parse and not available in set_results. Mutable variables (dicts and lists) at the outer function level are appropriate for this purpose.

Note

Do not try to build a loop in this style by chaining multiple Deferreds! Unbounded chaining can result in stack overflows, at least on older versions of Twisted. Use inlineCallbacks instead.

In most of the cases, if you need more than two callbacks in a method, it is more readable and maintainable to use inlineCallbacks.

inlineCallbacks

twisted.internet.defer.inlineCallbacks is a great help to writing code that makes a lot of asynchronous calls, particularly if those calls are made in loop or conditionals. Refer to the Twisted documentation for the details, but the style within Buildbot is as follows:

from twisted.internet import defer

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def mymethod(self, x, y):
    xval = yield getSomething(x)

    for z in (yield getZValues()):
        y += z

    if xval > 10:
        return xval + y

    self.someOtherMethod()

The key points to notice here:

• Always import defer as a module, not the names within it.

• Use the decorator form of inlineCallbacks.

• In most cases, the result of a yield expression should be assigned to a variable. It can be used in a larger expression, but remember that Python requires that you enclose the expression in its own set of parentheses.

The great advantage of inlineCallbacks is that it allows you to use all of the usual Pythonic control structures in their natural form. In particular, it is easy to represent a loop or even nested loops in this style without losing any readability.

Note that code using deferredGenerator is no longer acceptable in Buildbot.

The previous getRevInfo example implementation should rather be written as:

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def getRevInfo(revname):
    results = {}
    res = yield utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'rev-parse', revname ])
    results['rev'] = res.strip()
    res = yield utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'log', '-1', '--format=%s%n%b',
                                             results['rev'] ])
    results['comments'] = res.strip()
    return results

Locking

Remember that asynchronous programming does not free you from the need to worry about concurrency issues. In particular, if you are executing a sequence of operations, and each time you wait for a Deferred, other arbitrary actions can take place.

In general, you should try to perform actions atomically, but for the rare situations that require synchronization, the following might be useful:

• twisted.internet.defer.DeferredLock

• buildbot.util.misc.deferredLocked

Joining Sequences

It’s often the case that you want to perform multiple operations in parallel and rejoin the results at the end. For this purpose, you may use a DeferredList:

def getRevInfo(revname):
    results = {}
    finished = dict(rev_parse=False, log=False)

    rev_parse_d = utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'rev-parse', revname ])
    def parse_rev_parse(res):
        return res.strip()
    rev_parse_d.addCallback(parse_rev_parse)

    log_d = utils.getProcessOutput(git, [ 'log', '-1', '--format=%s%n%b', results['rev'] ])
    def parse_log(res):
        return res.strip()
    log_d.addCallback(parse_log)

    d = defer.DeferredList([rev_parse_d, log_d], consumeErrors=1, fireOnFirstErrback=1)
    def handle_results(results):
        return dict(rev=results[0][1], log=results[1][1])
    d.addCallback(handle_results)
    return d

Here, the deferred list will wait for both rev_parse_d and log_d to fire, or for one of them to fail. You may attach callbacks and errbacks to a DeferredList just as you would with a deferred.

Functions running outside of the main thread

It is very important in Twisted to be able to distinguish functions that runs in the main thread and functions that don’t, as reactors and deferreds can only be used in the main thread. To make this distinction clearer, every function meant to be run in a secondary thread must be prefixed with thd_.

3.3.3. Buildbot’s Test Suite

Buildbot’s master tests are under buildbot.test and buildbot-worker package tests are under buildbot_worker.test. Tests for the workers are similar to the master, although in some cases helpful functionality on the master is not re-implemented on the worker.

3.3.3.1. Quick-Start

Buildbot uses Twisted trial to run its test suite. Following is a quick shell session to put you on the right track.

# the usual buildbot development bootstrap with git and virtualenv
git clone https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot
cd buildbot

# helper script which creates the virtualenv for development
make virtualenv
. .venv/bin/activate

# now run the test suite
trial buildbot

# find all tests that talk about mail
trial -n --reporter=bwverbose buildbot | grep mail

# run only one test module
trial buildbot.test.unit.test_reporters_mail

3.3.3.2. Suites

Tests are divided into a few suites:

• Unit tests (buildbot.test.unit) - these follow unit-testing practices and attempt to maximally isolate the system under test. Unit tests are the main mechanism of achieving test coverage, and all new code should be well-covered by corresponding unit tests.

  • Interface tests are a special type of unit tests, and are found in the same directory and often the same file. In many cases, Buildbot has multiple implementations of the same interface – at least one “real” implementation and a fake implementation used in unit testing. The interface tests ensure that these implementations all meet the same standards. This ensures consistency between implementations, and also ensures that the unit tests are tested against realistic fakes.

• Integration tests (buildbot.test.integration) - these test combinations of multiple units. Of necessity, integration tests are incomplete - they cannot test every condition; difficult to maintain - they tend to be complex and touch a lot of code; and slow - they usually require considerable setup and execute a lot of code. As such, use of integration tests is limited to a few broad tests that act as a failsafe for the unit and interface tests.

• Regression tests (buildbot.test.regressions) - these tests are used to prevent re-occurrence of historical bugs. In most cases, a regression is better tested by a test in the other suites, or is unlikely to recur, so this suite tends to be small.

• Fuzz tests (buildbot.test.fuzz) - these tests run for a long time and apply randomization to try to reproduce rare or unusual failures. The Buildbot project does not currently have a framework to run fuzz tests regularly.

Unit Tests

Every code module should have corresponding unit tests. This is not currently true of Buildbot, due to a large body of legacy code, but is a goal of the project. All new code must meet this requirement.

Unit test modules follow the source file hierarchy (omitting the root buildbot directory) and are named after the package or class they test (replacing . with _). For example, test_timed_Periodic.py tests the Periodic class in master/buildbot/schedulers/timed.py. Modules with only one class, or a few trivial classes, can be tested in a single test module. For more complex situations, prefer to use multiple test modules.

Unit tests using renderables require special handling. The following example shows how the same test would be written with the ‘param’ parameter as a plain argument and with the same parameter as a renderable:

def test_param(self):
    f = self.ConcreteClass(param='val')
    self.assertEqual(f.param, 'val')

When the parameter is renderable, you need to instantiate the class before you can test the renderables:

def setUp(self):
    self.build = Properties(param='val')

@defer.inlineCallbacks
def test_param_renderable(self):
    f = self.ConcreteClass(
        param=Interpolate('%(kw:rendered_val)s',
                          rendered_val=Property('param')))
    yield f.start_instance(self.build)
    self.assertEqual(f.param, 'val')

Interface Tests

Interface tests exist to verify that multiple implementations of an interface meet the same requirements. Note that the name ‘interface’ should not be confused with the sparse use of Zope Interfaces in the Buildbot code – in this context, an interface is any boundary between testable units.

Ideally, all interfaces, both public and private, should be tested. Certainly, any public interfaces need interface tests.

Interface tests are most often found in files named for the “real” implementation, e.g., test_changes.py. When there is ambiguity, test modules should be named after the interface they are testing. Interface tests have the following form:

from buildbot.test.util import interfaces
from twistd.trial import unittest

class Tests(interfaces.InterfaceTests):

    # define methods that must be overridden per implementation
    def someSetupMethod(self):
        raise NotImplementedError

    # method signature tests
    def test_signature_someMethod(self):
        @self.assertArgSpecMatches(self.systemUnderTest.someMethod)
        def someMethod(self, arg1, arg2):
            pass

    # tests that all implementations must pass
    def test_something(self):
        pass # ...

class RealTests(Tests):

    # tests that only *real* implementations must pass
    def test_something_else(self):
        pass # ...

All of the test methods are defined here, segregated into tests that all implementations must pass, and tests that the fake implementation is not expected to pass. The test_signature_someMethod test above illustrates the buildbot.test.util.interfaces.assertArgSpecMatches decorator, which can be used to compare the argument specification of a callable with a reference signature conveniently written as a nested function. Wherever possible, prefer to add tests to the Tests class, even if this means testing one method (e.g,. setFoo) in terms of another (e.g., getFoo).

The assertArgSpecMatches method can take multiple methods to test; it will check each one in turn.

At the bottom of the test module, a subclass is created for each implementation, implementing the setup methods that were stubbed out in the parent classes:

class TestFakeThing(unittest.TestCase, Tests):

    def someSetupMethod(self):
        pass # ...

class TestRealThing(unittest.TestCase, RealTests):

    def someSetupMethod(self):
        pass # ...

For implementations which require optional software, such as an AMQP server, this is the appropriate place to signal that tests should be skipped when their prerequisites are not available:

from twisted.trial import unittest

class TestRealThing(unittest.TestCase, RealTests):

    def someSetupMethod(self):
        try:
            import foo
        except ImportError:
            raise unittest.SkipTest("foo not found")

Integration Tests

Integration test modules test several units at once, including their interactions. In general, they serve as a catch-all for failures and bugs that were not detected by the unit and interface tests. As such, they should not aim to be exhaustive, but merely representative.

Integration tests are very difficult to maintain if they reach into the internals of any part of Buildbot. Where possible, try to use the same means as a user would to set up, run, and check the results of an integration test. That may mean writing a master.cfg to be parsed, and checking the results by examining the database (or fake DB API) afterward.

Regression Tests

Regression tests are even more rare in Buildbot than integration tests. In many cases, a regression test is not necessary – either the test is better-suited as a unit or interface test, or the failure is so specific that a test will never fail again.

Regression tests tend to be closely tied to the code in which the error occurred. When that code is refactored, the regression test generally becomes obsolete, and is deleted.

Fuzz Tests

Fuzz tests generally run for a fixed amount of time, running randomized tests against a system. They do not run at all during normal runs of the Buildbot tests, unless BUILDBOT_FUZZ is defined. This is accomplished with something like the following at the end of each test module:

if 'BUILDBOT_FUZZ' not in os.environ:
    del LRUCacheFuzzer

3.3.3.3. Mixins

Buildbot provides a number of purpose-specific mixin classes in master/buildbot/util. These generally define a set of utility functions as well as setUpXxx and tearDownXxx methods. These methods should be called explicitly from your subclass’s setUp and tearDown methods. Note that some of these methods return Deferreds, which should be handled properly by the caller.

3.3.3.4. Fakes

Buildbot provides a number of pre-defined fake implementations of internal interfaces, in master/buildbot/test/fake. These are designed to be used in unit tests to limit the scope of the test. For example, the fake DB API eliminates the need to create a real database when testing code that uses the DB API, and isolates bugs in the system under test from bugs in the real DB implementation.

The danger of using fakes is that the fake interface and the real interface can differ. The interface tests exist to solve this problem. All fakes should be fully tested in an integration test, so that the fakes pass the same tests as the “real” thing. It is particularly important that the method signatures be compared.

3.3.3.5. Type Validation

The master/buildbot/test/util/validation.py provides a set of classes and definitions for validating Buildbot data types. It supports four types of data:

• DB API dictionaries, as returned from the getXxx methods,

• Data API dictionaries, as returned from get,

• Data API messages, and

• Simple data types.

These are validated from elsewhere in the codebase with calls to

• verifyData(testcase, type, options, value),

• verifyMessage(testcase, routingKey, message), and

• verifyType(testcase, name, value, validator),

respectively. The testcase argument is used to fail the test case if the validation does not succeed. For DB dictionaries and data dictionaries, the type identifies the expected data type. For messages, the type is determined from the first element of the routing key.

All messages sent with the fake MQ implementation are automatically validated using verifyMessage. The verifyType method is used to validate simple types, e.g.,

validation.verifyType(self, 'param1', param1, validation.StringValidator())

In any case, if testcase is None, then the functions will raise an AssertionError on failure.

Validator Classes

A validator is an instance of the Validator class. Its validate method is a generator function that takes a name and an object to validate. It yields error messages describing any deviations of object from the designated data type. The name argument is used to make such messages more helpful.

A number of validators are supplied for basic types. A few classes deserve special mention:

• NoneOk wraps another validator, allowing the object to be None.

• Any will match any object without error.

• IdentifierValidator will match identifiers; see identifier.

• DictValidator takes key names as keyword arguments, with the values giving validators for each key. The optionalNames argument is a list of keys which may be omitted without error.

• SourcedPropertiesValidator matches dictionaries with (value, source) keys, the representation used for properties in the data API.

• MessageValidator validates messages. It checks that the routing key is a tuple of strings. The first tuple element gives the message type. The last tuple element is the event, and must be a member of the events set. The remaining “middle” tuple elements must match the message values identified by keyFields. The messageValidator should be a DictValidator configured to check the message body. This validator’s validate method is called with a tuple (routingKey, message).

• Selector allows different validators to be selected based on matching functions. Its add method takes a matching function, which should return a boolean, and a validator to use if the matching function returns true. If the matching function is None, it is used as a default. This class is used for message and data validation.

Defining Validators

DB validators are defined in the dbdict dictionary, e.g.,

dbdict['foodict'] = DictValidator(
    id=IntValidator(),
    name=StringValidator(),
    ...
)

Data validators are Selector validators, where the selector is the options passed to verifyData.

data['foo'] = Selector()
data['foo'].add(lambda opts : opt.get('fanciness') > 10,
    DictValidator(
        fooid=IntValidator(),
        name=StringValidator(),
        ...
))

Similarly, message validators are Selector validators, where the selector is the routing key. The underlying validator should be a MessageValidator.

message['foo'] = Selector()
message['foo'].add(lambda rk : rk[-1] == 'new',
    MessageValidator(
        keyFields=['fooid'],
        events=['new', 'complete'],
        messageValidator=DictValidator(
            fooid=IntValidator(),
            name=StringValidator(),
            ...
       )))

3.3.3.6. Good Tests

Bad tests are worse than no tests at all. Since they waste developers’ time wondering “was that a spurious failure?” or “what the heck is this test trying to do?”, Buildbot needs good tests. So what makes a test good?

Independent of Time

Tests that depend on wall time will fail. As a bonus, they run very slowly. Do not use reactor.callLater to wait “long enough” for something to happen.

For testing things that themselves depend on time, consider using twisted.internet.tasks.Clock. This may mean passing a clock instance to the code under test, and propagating that instance as necessary to ensure that all of the code using callLater uses it. Refactoring code for testability is difficult, but worthwhile.

For testing things that do not depend on time, but for which you cannot detect the “end” of an operation: add a way to detect the end of the operation!

Clean Code

Make your tests readable. This is no place to skimp on comments! Others will attempt to learn about the expected behavior of your class by reading the tests. As a side note, if you use a Deferred chain in your test, write the callbacks as nested functions, rather than using methods with funny names:

def testSomething(self):
    d = doThisFirst()
    def andThisNext(res):
        pass # ...
    d.addCallback(andThisNext)
    return d

This isolates the entire test into one indented block. It is OK to add methods for common functionality, but give them real names and explain in detail what they do.

Good Name

Test method names should follow the pattern test_METHOD_CONDITION where METHOD is the method being tested, and CONDITION is the condition under which it’s tested. Since we can’t always test a single method, this is not a hard-and-fast rule.

Assert Only One Thing

Where practical, each test should have a single assertion. This may require a little bit of work to get several related pieces of information into a single Python object for comparison. The problem with multiple assertions is that, if the first assertion fails, the remainder are not tested. The test results then do not tell the entire story.

Prefer Fakes to Mocks

Mock objects are too “compliant”, and this often masks errors in the system under test. For example, a mis-spelled method name on a mock object will not raise an exception.

Where possible, use one of the pre-written fake objects (see Fakes) instead of a mock object. Fakes themselves should be well-tested using interface tests.

Where they are appropriate, Mock objects can be constructed easily using the aptly-named mock module, which is a requirement for Buildbot’s tests.

Small Tests

The shorter a test is, the better. Test as little code as possible in each test.

It is fine, and in fact encouraged, to write the code under test in such a way as to facilitate this. As an illustrative example, if you are testing a new Step subclass, but your tests require instantiating a BuildMaster, you’re probably doing something wrong!

This also applies to test modules. Several short, easily-digested test modules are preferred over a 1000-line monster.

Isolation

Each test should be maximally independent of other tests. Do not leave files laying around after your test has finished, and do not assume that some other test has run beforehand. It’s fine to use caching techniques to avoid repeated, lengthy setup times.

Be Correct

Tests should be as robust as possible, which at a basic level means using the available frameworks correctly. All Deferreds should have callbacks and be chained properly. Error conditions should be checked properly. Race conditions should not exist (see Independent of Time, above).

Be Helpful

Note that tests will pass most of the time, but the moment when they are most useful is when they fail.

When the test fails, it should produce output that is helpful to the person chasing it down. This is particularly important when the tests are run remotely, in which case the person chasing down the bug does not have access to the system on which the test fails. A test which fails sporadically with no more information than “AssertionFailed” is a prime candidate for deletion if the error isn’t obvious. Making the error obvious also includes adding comments describing the ways a test might fail.

Keeping State

Python does not allow assignment to anything but the innermost local scope or the global scope with the global keyword. This presents a problem when creating nested functions:

def test_localVariable(self):
    cb_called = False
    def cb():
        cb_called = True
    cb()
    self.assertTrue(cb_called) # will fail!

The cb_called = True assigns to a different variable than cb_called = False. In production code, it’s usually best to work around such problems, but in tests this is often the clearest way to express the behavior under test.

The solution is to change something in a common mutable object. While a simple list can serve as such a mutable object, this leads to code that is hard to read. Instead, use State:

from buildbot.test.state import State

def test_localVariable(self):
    state = State(cb_called=False)
    def cb():
        state.cb_called = True
    cb()
    self.assertTrue(state.cb_called) # passes

This is almost as readable as the first example, but it actually works.

3.3.4. Configuration

Wherever possible, Buildbot components should access configuration information as needed from the canonical source, master.config, which is an instance of MasterConfig. For example, components should not keep a copy of the buildbotURL locally, as this value may change throughout the lifetime of the master.

Components which need to be notified of changes in the configuration should be implemented as services, subclassing ReconfigurableServiceMixin, as described in Reconfiguration.

class buildbot.config.MasterConfig

The master object makes much of the configuration available from an object named master.config. Configuration is stored as attributes of this object. Where possible, other Buildbot components should access this configuration directly and not cache the configuration values anywhere else. This avoids the need to ensure that update-from-configuration methods are called on a reconfig.

Aside from validating the configuration, this class handles any backward-compatibility issues - renamed parameters, type changes, and so on - removing those concerns from other parts of Buildbot.

This class may be instantiated directly, creating an entirely default configuration, or via FileLoader.loadConfig, which will load the configuration from a config file.

The following attributes are available from this class, representing the current configuration. This includes a number of global parameters:

title

The title of this buildmaster, from title.

titleURL

The URL corresponding to the title, from titleURL.

buildbotURL

The URL of this buildmaster, for use in constructing WebStatus URLs; from buildbotURL.

logCompressionLimit

The current log compression limit, from logCompressionLimit.

logCompressionMethod

The current log compression method, from logCompressionMethod.

logMaxSize

The current log maximum size, from logMaxSize.

logMaxTailSize

The current log tail maximum size, from logMaxTailSize.

logEncoding

The encoding to expect when logs are provided as bytestrings, from logEncoding.

properties

A Properties instance containing global properties, from properties.

collapseRequests

A callable, or True or False, describing how to collapse requests; from collapseRequests.

prioritizeBuilders

A callable, or None, used to prioritize builders; from prioritizeBuilders.

codebaseGenerator

A callable, or None, used to determine the codebase from an incoming Change, from codebaseGenerator.

protocols

The per-protocol port specification for worker connections; based on protocols.

multiMaster

If true, then this master is part of a cluster; based on multiMaster.

manhole

The manhole instance to use, or None; from manhole.

The remaining attributes contain compound configuration structures, usually as dictionaries:

validation

Validation regular expressions, a dictionary from validation. It is safe to assume that all expected keys are present.

db

Database specification, a dictionary with key db_url. It is safe to assume that this key is present.

metrics

The metrics configuration from metrics, or an empty dictionary by default.

caches

The cache configuration, from caches as well as the deprecated buildCacheSize and changeCacheSize parameters.

The keys Builds and Caches are always available; other keys should use config.caches.get(cachename, 1).

schedulers

The dictionary of scheduler instances, by name, from schedulers.

builders

The list of BuilderConfig instances from builders. Builders specified as dictionaries in the configuration file are converted to instances.

workers

The list of Worker instances from workers.

change_sources

The list of IChangeSource providers from change_source.

user_managers

The list of user managers providers from user_managers.

www

The web server configuration from www. The keys port and url are always available.

services

The list of additional plugin services.

classmethod loadFromDict(config_dict, filename)

Parameters:

• config_dict (dict) – The dictionary containing the configuration to load

• filename (string) – The filename to use when reporting errors

Returns:

new MasterConfig instance

Load the configuration from the given dictionary.

Loading of the configuration file is generally triggered by the master, using the following class:

class buildbot.config.FileLoader

__init__(basedir, filename)

Parameters:

• basedir (string) – directory to which config is relative

• filename (string) – the configuration file to load

The filename is treated as relative to basedir if it is not absolute.

loadConfig(basedir, filename)

Returns:

new MasterConfig instance

Load the configuration in the given file. Aside from syntax errors, this will also detect a number of semantic errors such as multiple schedulers with the same name.

buildbot.config.loadConfigDict(basedir, filename)

Parameters:

• basedir (string) – directory to which config is relative

• filename (string) – the configuration file to load

Raises:

ConfigErrors if any errors occur

Returns dict:

The BuildmasterConfig dictionary.

Load the configuration dictionary in the given file.

The filename is treated as relative to basedir if it is not absolute.

3.3.4.1. Builder Configuration

class buildbot.config.BuilderConfig([keyword args])

This class parameterizes configuration of builders; see Builder Configuration for its arguments. The constructor checks for errors, applies defaults, and sets the properties described here. Most are simply copied from the constructor argument of the same name.

Users may subclass this class to add defaults, for example.

name

The builder’s name.

factory

The builder’s factory.

workernames

The builder’s worker names (a list, regardless of whether the names were specified with workername or workernames).

builddir

The builder’s builddir.

workerbuilddir

The builder’s worker-side builddir.

category

The builder’s category.

nextWorker

The builder’s nextWorker callable.

nextBuild

The builder’s nextBuild callable.

canStartBuild

The builder’s canStartBuild callable.

locks

The builder’s locks.

env

The builder’s environment variables.

properties

The builder’s properties, as a dictionary.

collapseRequests

The builder’s collapseRequests callable.

description

The builder’s description, displayed in the web status.

3.3.4.2. Error Handling

If any errors are encountered while loading the configuration, buildbot.config.error should be called. This can occur both in the configuration-loading code, and in the constructors of any objects that are instantiated in the configuration - change sources, workers, schedulers, build steps, and so on.

buildbot.config.error(error)

Parameters:

error – error to report

Raises:

ConfigErrors if called at build-time

This function reports a configuration error. If a config file is being loaded, then the function merely records the error, and allows the rest of the configuration to be loaded. At any other time, it raises ConfigErrors. This is done so that all config errors can be reported, rather than just the first one.

exception buildbot.config.ConfigErrors([errors])

Parameters:

errors (list) – errors to report

This exception represents errors in the configuration. It supports reporting multiple errors to the user simultaneously, e.g., when several consistency checks fail.

errors

A list of detected errors, each given as a string.

addError(msg)

Parameters:

msg (string) – the message to add

Add another error message to the (presumably not-yet-raised) exception.

3.3.5. Configuration in AngularJS

The AngularJS frontend often needs access to the local master configuration. This is accomplished automatically by converting various pieces of the master configuration to a dictionary.

The IConfigured interface represents a way to convert any object into a JSON-able dictionary.

class buildbot.interfaces.IConfigured

Providers of this interface provide a method to get their configuration as a dictionary:

getConfigDict()

Returns:

object

Return the configuration of this object. Note that despite the name, the return value may not be a dictionary.

Any object can be “cast” to an IConfigured provider. The getConfigDict method for basic Python objects simply returns the value.

IConfigured(someObject).getConfigDict()

class buildbot.util.ConfiguredMixin

This class is a basic implementation of IConfigured. Its getConfigDict method simply returns the instance’s name attribute (all objects configured must have the name attribute).

getConfigDict()

Returns:

object

Return a config dictionary representing this object.

All of this is used by to serve /config.js to the JavaScript frontend.

3.3.5.1. Reconfiguration

When the buildmaster receives a signal to begin a reconfig, it re-reads the configuration file, generating a new MasterConfig instance, and then notifies all of its child services via the reconfig mechanism described below. The master ensures that at most one reconfiguration is taking place at any time.

See Master Organization for the structure of the Buildbot service tree.

To simplify initialization, a reconfiguration is performed immediately on master startup. As a result, services only need to implement their configuration handling once, and can use startService for initialization.

See below for instructions on implementing configuration of common types of components in Buildbot.

Note

Because Buildbot uses a pure-Python configuration file, it is not possible to support all forms of reconfiguration. In particular, when the configuration includes custom subclasses or modules, reconfiguration can turn up some surprising behaviors due to the dynamic nature of Python. The reconfig support in Buildbot is intended for “intermediate” uses of the software, where there are fewer surprises.

Reconfigurable Services

Instances which need to be notified of a change in configuration should be implemented as Twisted services and mix in the ReconfigurableServiceMixin class, overriding the reconfigServiceWithBuildbotConfig method.

The services implementing ReconfigurableServiceMixin operate on whole master configuration.

In some cases they are effectively singletons that handle configuration identified by a specific configuration key. Such singletons often manage non-singleton services as children and pass bits of its own configuration when reconfiguring these children. BuildbotServiceManager is one internal implementation of ReconfigurableServiceMixin which accepts a list of child service configurations as its configuration and then intelligently reconfigures child services on changes.

Non-singleton ReconfigurableServiceMixin services are harder to write as they must manually pick its configuration from whole master configuration. The parent service also needs explicit support for this kind of setup to work correctly.

class buildbot.config.ReconfigurableServiceMixin

reconfigServiceWithBuildbotConfig(new_config)

Parameters:

new_config (MasterConfig) – new master configuration

Returns:

Deferred

This method notifies the service that it should make any changes necessary to adapt to the new configuration values given.

This method will be called automatically after a service is started.

It is generally too late at this point to roll back the reconfiguration, so if possible, any errors should be detected in the MasterConfig implementation. Errors are handled as best as possible and communicated back to the top level invocation, but such errors may leave the master in an inconsistent state. ConfigErrors exceptions will be displayed appropriately to the user on startup.

Subclasses should always call the parent class’s implementation. For MultiService instances, this will call any child services’ reconfigService methods, as appropriate. This will be done sequentially, such that the Deferred from one service must fire before the next service is reconfigured.

priority

Child services are reconfigured in order of decreasing priority. The default priority is 128, so a service that must be reconfigured before others should be given a higher priority.

Change Sources

When reconfiguring, there is no method by which Buildbot can determine that a new ChangeSource represents the same source as an existing ChangeSource, but with different configuration parameters. As a result, the change source manager compares the lists of existing and new change sources using equality, stops any existing sources that are not in the new list, and starts any new change sources that do not already exist.

ChangeSource inherits ComparableMixin, so change sources are compared based on the attributes described in their compare_attrs.

If a change source does not make reference to any global configuration parameters, then there is no need to inherit ReconfigurableServiceMixin, as a simple comparison and startService and stopService will be sufficient.

If the change source does make reference to global values, e.g., as default values for its parameters, then it must inherit ReconfigurableServiceMixin to support the case where the global values change.

Schedulers

Schedulers have names, so Buildbot can determine whether a scheduler has been added, removed, or changed during a reconfig. Old schedulers will be stopped, new schedulers will be started, and both new and existing schedulers will see a call to reconfigService, if such a method exists. For backward compatibility, schedulers that do not support reconfiguration will be stopped, and a new scheduler will be started when their configuration changes.

During a reconfiguration, if a new and old scheduler’s fully qualified class names differ, then the old class will be stopped, and the new class will be started. This supports the case when a user changes, for example, a Nightly scheduler to a Periodic scheduler without changing the name.

Because Buildbot uses BaseScheduler instances directly in the configuration file, a reconfigured scheduler must extract its new configuration information from another instance of itself.

Custom Subclasses

Custom subclasses are most often defined directly in the configuration file, or in a Python module that is reloaded with reload every time the configuration is loaded. Because of the dynamic nature of Python, this creates a new object representing the subclass every time the configuration is loaded – even if the class definition has not changed.

Note that if a scheduler’s class changes in a reconfig, but the scheduler’s name does not, it will still be treated as a reconfiguration of the existing scheduler. This means that implementation changes in custom scheduler subclasses will not be activated with a reconfig. This behavior avoids stopping and starting such schedulers on every reconfig, but can make development difficult.

One workaround for this is to change the name of the scheduler before each reconfig - this will cause the old scheduler to be stopped, and the new scheduler (with the new name and class) to be started.

Workers

Similar to schedulers, workers are specified by name, so new and old configurations are first compared by name, and any workers to be added or removed are noted. Workers for which the fully-qualified class name has changed are also added and removed. All workers have their reconfigService method called.

This method takes care of the basic worker attributes, including changing the PB registration if necessary. Any subclasses that add configuration parameters should override reconfigService and update those parameters. As with schedulers, because the AbstractWorker instance is given directly in the configuration, a reconfigured worker instance must extract its new configuration from another instance of itself.

User Managers

Since user managers are rarely used, and their purpose is unclear, they are always stopped and re-started on every reconfig. This may change in future versions.

Status Receivers

At every reconfig, all status listeners are stopped, and new versions are started.

3.3.6. Writing Schedulers

Buildbot schedulers are the process objects responsible for requesting builds.

Schedulers are free to decide when to request builds, and to define the parameters of the builds. Many schedulers (e.g., SingleBranchScheduler) request builds in response to changes from change sources. Others, such as Nightly, request builds at specific times. Still others, like ForceScheduler, Try_Jobdir, or Triggerable, respond to external inputs.

Each scheduler has a unique name, and within a Buildbot cluster, can be active on at most one master. If a scheduler is configured on multiple masters, it will be inactive on all but one master. This provides a form of non-revertive failover for schedulers: if an active scheduler’s master fails, an inactive instance of that scheduler on another master will become active.

3.3.6.1. API Stability

Until Buildbot reaches version 1.0.0, API stability is not guaranteed. The instructions in this document may change incompatibly until that time.

3.3.6.2. Implementing A Scheduler

A scheduler is a subclass of BaseScheduler.

The constructor’s arguments form the scheduler’s configuration. The first two arguments, name and builderNames, are positional. The remaining arguments are keyword arguments, and the subclass’s constructor should accept **kwargs to pass them to the parent class, along with the positional arguments.

class MyScheduler(base.BaseScheduler):
    def __init__(self, name, builderNames, arg1=None, arg2=None, **kwargs):
        super().__init__(name, builderNames, **kwargs)
        self.arg1 = arg1
        self.arg2 = arg2

Schedulers are Twisted services, so they can implement startService and stopService. However, it is more common for scheduler subclasses to override startActivity and stopActivity instead. See below.

3.3.6.3. Consuming Changes

A scheduler that needs to be notified of new changes should call startConsumingChanges when it becomes active. Change consumption will automatically stop when the scheduler becomes inactive.

Once consumption has started, the gotChange method is invoked for each new change. The scheduler is free to do whatever it likes in this method.

3.3.6.4. Adding Buildsets

To add a new buildset, subclasses should call one of the parent-class methods with the prefix addBuildsetFor. These methods call addBuildset after applying behaviors common to all schedulers.

Any of these methods can be called at any time.

3.3.6.5. Handling Reconfiguration

When the configuration for a scheduler changes, Buildbot deactivates, stops and removes the old scheduler, then adds, starts, and maybe activates the new scheduler. Buildbot determines whether a scheduler has changed by subclassing ComparableMixin. See the documentation for class for an explanation of the compare_attrs attribute.

Note

In a future version, schedulers will be converted to handle reconfiguration as reconfigurable services, and will no longer require compare_attrs to be set.

3.3.6.6. Becoming Active and Inactive

An inactive scheduler should not do anything that might interfere with an active scheduler of the same name.

Simple schedulers can consult the active attribute to determine whether the scheduler is active.

Most schedulers, however, will implement the activate method to begin any processing expected of an active scheduler. That may involve calling startConsumingChanges, beginning a LoopingCall, or subscribing to messages.

Any processing begun by the activate method, or by an active scheduler, should be stopped by the deactivate method. The deactivate method’s Deferred should not fire until such processing has completely stopped. Schedulers must up-call the parent class’s activate and deactivate methods!

3.3.6.7. Keeping State

The BaseScheduler class provides getState and setState methods to get and set state values for the scheduler. Active scheduler instances should use these functions to store persistent scheduler state, such that if they fail or become inactive, other instances can pick up where they left off. A scheduler can cache its state locally, only calling getState when it first becomes active. However, it is best to keep the state as up-to-date as possible, by calling setState any time the state changes. This prevents loss of state from an unexpected master failure.

Note that the state-related methods do not use locks of any sort. It is up to the caller to ensure that no race conditions exist between getting and setting state. Generally, it is sufficient to rely on there being only one running instance of a scheduler, and cache state in memory.

3.3.7. Utilities

Several small utilities are available at the top-level buildbot.util package.

buildbot.util.naturalSort(list)

Parameters:

list – list of strings

Returns:

sorted strings

This function sorts strings “naturally”, with embedded numbers sorted numerically. This ordering is good for objects which might have a numeric suffix, e.g., winworker1, winworker2

buildbot.util.formatInterval(interval)

Parameters:

interval – duration in seconds

Returns:

human-readable (English) equivalent

This function will return a human-readable string describing a length of time, given a number of seconds.

class buildbot.util.ComparableMixin

This mixin class adds comparability to a subclass. Use it like this:

class Widget(FactoryProduct, ComparableMixin):
    compare_attrs = ( 'radius', 'thickness' )
    # ...

Any attributes not in compare_attrs will not be considered when comparing objects. This is used to implement Buildbot’s reconfig logic, where a comparison between the new and existing objects is used to determine whether the new object should replace the existing object. If the comparison shows the objects to be equivalent, then the old object is left in place. If they differ, the old object is removed from the buildmaster, and the new object is added.

For use in configuration objects (schedulers, changesources, etc.), include any attributes which are set in the constructor based on the user’s configuration. Be sure to also include the superclass’s list, e.g.:

class MyScheduler(base.BaseScheduler):
    compare_attrs = base.BaseScheduler.compare_attrs + ('arg1', 'arg2')

A point to note is that the compare_attrs list is cumulative; that is, when a subclass also has a compare_attrs and the parent class has a compare_attrs, the subclass’ compare_attrs also includes the parent class’ compare_attrs.

This class also implements the buildbot.interfaces.IConfigured interface. The configuration is automatically generated, being the dict of all compare_attrs.

buildbot.util.safeTranslate(str)

Parameters:

str – input string

Returns:

safe version of the input

This function will filter out some inappropriate characters for filenames; it is suitable for adapting strings from the configuration for use as filenames. It is not suitable for use with strings from untrusted sources.

buildbot.util.epoch2datetime(epoch)

Parameters:

epoch – an epoch time (integer)

Returns:

equivalent datetime object

Convert a UNIX epoch timestamp to a Python datetime object, in the UTC timezone. Note that timestamps specify UTC time (modulo leap seconds and a few other minor details). If the argument is None, returns None.

buildbot.util.datetime2epoch(datetime)

Parameters:

datetime – a datetime object

Returns:

equivalent epoch time (integer)

Convert an arbitrary Python datetime object into a UNIX epoch timestamp. If the argument is None, returns None.

buildbot.util.UTC

A datetime.tzinfo subclass representing UTC time. A similar class has finally been added to Python in version 3.2, but the implementation is simple enough to include here. This is mostly used in tests to create timezone-aware datetime objects in UTC:

dt = datetime.datetime(1978, 6, 15, 12, 31, 15, tzinfo=UTC)

buildbot.util.diffSets(old, new)

Parameters:

• old (set or iterable) – old set

• new (set or iterable) – new set

Returns:

a (removed, added) tuple

This function compares two sets of objects, returning elements that were added and elements that were removed. This is largely a convenience function for reconfiguring services.

buildbot.util.makeList(input)

Parameters:

input – a thing

Returns:

a list of zero or more things

This function is intended to support the many places in Buildbot where the user can specify either a string or a list of strings, but the implementation wishes to always consider lists. It converts any string to a single-element list, None to an empty list, and any iterable to a list. Input lists are copied, avoiding aliasing issues.

buildbot.util.now()

Returns:

epoch time (integer)

Return the current time, using either reactor.seconds or time.time().

buildbot.util.flatten(list[, types])

Parameters:

• list – potentially nested list

• types – An optional iterable of the types to flatten. By default, if unspecified, this flattens both lists and tuples

Returns:

flat list

Flatten nested lists into a list containing no other lists. For example:

>>> flatten([ [  1, 2 ], 3, [ [ 4 ], 5 ] ])
[ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]

Both lists and tuples are looked at by default.

buildbot.util.flattened_iterator(list[, types])

Parameters:

• list – potentially nested list

• types – An optional iterable of the types to flatten. By default, if unspecified, this flattens both lists and tuples.

Returns:

iterator over every element whose type isn’t in types

Returns a generator that doesn’t yield any lists/tuples. For example:

   >>> for x in flattened_iterator([ [  1, 2 ], 3, [ [ 4 ] ] ]):
   >>>     print x
   1
   2
   3
   4

Use this for extremely large lists to keep memory-usage down and improve performance when
you only need to iterate once.

buildbot.util.none_or_str(obj)

Parameters:

obj – input value

Returns:

string or None

If obj is not None, return its string representation.

buildbot.util.bytes2unicode(bytestr, encoding='utf-8', errors='strict')

Parameters:

• bytestr – bytes

• encoding – unicode encoding to pass to str.encode, default utf-8.

• errors – error handler to pass to str.encode, default strict.

Returns:

string as unicode

This function is intended to convert bytes to unicode for user convenience. If given a bytestring, it returns the string decoded using encoding. If given a unicode string, it returns it directly.

buildbot.util.string2boolean(str)

Parameters:

str – string

Raises:

KeyError –

Returns:

boolean

This function converts a string to a boolean. It is intended to be liberal in what it accepts: case-insensitive “true”, “on”, “yes”, “1”, etc. It raises KeyError if the value is not recognized.

buildbot.util.toJson(obj)

Parameters:

obj – object

Returns:

UNIX epoch timestamp

This function is a helper for json.dump, that allows to convert non-json able objects to json. For now it supports converting datetime.datetime objects to unix timestamp.

buildbot.util.NotABranch

This is a sentinel value used to indicate that no branch is specified. It is necessary since schedulers and change sources consider None a valid name for a branch. This is generally used as a default value in a method signature, and then tested against with is:

if branch is NotABranch:
    pass # ...

buildbot.util.in_reactor(fn)

This decorator will cause the wrapped function to be run in the Twisted reactor, with the reactor stopped when the function completes. It returns the result of the wrapped function. If the wrapped function fails, its traceback will be printed, the reactor halted, and None returned.

buildbot.util.asyncSleep(secs, reactor=None)

Yield a deferred that will fire with no result after secs seconds. This is the asynchronous equivalent to time.sleep, and can be useful in tests. In case a custom reactor is used, the reactor parameter may be set. By default, twisted.internet.reactor is used.

buildbot.util.stripUrlPassword(url)

Parameters:

url – a URL

Returns:

URL with any password component replaced with xxxx

Sanitize a URL; use this before logging or displaying a DB URL.

buildbot.util.join_list(maybe_list)

Parameters:

maybe_list – list, tuple, byte string, or unicode

Returns:

unicode string

If maybe_list is a list or tuple, join it with spaces, casting any strings into unicode using bytes2unicode. This is useful for configuration parameters that may be strings or lists of strings.

class buildbot.util.Notifier

This is a helper for firing multiple deferreds with the same result.

wait()

Return a deferred that will fire when when the notifier is notified.

notify(value)

Fire all the outstanding deferreds with the given value.

buildbot.util.giturlparse(url)

Parameters:

url – a git url

Returns:

a GitUrl with results of parsed url

This function is intended to help various components to parse git urls. It helps to find the <owner>/<repo> of a git repository url coming from a change, in order to call urls. owner and repo is a common scheme for identifying a git repository between various git hosting services, like GitHub, GitLab, BitBucket, etc. Each service has their own naming for similar things, but we choose to use the GitHub naming as a de-facto standard. To simplify implementation, the parser is accepting invalid urls, but it should always parse valid urls correctly. The unit tests in test_util_giturlparse.py are the references on what the parser accepts. Please feel free to update the parser and the unit tests.

Example use:

from buildbot.util import giturlparse
repourl = giturlparse(sourcestamp['repository'])
repoOwner = repourl.owner
repoName = repourl.repo

class buildbot.util.GitUrl

proto

The protocol of the url

user

The user of the url (as in user@domain)

domain

The domain part of the url

port

The optional port of the url

owner

The owner of the repository (in case of GitLab might be a nested group, i.e contain /, e.g repo/subrepo/subsubrepo)

repo

The name of the repository (in case of GitLab might be a nested group, i.e contain /)

3.3.7.1. buildbot.util.lru

class buildbot.util.lru.LRUCache(miss_fn, max_size=50)

Parameters:

• miss_fn – function to call, with key as parameter, for cache misses. The function should return the value associated with the key argument, or None if there is no value associated with the key.

• max_size – maximum number of objects in the cache.

This is a simple least-recently-used cache. When the cache grows beyond the maximum size, the least-recently used items will be automatically removed from the cache.

This cache is designed to control memory usage by minimizing duplication of objects, while avoiding unnecessary re-fetching of the same rows from the database.

All values are also stored in a weak valued dictionary, even after they have expired from the cache. This allows values that are used elsewhere in Buildbot to “stick” in the cache in case they are needed by another component. Weak references cannot be used for some types, so these types are not compatible with this class. Note that dictionaries can be weakly referenced if they are an instance of a subclass of dict.

If the result of the miss_fn is None, then the value is not cached; this is intended to avoid caching negative results.

This is based on Raymond Hettinger’s implementation, licensed under the PSF license, which is GPL-compatible.

hits

cache hits so far

refhits

cache misses found in the weak ref dictionary, so far

misses

cache misses leading to re-fetches, so far

max_size

maximum allowed size of the cache

get(key, **miss_fn_kwargs)

Parameters:

• key – cache key

• miss_fn_kwargs – keyword arguments to the miss_fn

Returns:

value via Deferred

Fetch a value from the cache by key, invoking miss_fn(key, **miss_fn_kwargs) if the key is not in the cache.

Any additional keyword arguments are passed to the miss_fn as keyword arguments; these can supply additional information relating to the key. It is up to the caller to ensure that this information is functionally identical for each key value: if the key is already in the cache, the miss_fn will not be invoked, even if the keyword arguments differ.

put(key, value)

Parameters:

• key – key at which to place the value

• value – value to place there

Add the given key and value into the cache. The purpose of this method is to insert a new value into the cache without invoking the miss_fn (e.g., to avoid unnecessary overhead).

inv()

Check invariants on the cache. This is intended for debugging purposes.

class buildbot.util.lru.AsyncLRUCache(miss_fn, max_size=50)

Parameters:

• miss_fn – This is the same as the miss_fn for class LRUCache, with the difference that this function must return a Deferred.

• max_size – maximum number of objects in the cache.

This class has the same functional interface as LRUCache, but asynchronous locking is used to ensure that in the common case of multiple concurrent requests for the same key, only one fetch is performed.

3.3.7.2. buildbot.util.bbcollections

This package provides a few useful collection objects.

Note

This module used to be named collections, but without absolute imports (PEP 328), this precluded using the standard library’s collections module.

class buildbot.util.bbcollections.defaultdict

This is a clone of the Python collections.defaultdict for use in Python-2.4. In later versions, this is simply a reference to the built-in defaultdict, so Buildbot code can simply use buildbot.util.collections.defaultdict everywhere.

class buildbot.util.bbcollections.KeyedSets

This is a collection of named sets. In principle, it contains an empty set for every name, and you can add things to sets, discard things from sets, and so on.

>>> ks = KeyedSets()
>>> ks['tim']                   # get a named set
set([])
>>> ks.add('tim', 'friendly')   # add an element to a set
>>> ks.add('tim', 'dexterous')
>>> ks['tim']
set(['friendly', 'dexterous'])
>>> 'tim' in ks                 # membership testing
True
>>> 'ron' in ks
False
>>> ks.discard('tim', 'friendly')# discard set element
>>> ks.pop('tim')               # return set and reset to empty
set(['dexterous'])
>>> ks['tim']
set([])

This class is careful to conserve memory space - empty sets do not occupy any space.

3.3.7.3. buildbot.util.eventual

This function provides a simple way to say “please do this later”. For example

from buildbot.util.eventual import eventually
def do_what_I_say(what, where):
    # ...
    return d
eventually(do_what_I_say, "clean up", "your bedroom")

The package defines “later” as “next time the reactor has control”, so this is a good way to avoid long loops that block another activity in the reactor.

buildbot.util.eventual.eventually(cb, *args, **kwargs)

Parameters:

• cb – callable to invoke later

• args – args to pass to cb

• kwargs – kwargs to pass to cb

Invoke the callable cb in a later reactor turn.

Callables given to eventually are guaranteed to be called in the same order as the calls to eventually – writing eventually(a); eventually(b) guarantees that a will be called before b.

Any exceptions that occur in the callable will be logged with log.err(). If you really want to ignore them, provide a callable that catches those exceptions.

This function returns None. If you care to know when the callable was run, be sure to provide a callable that notifies somebody.

buildbot.util.eventual.fireEventually(value=None)

Parameters:

value – value with which the Deferred should fire

Returns:

Deferred

This function returns a Deferred which will fire in a later reactor turn, after the current call stack has been completed, and after all other Deferreds previously scheduled with eventually. The returned Deferred will never fail.

buildbot.util.eventual.flushEventualQueue()

Returns:

Deferred

This returns a Deferred which fires when the eventual-send queue is finally empty. This is useful for tests and other circumstances where it is useful to know that “later” has arrived.

3.3.7.4. buildbot.util.debounce

It’s often necessary to perform some action in response to a particular type of event. For example, steps need to update their status after updates arrive from the worker. However, when many events arrive in quick succession, it’s more efficient to only perform the action once, after the last event has occurred.

The debounce.method(wait, until_idle=False) decorator is the tool for the job.

buildbot.util.debounce.method(wait, until_idle=False, get_reactor)

Parameters:

• wait – time to wait before invoking, in seconds

• until_idle – resets the timer on every call

• get_reactor – A callable that takes the underlying instance and returns the reactor to use. Defaults to instance.master.reactor.

Returns a decorator that debounces the underlying method. The underlying method must take no arguments (except self).

Calls are “debounced”, meaning that multiple calls to the decorated method will result in a single invocation.

When until_idle is True, the underlying method will be called after wait seconds have elapsed since the last time the decorated method have been called. In case of constant stream, it will never be called.

When until_idle is False, the underlying method will be called after wait seconds have elapsed since the first time the decorated method have been called. In case of constant stream, it will called about once every wait seconds (plus the time the method takes to execute)

The decorated method is an instance of Debouncer, allowing it to be started and stopped. This is useful when the method is a part of a Buildbot service: call method.start() from startService and method.stop() from stopService, handling its Deferred appropriately.

class buildbot.util.debounce.Debouncer

stop()

Returns:

Deferred

Stop the debouncer. While the debouncer is stopped, calls to the decorated method will be ignored. If a call is pending when stop is called, that call will occur immediately. When the Deferred that stop returns fires, the underlying method is not executing.

start()

Start the debouncer. This reverses the effects of stop. This method can be called on a started debouncer without issues.

3.3.7.5. buildbot.util.poll

Many Buildbot services perform some periodic, asynchronous operation. Change sources, for example, contact the repositories they monitor on a regular basis. The tricky bit is, the periodic operation must complete before the service stops.

The @poll.method decorator makes this behavior easy and reliable.

buildbot.util.poll.method()

This decorator replaces the decorated method with a Poller instance configured to call the decorated method periodically. The poller is initially stopped, so periodic calls will not begin until its start method is called. The start polling interval is specified when the poller is started. A random delay may optionally be supplied. This allows to avoid the situation of multiple services with the same interval are executing at exactly the same time.

If the decorated method fails or raises an exception, the Poller logs the error and re-schedules the call for the next interval.

If a previous invocation of the method has not completed when the interval expires, then the next invocation is skipped and the interval timer starts again.

A common idiom is to call start and stop from startService and stopService:

class WatchThings(object):

    @poll.method
    def watch(self):
        d = self.beginCheckingSomething()
        return d

    def startService(self):
        self.watch.start(interval=self.pollingInterval, now=False)

    def stopService(self):
        return self.watch.stop()

class buildbot.util.poll.Poller

start(interval=N, now=False, random_delay_min=0, random_delay_max=0)

Parameters:

• interval – time, in seconds, between invocations

• now – if true, call the decorated method immediately on startup.

• random_delay_min – Minimum random delay to apply to the start time of the decorated method.

• random_delay_min – Maximum random delay to apply to the start time of the decorated method.

Start the poller.

stop()

Returns:

Deferred

Stop the poller. The returned Deferred fires when the decorated method is complete.

__call__()

Force a call to the decorated method now. If the decorated method is currently running, another call will begin as soon as it completes unless the poller is currently stopping.

3.3.7.6. buildbot.util.maildir

Several Buildbot components make use of maildirs to hand off messages between components. On the receiving end, there’s a need to watch a maildir for incoming messages and trigger some action when one arrives.

class buildbot.util.maildir.MaildirService(basedir)

param basedir:

(optional) base directory of the maildir

A MaildirService instance watches a maildir for new messages. It should be a child service of some MultiService instance. When running, this class uses the linux dirwatcher API (if available) or polls for new files in the ‘new’ maildir subdirectory. When it discovers a new message, it invokes its messageReceived method.

To use this class, subclass it and implement a more interesting messageReceived function.

setBasedir(basedir)

Parameters:

basedir – base directory of the maildir

If no basedir is provided to the constructor, this method must be used to set the basedir before the service starts.

messageReceived(filename)

Parameters:

filename – unqualified filename of the new message

This method is called with the short filename of the new message. The full name of the new file can be obtained with os.path.join(maildir, 'new', filename). The method is un-implemented in the MaildirService class, and must be implemented in subclasses.

moveToCurDir(filename)

Parameters:

filename – unqualified filename of the new message

Returns:

open file object

Call this from messageReceived to start processing the message; this moves the message file to the ‘cur’ directory and returns an open file handle for it.

3.3.7.7. buildbot.util.misc

buildbot.util.misc.deferredLocked(lock)

Parameters:

lock – a twisted.internet.defer.DeferredLock instance or a string naming an instance attribute containing one

This is a decorator to wrap an event-driven method (one returning a Deferred) in an acquire/release pair of a designated DeferredLock. For simple functions with a static lock, this is as easy as:

someLock = defer.DeferredLock()

@util.deferredLocked(someLock)
def someLockedFunction():
    # ..
    return d

For class methods which must access a lock that is an instance attribute, the lock can be specified by a string, which will be dynamically resolved to the specific instance at runtime:

def __init__(self):
    self.someLock = defer.DeferredLock()

@util.deferredLocked('someLock')
def someLockedFunction():
    # ..
    return d

buildbot.util.misc.cancelAfter(seconds, deferred)

Parameters:

• seconds – timeout in seconds

• deferred – deferred to cancel after timeout expires

Returns:

the deferred passed to the function

Cancel the given deferred after the given time has elapsed, if it has not already been fired. When this occurs, the deferred’s errback will be fired with a twisted.internet.defer.CancelledError failure.

3.3.7.8. buildbot.util.netstrings

Similar to maildirs, netstrings are used occasionally in Buildbot to encode data for interchange. While Twisted supports a basic netstring receiver protocol, it does not have a simple way to apply that to a non-network situation.

class buildbot.util.netstrings.NetstringParser

This class parses strings piece by piece, either collecting the accumulated strings or invoking a callback for each one.

feed(data)

Parameters:

data – a portion of netstring-formatted data

Raises:

twisted.protocols.basic.NetstringParseError

Add arbitrarily-sized data to the incoming-data buffer. Any complete netstrings will trigger a call to the stringReceived method.

Note that this method (like the Twisted class it is based on) cannot detect a trailing partial netstring at EOF - the data will be silently ignored.

stringReceived(string):

Parameters:

string – the decoded string

This method is called for each decoded string as soon as it is read completely. The default implementation appends the string to the strings attribute, but subclasses can do anything.

strings

The strings decoded so far, if stringReceived is not overridden.

3.3.7.9. buildbot.util.sautils

This module contains a few utilities that are not included with SQLAlchemy.

class buildbot.util.sautils.InsertFromSelect(table, select)

Parameters:

• table – table into which insert should be performed

• select – select query from which data should be drawn

This class is taken directly from SQLAlchemy’s compiler.html, and allows a Pythonic representation of INSERT INTO .. SELECT .. queries.

buildbot.util.sautils.sa_version()

Return a 3-tuple representing the SQLAlchemy version. Note that older versions that did not have a __version__ attribute are represented by (0,0,0).

3.3.7.10. buildbot.util.pathmatch

class buildbot.util.pathmatch.Matcher

This class implements the path-matching algorithm used by the data API.

Patterns are tuples of strings, with strings beginning with a colon (:) denoting variables. A character can precede the colon to indicate the variable type:

• i specifies an identifier (identifier).

• n specifies a number (parseable by int).

A tuple of strings matches a pattern if the lengths are identical, every variable matches and has the correct type, and every non-variable pattern element matches exactly.

A matcher object takes patterns using dictionary-assignment syntax:

ep = ChangeEndpoint()
matcher[('change', 'n:changeid')] = ep

and performs matching using the dictionary-lookup syntax:

changeEndpoint, kwargs = matcher[('change', '13')]
# -> (ep, {'changeid': 13})

where the result is a tuple of the original assigned object (the Change instance in this case) and the values of any variables in the path.

iterPatterns()

Returns an iterator which yields all patterns in the matcher as tuples of (pattern, endpoint).

3.3.7.11. buildbot.util.topicmatch

class buildbot.util.topicmatch.TopicMatcher(topics)

Parameters:

topics (list) – topics to match

This class implements the AMQP-defined syntax: routing keys are treated as dot-separated sequences of words and matched against topics. A star (*) in the topic will match any single word, while an octothorpe (#) will match zero or more words.

matches(routingKey)

Parameters:

routingKey (string) – routing key to examine

Returns:

True if the routing key matches a topic

3.3.7.12. buildbot.util.subscription

The classes in the buildbot.util.subscription module are used for master-local subscriptions. In the near future, all uses of this module will be replaced with message-queueing implementations that allow subscriptions and subscribers to span multiple masters.

3.3.7.13. buildbot.util.croniter

(deprecated)

This module is a copy of https://github.com/taichino/croniter, and provides support for converting cron-like time specifications to actual times.

3.3.7.14. buildbot.util.state

The classes in the buildbot.util.state module are used for dealing with object state stored in the database.

class buildbot.util.state.StateMixin

This class provides helper methods for accessing the object state stored in the database.

name

This must be set to the name to be used to identify this object in the database.

master

This must point to the BuildMaster object.

getState(name, default)

Parameters:

• name – name of the value to retrieve

• default – (optional) value to return if name is not present

Returns:

state value via a Deferred

Raises:

• KeyError – if name is not present and no default is given

• TypeError – if JSON parsing fails

Get a named state value from the object’s state.

setState(name, value)

Parameters:

• name – the name of the value to change

• value – the value to set - must be a JSONable object

• returns – Deferred

Raises:

TypeError – if JSONification fails

Set a named state value in the object’s persistent state. Note that value must be json-able.

3.3.7.15. buildbot.util.identifiers

This module makes it easy to manipulate identifiers.

buildbot.util.identifiers.isIdentifier(maxLength, object)

Parameters:

• maxLength – maximum length of the identifier

• object – object to test for identifier-ness

Returns:

boolean

Is object a identifier?

buildbot.util.identifiers.forceIdentifier(maxLength, str)

Parameters:

• maxLength – maximum length of the identifier

• str – string to coerce to an identifier

Returns:

identifier of maximum length maxLength

Coerce a string (assuming UTF-8 for bytestrings) into an identifier. This method will replace any invalid characters with _ and truncate to the given length.

buildbot.util.identifiers.incrementIdentifier(maxLength, str)

Parameters:

• maxLength – maximum length of the identifier

• str – identifier to increment

Returns:

identifier of maximum length maxLength

Raises:

ValueError if no suitable identifier can be constructed

“Increment” an identifier by adding a numeric suffix, while keeping the total length limited. This is useful when selecting a unique identifier for an object. Maximum-length identifiers like _999999 cannot be incremented and will raise ValueError.

3.3.7.16. buildbot.util.lineboundaries

class buildbot.util.lineboundaries.LineBoundaryFinder

This class accepts a sequence of arbitrary strings and computes newline-terminated substrings. Input strings are accepted in append function, and newline-terminated substrings are returned.

The class buffers any partial lines until a subsequent newline is seen. It considers any of \r, \n, and \r\n to be newlines. Because of the ambiguity of an append operation ending in the character \r (it may be a bare \r or half of \r\n), the last line of such an append operation will be buffered until the next append or flush.

append(text)

Parameters:

text – text to append to the boundary finder

Returns:

a newline-terminated substring or None

Add additional text to the boundary finder. If the addition of this text completes at least one line, as many complete lines as possible are selected as a result. If no lines are completed, the result will be None.

flush()

Returns:

a newline-terminated substring or None

Flush any remaining partial line by adding a newline.

3.3.7.17. buildbot.util.service

This module implements some useful subclasses of Twisted services.

The first two classes are more robust implementations of two Twisted classes, and should be used universally in Buildbot code.

class buildbot.util.service.AsyncMultiService

This class is similar to twisted.application.service.MultiService, except that it handles Deferreds returned from child services startService and stopService methods.

Twisted’s service implementation does not support asynchronous startService methods. The reasoning is that all services should start at process startup, with no need to coordinate between them. For Buildbot, this is not sufficient. The framework needs to know when startup has completed, so it can begin scheduling builds. This class implements the desired functionality, with a parent service’s startService returning a Deferred which will only fire when all child services startService methods have completed.

This class also fixes a bug with Twisted’s implementation of stopService which ignores failures in the stopService process. With AsyncMultiService, any errors in a child’s stopService will be propagated to the parent’s stopService method.

class buildbot.util.service.AsyncService

This class is similar to twisted.application.service.Service, except that its setServiceParent method will return a Deferred. That Deferred will fire after the startService method has completed, if the service was started because the new parent was already running.

Some services in buildbot must have only one “active” instance at any given time. In a single-master configuration, this requirement is trivial to maintain. In a multiple-master configuration, some arbitration is required to ensure that the service is always active on exactly one master in the cluster.

For example, a particular daily scheduler could be configured on multiple masters, but only one of them should actually trigger the required builds.

class buildbot.util.service.ClusteredService

A base class for a service that must have only one “active” instance in a buildbot configuration.

Each instance of the service is started and stopped via the usual twisted startService and stopService methods. This utility class hooks into those methods in order to run an arbitration strategy to pick the one instance that should actually be “active”.

The arbitration strategy is implemented via a polling loop. When each service instance starts, it immediately offers to take over as the active instance (via _claimService).

If successful, the activate method is called. Once active, the instance remains active until it is explicitly stopped (eg, via stopService) or otherwise fails. When this happens, the deactivate method is invoked and the “active” status is given back to the cluster (via _unclaimService).

If another instance is already active, this offer fails, and the instance will poll periodically to try again. The polling strategy helps guard against active instances that might silently disappear and leave the service without any active instance running.

Subclasses should use these methods to hook into this activation scheme:

activate()

When a particular instance of the service is chosen to be the one “active” instance, this method is invoked. It is the corollary to twisted’s startService.

deactivate()

When the one “active” instance must be deactivated, this method is invoked. It is the corollary to twisted’s stopService.

isActive()

Returns whether this particular instance is the active one.

The arbitration strategy is implemented via the following required methods:

_getServiceId()

The “service id” uniquely represents this service in the cluster. Each instance of this service must have this same id, which will be used in the arbitration to identify candidates for activation. This method may return a Deferred.

_claimService()

An instance is attempting to become the one active instance in the cluster. This method must return True or False (optionally via a Deferred) to represent whether this instance’s offer to be the active one was accepted. If this returns True, the activate method will be called for this instance.

_unclaimService()

Surrender the “active” status back to the cluster and make it available for another instance. This will only be called on an instance that successfully claimed the service and has been activated and after its deactivate has been called. Therefore, in this method it is safe to reassign the “active” status to another instance. This method may return a Deferred.

class buildbot.util.service.SharedService

This class implements a generic Service that needs to be instantiated only once according to its parameters. It is a common use case to need this for accessing remote services. Having a shared service allows to limit the number of simultaneous access to the same remote service. Thus, several completely independent Buildbot services can use that SharedService to access the remote service, and automatically synchronize themselves to not overwhelm it.

__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)

Constructor of the service.

Note that unlike BuildbotService, SharedService is not reconfigurable and uses the classical constructor method.

Reconfigurability would mean to add some kind of reference counting of the users, which will make the design much more complicated to use. This means that the SharedService will not be destroyed when there is no more users, it will be destroyed at the master’s stopService It is important that those SharedService life cycles are properly handled. Twisted will indeed wait for any thread pool to finish at master stop, which will not happen if the thread pools are not properly closed.

The lifecycle of the SharedService is the same as a service, it must implement startService and stopService in order to allocate and free its resources.

getName(cls, *args, **kwargs)

Class method. Takes same arguments as the constructor of the service. Get a unique name for that instance of a service. This returned name is the key inside the parent’s service dictionary that is used to decide if the instance has already been created before or if there is a need to create a new object. Default implementation will hash args and kwargs and use <classname>_<hash> as the name.

getService(cls, parentService, *args, **kwargs)

Parameters:

parentService – an AsyncMultiService where to lookup and register the SharedService (usually the root service, the master)

Returns:

instance of the service via Deferred

Class method. Takes same arguments as the constructor of the service (plus the parentService at the beginning of the list). Construct an instance of the service if needed, and place it at the beginning of the parentService service list. Placing it at the beginning will guarantee that the SharedService will be stopped after the other services.

class buildbot.util.service.BuildbotService

This class is the combinations of all Service classes implemented in buildbot. It is Async, MultiService, and Reconfigurable, and designed to be eventually the base class for all buildbot services. This class makes it easy to manage (re)configured services.

The design separates the check of the config and the actual configuration/start. A service sibling is a configured object that has the same name of a previously started service. The sibling configuration will be used to configure the running service.

Service lifecycle is as follow:

• Buildbot master start

• Buildbot is evaluating the configuration file. BuildbotServices are created, and checkConfig() are called by the generic constructor.

• If everything is fine, all services are started. BuildbotServices startService() is called, and call reconfigService() for the first time.

• User reconfigures buildbot.

• Buildbot is evaluating the configuration file. BuildbotServices siblings are created, and checkConfig() are called by the generic constructor.

• BuildbotServiceManager is figuring out added services, removed services, unchanged services

• BuildbotServiceManager calls stopService() for services that disappeared from the configuration.

• BuildbotServiceManager calls startService() like in buildbot start phase for services that appeared from the configuration.

• BuildbotServiceManager calls reconfigService() for the second time for services that have their configuration changed.

__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)

Constructor of the service. The constructor initializes the service, calls checkConfig() and stores the config arguments in private attributes.

This should not be overridden by subclasses, as they should rather override checkConfig.

canReconfigWithSibling(self, sibling)

This method is used to check if we are able to call

:py:func:`reconfigServiceWithSibling` with the given sibling.

If it returns `False`, we stop the old service and start a new one,

instead of attempting a reconfig.

checkConfig(self, *args, **kwargs)

Please override this method to check the parameters of your config. Please use buildbot.config.error for error reporting. You can replace them *args, **kwargs by actual constructor like arguments with default args, and it have to match self.reconfigService This method is synchronous, and executed in the context of the master.cfg. Please don’t block, or use deferreds in this method. Remember that the object that runs checkConfig is not always the object that is actually started. The checked configuration can be passed to another sibling service. Any actual resource creation shall be handled in reconfigService() or startService()

reconfigService(self, *args, **kwargs)

This method is called at buildbot startup, and buildbot reconfig. *args and **kwargs are the configuration arguments passed to the constructor in master.cfg. You can replace them *args, **kwargs by actual constructor like arguments with default args, and it have to match self.checkConfig

Returns a deferred that should fire when the service is ready. Builds are not started until all services are configured.

BuildbotServices must be aware that during reconfiguration, their methods can still be called by running builds. So they should atomically switch old configuration and new configuration, so that the service is always available.

If this method raises NotImplementedError, it means the service is legacy, and do not support reconfiguration. The BuildbotServiceManager parent, will detect this, and swap old service with new service. This behaviour allow smooth transition of old code to new reconfigurable service lifecycle but shall not be used for new code.

reconfigServiceWithSibling(self, sibling)

Internal method that finds the configuration bits in a sibling, an object with same class that is supposed to replace it from a new configuration. We want to reuse the service started at master startup and just reconfigure it. This method handles necessary steps to detect if the config has changed, and eventually call self.reconfigService()

renderSecrets(self, *args)

Utility method which renders a list of parameters which can be interpolated as a secret. This is meant for services which have their secrets parameter configurable as positional arguments. If there are several argument, the secrets are interpolated in parallel, and a list of result is returned via deferred. If there is one argument, the result is directly returned.

Note

For keyword arguments, a simpler method is to use the secrets class variable, whose items will be automatically interpolated just before reconfiguration.

def reconfigService(self, user, password, ...)
    user, password = yield self.renderSecrets(user, password)

def reconfigService(self, token, ...)
    token = yield self.renderSecrets(token)

secrets = ("user", "password")
def reconfigService(self, user=None, password=None, ...):
    # nothing to do; user and password will be automatically interpolated

Advanced users can derive this class to make their own services that run inside buildbot, and follow the application lifecycle of buildbot master.

Such services are singletons accessible to nearly every object in Buildbot (buildsteps, status, changesources, etc) using self.master.namedServices[‘<nameOfYourService>’].

As such, they can be used to factorize access to external services, available e.g using a REST api. Having a single service will help with caching, and rate-limiting access of those APIs.

Here is an example on how you would integrate and configure a simple service in your master.cfg:

class MyShellCommand(ShellCommand):

    def getResultSummary(self):
        # access the service attribute
        service = self.master.namedServices['myService']
        return dict(step="arg value: %d" % (service.arg1,))

class MyService(BuildbotService):
    name = "myService"

    def checkConfig(self, arg1):
        if not isinstance(arg1, int):
            config.error("arg1 must be an integer while it is %r" % (arg1,))
            return
        if arg1 < 0:
            config.error("arg1 must be positive while it is %d" % (arg1,))

    def reconfigService(self, arg1):
        self.arg1 = arg1
        return defer.succeed(None)

c['schedulers'] = [
    ForceScheduler(
        name="force",
        builderNames=["testy"])]

f = BuildFactory()
f.addStep(MyShellCommand(command='echo hei'))
c['builders'] = [
    BuilderConfig(name="testy",
                  workernames=["local1"],
                  factory=f)]

c['services'] = [
    MyService(arg1=1)
]

3.3.7.18. buildbot.util.httpclientservice

class buildbot.util.httpclientservice.HTTPClientService

This class implements a SharedService for doing http client access. The module automatically chooses from txrequests and treq and uses whichever is installed. It provides minimalistic API similar to the one from txrequests and treq. Having a SharedService for this allows to limits the number of simultaneous connection for the same host. While twisted application can managed thousands of connections at the same time, this is often not the case for the services buildbot controls. Both txrequests and treq use keep-alive connection polling. Lots of HTTP REST API will however force a connection close in the end of a transaction.

Note

The API described here is voluntary minimalistic, and reflects what is tested. As most of this module is implemented as a pass-through to the underlying libraries, other options can work but have not been tested to work in both backends. If there is a need for more functionality, please add new tests before using them.

static getService(master, base_url, auth=None, headers=None, debug=None, verify=None)

Parameters:

• master – the instance of the master service (available in self.master for all the BuildbotService instances)

• base_url – The base http url of the service to access. e.g. http://github.com/

• auth – Authentication information. If auth is a tuple then BasicAuth will be used. e.g ('user', 'passwd') It can also be a requests.auth authentication plugin. In this case txrequests will be forced, and treq cannot be used.

• headers – The headers to pass to every requests for this url

• debug – log every requests and every response.

• verify – disable the SSL verification.

Returns:

instance of :HTTPClientService

Get an instance of the SharedService. There is one instance per base_url and auth.

The constructor initialize the service, and store the config arguments in private attributes.

This should not be overridden by subclasses, as they should rather override checkConfig.

This function has been deprecated. Please use HTTPSession.

get(endpoint, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP GET. This function has been deprecated. Please use HTTPSession.

delete(endpoint, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP DELETE. This function has been deprecated. Please use HTTPSession.

post(endpoint, data=None, json=None, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• data – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/x-www-form-urlencoded

• json – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/json

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP POST. This function has been deprecated. Please use HTTPSession.

Note

json and data cannot be used at the same time.

put(endpoint, data=None, json=None, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• data – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/x-www-form-urlencoded

• json – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/json

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP PUT. This function has been deprecated. Please use HTTPSession.

Note

json and data cannot be used at the same time.

update_headers(headers)

Parameters:

headers – dictionary of string key-value pairs containing headers to add to the session.

Adds or updates the session with the given headers. All subsequent HTTP requests will contain the additional headers specified in this call.

class buildbot.util.httpclientservice.HTTPSession

A class that encapsulates certain parameters of connection to HTTP URLs and allows to perform connections to them.

Example usage in a service.

s = HTTPSession(self.master.httpservice, "https://api.github.com")
r = await s.get("/repos/buildbot/buildbot/releases")
print(r.json())

Usually HTTPSession is used by creating an instance of it in service constructor and reusing it throughout the life of the service.

__init__(http: HTTPClientService, base_url: str, auth=None, headers=None, debug=None, verify=None)

Parameters:

• http – the instance of HTTPClientService to use. It is available as self.master.httpservice for all the BuildbotService instances.

• base_url – The base http url of the server to access. e.g. http://github.com/

• auth – Authentication information. If auth is a tuple then BasicAuth will be used. e.g ('user', 'passwd') It can also be a requests.auth authentication plugin. In this case txrequests will be forced, and treq cannot be used.

• headers – The headers to pass to every requests for this url

• debug – log every requests and every response.

• verify – disable the SSL verification.

Creates a HTTPSession instance.

get(endpoint, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP GET

delete(endpoint, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP DELETE

post(endpoint, data=None, json=None, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• data – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/x-www-form-urlencoded

• json – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/json

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP POST

Note

json and data cannot be used at the same time.

put(endpoint, data=None, json=None, params=None)

Parameters:

• endpoint – endpoint. It must either be a full URL (starts with http:// or https://) or relative to the base_url (starts with /)

• data – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/x-www-form-urlencoded

• json – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the body of the http requests as application/json

• params – optional dictionary that will be encoded in the query part of the url (e.g. ?param1=foo)

Returns:

implementation of :IHTTPResponse via deferred

Performs a HTTP PUT

Note

json and data cannot be used at the same time.

class buildbot.util.httpclientservice.IHTTPResponse

Note

IHTTPResponse is a subset of treq Response API described here. The API it is voluntarily minimalistic and reflects what is tested and reliable to use with the three backends (including fake). The API is a subset of the treq API, which is itself a superset of twisted IResponse API. treq is thus implemented as passthrough.

Notably:

• There is no API to automatically decode content, as this is not implemented the same in both backends.

• There is no API to stream content as the two libraries have very different way for doing it, and we do not see use-case where buildbot would need to transfer large content to the master.

content()

Returns:

raw (bytes) content of the response via deferred

json()

Returns:

json decoded content of the response via deferred

code

Returns:

http status code of the request’s response (e.g 200)

url

Returns:

request’s url (e.g https://api.github.com/endpoint’)

3.3.7.19. buildbot.test.fake.httpclientservice

class buildbot.test.fake.httpclientservice.HTTPClientService

This class implements a fake version of the buildbot.util.httpclientservice.HTTPClientService that needs to be used for testing services which need http client access. It implements the same APIs as buildbot.util.httpclientservice.HTTPClientService, plus one that should be used to register the expectations. It should be registered by the test case before the tested service actually requests an HTTPClientService instance, with the same parameters. It will then replace the original implementation automatically (no need to patch anything).

getService(cls, master, case, *args, **kwargs)

Parameters:

• master – the instance of a fake master service

• case – a twisted.python.unittest.TestCase instance

getService returns a fake HTTPClientService, and should be used just like the regular getService.

It will make sure the original HTTPClientService is not called, and assert that all expected http requests have been described in the test case.

expect(self, method, ep, params=None, data=None, json=None, code=200, content=None, content_json=None, processing_delay_s=None)

Parameters:

• method – expected HTTP method

• ep – expected endpoint

• params – optional expected query parameters

• data – optional expected non-json data (bytes)

• json – optional expected json data (dictionary or list or string)

• code – optional http code that will be received

• content – optional content that will be received

• content_json – optional content encoded in json that will be received

• processing_delay_s – optional delay that the handling of the request will take

Records an expectation of HTTP requests that will happen during the test. The order of the requests is important. All the request expectation must be defined in the test.

For example:

from twisted.internet import defer
from twisted.trial import unittest

from buildbot.test.fake import httpclientservice as fakehttpclientservice
from buildbot.util import httpclientservice
from buildbot.util import service


class MyTestedService(service.BuildbotService):
    name = 'myTestedService'

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def reconfigService(self, baseurl):
        self._http = yield httpclientservice.HTTPSession(
            self.master.httpservice, baseurl)

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def doGetRoot(self):
        res = yield self._http.get("/")
        # note that at this point, only the http response headers are received
        if res.code != 200:
            raise RuntimeError("%d: server did not succeed" % (res.code))
        res_json = yield res.json()
        # res.json() returns a deferred to account for the time needed to fetch the
        # entire body
        return res_json


class Test(unittest.TestCase):

    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def setUp(self):
        baseurl = 'http://127.0.0.1:8080'
        self.parent = service.MasterService()
        self._http = \
            yield fakehttpclientservice.HTTPClientService.getService(self.parent, self,
                                                                     baseurl))
        self.tested = myTestedService(baseurl)

        yield self.tested.setServiceParent(self.parent)
        yield self.parent.startService()

    def test_root(self):
        self._http.expect("get", "/", content_json={'foo': 'bar'})

        response = yield self.tested.doGetRoot()
        self.assertEqual(response, {'foo': 'bar'})

    def test_root_error(self):
        self._http.expect("get", "/", content_json={'foo': 'bar'}, code=404)

        with self.assertRaises(RuntimeError) as e:
            yield self.tested.doGetRoot()
        self.assertIn('404: server did not succeed', str(e.exception))

3.3.7.20. buildbot.util.ssl

This module is a copy of twisted.internet.ssl except it won’t crash with ImportError if pyopenssl is not installed. If you need to use twisted.internet.ssl, please instead use buildbot.util.ssl, and call ssl.ensureHasSSL in checkConfig to provide helpful message to the user, only if they enabled SSL for your plugin.

buildbot.util.ssl.ensureHasSSL(plugin_name)

Parameters:

plugin_name – name of the plugin. Usually self.__class__.__name__

Call this function to provide helpful config error to the user in case of OpenSSL not installed.

buildbot.util.ssl.skipUnless(f)

Parameters:

f – decorated test

Test decorator which will skip the test if OpenSSL is not installed.

3.3.8. Build Result Codes

Buildbot represents the status of a step, build, or buildset using a set of numeric constants. From Python, these constants are available in the module buildbot.process.results, but the values also appear in the database and in external tools, so the values are fixed.

buildbot.process.results.SUCCESS

Value: 0; color: green; a successful run.

buildbot.process.results.WARNINGS

Value: 1; color: orange; a successful run, with some warnings.

buildbot.process.results.FAILURE

Value: 2; color: red; a failed run, due to problems in the build itself, as opposed to a Buildbot misconfiguration or bug.

buildbot.process.results.SKIPPED

Value: 3; color: white; a run that was skipped – usually a step skipped by doStepIf (see Parameters Common to all Steps)

buildbot.process.results.EXCEPTION

Value: 4; color: purple; a run that failed due to a problem in Buildbot itself.

buildbot.process.results.RETRY

Value: 5; color: purple; a run that should be retried, usually due to a worker disconnection.

buildbot.process.results.CANCELLED

Value: 6; color: pink; a run that was cancelled by the user.

buildbot.process.results.Results

A dictionary mapping result codes to their lowercase names.

buildbot.process.results.worst_status(a, b)

This function takes two status values, and returns the “worst” status of the two. This is used to aggregate step statuses into build statuses, and build statuses into buildset statuses.

buildbot.process.results.computeResultAndTermination(obj, result, previousResult)

Parameters:

• obj – an object with the attributes of ResultComputingConfigMixin

• result – the new result

• previousResult – the previous aggregated result

Building on worst_status, this function determines what the aggregated overall status is, as well as whether the attempt should be terminated, based on the configuration in obj.

class buildbot.process.results.ResultComputingConfigMixin

This simple mixin is intended to help implement classes that will use computeResultAndTermination. The class has, as class attributes, the result computing configuration parameters with default values:

haltOnFailure

flunkOnWarnings

flunkOnFailure

warnOnWarnings

warnOnFailure

The names of these attributes are available in the following attribute:

resultConfig

3.3.9. WWW Server

3.3.9.1. History and Motivation

One of the goals of the ‘nine’ project is to rework Buildbot’s web services to use a more modern, consistent design and implement UI features in client-side JavaScript instead of server-side Python.

The rationale behind this is that a client side UI relieves pressure on the server while being more responsive for the user. The web server only concentrates on serving data via a REST interface wrapping the Data API. This removes a lot of sources of latency where, in previous versions, long synchronous calculations were made on the server to generate complex pages.

Another big advantage is live updates of status pages, without having to poll or reload. The new system uses Comet techniques in order to relay Data API events to connected clients.

Finally, making web services an integral part of Buildbot, rather than a status plugin, allows tighter integration with the rest of the application.

3.3.9.2. Design Overview

The www service exposes three pieces via HTTP:

• A REST interface wrapping Data API;

• HTTP-based messaging protocols wrapping the Messaging and Queues interface; and

• Static resources implementing the client-side UI.

The REST interface is a very thin wrapper: URLs are translated directly into Data API paths, and results are returned directly, in JSON format. It is based on JSON API. Control calls are handled with a simplified form of JSONRPC 2.0.

The message interface is also a thin wrapper around Buildbot’s MQ mechanism. Clients can subscribe to messages, and receive copies of the messages, in JSON, as they are received by the buildmaster.

The client-side UI is an AngularJS application. Buildbot uses the Python setuptools entry-point mechanism to allow multiple packages to be combined into a single client-side experience. This allows frontend developers and users to build custom components for the web UI without hacking Buildbot itself.

Python development and AngularJS development are very different processes, requiring different environment requirements and skillsets. To maximize hackability, Buildbot separates the two cleanly. An experienced AngularJS hacker should be quite comfortable in the www/ directory, with a few exceptions described below. Similarly, an experienced Python hacker can simply download the pre-built web UI (from pypi!) and never venture near the www/ directory.

URLs

The Buildbot web interface is rooted at its base URL, as configured by the user. It is entirely possible for this base URL to contain path components, e.g., http://build.example.org/buildbot/, if hosted behind an HTTP proxy. To accomplish this, all URLs are generated relative to the base URL.

Overall, the space under the base URL looks like this:

• / – The HTML document that loads the UI

• /config – Returns implementation-defined master configuration used by the frontend UI. The same data may be embedded directly into the HTML document returned by the / URL.

• /api/v{version} – The root of the REST APIs, each versioned numerically. Users should, in general, use the latest version.

• /ws – The WebSocket endpoint to subscribe to messages from the mq system.

• /sse – The server sent event endpoint where clients can subscribe to messages from the mq system.

3.3.9.3. REST API

Rest API is described in its own section.

3.3.9.4. Server-Side Session

The web server keeps a session state for each user, keyed on a session cookie. This session is available from request.getSession(), and data is stored as attributes. The following attributes may be available:

user_info

A dictionary maintained by the authentication subsystem. It may have the following information about the logged-in user:

• username

• email

• full_name

• groups (a list of group names)

As well as additional fields specific to the user info implementation.

The contents of the user_info dictionary are made available to the UI as config.user.

3.3.9.5. Message API

Currently, messages are implemented with two protocols, WebSockets and server sent events.

WebSocket

WebSocket is a protocol for arbitrary messaging to and from a browser. As an HTTP extension, the protocol is not yet well supported by all HTTP proxy technologies. Although, it has been reported to work well used behind the https protocol. Only one WebSocket connection is needed per browser.

The client can connect using the url ws[s]://<BB_BASE_URL>/ws.

The protocol used is a simple in-house protocol based on json. The structure of a command from the client is as follows:

{ "cmd": "<command name>", '_id': <id of the command>, "arg1": arg1, "arg2": arg2 }

• cmd is used to reference a command name

• _id is used to track the response, can be any unique number or string, generated by the client. It needs to be unique per websocket session.

Response is sent asynchronously, reusing _id to track which command is responded.

Success answer example would be:

{ "msg": "OK", "_id": 1, "code": 200 }

Error answer example would be:

{ "_id": 1, "code": 404, "error": "no such command 'poing'" }

The client can send several commands without waiting for a response.

Responses are not guaranteed to be sent in order.

Several commands are implemented:

ping

{ "_id": 1, "cmd": "ping" }

The server will respond with a “pong” message:

{ "_id": 1, "msg": "pong", "code": 200 }

startConsuming

Start consuming events that match path. paths are described in the Messaging and Queues section. For size optimization reasons, paths are joined with “/”, and with the None wildcard replaced by “*”.

{ "_id": 1, "cmd": "startConsuming", "path": "change/*/*" }

Success answer example will be:

{ "msg": "OK", "_id": 1, "code": 200 }

stopConsuming

Stop consuming events that were previously registered with path.

{ "_id": 1, "cmd": "stopConsuming", "path": "change/*/*" }

Success answer example will be:

{ "msg": "OK", "_id": 1, "code": 200 }

The client will receive events as websocket frames encoded in json with the following format:

{ "k": key, "m": message }

Server Sent Events

SSE is a simpler protocol than WebSockets and is more REST compliant. It uses the chunk-encoding HTTP feature to stream the events. SSE also does not work well behind an enterprise proxy, unless you use the https protocol.

The client can connect using following endpoints:

• http[s]://<BB_BASE_URL>/sse/listen/<path>: Start listening to events on the http connection. Optionally, setup a first event filter on <path>. The first message send is a handshake, giving a uuid that can be used to add or remove event filters.

• http[s]://<BB_BASE_URL>/sse/add/<uuid>/<path>: Configure a sse session to add an event filter

• http[s]://<BB_BASE_URL>/sse/remove/<uuid>/<path>: Configure a sse session to remove an event filter

Note that if a load balancer is setup as a front end to buildbot web masters, the load balancer must be configured to always use the same master given a client IP address for /sse endpoint.

The client will receive events as sse events, encoded with the following format:

event: event
data: { "key": <key>, "message": <message> }

The first event received is a handshake, and is used to inform the client about the uuid to use for configuring additional event filters

event: handshake
data: <uuid>

3.3.10. Javascript Data Module

The Data module is a reusable AngularJS module used to access Buildbot’s data API from the browser. Its main purpose is to handle the 3 way binding.

2 way binding is the angular MVVM concept, which seamlessly synchronise the view and the model. Here, we introduce an additional way of synchronisation, which is from the server to the model.

We use the message queue and the websocket interfaces to maintain synchronisation between the server and the client.

The client application just needs to query the needed data using a highlevel API, and the data module uses the best approach to make the data always up to date.

Once the binding is set up by the controller, everything is automatically up to date.

3.3.10.1. Base Concepts

Collections

All the data you can get are Collections. Even a query to a single resource returns a collection. A collection is an Array subclass which has extra capabilities:

• It listens to the event stream and is able to maintain itself up-to-date

• It implements client side queries in order to guarantee up-to-date filtering, ordering and limiting queries.

• It has a fast access to each item it contains via its id.

• It has its own event handlers so that the client code can react when the Collection is changing

Wrappers

Each data type contained in a collection is wrapped in a javascript object. This allows to create some custom enhancements to the data model. For example, the Change wrapper decodes the author name and email from the “author” field.

Each wrapper class also has specific access methods, which allow to access more data from the REST hierarchy.

Installation

The Data module is available as a standalone AngularJS module.

Installation via yarn:

yarn add buildbot-data

Inject the bbData module to your application:

angular.module('myApp', ['bbData'])

Service API

class DataService()

DataService is the service used for accessing the Buildbot data API. It has a modern interface for accessing data in such a way that the updating of the data via web socket is transparent.

DataService.open()

Returns:

a DataAccessor which handles 3 way data binding

Open a new accessor every time you need to update the data in a controller.

It registers on $destroy event on the scope, and thus automatically unsubscribes from updates when the data is not used anymore.

// open a new accessor every time you need updating data in a controller
class DemoController {
    constructor($scope, dataService) {
        // automatically closes all the bindings when the $scope is destroyed
        const data = dataService.open().closeOnDestroy($scope);

        // request new data, it updates automatically
        this.builders = data.getBuilders({limit: 10, order: '-started_at'});
    }
}

DataService.getXs([id][, query])

Xs can be the following: Builds, Builders, Buildrequests, Buildsets, Workers, Changes, Changesources, Forceschedulers, Masters, Schedulers, Sourcestamps.

It’s highly advised to use these methods instead of the lower level get('string').

Returns:

collection which will eventually contain all the requested data

The collections returned without using an accessor are not automatically updated. So use those methods only when you know the data are not changing.

// assign builds to $scope.builds and then load the steps when the builds are discovered
// onNew is called at initial load
$scope.builds = dataService.getBuilds({builderid: 1});
$scope.builds.onNew = build => build.loadSteps();

DataService.get(endpoint[, id][, query])

Returns:

a collection; when the promise is resolved, the collection contains all the requested data

// assign builds to $scope.builds once the Collection is filled
const builderid = 1;
$scope.builds = dataService.get(`builders/${builderid}/builds`, {limit: 1});
$scope.builds.onNew = build => build.loadSteps();

// assign builds to $scope.builds before the Collection is filled using the
// getArray() method
$scope.builds = dataService.get('builds', {builderid: 1});

DataService.control(url, method[, params])

Returns:

a promise; sends a JSON RPC2 POST request to the server

// open a new accessor every time you need to update the data in a controller
dataService.control('forceschedulers/force', 'force')
    .then(response => $log.debug(response),
          reason => $log.error(reason));

class DataAccessor()

DataAccessor object is returned by the dataService.open() method.

DataAccessor.closeOnDestroy($scope)

Registers scope destruction as waterfall destruction for all collection accessed via this accessor.

DataAccessor.close()

Destructs all collections previously accessed via this accessor. Destroying a collection means it will unsubscribe from any events necessary to maintain it up-to-date.

DataAccessor.getXs([id][, query])

Same methods as in DataService, except here the data will be maintained up-to-date.

Returns:

a collection which will eventually contain all the requested data

class Collections()

Collections.get(id)

This method does not do any network access, and thus only knows about data already fetched.

Returns:

one element of the collection by id, or undefined, if this id is unknown to the collection.

Collections.hasOwnProperty(id)

Returns:

true if this id is known by this collection.

Collections.close()

Forcefully unsubscribes this connection from auto-update. Normally, this is done automatically on scope destruction, but sometimes, when you got enough data, you want to save bandwidth and disconnect the collection.

Collections.put(object)

Inserts one plain object to the collection. As an external API, this method is only useful for unit tests to simulate new data coming asynchronously.

Collections.from(object_list)

Inserts several plain objects to the collection. This method is only useful for unit tests to simulate new data coming asynchronously.

Collections.onNew = (object) ->()

Callback method which is called when a new object arrives in the collection. This can be called either when initial data is coming via REST API, or when data is coming via the event stream. The affected object is given in parameter. this context is the collection.

Collections.onUpdate = (object) ->()

Callback method which is called when an object is modified. This is called when data is coming via the event stream. The affected object is given in parameter. this context is the collection.

Collections.onChange = (collection) ->()

Callback method which is called when an object is modified. This is called when data is coming via the event stream. this context is the collection. The full collection is given in parameter (in case you override this via fat arrow).

Collections.$ready

Attribute similar to what ngResource provides. True after first server interaction is completed, false before that. Knowing if the Collection has been resolved is useful in data-binding (for example to display a loading graphic).

class Wrapper()

Wrapper objects are objects stored in the collection. These objects have specific methods, depending on their types.

Wrapper.getXs([id][, query])

Same as DataService.getXs, but with a relative endpoint.

Returns:

a collection; when the promise is resolved, the collection contains all the requested data

// assign builds to $scope.builds once the Collection is filled
$scope.builds = dataService.getBuilds({builderid: 1});
$scope.builds.onNew = function(b) {
    b.complete_steps = b.getSteps({complete:true});
    b.running_steps = b.getSteps({complete:false});
};

Wrapper.loadXs([id][, query])

o.loadXs() is equivalent to o.xs = o.getXs().

Returns:

a collection; the collection contains all the requested data, which is also assigned to o.Xs

// get builder with id = 1
dataService.getBuilders(1).onNew = builder => {
    // load all builds in builder.builds
    builder.loadBuilds().onNew(build => {
        // load all buildsteps in build.steps
        build.loadSteps();
    });
};

Wrapper.control(method, params)

Returns:

a promise; sends a JSON RPC2 POST request to the server

3.3.11. Base web application

3.3.11.1. JavaScript Application

The client side of the web UI is written in JavaScript and based on the AngularJS framework and concepts.

This is a Single Page Application. All Buildbot pages are loaded from the same path, at the master’s base URL. The actual content of the page is dictated by the fragment in the URL (the portion following the # character). Using the fragment is a common JS technique to avoid reloading the whole page over HTTP when the user changes the URI or clicks on a link.

AngularJS

The best place to learn about AngularJS is its own documentation.

AngularJS strong points are:

• A very powerful MVC system allowing automatic update of the UI when data changes

• A Testing Framework and philosophy

• A deferred system similar to the one from Twisted

• A fast growing community and ecosystem

On top of Angular, we use nodeJS tools to ease development:

• webpack build system, seamlessly build the app, watch files for modification, rebuild and reload browser in dev mode. In production mode, the build system minifies html, css and js, so that the final app is only 3 files to download (+img)

• pug template language (aka jade), adds syntax sugar and readability to angular html templates

• Bootstrap is a CSS library providing known good basis for our styles

• Font Awesome is a coherent and large icon library

Additionally the following npm modules are loaded by webpack and are available to plugins:

• @uirouter/angularjs

• angular-animate

• angular-ui-boostrap

• d3

• jQuery

For the exact versions of these dependencies, check www/base/package.json.

Extensibility

The Buildbot UI is designed for extensibility. The base application should be pretty minimal and only include very basic status pages. The base application cannot be disabled, so any page that’s not absolutely necessary should be put in plugins. You can also completely replace the default application by another application more suitable to your needs.

Some Web plugins are maintained inside Buildbot’s git repository, but this is not required in order for a plugin to work. Unofficial plugins are possible and encouraged.

Typical plugin source code layout is:

setup.py

Standard setup script. Most plugins should use the same boilerplate, which implements building the BuildBot plugin app as part of the package setup. Minimal adaptation is needed.

<pluginname>/__init__.py

The python entrypoint. Must contain an “ep” variable of type buildbot.www.plugin.Application. Minimal adaptation is needed

webpack.config.js

Configuration for Webpack. Few changes are usually needed here. Please see webpack docs for details.

src/...

Source code for the AngularJS application.

package.json

Declares npm dependencies and development scripts.

MANIFEST.in

Needed by setup.py for sdist generation. You need to adapt this file to match the name of your plugin.

Plugins are packaged as python entry-points for the buildbot.www namespace. The python part is defined in the buildbot.www.plugin module. The entrypoint must contain a twisted.web Resource, that is populated in the web server in /<pluginname>/.

The plugin may only add an http endpoint, or it could add a full JavaScript UI. This is controlled by the ui argument of the Application endpoint object. If ui==True, then it will automatically load /<pluginname>/scripts.js and /<pluginname>/styles.css into the angular.js application. Additionally, an angular.js module with the name <pluginname> will be registered as a dependency of the main app module. The scripts.js file may register some new states to $stateProvider or add new menu items via glMenuProvider for example.

The plugin writers may add more REST APIs to /<pluginname>/api. For that, a reference to the master singleton is provided in master attribute of the Application entrypoint. The plugins are not restricted to Twisted, and could even load a wsgi application using flask, django, or some other framework.

Check out the official BuildBot www plugins for examples. The www/grid_view and www/badges are good examples of plugins with and without a JavaScript UI respectively.

Routing

AngularJS uses a router to match URLs and choose which page to display. The router we use is ui.router. Menu is managed by guanlecoja-ui’s glMenuProvider. Please look at ui.router and guanlecoja-ui documentation for details.

Typically, a route registration will look like following example:

   class MyState {

        // Dependency injection: we inject $stateProvider and glMenuServiceProvider
        constructor($stateProvider, glMenuServiceProvider) {
            // Name of the state
            const name = 'myname';
            const caption = 'My Name Plugin';

            // Configuration
            glMenuServiceProvider.addGroup({
                name: name,
                caption: caption,           // text of the menu
                icon: 'exclamation-circle', // icon, from Font-Awesome
                // Order in the menu, as menu are declared in several places,
                // we need this to control menu order
                order: 5
            });
            const cfg = {
                group: name,
                caption: caption
            };

            // Register new state
            const state = {
                controller: "myStateController",
                template: require('./myname.tpl.jade'),
                name: name,
                url: `/${name}`,
                data: cfg
            };
            $stateProvider.state(state);
        }
    }

angular.module('mymodule')
.config(['$stateProvider', 'glMenuServiceProvider', MyState]);

Directives

We use angular directives as much as possible to implement reusable UI components.

Linking with Buildbot

A running buildmaster needs to be able to find the JavaScript source code it needs to serve the UI. This needs to work in a variety of contexts - Python development, JavaScript development, and end-user installations. To accomplish this, the www build process finishes by bundling all of the static data into a Python distribution tarball, along with a little bit of Python glue. The Python glue implements the interface described below, with some care taken to handle multiple contexts.

See Hacking the Buildbot JavaScript for a more extensive explanation and tutorial.

3.3.11.2. Testing Setup

buildbot_www uses Karma to run the JavaScript test suite. This is the official test framework made for angular.js. We don’t run the front-end testsuite inside the python ‘trial’ test suite, because testing python and JS is technically very different.

Karma needs a browser to run the unit test in. It supports all the major browsers. Given our current experience, we did not see any bugs yet that would only happen on a particular browser. This is the reason why only Chrome is used for testing at the moment.

Debug with karma

console.log is available via karma. In order to debug the unit tests, you can also use the global variable dump, which dumps any object for inspection in the console. This can be handy to be sure that you don’t let debug logs in your code to always use dump.

Testing with real data

It is possible to run only the frontend and proxy the requests to another BuildBot instance. This allows to make front-end work on realistic data without bothering to reproduce the setup locally.

This is implemented as the master/buildbot/scripts/devproxy.py aiohttp server.

To run it, set up and enable a virtualenv like the one described in Create a Buildbot Python Environment. Then execute the script as follows:

buildbot dev-proxy

There are many options which are documented as usual with --help.

Note that dev-proxy does not work with most of authentication except basic password. You can steal a document.cookie string from your real Buildbot and then pass to dev-proxy using the --auth_cookie option.

3.3.12. Authentication

Buildbot’s HTTP authentication subsystem supports a rich set of information about users:

• User credentials: Username and proof of ownership of that username.

• User information: Additional information about the user, including

  • email address

  • full name

  • group membership

• Avatar information: a small image to represent the user.

Buildbot’s authentication subsystem is designed to support several authentication modes:

• Simple username/password authentication.

  The Buildbot UI prompts for a username and password and the backend verifies them.

• External authentication by an HTTP Proxy.

  An HTTP proxy in front of Buildbot performs the authentication and passes the verified username to Buildbot in an HTTP Header.

• Authentication by a third-party website.

  Buildbot sends the user to another site such as GitHub to authenticate and receives a trustworthy assertion of the user’s identity from that site.

3.3.12.1. Implementation

Authentication is implemented by an instance of AuthBase. This instance is supplied directly by the user in the configuration file. A reference to the instance is available at self.master.www.auth.

3.3.12.2. Username / Password Authentication

In this mode, the Buildbot UI displays a form allowing the user to specify a username and password. When this form is submitted, the UI makes an AJAX call to /auth/login including HTTP Basic Authentication headers. The master verifies the contents of the header and updates the server-side session to indicate a successful login or to contain a failure message. Once the AJAX call is complete, the UI reloads the page, re-fetching /config.js, which will include the username or failure message from the session.

Subsequent access is authorized based on the information in the session; the authentication credentials are not sent again.

3.3.12.3. External Authentication

Buildbot’s web service can be run behind an HTTP proxy. Many such proxies can be configured to perform authentication on HTTP connections before forwarding the request to Buildbot. In these cases, the results of the authentication are passed to Buildbot in an HTTP header.

In this mode, authentication proceeds as follows:

• The web browser connects to the proxy, requesting the Buildbot home page

• The proxy negotiates authentication with the browser, as configured

• Once the user is authenticated, the proxy forwards the request and the request goes to the Buildbot web service. The request includes a header, typically Remote-User, containing the authenticated username.

• Buildbot reads the header and optionally connects to another service to fetch additional user information about the user.

• Buildbot stores all of the collected information in the server-side session.

• The UI fetches /config.js, which includes the user information from the server-side session.

Note that in this mode, the HTTP proxy will send the header with every request, although it is only interpreted during the fetch of /config.js.

Kerberos Example

Kerberos is an authentication system which allows passwordless authentication on corporate networks. Users authenticate once on their desktop environment, and the OS, browser, webserver, and corporate directory cooperate in a secure manner to share the authentication to a webserver. This mechanism only takes care of the authentication problem, and no user information is shared other than the username. The kerberos authentication is supported by an Apache front-end in mod_kerberos.

3.3.12.4. Third-Party Authentication

Third-party authentication involves Buildbot redirecting a user’s browser to another site to establish the user’s identity. Once that is complete, that site redirects the user back to Buildbot, including a cryptographically signed assertion about the user’s identity.

The most common implementation of this sort of authentication is oAuth2. Many big internet service companies are providing oAuth2 services to identify their users. Most oAuth2 services provide authentication and user information in the same API.

The following process is used for third-party authentication:

• The web browser connects to the Buildbot UI

• A session cookie is created, but the user is not yet authenticated. The UI adds a widget entitled Login via GitHub (or whatever third party is configured)

• When the user clicks on the widget, the UI fetches /auth/login, which returns a bare URL on github.com. The UI loads that URL in the browser, with an effect similar to a redirect.

• GitHub authenticates the user, if necessary, and requests permission for Buildbot to access the user’s information.

• On success, the GitHub web page redirects back to Buildbot’s /auth/login?code=.., with an authentication code.

• Buildbot uses this code to request more information from GitHub, and stores the results in the server-side session. Finally, Buildbot returns a redirect response, sending the user’s browser to the root of the Buildbot UI. The UI code will fetch /config.js, which contains the login data from the session.

3.3.12.5. Logout

A “logout” button is available in the simple and third-party modes. Such a button doesn’t make sense for external authentication, since the proxy will immediately re-authenticate the user.

This button fetches /auth/logout, which destroys the server-side session. After this point, any stored authentication information is gone and the user is logged out.

3.3.12.6. Future Additions

• Use the User table in db: This is a very similar to the UserPasswordAuth use cases (form + local db verification). Eventually, this method will require some work on the UI in order to populate the db, add a “register” button, verification email, etc. This has to be done in a ui plugin.

3.3.13. Authorization

Buildbot authorization is designed to address the following requirements:

• Most of the configuration is only data: We avoid to require from the user to write callbacks for most of the use cases. This is to allow to load the config from yaml or json, and eventually do a UI for authorization config.

• Separation of concerns:

  • Mapping users to roles

  • Mapping roles to REST endpoints

• Configuration should not need hardcoding endpoint paths

• Easy to extend

3.3.13.1. Use cases

• Members of admin group should have access to all resources and actions

• Developers can run the “try” builders

• Integrators can run the “merge” builders

• Release team can run the “release” builders

• There are separate teams for different branches or projects, but the roles are identical

• Owners of builds can stop builds or buildrequests

• Secret branch’s builds are hidden from people except explicitly authorized

3.3.14. Master-Worker API

This section describes the master-worker interface. It covers the communication protocol of the “classic” remote Worker. Notice there are other types of workers which behave a bit differently, such as Local Worker and Latent Worker.

3.3.14.1. Connection

The interface is based on Twisted’s Perspective Broker, which operates over TCP connections.

The worker connects to the master, using the parameters supplied to buildbot-worker create-worker. It uses a reconnecting process with an exponential backoff, and will automatically reconnect on disconnection.

Once connected, the worker authenticates with the Twisted Cred (newcred) mechanism, using the username and password supplied to buildbot-worker create-worker. The mind behind the worker is the worker bot instance (class buildbot_worker.pb.BotPb).

On the master side, the realm is implemented by buildbot.pbmanager.Dispatcher, which examines the username of incoming avatar requests. There are special cases for change and debug, which are not discussed here. For all other usernames, the botmaster is consulted, and if a worker with that name is configured, its buildbot.worker.Worker instance is returned as the perspective.

3.3.14.2. Workers

At this point, the master-side Worker object has a pointer to the remote worker-side Bot object in its self.worker, and the worker-side Bot object has a reference to the master-side Worker object in its self.perspective.

Bot methods

The worker-side Bot object has the following remote methods:

remote_getCommands

Returns a dictionary for all commands the worker recognizes: the key of the dictionary is the command name and the command version is the value.

remote_setBuilderList

Given a list of builders and their build directories, ensures that those builders, and only those builders, are running. This can be called after the initial connection is established, with a new list, to add or remove builders.

This method returns a dictionary of WorkerForBuilder objects - see below.

remote_print

Adds a message to the worker logfile.

remote_getWorkerInfo

Returns a dictionary with the contents of the worker’s info/ directory (i.e. file name is used as key and file contents as the value). This dictionary also contains the following keys:

environ

copy of the workers environment

system

OS the worker is running (extracted from Python’s os.name)

basedir

base directory where the worker is running

numcpus

number of CPUs on the worker, either as configured or as detected (since buildbot-worker version 0.9.0)

version

worker’s version (same as the result of remote_getVersion call)

worker_commands

worker supported commands (same as the result of remote_getCommands call)

remote_getVersion

Returns the worker’s version.

remote_shutdown

Shuts down the worker cleanly.

Worker methods

The master-side object has the following method:

perspective_keepalive

Does nothing - used to keep traffic flowing over the TCP connection

3.3.14.3. Setup

After the initial connection and trading of a mind (buildbot_worker.pb.BotPb) for an avatar (Worker), the master calls the Bot’s setBuilderList method to set up the proper builders on the worker side. This method returns a reference to each of the new worker-side WorkerForBuilderPb objects, described below. Each of these is handed to the corresponding master-side WorkerForBuilder object.

This immediately calls the remote setMaster method, and then the print method.

3.3.14.4. Pinging

To ping a remote Worker, the master calls its print method.

3.3.14.5. Building

When a build starts, the master calls the worker’s startBuild method. Each BuildStep instance will subsequently call the startCommand method, passing a reference to itself as the stepRef parameter. The startCommand method returns immediately, and the end of the command is signalled with a call to a method on the master-side BuildStep object.

3.3.14.6. Worker For Builders

Each worker has a set of builders which can run on it. These are represented by distinct classes on the master and worker, just like the Worker and Bot objects described above.

On the worker side, builders are represented as instances of the buildbot_worker.pb.WorkerForBuilderPb class. On the master side, they are represented by the buildbot.process.workerforbuilder.WorkerForBuilder class. The identical names are a source of confusion. The following will refer to these as the worker-side and master-side Worker For Builder classes. Each object keeps a reference to its opposite in self.remote.

Worker-Side WorkerForBuilderPb Methods

remote_setMaster

Provides a reference to the master-side Worker For Builder

remote_print

Adds a message to the worker logfile; used to check round-trip connectivity

remote_startBuild

Indicates that a build is about to start, and that any subsequent commands are part of that build

remote_startCommand

Invokes a command on the worker side

remote_interruptCommand

Interrupts the currently-running command

Master-side WorkerForBuilder Methods

The master side does not have any remotely-callable methods.

3.3.14.7. Commands

The actual work done by the worker is represented on the master side by a buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand instance.

The command instance keeps a reference to the worker-side buildbot_worker.pb.WorkerForBuilderPb, and calls methods like remote_startCommand to start new commands. Once that method is called, the WorkerForBuilderPb instance keeps a reference to the command, and calls the following methods on it:

Master-Side RemoteCommand Methods

remote_update

Update information about the running command. See below for the format.

remote_complete

Signal that the command is complete, either successfully or with a Twisted failure.

3.3.14.8. Updates

Updates from the worker, sent via remote_update, are a list of individual update elements. Each update element is, in turn, a list of the form [data, 0], where the 0 is present for historical reasons. The data is a dictionary, with keys describing the contents. The updates are handled by remote_update.

Updates with different keys can be combined into a single dictionary or delivered sequentially as list elements, at the worker’s option.

To summarize, an updates parameter to remote_update might look like this:

[
    [ { 'header' : 'running command..' }, 0 ],
    [ { 'stdout' : 'abcd', 'stderr' : 'local modifications' }, 0 ],
    [ { 'log' : ( 'cmd.log', 'cmd invoked at 12:33 pm\n' ) }, 0 ],
    [ { 'rc' : 0 }, 0 ],
]

Defined Commands

The following commands are defined on the workers.

shell

Runs a shell command on the worker. This command takes the following arguments:

command

The command to run. If this is a string, it will be passed to the system shell as a string. Otherwise, it must be a list, which will be executed directly.

workdir

The directory in which to run the command, relative to the builder dir.

env

A dictionary of environment variables to augment or replace the existing environment on the worker. In this dictionary, PYTHONPATH is treated specially: it should be a list of path components, rather than a string, and will be prepended to the existing Python path.

initial_stdin

A string which will be written to the command’s standard input before it is closed.

want_stdout

If false, then no updates will be sent for stdout.

want_stderr

If false, then no updates will be sent for stderr.

usePTY

If true, the command should be run with a PTY (POSIX only). This defaults to False.

not_really

If true, skip execution and return an update with rc=0.

timeout

Maximum time without output before the command is killed.

maxTime

Maximum overall time from the start before the command is killed.

max_lines

Maximum overall produced lines by the command, then it is killed.

logfiles

A dictionary specifying logfiles other than stdio. Keys are the logfile names, and values give the workdir-relative filename of the logfile. Alternately, a value can be a dictionary; in this case, the dictionary must have a filename key specifying the filename, and can also have the following keys:

follow

Only follow the file from its current end-of-file, rather that starting from the beginning.

logEnviron

If false, the command’s environment will not be logged.

The shell command sends the following updates:

stdout

The data is a bytestring which represents a continuation of the stdout stream. Note that the bytestring boundaries are not necessarily aligned with newlines.

stderr

Similar to stdout, but for the error stream.

header

Similar to stdout, but containing data for a stream of Buildbot-specific metadata.

rc

The exit status of the command, where – in keeping with UNIX tradition – 0 indicates success and any nonzero value is considered a failure. No further updates should be sent after an rc.

failure_reason

Value is a string and describes additional scenarios when a process failed. The value of the failure_reason key can be one of the following:

• timeout if the command timed out due to time specified by the maxTime parameter being exceeded.

• timeout_without_output if the command timed out due to time specified by the timeout parameter being exceeded.

• max_lines_failure if the command is killed due to the number of lines specified by the max_lines parameter being exceeded.

log

This update contains data for a logfile other than stdio. The data associated with the update is a tuple of the log name and the data for that log. Note that non-stdio logs do not distinguish output, error, and header streams.

uploadFile

Upload a file from the worker to the master. The arguments are

workdir

Base directory for the filename, relative to the builder’s basedir.

workersrc

Name of the filename to read from, relative to the workdir.

writer

A remote reference to a writer object, described below.

maxsize

Maximum size, in bytes, of the file to write. The operation will fail if the file exceeds this size.

blocksize

The block size with which to transfer the file.

keepstamp

If true, preserve the file modified and accessed times.

The worker calls a few remote methods on the writer object. First, the write method is called with a bytestring containing data, until all of the data has been transmitted. Then, the worker calls the writer’s close, followed (if keepstamp is true) by a call to upload(atime, mtime).

This command sends rc and stderr updates, as defined for the shell command.

uploadDirectory

Similar to uploadFile, this command will upload an entire directory to the master, in the form of a tarball. It takes the following arguments:

workdir workersrc writer maxsize blocksize

See uploadFile for these arguments.

compress

Compression algorithm to use – one of None, 'bz2', or 'gz'.

The writer object is treated similarly to the uploadFile command, but after the file is closed, the worker calls the master’s unpack method with no arguments to extract the tarball.

This command sends rc and stderr updates, as defined for the shell command.

downloadFile

This command will download a file from the master to the worker. It takes the following arguments:

workdir

Base directory for the destination filename, relative to the builder basedir.

workerdest

Filename to write to, relative to the workdir.

reader

A remote reference to a reader object, described below.

maxsize

Maximum size of the file.

blocksize

The block size with which to transfer the file.

mode

Access mode for the new file.

The reader object’s read(maxsize) method will be called with a maximum size, which will return no more than that number of bytes as a bytestring. At EOF, it will return an empty string. Once EOF is received, the worker will call the remote close method.

This command sends rc and stderr updates, as defined for the shell command.

mkdir

This command will create a directory on the worker. It will also create any intervening directories required. It takes the following argument:

dir

Directory to create.

The mkdir command produces the same updates as shell.

rmdir

This command will remove a directory or file on the worker. It takes the following arguments:

dir

Directory to remove.

timeout maxTime

See shell above.

The rmdir command produces the same updates as shell.

cpdir

This command will copy a directory from one place to another place on the worker. It takes the following arguments:

fromdir

Source directory for the copy operation, relative to the builder’s basedir.

todir

Destination directory for the copy operation, relative to the builder’s basedir.

timeout maxTime

See shell above.

The cpdir command produces the same updates as shell.

stat

This command returns status information about a file or directory. It takes a single parameter, file, specifying the filename relative to the builder’s basedir.

It produces two status updates:

stat

The return value from Python’s os.stat.

rc

0 if the file is found, otherwise 1.

glob

This command finds all pathnames matching a specified pattern that uses shell-style wildcards. It takes a single parameter, path, specifying the pattern to pass to Python’s glob.glob function.

It produces two status updates:

files

The list of matching files returned from glob.glob

rc

0 if the glob.glob does not raise exception, otherwise 1.

listdir

This command reads the directory and returns the list with directory contents. It takes a single parameter, dir, specifying the directory relative to the builder’s basedir.

It produces two status updates:

files

The list of files in the directory returned from os.listdir

rc

0 if the os.listdir does not raise exception, otherwise 1.

rmfile

This command removes the file in the worker base directory. It takes a single parameter, path, specifying the file path relative to the builder’s basedir.

It produces one status update:

rc

0 if the os.remove does not raise exception, otherwise the corresponding errno.

3.3.15. Master-Worker connection with MessagePack over WebSocket protocol

Note

This is experimental protocol.

Messages between master and worker are sent using WebSocket protocol in both directions. Data to be sent conceptually is a dictionary and is encoded using MessagePack. One such encoded dictionary corresponds to one WebSocket message.

Authentication happens during opening WebSocket handshake using standard HTTP Basic authentication. Worker credentials are sent in the value of the HTTP “Authorization” header. Master checks if the credentials match and if not - the connection is terminated.

A WebSocket message can be either a request or a response. Request message is sent when one side wants another one to perform an action. Once the action is performed, the other side sends the response message back. A response message is mandatory for every request message.

3.3.15.1. Message key-value pairs

This section describes a general structure of messages. It applies for both master and worker.

Request message

A request message must contain at least these keys: seq_number, op. Additional key-value pairs may be supplied depending on the request type.

seq_number

Value is an integer. seq_number must be unique for every request message coming from a particular side. The purpose of seq_number value is to link the request message with response message. Response message will carry the same seq_number value as in corresponding request message.

op

Value is a string. It must not be response. Each side has a predefined set of commands that another side may invoke. op specifies the command to be invoked by requesting side.

Response message

A response message must contain at least these keys: seq_number, op, result.

seq_number

Value is an integer. It represents a number which was specified in the corresponding request message.

op

Value is a string, always a response.

result

Value is None when success. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

3.3.15.2. Messages from master to worker

print

Request

This message requests worker to print a message to its log.

seq_number

Described in section on Request message structure.

op

Value is a string print.

message

Value is a string. It represents the string to be printed in worker’s log.

Response

Worker prints a message from master to its log.

seq_number

Described in section on Response message structure.

op

Value is a string response.

result

Value is None if log was printed successfully. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

keep-alive

Request

Master sends this message to check if the connection is still working.

seq_number

Described in section on Request message structure.

op

Value is a string keepalive.

Response

Response indicates that connection is still working.

seq_number

Described in section on Response message structure.

op

Value is a string response.

result

Value is None.

get_worker_info

Request

This message requests worker to collect and send the information about itself back to the master. Only op and seq_number values are sent, because worker does not need any additional arguments for this action.

op

Value is a string get_worker_info.

seq_number

Described in section on Request message structure.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section on Response message structure.

result

Value is a dictionary that contains data about worker. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

Key-value pairs in result dictionary represent:

environ

Value is a dict. It represents environment variables of the worker.

system

Value is a string. It represents a name of the operating system dependent module imported.

basedir

Value is a string. It represents a path to build directory.

numcpus

Value is an integer. It represents a number of CPUs in the system. If CPUs number for the worker is not detected, number 1 is set.

version

Value is a string. It represents worker version.

worker_commands

Value is a dictionary. Keys of this dictionary represent the commands that worker is able to perform. Values represent the command version.

Additionally, files in Worker ‘basedir/info’ directory are read as key-value pairs. Key is a name of a file and value is the content of a file. As a convention, there are files named ‘admin’ and ‘host’:

admin

Value is a string. It specifies information about administrator responsible for this worker.

host

Value is a string. It specifies the name of the host.

set_worker_settings

Request

Master sends this message to set worker settings. The settings must be sent from master before first command.

seq_number

Described in section on Request message structure.

op

Value is a string set_worker_settings.

args

Value is a dictionary. It represents the settings needed for worker to format command output and buffer messages. The following settings are mandatory:

• “buffer_size” - the maximum size of buffer in bytes to fill before sending an update message.

• “buffer_timeout” - the maximum time in seconds that data can wait in buffer before update message is sent.

• “newline_re” - the pattern in output string, which will be replaced with newline symbol.

• “max_line_length” - the maximum size of command output line in bytes.

Response

seq_number

Described in section on Response message structure.

op

Value is a string response.

result

Value is None if success. Otherwise – message of exception.

start_command

Request

This message requests worker to start a specific command. Master does not have to wait for completion of previous commands before starting a new one, so many different commands may be running in worker simultaneously.

Each start command request message has a unique command_id value.

Worker may be sending request update messages to master which update master about status of started command. When worker sends a request update message about command, the message takes a command_id value from corresponding start command request message. Accordingly master can match update messages to the commands they correspond to. When command execution in worker is completed, worker sends a request complete message to master with the command_id value of the completed command. It allows master to track which command exactly was completed.

op

Value is a string start_command.

seq_number

Described in section Request message structure.

command_id

Value is a string value that is unique per worker connection.

command_name

Value is a string. It represents a name of the command to be called.

args

Value is a dictionary. It represents arguments needed to run the command and any additional information about a command.

Arguments of all different commands are explained in section start_command request types.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message structure.

result

Value is None when success. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

interrupt_command

Request

This message requests worker to halt the specified command.

seq_number

Described in section Request message

op

Value is a string interrupt_command.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies the command to interrupt.

why

Value is a string. It represents the reason of interrupting command.

Response

During this command worker may also send back additional update messages to the master. Update messages are explained in section update.

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message

result

Value is None if success. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

shutdown

Request

This message requests worker to shutdown itself. Action does not require arguments, so only op and seq_number values are sent.

seq_number

Described in section Request message

op

The value is a string shutdown.

Response

Worker returns result: None without waiting for completion of shutdown.

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None if success. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

3.3.15.3. Messages from worker to master

update

From the start of a command till its completion, worker may be updating master about the processes of commands it requested to start. These updates are sent in an update messages.

Request

seq_number

Described in section Request message.

op

Value is a string update.

args

Value is a list of two-element lists. These two elements in sub-lists represent name-value pairs: first element is the name of update and second is its value. The names and values are further explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_upload_file_write

Request

op

Value is a string update_upload_file_write.

args

Contents of the chunk from the file that worker read.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_upload_file_close

By this command worker states that no more data will be transferred.

Request

op

Value is a string update_upload_file_close.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_upload_file_utime

Request

op

Value is a string update_upload_file_utime.

access_time

Value is a floating point number. It is a number of seconds that passed from the start of the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 (UTC)) and last access of path.

modified_time

Value is a floating point number. It is a number of seconds that passed from the start of the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 (UTC)) and last modification of path.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_read_file

Request

op

Value is a string update_read_file.

length

Maximum number of bytes of data to read.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is data of length length that master read from its file. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_read_file_close

By this command worker states that no more data will be transferred.

Request

op

Value is a string update_read_file_close.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_upload_directory_write

Request

op

Value is a string update_upload_directory_write.

args

Contents of the chunk from the directory that worker read.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

update_upload_directory_unpack

By this command worker states that no more data will be transferred.

Request

op

Value is a string update_upload_directory_unpack.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command the update refers to.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the update. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

complete

Notifies master that the remote command has finished.

Request

seq_number

Described in section Request message

op

Value is a string complete.

args

None if a command succeeded. A message of error as a string if command failed.

command_id

Value is a string which identifies command to complete.

Response

op

Value is a string response.

seq_number

Described in section Response message.

result

Value is None when master successfully acknowledges the completion. Otherwise – message of exception.

is_exception

This key-value pair is optional. If request succeeded this key-value pair is absent. Otherwise, its value is a boolean True and the message of exception is specified in the value of result.

3.3.15.4. start_command request types

Request causes worker to start performing an action. There are multiple types of the request each supporting a particular type of worker action. The basic structure of request is the same as explained in section Request message.

Values of command_name and args keys depend on the specific command within the request message dictionary. command_name is a string which defines command type. args is a dictionary which defines the arguments and other variables worker needs to perform the command successfully. Worker starts a program specified in the key command_name and sends updates to the master about ongoing command.

Command names and their arguments dictionary key-value pairs are explained below.

Command_name: shell

Runs a shell command on the worker.

workdir

Value is a string. workdir is an absolute path and overrides the builder directory. The resulting path represents the worker directory to run the command in.

env

Value is a dictionary and is optional. It contains key-value pairs that specify environment variables for the environment in which a new command is started.

If the value is of type list, its elements are concatenated to a single string using a platform specific path separator between the elements.

If this dictionary contains “PYTHONPATH” key, path separator and “$PYTHONPATH” is appended to that value.

Resulting environment dictionary sent to the command is created following these rules:

1. If env has value for specific key and it is None, resulting dictionary does not have this key.

2. If env has value for specific key and it is not None, resulting dictionary contains this value with substitutions applied.

Any matches of a pattern ${name} in this value, where name is any number of alphanumeric characters, are substituted with the value of the same key from worker environment.

3. If a specific key from worker environment is not present in env, resulting dictionary contains that key-value pair from worker environment.

want_stdout

Value is a bool and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is True. If value is True, worker sends update log messages to master from the process stdout output.

want_stderr

Value is a bool and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is True. If value is True, worker sends update log messages to the master from the process stderr output.

logfiles

Value is a dictionary and is optional. If the value is not specified, the default is an empty dictionary.

This dictionary specifies logfiles other than stdio.

Keys are the logfile names.

Worker reads this logfile and sends the data with the update message, where logfile name as a key identifies data of different logfiles.

Value is a dictionary. It contains the following keys:

filename

Value is a string. It represents the filename of the logfile, relative to worker directory where the command is run.

follow

Value is a boolean. If True - only follow the file from its current end-of-file, rather than starting from the beginning. The default is False.

timeout

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is None. It represents, how many seconds a worker should wait before killing a process after it gives no output.

maxTime

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is None. It represents, how many seconds a worker should wait before killing a process. Even if command is still running and giving the output, maxTime variable sets the maximum time the command is allowed to be performing. If maxTime is set to None, command runs for as long as it needs unless timeout specifies otherwise.

max_lines

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is None. It represents, how many produced lines a worker should wait before killing a process. If max_lines is set to None, command runs for as long as it needs unless timeout or maxTime specifies otherwise.

sigtermTime

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is None. It specifies how to abort the process. If sigtermTime is not None when aborting the process, worker sends a signal SIGTERM. After sending this signal, worker waits for sigtermTime seconds of time and if the process is still alive, sends the signal SIGKILL. If sigtermTime is None, worker does not wait and sends signal SIGKILL to the process immediately.

usePTY

Value is a bool and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is False. True to use a PTY, False to not use a PTY.

logEnviron

Value is a bool and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is True. If True, worker sends to master an update message with process environment key-value pairs at the beginning of a process.

initial_stdin

Value is a string or None. If not None, the value is sent to the process as an initial stdin after process is started. If value is None, no initial stdin is sent.

command

Value is a list of strings or a string. It represents the name of a program to be started and its arguments. If this is a string, it will be invoked via /bin/sh shell by calling it as /bin/sh -c <command>. Otherwise, it must be a list, which will be executed directly.

If command succeeded, worker sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair. It can also send many other update messages with keys such as header, stdout or stderr to inform about command execution. If command failed, it sends rc value with the error number. If command timed out, it sends failure_reason key. The value of the failure_reason key can be one of the following:

• timeout if the command timed out due to time specified by the maxTime parameter being exceeded.

• timeout_without_output if the command timed out due to time specified by the timeout parameter being exceeded.

• max_lines_failure if the command is killed due to the number of lines specified by the max_lines parameter being exceeded.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: upload_file

Worker reads the contents of its file and sends them in chunks to write into the file on masters’s side.

path

Value is a string. It specifies the path of the worker file to read from.

maxsize

Value is an integer. Maximum number of bytes to transfer from the worker. The operation will fail if the file exceeds this size. Worker will send messages with data to master until it notices it exceeded maxsize.

blocksize

Value is an integer. Maximum size for each data block to be sent to master.

keepstamp

Value is a bool. It represents whether to preserve “file modified” and “accessed” times. True is for preserving.

Workers sends data to master with one or more update_upload_file_write messages. After reading the file is over, worker sends update_upload_file_close message. If keepstamp was True, workers sends update_upload_file_utime message. If command succeeded, worker sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair. It can also send update messages with key header or stderr to inform about command execution.

If command failed, worker sends update_upload_file_close message and the update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: upload_directory

Similar to upload_file. This command will upload an entire directory to the master, in the form of a tarball.

path

Value is a string. It specifies the path of the worker directory to upload.

maxsize

Value is an integer. Maximum number of bytes to transfer from the worker. The operation will fail if the tarball file exceeds this size. Worker will send messages with data to master until it notices it exceeded maxsize.

blocksize

Value is an integer. Maximum size for each data block to be sent to master.

compress

Compression algorithm to use – one of None, ‘bz2’, or ‘gz’.

Worker sends data to the master with one or more update_upload_directory_write messages. After reading the directory, worker sends update_upload_directory_unpack with no arguments to extract the tarball and rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair if the command succeeded.

Otherwise, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: download_file

Downloads a file from master to worker.

path

Value is a string. It specifies the path of the worker file to create.

maxsize

Value is an integer. Maximum number of bytes to transfer from the master. The operation will fail if the file exceeds this size. Worker will request data from master until it notices it exceeded maxsize.

blocksize

Value is an integer. It represents maximum size for each data block to be sent from master to worker.

mode

Value is None or an integer which represents an access mode for the new file.

256 - owner has read permission.

128 - owner has write permission.

64 - owner has execute permission.

32 - group has read permission.

16 - group has write permission.

8 - group has execute permission.

4 - others have read permission.

2 - others have write permission.

1 - others have execute permission.

If None, file has default permissions.

If command succeeded, worker will send rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair.

Otherwise, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: listdir

This command reads the directory and returns the list with directory contents.

path

Value is a string. It specifies the path of a directory to list.

If command succeeded, the list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by that path is sent via update message in args key files. Worker will also send rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair. If command failed, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: mkdir

This command will create a directory on the worker. It will also create any intervening directories required.

paths

Value is a list of strings. It specifies absolute paths of directories to create.

If command succeeded, worker will send rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair.

Otherwise, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name rmdir

This command will remove directories or files on the worker.

paths

Value is a list of strings. It specifies absolute paths of directories or files to remove.

logEnviron

Value is a bool and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is True. If True, worker sends to master an update message with process environment key-value pairs at the beginning of a process.

timeout

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is 120s. It represents how many seconds a worker should wait before killing a process when it gives no output.

maxTime

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is None. It represents, how many seconds a worker should wait before killing a process. Even if command is still running and giving the output, maxTime variable sets the maximum time the command is allowed to be performing. If maxTime is set to None, command runs for as long as it needs unless timeout specifies otherwise.

If command succeeded, worker sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair. It can also send many update messages with key header, stdout or stderr to inform about command execution. If command failed, worker changes the permissions of a directory and tries the removal once again. If that does not help, worker sends rc value with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: cpdir

This command copies a directory from one place in the worker to another.

from_path

Value is a string. It specifies the absolute path to the source directory for the copy operation.

to_path

Value is a string. It specifies the absolute path to the destination directory for the copy operation.

logEnviron

Value is a bool. If True, worker sends to master an update message with process environment key-value pairs at the beginning of a process.

timeout

Value is an integer. If value is not specified, the default is 120s. It represents, how many seconds a worker should wait before killing a process if it gives no output.

maxTime

Value is an integer and is optional. If value is not specified, the default is None. It represents, how many seconds a worker should wait before killing a process. Even if command is still running and giving the output, maxTime variable sets the maximum time the command is allowed to be performing. If maxTime is set to None, command runs for as long as it needs unless timeout specifies otherwise.

If command succeeded, worker sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair. It can also send many update messages with key header, stdout or `stderr` to inform about command execution. If command failed, it sends ``rc value with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: stat

This command returns status information about workers file or directory.

path

Value is a string. It specifies the path of a file or directory to get the status of.

If command succeeded, status information is sent to the master in an update message, where args has a key stat with a value of a tuple of these 10 elements:

0 - File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions) in Unix convention.

1 - Platform dependent, but if non-zero, uniquely identifies the file for a specific device.

2 - Unique ID of disc device where this file resides.

3 - Number of hard links.

4 - ID of the file owner.

5 - Group ID of the file owner.

6 - If the file is a regular file or a symbolic link, size of the file in bytes, otherwise unspecified.

Timestamps depend on the platform:

Unix time or the time of Windows creation, expressed in seconds.

7 - time of last access in seconds.

8 - time of last data modification in seconds.

9 - time of last status change in seconds.

If command succeeded, worker also sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair.

Otherwise, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: glob

Worker sends to the master a possibly-empty list of path names that match shell-style path specification.

path

Value is a string. It specifies a shell-style path pattern. Path pattern can contain shell-style wildcards and must represent an absolute path.

If command succeeded, the result is sent to the master in an update message, where args has a key file with the value of that possibly-empty path list. This path list may contain broken symlinks as in the shell. It is not specified whether path list is sorted.

Worker also sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair.

Otherwise, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

Command_name: rmfile

This command removes the specified file.

path

Value is a string. It specifies a path of a file to delete.

If command succeeded, worker sends rc value 0 as an update message args key-value pair.

Otherwise, worker sends update message with dictionary args key header with information about the error that occurred and another update message with dictionary args key rc with the error number.

The basic structure of worker update message is explained in section Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message.

3.3.15.5. Contents of the value corresponding to args key in the dictionary of update request message

The args key-value pair describes information that the request message sends to master. The value is a list of lists. Each sub-list contains a name-value pair and represents a single update. First element in a list represents the name of update (see below) and second element represents its value. Commands may have their own update names so only common ones are described here.

stdout

Value is a standard output of a process as a string. Some of the commands that master requests worker to start, may initiate processes which output a result as a standard output and this result is saved in the value of stdout. The value satisfies the requirements described in a section below.

rc

Value is an integer. It represents an exit code of a process. 0 if the process exit was successful. Any other number represents a failure.

failure_reason

Value is a string and describes additional scenarios when a process failed. The value of the failure_reason key can be one of the following:

• timeout if the command timed out due to time specified by the maxTime parameter being exceeded.

• timeout_without_output if the command timed out due to time specified by the timeout parameter being exceeded.

• max_lines_failure if the command is killed due to the number of lines specified by the max_lines parameter being exceeded.

header

Value is a string of a header. It represents additional information about how the command worked. For example, information may include the command name and arguments, working directory and environment or various errors or warnings of a process or other information that may be useful for debugging. The value satisfies the requirements described in a section below.

files

Value is a list of strings.

1. If the update message was a response to master request message start_command with a key value pair command_name and glob, then strings in this list represent path names that matched pathname given by the master.

2. If the update message was a response to master request message start_command with a key value pair command_name and listdir, then strings in this list represent the names of the entries in the directory given by path, which master sent as an argument.

stderr

Value is a standard error of a process as a string. Some of the commands that master requests worker to start may initiate processes which can output a result as a standard error and this result is saved in the value of stderr. The value satisfies the requirements described in a section below.

log

Value is a list where the first element represents the name of the log and the second element is a list, representing the contents of the file. The composition of this second element is described in the section below. This message is used to transfer the contents of the file that master requested worker to read. This file is identified by the name of the log. The same value is sent by master as the key of dictionary represented by logfile key within args dictionary of StartCommand command.

elapsed

Value is an integer. It represents how much time has passed between the start of a command and the completion in seconds.

Requirements for content lists of stdout, stderr, header and log

The lists that represents the contents of the output or a file consist of three elements.

First element is a string with the content, which must be processed using the following algorithm:

• Each value may contain one or more lines (characters with a terminating \n character).

  Each line is not longer than internal maxsize value on worker side. Longer lines are split into multiple lines where each except the last line contains exactly maxsize characters and the last line may contain less.

• The lines are run through an internal worker cleanup regex.

Second element is a list of indexes, representing the positions of newline characters in the string of first tuple element.

Third element is a list of numbers, representing at what time each line was received as an output while processing the command.

The number of elements in both lists is always the same.

3.3.16. Claiming Build Requests

At Buildbot’s core, there exists a distributed job (build) scheduling engine. Future builds are represented by build requests, which are created by schedulers.

When a new build request is created, it is added to the buildrequests table and an appropriate message is sent.

3.3.16.1. Distributing

Each master distributes build requests among its builders by examining the list of available build requests and workers, and accounting for user configuration on build request priorities, worker priorities, and so on. This distribution process is re-run whenever an event occurs that may allow a new build to start.

Such events can be signalled to master with:

• maybeStartBuildsForBuilder when a single builder is affected;

• maybeStartBuildsForWorker when a single worker is affected; or

• maybeStartBuildsForAllBuilders when all builders may be affected.

In particular, when a master receives a new buildrequests message, it performs the equivalent of maybeStartBuildsForBuilder for the affected builder.

3.3.16.2. Claiming

If circumstances are right for a master to begin a build, then it attempts to “claim” the build request. In fact, if several build requests were merged, it attempts to claim them as a group, using the claimBuildRequests DB method. This method uses transactions and an insert into the buildrequest_claims table to ensure that exactly one master succeeds in claiming any particular build request.

If the claim fails, then another master has claimed the affected build requests, and the attempt is abandoned.

If the claim succeeds, then the master sends a message indicating that it has claimed the request. This message can be used by other masters to abandon their attempts to claim this request, although this is not yet implemented.

If the build request is later abandoned (as can happen if, for example, the worker has disappeared), then master will send a message indicating that the request is again unclaimed; like a new buildrequests message, this message indicates that other masters should try to distribute it once again.

3.3.16.3. The One That Got Away

The claiming process is complex, and things can go wrong at just about any point. Through master failures or message/database race conditions, it’s quite possible for a build request to be “missed”, even when resources are available to process it.

To account for this possibility, masters periodically poll the buildrequests table for unclaimed requests and try to distribute them. This resiliency avoids “lost” build requests, at the small cost of a polling delay before the requests are scheduled.

3.3.17. String Encodings

Buildbot expects all strings used internally to be valid Unicode strings - not bytestrings.

Note that Buildbot rarely feeds strings back into external tools in such a way that those strings must match. For example, Buildbot does not attempt to access the filenames specified in a Change. So it is more important to store strings in a manner that will be most useful to a human reader (e.g., in logfiles, web status, etc.) than to store them in a lossless format.

3.3.17.1. Inputs

On input, strings should be decoded, if their encoding is known. Where necessary, the assumed input encoding should be configurable. In some cases, such as filenames, this encoding is not known or not well-defined (e.g., a utf-8 encoded filename in a latin-1 directory). In these cases, the input mechanisms should make a best effort at decoding, and use e.g., the errors='replace' option to fail gracefully on un-decodable characters.

3.3.17.2. Outputs

At most points where Buildbot outputs a string, the target encoding is known. For example, the web status can encode to utf-8. In cases where it is not known, it should be configurable, with a safe fallback (e.g., ascii with errors='replace'. For HTML/XML outputs, consider using errors='xmlcharrefreplace' instead.

3.3.18. Metrics

New in Buildbot 0.8.4 is support for tracking various performance metrics inside the buildbot master process. Currently, these are logged periodically according to the log_interval configuration setting of the metrics configuration.

The metrics subsystem is implemented in buildbot.process.metrics. It makes use of twisted’s logging system to pass metrics data from all over Buildbot’s code to a central MetricsLogObserver object, which is available at BuildMaster.metrics or via Status.getMetrics().

3.3.18.1. Metric Events

MetricEvent objects represent individual items to monitor. There are three sub-classes implemented:

MetricCountEvent

Records incremental increase or decrease of some value, or an absolute measure of some value.

from buildbot.process.metrics import MetricCountEvent

# We got a new widget!
MetricCountEvent.log('num_widgets', 1)

# We have exactly 10 widgets
MetricCountEvent.log('num_widgets', 10, absolute=True)

MetricTimeEvent

Measures how long things take. By default the average of the last 10 times will be reported.

from buildbot.process.metrics import MetricTimeEvent

# function took 0.001s
MetricTimeEvent.log('time_function', 0.001)

MetricAlarmEvent

Indicates the health of various metrics.

from buildbot.process.metrics import MetricAlarmEvent, ALARM_OK

# num_workers looks ok
MetricAlarmEvent.log('num_workers', level=ALARM_OK)

3.3.18.2. Metric Handlers

MetricsHandler objects are responsible for collecting MetricEvents of a specific type and keeping track of their values for future reporting. There are MetricsHandler classes corresponding to each of the MetricEvent types.

3.3.18.3. Metric Watchers

Watcher objects can be added to MetricsHandlers to be called when metric events of a certain type are received. Watchers are generally used to record alarm events in response to count or time events.

3.3.18.4. Metric Helpers

countMethod(name)

A function decorator that counts how many times the function is called.

from buildbot.process.metrics import countMethod

@countMethod('foo_called')
def foo():
    return "foo!"

Timer(name)

Timer objects can be used to make timing events easier. When Timer.stop() is called, a MetricTimeEvent is logged with the elapsed time since timer.start() was called.

from buildbot.process.metrics import Timer

def foo():
    t = Timer('time_foo')
    t.start()
    try:
        for i in range(1000):
            calc(i)
        return "foo!"
    finally:
        t.stop()

Timer objects also provide a pair of decorators, startTimer/stopTimer to decorate other functions.

from buildbot.process.metrics import Timer

t = Timer('time_thing')

@t.startTimer
def foo():
    return "foo!"

@t.stopTimer
def bar():
    return "bar!"

foo()
bar()

timeMethod(name)

A function decorator that measures how long a function takes to execute. Note that many functions in Buildbot return deferreds, so may return before all the work they set up has completed. Using an explicit Timer is better in this case.

from buildbot.process.metrics import timeMethod

@timeMethod('time_foo')
def foo():
    for i in range(1000):
        calc(i)
    return "foo!"

3.3.19. Secrets

A Secret is defined by a key associated with a value, returned from a provider. Secrets returned by providers are stored in a SecretDetails object. A SecretDetails object is initialized with a provider name, a key and a value. Each parameter is an object property.

secret = SecretDetails("SourceProvider", "myKey", "myValue")
print(secret.source)
"SourceProvider"
print(secret.key)
"myKey"
print(secret.value)
"myValue"

3.3.20. Secrets manager

The secrets manager is a Buildbot service manager.

secretsService = self.master.namedServices['secrets']
secretDetailsList = secretsService.get(self.secrets)

The service executes a get method. Depending on the kind of storage chosen and declared in the configuration, the manager gets the selected provider and returns a list of secretDetails.

3.3.21. Secrets providers

The secrets providers are implementing the specific getters, related to the storage chosen.

3.3.21.1. File provider

c['secretsProviders'] = [secrets.SecretInAFile(dirname="/path/toSecretsFiles")]

In the master configuration the provider is instantiated through a Buildbot service secret manager with the file directory path. File secrets provider reads the file named by the key wanted by Buildbot and returns the contained text value (removing trailing newlines if present). SecretInAFile provider allows Buildbot to read secrets in the secret directory.

3.3.21.2. Vault provider

c['secretsProviders'] = [secrets.HashiCorpVaultKvSecretProvider(authenticator=secrets.VaultAuthenticatorApprole(roleId="xxx", secretId="yyy"),
                                                                vault_server="http://localhost:8200")]

In the master configuration, the provider is instantiated through a Buildbot service secret manager with the Vault authenticator and the Vault server address. Vault secrets provider accesses the Vault backend asking the key wanted by Buildbot and returns the contained text value. SecretInVaultKv provider allows Buildbot to read secrets only in the Vault KV store, other secret engines are not supported by this provider. Currently v1 and v2 of the Key-Value secret engines are supported, v2 being the default version.

3.3.21.3. Interpolate secret

text = Interpolate("some text and %(secret:foo)s")

Secret keys are replaced in a string by the secret value using the class Interpolate and the keyword secret. The secret is searched across the providers defined in the master configuration.

3.3.21.4. Secret Obfuscation

text = Interpolate("some text and %(secret:foo)s")
# some text rendered
rendered = yield self.build.render(text)
cleantext = self.build.properties.cleanupTextFromSecrets(rendered)

Secrets don’t have to be visible to the normal user via logs and thus are transmitted directly to the workers. Secrets are rendered and can arrive anywhere in the logs. The function cleanupTextFromSecrets defined in the class Properties helps to replace the secret value by the key value.

print("the example value is:%s" % (cleantext))
>> the example value is: <foo>

The secret is rendered and is recorded in a dictionary, named _used_secrets, where the key is the secret value and the value the secret key. Therefore anywhere logs are written having content with secrets, the secrets are replaced by the value from _used_secrets.

3.3.21.5. How to use a secret in a BuildbotService

Service configurations are loaded during a Buildbot start or modified during a Buildbot restart. Secrets are used like renderables in a service and are rendered during the configuration load.

class MyService(BuildbotService):
  secrets = ['foo', 'other']

secrets is a list containing all the secret keys that can be used as class attributes. When the service is loaded during the Buildbot reconfigService function, secrets are rendered and the values are updated. Everywhere the variable with the secret name (foo or other in the example) is used, the class attribute value is replaced by the secret value. This is similar to the “renderable” annotation, but will only work for BuildbotServices, and will only interpolate secrets. Other renderables can still be held in the service as attributes and rendered dynamically at a later time.

class MyService(object):
  secrets = ['foo', 'other']

myService = MyService()

After a Buildbot reconfigService:

print("myService returns secret value:", myService.foo))
>> myService returns secret value bar

3.3.22. Statistics Service

The statistics service (or stats service) is implemented in buildbot.statistics.stats_service. Please see stats-service for more information.

Here is a diagram demonstrating the workings of the stats service:

3.3.22.1. Stats Service

class buildbot.statistics.stats_service.StatsService

An instance of this class functions as a BuildbotService. The instance of the running service is initialized in the master configuration file (see stats-service for more information). The running service is accessible everywhere in Buildbot via the BuildMaster. The service is available at self.master.namedServices['<service-name>']. It takes the following initialization arguments:

storage_backends

A list of storage backends. These are instance of subclasses of StatsStorageBase.

name

(str) The name of this service. This name can be used to access the running instance of this service using self.master.namedServices[name].

Please see stats-service for examples.

checkConfig(self, storage_backends)

storage_backends

A list of storage backends.

This method is called automatically to verify that the list of storage backends contains instances of subclasses of StatsStorageBase.

reconfigService(self, storage_backends)

storage_backends

A list of storage backends.

This method is called automatically to reconfigure the running service.

registerConsumers(self)

Internal method for this class called to register all consumers (methods from Capture classes) to the MQ layer.

stopService(self)

Internal method for this class to stop the stats service and clean up.

removeConsumers(self)

Internal method for this class to stop and remove consumers from the MQ layer.

yieldMetricsValue(self, data_name, post_data, buildid)

data_name

(str) The name of the data being sent for storage.

post_data

A dictionary of key-value pairs that is sent for storage.

buildid

The integer build id of the current build. Obtainable in all BuildSteps.

This method should be called to post data that is not generated and stored as build-data in the database. This method generates the stats-yield-data event to the mq layer which is then consumed in postData.

3.3.22.2. Storage backends

Storage backends are responsible for storing any statistics/data sent to them. A storage backend will generally be some sort of a database-server running on a machine.

Note

This machine may be different from the one running BuildMaster.

Data is captured according to the master config file and then is sent to each of the storage backends provided by the master configuration (see stats-service).

Each storage backend has a Python client defined as part of buildbot.statistics.storage_backends to aid in posting data by StatsService.

Currently, only InfluxDB is supported as a storage backend.

class buildbot.statistis.storage_backends.base.StatsStorageBase

An abstract class for all storage services. It cannot be directly initialized - it would raise a TypeError otherwise.

thd_postStatsValue(self, post_data, series_name, context)

post_data

A dict of key-value pairs that is sent for storage. The keys of this dict can be thought of as columns in a database and the value is the data stored for that column.

series_name

(str) The name of the time-series for this statistic.

context

(Optional) Any other contextual information about the data. It is a dict of key-value pairs.

An abstract method that needs to be implemented by every child class of this class. Not doing so will result in a TypeError when starting Buildbot.

class buildbot.statistics.storage_backends.influxdb_client.InfluxStorageService

InfluxDB is a distributed time series database that employs a key-value pair storage system.

This class is a Buildbot client to the InfluxDB storage backend. It is available in the configuration as statistics.InfluxStorageService. It takes the following initialization arguments:

url

(str) The URL where the service is running.

port

(int) The port on which the service is listening.

user

(str) Username of an InfluxDB user.

password

(str) Password for user.

db

(str) The name of database to be used.

captures

A list of instances of subclasses of Capture. This tells which stats are to be stored in this storage backend.

name=None

(Optional) (str) The name of this storage backend.

thd_postStatsValue(self, post_data, series_name, context={})

post_data

A dict of key-value pairs that is sent for storage. The keys of this dict can be thought of as columns in a database and the value is the data stored for that column.

series_name

(str) The name of the time-series for this statistic.

context

(Optional) Any other contextual information about the data. It is a dict of key-value pairs.

This method constructs a dictionary of data to be sent to InfluxDB in the proper format and then sends the data to the InfluxDB instance.

3.3.22.3. Capture Classes

Capture classes are used for declaring which data needs to captured and sent to storage backends for storage.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.Capture

This is the abstract base class for all capture classes. Not to be used directly. It’s initialized with the following parameters:

routingKey

(tuple) The routing key to be used by StatsService to register consumers to the MQ layer for the subclass of this class.

callback

The callback registered with the MQ layer for the consumer of a subclass of this class. Each subclass must provide a default callback for this purpose.

_defaultContext(self, msg)

A method for providing default context to the storage backends.

consume(self, routingKey, msg)

This is an abstract method - each subclass of this class should implement its own consume method. If not, then the subclass can’t be instantiated. The consume method, when called (from the mq layer), receives the following arguments:

routingKey

The routing key which was registered to the MQ layer. Same as the routingKey provided to instantiate this class.

msg

The message that was sent by the producer.

_store(self, post_data, series_name, context)

This is an abstract method of this class. It must be implemented by all subclasses of this class. It takes the following arguments:

post_data

(dict) The key-value pair being sent to the storage backend.

series_name

(str) The name of the series to which this data is stored.

context

(dict) Any additional information pertaining to the data being sent.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CapturePropertyBase

This is a base class for both CaptureProperty and CapturePropertyAllBuilders and abstracts away much of the common functionality between the two classes. It cannot be initialized directly as it contains an abstract method and raises TypeError if tried. It is initialized with the following arguments:

property_name

(str) The name of property needed to be recorded as a statistic. This can be a regular expression if regex=True (see below).

callback=None

The callback function that is used by CaptureProperty.consumer to post-process data before formatting it and sending it to the appropriate storage backends. A default callback is provided for this:

default_callback(props, property_name)

It returns property value for property_name. It receives the following arguments:

props

A dictionary of all build properties.

property_name

(str) Name of the build property to return.

regex=False

If this is set to True, then the property name can be a regular expression. All properties matching this regular expression will be sent for storage.

consume(self, routingKey, msg)

The consumer for all CaptureProperty classes described below. This method filters out the correct properties as per the configuration file and sends those properties for storage. The subclasses of this method do not need to implement this method as it takes care of all the functionality itself. See Capture for more information.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

This is an abstract method and needs to be implemented by all subclasses of this class. This is a helper method to the consume method mentioned above. It checks whether a builder is allowed to send properties to the storage backend according to the configuration file. It takes one argument:

builder_info

(dict) The dictionary returned by the data API containing the builder information.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureProperty

The capture class for capturing build properties. It is available in the configuration as statistics.CaptureProperty.

It takes the following arguments:

builder_name

(str) The name of builder in which the property is recorded.

property_name

(str) The name of property needed to be recorded as a statistic.

callback=None

The callback function that is used by CaptureProperty.consumer to post-process data before formatting it and sending it to the appropriate storage backends. A default callback is provided for this (see CapturePropertyBase for more information).

regex=False

If this is set to True, then the property name can be a regular expression. All properties matching this regular expression will be sent for storage.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CapturePropertyBase for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CapturePropertyAllBuilders

The capture class to use for capturing build properties on all builders. It is available in the configuration as statistics.CapturePropertyAllBuilders.

It takes the following arguments:

property_name

(str) The name of property needed to be recorded as a statistic.

callback=None

The callback function that is used by CaptureProperty.consumer to post-process data before formatting it and sending it to the appropriate storage backends. A default callback is provided for this (see CapturePropertyBase for more information).

regex=False

If this is set to True, then the property name can be a regular expression. All properties matching this regular expression will be sent for storage.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CapturePropertyBase for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildTimes

A base class for all Capture classes that deal with build times (start/end/duration). Not to be used directly. It’s initialized with:

builder_name

(str) The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

callback

The callback function that is used by a subclass of this class to post-process data before formatting it and sending it to the appropriate storage backends. A default callback is provided for this. Each subclass must provide a default callback that is used in initialization of this class should the user not provide a callback.

consume(self, routingKey, msg)

The consumer for all subclasses of this class. See Capture for more information.

Note

This consumer requires all subclasses to implement:

self._time_type

A string used as a key in post_data sent to storage services.

self._retValParams(msg)

A method that takes in the msg this consumer gets and returns a list of arguments for the capture callback.

_retValParams(self, msg)

This is an abstract method which needs to be implemented by subclasses. This method needs to return a list of parameters that will be passed to the callback function. See individual build CaptureBuild* classes for more information.

_err_msg(self, build_data, builder_name)

A helper method that returns an error message for the consume method.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

This is an abstract method and needs to be implemented by all subclasses of this class. This is a helper method to the consume method mentioned above. It checks whether a builder is allowed to send build times to the storage backend according to the configuration file. It takes one argument:

builder_info

(dict) The dictionary returned by the data API containing the builder information.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildStartTime

A capture class for capturing build start times. It takes the following arguments:

builder_name

(str) The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

callback=None

The callback function for this class. See CaptureBuildTimes for more information.

The default callback:

default_callback(start_time)

It returns the start time in ISO format. It takes one argument:

start_time

A python datetime object that denotes the build start time.

_retValParams(self, msg)

Returns a list containing one Python datetime object (start time) from msg dictionary.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureBuildTimes for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildStartTimeAllBuilders

A capture class for capturing build start times from all builders. It is a subclass of CaptureBuildStartTime. It takes the following arguments:

callback=None

The callback function for this class. See CaptureBuildTimes for more information.

The default callback:

See CaptureBuildStartTime.__init__ for the definition.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureBuildTimes for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildEndTime

A capture class for capturing build end times. Takes the following arguments:

builder_name

(str) The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

callback=None

The callback function for this class. See CaptureBuildTimes for more information.

The default callback:

default_callback(end_time)

It returns the end time in ISO format. It takes one argument:

end_time

A python datetime object that denotes the build end time.

_retValParams(self, msg)

Returns a list containing two Python datetime object (start time and end time) from msg dictionary.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureBuildTimes for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildEndTimeAllBuilders

A capture class for capturing build end times from all builders. It is a subclass of CaptureBuildEndTime. It takes the following arguments:

callback=None

The callback function for this class. See CaptureBuildTimes for more information.

The default callback:

See CaptureBuildEndTime.__init__ for the definition.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureBuildTimes for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildDuration

A capture class for capturing build duration. Takes the following arguments:

builder_name

(str) The name of builder whose times are to be recorded.

report_in='seconds'

Can be one of three: 'seconds', 'minutes', or 'hours'. This is the units in which the build time will be reported.

callback=None

The callback function for this class. See CaptureBuildTimes for more information.

The default callback:

default_callback(start_time, end_time)

It returns the duration of the build as per the report_in argument. It receives the following arguments:

start_time

A python datetime object that denotes the build start time.

end_time

A python datetime object that denotes the build end time.

_retValParams(self, msg)

Returns a list containing one Python datetime object (end time) from msg dictionary.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureBuildTimes for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureBuildDurationAllBuilders

A capture class for capturing build durations from all builders. It is a subclass of CaptureBuildDuration. It takes the following arguments:

callback=None

The callback function for this class. See CaptureBuildTimes for more.

The default callback:

See CaptureBuildDuration.__init__ for the definition.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureBuildTimes for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureDataBase

This is a base class for both CaptureData and CaptureDataAllBuilders and abstracts away much of the common functionality between the two classes. Cannot be initialized directly as it contains an abstract method and raises TypeError if tried. It is initialized with the following arguments:

data_name

(str) The name of data to be captured. Same as in yieldMetricsValue.

callback=None

The callback function for this class.

The default callback:

The default callback takes a value x and return it without changing. As such, x itself acts as the post_data sent to the storage backends.

consume(self, routingKey, msg)

The consumer for this class. See Capture for more.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

This is an abstract method and needs to be implemented by all subclasses of this class. This is a helper method to the consume method mentioned above. It checks whether a builder is allowed to send properties to the storage backend according to the configuration file. It takes one argument:

builder_info

(dict) The dictionary returned by the data API containing the builder information.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureData

A capture class for capturing arbitrary data that is not stored as build-data. See yieldMetricsValue for more. Takes the following arguments for initialization:

data_name

(str) The name of data to be captured. Same as in yieldMetricsValue.

builder_name

(str) The name of the builder on which the data is captured.

callback=None

The callback function for this class.

The default callback:

See CaptureDataBase of definition.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureDataBase for more information on this method.

class buildbot.statistics.capture.CaptureDataAllBuilders

A capture class to capture arbitrary data on all builders. See yieldMetricsValue for more. It takes the following arguments:

data_name

(str) The name of data to be captured. Same as in yieldMetricsValue.

callback=None

The callback function for this class.

_builder_name_matches(self, builder_info)

See CaptureDataBase for more information on this method.

3.3.23. How to package Buildbot plugins

If you customized an existing component (see Customization) or created a new component that you believe might be useful for others, you have two options:

• submit the change to the Buildbot main tree, however you need to adhere to certain requirements (see Buildbot Coding Style)

• prepare a Python package that contains the functionality you created

Here we cover the second option.

3.3.23.1. Package the source

To begin with, you must package your changes. If you do not know what a Python package is, these two tutorials will get you going:

• Python Packaging User Guide

• The Hitchhiker’s Guide to Packaging

The former is more recent and, while it addresses everything that you need to know about Python packages, it’s still work in progress. The latter is a bit dated, though it was the most complete guide for quite some time available for Python developers looking to package their software.

You may also want to check the sample project, which exemplifies the best Python packaging practices.

3.3.23.2. Making the plugin package

Buildbot supports several kinds of pluggable components:

• worker

• changes

• schedulers

• steps

• reporters

• util

(these are described in Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot), and

• www

which is described in web server configuration.

Once you have your component packaged, it’s quite straightforward: you just need to add a few lines to the entry_points parameter of your call of setup function in setup.py file:

setup(
    ...
    entry_points = {
        ...,
        'buildbot.{kind}': [
            'PluginName = PluginModule:PluginClass'
        ]
    },
    ...
)

(You might have seen different ways to specify the value for entry_points, however they all do the same thing. Full description of possible ways is available in setuptools documentation.)

After the setup.py file is updated, you can build and install it:

$ python setup.py build
$ sudo python setup.py install

(depending on your particular setup, you might not need to use sudo).

After that, the plugin should be available for Buildbot and you can use it in your master.cfg as:

from buildbot.plugins import {kind}

... {kind}.PluginName ...

3.3.23.3. Publish the package

This is the last step before the plugin becomes available to others.

Once again, there is a number of options available for you:

• just put a link to your version control system

• prepare a source tarball with the plugin (python setup.py sdist)

• or publish it on PyPI

The last option is probably the best one since it will make your plugin available pretty much to all Python developers.

Once you have published the package, please send a link to buildbot-devel mailing list, so we can include a link to your plugin to Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot.

3.4. REST API

The REST API is a public interface which can be used by external code to control Buildbot. Internally, the REST API is a thin wrapper around the data API’s “Getter” and “Control” sections. It is also designed, in keeping with REST principles, to be discoverable. As such, the details of the paths and resources are not documented here. Begin at the root URL, and see the Data API documentation for more information.

The precise specifications in RAML format are described in REST API Specification documentation.

3.4.1. Versions

The API described here is version 2. The ad-hoc API from Buildbot-0.8.x, version 1, is no longer supported [1].

The policy for incrementing the version is when there is an incompatible change added. Removing a field or endpoint is considered incompatible change. Adding a field or endpoint is not considered incompatible, and thus will only be described as a change in release notes. The policy is that we will avoid as much as possible incrementing the version.

[1]

The JSON API defined by status_json.py in Buildbot-0.8.x is considered version 1, although its root path was json, not api/v1.

3.4.2. Getting

To get data, issue a GET request to the appropriate path. For example, with a base URL of http://build.example.org/buildbot, the list of masters for builder 9 is available at http://build.example.org/buildbot/api/v2/builders/9/masters.

resource type: collection

3.4.3. Collections

Results are formatted in keeping with the JSON API specification. The top level of every response is an object. Its keys are the plural names of the resource types, and the values are lists of objects, even for a single-resource request. For example:

{
  "meta": {
    "total": 2
  },
  "schedulers": [
    {
      "master": null,
      "name": "smoketest",
      "schedulerid": 1
    },
    {
      "master": {
        "active": true,
        "last_active": 1369604067,
        "link": "http://build.example.org/api/v2/master/1",
        "masterid": 1,
        "name": "master3:/BB/master"
      },
      "name": "goaheadtryme",
      "schedulerid": 2
    }
  ]
}

A response may optionally contain extra, related resources beyond those requested. The meta key contains metadata about the response, including the total count of resources in a collection.

Several query parameters may be used to affect the results of a request. These parameters are applied in the order described (so, it is not possible to sort on a field that is not selected, for example).

3.4.3.1. Field Selection

If only certain fields of each resource are required, the field query parameter can be used to select them. For example, the following will select just the names and id’s of all schedulers:

• http://build.example.org/api/v2/scheduler?field=name&field=schedulerid

Field selection can be used for either detail (single-entity) or collection (multi-entity) requests. The remaining options only apply to collection requests.

3.4.3.2. Filtering

Collection responses may be filtered on any simple top-level field.

To select records with a specific value use the query parameter {field}={value}. For example, http://build.example.org/api/v2/scheduler?name=smoketest selects the scheduler named “smoketest”.

Filters can use any of the operators listed below, with query parameters of the form {field}__{operator}={value}.

eq

equality, with the same parameter appearing one or multiple times, is equality with one of the given values (so foo__eq=x&foo__eq=y would match resources where foo is x or y)

ne

inequality, or set exclusion

lt

select resources where the field’s value is less than {value}

le

select resources where the field’s value is less than or equal to {value}

gt

select resources where the field’s value is greater than {value}

ge

select resources where the field’s value is greater than or equal to {value}

contains

Select resources where the field’s value contains {value}. If the parameter is provided multiple times, results containing at least one of the values are returned (so foo__contains=x&foo__contains=y would match resources where foo contains x, y or both).

For example:

• http://build.example.org/api/v2/builder?name__lt=cccc

• http://build.example.org/api/v2/buildsets?complete__eq=false

Boolean values can be given as on/off, true/false, yes/no, or 1/0.

3.4.3.3. Sorting

Collection responses may be ordered with the order query parameter. This parameter takes a field name to sort on, optionally prefixed with - to reverse the sort. The parameter can appear multiple times, and will be sorted lexicographically with the fields arranged in the given order. For example:

• http://build.example.org/api/v2/buildrequests?order=builderid&order=buildrequestid

3.4.3.4. Pagination

Collection responses may be paginated with the offset and limit query parameters. The offset is the 0-based index of the first result to include, after filtering and sorting. The limit is the maximum number of results to return. Some resource types may impose a maximum on the limit parameter; be sure to check the resulting links to determine whether further data is available. For example:

• http://build.example.org/api/v2/buildrequests?order=builderid&limit=10

• http://build.example.org/api/v2/buildrequests?order=builderid&offset=20&limit=10

3.4.4. Controlling

Data API control operations are handled by POST requests using a simplified form of JSONRPC 2.0. The JSONRPC “method” is mapped to the data API “action”, and the parameters are passed to that application.

The following parts of the protocol are not supported:

• positional parameters

• batch requests

Requests are sent as an HTTP POST, containing the request JSON in the body. The content-type header must be application/json.

A simple example:

POST http://build.example.org/api/v2/scheduler/4
--> {"jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "force",
     "params": {"revision": "abcd", "branch": "dev"},
     "id": 843}
<-- {"jsonrpc": "2.0", "result": {"buildsetid": 44}, "id": 843}

3.4.5. Authentication

Authentication to the REST API is performed in the same manner as authentication to the main web interface. Once credentials have been established, a cookie will be set, which must be sent to the Buildbot REST API with every request thereafter.

import requests
s = requests.Session()
s.get("https://<buildbot_url>/auth/login", auth=('user', 'passwd'))
builders = s.get("https://<buildbot_url>/api/v2/builders").json()

For those Buildbot instances using OAuth2 authentication providers, it is at the moment not possible to access the authenticated API .

3.5. REST API Specification

This section documents the available REST APIs according to the RAML specification.

3.5.1. builder

resource type: builder

Attributes:

• builderid (integer) – the ID of this builder

• description? (string) – The description for that builder

• masterids[] (integer) – the ID of the masters this builder is running on

• name (string) – builder name

• tags[] (string) – list of tags for this builder

• projectid? (string) – the ID of the project that this builder is associated with, if any

This resource type describes a builder.

3.5.1.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.builders.Builder

updateBuilderList(masterid, builderNames)

Parameters:

• masterid (integer) – this master’s master ID

• builderNames (list) – list of names of currently-configured builders (unicode strings)

Returns:

Deferred

Record the given builders as the currently-configured set of builders on this master. Masters should call this every time the list of configured builders changes.

3.5.1.2. Endpoints

path: /builders

This path selects all builders

GET

returns

collection of builder

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This path selects a builder by builderid

GET

returns

collection of builder

path: /masters/{masterid}/builders

Path Keys:

masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects all builders of a given master

GET

returns

collection of builder

path: /masters/{masterid}/builders/{builderid}

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• builderid (number) – the id of the builder

This path selects one builder by id of a given master

GET

returns

collection of builder

path: /projects/{projectid_or_projectname}/builders

Path Keys:

projectid_or_projectname (number|identifier) – the ID or name of the project

This path selects all builders for a project

GET

returns

collection of builder

3.5.2. buildrequest

resource type: buildrequest

Attributes:

• buildrequestid (integer) – the unique ID of this buildrequest

• builderid (integer) – the id of the builder linked to this buildrequest

• buildsetid (integer) – the id of the buildset that contains this buildrequest

• claimed (boolean) – True if this buildrequest has been claimed. Note that this is a calculated field (from claimed_at != None). Ordering by this field is not optimized by the database layer.

• claimed_at? (date) – time at which this build has last been claimed. None if this buildrequest has never been claimed or has been unclaimed

• claimed_by_masterid? (integer) – the id of the master that claimed this buildrequest. None if this buildrequest has never been claimed or has been unclaimed

• complete (boolean) – true if this buildrequest is complete

• complete_at? (date) – time at which this buildrequest was completed, or None if it’s still running

• priority (integer) – the priority of this buildrequest

• properties? (sourcedproperties) – a dictionary of properties corresponding to buildrequest.

• results? (integer) – the results of this buildrequest (see Build Result Codes), or None if not complete

• submitted_at (date) – time at which this buildrequest was submitted

• waited_for (boolean) – True if the entity that triggered this buildrequest is waiting for it to complete. Should be used by an (unimplemented so far) clean shutdown to only start br that are waited_for.

This resource type describes completed and in-progress buildrequests. Much of the contextual data for a buildrequest is associated with the buildset that contains this buildrequest.

3.5.2.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.buildrequests.BuildRequest

claimBuildRequests(brids, claimed_at=None)

Parameters:

• brids (list(integer)) – list of buildrequest id to claim

• claimed_at (datetime) – date and time when the buildrequest is claimed

Returns:

(boolean) whether claim succeeded or not

Claim a list of buildrequests

unclaimBuildRequests(brids)

Parameters:

brids (list(integer)) – list of buildrequest id to unclaim

Unclaim a list of buildrequests

completeBuildRequests(brids, results, complete_at=None)

Parameters:

• brids (list(integer)) – list of buildrequest id to complete

• results (integer) – the results of the buildrequest (see Build Result Codes)

• complete_at (datetime) – date and time when the buildrequest is completed

Complete a list of buildrequest with the results status

3.5.2.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/buildrequests

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This path selects all buildrequests for a given builder (can return lots of data!)

GET

returns

collection of buildrequest

path: /buildrequests

GET

returns

collection of buildrequest

path: /buildrequests/{buildrequestid}

Path Keys:

buildrequestid (number) – the id of the buildrequest

GET

returns

collection of buildrequest

POST with method: /buildrequests/{buildrequestid} (method=cancel)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be cancel

• reason (string) – The reason why the buildrequest was cancelled

POST with method: /buildrequests/{buildrequestid} (method=set_priority)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be set_priority

• priority (int) – The new priority for the buildrequest

3.5.3. build

resource type: build

Attributes:

• buildid (integer) – the unique ID of this build

• number (integer) – the number of this build (sequential for a given builder)

• builderid (integer) – id of the builder for this build

• buildrequestid (integer) – build request for which this build was performed, or None if no such request exists

• workerid (integer) – the worker this build ran on

• masterid (integer) – the master this build ran on

• started_at (date) – time at which this build started

• complete (boolean) – true if this build is complete. Note that this is a calculated field (from complete_at != None). Ordering by this field is not optimized by the database layer.

• complete_at? (date) – time at which this build was complete, or None if it’s still running

• locks_duration_s (integer) – time spent acquiring locks so far, not including any running steps

• properties? (sourcedproperties) – a dictionary of properties attached to build.

• results? (integer) – the results of the build (see Build Result Codes), or None if not complete

• state_string (string) – a string giving detail on the state of the build.

example

{
    "builderid": 10,
    "buildid": 100,
    "buildrequestid": 13,
    "workerid": 20,
    "complete": false,
    "complete_at": null,
    "masterid": 824,
    "number": 1,
    "results": null,
    "started_at": 1451001600,
    "state_string": "created",
    "properties": {}
}

This resource type describes completed and in-progress builds. Much of the contextual data for a build is associated with the build request, and through it the buildset.

Note

The properties field of a build is only filled out if the properties filterspec is set. That means the property filter allows one to request properties through the Builds DATA API like so:

• api/v2/builds?property=* (returns all properties)

• api/v2/builds?property=propKey1&property=propKey2 (returns the properties that match the given keys)

• api/v2/builds?property=propKey1&property=propKey2&limit=30 (filters combination)

Important

When combined with the field filter, for someone to get the build properties, they should ensure the properties field is set:

• api/v2/builds?field=buildid&field=properties&property=workername&property=user

3.5.3.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.builds.Build

newBuild(builderid, buildrequestid, workerid)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – id of the builder performing this build

• buildrequestid (integer) – id of the build request being built

• workerid (integer) – id of the worker on which this build is performed

Returns:

(buildid, number) via Deferred

Create a new build resource and return its ID. The state strings for the new build will be set to ‘starting’.

setBuildStateString(buildid, state_string)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – the build to modify

• state_string (unicode) – new state string for this build

Replace the existing state strings for a build with a new list.

finishBuild(buildid, results)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – the build to modify

• results (integer) – the build’s results

Mark the build as finished at the current time, with the given results.

3.5.3.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This path selects all builds for a builder (can return lots of data!)

GET

returns

collection of build

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

This path selects a specific build by builderid and buildnumber

GET

returns

collection of build

POST with method: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number} (method=stop)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be stop

• reason (string) – The reason why the build was stopped

• results (integer) – optionally results value override (default CANCELLED)

POST with method: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number} (method=rebuild)

Body keys:

method (string) – must be rebuild

path: /buildrequests/{buildrequestid}/builds

Path Keys:

buildrequestid (number) – the id of the buildrequest

GET

returns

collection of build

path: /builds

GET

returns

collection of build

path: /builds/{buildid}

Path Keys:

buildid (number) – the id of the build

This path selects a build by id

GET

returns

collection of build

POST with method: /builds/{buildid} (method=stop)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be stop

• reason (string) – The reason why the build was stopped

POST with method: /builds/{buildid} (method=rebuild)

Body keys:

method (string) – must be rebuild

3.5.4. buildset

resource type: buildset

Attributes:

• bsid (integer) – the ID of this buildset

• complete (boolean) – true if all of the build requests in this buildset are complete

• complete_at? (integer) – the time this buildset was completed, or None if not complete

• external_idstring? (string) – an identifier that external applications can use to identify a submitted buildset; can be None

• parent_buildid? (integer) – optional build id that is the parent for this buildset

• parent_relationship? (string) – relationship identifier for the parent, this is a configured relationship between the parent build, and the childs buildsets

• reason (string) – the reason this buildset was scheduled

• rebuilt_buildid? (integer) – optional id of a build which was rebuilt or None if there was no rebuild. In case of repeated rebuilds, only initial build id is tracked

• results? (integer) – the results of the buildset (see Build Result Codes), or None if not complete

• sourcestamps[] (sourcestamp) – the sourcestamps for this buildset; each element is a valid sourcestamp entity

• submitted_at (integer) – the time this buildset was submitted

A buildset gathers build requests that were scheduled at the same time, and which share a source stamp, properties, and so on.

3.5.4.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.buildsets.Buildset

addBuildset(scheduler=None, sourcestamps=[], reason='', properties={}, builderids=[], external_idstring=None, parent_buildid=None, parent_relationship=None)

Parameters:

• scheduler (string) – the name of the scheduler creating this buildset

• sourcestamps (list) – sourcestamps for the new buildset; see below

• reason (unicode) – the reason for this build

• properties (dictionary with unicode keys and (source, property value) values) – properties to set on this buildset

• builderids (list) – names of the builders for which build requests should be created

• external_idstring (unicode) – arbitrary identifier to recognize this buildset later

• parent_buildid (int) – optional build id that is the parent for this buildset

• parent_relationship (unicode) – relationship identifier for the parent, this is a configured relationship between the parent build, and the childs buildsets

Returns:

(buildset id, dictionary mapping builder ids to build request ids) via Deferred

Create a new buildset and corresponding buildrequests based on the given parameters. This is the low-level interface for scheduling builds.

Each sourcestamp in the list of sourcestamps can be given either as an integer, assumed to be a sourcestamp ID, or a dictionary of keyword arguments to be passed to findSourceStampId.

maybeBuildsetComplete(bsid)

Parameters:

bsid (integer) – id of the buildset that may be complete

Returns:

Deferred

This method should be called when a build request is finished. It checks the given buildset to see if all of its buildrequests are finished. If so, it updates the status of the buildset and sends the appropriate messages.

3.5.4.2. Endpoints

path: /buildsets

This path selects all buildsets

GET

returns

collection of buildset

path: /buildsets/{bsid}

Path Keys:

bsid (identifier) – the id of the buildset

This path selects a buildset by id

GET

returns

collection of buildset

3.5.5. build_data

resource type: build_data

Attributes:

• buildid (integer) – id of the build the build data is attached to

• name (string) – the name of the build data

• length (integer) – the number of bytes in the build data

• source (string) – a string identifying the source of the data

example

{
    "buildid": 31,
    "name": "stored_data_name",
    "length": 10,
    "source": "Step XYZ"
}

This resource represents a key-value data pair associated to a build. A build can have any number of key-value pairs. The data is intended to be used for temporary purposes, until the build and all actions associated to it (such as reporters) are finished.

The value is a binary of potentially large size. There are two sets of APIs. One returns the properties of the key-value data pairs, such as key name and value length. Another returns the actual value as binary data.

3.5.5.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.build_data.BuildData

setBuildData(buildid, name, value, source)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id to attach data to

• name (unicode) – the name of the data

• value (bytestr) – the value of the data as bytes

• source (unicode) – a string identifying the source of the data

Returns:

Deferred

Adds or replaces build data attached to the build.

3.5.5.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/data

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

This path selects all build data set for the build

GET

returns

collection of build_data

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/data/{build_data_name}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• build_data_name (string) – the name of build data

This path selects a build data with specific name

GET

returns

collection of build_data

path: /builds/{buildid}/data

Path Keys:

buildid (number) – the id of the build

This path selects all build data set for the build

GET

returns

collection of build_data

path: /builds/{buildid}/data/{build_data_name}

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• build_data_name (string) – the name of build data

This path selects a build data with specific name

GET

returns

collection of build_data

3.5.6. change

resource type: change

Attributes:

• changeid (integer) – the ID of this change

• author (string) – the author of the change in “name”, “name <email>” or just “email” (with @) format

• branch? (string) – branch on which the change took place, or none for the “default branch”, whatever that might mean

• category? (string) – user-defined category of this change, or none

• codebase (string) – codebase in this repository

• comments (string) – user comments for this change (aka commit)

• files[] (string) – list of source-code filenames changed

• parent_changeids[] (integer) – The ID of the parents. The data api allows for several parents, but the core Buildbot does not yet support it

• project (string) – user-defined project to which this change corresponds

• properties (sourcedproperties) – user-specified properties for this change, represented as an object mapping keys to tuple (value, source)

• repository (string) – repository where this change occurred

• revision? (string) – revision for this change, or none if unknown

• revlink? (string) – link to a web view of this change

• sourcestamp (sourcestamp) – the sourcestamp resource for this change

• when_timestamp (integer) – time of the change

A change resource represents a change to the source code monitored by Buildbot.

3.5.6.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.changes.Change

addChange(files=None, comments=None, author=None, revision=None, when_timestamp=None, branch=None, category=None, revlink='', properties={}, repository='', codebase=None, project='', src=None)

Parameters:

• files (list of unicode strings) – a list of filenames that were changed

• comments (unicode) – user comments on the change

• author (unicode) – the author of this change

• revision (unicode) – the revision identifier for this change

• when_timestamp (integer) – when this change occurred (seconds since the epoch), or the current time if None

• branch (unicode) – the branch on which this change took place

• category (unicode) – category for this change

• revlink (string) – link to a web view of this revision

• properties (dictionary with unicode keys and simple values (JSON-able).) – properties to set on this change. Note that the property source is not included in this dictionary.

• repository (unicode) – the repository in which this change took place

• project (unicode) – the project this change is a part of

• src (unicode) – source of the change (vcs or other)

Returns:

The ID of the new change, via Deferred

Add a new change to Buildbot. This method is the interface between change sources and the rest of Buildbot.

All parameters should be passed as keyword arguments.

All parameters labeled ‘unicode’ must be unicode strings and not bytestrings. Filenames in files, and property names, must also be unicode strings. This is tested by the fake implementation.

3.5.6.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/changes

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

This path selects all changes tested by a build

GET

returns

collection of change

path: /builds/{buildid}/changes

Path Keys:

buildid (number) – the id of the build

This path selects all changes tested by a build

GET

returns

collection of change

path: /changes

This path selects all changes. On a reasonably loaded master, this can quickly return a very large result, taking minutes to process. A specific query configuration is optimized which allows to get the recent changes: order:-changeid&limit=<n>

GET

returns

collection of change

path: /changes/{changeid}

Path Keys:

changeid (number) – the id of a change

This path selects one change by id

GET

returns

collection of change

path: /sourcestamps/{ssid}/changes

Path Keys:

ssid (number) – the id of the sourcestamp

This path selects all changes associated to one sourcestamp

GET

returns

collection of change

3.5.7. changesource

resource type: changesource

Attributes:

• changesourceid (integer) – the ID of this changesource

• master? (master) – the master on which this worker is running, or None if it is inactive

• name (string) – name of this changesource

A changesource generates change objects, for example in response to an update in some repository. A particular changesource (by name) runs on at most one master at a time.

3.5.7.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.changesources.ChangeSource

findChangeSourceId(name)

Parameters:

name (string) – changesource name

Returns:

changesource ID via Deferred

Get the ID for the given changesource name, inventing one if necessary.

trySetChangeSourceMaster(changesourceid, masterid)

Parameters:

• changesourceid (integer) – changesource ID to try to claim

• masterid (integer) – this master’s master ID

Returns:

True or False, via Deferred

Try to claim the given scheduler for the given master and return True if the scheduler is to be activated on that master.

3.5.7.2. Endpoints

path: /changesources

This path selects all changesource

GET

returns

collection of changesource

path: /changesources/{changesourceid}

Path Keys:

changesourceid (number) – the id of a changesource

This path selects one changesource given its id

GET

returns

collection of changesource

path: /masters/{masterid}/changesources

Path Keys:

masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects all changesources for a given master

GET

returns

collection of changesource

path: /masters/{masterid}/changesources/{changesourceid}

Path Keys:

masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects one changesource by id for a given master

GET

returns

collection of changesource

3.5.8. forcescheduler

resource type: forcescheduler

Attributes:

• all_fields[] (object)

• builder_names[] (string) – names of the builders that this scheduler can trigger

• button_name (string) – label of the button to use in the UI

• label (string) – label of this scheduler to be displayed in the UI

• name (identifier) – name of this scheduler

A forcescheduler initiates builds, via a formular in the web UI. At the moment, forceschedulers must be defined on all the masters where a web ui is configured. A particular forcescheduler runs on the master where the web request was sent.

Note

This datatype and associated endpoints will be deprecated when bug #2673 will be resolved.

3.5.8.1. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/forceschedulers

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This path selects all force-schedulers for a given builder

GET

returns

collection of forcescheduler

path: /forceschedulers

This path selects all forceschedulers

GET

returns

collection of forcescheduler

path: /forceschedulers/{schedulername}

Path Keys:

schedulername (identifier) – the name of a scheduler

This path selects all changesource

GET

returns

collection of forcescheduler

POST with method: /forceschedulers/{schedulername} (method=force)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be force

• owner (string) – The user who wants to create the buildrequest

• priority (integer) – The build request priority. Defaults to 0.

• [] – content of the forcescheduler parameter is dependent on the configuration of the forcescheduler

3.5.9. identifier

resource type: identifier

3.5.10. logchunk

resource type: logchunk

Attributes:

• content (string) – content of the chunk

• firstline (integer) – zero-based line number of the first line in this chunk

• logid (integer) – the ID of log containing this chunk

A logchunk represents a contiguous sequence of lines in a logfile. Logs are not individually addressable in the data API; instead, they must be requested by line number range. In a strict REST sense, many logchunk resources will contain the same line.

The chunk contents is represented as a single unicode string. This string is the concatenation of each newline terminated-line.

Each log has a type, as identified by the “type” field of the corresponding log. While all logs are sequences of unicode lines, the type gives additional information of interpreting the contents. The defined types are:

• t – text, a simple sequence of lines of text

• s – stdio, like text but with each line tagged with a stream

• h – HTML, represented as plain text

• d – Deleted, logchunks for this log have been deleted by the Janitor

In the stream type, each line is prefixed by a character giving the stream type for that line. The types are i for input, o for stdout, e for stderr, and h for header. The first three correspond to normal UNIX standard streams, while the header stream contains metadata produced by Buildbot itself.

The offset and limit parameters can be used to select the desired lines. These are specified as query parameters via the REST interface, or as arguments to the get method in Python. The result will begin with line offset (so the resulting firstline will be equal to the given offset), and will contain up to limit lines.

Following example will get the first 100 lines of a log:

from buildbot.data import resultspec
first_100_lines = yield self.master.data.get(("logs", log['logid'], "contents"),
    resultSpec=resultspec.ResultSpec(limit=100))

Following example will get the last 100 lines of a log:

from buildbot.data import resultspec
last_100_lines = yield self.master.data.get(("logs", log['logid'], "contents"),
    resultSpec=resultspec.ResultSpec(offset=log['num_lines']-100))

Note

There is no event for a new chunk. Instead, the log resource is updated when new chunks are added, with the new number of lines. Consumers can then request those lines, if desired.

3.5.10.1. Update Methods

Log chunks are updated via log.

3.5.10.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_name}/logs/{log_slug}/contents

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_name (identifier) – the slug name of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

GET

returns

collection of logchunk

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_number}/logs/{log_slug}/contents

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_number (number) – the number of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

GET

returns

collection of logchunk

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps/{step_number_or_name}/logs/{log_slug}/contents

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• step_number_or_name (identifier|number) – the name or number of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

GET

returns

collection of logchunk

path: /logs/{logid}/contents

Path Keys:

logid (number) – the id of the log

GET

returns

collection of logchunk

path: /steps/{stepid}/logs/{log_slug}/contents

Path Keys:

• stepid (number) – the id of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

GET

returns

collection of logchunk

3.5.11. log

resource type: log

Attributes:

• complete (boolean) – true if this log is complete and will not generate additional logchunks

• logid (integer) – the unique ID of this log

• name (string) – the name of this log (e.g., err.html)

• num_lines (integer) – total number of line of this log

• slug (identifier) – the “slug”, suitable for use in a URL, of this log (e.g., err_html)

• stepid (integer) – id of the step containing this log

• type (identifier) – log type, identified by a single ASCII letter; see logchunk for details

example

{
    "logid": 60,
    "name": "stdio",
    "slug": "stdio",
    "stepid": 50,
    "complete": false,
    "num_lines": 0,
    "type": "s"
}

A log represents a stream of textual output from a step. The actual output is encoded as a sequence of logchunk resources. In-progress logs append logchunks as new data is added to the end, and event subscription allows a client to “follow” the log.

Each log has a “slug” which is unique within the step, and which can be used in paths. The slug is generated by addLog based on the name, using forceIdentifier and incrementIdentifier to guarantee uniqueness.

Todo

event: build.$buildid.step.$number.log.$logid.newlog

The log has just started. Logs are started when they are created, so this also indicates the creation of a new log.

event: build.$buildid.step.$number.log.$logid.complete

The log is complete.

3.5.11.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.logs.Log

addLog(stepid, name, type)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – stepid containing this log

• name (string) – name for the log

Raises:

KeyError – if a log by the given name already exists

Returns:

logid via Deferred

Create a new log and return its ID. The name need not be unique. This method will generate a unique slug based on the name.

appendLog(logid, content):

Parameters:

• logid (integer) – the log to which content should be appended

• content (unicode) – the content to append

Append the given content to the given log. The content must end with a newline. All newlines in the content should be UNIX-style (\n).

finishLog(logid)

Parameters:

logid (integer) – the log to finish

Mark the log as complete.

compressLog(logid)

Parameters:

logid (integer) – the log to compress

Compress the given log, after it is finished. This operation may take some time.

3.5.11.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_name}/logs

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_name (identifier) – the slug name of the step

This path selects all logs for the given step.

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_name}/logs/{log_slug}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_name (identifier) – the slug name of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_number}/logs

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_number (number) – the number of the step

This path selects all log of a specific step

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_number}/logs/{log_slug}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_number (number) – the number of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

This path selects one log of a specific step

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps/{step_number_or_name}/logs

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• step_number_or_name (identifier|number) – the name or number of the step

This path selects all logs of a step of a build

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps/{step_number_or_name}/logs/{log_slug}

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• step_number_or_name (identifier|number) – the name or number of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

This path selects one log of a a specific step

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /logs/{logid}

Path Keys:

logid (number) – the id of the log

This path selects one log

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /steps/{stepid}/logs

Path Keys:

stepid (number) – the id of the step

This path selects all logs for the given step

GET

returns

collection of log

path: /steps/{stepid}/logs/{log_slug}

Path Keys:

• stepid (number) – the id of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

GET

returns

collection of log

3.5.12. master

resource type: master

Attributes:

• active (boolean) – true if the master is active

• last_active (date) – time this master was last marked active

• masterid (integer) – the ID of this master

• name (string) – master name (in the form “hostname:basedir”)

This resource type describes buildmasters in the buildmaster cluster.

3.5.12.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.masters.Master

masterActive(name, masterid)

Parameters:

• name (unicode) – the name of this master (generally hostname:basedir)

• masterid (integer) – this master’s master ID

Returns:

Deferred

Mark this master as still active. This method should be called at startup and at least once per minute. The master ID is acquired directly from the database early in the master startup process.

expireMasters()

Returns:

Deferred

Scan the database for masters that have not checked in for ten minutes. This method should be called about once per minute.

masterStopped(name, masterid)

Parameters:

• name (unicode) – the name of this master

• masterid (integer) – this master’s master ID

Returns:

Deferred

Mark this master as inactive. Masters should call this method before completing an expected shutdown, and on startup. This method will take care of deactivating or removing configuration resources like builders and schedulers as well as marking lost builds and build requests for retry.

3.5.12.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/masters

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This path selects all masters supporting a given builder

GET

returns

collection of master

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/{masterid}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects a master by id filtered by given builderid

GET

returns

collection of master

path: /masters

This path selects all masters

GET

returns

collection of master

path: /masters/{masterid}

Path Keys:

masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects one master given its id

GET

returns

collection of master

3.5.13. patch

resource type: patch

Attributes:

• patchid (integer) – the unique ID of this patch

• body (string) – patch body as a binary string

• level (integer) – patch level - the number of directory names to strip from filenames in the patch

• subdir (string) – subdirectory in which patch should be applied

• author? (string) – patch author, or None

• comment? (string) – patch comment, or None

This resource type describes a patch. Patches have unique IDs, but only appear embedded in sourcestamps, so those IDs are not especially useful.

3.5.13.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.patches.Patch

(no update methods)

3.5.14. project

resource type: project

Attributes:

• projectid (integer) – the ID of this project

• name (identifier) – project name

• slug (identifier) – project slug

• description? (string) – description of the project

This resource type describes a project.

3.5.14.1. Endpoints

path: /projects

This path selects all projects

GET

returns

collection of project

path: /projects/{projectid_or_projectname}

Path Keys:

projectid_or_projectname (number|identifier) – the ID or name of the project

This path selects a single project

GET

returns

collection of project

3.5.15. rootlink

resource type: rootlink

Attributes:

name (string)

3.5.15.1. Endpoints

path: /

GET

returns

collection of rootlink

3.5.16. scheduler

resource type: scheduler

Attributes:

• master? (master) – the master on which this scheduler is running, or None if it is inactive

• name (string) – name of this scheduler

• schedulerid (integer) – the ID of this scheduler

A scheduler initiates builds, often in response to changes from change sources. A particular scheduler (by name) runs on at most one master at a time.

Note

This data type and associated endpoints is planned to be merged with forcescheduler data type when bug #2673 will be resolved.

3.5.16.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.schedulers.Scheduler

findSchedulerId(name)

Parameters:

name (string) – scheduler name

Returns:

scheduler ID via Deferred

Get the ID for the given scheduler name, inventing one if necessary.

trySetSchedulerMaster(schedulerid, masterid)

Parameters:

• schedulerid (integer) – scheduler ID to try to claim

• masterid (integer) – this master’s master ID

Returns:

True or False, via Deferred

Try to claim the given scheduler for the given master and return True if the scheduler is to be activated on that master.

3.5.16.2. Endpoints

path: /masters/{masterid}/schedulers

Path Keys:

masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects all schedulers for a given master

GET

returns

collection of scheduler

path: /masters/{masterid}/schedulers/{schedulerid}

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• schedulerid (number) – the id of the scheduler

This path selects one scheduler by id for a given master

GET

returns

collection of scheduler

path: /schedulers

This path selects all schedulers

GET

returns

collection of scheduler

path: /schedulers/{schedulerid}

Path Keys:

schedulerid (number) – the id of the scheduler

This path selects one scheduler by id

GET

returns

collection of scheduler

3.5.17. sourcedproperties

resource type: sourcedproperties

Attributes:

[] (object) –

Each key of this map is the name of a defined property. The value consists of a (value, source) tuple

• 1 (OrderedDict([(‘type’, ‘string’), (‘description’, ‘source of the property’)]))

• 2 (OrderedDict([(‘type’, ‘integer | string | object | array | boolean’), (‘description’, ‘value of the property’)]))

User-specified properties for this change, represented as an object mapping keys to (value, source) tuples

Properties are present in several data resources, but have a separate endpoints, because they can represent a large dataset.

3.5.17.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.properties.Properties

setBuildProperty(buildid, name, value, source)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build ID

• name (unicode) – name of the property to set

• value (Any JSON-able type is accepted (lists, dicts, strings and numbers)) – value of the property

• source (unicode) – source of the property to set

Set a build property. If no property with that name exists in that build, a new property will be created.

setBuildProperties(buildid, props)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build ID

• props (IProperties) – name of the property to set

Synchronize build properties with the db. This sends only one event in the end of the sync, and only if properties changed. The event contains only the updated properties, for network efficiency reasons.

3.5.17.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/properties

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

This path selects all properties of a build

GET

returns

collection of sourcedproperties

path: /builds/{buildid}/properties

Path Keys:

buildid (number) – the id of the build

This path selects all properties of a build

GET

returns

collection of sourcedproperties

path: /buildsets/{bsid}/properties

Path Keys:

bsid (identifier) – the id of the buildset

This path selects all properties of a buildset. Buildset properties are part of the initial properties of a build.

GET

returns

collection of sourcedproperties

3.5.18. sourcestamp

resource type: sourcestamp

Attributes:

• ssid (integer) –

  the ID of this sourcestamp

  Note

  For legacy reasons, the abbreviated name ssid is used instead of canonical sourcestampid. This might change in the future (bug #3509).

• branch? (string) – code branch, or none for the “default branch”, whatever that might mean

• codebase (string) – revision for this sourcestamp, or none if unknown

• created_at (date) – the timestamp when this sourcestamp was created

• patch? (patch) – the patch for this sourcestamp, or none

• project (string) – user-defined project to which this sourcestamp corresponds

• repository (string) – repository where this sourcestamp occurred

• revision? (string) – revision for this sourcestamp, or none if unknown

A sourcestamp represents a particular version of the source code. Absolute sourcestamps specify this completely, while relative sourcestamps (with revision = None) specify the latest source at the current time. Source stamps can also have patches; such stamps describe the underlying revision with the given patch applied.

Note that depending on the underlying version-control system, the same revision may describe different code in different branches (e.g., SVN) or may be independent of the branch (e.g., Git).

The created_at timestamp can be used to indicate the first time a sourcestamp was seen by Buildbot. This provides a reasonable default ordering for sourcestamps when more reliable information is not available.

3.5.18.1. Endpoints

path: /sourcestamps

This path selects all sourcestamps (can return lots of data!)

GET

returns

collection of sourcestamp

path: /sourcestamps/{ssid}

Path Keys:

ssid (number) – the id of the sourcestamp

This path selects one sourcestamp by id

GET

returns

collection of sourcestamp

3.5.19. spec

resource type: spec

Attributes:

• path (string)

• plural (string)

• type (string)

• type_spec (object)

3.5.19.1. Endpoints

path: /application.spec

GET

returns

collection of spec

3.5.20. step

resource type: step

Attributes:

• stepid (integer) – the unique ID of this step

• buildid (integer) – ID of the build containing this step

• complete (boolean) – true if this step is complete

• complete_at? (date) – time at which this step was complete, or None if it’s still running

• hidden (boolean) – true if the step should not be displayed

• name (identifier) – the step name, unique within the build

• number (integer) – the number of this step (sequential within the build)

• results? (integer) – the results of the step (see Build Result Codes), or None if not complete

• started_at? (date) – time at which this step started, or None if it hasn’t started yet

• locks_acquired_at? (date) – time at which this step acquired locks (if any), or None if the locks haven’t been acquired

• state_string (string) – a string giving detail on the state of the build. The first is usually one word or phrase; the remainder are sized for one-line display

• urls[] –

  a list of URLs associated with this step

  • name (string)

  • url (string)

This resource type describes a step in a build. Steps have unique IDs, but are most commonly accessed by name in the context of their containing builds.

3.5.20.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.steps.Step

newStep(buildid, name)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – buildid containing this step

• name (50-character identifier) – name for the step

Returns:

(stepid, number, name) via Deferred

Create a new step and return its ID, number, and name. Note that the name may be different from the requested name if that name was already in use. The state strings for the new step will be set to ‘pending’.

startStep(stepid, started_at=None, locks_acquired=False)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the step to modify

• started_at (integer) – optionally specify the startup time value. If not specified, then int(self.master.reactor.seconds()) will be used.

• locks_acquired (boolean) – True if all locks are already acquired at the step startup. This effectively calls set_step_locks_acquired_at(stepid, locks_acquired_at=started_at)

Start the step.

set_step_locks_acquired_at(stepid, locks_acquired_at=None)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the step to modify

• locks_acquired_at (integer) – optionally specify the timestamp value. If not specified, then int(self.master.reactor.seconds()) will be used.

Update step locks_acquired_at timestamp.

setStepStateString(stepid, state_string)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the step to modify

• state_string (unicode) – new state strings for this step

Replace the existing state string for a step with a new list.

addStepURL(stepid, name, url):

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the step to modify

• name (string) – the url name

• url (string) – the actual url

Returns:

None via deferred

Add a new url to a step. The new url is added to the list of urls.

finishStep(stepid, results, hidden)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the step to modify

• results (integer) – the step’s results

• hidden (boolean) – true if the step should not be displayed

Mark the step as finished at the current time, with the given results.

3.5.20.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

This path selects all steps for the given build

GET

returns

collection of step

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_name}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_name (identifier) – the slug name of the step

This path selects a specific step for the given build

GET

returns

collection of step

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_number}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_number (number) – the number of the step

This path selects a specific step given its step number

GET

returns

collection of step

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps

Path Keys:

buildid (number) – the id of the build

This path selects all steps of a build

GET

returns

collection of step

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps/{step_number_or_name}

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• step_number_or_name (identifier|number) – the name or number of the step

This path selects one step of a build

GET

returns

collection of step

3.5.21. worker

resource type: worker

Attributes:

• workerid (integer) – the ID of this worker

• configured_on[] –

  list of builders on masters this worker is configured on

  • builderid (integer)

  • masterid (integer)

• connected_to[] –

  list of masters this worker is attached to

  • masterid (integer)

• name (string) – the name of the worker

• paused (bool) – the worker is paused if it is connected but doesn’t accept new builds

• pause_reason? (string) – the reason for pausing the worker, if the worker is paused

• graceful (bool) – the worker is graceful if it doesn’t accept new builds, and will shutdown when builds are finished

• workerinfo (object) –

  information about the worker

  The worker information can be any JSON-able object. In practice, it contains the following keys, based on information provided by the worker:

  • admin (the admin information)

  • host (the name of the host)

  • access_uri (the access URI)

  • version (the version on the worker)

A worker resource represents a worker to the source code monitored by Buildbot.

The contents of the connected_to and configured_on attributes are sensitive to the context of the request. If a builder or master is specified in the path, then only the corresponding connections and configurations are included in the result.

3.5.21.1. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This path selects all workers configured for a given builder

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers/{name}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• name (identifier) – the name of the worker

This path selects a worker by name filtered by given builderid

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers/{workerid}

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• workerid (number) – the id of the worker

This path selects a worker by id filtered by given builderid

GET

returns

collection of worker

POST with method: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers/{workerid} (method=stop)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be stop

• reason (string) – The reason why the worker was stopped

POST with method: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers/{workerid} (method=kill)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be kill

• reason (string) – The reason why the worker was stopped

POST with method: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers/{workerid} (method=pause)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be pause

• reason (string) – The reason why the worker was paused

POST with method: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/workers/{workerid} (method=unpause)

Body keys:

• method (string) – must be unpause

• reason (string) – The reason why the worker was un-paused

path: /masters/{masterid}/builders/{builderid}/workers

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• builderid (number) – the id of the builder

This path selects all workers for a given builder and a given master

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /masters/{masterid}/builders/{builderid}/workers/{name}

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• builderid (number) – the id of the builder

• name (identifier) – the name of the worker

This path selects one worker by name for a given builder and a given master

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /masters/{masterid}/builders/{builderid}/workers/{workerid}

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• builderid (number) – the id of the builder

• workerid (number) – the id of the worker

This path selects one worker by name for a given builder and a given master

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /masters/{masterid}/workers

Path Keys:

masterid (number) – the id of the master

This path selects all workers for a given master

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /masters/{masterid}/workers/{name}

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• name (identifier) – the name of the worker

This path selects one worker by name for a given master

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /masters/{masterid}/workers/{workerid}

Path Keys:

• masterid (number) – the id of the master

• workerid (number) – the id of the worker

This path selects one worker by id for a given master

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /workers

This path selects all workers

GET

returns

collection of worker

path: /workers/{name_or_id}

Path Keys:

name_or_id (number|identifier) – the name or id of a worker

This path selects a worker by name or id

GET

returns

collection of worker

3.5.22. test_result

resource type: test_result

Attributes:

• test_resultid (integer) – the unique ID of this test result

• builderid (integer) – id of the builder for this test result

• test_result_setid (integer) – id of the test result set that the test result belongs to

• test_name? (string) – the name of the test, if any

• test_code_path? (string) – the code path associated to test, if any

• line? (string) – the number of the line in the code path that produced this result, if any

• duration_ns? (integer) – the number of nanoseconds it took to perform the test, if available

• value (string) – the value of the test

example

{
    "test_resultid": 1042,
    "builderid": 14,
    "test_result_setid": 412,
    "test_name": "test.perf.buildbot.api.123",
    "test_code_path": "master/buildbot/spec/types/test_result.raml",
    "duration_ns": 120410,
    "line": 123,
    "value": "31.1382"
}

This resource represents a test result. Test results that are produced by a single test run are grouped by a relation to a test result set. Single test result set may represent thousands of test results.

3.5.22.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.test_result_sets.TestResult

addTestResults(builderid, test_result_setid, result_values)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – The ID of the builder corresponding to the test result set

• test_result_setid (integer) – The ID of the test result set for which to add results

• result_values (integer) – A list of dictionaries that define the test results

Creates one or more new test results. This is a batch-based method as large number of test results are usually associated to a single test result set.

The dictionaries in result_value may have the following keys:

• value (required): A string containing the value of the test result

• test_name (optional): A string containing the name of the test

• test_code_path (optional): A string containing the path of the test

• line (optional): An integer containing the line within the source file corresponding to the test

• duration_ns (optional): An integer defining the duration of the test in nanoseconds

At least one of test_name and test_code_path must be specified.

The function returns nothing.

3.5.22.2. Endpoints

path: /test_result_sets/{test_result_setid}/results

Path Keys:

test_result_setid (number) – the id of the test result set

This path selects all test results for the given test result set

GET

returns

collection of test_result

3.5.23. test_result_set

resource type: test_result_set

Attributes:

• test_result_setid (integer) – the unique ID of this test result set

• builderid (integer) – id of the builder for this test result set

• buildid (integer) – id of the build for this test result set

• stepid (integer) – id of the step for this test result set

• description (string) – Free-form description of the source of the test data

• category (string) –

  The category of the test result set. This describes what data the test results contain.

  Any value is allowed. The following standard categories are defined:

  • pass_fail: The test result set contains results that can indicate success or failure of specific test. The values of test results contain success or failure values.

  • pass_only: The test result set contains results that can only indicate success of specific test. This is used in cases when failed tests are not reported.

  • fail_only: The test result set contains results that can only indicate failure of specific test. This is used in tests when passed tests are not reported.

  • code_issue: The test result set contains issues within the code reported by various tooling. This is effectively a subset of fail_only.

  • performance: The test result set contains performance results. The values of test results contain some kind of performance metric such as time per operation or the number of operations completed in a time period.

  • binary_size: The test result set contains evaluation of binary size. The values of test results contain a binary size metric.

  • memory_use: The test result set contains evaluation of dynamic memory use. The values of test results contain a memory use metric.

• value_unit (string) –

  Describes the unit of the values stored within the test results.

  Any value is allowed. The following standard units are defined:

  • ps: Picoseconds

  • ns: Nanoseconds

  • us: Microseconds

  • ms: Milliseconds

  • s: Seconds

  • boolean: A boolean value (0 or 1)

  • B: Bytes

  • KB: Kilobytes (1000-based)

  • KiB: Kibibytes (1024-based)

  • MB: Megabytes (1000-based)

  • MiB: Mebibytes (1024-based)

  • GB: Gigabytes (1000-based)

  • GiB: Gibibytes (1024-based)

  • TB: Gigabytes (1000-based)

  • TiB: Gibibytes (1024-based)

  • message: Arbitrary string message

  Note that the value of the test result is always stored as string.

• tests_passed? (integer) – The number of passed tests in cases when the pass or fail criteria depends only on how that single test runs. For example, performance tests that track regressions across multiple tests do not have the number of passed tests defined.

• tests_failed? (integer) – The number of failed tests in cases when the pass or fail criteria depends only on how that single test runs. For example, performance tests that track regressions across multiple tests do not have the number of failed tests defined.

• complete (boolean) – true if all test results associated with test result set have been generated. Once set to true this property will never be set back to false

example

{
    "test_result_setid": 412,
    "builderid": 14,
    "buildid": 31,
    "stepid": 3,
    "description": "Performance test via BenchmarkDotNet",
    "category": "performance",
    "value_unit": "ms",
    "complete": true
}

This resource represents a test result set. A test result set consists of a number of related test results. These test results need to be related in that they represent the same type of data and are produced by a single step. In reasonably tested codebases the number of test results in a test result set will approach several or even tens of thousands.

There may be a long delay between the creation of the test result set and full creation of the corresponding test results. This is tracked by the complete property. If it’s true, then the full set of test results have been committed to the database.

The test_result_unparsed_set object tracks test result sets that have not been parsed yet.

3.5.23.1. Update Methods

All update methods are available as attributes of master.data.updates.

class buildbot.data.test_result_sets.TestResultSet

addTestResultSet(builderid, buildid, stepid, description, category, value_unit)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – The ID of the builder for which the test result set is to be created

• buildid (integer) – The ID of the build for which the test result set is to be created

• stepid (integer) – The ID of the step for which the test result set is to be created

• description – Description of the test result set

• category – The category of the test result set

• value_unit – Defines the unit of the values stored in the test results

Creates a new test result set. Returns the ID of the new test result set.

completeTestResultSet(test_result_setid, tests_passed=None, tests_failed=None):

Parameters:

• test_result_setid (integer) – The ID of the test result set to complete

• tests_passed (integer) – The number of passed tests, if known

• tests_failed (integer) – The number of failed tests, if known

Marks a test result set as complete. The total number of passed and failed tests may be passed to have this information cached as part of a test result set so that expensive re-computations don’t need to be performed.

3.5.23.2. Endpoints

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/test_result_sets

Path Keys:

builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

This selects all test result sets that have been created for a particular builder

GET

returns

collection of test_result_set

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps/{step_number_or_name}/test_result_sets

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• step_number_or_name (identifier|number) – the name or number of the step

This selects all test result sets that have been created for a particular step

GET

returns

collection of test_result_set

path: /builds/{buildid}/test_result_sets

Path Keys:

buildid (number) – the id of the build

This selects all test result sets that have been created for a particular build

GET

returns

collection of test_result_set

path: /steps/{stepid}/test_result_sets

Path Keys:

stepid (number) – the id of the step

This selects all test result sets that have been created for a particular step

GET

returns

collection of test_result_set

path: /test_result_sets/{test_result_setid}

Path Keys:

test_result_setid (number) – the id of the test result set

Selects a test result set by id

GET

returns

collection of test_result_set

3.5.24. Raw endpoints

Raw endpoints allow to download content in their raw format (i.e. not within a json glue). The content-disposition http header is set, so that the browser knows which file to store the content to.

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/data/{build_data_name}/value

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• build_data_name (string) – the name of build data

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_name}/logs/{log_slug}/raw

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_name (identifier) – the slug name of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

This endpoint allows to get the raw logs for downloading into a file. This endpoint does not provide paging capabilities. For stream log types, the type line header characters are dropped. ‘text/plain’ is used as the mime type except for html logs, where ‘text/html’ is used. The ‘slug’ is used as the filename for the resulting download. Some browsers are appending ".txt" or ".html" to this filename according to the mime-type.

path: /builders/{builderid_or_buildername}/builds/{build_number}/steps/{step_number}/logs/{log_slug}/raw

Path Keys:

• builderid_or_buildername (number|string) – the ID or name of the builder

• build_number (number) – the number of the build within the builder

• step_number (number) – the number of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

This path downloads the whole log

path: /builds/{buildid}/data/{build_data_name}/value

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• build_data_name (string) – the name of build data

path: /builds/{buildid}/steps/{step_number_or_name}/logs/{log_slug}/raw

Path Keys:

• buildid (number) – the id of the build

• step_number_or_name (identifier|number) – the name or number of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

This path downloads the whole log

path: /logs/{logid}/raw

Path Keys:

logid (number) – the id of the log

This path downloads the whole log

path: /steps/{stepid}/logs/{log_slug}/raw

Path Keys:

• stepid (number) – the id of the step

• log_slug (identifier) – the slug name of the log

This path downloads the whole log

3.6. Data API

The data API is an interface against which various internal and external components can be written. It is a lower-level interface compared to the REST API that exposes more functionality. It combines access to stored state and messages, ensuring consistency between them. The callers can receive a dump of the current state plus changes to that state, without missing or duplicating messages.

3.6.1. Sections

The data API is divided into four sections:

• getters - fetching data from the db API

• subscriptions - subscribing to messages from the mq layer

• control - allows state to be changed in specific ways by sending appropriate messages (e.g., stopping a build)

• updates - direct updates to state appropriate messages.

The getters and subscriptions are exposed everywhere. Access to the control section must be authenticated at higher levels as the data layer does no authentication. The updates section is for use only by the process layer.

The interfaces for all sections, but the updates section, are intended to be language-agnostic. That is, they should be callable from JavaScript via HTTP, or via some other interface added to Buildbot after the fact.

3.6.1.1. Getters

The getters section can get either a single resource, or a list of resources. Getting a single resource requires a resource identifier (a tuple of strings) and a set of options to support automatic expansion of links to other resources (thus saving round-trips). Lists are requested with a partial resource identifier (a tuple of strings) and an optional set of filter options. In some cases, certain filters are implicit in the path, e.g., the list of buildsteps for a particular build.

3.6.1.2. Subscriptions

Message subscriptions can be made to anything that can be listed or gotten from the getters section, using the same resource identifiers. Options and explicit filters are not supported here. A message contains only the most basic information about a resource and a list of subscription results for every new resource of the desired type. Implicit filters are supported.

3.6.1.3. Control

The control section defines a set of actions that cause Buildbot to behave in a certain way, e.g., rebuilding a build or shutting down a worker. Actions correspond to a particular resource, although sometimes that resource is the root resource (an empty tuple).

3.6.1.4. Updates

The updates section defines a free-form set of methods that Buildbot’s process implementation calls to update data. Most update methods both modify state via the db API and send a message via the mq API. Some are simple wrappers for these APIs, while others contain more complex logic, e.g., building a source stamp set for a collection of changes. This section is the proper place to put common functionality, e.g., rebuilding builds or assembling buildsets.

3.6.2. Concrete Interfaces

3.6.2.1. Python Interface

Within the buildmaster process, the root of the data API is available at self.master.data, which is a DataConnector instance.

class buildbot.data.connector.DataConnector

This class implements the root of the data API. Within the buildmaster process, the data connector is available at self.master.data. The first three sections are implemented through the get and control methods, while the updates section is implemented using the updates attribute. The path argument to these methods should always be a tuple. Integer arguments can be presented as either integers or strings that can be parsed by int; all other arguments must be strings.

get(path, filters=None, fields=None, order=None, limit=None, offset=None)

Parameters:

• path (tuple) – A tuple of path elements representing the API path to fetch. Numbers can be passed as strings or integers

• filters – result spec filters

• fields – result spec fields

• order – result spec order

• limit – result spec limit

• offset – result spec offset

Raises:

InvalidPathError

Returns:

a resource or list via Deferred, or None

This method implements the getters section. Depending on the path, it will return a single resource or a list of resources. If a single resource is not specified, it returns None.

The filters, fields, order, limit, and offset are passed to the ResultSpec, which will then be forwarded to the endpoint.

The return value is composed of simple Python objects - lists, dicts, strings, numbers, and None.

For example, the following will query the buildrequests endpoint, filter for all non-completed buildrequests that were submitted after 1/5/2021, and return the buildrequest and buildset ids for the last 2 buildrequests in the collection:

from datetime import datetime
from buildbot.data.resultspec import Filter
submitted_at = datetime(2021, 5, 1).timestamp()
buildrequests = yield self.master.data.get(
    ("buildrequests",),
    filters=[
        Filter("submitted_at", "gt", [submitted_at]),
        Filter("complete", "eq", [False]),
    ],
    fields=["buildrequestid", "buildsetid"],
    order=("-buildrequestid",),
    limit=2
)

getEndpoint(path)

Parameters:

path (tuple) – A tuple of path elements representing the API path. Numbers can be passed as strings or integers.

Raises:

InvalidPathError

Returns:

tuple of endpoint and a dictionary of keyword arguments from the path

Get the endpoint responsible for the given path, along with any arguments extracted from the path. This can be used by callers that need access to information from the endpoint beyond that returned by get.

produceEvent(rtype, msg, event)

Parameters:

• rtype – the name identifying a resource type

• msg – a dictionary describing the msg to send

• event – the event to produce

This method implements the production of an event, for the rtype identified by its name string. Usually, this is the role of the data layer to produce the events inside the update methods. For the potential use cases where it would make sense to solely produce an event, and not update data, please use this API, rather than directly calling mq. It ensures the event is sent to all the routingkeys specified by eventPathPatterns.

control(action, args, path)

Parameters:

• action – a short string naming the action to perform

• args – dictionary containing arguments for the action

• path (tuple) – A tuple of path elements representing the API path. Numbers can be passed as strings or integers.

Raises:

InvalidPathError

Returns:

a resource or list via Deferred, or None

This method implements the control section. Depending on the path, it may return a newly created resource.

For example, the following will cancel a buildrequest (and the associated build, if one has already started):

buildrequestid = 10
yield self.master.data.control(
    "cancel",
    {"reason": "User requested cancellation"},
    ("buildrequests", buildrequestid),
)

allEndpoints()

Returns:

list of endpoint specifications

This method returns the deprecated API spec. Please use REST API Specification instead.

rtypes

This object has an attribute for each resource type, named after the singular form (e.g., self.master.data.builder). These attributes allow resource types to access one another for purposes of coordination. They are not intended for external access – all external access to the data API should be via the methods above or update methods.

Updates

The updates section is available at self.master.data.updates, and contains a number of ad-hoc methods needed by the process modules.

Note

The update methods are implemented in resource type classes, but through some initialization-time magic, all appear as attributes of self.master.data.updates.

The update methods are found in the resource type pages.

Exceptions

exception buildbot.data.exceptions.DataException

This is a base class for all other Data API exceptions.

exception buildbot.data.exceptions.InvalidPathError

The path argument was invalid or unknown.

exception buildbot.data.exceptions.InvalidOptionError

A value in the options argument was invalid or ill-formed.

exception buildbot.data.exceptions.SchedulerAlreadyClaimedError

Identical to SchedulerAlreadyClaimedError.

3.6.2.2. Web Interface

The HTTP interface is implemented by the buildbot.www package, as configured by the user. Part of that configuration is a base URL, which is considered a prefix for all paths mentioned here.

See Base web application for more information.

3.6.3. Extending the Data API

The data API may be extended in various ways: adding new endpoints, new fields to resource types, new update methods, or entirely new resource types. In any case, you should only extend the API if you plan to submit the extensions to be merged into Buildbot itself. Private API extensions are strongly discouraged.

3.6.3.1. Adding Resource Types

You’ll need to use both plural and singular forms of the resource type; in this example, we’ll use ‘pub’ and ‘pubs’. You can also examine an existing file, like master/buildbot/data/changes.py, to see when to use which form.

In master/buildbot/data/pubs.py, create a subclass of ResourceType:

from buildbot.data import base

class Pub(base.ResourceType):
    name = "pub"
    endpoints = []
    keyFields = ['pubid']

    class EntityType(types.Entity):
        pubid = types.Integer()
        name = types.String()
        num_taps = types.Integer()
        closes_at = types.Integer()

    entityType = EntityType(name, 'Pub')

class buildbot.data.base.ResourceType

name

Type:

string

The singular, lower-cased name of the resource type. This becomes the first component in message routing keys.

plural

Type:

string

The plural, lower-cased name of the resource type. This becomes the key containing the data in REST responses.

endpoints

Type:

list

Subclasses should set this to a list of endpoint classes for this resource type.

eventPathPatterns

Type:

str

This attribute should list the message routes where events should be sent, encoded as a REST like endpoint:

pub/:pubid

In the example above, a call to produceEvent({'pubid': 10, 'name': 'Winchester'}, 'opened') would result in a message with routing key ('pub', '10', 'opened').

Several paths can be specified in order to be consistent with REST endpoints.

entityType

Type:

buildbot.data.types.Entity

The entity type describes the types of all of the fields in this particular resource type. See buildbot.data.types.Entity and Adding Fields to Resource Types.

The parent class provides the following methods

getEndpoints()

Returns:

a list of Endpoint instances

This method returns a list of the endpoint instances associated with the resource type.

The base method instantiates each class in the endpoints attribute. Most subclasses can simply list Endpoint subclasses in endpoints.

produceEvent(msg, event)

Parameters:

• msg (dict) – the message body

• event (string) – the name of the event that has occurred

This is a convenience method to produce an event message for this resource type. It formats the routing key correctly and sends the message, thereby ensuring consistent routing-key structure.

Like all Buildbot source files, every resource type module must have corresponding tests. These should thoroughly exercise all update methods.

All resource types must be documented in the Buildbot documentation and linked from the bottom of this file (master/docs/developer/data.rst).

3.6.3.2. Adding Endpoints

Each resource path is implemented as an Endpoint instance. In most cases, each instance is of a different class, but this is not required.

The data connector’s get and control methods both take a path argument that is used to look up the corresponding endpoint. The path matching is performed by buildbot.util.pathmatch, and supports automatically extracting variable fields from the path. See that module’s description for details.

class buildbot.data.base.Endpoint

pathPatterns

Type:

string

This attribute defines the path patterns which incoming paths must match to select this endpoint. Paths are specified as URIs, and can contain variables as parsed by buildbot.util.pathmatch.Matcher. Multiple paths are separated by whitespace.

For example, the following specifies two paths with the second having a single variable:

pathPatterns = """
    /bugs
    /component/i:component_name/bugs
"""

rootLinkName

Type:

string

If set, then the first path pattern for this endpoint will be included as a link in the root of the API. This should be set for any endpoints that begin an explorable tree.

kind

Type:

number

Defines type of the endpoint. The following endpoint types are supported:

• EndpointKind.SINGLE - returns single resource

• EndpointKind.COLLECTION - returns a collection of resources

• EndpointKind.RAW - returns a raw resource.

  Raw resources are used to get the data not encoded in JSON via the REST API. The get() method from endpoint should return following data structure:

  {
      "raw": "raw data to be sent to the http client",
      "mime-type": "<mime-type>",
      "filename": "filename_to_be_used_in_content_disposition_attachement_header"
  }
  

• EndpointKind.RAW_INLINE - returns a raw resource which is shown inline in HTTP client.

  The difference between RAW resource is that content-disposition header is not set. The get() method from endpoint should return following data structure:

  {
      "raw": "raw data to be sent to the http client",
      "mime-type": "<mime-type>"
  }
  

get(options, resultSpec, kwargs)

Parameters:

• options (dict) – model-specific options

• resultSpec – a ResultSpec instance describing the desired results

• kwargs (dict) – fields extracted from the path

Returns:

data via Deferred

Get data from the endpoint. This should return either a list of dictionaries (for list endpoints), a dictionary, or None (both for details endpoints). The endpoint is free to handle any part of the result spec. When doing so, it should remove the relevant configuration from the spec. See below.

Any result spec configuration that remains on return will be applied automatically.

control(action, args, kwargs)

Parameters:

• action – a short string naming the action to perform

• args – dictionary containing arguments for the action

• kwargs – fields extracted from the path

Continuing the pub example, a simple endpoint would look like this:

class PubEndpoint(base.Endpoint):
    pathPattern = ('pub', 'i:pubid')

    def get(self, resultSpec, kwargs):
        return self.master.db.pubs.getPub(kwargs['pubid'])

Endpoint implementations must have unit tests. An endpoint’s path should be documented in the .rst file for its resource type.

The initial pass at implementing any endpoint should just ignore the resultSpec argument to get. After that initial pass, the argument can be used to optimize certain types of queries. For example, if the resource type has many resources, but most real-life queries use the result spec to filter out all but a few resources from that group, then it makes sense for the endpoint to examine the result spec and allow the underlying DB API to do that filtering.

When an endpoint handles parts of the result spec, it must remove those parts from the spec before it returns. See the documentation for ResultSpec for methods to do so.

Note that endpoints must be careful not to alter the order of the filtering applied for a result spec. For example, if an endpoint implements pagination, then it must also completely implement filtering and ordering, since those operations precede pagination in the result spec application.

3.6.3.3. Adding Messages

Message types are defined in master/buildbot/test/util/validation.py, via the message module-level value. This is a dictionary of MessageValidator objects, one for each message type. The message type is determined from the first atom of its routing key. The events dictionary lists the possible last atoms of the routing key. It should be identical to the attribute of the ResourceType with the same name.

3.6.3.4. Adding Update Methods

Update methods are for use by the Buildbot process code, and as such are generally designed to suit the needs of that code. They generally encapsulate logic common to multiple users (e.g., creating buildsets), and they finish by performing modifications in the database and sending a corresponding message. In general, Buildbot does not depend on timing of either the database or message broker, so the order in which these operations are initiated is not important.

Update methods are considered part of Buildbot’s user-visible interface, and as such, incompatible changes should be avoided wherever possible. Instead, either add a new method (and potentially re-implement existing methods in terms of the new method) or add new, optional parameters to an existing method. If an incompatible change is unavoidable, it should be described clearly in the release notes.

Update methods are implemented as methods of ResourceType subclasses, decorated with @base.updateMethod:

buildbot.data.base.updateMethod(f)

A decorator for ResourceType subclass methods, indicating that the method should be copied to master.data.updates.

Returning to the pub example:

class PubResourceType(base.ResourceType):
    # ...
    @base.updateMethod
    @defer.inlineCallbacks
    def setPubTapList(self, pubid, beers):
        pub = yield self.master.db.pubs.getPub(pubid)
        # ...
        self.produceMessage(pub, 'taps-updated')

Update methods should be documented in master/docs/developer/data.rst. They should be thoroughly tested with unit tests. They should have a fake implementation in master/buildbot/test/fake/fakedata.py. That fake implementation should be tested to match the real implementation in master/buildbot/test/unit/test_data_connector.py.

3.6.3.5. Adding Fields to Resource Types

The details of the fields of a resource type are rigorously enforced at several points in the Buildbot tests. The enforcement is performed by the buildbot.data.types module.

The module provides a number of type classes for basic and compound types. Each resource type class defines its entity type in its entityType class attribute. Other resource types may refer to this class attribute if they embed an entity of that type.

The types are used both for tests and by the REST interface to properly decode user-supplied query parameters.

Basic Types

class buildbot.data.types.Integer

An integer.

myid = types.Integer()

class buildbot.data.types.String

A string. Strings must always be Unicode.

name = types.String()

class buildbot.data.types.Binary

A binary bytestring.

data = types.Binary()

class buildbot.data.types.Boolean

A boolean value.

complete = types.Boolean()

class buildbot.data.types.Identifier(length)

An identifier; see Identifier. The constructor argument specifies the maximum length.

ident = types.Identifier(25)

Compound Types

class buildbot.data.types.NoneOk(nestedType)

Either the nested type, or None.

category = types.NoneOk(types.String())

class buildbot.data.types.List(of)

An list of objects. The named constructor argument of specifies the type of the list elements.

tags = types.List(of=types.String())

class buildbot.data.types.SourcedProperties

A data structure representing properties with their sources, in the form {name: (value, source)}. The property name and source must be Unicode, and the value must be JSON-able.

props = types.SourcedProperties()

Entity Type

class buildbot.data.types.Entity(name)

A data resource is represented by a dictionary with well-known keys. To define those keys and their values, subclass the Entity class within your ResourceType class and include each field as an attribute:

class MyStuff(base.ResourceType):
    name = "mystuff"
    # ...
    class EntityType(types.Entity):
        myid = types.Integer()
        name = types.String()
        data = types.Binary()
        complete = types.Boolean()
        ident = types.Identifier(25)
        category = types.NoneOk(types.String())
        tags = types.List(of=types.String())
        props = types.SourcedProperties()

Then instantiate the class with the resource type name. The second argument is used for GraphQl endpoints:

entityType = EntityType(name, 'MyStuff')

To embed another entity type, reference its entityType class attribute:

class EntityType(types.Entity):
    # ...
    master = masters.Master.entityType

3.6.4. Data Model

The data API enforces a strong and well-defined model on Buildbot’s data. This model is influenced by REST, in the sense that it defines resources, representations for resources, and identifiers for resources. For each resource type, the API specifies:

• the attributes of the resource and their types (e.g., changes have a string specifying their project)

• the format of links to other resources (e.g., buildsets to sourcestamp sets)

• the paths relating to the resource type

• the format of routing keys for messages relating to the resource type

• the events that can occur on that resource (e.g., a buildrequest can be claimed)

• options and filters for getting resources

Some resource type attributes only appear in certain formats, as noted in the documentation for the resource types. In general, messages do not include any optional attributes, nor links.

Paths are given here separated by slashes, with key names prefixed by : and described below. Similarly, message routing keys given here are separated by dots, with key names prefixed by $. The translation to tuples and other formats should be obvious.

All strings in the data model are unicode strings.

3.7. Database

Buildbot stores most of its state in a database. This section describes the database connector classes, which allow other parts of Buildbot to access the database. It also describes how to modify the database schema and the connector classes themselves.

3.7.1. Database Overview

All access to the Buildbot database is mediated by database connector classes. These classes provide a functional, asynchronous interface to other parts of Buildbot, and encapsulate the database-specific details in a single location in the codebase.

The connector API, defined below, is a stable API in Buildbot, and can be called from any other component. Given a master master, the root of the database connectors is available at master.db, so, for example, the state connector’s getState method is master.db.state.getState.

All the connectors use SQLAlchemy Core to achieve (almost) database-independent operation. Note that the SQLAlchemy ORM is not used in Buildbot. Database queries are carried out in threads, and report their results back to the main thread via Twisted Deferreds.

3.7.2. Schema

Changes to the schema are accomplished through migration scripts, supported by Alembic.

The schema itself is considered an implementation detail, and may change significantly from version to version. Users should rely on the API (below), rather than performing queries against the database itself.

3.7.3. Identifier

Restrictions on many string fields in the database are referred to as the Identifier concept. An “identifier” is a nonempty unicode string of limited length, containing only UTF-8 alphanumeric characters along with - (dash) and _ (underscore), and not beginning with a digit. Wherever an identifier is used, the documentation will give the maximum length in characters. The function buildbot.util.identifiers.isIdentifier is useful to verify a well-formed identifier.

3.7.4. Writing Database Connector Methods

The information above is intended for developers working on the rest of Buildbot, and treating the database layer as an abstraction. The remainder of this section describes the internals of the database implementation, and is intended for developers modifying the schema or adding new methods to the database layer.

Warning

It’s difficult to change the database schema, especially after it has been released. Changing the database API is disruptive to users. Consider very carefully the future-proofing of any changes here!

3.7.4.1. The DB Connector and Components

class buildbot.db.connector.DBConnector

The root of the database connectors, master.db, is a DBConnector instance. Its main purpose is to hold a reference to each of the connector components, but it also handles timed cleanup tasks.

If you are adding a new connector component, import its module and create an instance of it in this class’s constructor.

run_db_task(deferred_task: defer.Deferred) → None

For use when the deferred resulting from a DB operation is not awaited. If a function that will run DB operation is not awaited, a shutdown of the master could sever the connection to the database before the function completes. To avoid this issue, register the deferred to the connector so it can properly await it’s completion in such cases.

class buildbot.db.base.DBConnectorComponent

This is the base class for connector components.

There should be no need to override the constructor defined by this base class.

db

A reference to the DBConnector, so that connector components can use e.g., self.db.pool or self.db.model. In the unusual case that a connector component needs access to the master, the easiest path is self.db.master.

checkLength(col, value)

For use by subclasses to check that ‘value’ will fit in ‘col’, where ‘col’ is a table column from the model. Ignore this check for database engines that either provide this error themselves (postgres) or that do not enforce maximum-length restrictions (sqlite).

findSomethingId(self, tbl, whereclause, insert_values, _race_hook=None, autoCreate=True)

Find (using whereclause) or add (using insert_values) a row to table, and return the resulting ID. If autoCreate == False, we will not automatically insert the row.

hashColumns(*args)

Hash the given values in a consistent manner: None is represented as xf5, an invalid unicode byte; strings are converted to utf8; and integers are represented by their decimal expansion. The values are then joined by ‘0’ and hashed with sha1.

doBatch(batch, batch_n=500)

returns an Iterator that batches stuff in order to not push to many things in a single request. Especially sqlite has 999 limit that it can take in a request.

3.7.4.2. Direct Database Access

The connectors all use SQLAlchemy Core as a wrapper around database client drivers. Unfortunately, SQLAlchemy is a synchronous library, so some extra work is required to use it in an asynchronous context, like in Buildbot. This is accomplished by deferring all database operations to threads, and returning a Deferred. The Pool class takes care of the details.

A connector method should look like this:

def myMethod(self, arg1, arg2):
    def thd(conn):
        q = ... # construct a query
        for row in conn.execute(q):
            ... # do something with the results
        return ... # return an interesting value
    return self.db.pool.do(thd)

Picking that apart, the body of the method defines a function named thd taking one argument, a Connection object. It then calls self.db.pool.do, passing the thd function. This function is called in a thread, and can make blocking calls to SQLAlchemy as desired. The do method will return a Deferred that will fire with the return value of thd, or with a failure representing any exception raised by thd.

The return value of thd must not be an SQLAlchemy object - in particular, any ResultProxy objects must be parsed into lists or other data structures before they are returned.

Warning

As the name thd indicates, the function runs in a thread. It should not interact with any other part of Buildbot, nor with any of the Twisted components that expect to be accessed from the main thread – the reactor, Deferreds, etc.

Queries can be constructed using any of the SQLAlchemy core methods, using tables from Model, and executed with the connection object, conn.

Note

SQLAlchemy requires the use of a syntax that is forbidden by pep8. If in where clauses you need to select rows where a value is NULL, you need to write (tbl.c.value == None). This form is forbidden by pep8 which requires the use of is None instead of == None. As sqlalchemy is using operator overloading to implement pythonic SQL statements, and the is operator is not overloadable, we need to keep the == operators. In order to solve this issue, Buildbot uses buildbot.db.NULL constant, which is None. So instead of writing tbl.c.value == None, please write tbl.c.value == NULL).

class buildbot.db.pool.DBThreadPool

do(callable, ...)

Returns:

Deferred

Call callable in a thread, with a Connection object as first argument. Returns a deferred that will fire with the results of the callable, or with a failure representing any exception raised during its execution.

Any additional positional or keyword arguments are passed to callable.

do_with_engine(callable, ...)

Returns:

Deferred

Similar to do, call callable in a thread, but with an Engine object as first argument.

This method is only used for schema manipulation, and should not be used in a running master.

3.7.4.3. Database Schema

Database connector methods access the database through SQLAlchemy, which requires access to Python objects representing the database tables. That is handled through the model.

class buildbot.db.model.Model

This class contains the canonical description of the Buildbot schema. It is represented in the form of SQLAlchemy Table instances, as class variables. At runtime, the model is available at master.db.model. So, for example, the buildrequests table can be referred to as master.db.model.buildrequests, and columns are available in its c attribute.

The source file, master/buildbot/db/model.py, contains comments describing each table; that information is not replicated in this documentation.

Note that the model is not used for new installations or upgrades of the Buildbot database. See Modifying the Database Schema for more information.

metadata

The model object also has a metadata attribute containing a MetaData instance. Connector methods should not need to access this object. The metadata is not bound to an engine.

The Model class also defines some migration-related methods:

is_current()

Returns:

boolean via Deferred

Returns true if the current database’s version is current.

upgrade()

Returns:

Deferred

Upgrades the database to the most recent schema version.

3.7.4.4. Caching

Connector component methods that get an object based on an ID are good candidates for caching. The cached decorator makes this automatic:

buildbot.db.base.cached(cachename)

Parameters:

cache_name – name of the cache to use

A decorator for “getter” functions that fetch an object from the database based on a single key. The wrapped method will only be called if the named cache does not contain the key.

The wrapped function must take one argument (the key); the wrapper will take a key plus an optional no_cache argument which, if true, will cause it to invoke the underlying method even if the key is in the cache.

The resulting method will have a cache attribute which can be used to access the underlying cache.

In most cases, getter methods return a well-defined dictionary. Unfortunately, Python does not handle weak references to bare dictionaries, so components must instantiate a subclass of dict. The whole assembly looks something like this:

class ThDict(dict):
    pass

class ThingConnectorComponent(base.DBConnectorComponent):

    @base.cached('thdicts')
    def getThing(self, thid):
        def thd(conn):
            ...
            thdict = ThDict(thid=thid, attr=row.attr, ...)
            return thdict
        return self.db.pool.do(thd)

3.7.5. Modifying the Database Schema

Changes to the schema are accomplished through migration scripts, supported by Alembic.

The schema is tracked by a revision number, stored in the alembic_version table. It can be anything, but by convention Buildbot uses revision numbers that are numbers incremented by one for each revision. The master will refuse to run with an outdated database.

To make a change to the schema, first consider how to handle any existing data. When adding new columns, this may not be necessary, but table refactorings can be complex and require caution so as not to lose information.

Refer to the documentation of Alembic for details of how database migration scripts should be written.

The database schema itself is stored in master/buildbot/db/model.py which should be updated to represent the new schema. Buildbot’s automated tests perform a rudimentary comparison of an upgraded database with the model, but it is important to check the details - key length, nullability, and so on can sometimes be missed by the checks. If the schema and the upgrade scripts get out of sync, bizarre behavior can result.

Changes to database schema should be reflected in corresponding fake database table definitions in master/buildbot/test/fakedb

The upgrade scripts should have unit tests. The classes in master/buildbot/test/util/migration.py make this straightforward. Unit test scripts should be named e.g., test_db_migrate_versions_015_remove_bad_master_objectid.py.

The master/buildbot/test/integration/test_upgrade.py also tests upgrades, and will confirm that the resulting database matches the model. If you encounter implicit indexes on MySQL, that do not appear on SQLite or Postgres, add them to implied_indexes in master/buidlbot/db/model.py.

3.7.6. Foreign key checking

PostgreSQL and SQlite db backends check the foreign keys consistency. bug #2248 needs to be fixed so that we can support foreign key checking for MySQL.

3.7.7. Database Compatibility Notes

Or: “If you thought any database worked right, think again”

Because Buildbot works over a wide range of databases, it is generally limited to database features present in all supported backends. This section highlights a few things to watch out for.

In general, Buildbot should be functional on all supported database backends. If use of a backend adds minor usage restrictions, or cannot implement some kinds of error checking, that is acceptable if the restrictions are well-documented in the manual.

The metabuildbot tests Buildbot against all supported databases, so most compatibility errors will be caught before a release.

3.7.7.1. Index Length in MySQL

MySQL only supports about 330-character indexes. The actual index length is 1000 bytes, but MySQL uses 3-byte encoding for UTF8 strings. This is a longstanding bug in MySQL - see “Specified key was too long; max key length is 1000 bytes” with utf8. While this makes sense for indexes used for record lookup, it limits the ability to use unique indexes to prevent duplicate rows.

InnoDB only supports indexes up to 255 unicode characters, which is why all indexed columns are limited to 255 characters in Buildbot.

3.7.7.2. Transactions in MySQL

Unfortunately, use of the MyISAM storage engine precludes real transactions in MySQL. transaction.commit() and transaction.rollback() are essentially no-ops: modifications to data in the database are visible to other users immediately, and are not reverted in a rollback.

3.7.7.3. Referential Integrity in SQLite and MySQL

Neither MySQL nor SQLite enforce referential integrity based on foreign keys. Postgres does enforce it, however. If possible, test your changes on Postgres before committing, to check that tables are added and removed in the proper order.

3.7.7.4. Subqueries in MySQL

MySQL’s query planner is easily confused by subqueries. For example, a DELETE query specifying id’s that are IN a subquery will not work. The workaround is to run the subquery directly, and then execute a DELETE query for each returned id.

If this weakness has a significant performance impact, it would be acceptable to conditionalize use of the subquery on the database dialect.

3.7.7.5. Too Many Variables in SQLite

Sqlite has a limitation on the number of variables it can use. This limitation is usually SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER=999. There is currently no way with pysqlite to query the value of this limit. The C-api sqlite_limit is just not bound to the python.

When you hit this problem, you will get error like the following:

sqlalchemy.exc.OperationalError: (OperationalError) too many SQL variables
u'DELETE FROM scheduler_changes WHERE scheduler_changes.changeid IN (?, ?, ?, ..., ?)

You can use the method doBatch in order to write batching code in a consistent manner.

3.7.8. Testing migrations with real databases

By default Buildbot test suite uses SQLite database for testing database migrations. To use other database set BUILDBOT_TEST_DB_URL environment variable to value in SQLAlchemy database URL specification.

For example, to run tests with file-based SQLite database you can start tests in the following way:

BUILDBOT_TEST_DB_URL=sqlite:////tmp/test_db.sqlite trial buildbot.test

3.7.8.1. Run databases in Docker

Docker allows to easily install and configure different databases locally in containers.

To run tests with PostgreSQL:

# Install psycopg
pip install psycopg2
# Start container with PostgreSQL 9.5
# It will listen on port 15432 on localhost
sudo docker run --name bb-test-postgres -e POSTGRES_PASSWORD=password \
    -p 127.0.0.1:15432:5432 -d postgres:9.5
# Start interesting tests
BUILDBOT_TEST_DB_URL=postgresql://postgres:password@localhost:15432/postgres \
    trial buildbot.test

To run tests with MySQL:

# Install mysqlclient
pip install mysqlclient
# Start container with MySQL 5.5
# It will listen on port 13306 on localhost
sudo docker run --name bb-test-mysql -e MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD=password \
    -p 127.0.0.1:13306:3306 -d mysql:5.5
# Start interesting tests
BUILDBOT_TEST_DB_URL=mysql+mysqldb://root:password@127.0.0.1:13306/mysql \
    trial buildbot.test

3.8. Database connectors API

This section documents the available database connector classes.

3.8.1. Buildsets connector

class buildbot.db.buildsets.BuildsetsConnectorComponent

This class handles getting buildsets into and out of the database. Buildsets combine multiple build requests that were triggered together.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.buildsets.

Buildsets are indexed by bsid and their contents are represented as BuildSetModel dataclass with the following fields:

• bsid

• external_idstring (arbitrary string for mapping builds externally)

• reason (string; reason these builds were triggered)

• rebuilt_buildid (integer; id of a build which was rebuilt or None if there was no rebuild.

  In case of repeated rebuilds, only initial build id is tracked)

• sourcestamps (list of sourcestamps for this buildset, by ID)

• submitted_at (datetime object; time this buildset was created)

• complete (boolean; true if all of the builds for this buildset are complete)

• complete_at (datetime object; time this buildset was completed)

• results (aggregate result of this buildset; see Build Result Codes)

• parent_buildid (optional build id that is the parent for this buildset)

• parent_relationship (relationship identifier for the parent)

addBuildset(sourcestamps, reason, properties, builderids, rebuilt_buildid=None, external_idstring=None, parent_buildid=None, parent_relationship=None)

Parameters:

• sourcestamps (list) – sourcestamps for the new buildset; see below

• reason (short unicode string) – reason for this buildset

• properties (dictionary, where values are tuples of (value, source)) – properties for this buildset

• builderids (list of int) – builderids specified by this buildset

• external_idstring (unicode string) – external key to identify this buildset; defaults to None

• submitted_at (datetime) – time this buildset was created; defaults to the current time

• parent_buildid (int) – optional build id that is the parent for this buildset

• parent_relationship (unicode) – relationship identifier for the parent. This is the configured relationship between the parent build and the child buildsets

• rebuilt_buildid (int) – optional rebuilt build id

Returns:

buildset ID and buildrequest IDs, via a Deferred

Add a new buildset to the database, along with build requests for each builder, returning the resulting bsid via a Deferred. Arguments should be specified by keyword.

Each sourcestamp in the list of sourcestamps can be given either as an integer, assumed to be a sourcestamp ID, or a dictionary of keyword arguments to be passed to findSourceStampId.

The return value is a tuple (bsid, brids) where bsid is the inserted buildset ID and brids is a dictionary mapping builderids to build request IDs.

completeBuildset(bsid, results[, complete_at=XX])

Parameters:

• bsid (integer) – buildset ID to complete

• results (integer) – integer result code

• complete_at (datetime) – time the buildset was completed

Returns:

Deferred

Raises:

KeyError if the buildset does not exist or is already complete

Complete a buildset, marking it with the given results and setting its completed_at to the current time, if the complete_at argument is omitted.

getBuildset(bsid)

Parameters:

bsid – buildset ID

Returns:

BuildSetModel or None, via Deferred

Get a BuildSetModel representing the given buildset, or None if no such buildset exists.

Note that buildsets are not cached, as the values in the database are not fixed.

getBuildsets(complete=None, resultSpec=None)

Parameters:

• complete – if true, return only complete buildsets; if false, return only incomplete buildsets; if None or omitted, return all buildsets

• resultSpec – result spec containing filters sorting and paging requests from data/REST API. If possible, the db layer can optimize the SQL query using this information.

Returns:

list of BuildSetModel, via Deferred

Get a list of BuildSetModel matching the given criteria.

getRecentBuildsets(count=None, branch=None, repository=None,

complete=None):

Parameters:

• count (integer) – maximum number of buildsets to retrieve (required)

• branch (string) – optional branch name. If specified, only buildsets affecting such branch will be returned

• repository (string) – optional repository name. If specified, only buildsets affecting such repository will be returned

• complete (Boolean) – if true, return only complete buildsets; if false, return only incomplete buildsets; if None or omitted, return all buildsets

Returns:

list of BuildSetModel, via Deferred

Get “recent” buildsets, as defined by their submitted_at times.

getBuildsetProperties(buildsetid)

Parameters:

bsid – buildset ID

Returns:

dictionary mapping property name to value, source, via Deferred

Return the properties for a buildset, in the same format they were given to addBuildset.

Note that this method does not distinguish a nonexistent buildset from a buildset with no properties, and returns {} in either case.

3.8.2. Buildrequests connector

exception buildbot.db.buildrequests.AlreadyClaimedError

Raised when a build request is already claimed, usually by another master.

exception buildbot.db.buildrequests.NotClaimedError

Raised when a build request is not claimed by this master.

class buildbot.db.buildrequests.BuildRequestsConnectorComponent

This class handles the complex process of claiming and unclaiming build requests, based on a polling model: callers poll for unclaimed requests with getBuildRequests, and then they attempt to claim the requests with claimBuildRequests. The claim can fail if another master has claimed the request in the interim.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.buildrequests.

Build requests are indexed by an ID referred to as a brid. The contents of a request are represented by a BuildRequestModel dataclass with the following fields:

• buildrequestid

• buildsetid

• builderid

• buildername

• priority

• claimed (boolean, true if the request is claimed)

• claimed_at (datetime object, time this request was last claimed)

• claimed_by_masterid (integer, the id of the master that claimed this buildrequest)

• complete (boolean, true if the request is complete)

• complete_at (datetime object, time this request was completed)

• submitted_at (datetime object, time this request was completed)

• results (integer result code)

• waited_for (boolean)

getBuildRequest(brid)

Parameters:

brid – build request id to look up

Returns:

BuildRequestModel or None, via Deferred

Get a single BuildRequest, in the format described above. This method returns None if there is no such buildrequest. Note that build requests are not cached, as the values in the database are not fixed.

getBuildRequests(buildername=None, complete=None, claimed=None, bsid=None, branch=None, repository=None, resultSpec=None)

Parameters:

• buildername (string) – limit results to buildrequests for this builder

• complete – if true, limit to completed buildrequests; if false, limit to incomplete buildrequests; if None, do not limit based on completion.

• claimed – see below

• bsid – see below

• repository – the repository associated with the sourcestamps originating the requests

• branch – the branch associated with the sourcestamps originating the requests

• resultSpec – resultSpec containing filters sorting and paging request from data/REST API. If possible, the db layer can optimize the SQL query using this information.

Returns:

list of BuildRequestModel, via Deferred

Get a list of build requests matching the given characteristics.

Pass all parameters as keyword parameters to allow future expansion.

The claimed parameter can be None (the default) to ignore the claimed status of requests; True to return only claimed builds, False to return only unclaimed builds, or a master ID to return only builds claimed by a particular master instance. A request is considered unclaimed if its claimed_at column is either NULL or 0, and it is not complete. If bsid is specified, then only build requests for that buildset will be returned.

A build is considered completed if its complete column is 1; the complete_at column is not consulted.

claimBuildRequests(brids[, claimed_at=XX])

Parameters:

• brids (list) – ids of buildrequests to claim

• claimed_at (datetime) – time at which the builds are claimed

Returns:

Deferred

Raises:

AlreadyClaimedError

Try to “claim” the indicated build requests for this buildmaster instance. The resulting deferred will fire normally on success, or fail with AlreadyClaimedError if any of the build requests are already claimed by another master instance. In this case, none of the claims will take effect.

If claimed_at is not given, then the current time will be used.

Note

On database backends that do not enforce referential integrity (e.g., SQLite), this method will not prevent claims for nonexistent build requests. On database backends that do not support transactions (MySQL), this method will not properly roll back any partial claims made before an AlreadyClaimedError is generated.

unclaimBuildRequests(brids)

Parameters:

brids (list) – ids of buildrequests to unclaim

Returns:

Deferred

Release this master’s claim on all of the given build requests. This will not unclaim requests that are claimed by another master, but will not fail in this case. The method does not check whether a request is completed.

completeBuildRequests(brids, results[, complete_at=XX])

Parameters:

• brids (integer) – build request ids to complete

• results (integer) – integer result code

• complete_at (datetime) – time at which the buildset was completed

Returns:

Deferred

Raises:

NotClaimedError

Complete a set of build requests, all of which are owned by this master instance. This will fail with NotClaimedError if the build request is already completed or does not exist. If complete_at is not given, the current time will be used.

3.8.3. Builders connector

class buildbot.db.builders.BuildersConnectorComponent

This class handles the relationship between builder names and their IDs, as well as tracking which masters are configured for this builder.

Builders are represented by a BuilderModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id – the ID of this builder

• name – the builder name

• description – the builder’s description (optional)

• description_format – the format of builder’s description (optional)

• description_html – the builder description rendered as html (optional, depends on description_format)

• projectid – the builder’s project

• tags – the builder’s tags

• masterids – the IDs of the masters where this builder is configured (sorted by id)

findBuilderId(name, autoCreate=True)

Parameters:

• name (string) – name of this builder

• autoCreate (bool) – automatically create the builder if name not found

Returns:

builder id via Deferred

Return the builder ID for the builder with this builder name. If such a builder is already in the database, this returns the ID. If not and autoCreate is True, the builder is added to the database.

addBuilderMaster(builderid=None, masterid=None)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – the builder

• masterid (integer) – the master

Returns:

Deferred

Add the given master to the list of masters on which the builder is configured. This will do nothing if the master and builder are already associated.

removeBuilderMaster(builderid=None, masterid=None)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – the builder

• masterid (integer) – the master

Returns:

Deferred

Remove the given master from the list of masters on which the builder is configured.

getBuilder(builderid)

Parameters:

builderid (integer) – the builder to check in

Returns:

BuilderModel or None via Deferred

Get the indicated builder.

getBuilders(masterid=None, projectid=None, workerid=None)

Parameters:

• masterid (integer) – ID of the master to which the results should be limited

• masterid – ID of the project to which the results should be limited

• workerid (integer) – ID of the configured worker to which the results should be limited

Returns:

list of BuilderModel via Deferred

Get all builders (in unspecified order). If masterid is specified, then only builders configured on that master are returned. If projectid is specified, then only builders for a particular project are returned. If workerid is specified, then only builders for a particular configured worker are returned.

3.8.4. Builds connector

class buildbot.db.builds.BuildsConnectorComponent

This class handles builds. One build record is created for each build performed by a master. This record contains information on the status of the build, as well as links to the resources used in the build: builder, master, worker, etc.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.builds.

Builds are indexed by buildid and their contents represented as BuildModel dataclass, with the following fields:

• id (the build ID, globally unique)

• number (the build number, unique only within the builder)

• builderid (the ID of the builder that performed this build)

• buildrequestid (the ID of the build request that caused this build)

• workerid (the ID of the worker on which this build was performed)

• masterid (the ID of the master on which this build was performed)

• started_at (datetime at which this build began)

• complete_at (datetime at which this build finished, or None if it is ongoing)

• locks_duration_s (the amount of time spent acquiring locks so far, not including any running steps)

• state_string (short string describing the build’s state)

• results (results of this build; see Build Result Codes)

getBuild(buildid)

Parameters:

buildid (integer) – build id

Returns:

BuildModel or None, via Deferred

Get a single build, in the format described above. Returns None if there is no such build.

getBuildByNumber(builderid, number)

Parameters:

• builder (integer) – builder id

• number (integer) – build number within that builder

Returns:

BuildModel or None, via Deferred

Get a single build, in the format described above, specified by builder and number, rather than build id. Returns None if there is no such build.

getPrevSuccessfulBuild(builderid, number, ssBuild)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – builder to get builds for

• number (integer) – the current build number. Previous build will be taken from this number

• ssBuild (list) – the list of sourcestamps for the current build number

Returns:

BuildModel or None, via Deferred

Returns the last successful build from the current build number with the same repository, branch, or codebase.

getBuilds(builderid=None, buildrequestid=None, complete=None, resultSpec=None)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – builder to get builds for

• buildrequestid (integer) – buildrequest to get builds for

• complete (boolean) – if not None, filters results based on completeness

• resultSpec – result spec containing filters sorting and paging requests from data/REST API. If possible, the db layer can optimize the SQL query using this information.

Returns:

list of BuildModel, via Deferred

Get a list of builds, in the format described above. Each of the parameters limits the resulting set of builds.

addBuild(builderid, buildrequestid, workerid, masterid, state_string)

Parameters:

• builderid (integer) – builder to get builds for

• buildrequestid (integer) – build request id

• workerid (integer) – worker performing the build

• masterid (integer) – master performing the build

• state_string (unicode) – initial state of the build

Returns:

tuple of build ID and build number, via Deferred

Add a new build to the db, recorded as having started at the current time. This will invent a new number for the build, unique within the context of the builder.

setBuildStateString(buildid, state_string):

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id

• state_string (unicode) – updated state of the build

Returns:

Deferred

Update the state strings for the given build.

add_build_locks_duration(buildid, duration_s):

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id

• duration_s (integer) – time duration to add

Returns:

Deferred

Adds the given duration to the locks_duration_s field of the build.

finishBuild(buildid, results)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id

• results (integer) – build result

Returns:

Deferred

Mark the given build as finished, with complete_at set to the current time.

Note

This update is done unconditionally, even if the build is already finished.

getBuildProperties(buildid, resultSpec=None)

Parameters:

• buildid – build ID

• resultSpec – resultSpec

Returns:

dictionary mapping property name to value, source, via Deferred

Return the properties for a build, in the same format they were given to addBuild. Optional filtering via resultSpec is available and optimized in the db layer.

Note that this method does not distinguish a non-existent build from a build with no properties, and returns {} in either case.

setBuildProperty(buildid, name, value, source)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build ID

• name (string) – Name of the property to set

• value – Value of the property

• source (string) – Source of the Property to set

Returns:

Deferred

Set a build property. If no property with that name existed in that build, a new property will be created.

3.8.5. Build data connector

class buildbot.db.build_data.BuildDataConnectorComponent

This class handles build data. Build data is potentially large transient text data attached to the build that the steps can use for their operations. One of the use cases is to carry large amount of data from one step to another where storing that data on the worker is not feasible. This effectively forms a key-value store for each build. It is valid only until the build finishes and all reporters are done reporting the build result. After that the data may be removed from the database.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.build_data.

Builds are indexed by build_dataid and their contents represented as BuildDataModel dataclass, with the following fields:

• id (the build data ID, globally unique)

• buildid (the ID of the build that the data is attached to)

• name (the name of the data)

• value (the value of the data. It must be an instance of bytes. Can be None when queried with getBuildDataNoValue)

• source (an string identifying the source of this value)

setBuildData(buildid, name, value, source)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id to attach data to

• name (unicode) – the name of the data

• value (bytestr) – the value of the data as bytes.

Parma unicode source:

the source of the data

Returns:

Deferred

Adds or replaces build data attached to the build.

getBuildData(buildid, name)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id retrieve data for

• name (unicode) – the name of the data

Returns:

BuildDataModel or None, via Deferred

Get a single build data, in the format described above, specified by build and by name. Returns None if build has no data with such name.

getBuildDataNoValue(buildid, name)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id retrieve data for

• name (unicode) – the name of the data

Returns:

BuildDataModel or None, via Deferred

Get a single build data, in the format described above, specified by build and by name. The value field is omitted. Returns None if build has no data with such name.

getAllBuildDataNoValues(buildid, name=None)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – build id retrieve data for

• name (unicode) – the name of the data

Returns:

a list of BuildDataModel

Returns all data for a specific build. The values are not loaded. The returned values can be filtered by name

deleteOldBuildData(older_than_timestamp)

Parameters:

older_than_timestamp (integer) – the build data whose build’s complete_at is older than older_than_timestamp will be deleted.

Returns:

Deferred

Delete old build data (helper for the build_data_horizon policy). Old logs have their build data deleted from the database as they are only useful while build is running and shortly afterwards.

3.8.6. Steps connector

class buildbot.db.steps.StepsConnectorComponent

This class handles the steps performed within the context of a build. Within a build, each step has a unique name and a unique 0-based number.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.steps.

Steps are indexed by stepid and are represented by a StepModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id (the step ID, globally unique)

• number (the step number, unique only within the build)

• name (the step name, an 50-character identifier unique only within the build)

• buildid (the ID of the build containing this step)

• started_at (datetime at which this step began)

• locks_atquired_at (datetime at which this step acquired or None if the step has not yet acquired locks)

• complete_at (datetime at which this step finished, or None if it is ongoing)

• state_string (short string describing the step’s state)

• results (results of this step; see Build Result Codes)

• urls (list of URLs produced by this step. Each urls is stored as a UrlModel dataclass)

• hidden (true if the step should be hidden in status displays)

Urls are represented by a UrlModel dataclass with the following fields:

• name

• url

getStep(stepid=None, buildid=None, number=None, name=None)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the step id to retrieve

• buildid (integer) – the build from which to get the step

• number (integer) – the step number

• name (50-character identifier) – the step name

Returns:

StepModel or None via Deferred

Get a single step. The step can be specified by:

• stepid alone

• buildid and number, the step number within that build

• buildid and name, the unique step name within that build

getSteps(buildid)

Parameters:

buildid (integer) – the build from which to get the step

Returns:

list of StepModel, sorted by number, via Deferred

Get all steps in the given build, ordered by number.

addStep(self, buildid, name, state_string)

Parameters:

• buildid (integer) – the build to which to add the step

• name (50-character identifier) – the step name

• state_string (unicode) – the initial state of the step

Returns:

tuple of step ID, step number, and step name, via Deferred

Add a new step to a build. The given name will be used if it is unique; otherwise, a unique numerical suffix will be appended.

setStepStateString(stepid, state_string):

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – step ID

• state_string (unicode) – updated state of the step

Returns:

Deferred

Update the state string for the given step.

finishStep(stepid, results, hidden)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – step ID

• results (integer) – step result

• hidden (bool) – true if the step should be hidden

Returns:

Deferred

Mark the given step as finished, with complete_at set to the current time.

Note

This update is done unconditionally, even if the steps are already finished.

addURL(self, stepid, name, url)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – the stepid to add the url.

• name (string) – the url name

• url (string) – the actual url

Returns:

None via deferred

Add a new url to a step. The new url is added to the list of urls.

3.8.7. Logs connector

class buildbot.db.logs.LogsConnectorComponent

This class handles log data. Build steps can have zero or more logs. Logs are uniquely identified by name within a step.

Information about a log, apart from its contents, is represented as a LogModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id (log ID, globally unique)

• stepid (step ID, indicating the containing step)

• name free-form name of this log

• slug (50-identifier for the log, unique within the step)

• complete (true if the log is complete and will not receive more lines)

• num_lines (number of lines in the log)

• type (log type; see below)

Each log has a type that describes how to interpret its contents. See the logchunk resource type for details.

A log contains a sequence of newline-separated lines of unicode. Log line numbering is zero-based.

Each line must be less than 64k when encoded in UTF-8. Longer lines will be truncated, and a warning will be logged.

Lines are stored internally in “chunks”, and optionally compressed, but the implementation hides these details from callers.

getLog(logid)

Parameters:

logid (integer) – ID of the requested log

Returns:

LogModel or None, via Deferred

Get a log, identified by logid.

getLogBySlug(stepid, slug)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – ID of the step containing this log

• slug – slug of the logfile to retrieve

Returns:

LogModel or None, via Deferred

Get a log, identified by name within the given step.

getLogs(stepid)

Parameters:

stepid (integer) – ID of the step containing the desired logs

Returns:

list of LogModel via Deferred

Get all logs within the given step.

iter_log_lines(logid, first_line, last_line)

Parameters:

• logid (integer) – ID of the log

• first_line – first line to return

• last_line – last line to return

Returns:

an AsyncGenerator of the chunks content (as str)

Get a subset of lines for a logfile.

yield lines (including line-ending).

getLogLines(logid, first_line, last_line)

Parameters:

• logid (integer) – ID of the log

• first_line – first line to return

• last_line – last line to return

Returns:

see below

Get a subset of lines for a logfile.

The return value, via Deferred, is a concatenation of newline-terminated strings. If the requested last line is beyond the end of the logfile, only existing lines will be included. If the log does not exist, or has no associated lines, this method returns an empty string.

addLog(stepid, name, type)

Parameters:

• stepid (integer) – ID of the step containing this log

• name (string) – name of the logfile

• slug (50-character identifier) – slug (unique identifier) of the logfile

• type (string) – log type (see above)

Raises:

KeyError – if a log with the given slug already exists in the step

Returns:

ID of the new log, via Deferred

Add a new log file to the given step.

appendLog(logid, content)

Parameters:

• logid (integer) – ID of the requested log

• content (string) – new content to be appended to the log

Returns:

tuple of first and last line numbers in the new chunk, via Deferred

Append content to an existing log. The content must end with a newline. If the given log does not exist, the method will silently do nothing.

It is not safe to call this method more than once simultaneously for the same logid.

finishLog(logid)

Parameters:

logid (integer) – ID of the log to mark complete

Returns:

Deferred

Mark a log as complete.

Note that no checking for completeness is performed when appending to a log. It is up to the caller to avoid further calls to appendLog after finishLog.

compressLog(logid)

Parameters:

logid (integer) – ID of the log to compress

Returns:

Deferred

Compress the given log. This method performs internal optimizations on a log’s chunks to reduce the space used and make read operations more efficient. It should only be called for finished logs. This method may take some time to complete.

deleteOldLogChunks(older_than_timestamp)

Parameters:

older_than_timestamp (integer) – the logs whose step’s started_at is older than older_than_timestamp will be deleted.

Returns:

Deferred

Delete old logchunks (helper for the logHorizon policy). Old logs have their logchunks deleted from the database, but they keep their num_lines metadata. They have their types changed to ‘d’, so that the UI can display something meaningful.

3.8.8. Changes connector

class buildbot.db.changes.ChangesConnectorComponent

This class handles changes in the Buildbot database, including pulling information from the changes sub-tables.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.changes.

Changes are indexed by changeid, and are represented by a ChangeModel dataclass, which has the following fields:

• changeid (the ID of this change)

• parent_changeids (list of ID; change’s parents)

• author (unicode; the author of the change)

• committer (unicode; the committer of the change)

• files (list of unicode; source-code filenames changed)

• comments (unicode; user comments)

• is_dir (deprecated)

• links (list of unicode; links for this change, e.g., to web views, review)

• revision (unicode string; revision for this change, or None if unknown)

• when_timestamp (datetime instance; time of the change)

• branch (unicode string; branch on which the change took place, or None for the “default branch”, whatever that might mean)

• category (unicode string; user-defined category of this change, or None)

• revlink (unicode string; link to a web view of this change)

• properties (user-specified properties for this change, represented as a dictionary mapping keys to (value, source))

• repository (unicode string; repository where this change occurred)

• project (unicode string; user-defined project to which this change corresponds)

getParentChangeIds(branch, repository, project, codebase)

Parameters:

• branch (unicode string) – the branch of the change

• repository (unicode string) – the repository in which this change took place

• project (unicode string) – the project this change is a part of

• codebase (unicode string)

Returns:

the last changeID that matches the branch, repository, project, or codebase

addChange(author=None, committer=None, files=None, comments=None, is_dir=0, links=None, revision=None, when_timestamp=None, branch=None, category=None, revlink='', properties={}, repository='', project='', uid=None)

Parameters:

• author (unicode string) – the author of this change

• committer (unicode string) – the committer of this change

• files – a list of filenames that were changed

• comments – user comments on the change

• is_dir – deprecated

• links (list of unicode strings) – a list of links related to this change, e.g., to web viewers or review pages

• revision (unicode string) – the revision identifier for this change

• when_timestamp (datetime instance or None) – when this change occurred, or the current time if None

• branch (unicode string) – the branch on which this change took place

• category (unicode string) – category for this change (arbitrary use by Buildbot users)

• revlink (unicode string) – link to a web view of this revision

• properties (dictionary) – properties to set on this change, where values are tuples of (value, source). At the moment, the source must be 'Change', although this may be relaxed in later versions

• repository (unicode string) – the repository in which this change took place

• project (unicode string) – the project this change is a part of

• uid (integer) – uid generated for the change author

Returns:

new change’s ID via Deferred

Add a Change with the given attributes to the database, returning the changeid via a Deferred. All arguments should be given as keyword arguments.

The project and repository arguments must be strings; None is not allowed.

getChange(changeid, no_cache=False)

Parameters:

• changeid – the id of the change instance to fetch

• no_cache (boolean) – bypass cache and always fetch from database

Returns:

ChangeModel or None, via Deferred

Get a ChangeModel for the given changeid, or None if no such change exists.

getChangeUids(changeid)

Parameters:

changeid – the id of the change instance to fetch

Returns:

list of uids via Deferred

Get the userids associated with the given changeid.

getChanges(resultSpec=None)

Parameters:

resultSpec – result spec containing filters sorting and paging requests from data/REST API. If possible, the db layer can optimize the SQL query using this information.

Returns:

list of ChangeModel via Deferred

Get a list of the changes, represented as ChangeModel, matching the given criteria. if resultSpec is not provided, changes are sorted, and paged using generic data query options.

getChangesCount()

Returns:

list of dictionaries via Deferred

Get the number of changes that the query option would return if no paging option was set.

getLatestChangeid()

Returns:

changeid via Deferred

Get the most-recently-assigned changeid, or None if there are no changes at all.

getChangesForBuild(buildid)

Parameters:

buildid – ID of the build

Returns:

list of ChangeModel via Deferred

Get the “blame” list of changes for a build.

getBuildsForChange(changeid)

Parameters:

changeid – ID of the change

Returns:

list of ChangeModel via Deferred

Get builds related to a change.

getChangeFromSSid(sourcestampid)

Parameters:

sourcestampid – ID of the sourcestampid

Returns:

ChangeModel via Deferred

Returns the ChangeModel related to the sourcestamp ID.

3.8.9. Change sources connector

exception buildbot.db.changesources.ChangeSourceAlreadyClaimedError

Raised when a changesource request is already claimed by another master.

class buildbot.db.changesources.ChangeSourcesConnectorComponent

This class manages the state of the Buildbot changesources.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.changesources.

Changesources are identified by their changesourceid, which can be obtained from findChangeSourceId.

Changesources are represented as ChangeSourceModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id - changesource’s ID

• name - changesource’s name

• masterid - ID of the master currently running this changesource, or None if it is inactive

Note that this class is conservative in determining what changesources are inactive: a changesource linked to an inactive master is still considered active. This situation should never occur, however; links to a master should be deleted when it is marked inactive.

findChangeSourceId(name)

Parameters:

name – changesource name

Returns:

changesource ID via Deferred

Return the changesource ID for the changesource with this name. If such a changesource is already in the database, this returns the ID. If not, the changesource is added to the database and its ID returned.

setChangeSourceMaster(changesourceid, masterid)

Parameters:

• changesourceid – changesource to set the master for

• masterid – new master for this changesource, or None

Returns:

Deferred

Set, or unset if masterid is None, the active master for this changesource. If no master is currently set, or the current master is not active, this method will complete without error. If the current master is active, this method will raise ChangeSourceAlreadyClaimedError.

getChangeSource(changesourceid)

Parameters:

changesourceid – changesource ID

Returns:

ChangeSourceModel or None, via Deferred

Get the changesource dictionary for the given changesource.

getChangeSources(active=None, masterid=None)

Parameters:

• active (boolean) – if specified, filter for active or inactive changesources

• masterid (integer) – if specified, only return changesources attached associated with this master

Returns:

list of ChangeSourceModel in unspecified order

Get a list of changesources.

If active is given, changesources are filtered according to whether they are active (true) or inactive (false). An active changesource is one that is claimed by an active master.

If masterid is given, the list is restricted to schedulers associated with that master.

3.8.10. Schedulers connector

exception buildbot.db.schedulers.SchedulerAlreadyClaimedError

Raised when a scheduler request is already claimed by another master.

class buildbot.db.schedulers.SchedulersConnectorComponent

This class manages the state of the Buildbot schedulers. This state includes classifications of as-yet un-built changes.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.schedulers.

Schedulers are identified by their schedulerid, which can be obtained from findSchedulerId.

Schedulers are represented as SchedulerModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id - scheduler’s ID

• name - scheduler’s name

• enabled - scheduler’s status

• masterid - ID of the master currently running this scheduler, or None if it is inactive

Note that this class is conservative in determining what schedulers are inactive: a scheduler linked to an inactive master is still considered active. This situation should never occur, however; links to a master should be deleted when it is marked inactive.

classifyChanges(objectid, classifications)

Parameters:

• schedulerid – ID of the scheduler classifying the changes

• classifications (dictionary) – mapping of changeid to boolean, where the boolean is true if the change is important, and false if it is unimportant

Returns:

Deferred

Record the given classifications. This method allows a scheduler to record which changes were important and which were not immediately, even if the build based on those changes will not occur for some time (e.g., a tree stable timer). Schedulers should be careful to flush classifications once they are no longer needed, using flushChangeClassifications.

flushChangeClassifications(objectid, less_than=None)

Parameters:

• schedulerid – ID of the scheduler owning the flushed changes

• less_than – (optional) lowest changeid that should not be flushed

Returns:

Deferred

Flush all scheduler_changes for the given scheduler, limiting to those with changeid less than less_than if the parameter is supplied.

getChangeClassifications(objectid[, branch])

Parameters:

• schedulerid (integer) – ID of scheduler to look up changes for

• branch (string or None (for default branch)) – (optional) limit to changes with this branch

Returns:

dictionary via Deferred

Return the classifications made by this scheduler, in the form of a dictionary mapping changeid to a boolean, just as supplied to classifyChanges.

If branch is specified, then only changes on that branch will be given. Note that specifying branch=None requests changes for the default branch, and is not the same as omitting the branch argument altogether.

findSchedulerId(name)

Parameters:

name – scheduler name

Returns:

scheduler ID via Deferred

Return the scheduler ID for the scheduler with this name. If such a scheduler is already in the database, this returns the ID. If not, the scheduler is added to the database and its ID is returned.

setSchedulerMaster(schedulerid, masterid)

Parameters:

• schedulerid – scheduler to set the master for

• masterid – new master for this scheduler, or None

Returns:

Deferred

Set, or unset if masterid is None, the active master for this scheduler. If no master is currently set, or the current master is not active, this method will complete without error. If the current master is active, this method will raise SchedulerAlreadyClaimedError.

getScheduler(schedulerid)

Parameters:

schedulerid – scheduler ID

Returns:

SchedulerModelModel or None via Deferred

Get the SchedulerModelModel for the given scheduler.

getSchedulers(active=None, masterid=None)

Parameters:

• active (boolean) – if specified, filter for active or inactive schedulers

• masterid (integer) – if specified, only return schedulers attached associated with this master

Returns:

list of SchedulerModelModel in unspecified order

Get a list of schedulers.

If active is given, schedulers are filtered according to whether they are active (true) or inactive (false). An active scheduler is one that is claimed by an active master.

If masterid is given, the list is restricted to schedulers associated with that master.

3.8.11. Source stamps connector

class buildbot.db.sourcestamps.SourceStampsConnectorComponent

This class manages source stamps, as stored in the database. A source stamp uniquely identifies a particular version of a single codebase. Source stamps are identified by their ID. It is safe to use sourcestamp ID equality as a proxy for source stamp equality. For example, all builds of a particular version of a codebase will share the same sourcestamp ID. This equality does not extend to patches: two sourcestamps generated with exactly the same patch will have different IDs.

Relative source stamps have a revision of None, meaning “whatever the latest is when this sourcestamp is interpreted”. While such source stamps may correspond to a wide array of revisions over the lifetime of a Buildbot installation, they will only ever have one ID.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.sourcestamps.

Sourcestamps are represented by a SourceStampModel dataclass with the following fields:

• ssid

• branch (branch, or None for default branch)

• revision (revision, or None to indicate the latest revision, in

  which case this is a relative source stamp)

• repository (repository containing the source; never None)

• created_at (timestamp when this stamp was first created)

• codebase (codebase this stamp is in; never None)

• project (project this source is for; never None)

• patch (a PatchModel or None, see below)

PatchModel

• patchid (ID of the patch)

• body (body of the patch, or None)

• level (directory stripping level of the patch, or None)

• subdir (subdirectory in which to apply the patch, or None)

• author (author of the patch, or None)

• comment (comment for the patch, or None)

Note that the patch body is a bytestring, not a unicode string.

findSourceStampId(branch=None, revision=Node, repository=None, project=None, patch_body=None, patch_level=None, patch_author=None, patch_comment=None, patch_subdir=None)

Parameters:

• branch (unicode string or None)

• revision (unicode string or None)

• repository (unicode string or None)

• project (unicode string or None)

• codebase (unicode string (required))

• patch_body (bytes or unicode string or None) – patch body

• patch_level (integer or None) – patch level

• patch_author (unicode string or None) – patch author

• patch_comment (unicode string or None) – patch comment

• patch_subdir (unicode string or None) – patch subdir

Returns:

ssid, via Deferred

Create a new SourceStamp instance with the given attributes, or find an existing one. In either case, return its ssid. The arguments all have the same meaning as in an SourceStampModel.

If a new SourceStamp is created, its created_at is set to the current time.

getSourceStamp(ssid)

Parameters:

• ssid – sourcestamp to get

• no_cache (boolean) – bypass cache and always fetch from database

Returns:

SourceStampModel, or None, via Deferred

Get an SourceStampModel representing the given source stamp, or None if no such source stamp exists.

getSourceStamps()

Returns:

list of SourceStampModel, via Deferred

Get all sourcestamps in the database. You probably don’t want to do this! This method will be extended to allow appropriate filtering.

get_sourcestamps_for_buildset(buildsetid)

Parameters:

buildsetid – buildset ID

Returns:

list of SourceStampModel, via Deferred

Get sourcestamps related to a buildset.

getSourceStampsForBuild(buildid)

Parameters:

buildid – build ID

Returns:

list of SourceStampModel, via Deferred

Get sourcestamps related to a build.

3.8.12. State connector

class buildbot.db.state.StateConnectorComponent

This class handles maintaining arbitrary key-value state for Buildbot objects. Each object can store arbitrary key-value pairs, where the values are any JSON-encodable value. Each pair can be set and retrieved atomically.

Objects are identified by their (user-visible) name and their class. This allows, for example, a nightly_smoketest object of class NightlyScheduler to maintain its state even if it moves between masters, but avoids cross-contaminating state between different classes of objects with the same name.

Note that “class” is not interpreted literally, and can be any string that will uniquely identify the class for the object; if classes are renamed, they can continue to use the old names.

An instance of this class is available at master.db.state.

Objects are identified by objectid.

getObjectId(name, class_name)

Parameters:

• name – name of the object

• class_name – object class name

Returns:

the objectid, via a Deferred.

Get the object ID for this combination of name and class. This will add a row to the ‘objects’ table if none exists already.

getState(objectid, name[, default])

Parameters:

• objectid – objectid on which the state should be checked

• name – name of the value to retrieve

• default – (optional) value to return if name is not present

Returns:

state value via a Deferred

Raises:

KeyError – if name is not present and no default is given

Raises:

TypeError if JSON parsing fails

Get the state value for key name for the object with id objectid.

setState(objectid, name, value)

Parameters:

• objectid – the objectid for which the state should be changed

• name – the name of the value to change

• value (JSON-able value) – the value to set

• returns – value actually written via Deferred

Raises:

TypeError if JSONification fails

Set the state value for name for the object with id objectid, overwriting any existing value. In case of two racing writes, the first (as per db rule) one wins, the seconds returns the value from the first.

atomicCreateState(objectid, name, thd_create_callback)

Parameters:

• objectid – the objectid for which the state should be created

• name – the name of the value to create

• thd_create_callback – the function to call from thread to create the value if non-existent. (returns JSON-able value)

• returns – Deferred

Raises:

TypeError if JSONification fails

Atomically creates the state value for name for the object with id objectid. If there is an existing value, returns that instead. This implementation ensures the state is created only once for the whole cluster.

Those 3 methods have their threaded equivalent, thdGetObjectId, thdGetState, thdSetState that is intended to run in synchronous code, (e.g master.cfg environment).

3.8.13. Users connector

class buildbot.db.users.UsersConnectorComponent

This class handles Buildbot’s notion of users. Buildbot tracks the usual information about users – username and password, plus a display name.

The more complicated task is to recognize each user across multiple interfaces with Buildbot. For example, a user may be identified as ‘djmitche’ in Subversion, ‘dustin@v.igoro.us’ in Git, and ‘dustin’ on IRC. To support this functionality, each user has a set of attributes, keyed by type. The findUserByAttr method uses these attributes to match users, adding a new user if no matching user is found.

Users are identified canonically by uid, and are represented by a UserModel dataclass with the following fields:

• uid

• identifier (display name for the user)

• bb_username (buildbot login username)

• bb_password (hashed login password)

• attributes (a dictionary of attributes, keyed by type)

findUserByAttr(identifier, attr_type, attr_data)

Parameters:

• identifier – identifier to use for a new user

• attr_type – attribute type to search for and/or add

• attr_data – attribute data to add

Returns:

userid via Deferred

Get an existing user, or add a new one, based on the given attribute.

This method is intended for use by other components of Buildbot to search for a user with the given attributes.

Note that identifier is not used in the search for an existing user. It is only used when creating a new user. The identifier should be based deterministically on the attributes supplied, in some fashion that will seem natural to users.

For future compatibility, always use keyword parameters to call this method.

getUser(uid)

Parameters:

• uid – user id to look up

• no_cache (boolean) – bypass cache and always fetch from database

Returns:

UserModel or None via Deferred

Get a UserModel for the given user, or None if no matching user is found.

getUserByUsername(username)

Parameters:

username (string) – username portion of user credentials

Returns:

UserModel or None via deferred

Looks up the user with the bb_username, returning a UserModel or None if no matching user is found.

getUsers()

Returns:

list of UserModel without attributes via Deferred

Get the entire list of users. User attributes are not included, so the attributes field of the resulting UserModel are None.

updateUser(uid=None, identifier=None, bb_username=None, bb_password=None, attr_type=None, attr_data=None)

Parameters:

• uid (int) – the user to change

• identifier (string) – (optional) new identifier for this user

• bb_username (string) – (optional) new buildbot username

• bb_password (string) – (optional) new hashed buildbot password

• attr_type (string) – (optional) attribute type to update

• attr_data (string) – (optional) value for attr_type

Returns:

Deferred

Update information about the given user. Only the specified attributes are updated. If no user with the given uid exists, the method will return silently.

Note that bb_password must be given if bb_username appears; similarly, attr_type requires attr_data.

removeUser(uid)

Parameters:

uid (int) – the user to remove

Returns:

Deferred

Remove the user with the given uid from the database. This will remove the user from any associated tables as well.

identifierToUid(identifier)

Parameters:

identifier (string) – identifier to search for

Returns:

uid or None, via Deferred

Fetch a uid for the given identifier, if one exists.

3.8.14. Masters connector

class buildbot.db.masters.MastersConnectorComponent

This class handles tracking the buildmasters in a multi-master configuration. Masters “check in” periodically. Other masters monitor the last activity times, and mark masters that have not recently checked in as inactive.

Masters are represented by a MasterModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id – the ID of this master

• name – the name of the master (generally of the form hostname:basedir)

• active – true if this master is running

• last_active – time that this master last checked in (a datetime object)

findMasterId(name)

Parameters:

name (unicode) – name of this master

Returns:

master id via Deferred

Return the master ID for the master with this master name (generally hostname:basedir). If such a master is already in the database, this returns the ID. If not, the master is added to the database, with active=False, and its ID returned.

setMasterState(masterid, active)

Parameters:

• masterid (integer) – the master to check in

• active (boolean) – whether to mark this master as active or inactive

Returns:

boolean via Deferred

Mark the given master as active or inactive, returning true if the state actually changed. If active is true, the last_active time is updated to the current time. If active is false, then any links to this master, such as schedulers, will be deleted.

getMaster(masterid)

Parameters:

masterid (integer) – the master to check in

Returns:

MasterModel or None via Deferred

Get the indicated master.

getMasters()

Returns:

list of MasterModel via Deferred

Get a list of the masters, represented as MasterModel; masters are sorted and paged using generic data query options

setAllMastersActiveLongTimeAgo()

Returns:

None via Deferred

This method is intended to be called by upgrade-master, and will effectively force housekeeping on all masters at next startup. This method is not intended to be called outside of housekeeping scripts.

3.8.15. Workers connector

class buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent

This class handles Buildbot’s notion of workers. The worker information is returned as a WorkerModel dataclass with the following fields:

• id

• name - the name of the worker

• workerinfo - worker information as dictionary

• paused - boolean indicating worker is paused and shall not take new builds

• pause_reason - string indicating the reason for working being paused

• graceful - boolean indicating worker will be shutdown as soon as build finished

• connected_to - a list of masters, by ID, to which this worker is currently connected. This list will typically contain only one master, but in unusual circumstances the same worker may appear to be connected to multiple masters simultaneously

• configured_on - a list of master-builder pairs, on which this worker is configured. Each pair is represented by a BuilderMasterModel with fields buliderid and masterid

The worker information can be any JSON-able object. See worker for more detail.

findWorkerId(name=name)

Parameters:

name (50-character identifier) – worker name

Returns:

worker ID via Deferred

Get the ID for a worker, adding a new worker to the database if necessary. The worker information for a new worker is initialized to an empty dictionary.

getWorkers(masterid=None, builderid=None)

Parameters:

• masterid (integer) – limit to workers configured on this master

• builderid (integer) – limit to workers configured on this builder

Returns:

list of WorkerModel, via Deferred

Get a list of workers. If either or both of the filtering parameters either specified, then the result is limited to workers configured to run on that master or builder. The configured_on results are limited by the filtering parameters as well. The connected_to results are limited by the masterid parameter.

getWorker(workerid=None, name=None, masterid=None, builderid=None)

Parameters:

• name (string) – the name of the worker to retrieve

• workerid (integer) – the ID of the worker to retrieve

• masterid (integer) – limit to workers configured on this master

• builderid (integer) – limit to workers configured on this builder

Returns:

WorkerModel or None, via Deferred

Looks up the worker with the given name or ID, returning None if no matching worker is found. The masterid and builderid arguments function as they do for getWorkers.

workerConnected(workerid, masterid, workerinfo)

Parameters:

• workerid (integer) – the ID of the worker

• masterid (integer) – the ID of the master to which it connected

• workerinfo (dict) – the new worker information dictionary

Returns:

Deferred

Record the given worker as attached to the given master, and update its cached worker information. The supplied information completely replaces any existing information.

workerDisconnected(workerid, masterid)

Parameters:

• workerid (integer) – the ID of the worker

• masterid (integer) – the ID of the master to which it connected

Returns:

Deferred

Record the given worker as no longer attached to the given master.

workerConfigured(workerid, masterid, builderids)

Parameters:

• workerid (integer) – the ID of the worker

• masterid (integer) – the ID of the master to which it configured

• builderids (list of integer) – the ID of the builders to which it is configured

Returns:

Deferred

Record the given worker as being configured on the given master and for given builders. This method will also remove any other builder that were configured previously for same (worker, master) combination.

deconfigureAllWorkersForMaster(masterid)

Parameters:

masterid (integer) – the ID of the master to which it configured

Returns:

Deferred

Unregister all the workers configured to a master for given builders. This shall happen when master is disabled or before reconfiguration.

set_worker_paused(workerid, paused, pause_reason=None)

Parameters:

• workerid (integer) – the ID of the worker whose state is being changed

• paused (integer) – the paused state

• pause_reason (string) – the reason for pausing the worker.

Returns:

Deferred

Changes the paused state of the worker (see definition of states above in worker dict description).

set_worker_graceful(workerid, graceful)

Parameters:

• workerid (integer) – the ID of the worker whose state is being changed

• graceful (integer) – the graceful state

Returns:

Deferred

Changes the graceful state of the worker (see definition of states above in worker dict description).

3.9. Messaging and Queues

Buildbot uses a message-queueing structure to handle asynchronous notifications in a distributed fashion. This avoids, for the most part, the need for each master to poll the database, allowing masters to react to events as they happen.

3.9.1. Overview

Buildbot is structured as a hybrid state- and event-based application, which will probably offend adherents of either pattern. In particular, the most current state is stored in the Database, while any changes to the state are announced in the form of a message. The content of the messages is sufficient to reconstruct the updated state, allowing external processes to represent “live” state without polling the database.

This split nature immediately brings to light the problem of synchronizing the two interfaces. Queueing systems can introduce queueing delays as messages propagate. Likewise, database systems may introduce a delay between committed modifications and the modified data appearing in queries; for example, with MySQL master/slave replication, there can be several seconds’ delay before a slave is updated.

Buildbot’s MQ connector simply relays messages, and makes no attempt to coordinate the timing of those messages with the corresponding database updates. It is up to higher layers to apply such coordination.

3.9.2. Connector API

All access to the queueing infrastructure is mediated by an MQ connector. The connector’s API is defined below. The connector itself is always available as master.mq, where master is the current BuildMaster instance.

The connector API is quite simple. It is loosely based on AMQP, although simplified because there is only one exchange (see Queue Schema).

All messages include a “routing key”, which is a tuple of 7-bit ascii strings describing the content of the message. By convention, the first element of the tuple gives the type of the data in the message. The last element of the tuple describes the event represented by the message. The remaining elements of the tuple describe attributes of the data in the message that may be useful for filtering; for example, buildsets may usefully be filtered on buildsetids. The topics and associated message types are described below in Message Schema.

Filters are also specified with tuples. For a filter to match a routing key, it must have the same length, and each element of the filter that is not None must match the corresponding routing key element exactly.

class buildbot.mq.base.MQConnector

This is an abstract parent class for MQ connectors, and defines the interface. It should not be instantiated directly. It is a subclass of buildbot.util.service.AsyncService, and subclasses can override service methods to start and stop the connector.

produce(routing_key, data)

Parameters:

• routing_key (tuple) – the routing key for this message

• data – JSON-serializable body of the message

This method produces a new message and queues it for delivery to any associated consumers.

The routing key and data should match one of the formats given in Message Schema.

The method returns immediately; the caller will not receive any indication of a failure to transmit the message, although errors will be displayed in twistd.log.

startConsuming(callback, filter[, persistent_name=name])

Parameters:

• callback – callable to invoke for matching messages

• filter (tuple) – filter for routing keys of interest

• persistent_name – persistent name for this consumer

Returns:

a QueueRef instance via Deferred

This method will begin consuming messages matching the filter, invoking callback for each message. See above for the format of the filter.

The callback will be invoked with two arguments: the message’s routing key and the message body, as a Python data structure. It may return a Deferred, but no special processing other than error handling will be applied to that Deferred. In particular, note that the callback may be invoked a second time before the Deferred from the first invocation fires.

A message is considered delivered as soon as the callback is invoked - there is no support for acknowledgements or re-queueing unhandled messages.

Note that the timing of messages is implementation-dependent. It is not guaranteed that messages sent before the startConsuming method completes will be received. In fact, because the registration process may not be immediate, even messages sent after the method completes may not be received.

If persistent_name is given, then the consumer is assumed to be persistent, and consumption can be resumed with the given name. Messages that arrive when no consumer is active are queued and will be delivered when a consumer becomes active.

waitUntilEvent(filter, check_callback)

Parameters:

• filter (tuple) – filter for routing keys of interest

• check_callback (function) – a callback which check if the event has already happened

Returns:

a Deferred that fires when the event has been received and contains a (routing_key, value) tuple representing the event

This method is a helper which returns a deferred that fires when a certain event has occurred. This is useful for waiting the end of a build or disconnection of a worker. You shall make sure when using this method that this event will happen in the future, and take care of race conditions. For this reason, the caller must provide a check_callback that will check if the event has already occurred. The whole race-condition-free process is:

• Register to event

• Check if it has already happened

• If not, wait for the event

• Unregister from event

class buildbot.mq.base.QueueRef

The QueueRef returned (via Deferred) from startConsuming can be used to stop consuming messages when they are no longer needed. Users should be very careful to ensure that consumption is terminated in all cases.

stopConsuming()

Stop invoking the callback passed to startConsuming. This method can be called multiple times for the same QueueRef instance without harm.

This method potentially returns a Deferred.

After the first call to this method has returned, the callback will not be invoked.

3.9.2.1. Implementations

Several concrete implementations of the MQ connector exist. The simplest is intended for cases where only one master exists, similar to the SQLite database support. The remainder use various existing queueing applications to support distributed communications.

Simple

class buildbot.mq.simple.SimpleMQ

The SimpleMQ class implements a local equivalent of a message-queueing server. It is intended for Buildbot installations with only one master.

Wamp

class buildbot.mq.wamp.WampMQ

The WampMQ class implements message-queueing using a wamp router. This class translates the semantics of the Buildbot MQ API to the semantics of the wamp messaging system. The message route is translated to a wamp topic by joining with dot and prefixing with the Buildbot namespace. Here is an example message that is sent via wamp:

topic = "org.buildbot.mq.builds.1.new"
data = {
    'builderid': 10,
    'buildid': 1,
    'buildrequestid': 13,
    'workerid': 20,
    'complete': False,
    'complete_at': None,
    'masterid': 824,
    'number': 1,
    'results': None,
    'started_at': 1,
    'locks_acquired_at': 2,
    'state_string': u'created'
}

class buildbot.wamp.connector.WampConnector

The WampConnector class implements a Buildbot service for wamp. It is managed outside of the mq module as this protocol can also be reused as a worker protocol. The connector supports queueing of requests until the wamp connection is created but does not support disconnection and reconnection. Reconnection will be supported as part of a next release of AutobahnPython (https://github.com/crossbario/autobahn-python/issues/295). There is a chicken and egg problem at the Buildbot initialization phases, so the produce messages are actually not sent with deferred.

3.9.3. Queue Schema

Buildbot uses a particularly simple architecture: in AMQP terms, all messages are sent to a single topic exchange, and consumers define anonymous queues bound to that exchange.

In future versions of Buildbot, some components (e.g., schedulers) may use durable queues to ensure that messages are not lost when one or more masters are disconnected.

3.9.4. Message Schema

This section describes the general structure messages. The specific routing keys and content of each message are described in the relevant sub-sections of Data API.

3.9.4.1. Routing Keys

Routing keys are a sequence of strings, usually written with dot separators. Routing keys are represented with variables when one or more of the words in the key are defined by the content of the message. For example, buildset.$bsid describes routing keys such as buildset.1984, where 1984 is the ID of the buildset described by the message body. Internally, keys are represented as tuples of strings.

3.9.4.2. Body Format

Message bodies are encoded in JSON. The top level of each message is an object (a dictionary).

Most simple Python types - strings, numbers, lists, and dictionaries - are mapped directly to the corresponding JSON types. Timestamps are represented as seconds since the UNIX epoch in message bodies.

3.9.4.3. Cautions

Message ordering is generally maintained by the backend implementations, but this should not be depended on. That is, messages originating from the same master are usually delivered to consumers in the order they were produced. Thus, for example, a consumer can expect to see a build request claimed before it is completed. That said, consumers should be resilient to messages delivered out of order, at the very least by scheduling a “reload” from state stored in the database when messages arrive in an invalid order.

Unit tests should be used to ensure this resiliency.

Some related messages are sent at approximately the same time. Due to the non-blocking nature of message delivery, consumers should not assume that subsequent messages in a sequence remain queued. For example, upon receipt of a buildset.$bsid.new message, it is already too late to try to subscribe to the associated build requests messages, as they may already have been consumed.

3.9.4.4. Schema Changes

Future versions of Buildbot may add keys to messages, or add new messages. Consumers should expect unknown keys and, if using wildcard topics, unknown messages.

3.10. Classes

The sections contained here document classes that can be used or subclassed.

Note

Some of this information duplicates information available in the source code itself. Consider this information authoritative, and the source code a demonstration of the current implementation which is subject to change.

3.10.1. Builds

The Build class represents a running build, with associated steps.

3.10.1.1. Build

class buildbot.process.build.Build

buildid

The ID of this build in the database.

getSummaryStatistic(name, summary_fn, initial_value=None)

Parameters:

• name – statistic name to summarize

• summary_fn – callable with two arguments that will combine two values

• initial_value – first value to pass to summary_fn

Returns:

summarized result

This method summarizes the named step statistic over all steps in which it exists, using combination_fn and initial_value to combine multiple results into a single result. This translates to a call to Python’s reduce:

return reduce(summary_fn, step_stats_list, initial_value)

getUrl()

Returns:

URL as string

Returns url of the build in the UI. Build must be started. This is useful for custom steps.

3.10.2. Workers

The Worker class represents a worker, which may or may not be connected to the master. Instances of this class are created directly in the Buildbot configuration file.

3.10.2.1. Worker

class buildbot.worker.Worker

workerid

The ID of this worker in the database.

3.10.3. BuildFactory

3.10.3.1. BuildFactory Implementation Note

The default BuildFactory, provided in the buildbot.process.factory module, contains an internal list of BuildStep factories. A BuildStep factory is simply a callable that produces a new BuildStep with the same arguments that were used during its construction. These BuildStep factories are constructed when the config file is read, by asking the instances passed to addStep for their factories.

When asked to create a Build, the BuildFactory puts a copy of the list of BuildStep factories into the new Build object. When the Build is actually started, these BuildStep factories are used to create the actual set of BuildSteps, which are then executed one at a time. This serves to give each Build an independent copy of each step.

Each step can affect the build process in the following ways:

• If the step’s haltOnFailure attribute is True, then a failure in the step (i.e. if it completes with a result of FAILURE) will cause the whole build to be terminated immediately: no further steps will be executed, with the exception of steps with alwaysRun set to True. haltOnFailure is useful for setup steps upon which the rest of the build depends: if the Git checkout or ./configure process fails, there is no point in trying to compile or test the resulting tree.

• If the step’s alwaysRun attribute is True, then it will always be run, regardless of if previous steps have failed. This is useful for cleanup steps that should always be run to return the build directory or worker into a good state.

• If the flunkOnFailure or flunkOnWarnings flag is set, then a result of FAILURE or WARNINGS will mark the build as a whole as FAILED. However, the remaining steps will still be executed. This is appropriate for things like multiple testing steps: a failure in any one of them will indicate that the build has failed, however it is still useful to run them all to completion.

• Similarly, if the warnOnFailure or warnOnWarnings flag is set, then a result of FAILURE or WARNINGS will mark the build as having WARNINGS, and the remaining steps will still be executed. This may be appropriate for certain kinds of optional build or test steps. For example, a failure experienced while building documentation files should be made visible with a WARNINGS result but not be serious enough to warrant marking the whole build with a FAILURE.

In addition, each Step produces its own results, may create logfiles, etc. However only the flags described above have any effect on the build as a whole.

The pre-defined BuildSteps like Git and Compile have reasonably appropriate flags set on them already. For example, without a source tree there is no point in continuing a build, so the Git class has the haltOnFailure flag set to True. Look in buildbot/steps/*.py to see how the other Steps are marked.

Each Step is created with an additional workdir argument that indicates where its actions should take place. This is specified as a subdirectory of the worker’s base directory, with a default value of build. This is only implemented as a step argument (as opposed to simply being a part of the base directory) because the Git/SVN steps need to perform their checkouts from the parent directory.

3.10.4. Change Sources

3.10.4.1. ChangeSource

class buildbot.changes.base.ChangeSource

This is the base class for change sources.

Subclasses should override the inherited activate and deactivate methods if necessary to handle initialization and shutdown.

Change sources which are active on every master should, instead, override startService and stopService.

3.10.4.2. ReconfigurablePollingChangeSource

class buildbot.changes.base.ReconfigurablePollingChangeSource

This is a subclass of ChangeSource which adds polling behavior. Its constructor accepts the pollInterval and pollAtLaunch arguments as documented for most built-in change sources.

Subclasses should override the poll method. This method may return a Deferred. Calls to poll will not overlap.

3.10.5. RemoteCommands

Most of the action in build steps consists of performing operations on the worker. This is accomplished via RemoteCommand and its subclasses. Each represents a single operation on the worker.

Most data is returned to a command via updates. These updates are described in detail in Updates.

3.10.5.1. RemoteCommand

class buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteCommand(remote_command, args, collectStdout=False, ignore_updates=False, decodeRC=dict(0), stdioLogName='stdio')

Parameters:

• remote_command (string) – command to run on the worker

• args (dictionary) – arguments to pass to the command

• collectStdout – if True, collect the command’s stdout

• ignore_updates – true to ignore remote updates

• decodeRC – dictionary associating rc values to buildstep results constants (e.g. SUCCESS, FAILURE, WARNINGS)

• stdioLogName – name of the log to which to write the command’s stdio

This class handles running commands, consisting of a command name and a dictionary of arguments. If true, ignore_updates will suppress any updates sent from the worker.

This class handles updates for stdout, stderr, and header by appending them to a stdio logfile named by the stdioLogName parameter. Steps that run multiple commands and want to separate those commands’ stdio streams can use this parameter.

It handles updates for rc by recording the value in its rc attribute.

Most worker-side commands, even those which do not spawn a new process on the worker, generate logs and an rc, requiring this class or one of its subclasses. See Updates for the updates that each command may send.

active

True if the command is currently running

run(step, remote)

Parameters:

• step – the buildstep invoking this command

• remote – a reference to the remote WorkerForBuilder instance

Returns:

Deferred

Run the command. Call this method to initiate the command; the returned Deferred will fire when the command is complete. The Deferred fires with the RemoteCommand instance as its value.

interrupt(why)

Parameters:

why (Twisted Failure) – reason for interrupt

Returns:

Deferred

This method attempts to stop the running command early. The Deferred it returns will fire when the interrupt request is received by the worker; this may be a long time before the command itself completes, at which time the Deferred returned from run will fire.

results()

Returns:

results constant

This method checks the rc against the decodeRC dictionary, and returns a results constant.

didFail()

Returns:

bool

This method returns True if the results() function returns FAILURE.

The following methods are invoked from the worker. They should not be called directly.

remote_update(updates)

Parameters:

updates – new information from the worker

Handles updates from the worker on the running command. See Updates for the content of the updates. This class splits the updates out, and handles the ignore_updates option, then calls remoteUpdate to process the update.

remote_complete(failure=None)

Parameters:

failure – the failure that caused the step to complete, or None for success

Called by the worker to indicate that the command is complete. Normal completion (even with a nonzero rc) will finish with no failure; if failure is set, then the step should finish with status EXCEPTION.

These methods are hooks for subclasses to add functionality.

remoteUpdate(update)

Parameters:

update – the update to handle

Handle a single update. Subclasses must override this method.

remoteComplete(failure)

Parameters:

failure – the failure that caused the step to complete, or None for success

Returns:

Deferred

Handle command completion, performing any necessary cleanup. Subclasses should override this method. If failure is not None, it should be returned to ensure proper processing.

logs

A dictionary of Log instances representing active logs. Do not modify this directly – use useLog instead.

rc

Set to the return code of the command, after the command has completed. For compatibility with shell commands, 0 is taken to indicate success, while nonzero return codes indicate failure.

stdout

If the collectStdout constructor argument is true, then this attribute will contain all data from stdout, as a single string. This is helpful when running informational commands (e.g., svnversion), but is not appropriate for commands that will produce a large amount of output, as that output is held in memory.

To set up logging, use useLog or useLogDelayed before starting the command:

useLog(log, closeWhenFinished=False, logfileName=None)

Parameters:

• log – the Log instance to add to

• closeWhenFinished – if true, call finish when the command is finished

• logfileName – the name of the logfile, as given to the worker. This is stdio for standard streams

Route log-related updates to the given logfile. Note that stdio is not included by default, and must be added explicitly. The logfileName must match the name given by the worker in any log updates.

useLogDelayed(logfileName, activateCallback, closeWhenFinished=False)

Parameters:

• logfileName – the name of the logfile, as given to the worker. This is stdio for standard streams

• activateCallback – callback for when the log is added; see below

• closeWhenFinished – if true, call finish when the command is finished

Similar to useLog, but the logfile is only actually added when an update arrives for it. The callback, activateCallback, will be called with the RemoteCommand instance when the first update for the log is delivered. It should return the desired log instance, optionally via a Deferred.

With that finished, run the command using the inherited run method. During the run, you can inject data into the logfiles with any of these methods:

addStdout(data)

Parameters:

data – data to add to the logfile

Returns:

Deferred

Add stdout data to the stdio log.

addStderr(data)

Parameters:

data – data to add to the logfile

Returns:

Deferred

Add stderr data to the stdio log.

addHeader(data)

Parameters:

data – data to add to the logfile

Returns:

Deferred

Add header data to the stdio log.

addToLog(logname, data)

Parameters:

• logname – the logfile to receive the data

• data – data to add to the logfile

Returns:

Deferred

Add data to a logfile other than stdio.

class buildbot.process.remotecommand.RemoteShellCommand(workdir, command, env=None, want_stdout=True, want_stderr=True, timeout=20 * 60, maxTime=None, max_lines=None, sigtermTime=None, logfiles={}, usePTY=None, logEnviron=True, collectStdio=False, collectStderr=False, interruptSignal=None, initialStdin=None, decodeRC=None, stdioLogName='stdio')

Parameters:

• workdir – directory in which the command should be executed, relative to the builder’s basedir

• command (string or list) – shell command to run

• want_stdout – If false, then no updates will be sent for stdout

• want_stderr – If false, then no updates will be sent for stderr

• timeout – Maximum time without output before the command is killed

• maxTime – Maximum overall time from the start before the command is killed

• max_lines – Maximum lines command can produce to stdout, then command is killed.

• sigtermTime – Try to kill the command with SIGTERM and wait for sigtermTime seconds before firing interruptSignal or SIGKILL if it’s not defined. If None, SIGTERM will not be fired

• env – A dictionary of environment variables to augment or replace the existing environment on the worker

• logfiles – Additional logfiles to request from the worker

• usePTY – True to use a PTY, false to not use a PTY; the default value is False

• logEnviron – If false, do not log the environment on the worker

• collectStdout – If True, collect the command’s stdout

• collectStderr – If True, collect the command’s stderr

• interruptSignal – The signal to send to interrupt the command, e.g. KILL or TERM. If None, SIGKILL is used

• initialStdin – The input to supply the command via stdin

• decodeRC – dictionary associating rc values to buildstep results constants (e.g. SUCCESS, FAILURE, WARNINGS)

• stdioLogName – name of the log to which to write the command’s stdio

Most of the constructor arguments are sent directly to the worker; see shell for the details of the formats. The collectStdout, decodeRC and stdioLogName parameters are as described for the parent class.

If a shell command contains passwords, they can be hidden from log files by using Secret Management. This is the recommended procedure for new-style build steps. For legacy build steps passwords were hidden from the log file by passing them as tuples in command arguments. Eg. ['print', ('obfuscated', 'password', 'dummytext')] is logged as ['print', 'dummytext'].

This class is used by the ShellCommand step, and by steps that run multiple customized shell commands.

3.10.6. BuildSteps

There are a few parent classes that are used as base classes for real buildsteps. This section describes the base classes. The “leaf” classes are described in Build Steps.

See Writing New BuildSteps for a guide to implementing new steps.

3.10.6.1. BuildStep

class buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep(name, description, descriptionDone, descriptionSuffix, locks, haltOnFailure, flunkOnWarnings, flunkOnFailure, warnOnWarnings, warnOnFailure, alwaysRun, progressMetrics, useProgress, doStepIf, hideStepIf)

All constructor arguments must be given as keyword arguments. Each constructor parameter is copied to the corresponding attribute.

All arguments passed to constructor of the BuildStep subclass being constructed are also copied to a separate internal storage. This is used to create new instances in the same way the original instance is created without any interference that the constructors themselves may have. The copying of arguments is done by overriding __new__.

name

The name of the step. Note that this value may change when the step is started, if the existing name was not unique.

stepid

The ID of this step in the database. This attribute is not set until the step starts.

description

The description of the step.

descriptionDone

The description of the step after it has finished.

descriptionSuffix

Any extra information to append to the description.

locks

List of locks for this step; see Interlocks.

progressMetrics

List of names of metrics that should be used to track the progress of this build and build ETA’s for users.

useProgress

If true (the default), then ETAs will be calculated for this step using progress metrics. If the step is known to have unpredictable timing (e.g., an incremental build), then this should be set to false.

doStepIf

A callable or bool to determine whether this step should be executed. See Parameters Common to all Steps for details.

hideStepIf

A callable or bool to determine whether this step should be shown in the waterfall and build details pages. See Parameters Common to all Steps for details.

The following attributes affect the behavior of the containing build:

haltOnFailure

If true, the build will halt on a failure of this step, and not execute subsequent steps (except those with alwaysRun).

flunkOnWarnings

If true, the build will be marked as a failure if this step ends with warnings.

flunkOnFailure

If true, the build will be marked as a failure if this step fails.

warnOnWarnings

If true, the build will be marked as warnings, or worse, if this step ends with warnings.

warnOnFailure

If true, the build will be marked as warnings, or worse, if this step fails.

alwaysRun

If true, the step will run even if a previous step halts the build with haltOnFailure.

logEncoding

The log encoding to use for logs produced in this step, or None to use the global default. See Log Handling.

rendered

At the beginning of the step, the renderable attributes are rendered against the properties. There is a slight delay however when those are not yet rendered, which leads to weird and difficult to reproduce bugs. To address this problem, a rendered attribute is available for methods that could be called early in the buildstep creation.

results

This is the result (a code from buildbot.process.results) of the step. This attribute only exists after the step is finished, and should only be used in getResultSummary.

A few important pieces of information are not available when a step is constructed and are added later. These are set by the following methods; the order in which these methods are called is not defined.

setBuild(build)

Parameters:

build – the Build instance controlling this step.

This method is called during setup to set the build instance controlling this worker. Subclasses can override this to get access to the build object as soon as it is available. The default implementation sets the build attribute.

build

The build object controlling this step.

setWorker(worker)

Parameters:

worker – the Worker instance on which this step will run.

Similarly, this method is called with the worker that will run this step. The default implementation sets the worker attribute.

worker

The worker that will run this step.

workdir

Directory where actions of the step will take place. The workdir is set by order of priority:

• workdir of the step, if defined via constructor argument

• workdir of the BuildFactory (itself defaults to ‘build’)

BuildFactory workdir can also be a function of a sourcestamp (see Factory Workdir Functions).

setDefaultWorkdir(workdir)

Parameters:

workdir – the default workdir, from the build

Note

This method is deprecated and should not be used anymore, as workdir is calculated automatically via a property.

setupProgress()

This method is called during build setup to give the step a chance to set up progress tracking. It is only called if the build has useProgress set. There is rarely any reason to override this method.

Execution of the step itself is governed by the following methods and attributes.

run()

Returns:

result via Deferred

Execute the step. When this method returns (or when the Deferred it returns fires), the step is complete. The method’s return value must be an integer, giving the result of the step – a constant from buildbot.process.results. If the method raises an exception or its Deferred fires with failure, then the step will be completed with an EXCEPTION result. Any other output from the step (logfiles, status strings, URLs, etc.) is the responsibility of the run method.

The function is not called if the step is skipped or otherwise not run.

Subclasses should override this method.

interrupt(reason)

Parameters:

reason (string or Failure) – why the build was interrupted

This method is used from various control interfaces to stop a running step. The step should be brought to a halt as quickly as possible, by cancelling a remote command, killing a local process, etc.

The reason parameter can be a string or, when a worker is lost during step processing, a ConnectionLost failure.

The parent method handles any pending lock operations, and should be called by implementations in subclasses.

stopped

If false, then the step is running. If true, the step is not running, or has been interrupted.

timed_out

If True, then one or more remote commands of the step timed out.

A step can indicate its up-to-the-moment status using a short summary string. These methods allow step subclasses to produce such summaries.

updateSummary()

Update the summary, calling getCurrentSummary or getResultSummary as appropriate. Build steps should call this method any time the summary may have changed. This method is debounced, so even calling it for every log line is acceptable.

getCurrentSummary()

Returns:

dictionary, optionally via Deferred

Returns a dictionary containing status information for a running step. The dictionary can have a step key with a unicode value giving a summary for display with the step. This method is only called while the step is running.

Build steps may override this method to provide a more interesting summary than the default "running".

getResultSummary()

Returns:

dictionary, optionally via Deferred

Returns a dictionary containing status information for a completed step. The dictionary can have keys step and build, each with unicode values. The step key gives a summary for display with the step, while the build key gives a summary for display with the entire build. The latter should be used sparingly, and include only information that the user would find relevant for the entire build, such as a number of test failures. Either or both keys can be omitted.

This method is only called when the step is finished. The step’s result is available in self.results at that time.

Build steps may override this method to provide a more interesting summary than the default, or to provide any build summary information.

getBuildResultSummary()

Returns:

dictionary, optionally via Deferred

Returns a dictionary containing status information for a completed step. This method calls getResultSummary, and automatically computes a build key from the step key according to the updateBuildSummaryPolicy.

describe(done=False)

Parameters:

done – If true, the step is finished.

Returns:

list of strings

Describe the step succinctly. The return value should be a sequence of short strings suitable for display in a horizontally constrained space.

Note

Be careful not to assume that the step has been started in this method. In relatively rare circumstances, steps are described before they have started. Ideally, unit tests should be used to ensure that this method is resilient.

Note

This method is not called for new-style steps. Instead, override getCurrentSummary and getResultSummary.

addTestResultSets()

The steps may override this to add any test result sets for this step via self.addTestResultSet(). This function is called just before the step execution is started. The function is not called if the step is skipped or otherwise not run.

addTestResultSet(description, category, value_unit)

Parameters:

• description – Description of the test result set

• category – Category of the test result set

• value_unit – The value unit of the test result set

Returns:

The ID of the created test result set via a Deferred.

Creates a new test result set to which test results can be associated.

There are standard values of the category and value_unit parameters, see TODO.

addTestResult(setid, value, test_name=None, test_code_path=None, line=None, duration_ns=None)

Parameters:

• setid – The ID of a test result set returned by addTestResultSet

• value – The value of the result as a string

• test_name – The name of the test

• test_code_path – The path to the code file that resulted in this test result

• line – The line within test_code_path file that resulted in this test result

• duration_ns – The duration of the test itself, in nanoseconds

Creates a test result. Either test_name or test_code_path must be specified. The function queues the test results and will submit them to the database when enough test results are added so that performance impact is minimized.

finishTestResultSets()

The steps may override this to finish submission of any test results for the step.

Build steps have statistics, a simple key-value store of data which can later be aggregated over all steps in a build. Note that statistics are not preserved after a build is complete.

setBuildData(self, name, value, source)

Parameters:

• name (unicode) – the name of the data

• value (bytestr) – the value of the data as bytes

• source (unicode) – the source of the data

Returns:

Deferred

Builds can have transient data attached to them which allows steps to communicate to reporters and among themselves. The data is a byte string and its interpretation depends on the particular step or reporter.

hasStatistic(stat)

Parameters:

stat (string) – name of the statistic

Returns:

True if the statistic exists on this step

getStatistic(stat, default=None)

Parameters:

• stat (string) – name of the statistic

• default – default value if the statistic does not exist

Returns:

value of the statistic, or the default value

getStatistics()

Returns:

a dictionary of all statistics for this step

setStatistic(stat, value)

Parameters:

• stat (string) – name of the statistic

• value – value to assign to the statistic

Returns:

value of the statistic

Build steps support progress metrics - values that increase roughly linearly during the execution of the step, and can thus be used to calculate an expected completion time for a running step. A metric may be a count of lines logged, tests executed, or files compiled. The build mechanics will take care of translating this progress information into an ETA for the user.

setProgress(metric, value)

Parameters:

• metric (string) – the metric to update

• value (integer) – the new value for the metric

Update a progress metric. This should be called by subclasses that can provide useful progress-tracking information.

The specified metric name must be included in progressMetrics.

The following methods are provided as utilities to subclasses. These methods should only be invoked after the step has started.

workerVersion(command, oldversion=None)

Parameters:

• command (string) – command to examine

• oldversion – return value if the worker does not specify a version

Returns:

string

Fetch the version of the named command, as specified on the worker. In practice, all commands on a worker have the same version, but passing command is still useful to ensure that the command is implemented on the worker. If the command is not implemented on the worker, workerVersion will return None.

Versions take the form x.y where x and y are integers, and are compared as expected for version numbers.

Buildbot versions older than 0.5.0 did not support version queries; in this case, workerVersion will return oldVersion. Since such ancient versions of Buildbot are no longer in use, this functionality is largely vestigial.

workerVersionIsOlderThan(command, minversion)

Parameters:

• command (string) – command to examine

• minversion – minimum version

Returns:

boolean

This method returns true if command is not implemented on the worker, or if it is older than minversion.

checkWorkerHasCommand(command)

Parameters:

command (string) – command to examine

This method raise WorkerSetupError if command is not implemented on the worker

getWorkerName()

Returns:

string

Get the name of the worker assigned to this step.

Most steps exist to run commands. While the details of exactly how those commands are constructed are left to subclasses, the execution of those commands comes down to this method:

runCommand(command)

Parameters:

command – RemoteCommand instance

Returns:

Deferred

This method connects the given command to the step’s worker and runs it, returning the Deferred from run.

The BuildStep class provides methods to add log data to the step. Subclasses provide a great deal of user-configurable functionality on top of these methods. These methods can be called while the step is running, but not before.

addLog(name, type='s', logEncoding=None)

Parameters:

• name – log name

• type – log type; see logchunk

• logEncoding – the log encoding, or None to use the step or global default (see Log Handling)

Returns:

Log instance via Deferred

Add a new logfile with the given name to the step, and return the log file instance.

getLog(name)

Parameters:

name – log name

Raises:

• KeyError – if there is no such log

• KeyError – if no such log is defined

Returns:

Log instance

Return an existing logfile, previously added with addLog. Note that this return value is synchronous, and only available after addLog’s deferred has fired.

addCompleteLog(name, text)

Parameters:

• name – log name

• text – content of the logfile

Returns:

Deferred

This method adds a new log and sets text as its content. This is often useful to add a short logfile describing activities performed on the master. The logfile is immediately closed, and no further data can be added.

If the logfile’s content is a bytestring, it is decoded with the step’s log encoding or the global default log encoding. To add a logfile with a different character encoding, perform the decode operation directly and pass the resulting unicode string to this method.

addHTMLLog(name, html)

Parameters:

• name – log name

• html – content of the logfile

Returns:

Deferred

Similar to addCompleteLog, this adds a logfile containing pre-formatted HTML, allowing more expressiveness than the text format supported by addCompleteLog.

addLogObserver(logname, observer)

Parameters:

• logname – log name

• observer – log observer instance

Add a log observer for the named log. The named log need not have been added already. The observer will be connected when the log is added.

See Adding LogObservers for more information on log observers.

addLogWithFailure(why, logprefix='')

Parameters:

• why (Failure) – the failure to log

• logprefix – prefix for the log name

Returns:

Deferred

Add log files displaying the given failure, named <logprefix>err.text and <logprefix>err.html.

addLogWithException(why, logprefix='')

Parameters:

• why (Exception) – the exception to log

• logprefix – prefix for the log name

Returns:

Deferred

Similar to addLogWithFailure, but for an Exception instead of a Failure.

Along with logs, build steps have an associated set of links that can be used to provide additional information for developers. Those links are added during the build with this method:

addURL(name, url)

Parameters:

• name – URL name

• url – the URL

Add a link to the given url, with the given name to displays of this step. This allows a step to provide links to data that is not available in the log files.

3.10.6.2. CommandMixin

The runCommand method can run a RemoteCommand instance, but it’s no help in building that object or interpreting the results afterward. This mixin class adds some useful methods for running commands.

This class can only be used in new-style steps.

class buildbot.process.buildstep.CommandMixin

Some remote commands are simple enough that they can boil down to a method call. Most of these take an abandonOnFailure argument which, if true, will abandon the entire buildstep on command failure. This is accomplished by raising BuildStepFailed.

These methods all write to the stdio log (generally just for errors). They do not close the log when finished.

runRmdir(dir, abandonOnFailure=True)

Parameters:

• dir – directory to remove

• abndonOnFailure – if true, abandon step on failure

Returns:

Boolean via Deferred

Remove the given directory, using the rmdir command. Returns False on failure.

runMkdir(dir, abandonOnFailure=True)

Parameters:

• dir – directory to create

• abndonOnFailure – if true, abandon step on failure

Returns:

Boolean via Deferred

Create the given directory and any parent directories, using the mkdir command. Returns False on failure.

pathExists(path)

Parameters:

path – path to test

Returns:

Boolean via Deferred

Determine if the given path exists on the worker (in any form - file, directory, or otherwise). This uses the stat command.

runGlob(path)

Parameters:

path – path to test

Returns:

list of filenames

Get the list of files matching the given path pattern on the worker. This uses Python’s glob module. If the runGlob method fails, it aborts the step.

getFileContentFromWorker(path, abandonOnFailure=False)

Parameters:

path – path of the file to download from worker

Returns:

string via deferred (content of the file)

Get the content of a file on the worker.

3.10.6.3. ShellMixin

Most Buildbot steps run shell commands on the worker, and Buildbot has an impressive array of configuration parameters to control that execution. The ShellMixin mixin provides the tools to make running shell commands easy and flexible.

This class can only be used in new-style steps.

class buildbot.process.buildstep.ShellMixin

This mixin manages the following step configuration parameters, the contents of which are documented in the manual. Naturally, all of these are renderable.

command

workdir

env

want_stdout

want_stderr

usePTY

logfiles

lazylogfiles

timeout

maxTime

max_lines

logEnviron

interruptSignal

sigtermTime

initialStdin

decodeRC

setupShellMixin(constructorArgs, prohibitArgs=[])

Parameters:

• constructorArgs (dict) – constructor keyword arguments

• prohibitArgs (list) – list of recognized arguments to reject

Returns:

keyword arguments destined for BuildStep

This method is intended to be called from the shell constructor, and be passed any keyword arguments not otherwise used by the step. Any attributes set on the instance already (e.g., class-level attributes) are used as defaults. Attributes named in prohibitArgs are rejected with a configuration error.

The return value should be passed to the BuildStep constructor.

makeRemoteShellCommand(collectStdout=False, collectStderr=False, **overrides)

Parameters:

• collectStdout – if true, the command’s stdout will be available in cmd.stdout on completion

• collectStderr – if true, the command’s stderr will be available in cmd.stderr on completion

• overrides – overrides arguments that might have been passed to setupShellMixin

Returns:

RemoteShellCommand instance via Deferred

This method constructs a RemoteShellCommand instance based on the instance attributes and any supplied overrides. It must be called while the step is running, as it examines the worker capabilities before creating the command. It takes care of just about everything:

• Creating log files and associating them with the command

• Merging environment configuration

• Selecting the appropriate workdir configuration

All that remains is to run the command with runCommand.

The ShellMixin class implements getResultSummary, returning a summary of the command. If no command was specified or run, it falls back to the default getResultSummary based on descriptionDone. Subclasses can override this method to return a more appropriate status.

3.10.6.4. Exceptions

exception buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStepFailed

This exception indicates that the buildstep has failed. It is useful as a way to skip all subsequent processing when a step goes wrong.

3.10.7. BaseScheduler

class buildbot.schedulers.base.BaseScheduler

This is the base class for all Buildbot schedulers. See Writing Schedulers for information on writing new schedulers.

__init__(name, builderNames, properties={}, codebases={'': {}})

Parameters:

• name – (positional) the scheduler name

• builderName – (positional) a list of builders, by name, for which this scheduler can queue builds

• properties – a dictionary of properties to be added to queued builds

• codebases – the codebase configuration for this scheduler (see user documentation)

Initializes a new scheduler.

The scheduler configuration parameters, and a few others, are available as attributes:

name

This scheduler’s name.

builderNames

Type:

list

Builders for which this scheduler can queue builds.

codebases

Type:

dict

The codebase configuration for this scheduler.

properties

Type:

Properties instance

Properties that this scheduler will attach to queued builds. This attribute includes the scheduler property.

schedulerid

Type:

integer

The ID of this scheduler in the schedulers table.

Subclasses can consume changes by implementing gotChange and calling startConsumingChanges from startActivity.

startConsumingChanges(self, fileIsImportant=None, change_filter=None, onlyImportant=False)

Parameters:

• fileIsImportant (callable) – a callable provided by the user to distinguish important and unimportant changes

• change_filter (buildbot.changes.filter.ChangeFilter instance) – a filter to determine which changes are even considered by this scheduler, or None to consider all changes

• onlyImportant (boolean) – If True, only important changes, as specified by fileIsImportant, will be added to the buildset

Returns:

Deferred

Subclasses should call this method when becoming active in order to receive changes. The parent class will take care of filtering the changes (using change_filter) and (if fileIsImportant is not None) classifying them.

gotChange(change, important)

Parameters:

• change (buildbot.changes.changes.Change) – the new change

• important (boolean) – true if the change is important

Returns:

Deferred

This method is called when a change is received. Schedulers which consume changes should implement this method.

If the fileIsImportant parameter to startConsumingChanges was None, then all changes are considered important. It is guaranteed that the codebase of the change is one of the scheduler’s codebase.

Note

The buildbot.changes.changes.Change instance will instead be a change resource in later versions.

The following methods are available for subclasses to queue new builds. Each creates a new buildset with a build request for each builder.

addBuildsetForSourceStamps(self, sourcestamps=[], waited_for=False, reason='', external_idstring=None, properties=None, builderNames=None)

Parameters:

• sourcestamps (list) – a list of full sourcestamp dictionaries or sourcestamp IDs

• waited_for (boolean) – if true, this buildset is being waited for (and thus should continue during a clean shutdown)

• reason (string) – reason for the build set

• external_idstring (string) – external identifier for the buildset

• properties (Properties instance) – properties to include in the buildset, in addition to those in the scheduler configuration

• builderNames (list) – a list of builders for the buildset, or None to use the scheduler’s configured builderNames

Returns:

(buildset ID, buildrequest IDs) via Deferred

Add a buildset for the given source stamps. Each source stamp must be specified as a complete source stamp dictionary (with keys revision, branch, project, repository, and codebase), or an integer sourcestampid.

The return value is a tuple. The first tuple element is the ID of the new buildset. The second tuple element is a dictionary mapping builder name to buildrequest ID.

addBuildsetForSourceStampsWithDefaults(reason, sourcestamps, waited_for=False, properties=None, builderNames=None)

Parameters:

• reason (string) – reason for the build set

• sourcestamps (list) – partial list of source stamps to build

• waited_for (boolean) – if true, this buildset is being waited for (and thus should continue during a clean shutdown)

• properties (Properties instance) – properties to include in the buildset, in addition to those in the scheduler configuration

• builderNames (list) – a list of builders for the buildset, or None to use the scheduler’s configured builderNames

Returns:

(buildset ID, buildrequest IDs) via Deferred, as for addBuildsetForSourceStamps

Create a buildset based on the supplied sourcestamps, with defaults applied from the scheduler’s configuration.

The sourcestamps parameter is a list of source stamp dictionaries, giving the required parameters. Any unspecified values, including sourcestamps from unspecified codebases, will be filled in from the scheduler’s configuration. If sourcestamps is None, then only the defaults will be used. If sourcestamps includes sourcestamps for codebases not configured on the scheduler, they will be included anyway, although this is probably a sign of an incorrect configuration.

addBuildsetForChanges(waited_for=False, reason='', external_idstring=None, changeids=[], builderNames=None, properties=None)

Parameters:

• waited_for (boolean) – if true, this buildset is being waited for (and thus should continue during a clean shutdown)

• reason (string) – reason for the build set

• external_idstring (string) – external identifier for the buildset

• changeids (list) – changes from which to construct the buildset

• builderNames (list) – a list of builders for the buildset, or None to use the scheduler’s configured builderNames

• properties (Properties instance) – properties to include in the buildset, in addition to those in the scheduler configuration

Returns:

(buildset ID, buildrequest IDs) via Deferred, as for addBuildsetForSourceStamps

Add a buildset for the given changes (changeids). This will take sourcestamps from the latest of any changes with the same codebase, and will fill in sourcestamps for any codebases for which no changes are included.

The active state of the scheduler is tracked by the following attribute and methods.

active

True if this scheduler is active

activate()

Returns:

Deferred

Subclasses should override this method to initiate any processing that occurs only on active schedulers. This is the method from which to call startConsumingChanges, or to set up any timers or message subscriptions.

deactivate()

Returns:

Deferred

Subclasses should override this method to stop any ongoing processing, or wait for it to complete. The method’s returned Deferred should not fire until the processing is complete.

The state-manipulation methods are provided by buildbot.util.state.StateMixin. Note that no locking of any sort is performed between these two functions. They should only be called by an active scheduler.

getState(name[, default])

Parameters:

• name – state key to fetch

• default – default value if the key is not present

Returns:

Deferred

This calls through to buildbot.db.state.StateConnectorComponent.getState, using the scheduler’s objectid.

setState(name, value)

Parameters:

• name – state key

• value – value to set for the key

Returns:

Deferred

This calls through to buildbot.db.state.StateConnectorComponent.setState, using the scheduler’s objectid.

3.10.8. ForceScheduler

The force scheduler has a symbiotic relationship with the web application, so it deserves some further description.

3.10.8.1. Parameters

The force scheduler comes with a set of parameter classes. This section contains information to help users or developers who are interested in adding new parameter types or hacking the existing types.

class buildbot.schedulers.forceshed.BaseParameter(name, label, regex, **kwargs)

This is the base implementation for most parameters, it will check validity, ensure the arg is present if the required attribute is set, and implement the default value. It will finally call updateFromKwargs to process the string(s) from the HTTP POST.

The BaseParameter constructor converts all keyword arguments into instance attributes, so it is generally not necessary for subclasses to implement a constructor.

For custom parameters that set properties, one simple customization point is getFromKwargs:

getFromKwargs(kwargs)

Parameters:

kwargs – a dictionary of the posted values

Given the passed-in POST parameters, return the value of the property that should be set.

For more control over parameter parsing, including modifying sourcestamps or changeids, override the updateFromKwargs function, which is the function that ForceScheduler invokes for processing:

updateFromKwargs(master, properties, changes, sourcestamps, collector, kwargs)

Parameters:

• master – the BuildMaster instance

• properties – a dictionary of properties

• changes – a list of changeids that will be used to build the SourceStamp for the forced builds

• sourcestamps – the SourceStamp dictionary that will be passed to the build; some parameters modify sourcestamps rather than properties

• collector – a buildbot.schedulers.forcesched.ValidationErrorCollector object, which is used by nestedParameter to collect errors from its childs

• kwargs – a dictionary of the posted values

This method updates properties, changes, and/or sourcestamps according to the request. The default implementation is good for many simple uses, but can be overridden for more complex purposes.

When overriding this function, take all parameters by name (not by position), and include an **unused catch-all to guard against future changes.

The remaining attributes and methods should be overridden by subclasses, although BaseParameter provides appropriate defaults.

name

The name of the parameter. This corresponds to the name of the property that your parameter will set. This name is also used internally as identifier for HTTP POST arguments.

label

The label of the parameter, as displayed to the user. This value can contain raw HTML.

fullName()

A fully-qualified name that uniquely identifies the parameter in the scheduler. This name is used internally as the identifier for HTTP POST arguments. It is a mix of name and the parent’s name (in the case of nested parameters). This field is not modifiable.

type

A string identifying the type that the parameter conforms to. It is used by the angular application to find which angular directive to use for showing the form widget. The available values are visible in www/base/src/app/common/directives/forcefields/forcefields.directive.js.

Examples of how to create a custom parameter widgets are available in the Buildbot source code in directories:

• www/codeparameter

• www/nestedexample

default

The default value to use if there is no user input. This is also used to fill in the form presented to the user.

required

If true, an error will be shown to user if there is no input in this field.

multiple

If true, this parameter represents a list of values (e.g. list of tests to run).

regex

A string that will be compiled as a regex and used to validate the string value of this parameter. If None, then no validation will take place.

parse_from_args(l)

Return the list of property values corresponding to the list of strings passed by the user. The default function will just call parse_from_arg on every argument.

parse_from_arg(s)

Return the property value corresponding to the string passed by the user. The default function will simply return the input argument.

3.10.8.2. Nested Parameters

The NestedParameter class is a container for parameters. The original motivating purpose for this feature is the multiple-codebase configuration, which needs to provide the user with a form to control the branch (et al) for each codebase independently. Each branch parameter is a string field with name ‘branch’ and these must be disambiguated.

In Buildbot nine, this concept has been extended to allow grouping different parameters into UI containers. Details of the available layouts is described in NestedParameter.

Each of the child parameters mixes in the parent’s name to create the fully qualified fullName. This allows, for example, each of the ‘branch’ fields to have a unique name in the POST request. The NestedParameter handles adding this extra bit to the name to each of the children. When the kwarg dictionary is posted back, this class also converts the flat POST dictionary into a richer structure that represents the nested structure.

For example, if the nested parameter has the name ‘foo’, and has children ‘bar1’ and ‘bar2’, then the POST will have entries like “foo.bar1” and “foo.bar2”. The nested parameter will translate this into a dictionary in the ‘kwargs’ structure, resulting in something like:

kwargs = {
    # ...
    'foo': {
        'bar1': '...',
        'bar2': '...'
    }
}

Arbitrary nesting is allowed and results in a deeper dictionary structure.

Nesting can also be used for presentation purposes. If the name of the NestedParameter is empty, the nest is “anonymous” and does not mangle the child names. However, in the HTML layout, the nest will be presented as a logical group.

3.10.9. IRenderable

class buildbot.interfaces.IRenderable

Providers of this class can be “rendered”, based on available properties, when a build is started.

getRenderingFor(iprops)

Parameters:

iprops – the IProperties provider supplying the properties of the build

Returns:

the interpretation of the given properties, optionally in a Deferred

3.10.10. IProperties

class buildbot.interfaces.IProperties

Providers of this interface allow get and set access to a build’s properties.

getProperty(propname, default=None)

Get a named property, returning the default value if the property is not found.

hasProperty(propname)

Determine whether the named property exists.

setProperty(propname, value, source, runtime=False)

Set a property’s value, also specifying the source for this value.

getProperties()

Get a buildbot.process.properties.Properties instance. The interface of this class is not finalized; where possible, use the other IProperties methods.

3.10.11. IConfigurator

class buildbot.interfaces.IConfigurator

A configurator is an object which configures several components of Buildbot in a coherent manner. This can be used to implement higher level configuration tools.

configure(config_dict)

Alter the Buildbot config_dict, as defined in master.cfg.

Like master.cfg, this is run out of the main reactor thread, so this can block, but it can’t call most Buildbot facilities.

3.10.12. ResultSpecs

Result specifications are used by the Data API to describe the desired results of a get call. They can be used to filter, sort and paginate the contents of collections, and to limit the fields returned for each item.

Python calls to get can pass a ResultSpec instance directly. Requests to the HTTP REST API are converted into instances automatically.

Implementers of Data API endpoints can ignore result specifications entirely, except where efficiency suffers. Any filters, sort keys, and so on still present after the endpoint returns its result are applied generically. ResultSpec instances are mutable, so endpoints that do apply some of the specification can remove parts of the specification.

Result specifications are applied in the following order:

• Field Selection (fields)

• Filters

• Order

• Pagination (limit/offset)

• Properties

Only fields & properties are applied to non-collection results. Endpoints processing a result specification should take care to replicate this behavior.

class buildbot.data.resultspec.ResultSpec

A result specification has the following attributes, which should be treated as read-only:

filters

A list of Filter instances to be applied. The result is a logical AND of all filters.

fields

A list of field names that should be included, or None for no sorting. if the field names all begin with -, then those fields will be omitted and all others included.

order

A list of field names to sort on. if any field name begins with -, then the ordering on that field will be in reverse.

limit

The maximum number of collection items to return.

offset

The 0-based index of the first collection item to return.

properties

A list of Property instances to be applied. The result is a logical AND of all properties.

All of the attributes can be supplied as constructor keyword arguments.

Endpoint implementations may call these methods to indicate that they have processed part of the result spec. A subsequent call to apply will then not waste time re-applying that part.

popProperties()

If a property exists, return its values list and remove it from the result spec.

popFilter(field, op)

If a filter exists for the given field and operator, return its values list and remove it from the result spec.

popBooleanFilter(field)

If a filter exists for the field, remove it and return the expected value (True or False); otherwise return None. This method correctly handles odd cases like field__ne=false.

popStringFilter(field)

If one string filter exists for the field, remove it and return the expected value (as string); otherwise return None.

popIntegerFilter(field)

If one integer filter exists for the field, remove it and return the expected value (as integer); otherwise return None. raises ValueError if the field is not convertible to integer.

removePagination()

Remove the pagination attributes (limit and offset) from the result spec. And endpoint that calls this method should return a ListResult instance with its pagination attributes set appropriately.

removeOrder()

Remove the order attribute.

popField(field)

Remove a single field from the fields attribute, returning True if it was present. Endpoints can use this in conditionals to avoid fetching particularly expensive fields from the DB API.

The following method is used internally to apply any remaining parts of a result spec that are not handled by the endpoint.

apply(data)

Apply the result specification to the data, returning a transformed copy of the data. If the data is a collection, then the result will be a ListResult instance.

class buildbot.data.resultspec.Filter(field, op, values)

Parameters:

• field (string) – the field to filter on

• op (string) – the comparison operator (e.g., “eq” or “gt”)

• values (list) – the values on the right side of the operator

A filter represents a limitation of the items from a collection that should be returned.

Many operators, such as “gt”, only accept one value. Others, such as “eq” or “ne”, can accept multiple values. In either case, the values must be passed as a list.

class buildbot.data.resultspec.Property(values)

Parameters:

values (list) – the values on the right side of the operator (eq)

A property represents an item of a foreign table.

In either case, the values must be passed as a list.

3.10.13. Protocols

To exchange information over the network between master and worker, we need to use a protocol.

buildbot.worker.protocols.base provide interfaces to implement wrappers around protocol specific calls, so other classes which use them do not need to know about protocol calls or handle protocol specific exceptions.

class buildbot.worker.protocols.base.Listener(master)

Parameters:

master – buildbot.master.BuildMaster instance

Responsible for spawning Connection instances and updating registrations. Protocol-specific subclasses are instantiated with protocol-specific parameters by the buildmaster during startup.

class buildbot.worker.protocols.base.Connection(master, worker)

Represents connection to single worker.

proxies

Dictionary containing mapping between Impl classes and Proxy class for this protocol. This may be overridden by a subclass to declare its proxy implementations.

createArgsProxies(args)

Returns:

shallow copy of args dictionary with proxies instead of impls

Helper method that will use proxies, and replace Impl objects by specific Proxy counterpart.

notifyOnDisconnect(cb)

Parameters:

cb – callback

Returns:

buildbot.util.subscriptions.Subscription

Register a callback to be called if a worker gets disconnected.

loseConnection()

Close connection.

remotePrint(message)

Parameters:

message (string) – message for worker

Returns:

Deferred

Print message to worker log file.

remoteGetWorkerInfo()

Returns:

Deferred

Get worker information, commands and version, put them in dictionary, and then return back.

remoteSetBuilderList(builders)

Parameters:

builders (List) – list with wanted builders

Returns:

Deferred containing PB references XXX

Take a list with wanted builders, send them to the worker, and return the list with created builders.

remoteStartCommand(remoteCommand, builderName, commandId, commandName, args)

Parameters:

• remoteCommand – RemoteCommandImpl instance

• builderName (string) – self explanatory

• commandId (string) – command number

• commandName (string) – command which will be executed on worker

• args (List) – arguments for that command

Returns:

Deferred

Start command on the worker.

remoteShutdown()

Returns:

Deferred

Shutdown the worker, causing its process to halt permanently.

remoteStartBuild(builderName)

Parameters:

builderName – name of the builder for which the build is starting

Returns:

Deferred

Start a build.

remoteInterruptCommand(builderName, commandId, why)

Parameters:

• builderName (string) – self explanatory

• commandId (string) – command number

• why (string) – reason to interrupt

Returns:

Deferred

Interrupt the command executed on builderName with given commandId on worker, and print reason “why” to worker logs.

The following classes describe the worker -> master part of the protocol.

In order to support old workers, we must make sure we do not change the current pb protocol. This is why we implement a Impl vs Proxy method. All the objects that are referenced from the workers for remote calls have an Impl and a Proxy base class in this module.

Impl classes are subclassed by Buildbot master, and implement the actual logic for the protocol API. Proxy classes are implemented by the worker/master protocols, and implement the demux and de-serialization of protocol calls.

On worker sides, those proxy objects are replaced by a proxy object having a single method to call master side methods:

class buildbot.worker.protocols.base.workerProxyObject

callRemote(message, *args, **kw)

Calls the method "remote_" + message on master side

class buildbot.worker.protocols.base.RemoteCommandImpl

Represents a RemoteCommand status controller.

remote_update(updates)

Parameters:

updates – dictionary of updates

Called when the workers have updates to the current remote command.

Possible keys for updates are:

• stdout: Some logs where captured in remote command’s stdout. value: <data> as string

• stderr: Some logs where captured in remote command’s stderr. value: <data> as string

• header: Remote command’s header text. value: <data> as  string

• log: One of the watched logs has received some text. value: (<logname> as string, <data> as string)

• rc: Remote command exited with a return code. value: <rc> as integer

• elapsed: Remote command has taken <elapsed> time. value: <elapsed seconds> as float

• stat: Sent by the stat command with the result of the os.stat, converted to a tuple. value: <stat> as tuple

• files: Sent by the glob command with the result of the glob.glob. value: <files> as list of string

• got_revision: Sent by the source commands with the revision checked out. value: <revision> as string

• repo_downloaded: sent by the repo command with the list of patches downloaded by repo. value: <downloads> as list of string

class buildbot.worker.protocols.base.FileWriterImpl

Class used to implement data transfer between worker and master.

class buildbot.worker.protocols.base.FileReaderImpl(object)

remote_read(maxLength)

Parameters:

maxLength – maximum length of the data to send

Returns:

data read

Called when worker needs more data.

remote_close()

Called when master should close the file.

3.10.14. WorkerManager

3.10.14.1. WorkerRegistration

class buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerRegistration(master, worker)

Represents single worker registration.

unregister()

Remove registration for worker.

update(worker_config, global_config)

Parameters:

• worker_config (Worker) – new Worker instance

• global_config (MasterConfig) – Buildbot config

Update the registration in case the port or password has changed.

Note

You should invoke this method after calling WorkerManager.register(worker).

3.10.14.2. WorkerManager

class buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager(master)

Handle worker registrations for multiple protocols.

register(worker)

Parameters:

worker (Worker) – new Worker instance

Returns:

WorkerRegistration

Creates WorkerRegistration instance.

Note

You should invoke .update() on returned WorkerRegistration instance.

3.10.15. Logs

class buildbot.process.log.Log

This class handles write-only access to log files from running build steps. It does not provide an interface for reading logs - such access should occur directly through the Data API.

Instances of this class can only be created by the addLog method of a build step.

name

The name of the log.

Note that if you have a build step which outputs multiple logs, naming one of the logs Summary will cause the Web UI to sort the summary log first in the list, and expand it so that the contents are immediately visible.

type

The type of the log, represented as a single character. See logchunk for details.

logid

The ID of the logfile.

decoder

A callable used to decode bytestrings. See logEncoding.

subscribe(receiver)

Parameters:

receiver (callable) – the function to call

Register receiver to be called with line-delimited chunks of log data. The callable is invoked as receiver(stream, chunk), where the stream is indicated by a single character, or None for logs without streams. The chunk is a single string containing an arbitrary number of log lines, and terminated with a newline. When the logfile is finished, receiver will be invoked with None for both arguments.

The callable cannot return a Deferred. If it must perform some asynchronous operation, it will need to handle its own Deferreds, and be aware that multiple overlapping calls may occur.

Note that no “rewinding” takes place: only log content added after the call to subscribe will be supplied to receiver.

finish()

Returns:

Deferred

This method indicates that the logfile is finished. No further additions will be permitted.

In use, callers will receive a subclass with methods appropriate for the log type:

class buildbot.process.log.TextLog

addContent(text):

Parameters:

text – log content

Returns:

Deferred

Add the given data to the log. The data need not end on a newline boundary.

class buildbot.process.log.HTMLLog

addContent(text):

Parameters:

text – log content

Returns:

Deferred

Same as TextLog.addContent.

class buildbot.process.log.StreamLog

This class handles logs containing three interleaved streams: stdout, stderr, and header. The resulting log maintains data distinguishing these streams, so they can be filtered or displayed in different colors. This class is used to represent the stdio log in most steps.

addStdout(text)

Parameters:

text – log content

Returns:

Deferred

Add content to the stdout stream. The data need not end on a newline boundary.

addStderr(text)

Parameters:

text – log content

Returns:

Deferred

Add content to the stderr stream. The data need not end on a newline boundary.

addHeader(text)

Parameters:

text – log content

Returns:

Deferred

Add content to the header stream. The data need not end on a newline boundary.

3.10.16. LogObservers

class buildbot.process.logobserver.LogObserver

This is a base class for objects which receive logs from worker commands as they are produced. It does not provide an interface for reading logs - such access should occur directly through the Data API.

See Adding LogObservers for help creating and using a custom log observer.

The three methods that subclasses may override follow. None of these methods may return a Deferred. It is up to the callee to handle any asynchronous operations. Subclasses may also override the constructor, with no need to call LogObserver’s constructor.

outReceived(data):

Parameters:

data (unicode) – received data

This method is invoked when a “chunk” of data arrives in the log. The chunk contains one or more newline-terminated unicode lines. For stream logs (e.g., stdio), output to stderr generates a call to errReceived, instead.

errReceived(data):

Parameters:

data (unicode) – received data

This method is similar to outReceived, but is called for output to stderr.

headerReceived(data):

Parameters:

data (unicode) – received data

This method is similar to outReceived, but is called for header output.

finishReceived()

This method is invoked when the observed log is finished.

class buildbot.process.logobserver.LogLineObserver

This subclass of LogObserver calls its subclass methods once for each line, instead of once per chunk.

outLineReceived(line):

Parameters:

line (unicode) – received line, without newline

Like outReceived, this is called once for each line of output received. The argument does not contain the trailing newline character.

errLineReceived(line):

Parameters:

line (unicode) – received line, without newline

Similar to outLineReceived, but for stderr.

headerLineReceived(line):

Parameters:

line (unicode) – received line, without newline

Similar to outLineReceived, but for header output.

finishReceived()

This method, inherited from LogObserver, is invoked when the observed log is finished.

class buildbot.process.logobserver.LineConsumerLogObserver

This subclass of LogObserver takes a generator function and “sends” each line to that function. This allows consumers to be written as stateful Python functions, e.g.,

def logConsumer(self):
    while True:
        stream, line = yield
        if stream == 'o' and line.startswith('W'):
            self.warnings.append(line[1:])

def __init__(self):
    ...
    self.warnings = []
    self.addLogObserver('stdio', logobserver.LineConsumerLogObserver(self.logConsumer))

Each yield expression evaluates to a tuple of (stream, line), where the stream is one of ‘o’, ‘e’, or ‘h’ for stdout, stderr, and header, respectively. As with any generator function, the yield expression will raise a GeneratorExit exception when the generator is complete. To do something after the log is finished, just catch this exception (but then re-raise it or return).

def logConsumer(self):
    while True:
        try:
            stream, line = yield
            if stream == 'o' and line.startswith('W'):
                self.warnings.append(line[1:])
        except GeneratorExit:
            self.warnings.sort()
            return

Warning

This use of generator functions is a simple Python idiom first described in PEP 342. It is unrelated to the generators used in inlineCallbacks. In fact, consumers of this type are incompatible with asynchronous programming, as each line must be processed immediately.

class buildbot.process.logobserver.BufferLogObserver(wantStdout=True, wantStderr=False)

Parameters:

• wantStdout (boolean) – true if stdout should be buffered

• wantStderr (boolean) – true if stderr should be buffered

This subclass of LogObserver buffers stdout and/or stderr for analysis after the step is complete. This can cause excessive memory consumption if the output is large.

getStdout()

Returns:

unicode string

Return the accumulated stdout.

getStderr()

Returns:

unicode string

Return the accumulated stderr.

3.10.17. Authentication

class buildbot.www.auth.AuthBase

This class is the base class for all authentication methods. All authentications are not done at the same level, so several optional methods are available. This class implements a default implementation. The login session is stored via twisted’s request.getSession(), and detailed used information is stored in request.getSession().user_info. The session information is then sent to the UI via the config constant (in the user attribute of config).

userInfoProvider

Authentication modules are responsible for providing user information as detailed as possible. When there is a need to get additional information from another source, a userInfoProvider can optionally be specified.

reconfigAuth(master, new_config)

Parameters:

• master – the reference to the master

• new_config – the reference to the new configuration

Reconfigure the authentication module. In the base class, this simply sets self.master.

maybeAutoLogin(request)

Parameters:

request – the request object

Returns:

Deferred

This method is called when /config.js is fetched. If the authentication method supports automatic login, e.g., from a header provided by a frontend proxy, this method handles the login.

If it succeeds, the method sets request.getSession().user_info. If the login fails unexpectedly, it raises resource.Error. The default implementation simply returns without setting user_info.

getLoginResource()

Return the resource representing /auth/login.

getLogout()

Return the resource representing /auth/logout.

updateUserInfo(request)

Parameters:

request – the request object

Separate entrypoint for getting user information. This is a means to call self.userInfoProvider if provided.

class buildbot.www.auth.UserInfoProviderBase

Class that can be used, to get more info for the user, like groups, from a separate database.

getUserInfo(username)

Returns:

the user info for the username used for login, via a Deferred

Returns a dict with following keys:

• email: email address of the user

• full_name: Full name of the user, like “Homer Simpson”

• groups: groups the user belongs to, like [“duff fans”, “dads”]

class buildbot.www.oauth2.OAuth2Auth

OAuth2Auth implements oauth2 two-factor authentication. With this method, /auth/login is called twice. The first time (without argument), it should return the URL the browser has to redirect to in order to perform oauth2 authentication and authorization. Then the oauth2 provider will redirect to /auth/login?code=??? and the Buildbot web server will verify the code using the oauth2 provider.

Typical login process is:

• UI calls the /auth/login API and redirects the browser to the returned oauth2 provider URL

• oauth2 provider shows a web page with a form for the user to authenticate, and asks the user for permission for Buildbot to access their account

• oauth2 provider redirects the browser to /auth/login?code=???

• OAuth2Auth module verifies the code, and get the user’s additional information

• Buildbot UI is reloaded, with the user authenticated

This implementation is using requests. Subclasses must override the following class attributes:

• name: Name of the oauth plugin

• faIcon: Font awesome class to use for login button logo

• resourceEndpoint: URI of the resource where the authentication token is used

• authUri: URI the browser is pointed to let the user enter creds

• tokenUri: URI to verify the browser code and get auth token

• authUriAdditionalParams: Additional parameters for the authUri

• tokenUriAdditionalParams: Additional parameters for the tokenUri

getUserInfoFromOAuthClient(self, c)

This method is called after a successful authentication to get additional information about the user from the oauth2 provider.

3.10.18. Avatars

Buildbot’s avatar support associates a small image with each user.

class buildbot.www.avatar.AvatarBase

This class can be used to get the avatars for the users. It can be used for authenticated users, but also for the users referenced in changes.

getUserAvatar(self, email, size, defaultAvatarUrl)

Returns:

the user’s avatar, from the user’s email (via Deferred).

If the data is directly available, this function returns a tuple (mime_type, picture_raw_data). If the data is available in another URL, this function can raise resource.Redirect(avatar_url), and the web server will redirect to the avatar_url.

3.10.19. Web Server Classes

Most of the source in master/buildbot/www is self-explanatory. However, a few classes and methods deserve some special mention.

3.10.19.1. Resources

class buildbot.www.resource.Redirect(url)

This is a subclass of Twisted Web’s Error. If this is raised within asyncRenderHelper, the user will be redirected to the given URL.

class buildbot.www.resource.Resource

This class specializes the usual Twisted Web Resource class.

It adds support for resources getting notified when the master is reconfigured.

needsReconfig

If True, reconfigResource will be called on reconfig.

reconfigResource(new_config)

Parameters:

new_config – new MasterConfig instance

Returns:

Deferred if desired

Reconfigure this resource.

It’s surprisingly difficult to render a Twisted Web resource asynchronously. This next method makes it quite a bit easier.

asyncRenderHelper(request, callable, writeError=None)

Parameters:

• request – the request instance

• callable – the render function

• writeError – optional callable for rendering errors

This method will call callable, which can be async or a Deferred, with the given request. The value returned from this callable will be converted to an HTTP response. Exceptions, including Error subclasses, are handled properly. If the callable raises Redirect, the response will be a suitable HTTP 302 redirect.

Use this method as follows:

def render_GET(self, request):
    return self.asyncRenderHelper(request, self.renderThing)

4. Release Notes

4.1. Buildbot 4.2.0 ( 2024-12-10 )

4.1.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed an Access is denied error on Windows when calling AssignProcessToJobObject (issue #8162).

• Improved new build prioritization when many builds arrive at similar time.

• Fixed copydb script when SQLAlchemy 2.x is used.

• Fixed copydb script when there are rebuilt builds in the database.

• Fixed SetPropertiesFromEnv not treating environment variable names as case insensitive for Windows workers

• Reliability of Gerrit change source has been improved on unstable connections.

• Fixed bad default of Github webhooks not verifying HTTPS certificates in connections originating from Buildbot.

• Fixed the timestamp comparison in janitor: it should cleanup builds ‘older than’ given timestamp - previously janitor would delete all build_data for builds ‘newer than’ the configured build data horizon.

• Fixed compatibility with Twisted 24.11.0 due to twisted.python.constants module being moved.

• Fixed build status reporting to use state_string as fallback when status_string is None. This makes IRC build failure messages more informative by showing the failure reason instead of just “failed”.

• Fix exception when worker loses connection to master while a command is running.

• Fix certain combinations of ANSI reset escape sequences not displayed correctly (issue #8216).

• Fixed wrong positioning of search box in Buildbot UI log viewer.

• Improved ANSI escape sequence support in Buildbot UI log viewer: - Fixed support for formatting and color reset. - Fixed support for simultaneous background and foreground color (issue #8151).

• Slightly reduced waterfall view loading times

4.1.2. Improved Documentation

• Fixed Scheduler documentation to indicate that owner property is a string, not a list, and contains only one owner. This property was changed to singular and to string in Buildbot 1.0, but documentation was not updated.

4.1.3. Features

• Use standard URL syntax for Git steps to enable the use of a dedicated SSH port.

• Added ignore-fk-error-rows option to copy-db script. It allows ignoring all rows that fail foreign key constraint checks. This is useful in cases when migrating from a database engine that does not support foreign key constraints to one that does.

• Enhanced debounce.method to support calling target function only when the burst is finished.

• Added support for specifying the master protocol to DockerLatentWorker and KubeLatentWorker. These classes get new master_protocol argument. The worker docker image will receive the master protocol via BUILDMASTER_PROTOCOL environment variable.

• Master’s cleanupdb command can now run database optimization on PostgreSQL and MySQL (only available on SQLite previously)

• Added a way to setup TestReactorMixin with explicit tear down function.

• Added a way to return all test result sets from getTestResultSets() and from data API via new /test_result_sets path.

4.1.4. Misc

• Logs compression/decompression operation no longer occur in a Database connection thread. This change will improve overall master reactivity on instances receiving large logs from Steps.

• Improve logs compression operation performance with zstd. Logs compression/decompression tasks now re-use zstandard’s ZstdCompressor and ZstdDecompressor objects, as advised in the documentation.

• BuildView’s ‘Changes’ tab (builders/:builderid/builds/:buildnumber) now only loads a limited number of changes, with the option to load more.

• BuildView (builders/:builderid/builds/:buildnumber) now load ‘Changes’ and ‘Responsible Users’ on first access to the tab. This lower unnecessary queries on the master.

4.1.5. Deprecations and Removals

• The following test tear down functions have been deprecated:

  • TestBuildStepMixin.tear_down_test_build_step()

  • TestReactorMixin.tear_down_test_reactor()

  The tear down is now run automatically. Any additional test tear down should be run using twisted.trial.TestCase.addCleanup to better control tear down ordering.

• Worker.__init__ no longer accepts usePTY argument. It has been deprecated for a long time and no other values than None were accepted.

4.2. Buildbot 4.1.0 ( 2024-10-13 )

4.2.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed crash in GerritEventLogPoller when invalid input is passed (issue #7612)

• Fixed Build summary containing non obfuscated Secret values present in a failed BuildStep summary (issue #7833)

• Fixed data API query using buildername to correctly work with buildername containing spaces and unicode characters (issue #7752)

• Fixed an error when master is reconfigured with new builders and a build finishing at this time, causing the build to never finish.

• Fixed crash on master shutdown trying to insubstantiate build’s worker when no worker is assigned to the build (issue #7753)

• Fixed confusing error messages in case of HTTP errors that occur when connecting to Gerrit server.

• Fixed GitPoller merge commit processing. GitPoller now correctly list merge commit files. (issue #7494)

• Fixed hang in buildbot stop --clean when a in progress build was waiting on a not yet started BuildRequest that it triggered.

• Improved error message in case of OAuth2 failures.

• Fixed display of navigation links when the web frontend is displayed in narrow window (issue #7818)

• Fixed inconsistent logs data in reports produced by report generators. In particular, stepname key is consistently attached to logs regardless if they come with build steps or with the global logs key.

• Fixed a regression where a ChoiceStringParameter requires a user selected value (no default value), but the force build form incorrectly displays the first choice as being selected which later causes validation error.

• Fixed logs /raw and /raw_inline endpoint requiring large memory on master (more than full log size) (issue #3011)

• Fixed sidebar group expander to use different icon for expanded groups.

• Log queries in BuildView (builders/:builderid/builds/:buildnumber) have been reduced when logs won’t be displayed to the user.

• REST API json responses now correctly provide the Content-Length header for non-HEAD requests.

• Buildbot is now compatible with SQLAlchemy v2.0+

4.2.2. Changes

• Buildbot will now add a trailing ‘/’ to the buildbotURL and titleURL configured values if it does not have one.

• The internal API presented by the database connectors has been changed to return data classes instead of Python dictionaries. For backwards compatibility the classes also support being accessed as dictionaries. The following functions have been affected:

  • BuildDataConnectorComponent getBuildData, getBuildDataNoValue, and getAllBuildDataNoValues now return a BuildDataModel instead of a dictionary.

  • BuildsConnectorComponent getBuild, getBuildByNumber, getPrevSuccessfulBuild, getBuildsForChange, getBuilds, _getRecentBuilds, and _getBuild now return a BuildModel instead of a dictionary.

  • BuildRequestsConnectorComponent getBuildRequest, and getBuildRequests now return a BuildRequestModel instead of a dictionary.

  • BuildsetsConnectorComponent getBuildset, getBuildsets, and getRecentBuildsets now return a BuildSetModel instead of a dictionary.

  • BuildersConnectorComponent getBuilder and getBuilders now return a BuilderModel instead of a dictionary.

  • ChangesConnectorComponent getChange, getChangesForBuild, getChangeFromSSid, and getChanges now return a ChangeModel instead of a dictionary.

  • ChangeSourcesConnectorComponent getChangeSource, and getChangeSources now return a ChangeSourceModel instead of a dictionary.

  • LogsConnectorComponent getLog, getLogBySlug, and getLogs now return a LogModel instead of a dictionary.

  • MastersConnectorComponent getMaster, and getMasters now return a MasterModel instead of a dictionary.

  • ProjectsConnectorComponent get_project, get_projects, and get_active_projects now return a ProjectModel instead of a dictionary.

  • SchedulersConnectorComponent getScheduler, and getSchedulers now return a SchedulerModel instead of a dictionary.

  • SourceStampsConnectorComponent getSourceStamp, get_sourcestamps_for_buildset, getSourceStampsForBuild, and getSourceStamps now return a SourceStampModel instead of a dictionary.

  • StepsConnectorComponent getStep, and getSteps now return a StepModel instead of a dictionary.

  • TestResultsConnectorComponent getTestResult, and getTestResults now return a TestResultModel instead of a dictionary.

  • TestResultSetsConnectorComponent getTestResultSet, and getTestResultSets now return a TestResultSetModel instead of a dictionary.

  • UsersConnectorComponent getUser, getUserByUsername, and getUsers now return a UserModel instead of a dictionary.

  • WorkersConnectorComponent getWorker, and getWorkers now return a WorkerModel instead of a dictionary.

• Git step no longer includes -t (tags) option when fetching by default. Explicitly enabling with tags=True is now required to achieve the same functionality.

• logCompressionMethod will default to zstd if the buildbot[zstd] extra set was installed (otherwise, it default to gzip as before).

• Buildbot now requires treq package to be installed.

• Buildbot worker will now run process in JobObject on Windows, so child processes can be killed if main process dies itself either intentionally or accidentally.

• Worker docker image now uses Debian 12.

• Settings UI has been improved by reducing group header size and adding space between groups.

4.2.3. Features

• copy-db script now reads/writes in parallel and in batches. This results in it being faster and having smaller memory footprint

• Added possibility to set START_TIMEOUT via environment variable.

• Added data API /workers/n:workerid/builders allowing to query the Builders assigned to a worker

• The db_url config value can now be a renderable, allowing usage of secrets from secrets providers. eg. util.Interpolate("postgresql+psycopg2://db_user:%(secret:db_password)s@db_host:db_port/db_name")

• Added tooltip parameter to the forcescheduler, allowing passing help text to web frontend to explain the user what the parameters mean.

• Git and GitPush steps and GitPoller change source now support authentication with username/password. Credentials can be provided through the auth_credentials and/or git_credentials parameters.

• Git step getDescription configuration now supports the first-parent and exclude arguments.

• Git step now honors the shallow option in fetching in addition to clone and submodules.

• Github change hooks how have access to full_name of the repository when rendering GitHub tokens.

• Implemented simpler way to perform HTTP requests via httpclientservice.HTTPSession. It does not require a parent service.

• logCompressionMethod can now be set to br (using brotli, requires the buildbot[brotli] extra) or zstd (using zstandard, requires the buildbot[zstd] extra)

• Buildbot now compress REST API responses with the appropriate accept-encoding header is set. Available encodings are: gzip, brotli (requires the buildbot[brotli] extra), and zstd (requires the buildbot[zstd] extra)

• Added max_lines parameter to the shell command, allowing processes to be terminated if they exceed a specified line count.

• The want_logs_content argument of message formatters now supports being passed a list of logs for which to load the content.

• Exposed log URLs as url, url_raw, url_raw_inline in the log dictionary generated by report generators.

• TestBuildStepMixin now supports testing multiple steps added via setup_step() in a single unit test.

• Worker base directory has been exposed as a normal build property called basedir.

• Show build and step start and stop times when hovering on duration in build step table.

• The following website URLs now support receiving buildername instead of builderid to select the builder: builders/:builderid, builders/:builderid/builds/:buildnumber, and builders/:builderid/builds/:buildnumber/steps/:stepnumber/logs/:logslug.

• Human readable time is now shown in addition to timestamp in various debug tabs in the web frontend.

• ChoiceStringParameter can now have both multiple=True and strict=False allowing to create values in the web UI.

• Buildrequests tables in various places in the web UI now have a button to load more items.

• Added a way to configure sidebar menu group expand behavior in web frontend.

• Web UI’s Worker view (workers/{workerId}) now has a Builders tab showing Builders configured on the worker

• Builders view now paginates builders list. Page size can be configured with the setting ‘Builders page related settings > Number of builders to show per page’.

• Workers view now paginates workers list. Page size can be configured with the setting ‘Workers page related settings > Number of workers to show per page’.

• Workers view now includes a search box to filter on worker’s name.

4.2.4. Deprecations and Removals

• Buildbot worker no longer supports Python 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6. Older version of Buildbot worker should be used in case it needs to run on these old versions of Python. Old versions of Buildbot worker are fully supported by Buildbot master.

• buildbot.db.test_results.TestResultDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.test_results.TestResultModel.

• buildbot.db.test_result_sets.TestResultSetDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.test_result_sets.TestResultSetModel.

• buildbot.db.buildrequests.BrDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.buildrequests.BuildRequestModel.

• buildbot.db.build_data.BuildDataDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.build_data.BuildDataModel.

• buildbot.db.changes.ChDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.changes.ChangeModel.

• buildbot.db.masters.MasterDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.masters.MasterModel.

• buildbot.db.sourcestamps.SsDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.sourcestamps.SourceStampModel.

• buildbot.db.users.UsDict is deprecated in favor of buildbot.db.users.UserModel.

• The following methods of httpclientservice.HTTPClientService have been deprecated: get, delete, post, put, updateHeaders. Use corresponding methods from HTTPSession.

• The add_logs argument of BuildStatusGenerator, BuildStartEndStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator has been removed. As a replacement, set want_logs_content of the passed message formatter.

• The build_files, worker_env and worker_version arguments of TestBuildStepMixin.setup_step() have been deprecated. As a replacement, call TestBuildStepMixin.setup_build() before setup_step.

• The step attribute of TestBuildStepMixin has been deprecated. As a replacement, call TestBuildStepMixin.get_nth_step().

• Master running with Twisted >= 24.7.0 does not work with buildbot-worker 0.8. Use Twisted 24.3.0 on master if you need to communicate with buildbot-worker 0.8. This may be fixed in the future.

• Buildbot master now requires Twisted 22.1.0 or newer.

4.3. Buildbot 4.0.4 ( 2024-10-12 )

4.3.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed missing builder force scheduler route /builders/:builderid/force/:scheduler.

• Fixed URL of WGSI dashboards to keep backward compatibility with the old non-React WSGI plugin.

• Fixed display of long property values by wrapping them

• Dropped no longer needed dependency on the future library

4.4. Buildbot 4.0.3 ( 2024-09-27 )

4.4.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed function signature for CustomAuth.check_credentials.

• Fixed ReactUI authentication when Buildbot is hosted behind a reverse proxy not at url’s root. (issue #7814)

• Made Tags column in Builders page take less space when there are no tags

• Fixed cropped change author avatar image in web UI.

• Fixed pluralization of build count in build summaries in the web UI.

• The change details page no longer requires an additional mouse click to show the change details.

• Fixed showing misleading “Loading” spinner when a change has no builds.

• Fixed too small spacing in change header text in web UI.

• Fixed showing erroneous zero changes count in the web UI when loading changes.

• Cleaned up build and worker tabs in builders view in web UI.

• Fixed links to external URLs in the about pages.

• Fixed missing warnings on old browsers.

• Builds in the home page are now sorted to show the latest one first.

• Fixed loading of plugins settings (e.g. from master’s ui_default_config)

• Improved visual separation between pending build count and build status in trigger build steps in web UI.

4.4.2. Changes

• Buildbot has migrated to quay.io container registry for storing released container images. In order to migrate to the new registry container image name in FROM instruction in Dockerfiles needs to be adjusted to quay.io/buildbot/buildbot-master or quay.io/buildbot/buildbot-worker.

• GitHubStatusPush will now render github tokens right before the request. This allow to update the token in the configuration file without restarting the server, which is useful for Github App installations where tokens are rotated every hour.

• The list of supported browsers has been updated to Chrome >=80, Firefox >= 80, Edge >=80, Safari >= 14, Opera >=67.

4.4.3. Features

• The text displayed in build links is now configurable and can use any build property. It was showing build number or branch and build number before.

• Changes and builds tables in various places in the web UI now have a button to load more items.

4.5. Buildbot 4.0.2 ( 2024-08-01 )

4.5.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed GitPoller when repourl has the port specified (issue #7822)

• Fixed ChoiceStringParameter fields with multiple would not store the selected values

• Fixed unnecessary trimming of spaces in logs showed in the web UI (issue #7774)

• Fixed favicon colors on build views in the web UI

• Fixed the icon on the about page in the web UI

• Fixed a regression where builds in waterfall view were no longer linking to the build page.

• Fixed an issue that would cause non-ui www plugins to not be configured (such as buildbot-badges) (issue #7665)

4.5.2. Changes

• Buildbot will now error when configured with multiple services of the same type are configured with the same name (issue #6987)

4.6. Buildbot 4.0.1 ( 2024-07-12 )

4.6.1. Bug fixes

• Transfer build steps (FileUpload, DirectoryUpload, MultipleFileUpload, FileDownload, and StringDownload) now correctly remove destination on failure, no longer leaving partial content (issue #2860)

• Fixed ReactUI when Buildbot is hosted behind a reverse proxy not at url’s root (issue #7260, issue #7746)

• Fixed results color shown on builder’s header in waterfall view

• Fixed cases where waterfall view could be squashed to a pixel high

• Improved flexibility of scaling_waterfall setting to support floating-point values for more condensed view.

• Fixed broken theming in web frontend when not using it via base_react plugin name.

• Fixed /builders/n:builderid/builds/n:build_number/properties endpoint returning results for wrong builds.

• Fixed useless logged fatal Exception on DB: log with slug ... already exists in this step errors.

4.7. Buildbot 4.0.0 ( 2024-06-24 )

4.7.1. Bug fixes

• BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush now handles epoch time format in events as well as datetime.datetime.

• Fixed buildrequest cancel requests being ignored under certain infrequent conditions.

• Fixed an issue in lock handling which caused step locks to be acquired in excess of their configured capacity under certain conditions (issue #5655, issue #5987).

• OldBuildCanceller will now cancel builds only if a superseding buildrequest is actually created. Previously it was enough to observe a superseding change even if it did not result in actually running builds.

• Fixed OldBuildCanceller crashes when sourcestamp with no branch was ingested.

• Fixed ChoiceStringParameter fields being not present in ForceBuild Form.

• Fixed initialization of default web setting values from config.

• Fixed loading of user saved settings in React web frontend.

4.7.2. Changes

• Added optional locks_acquired_at argument to master.data.updates.set_step_locks_acquired_at().

• Master and Worker packages have stopped using the deprecated distutils package and rely on setuptools. Worker installation now requires setuptools.

• Events between GerritChangeSource and GerritEventLogPoller are no longer deduplicated. Use GerritChangeSource with both SSH and HTTP API configured as a replacement.

• GitPoller no longer track the master branch when neither branch nor branches arguments are provided. It now track the remote’s default branch.

• Improved performance of OpenstackWorker startup when there are large number of images on the server.

• buildbot.www.plugin.Application no longer accepts module name as the first parameter. It requires the name of package. In most cases where __name__ was being passed, __package__ is now required.

• Padding of the UI elements in the web UI has been reduced to increase density of presented data.

• Buildbot now requires SQLAlchemy 1.4.0 or newer.

• Old importlib_resources is no longer used.

4.7.3. Features

• Added rebuilt_buildid key-value pair to buildsets to be able to keep track on which build is being rebuild.

• Buildbot now tracks total time that has been spent waiting for locks in a build.

• Added projectid and projectname properties to Build

• The worker_preparation dummy step that tracks various build startup overhead has been split into two steps to track worker startup and locks wait times separately.

• Builds now have builderid property.

• Build request cancellation has been exposed to the Data API.

• Added optional started_at and locks_acquired arguments to master.data.updates.startStep().

• buildbot.test.fake.httpclientservice.HTTPClientService now can simulate network and processing delays via processing_delay_s option to expect() method.

• Added ability to poll HTTP event API of Gerrit server to GerritChangeSource. This has the following advantages compared to simply pointing GerritChangeSource and GerritEventLogPoller at the same Gerrit server:

  • All events are properly deduplicated

  • SSH connection is restarted in case of silent hangs of underlying SSH connection (this may happen even when ServerAliveInterval is used)

• Added select_next_worker global configuration key which sets default nextWorker customization hook on all builders.

• Added support for connecting Kubernetes workers to multiple Kubernetes clusters.

• Raw logs downloaded from the web UI now include full identifying information in the filename.

• Raw text logs downloaded from the web UI now include a small header with identifying information.

• The Rebuild button on a Build’s view now redirect to the Buildrequest corresponding to the latest rebuild.

• Add a “Workers” tab to the Builder view listing workers that are assigned to this builder (issue #7162)

• Added check for correct argument types to BuildStep and ShellCommand build steps and all steps deriving from ShellMixin. This will avoid wrong arguments causing confusing errors in unrelated parts of the codebase.

• Implemented a check for step attempting to acquire the same lock as its build.

• Implement support for customizing affinity and nodeSelector fields in Kubernetes pod spec for Kubernetes worker.

• The debug tab in build page now shows previous build that has been built on the same worker for the same builder. This helps debugging any build directory cleanup problems in custom Buildbot setups.

• Add support for case insensitive search within the logs.

• Add support for regex search within the logs.

4.7.4. Deprecations and Removals

• buildbot.process.factory.Distutils factory has been deprecated.

• HashiCorpVaultSecretProvider has been removed.

• GerritStatusPush no longer accepts deprecated arguments: reviewCB, startCB, reviewArg, startArg, summaryCB, summaryArg, builders, wantSteps, wantLogs.

• Deprecated module-level attributes have been deleted.

• GerritStatusPush callback functions now can only return dictionary type.

• AngularJS web frontend has been removed.

• Deprecated LineBoundaryFinder callback argument has been removed.

• Removed Python 2.7 support on the worker. This does not affect compatibility of connecting workers running old versions of Buildbot to masters running new versions of Buildbot.

This release includes all changes up to Buildbot 3.11.5.

5. Older Release Notes

5.1. Buildbot 3.11.9 ( 2024-10-13 )

5.1.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed missing builder force scheduler route /builders/:builderid/force/:scheduler.

• Fixed URL of WGSI dashboards to keep backward compatibility with the old non-React WSGI plugin.

• Fixed display of long property values by wrapping them

5.2. Buildbot 3.11.8 ( 2024-09-27 )

5.2.1. Bug fixes

• Made Tags column in Builders page take less space when there are no tags.

• Fixed cropped change author avatar image in web UI.

• Correctly pluralize build count in build summaries in the web UI.

• The change details page no longer requires an additional mouse click to show the change details.

• Fixed showing misleading “Loading” spinner when a change has no builds.

• Fixed too small spacing in change header text in web UI.

• Fixed showing erroneous zero changes count in the web UI when loading changes.

• Cleaned up build and worker tabs in builders view in web UI.

• Improved visual separation between pending build count and build status in trigger build steps in web UI.

5.2.2. Changes

• Buildbot has migrated to quay.io container registry for storing released container images. In order to migrate to the new registry container image name in FROM instruction in Dockerfiles needs to be adjusted to quay.io/buildbot/buildbot-master or quay.io/buildbot/buildbot-worker.

• The list of supported browsers has been updated to Chrome >=80, Firefox >= 80, Edge >=80, Safari >= 14, Opera >=67.

5.2.3. Features

• Add a “Workers” tab to the Builder view listing workers that are assigned to this builder (issue #7162)

• The text displayed in build links is now configurable and can use any build property. It was showing build number or branch and build number before.

• Changes and builds tables in various places in the web UI now have a button to load more items.

5.3. Buildbot 3.11.7 ( 2024-08-01 )

5.3.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed GitPoller when repourl has the port specified (issue #7822)

• Fixed ChoiceStringParameter fields with multiple would not store the selected values

• Fixed unnecessary trimming of spaces in logs showed in the web UI (issue #7774)

• Fixed favicon colors on build views in the web UI

• Fixed the icon on the about page in the web UI

• Fixed a regression where builds in waterfall view were no longer linking to the build page.

5.3.2. Changes

• Buildbot will now error when configured with multiple services of the same type are configured with the same name (issue #6987)

5.4. Buildbot 3.11.6 ( 2024-07-12 )

5.4.1. Bug fixes

• Transfer build steps (FileUpload, DirectoryUpload, MultipleFileUpload, FileDownload, and StringDownload) now correctly remove destination on failure, no longer leaving partial content (issue #2860)

• Fixed ReactUI when Buildbot is hosted behind a reverse proxy not at url’s root (issue #7260, issue #7746)

• Fixed results color shown on builder’s header in waterfall view

• Fixed cases where waterfall view could be squashed to a pixel high

• Improved flexibility of scaling_waterfall setting to support floating-point values for more condensed view.

5.5. Buildbot 3.11.5 ( 2024-06-24 )

5.5.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed several occasional data update glitches in web frontend

• Fixed display of newly added builds in Workers view in the web frontend.

5.6. Buildbot 3.11.4 ( 2024-06-20 )

5.6.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed a regression where GitPoller would no longer register new changes (regression introduced in 3.11.3 in #7554)

5.7. Buildbot 3.11.3 ( 2024-05-19 )

5.7.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed a bug that caused GitPoller running with git configured with fetch.prune=true parameter to fail.

• Fixed a bug that caused GitPoller to miss changes when buildbot is reconfigured

• Reduced length of directory names produced by GitPoller internally. Long directory names could potentially break GitPoller on filesystems with low path and name length limits.

• Removed credentials from repourl used in the tracker branch name.

5.7.2. Deprecations and Removals

• The pollinterval (note the small i) argument of various change sources has been deprecated with a warning in favor of pollInterval.

5.7.3. Features

• Added MessageFormatterFunctionRaw which allows complete customization of messages to be emitted. This feature has been available since 3.11.0 and only the announcement has been missed.

5.8. Buildbot 3.11.2 ( 2024-05-04 )

5.8.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed an error in HgPoller when repository initialization fails (issue #7488)

• Updated Makefile to handle Windows paths and Python.

• Added a web configuration setting to select whether build completion or start times are displayed.

• Added revision info column in the web frontend.

• Fixed steps raw log download button.

• Fixed a regression in React UI that prevented hosting Buildbot at a custom URL prefix. This allows to support multiple Buildbot instances on a single server.

5.8.2. Improved Documentation

• Documented that ChangeSource does not support secrets (or any other renderables), best practice of not encoding secret values in changes and alternative solutions when secret values in changes are unavoidable. ChangeSource accidentally supported renderable arguments up until Buildbot 3.7, but this was not documented behavior.

5.9. Buildbot 3.11.1 ( 2024-02-24 )

5.9.1. Bug fixes

• GitPoller now ensures the SSH Private Key it uses has a trailing newline.

• Migrated off python-future which prevented installing Buildbot on distributions that do not provide that package.

• Fix sporadic navigation to builders page when new build is started (issue #7307).

5.10. Buildbot 3.11.0 ( 2024-01-25 )

5.10.1. Bug fixes

• Declare Python 3.12 compatibility in generated packages of master and worker

5.10.2. Features

• Added a new WSGI dashboards plugin for React frontend. It is backwards compatible with AngularJS one but may require changes in CSS styling of displayed web pages.

• Implemented a report generator (BuildSetCombinedStatusGenerator) that can access complete information about a buildset.

• Low level database API now has get_sourcestamps_for_buildset to get source stamps for a buildset. “/buildsets/:buildsetid/sourcestamps” endpoint has been added to access this from the Data API.

• Added buildset information to dictionaries returned by report generators.

• Added a way to pass additional reporter-specific data to Reporters. Added extra_info_cb argument to MessageFormatter for this use case.

• Implemented support for report generators in GerritStatusPush.

5.10.3. Deprecations and Removals

• The reviewCB, reviewArg, startCB, startArg, summaryCB, summaryArg, builders , wantSteps, wantLogs arguments of GerritStatusPush have been deprecated.

5.11. Buildbot 3.10.1 ( 2023-12-26 )

5.11.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed support for Twisted 23.10 and Python 3.12.

• Fixed Data API to have “parent_buildid” key-value pair in messages for rebuilt buildsets (:issue 7222).

• Improved security of tarfile extraction to help avoid CVE-2007-4559. See more details in https://peps.python.org/pep-0706/. Buildbot uses filter=’data’ now. (issue #7294)

• Fixed web frontend package build on certain Python versions (e.g. 3.9).

5.12. Buildbot 3.10.0 ( 2023-12-04 )

5.12.1. Bug fixes

• buildbot.changes.bitbucket.BitbucketPullrequestPoller has been updated to emit the change files.

• Fixed build status key sent to Bitbucket exceeding length limits (issue #7049).

• Fixed a race condition resulting in EXCEPTION build results when build steps that are about to end are cancelled.

• Buildrequests are now selected by priority and then by buildrequestid (previously, Buildbot used the age as the secondary sort parameter). This preserves the property of choosing the oldest buildrequest, but makes it predictable which buildrequest will be selected, as there might be multiple buildrequests with the same age.

• Fixed worker to fail a step uploadDirectory instead of throwing an exception when directory is not available. (issue #5878)

• Added missing parent_buildid and parent_relationship keys to the buildset completion event in the Data API.

• Improved handling of Docker containers that fail before worker attaches to master. In such case build will be restarted immediately instead of waiting for a timeout to expire.

• Enhanced the accessibility of secret files by enabling group-readability. Previously, secret files were exclusively accessible to the owner. Now, accessibility has been expanded to allow group members access as well. This enhancement is particularly beneficial when utilizing Systemd’s LoadCredential feature, which configures secrets with group-readable (0o440) permissions.

• MailNotifier now works correctly when SSL packages are installed but useTls=False and auth (smtpUser, smtpPassword) is not set. (issue #5609)

• • P4 now reports the correct got_revision when syncing a changelist that only delete files

• • P4 step now use the rev-spec format //{p4client}/…@{revision} when syncing with a revision

• Fixed incorrect propagation of option --proxy-connection-string into buildbot.tac when creating new Worker.

• Fixed link to Builder in React Grid View.

• Addressed a number of timing errors in Nightly scheduler by upgrading croniter code.

5.12.2. Changes

• Buildbot will render step properties and check if step should be skipped before acquiring locks. This allows to skip waiting for locks in case step is skipped.

• The isRaw and isCollection attributes of the Endpoint type have been deprecated. Endpoint is used to extend the Buildbot API. Us a replacement use the new kind attribute.

• AbstractLatentWorker.check_instance() now accepts error message being supplied in case instance is not good. The previous API has been deprecated.

• The published Docker image for the worker now uses Debian 11 (Bullseye) as base image.

• The published Docker image for the worker now runs Buildbot in virtualenv.

5.12.3. Improved Documentation

• Describe an existing bug with Libvirt latent workers that does not use a copy of the image (:issue 7122).

5.12.4. Features

• The new React-based web frontend is no longer experimental. To enable please see the documentation on upgrading to 4.0 for more information. The new web frontend includes the following improvements compared to legacy AngularJS web frontend:

  • Project support (initially released in Buildbot 3.9.0).

  • Steps now show the amount of time spent waiting for locks.

  • The log viewer now supports huge logs without problems.

  • The log viewer now includes a search box that downloads entire log on-demand without additional button click.

  • The log viewer now supports downloading log file both as a file and also showing it inline in the browser.

  • The colors of the website can be adjusted from Buildbot configuration via www["theme"] key.

  • Buildsteps and pending buildrequests have anchor links which allows linking directly to them from external web pages.

• Workers can now be created to use connection string right out of the box when new option --connection-string= is used.

• Docker Latent workers will now show last logs in Buildbot UI when their startup fails.

• Added EndpointKind.RAW_INLINE data API endpoint type which will show the response data inline in the browser instead of downloading as a file.

• Implemented a way to specify volumes for containers spawned by KubeLatentWorker.

• Nightly scheduler now supports forcing builds at specific times even if onlyIfChanged parameter was true and there were no important changes.

• buildbot.steps.source.p4.P4 can now take a p4client_type argument to set the client type (More information on client type [here](https://www.perforce.com/manuals/p4sag/Content/P4SAG/performance.readonly.html))

• Added data and REST APIs to retrieve only projects with active builders.

• Improved step result reporting to specify whether step failed due to a time out.

• Added tags option to the Git source step to download tags when updating repository.

• Worker now sends failure_reason update when the command it was running timed out.

5.12.5. Deprecations and Removals

• Legacy AngularJS web frontend will be removed in Buildbot 4.0. Fixes to React web frontend that are regressions from AngularJS web frontend will be backported to 3.x Buildbot series to make migration easier.

• Buildbot Master now requires Python 3.8 or newer. Python 3.7 is no longer supported.

• buildbot.util.croniter module has been deprecated in favor of using Pypi croniter package.

• master.data.updates.setWorkerState() has been deprecated. Use master.data.updates.set_worker_paused() and master.data.updates.set_worker_graceful() as replacements.

• Buildbot now requires docker of version v4.0.0 or newer for Docker support.

• BuildStep instances are now more strict about when their attributes can be changed. Changing attributes of BuildStep instances that are not yet part of any build is most likely an error. This is because such instances are only being used to configure a builder as a source to create real steps from. In this scenario any attribute changes are ignored as far as build configuration is concerned.

  Such changing of attributes has been deprecated and will become an error in the future release.

  For customizing BuildStep after an instance has already been created set_step_arg(name, value) function has been added.

5.13. Buildbot 3.9.2 ( 2023-09-02 )

5.13.1. Bug fixes

• Work around requirements parsing error for the Twisted dependency by pinning Twisted to 22.10 or older. This fixes buildbot crash on startup when newest Twisted is installed.

5.14. Buildbot 3.9.1 ( 2023-09-02 )

5.14.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed handling of primary key columns on Postgres in the copy-db script.

• Fixed a race condition in the copy-db script which sometimes lead to no data being copied.

• Options for create-worker that are converted to numbers are now also checked to be valid Python literals. This will prevent creating invalid worker configurations, e.g.: when using option --umask=022 instead of --umask=0o022 or --umask=18. (issue #7047)

• Fixed worker not connecting error when there are files in WORKER/info folder that can not be decoded. (issue #3585) (issue #4758) (issue #6932)

• Fixed incorrect git command line parameters when using Git source step with mode="incremental", shallow=True, submodules=True (regression since Buildbot 3.9.0) (issue #7054).

5.14.2. Improved Documentation

• Clarified that shallow option for the Git source step is also supported in incremental mode.

5.15. Buildbot 3.9.0 ( 2023-08-16 )

5.15.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed missed invocations of methods decorated with util.debounce when debouncer was being stopped under certain conditions. This caused step and build state string updates to be sometimes missed.

• Improved stale connection handling in GerritChangeSource. GerritChangeSource will instruct the ssh client to send periodic keepalive messages and will reconnect if the server does not reply for 45 seconds (default). GerritChangeSource now has ssh_server_alive_interval_s and ssh_server_alive_count_max options to control this behavior.

• Fixed unnecessary build started under the following conditions: there is an existing Nightly scheduler, onlyIfChanged is set to true and there is version upgrade from v3.4.0 (issue #6793).

• Fixed performance of changes data API queries with custom filters.

• Prevent possible event loss during reconfig of reporters (issue #6982).

• Fixed exception thrown when worker copies directories in Solaris operating system (issue #6870).

• Fixed excessive log messages due to JWT token decoding error (issue #6872).

• Fixed excessive log messages when otherwise unsupported /auth/login endpoint is accessed when using RemoteUserAuth authentication plugin.

5.15.2. Features

• Introduce a way to group builders by project. A new projects list is added to the configuration dictionary. Builders can be associated to the entries in that list by the new project argument.

  Grouping builders by project allows to significantly clean up the UI in larger Buildbot installations that contain hundreds or thousands of builders for a smaller number of unrelated codebases. This is currently implemented only in experimental React UI.

• Added support specifying the project in GitHubPullrequestPoller. Previously it was forced to be equal to GitHub’s repository full name.

• Reporter BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush now supports BuildRequestGenerator and generates build status for build requests (by default).

• Buildbot now has copy-db script migrate all data stored in the database from one database to another. This may be used to change database engine types. For example a sqlite database may be migrated to Postgres or MySQL when the load and data size grows.

• Added cron features like last day of month to Nightly Scheduler.

• Buildrequests can now have their priority changed, using the /buildrequests API.

• The force scheduler can now set a build request priority.

• Added support for specifying builder descriptions in markdown which is later rendered to HTML for presentation in the web frontend.

• Build requests are now sorted according to their buildrequest. Request time is now used as a secondary sort key.

• Significantly improved performance of reporters or reporters with slower generators which is important on larger Buildbot installations.

• Schedulers can now set a default priority for the buildrequests that it creates. It can either be an integer or a function.

• Implement support for shallow submodule update using git.

• GerritChangeSource will now log a small number of previous log lines coming from ssh process in case of connection failure.

5.15.3. Deprecations and Removals

• Deprecated projectName and projectURL configuration dictionary keys.

5.16. Buildbot 3.8.0 ( 2023-04-16 )

5.16.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed compatibility issues with Python 3.11.

• Fixed compatibility with Autobahn v22.4.1 and newer.

• Fixed issue with overriding env when calling ShellMixin.makeRemoteShellCommand

• Buildbot will now include the previous location of moved files when evaluating a Github commit. This fixes an issue where a commit that moves a file out of a folder, would not be shown in the web UI for a builder that is tracking that same folder.

• Improved reliability of Buildbot log watching to follow log files even after rotation. This improves reliability of Buildbot start and restart scripts.

• Fixed handling of occasional errors that happen when attempting to kill a master-side process that has already exited.

• Fixed a race condition in PyLint step that may lead to step throwing exceptions.

• Fixed compatibility with qemu 6.1 and newer when using LibVirtWorker with cheap_copy=True (default).

• Fixed an issue with secrets provider stripping newline from ssh keys sent in git steps.

• Fixed occasional errors that happen when killing processes on Windows. TASKKILL command may return code 255 when process has already exited.

• Fixed deleting secrets from worker that contain ‘~’ in their destination path.

5.16.2. Changes

• Buildbot now requires NodeJS 14.18 or newer to build the frontend.

• The URLs emitted by the Buildbot APIs have been changed to include slash after the hash (#) symbol to be compatible with what React web UI supports.

5.16.3. Improved Documentation

• Replace statement “https is unsupported” with a more detailed disclaimer.

5.16.4. Features

• Add a way to disable default WarningCountingShellCommand parser.

• Added health check API that latent workers can use to specify that a particular worker will not connect and build should not wait for it and mark itself as failure immediately.

• Implemented a way to customize TLS setting for LdapUserInfo.

5.17. Buildbot 3.7.0 ( 2022-12-04 )

5.17.1. Bug fixes

• Improved statistics capture to avoid negative build duration.

• Improved reliability of “buildbot stop” (issue #3535).

• Cancelled builds now have stop reason included into the state string.

• Fixed custom_class change hook checks to allow hook without a plugin.

• Added treq response wrapper to fix issue with missing url attribute.

• Fixed Buildbot Worker being unable to start on Python 2.7 due to issue in a new version of Automat dependency.

5.17.2. Features

• Expanded ChangeFilter filtering capabilities:

  • New <attribute>_not_eq parameters to require no match

  • <attribute>_re now support multiple regexes

  • New <attribute>_not_re parameters to require no match by regex

  • New property_<match_type> parameters to perform filtering on change properties.

• Exposed frontend configuration as implementation-defined JSON document that can be queried separately.

• Added support for custom branch keys to OldBuildCanceller. This is useful in Version Control Systems such as Gerrit that have multiple branch names for the same logical branch that should be tracked by the canceller.

• p4port argument of the P4 step has been marked renderable.

• Added automatic generation of commands for Telegram bot without need to send them manually to BotFather.

5.17.3. Deprecations and Removals

• This release includes an experimental web UI written using React framework. The existing web UI is written using AngularJS framework which is no longer maintained. The new web UI can be tested by installing buildbot-www-react package and 'base_react': {} key-value to www plugins. Currently no web UI plugins are supported. The existing web UI will be deprecated on subsequent Buildbot released and eventually replaced with the React-based web UI on Buildbot 4.0.

5.18. Buildbot 3.6.1 ( 2022-09-22 )

5.18.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed handling of last line in logs when Buildbot worker 3.5 and older connects to Buildbot master 3.6 (issue #6632).

• Fixed worker cpdir command handling when using PB protocol (issue #6539)

5.19. Buildbot 3.6.0 ( 2022-08-25 )

5.19.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed compatibility with Autobahn 22.4.x.

• Fixed a circular import that causes errors in certain cases.

• Fixed issue with DockerLatentWorker accumulating connections with the docker server (issue #6538).

• Fixed documentation build for ReadTheDocs: Sphinx and Python have been updated to latest version.

• Fixed build pending and canceled status reports to GitLab.

• Fixed compatibility of hvac implementation with Vault 1.10.x (issue #6475).

• Fixed a race condition in PyLint step that may lead to step throwing exceptions.

• Reporters now always wait for previous report to completing upload before sending another one. This works around a race condition in GitLab build reports ingestion pipeline (issue #6563).

• Fixed “retry fetch” and “clobber on failure” git checkout options.

• Improved Visual Studio installation path retrieval when using MSBuild and only ‘BuildTools’ are installed.

• Fixed search for Visual Studio executables by inspecting both C:\Program Files and C:\Program Files (x86) directories.

• Fixed Visual Studio based steps causing an exception in getResultSummary when being skipped.

• Fixed issue where workers would immediately retry login on authentication failure.

• Fixed sending emails when using Twisted 21.2 or newer (issue #5943)

5.19.2. Features

• Implemented support for App password authentication in BitbucketStatusPush reporter.

• Cancelled build requests now generate build reports.

• Implemented support for --no-verify git option to the GitCommit step.

• HTTPClientService now accepts full URL in its methods. Previously only a relative URL was supported.

• Callback argument of class LineBoundaryFinder is now optional and deprecated.

• Added VS2019, VS2022, MsBuild15, MsBuild16, MsBuild17 steps.

• Names of transfer related temporary files are now prefixed with buildbot-transfer-.

• buildbot try now accepts empty diffs and prints a warning instead of rejecting the diff.

• Implemented note event handling in GitLab www hook.

5.19.3. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed support for Python 3.6 from master. Minimal python version for the master is now 3.7. The Python version requirements for the worker don’t change: 2.7 or 3.4 and newer.

• buildbot package now requires Twisted versions >= 18.7.0

5.20. Buildbot 3.5.0 ( 2022-03-06 )

5.20.1. Bug fixes

• Improved handling of “The container operating system does not match the host operating system” error on Docker on Windows to mark the build as erroneous so that it’s not retried.

• Fixed rare AlreadyCalledError exceptions in the logs when worker worker connection is lost at the same time it is delivering final outcome of a command.

• Fixed errors when accessing non-existing build via REST API when an endpoint matching rule with builder filter was present.

• Fixed an error in CMake passing options and definitions on the cmake command line.

• Fixed an error when handling command management errors on the worker side (regression since v3.0.0).

• Fixed updating build step summary with mock state changes for MockBuildSRPM and MockRebuild.

• Fixed support for optional builder parameter used in RebuildBuildEndpointMatcher (issue #6307).

• Fixed error that caused builds to become stuck in building state until next master restart if builds that were in the process of being interrupted lost connection to the worker.

• Fixed Gerrit change sources to emit changes with proper branch name instead of one containing refs/heads/ as the prefix.

• Fixed handling of build_wait_timeout on latent workers which previously could result in latent worker being shut down while a build is running in certain scenarios (issue #5988).

• Fixed problem on MySQL when using master names or builder tags that differ only by case.

• Fixed timed schedulers not scheduling builds the first time they are enabled with onlyIfChanged=True when there are no important changes. In such case the state of the code is not known, so a build must be run to establish the baseline.

• Switched Bitbucket OAuth client from the deprecated ‘teams’ APIs to the new ‘workspaces’ APIs

• Fixed errors when killing a process on a worker fails due to any reason (e.g. permission error or process being already exited) (issue #6140).

• Fixed updates to page title in the web UI. Web UI now shows the configured buildbot title within the page title.

5.20.2. Improved Documentation

• Fixed brackets in section 2.4.2.4 - How to populate secrets in a build (issue #6417).

5.20.3. Features

• The use of Renderables when constructing payload For JSONStringDownload is now allowed.

• Added alwaysPull support when using dockerfile parameter of DockerLatentWorker.

• Base Debian image has been upgraded to Debian Bullseye for the Buildbot master.

• Added rendering support to docker_host and hostconfig parameters of DockerLatentWorker.

• MailNotifier reporter now sends HTML messages by default.

• MessageFormatter will now use a default subject value if one is not specified.

• The default templates used in message formatters have been improved to supply more information. Separate default templates for html messages have been provided.

• Added buildbot_title, result_names and is_buildset keys to the data passed to MessageFormatter instances for message rendering.

• Added target support when using dockerfile parameter of DockerLatentWorker.

• Simplified prioritizeBuilders default function to make an example easier to customize.

• Buildbot now exposes its internal framework for writing tests of custom build steps. Currently the API is experimental and subject to change.

• Implemented detection of too long step and builder property names to produce errors at config time if possible.

5.20.4. Deprecations and Removals

• Deprecated subject argument of BuildStatusGenerator and BuildSetStatusGenerator status generators. Use subject argument of corresponding message formatters.

5.21. Buildbot 3.4.1 ( 2022-02-09 )

5.21.1. Bug fixes

• Updated Bitbucket API URL for BitbucketPullrequestPoller.

• Fixed a crash in BitbucketPullrequestPoller (issue #4153)

• Fixed installation of master and worker as Windows service from wheel package (regression since 3.4.0) (issue #6294)

• Fixed occasional exceptions when using Visual Studio steps (issue #5698).

• Fixed rare “Did you maybe forget to yield the method” errors coming from the log subsystem.

5.22. Buildbot 3.4.0 ( 2021-10-15 )

5.22.1. Bug fixes

• Database migrations are now handled using Alembic (1.6.0 or newer is required) (issue #5872).

• AMI for latent worker is now set before making spot request to enable dynamically setting AMIs for instantiating workers.

• Fixed GitPoller fetch commands timing out on huge repositories

• Fixed a bug that caused Gerrit review comments sometimes not to be reported.

• Fixed a critical bug in the MsBuild141 step (regression since Buildbot v2.8.0) (issue #6262).

• Implemented renderable support in secrets list of RemoveWorkerFileSecret.

• Fixed issues that prevented Buildbot from being used in Setuptools 58 and newer due to dependencies failing to build (issue #6222).

5.22.2. Improved Documentation

• Fixed help text for buildbot create-master so it states that --db option is passed verbatim to master.cfg.sample instead of buildbot.tac.

• Added documentation of properties available in the formatting context that is presented to message formatters.

5.22.3. Features

• MsBuild steps now handle correctly rebuilding or cleaning a specific project. Previously it could only be done on the entire solution.

• Implemented support for controlling filter option of git clone.

• Optimized build property filtering in the database instead of in Python code.

• Implemented support of SASL PLAIN authentication to IRC reporter.

• The want_logs (previously wantLogs) argument to message formatters will now imply wantSteps if selected.

• Added information about log URLs to message formatter context.

• Implemented a way to ask for only logs metadata (excluding content) in message formatters via want_logs and want_logs_content arguments.

• Implemented support for specifying pre-processor defines sent to the compiler in the MsBuild steps.

• Introduced HvacKvSecretProvider to allow working around flaws in HashiCorpVaultSecretProvider (issue #5903).

• Implemented support for proxying worker connection through a HTTP proxy.

5.22.4. Deprecations and Removals

• The wantLogs argument of message formatters has been deprecated. Please replace any uses with both want_logs and want_logs_content set to the same value.

• The wantProperties and wantSteps arguments of message formatters have been renamed to want_properties and want_steps respectively.

• Buildbot now requires SQLAlchemy 1.3.0 or newer.

5.23. Buildbot 3.3.0 ( 2021-07-31 )

5.23.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed support of SQLAlchemy v1.4 (issue #5992).

• Improved default build request collapsing functionality to take into account properties set by the scheduler and not collapse build requests if they differ (issue #4686).

• Fixed a race condition that would result in attempts to complete unclaimed buildrequests (issue #3762).

• Fixed a race condition in default buildrequest collapse function which resulted in two concurrently submitted build requests potentially being able to cancel each other (issue #4642).

• The comment-added event on Gerrit now produces the same branch as other events such as patchset-created.

• GerritChangeSource and GerritEventLogPoller will now produce change events with branch attribute that corresponds to the actual git branch on the repository.

• Fixed handling of GitPoller state to not grow without bounds and eventually exceed the database field size. (issue #6100)

• Old browser warning banner is no longer shown for browsers that could not be identified (issue #5237).

• Fixed worker lock handling that caused max lock count to be ignored (issue #6132).

5.23.2. Features

• Buildbot can now be configured (via FailingBuildsetCanceller) to cancel unfinished builds when a build in a buildset fails.

• GitHubEventHandler can now configure authentication token via Secrets management for GitHub instances that do not allow anonymous access

• Buildbot can now be configured (via OldBuildCanceller) to cancel unfinished builds when branches on which they are running receive new commits.

• Buildbot secret management can now be used to configure worker passwords.

• Services can now be forced to reload their code via new canReconfigWithSibling API.

5.23.3. Deprecations and Removals

• changes.base.PollingChangeSource has been fully deprecated as internal uses of it were migrated to replacement APIs.

5.24. Buildbot 3.2.0 ( 2021-06-17 )

5.24.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed occasional InvalidSpotInstanceRequestID.NotFound errors when using spot instances on EC2. This could have lead to Buildbot launching zombie instances and not shutting them down.

• Improved GitPoller behavior during reconfiguration to exit at earliest possible opportunity and thus reduce the delay that running GitPoller incurs for the reconfiguration.

• The docker container for the master now fully builds the www packages. Previously they were downloaded from pypi which resulted in downloading whatever version was newest at the time (issue #4998).

• Implemented time out for master-side utility processes (e.g. git or hg) which could break the respective version control poller potentially indefinitely upon hanging.

• Fixed a regression in the reconfig script which would time out instead of printing error when configuration update was not successfully applied.

• Improved buildbot restart behavior to restore the worker paused state (issue #6074)

• Fixed support for binary patch files in try client (issue #5933)

• Improved handling of unsubscription errors in WAMP which will no longer crash the unsubscribing component and instead just log an error.

• Fixed a crash when a worker is disconnected from a running build that uses worker information for some of its properties (issue #5745).

5.24.2. Improved Documentation

• Added documentation about installation Buildbot worker as Windows service.

5.24.3. Features

• DebPbuilder now supports the --othermirror flag for including additional repositories

• Implemented support for setting docker container’s hostname

• The libvirt latent worker will now wait for the VM to come online instead of disabling the worker during connection establishment process. The VM management connections are now pooled by URI.

• Buildbot now sends metadata required to establish connection back to master to libvirt worker VMs.

• LibVirtWorker will now setup libvirt metadata with details needed by the worker to connect back to master.

• The docker container for the master has been switched to Debian. Additionally, buildbot is installed into a virtualenv there to reduce chances of conflicts with Python packages installed via dpkg.

• BitbucketStatusPush now has renderable build status key, name, and description.

• Pausing a worker is a manual operation which the quarantine timer was overwriting. Worker paused state and quarantine state are now independent. (issue #5611)

• Reduce buildbot_worker wheel package size by 40% by dropping tests from package.

5.24.4. Deprecations and Removals

• The connection argument of the LibVirtWorker constructor has been deprecated along with the related Connection class. Use uri as replacement.

• The *NewStyle build step aliases have been removed. Please use equivalent steps without the NewStyle suffix in the name.

• Try client no longer supports protocol used by Buildbot older than v0.9.

5.25. Buildbot 3.1.1 ( 2021-04-28 )

5.25.1. Bug fixes

• Fix missing VERSION file in buildbot_worker wheel package (issue #5948, issue #4464).

• Fixed error when attempting to specify ws_ping_interval configuration option (issue #5991).

5.26. Buildbot 3.1.0 ( 2021-04-05 )

5.26.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed usage of invalid characters in temporary file names by git-related steps (issue #5949)

• Fixed parsing of URLs of the form https://api.bitbucket.org/2.0/repositories/OWNER/REPONAME in BitbucketStatusPush. These URLs are in the sourcestamps returned by the Bitbucket Cloud hook.

• Brought back the old (pre v2.9.0) behavior of the FileDownload step to act more gracefully by returning FAILURE instead of raising an exception when the file doesn’t exist on master. This makes use cases such as FileDownload(haltOnFailure=False) possible again.

• Fixed issue with getNewestCompleteTime which was returning no completed builds, although it could.

• Fixed the Git source step causing last active branch to point to wrong commits. This only affected the branch state in the local repository, the checked out code was correct.

• Improved cleanup of any containers left running by OpenstackLatentWorker.

• Improved consistency of log messages produced by the reconfig script. Note that this output is not part of public API of Buildbot and may change at any time.

• Improved error message when try client cannot create a build due to builder being not configured on master side.

• Fixed exception when submitting builds via try jobdir client when the branch was not explicitly specified.

• Fixed handling of secrets in nested folders by the vault provider.

5.26.2. Features

• Implemented report generator for new build requests

• Allow usage of Basic authentication to access GitHub API when looking for avatars

• Added support for default Pylint message that was changed in v2.0.

• Implemented support for configurable timeout in the reconfig script via new progress_timeout command-line parameter which determines how long it waits between subsequent progress updates in the logs before declaring a timeout.

• Implemented GitDiffInfo step that would extract information about what code has been changed in a pull/merge request.

• Add support --submodule option for the repo init command of the Repo source step.

5.26.3. Deprecations and Removals

• MessageFormatter will receive the actual builder name instead of whole buildset when used from BuildSetStatusGenerator.

5.27. Buildbot 3.0.3 ( 2021-04-05 )

5.27.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed a race condition in log handling of RpmLint and WarningCountingShellCommand steps resulting in steps crashing occasionally.

• Fixed incorrect state string of a finished buildstep being sent via message queue (issue #5906).

• Reduced flickering of build summary tooltip during mouseover of build numbers (issue #5930).

• Fixed missing data in Owners and Worker columns in changes and workers pages (issue #5888, issue #5887).

• Fixed excessive debug logging in GerritEventLogPoller.

• Fixed regression in pending buildrequests UI where owner is not displayed anymore (issue #5940).

• Re-added support for lazylogfiles argument of ShellCommand that was available in old style steps.

5.28. Buildbot 3.0.2 ( 2021-03-16 )

5.28.1. Bug fixes

• Updated Buildbot requirements to specify sqlalchemy 1.4 and newer as not supported yet.

5.29. Buildbot 3.0.1 ( 2021-03-14 )

5.29.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed special character handling in avatar email URLs.

• Fixed errors when an email address matches GitHub commits but the user is unknown to it.

• Added missing report generators to the Buildbot plugin database (issue #5892)

• Fixed non-default mode support for BuildSetStatusGenerator.

5.30. Buildbot 3.0.0 ( 2021-03-08 )

This release includes all changes up to Buildbot 2.10.2.

5.30.1. Bug fixes

• Avatar caching is now working properly and size argument is now handled correctly.

• Removed display of hidden steps in the build summary tooltip.

• GitHubPullrequestPoller now supports secrets in its token argument (issue #4921)

• Plugin database will no longer issue warnings on load, but only when a particular entry is accessed.

• SSH connections are now run with -o BatchMode=yes to prevent interactive prompts which may tie up a step, reporter or change source until it times out.

5.30.2. Features

• BitbucketPullrequestPoller, BitbucketCloudEventHandler, BitbucketServerEventHandler were enhanced to save PR entries matching provided masks as build properties.

• BitbucketPullrequestPoller has been enhanced to optionally authorize Bitbucket API.

• Added pullrequesturl property to the following pollers and change hooks: BitbucketPullrequestPoller, GitHubPullrequestPoller, GitHubEventHandler. This unifies all Bitbucket and GitHub pollers with the shared property interface.

• AvatarGitHub class has been enhanced to handle avatar based on email requests and take size argument into account

• Added support for Fossil user objects for use by the buildbot-fossil plugin.

• A new www.ws_ping_interval configuration option was added to avoid websocket timeouts when using reverse proxies and CDNs (issue #4078)

5.30.3. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed deprecated encoding argument to BitbucketPullrequestPoller.

• Removed deprecated support for constructing build steps from class and arguments in BuildFactory.addStep().

• Removed support for deprecated db_poll_interval configuration setting.

• Removed support for deprecated logHorizon, eventHorizon and buildHorizon configuration settings.

• Removed support for deprecated nextWorker function signature that accepts two parameters instead of three.

• Removed deprecated status configuration setting.

• LoggingBuildStep has been removed.

• GET, PUT, POST, DELETE, HEAD, OPTIONS steps now use new-style step implementation.

• MasterShellCommand step now uses new-style step implementation.

• Configure, Compile, ShellCommand, SetPropertyFromCommand, WarningCountingShellCommand, Test steps now use new-style step implementation.

• Removed support for old-style steps.

• Python 3.5 is no longer supported for running Buildbot master.

• The deprecated HipChatStatusPush reporter has been removed.

• Removed support for the following deprecated parameters of HttpStatusPush reporter: format_fn, builders, wantProperties, wantSteps, wantPreviousBuild, wantLogs, user, password.

• Removed support for the following deprecated parameters of BitbucketStatusPush reporter: builders, wantProperties, wantSteps, wantPreviousBuild, wantLogs.

• Removed support for the following deprecated parameters of BitbucketServerStatusPush, BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush, GerritVerifyStatusPush, GitHubStatusPush, GitHubCommentPush and GitLabStatusPush reporters: startDescription, endDescription, builders, wantProperties, wantSteps, wantPreviousBuild, wantLogs.

• Removed support for the following deprecated parameters of BitbucketServerPRCommentPush, MailNotifier, PushjetNotifier and PushoverNotifier reporters: subject, mode, builders, tags, schedulers, branches, buildSetSummary, messageFormatter, watchedWorkers, messageFormatterMissingWorker.

• Removed support for the following deprecated parameters of MessageFormatter report formatter: template_name.

• The deprecated send() function that can be overridden by custom reporters has been removed.

• Removed deprecated support for template_filename, template_dir and subject_filename configuration parameters of message formatters.

• The deprecated buildbot.status module has been removed.

• The deprecated MTR step has been removed. Contributors are welcome to step in, migrate this step to newer APIs and add a proper test suite to restore this step in Buildbot.

• Removed deprecated buildbot.test.fake.httpclientservice.HttpClientService.getFakeService() function.

• Removed deprecated support for block_device_map argument of EC2LatentWorker being not a list.

• Removed support for deprecated builder categories which have been replaced by tags.

5.31. Buildbot 2.10.5 ( 2021-04-05 )

5.31.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed a race condition in log handling of RpmLint and WarningCountingShellCommand steps resulting in steps crashing occasionally.

• Fixed incorrect state string of a finished buildstep being sent via message queue (issue #5906).

• Reduced flickering of build summary tooltip during mouseover of build numbers (issue #5930).

• Fixed missing data in Owners and Worker columns in changes and workers pages (issue #5888, issue #5887).

• Fixed excessive debug logging in GerritEventLogPoller.

• Fixed regression in pending buildrequests UI where owner is not displayed anymore (issue #5940).

• Re-added support for lazylogfiles argument of ShellCommand that was available in old style steps.

5.32. Buildbot 2.10.4 ( 2021-03-16 )

5.32.1. Bug fixes

• Updated Buildbot requirements to specify sqlalchemy 1.4 and newer as not supported yet.

5.33. Buildbot 2.10.3 ( 2021-03-14 )

5.33.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed special character handling in avatar email URLs.

• Added missing report generators to the Buildbot plugin database (issue #5892)

• Fixed non-default mode support in BuildSetStatusGenerator.

5.34. Buildbot 2.10.2 ( 2021-03-07 )

5.34.1. Bug fixes

• Optimized builder reconfiguration when configuration does not change. This leads to up to 6 times faster reconfiguration in Buildbot instances with many builders.

• Fixed build steps continuing running commands even if when they have been cancelled.

• Worked around failure to build recent enough cryptography module in the docker image due to too old rust being available.

• Fixed a regression in GitHubEventHandler in that it would require a GitHub token for public repositories (issue #5760).

• Fixed a regression in GerritChangeSource since v2.6.0 that caused only the first event related to a Gerrit change to be reporter as a change to Buildbot (issue #5596). Now such deduplication will be applied only to patchset-created and ref-updated events.

• Reconfiguration reliability has been improved by not reconfiguring WAMP router if settings have not changed.

• Fixed unauthorized login errors when latent worker with automatic password is reconfigured during substantiation.

• Don’t deactivate master as seen by the data API before builds are stopped.

• Fixed a race condition that may result in a crash when build request distributor stops when its activity loop is running.

• Fixed a crash when a manual step interruption is happening during master shutdown which tries to stop builds itself.

• Fixed a race condition that may result in a deadlock if master is stopped at the same time a build is started.

• Improved buildbot.util.poll.method to react faster to a request to stop. New pending calls are no longer executed. Calls whose interval but not random delay has already expired are no longer executed.

• Fixed a crash when a trigger step is used in a build with patch body data passed via the try scheduler (issue #5165).

• Fixed secret replacement for an empty string or whitespace which may have many matches and generally will not need to be redacted.

• Fixed exceptions when using LdapUserInfo as avatar provider

• Fixed exceptions when LDAP filter string contains characters that needs to be escaped.

5.35. Buildbot 2.10.1 ( 2021-01-29 )

5.35.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed reference to tuplematch in the ReporterBase class (issue #5764).

• For build summary tooltip, truncate very long step names or build status strings, enable auto positioning of tooltip, and improve text alignment. Also, add build summary tooltip to masters page and builds tables.

• Fixed crash when using renderable locks with latent workers that may have incompatible builds (issue #5757).

• Improved REST API to use username or full name of a logged in user when email is empty.

• Worked around a bug in Python’s urllib which caused Python clients not to accept basic authentication headers (issue #5743)

• Fixed crash in BuildStartEndStatusGenerator when tags filter is setup (issue #5766).

• Added missing MessageFormatterEmpty, MessageFormatterFunction, MessageFormatterMissingWorker, and MessageFormatterRenderable to buildbot.reporters namespace

5.35.2. Improved Documentation

• Fix services config for IRC in tour.

5.35.3. Deprecations and Removals

• Added deprecation messages to the following members of buildbot.process.buildstep module that have been deprecated in Buildbot 0.8.9:

  • RemoteCommand

  • LoggedRemoteCommand

  • RemoteShellCommand

  • LogObserver

  • LogLineObserver

  • OutputProgressObserver

5.36. Buildbot 2.10.0 ( 2021-01-02 )

5.36.1. Highlights

This is the last release in 2.x series. Only 2.10.y bugfix releases will follow. Upgrading existing Buildbot instances to 3.x will require an upgrade to 2.10.y first and resolving all deprecation warnings. Please see the documentation on upgrading to 3.0 for more information.

Please submit bug reports for any issues found in new functionality that replaces deprecated functionality to be removed in Buildbot 3.0. These bugs will be fixed with extra priority in 2.10.y bugfix releases.

5.36.2. Bug fixes

• Fixed a bug that caused builds running on latent workers to become unstoppable when an attempt was made to stop them while the latent worker was being substantiated (issue #5136).

• Fixed a bug that caused the buildmaster to be unable to restart if a latent worker was previously reconfigured during its substantiation.

• Fixed handling of very long lines in the logs during Buildbot startup (issue #5706).

• Fixed a bug which prevented polling change sources derived from ReconfigurablePollingChangeSource from working correctly with /change_hook/poller (issue #5727)

5.36.3. Improved Documentation

• Corrected the formatting for the code sample in the Docker Tutorial’s Multi-master section.

• Improved the readability of the documentation by conserving horizontal space.

• Improved the introduction and concepts parts of the documentation.

5.36.4. Features

• Added build summary tooltip for build bubbles in grid and console views (issue #4733).

• Added support for custom HTTP headers to HttpStatusPush reporter (issue #5398).

• Implemented MessageFormatterFunction that creates build report text or json by processing full build dictionary.

• Implemented MessageFormatterRenderable that creates build report text by rendering build properties onto a renderable.

• Implemented BuildStartEndStatusGenerator which ensures that a report is generated for either both build start and end events or neither of them.

• The BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush, BitbucketServerStatusPush, BitbucketStatusPush, GerritVerifyStatusPush, GitHubStatusPush, GitHubCommentPush, GitLabStatusPush and HttpStatusPush reporters now support report generators via the generators argument.

• Implemented support for remote submodules when cloning a Git repository.

5.36.5. Deprecations and Removals

• The following arguments of BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush, BitbucketServerStatusPush, GerritVerifyStatusPush, GitHubStatusPush, GitHubCommentPush and GitLabStatusPush reporters have been deprecated in favor of the list of report generators provided via the generators argument: startDescription, endDescription, builders.

• The following arguments of BitbucketStatusPush reporter have been deprecated in favor of the list of report generators provided via the generators argument: builders.

• The following arguments of HttpStatusPush reporter have been deprecated in favor of the list of report generators provided via the generators argument: format_fn, builders, wantProperties, wantSteps, wantPreviousBuild, wantLogs.

• HipChatStatusPush has been deprecated because the public version of hipchat has been shut down. This reporter will be removed in Buildbot 3.0 unless there is someone who will upgrade the reporter to the new internal APIs present in Buildbot 3.0.

• Support for passing paths to template files for rendering in message formatters has been deprecated.

• Buildbot now requires at least the version 0.13 of sqlalchemy-migrate (issue #5669).

• The logfile argument of ShellArg has been deprecated (issue #3771).

5.37. Buildbot 2.9.4 ( 2020-12-26 )

5.37.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed spam messages to stdout when renderable operators were being used.

• Fixed handling of very long lines in the logs during Buildbot startup (issue #5706).

• Fixed logging of error message to twistd.log in case of old git and progress option being enabled.

5.37.2. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed setup of unused webstatus feature of autobahn.

5.38. Buildbot 2.9.3 ( 2020-12-15 )

5.38.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed extraneous warnings due to deprecation of buildbot.status module even when it’s not used (issue #5693).

• The topbar zoom buttons are now cleared when leaving waterfall view.

• The waterfall is now re-rendered upon change to masters.

5.39. Buildbot 2.9.2 ( 2020-12-08 )

5.39.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed the profile menu wrapping because the avatar shows more often and hiding the profile name was not kept in sync.

• Reverted too early deprecation of the format_fn, builders, wantProperties, wantSteps, wantPreviousBuild, wantLogs arguments of HttpStatusPush.

• Reverted accidental too early migration of MasterShellCommand and HTTP steps to new style (issue #5674).

5.40. Buildbot 2.9.1 ( 2020-12-05 )

5.40.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed checkConfig failures in GitHubStatusPush and GitLabStatusPush (issue #5664).

• Fixed incorrect deprecation notice for the builders argument of GitLabStatusPush.

5.41. Buildbot 2.9.0 ( 2020-12-04 )

5.41.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed a bug preventing the timeout=None parameter of CopyDirectory step from having effect (issue #3032).

• Fixed a bug in GitHubStatusPush that would cause silent failures for builders that specified multiple codebases.

• Fixed display refresh of breadcrumb and topbar contextual action buttons (issue #5549)

• Throwing an exception out of a log observer while processing logs will now correctly fail the step in the case of new style steps.

• Fixed an issue where git fetch would break on tag changes by adding the -f option. This could previously be handled by manually specifying clobberOnFailure, but as that is rather heavy handed and off by default, this new default functionality will keep Buildbot in sync with the repository it is fetching from.

• Fixed GitHubStatusPush logging an error when triggered by the NightlyScheduler

• Fixed GitHub webhook event handler when no token has been set

• Fixed HashiCorpVaultSecretProvider reading secrets attributes, when they are not named value

• Fixed HgPoller misuse of hg heads -r <branch> to hg heads <branch> because -r option shows heads that may not be on the wanted branch.

• Fixed inconsistent REST api, buildid vs build_number, issue #3427

• Fixed permission denied in rmtree() usage in PrivateTemporaryDirectory on Windows

• Fixed AssertionError when calling try client with --dryrun option (issue #5618).

• Fixed issue with known hosts not working when using git with a version less than 2.3.0

• ForceScheduler now gets Responsible Users from owner property (issue #3476)

• Added support for refs/pull/###/head ref for fetching the issue ID in the GitHub reporter instead of always expecting refs/pull/###/merge.

• Fixed Github v4 API URL

• Fixed show_old_builders to have expected effects in the waterfall view.

• Latent workers no longer reuse the started worker when it’s incompatible with the requested build.

• Fixed handling of submission of non-decoded bytes logs in new style steps.

• Removed usage of distutils.LooseVersion is favor of packaging.version

• Updated OpenstackLatentWorker to use checkConfig/reconfigService structure.

• Fixed OpenstackLatentWorker to use correct method when listing images. Updated OpenstackLatentWorker to support renderable flavor, nova_args and meta.

• Fixed support of renderables for p4base` and p4branch arguments of the P4 step.

• Buildbot now uses pypugjs library instead of pyjade to render pug templates.

• Step summary is now updated after the last point where the step status is changed. Previously exceptions in log finish methods would be ignored.

• Transfer steps now return CANCELLED instead of SUCCESS when interrupted.

• Fixed bytes-related master crash when calling buildbot try (issue #4488)

• The waterfall modal is now closed upon clicking build summary link

• The worker will now report low level cause of errors during the command startup.

5.41.2. Improved Documentation

• Added documentation of how to log to stdout instead of twistd.log.

• Added documentation of how to use pdb in a buildbot application.

• Fixed import path for plugins

• Added documentation about vault secrets handling.

5.41.3. Features

• Added UpCloud latent worker UpCloudLatentWorker

• The init flag is now allowed to be set to false in the host config for DockerLatentWorker

• Added ability for the browser to auto-complete force dialog form fields.

• AvatarGitHub class has been implemented, which lets us display the user’s GitHub avatar.

• New reporter has been implemented BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush. Reporting build status has been integrated into BitbucketServer Core REST API in Bitbucket Server 7.4. Old BitbucketServer Build REST API is still working, but does not provide the new and improved functionality.

• A per-build key-value store and related APIs have been created for transient and potentially large per-build data.

• Buildbot worker docker image has been upgraded to python3.

• Added the ability to copy build properties to the clipboard.

• The urlText parameter to the DirectoryUpload step is now renderable.

• Added the option to hide sensitive HTTP header values from the log in HTTPStep.

• It is now possible to set urlText on a url linked to a MultipleFileUpload step.

• Use os_auth_args to pass in authentication for OpenstackLatentWorker.

• DebPbuilder, DebCowbuilder, UbuPbuilder and UbuCowbuilder now support renderables for the step parameters.

• A new report generator API has been implemented to abstract generation of various reports that are then sent via the reporters. The BitbucketServerPRCommentPush, MailNotifier, PushjetNotifier and PushoverNotifier support this new API via their new generators parameter.

• Added rules for Bitbucket to default revlink helpers.

• Added counts of the statuses of the triggered builds to the summary of trigger steps

• The worker preparation step now shows the worker name.

5.41.4. Deprecations and Removals

• buildbot.test.fake.httpclientservice.HttpClientService.getFakeService() has been deprecated. Use getService method of the same class.

• The MTR step has been deprecated due to migration to new style steps and the build result APIs. The lack of proper unit tests made it too time-consuming to migrate this step along with other steps. Contributors are welcome to step in, migrate this step and add a proper test suite so that this situation never happens again.

• Many steps have been migrated to new style from old style.

  This only affects users who use steps as base classes for their own steps. New style steps provide a completely different set of functions that may be overridden. Direct instantiation of step classes is not affected. Old and new style steps work exactly the same in that case and users don’t need to do anything.

  The old-style steps have been deprecated since Buildbot v0.9.0 released in October 2016. The support for old-style steps will be removed entirely Buildbot v3.0.0 which will be released in near future. Users are advised to upgrade their custom steps to new-style steps as soon as possible.

  A gradual migration path is provided for steps that are likely to be used as base classes. Users need to inherit from <StepName>NewStyle class and convert all overridden APIs to use new-style step APIs. The old-style <StepName> classes will be provided until Buildbot v3.0.0 release. In Buildbot v3.0.0 <StepName> will refer to new-style steps and will be equivalent to <StepName>NewStyle. <StepName>NewStyle aliases will be removed in Buildbot v3.2.0.

  The list of old-style steps that have new-style equivalents for gradual migration is as follows:

  • Configure (new-style equivalent is ConfigureNewStyle)

  • Compile (new-style equivalent is CompileNewStyle)

  • HTTPStep (new-style equivalent is HTTPStepNewStyle)

  • GET, PUT, POST, DELETE, HEAD, OPTIONS (new-style equivalent is GETNewStyle, PUTNewStyle, POSTNewStyle, DELETENewStyle, HEADNewStyle, OPTIONSNewStyle)

  • MasterShellCommand (new-style equivalent is MasterShellCommandNewStyle)

  • ShellCommand (new-style equivalent is ShellCommandNewStyle)

  • SetPropertyFromCommand (new-style equivalent is SetPropertyFromCommandNewStyle)

  • WarningCountingShellCommand (new-style equivalent is WarningCountingShellCommandNewStyle)

  • Test (new-style equivalent is TestNewStyle)

  The list of old-style steps that have been converted to new style without a gradual migration path is as follows:

  • BuildEPYDoc

  • CopyDirectory

  • DebLintian

  • DebPbuilder

  • DirectoryUpload

  • FileDownload

  • FileExists

  • FileUpload

  • HLint

  • JsonPropertiesDownload

  • JsonStringDownload

  • LogRenderable

  • MakeDirectory

  • MaxQ

  • Mock

  • MockBuildSRPM

  • MsBuild, MsBuild4, MsBuild12, MsBuild14, MsBuild141

  • MultipleFileUpload

  • PerlModuleTest

  • PyFlakes

  • PyLint

  • RemoveDirectory

  • RemovePYCs

  • RpmLint

  • RpmBuild

  • SetPropertiesFromEnv

  • Sphinx

  • StringDownload

  • TreeSize

  • Trial

  • VC6, VC7, VC8, VC9, VC10, VC11, VC12, VC14, VC141

  • VS2003, VS2005, VS2008, VS2010`, ``VS2012, VS2013, VS2015, VS2017

  Additionally, all source steps have been migrated to new style without a gradual migration path. Ability to be used as base classes was not documented and thus is considered unsupported. Please submit any custom steps to Buildbot for inclusion into the main tree to reduce maintenance burden. Additionally, bugs can be submitted to expose needed APIs publicly for which a migration path will be provided in the future.

  The list of old-style source steps that have been converted to new style is as follows:

  • Bzr

  • CVS

  • Darcs

  • Gerrit

  • Git

  • GitCommit

  • GitLab

  • GitPush

  • GitTag

  • Monotone

  • Mercurial

  • P4

  • Repo

  • Source

  • SVN

• The undocumented and broken RpmSpec step has been removed.

• The usage of certain parameters have been deprecated in BitbucketServerPRCommentPush, MailNotifier, PushjetNotifier and PushoverNotifier reporters. They have been replaced by the generators parameter. The support for the deprecated parameters will be removed in Buildbot v3.0. The list of deprecated parameters is as follows:

  • mode

  • tags

  • builders

  • buildSetSummary

  • messageFormatter

  • subject

  • addLogs

  • addPatch

  • schedulers

  • branches

  • watchedWorkers

  • messageFormatterMissingWorker

  The undocumented NotifierBase class has been renamed to ReporterBase.

  The undocumented HttpStatusPushBase class has been deprecated. Please use ReporterBase directly.

  The send method of the reporters based on HttpStatusPushBase has been deprecated. This affects only users who implemented custom reporters that directly or indirectly derive HttpStatusPushBase. Please use sendMessage as the replacement. The following reporters have been affected:

  • HttpStatusPush

  • BitbucketStatusPush

  • BitbucketServerStatusPush

  • BitbucketServerCoreAPIStatusPush

  • GerritVerifyStatusPush

  • GitHubStatusPush

  • GitLabStatusPush

  • HipChatStatusPush

  • ZulipStatusPush

• BuildBot now requires SQLAlchemy 1.2.0 or newer.

• Deprecation warnings have been added to the buildbot.status module. It has been deprecated in documentation since v0.9.0.

• buildbot.interfaces.WorkerTooOldError is deprecated in favour of buildbot.interfaces.WorkerSetupError

• The worker_transition module has been removed.

• The buildbot worker Docker image has been updated to Ubuntu 20.04.

5.42. Buildbot 2.8.4 ( 2020-08-29 )

5.42.1. Bug fixes

• Fix 100% CPU on large installations when using the changes API (issue #5504)

• Work around incomplete support for codebases in GerritChangeSource (issue #5190). This avoids an internal assertion when the configuration file does not specify any codebases.

• Add missing VS2017 entry points.

5.43. Buildbot 2.8.3 ( 2020-08-22 )

5.43.1. Bug fixes

• Fix Docker image building for the master which failed due to mismatching versions of Alpine (issue #5469).

5.44. Buildbot 2.8.2 ( 2020-06-14 )

5.44.1. Bug fixes

• Fix crash in Buildbot Windows service startup code (issue #5344)

5.45. Buildbot 2.8.1 ( 2020-06-06 )

5.45.1. Bug fixes

• Fix source distribution missing required buildbot.test.fakedb module for unit tests.

• Fix crash in trigger step when renderables are used for scheduler names (issue #5312)

5.46. Buildbot 2.8.0 ( 2020-05-27 )

5.46.1. Bug fixes

• Fix GitHubEventHandler to include files in Change that comes from a github PR (issue #5294)

• Updated the Docker container buildbot-master to Alpine 3.11 to fix segmentation faults caused by an old version of musl

• Base64 encoding logs and attachments sent via email so emails conform to RFC 5322 2.1.1

• Handling the case where the BitbucketStatusPush return code is not 200

• When cancelling a buildrequest, the reason field is now correctly transmitted all the way to the cancelled step.

• Fix Cache-control header to be compliant with RFC 7234 (issue #5220)

• Fix GerritEventLogPoller class to be declared as entry_point (can be used in master.cfg file)

• Git poller: add –ignore-missing argument to git log call to avoid fatal: bad object errors

• Log watcher looks for the “tail” utility in the right location on Haiku OS.

• Add limit and filtering support for the changes data API as described in issue #5207

5.46.2. Improved Documentation

• Make docs build with the latest sphinx and improve rendering of the example HTML file for custom dashboard

• Make docs build with Sphinx 3 and fix some typos and incorrect Python module declarations

5.46.3. Features

• Property and Interpolate objects can now be compared. This will generate a renderable that will be evaluated at runtime. see Renderable Comparison.

• Added argument count to lock access to allow a lock to consume a variable amount of units

• Added arguments pollRandomDelayMin and pollRandomDelayMax to HgPoller, GitPoller, P4Poller, SvnPoller to spread the polling load

5.46.4. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed _skipChecks from LockAccess as it’s obsolete

5.47. Buildbot 2.7.0 ( 2020-02-27 )

5.47.1. Bug fixes

• Command buildbot-worker create-worker now supports ipv6 address for buildmaster connection.

• Fix crash in latent worker stopService() when the worker is insubstantiating (issue #4935).

• Fix race condition between latent worker’s stopService() and substantiate().

• GitHubAuth is now using Authorization headers instead of access_token query parameter, as the latter was deprecated by Github. (issue #5188)

• jQuery and $ are available again as a global variable for UI plugins (issue #5161).

• Latent workers will no longer wait for builds to finish when worker is reconfigured. The builds will still be retried on other workers and the operators will not need to potentially wait multiple hours for builds to finish.

• p4poller will no longer override Perforce login ticket handling behavior which fixes random crashes (issue #5042).

5.47.2. Improved Documentation

• The procedures of upgrading to Buildbot 1.x and 2.x have been clarified in separate documents.

• The layout of the specification of the REST API has been improved.

• Updated newsfragments README.txt to no longer refer to renamed class HttpStatusBase

• The documentation now uses the read-the-docs theme which is more readable.

5.47.3. Features

• A new www badges style was added: badgeio

• HttpStatusPushBase now allows you to skip unicode to bytes encoding while pushing data to server

• New buildbot-worker create-worker --delete-leftover-dirs option to automatically remove obsolete builder directories

5.48. Buildbot 2.6.0 ( 2020-01-21 )

5.48.1. Bug fixes

• Fix a potential deadlock when interrupting a step that is waiting for a lock to become available.

• Prepare unique hgpoller name when using multiple hgpoller for multiple branches (issue #5004)

• Fix hgpoller crash when force pushing a branch (issue #4876)

• Fix mail recipient formatting to make sure address comments are separately escaped instead of escaping the whole To: or CC: header, which is not RFC compliant.

• Master side keep-alive requests are now repeated instead of being single-shot (issue #3630).

• The message queues will now wait until the delivered callbacks are fully completed during shutdown.

• Fix encoding errors during P4Poller ticket parsing issue #5148.

• Remove server header from HTTP response served by the web component.

• Fix multiple race conditions in Telegram reporter that were visible in tests.

• The Telegram reporter will now wait until in-progress polls finish during shutdown.

• Improve reliability of timed scheduler.

• transfer steps now correctly report errors from workers issue #5058

• Warn if Buildbot title in the configuration is too long and will be ignored.

• Worker will now wait for any pending keep-alive requests to finish leaving them in indeterminate state during shutdown.

5.48.2. Improved Documentation

• Mention that QueueRef.stopConsuming() may return a Deferred.

5.48.3. Features

• Add the parameter –use-tls to buildbot-worker create-worker to automatically enable TLS in the connection string

• Gerrit reporter now passes a tag for versions that support it. This enables filtering out buildbot’s messages.

• GerritEventLogPoller and GerritChangeSource coordinate so as not to generate duplicate changes, resolves issue #4786

• Web front end now allows you to configure the default landing page with c[‘www’][‘default_page’] = ‘name-of-page’.

• The new option dumpMailsToLog of MailNotifier allows to dump formatted mails to the log before sending.

• bb:cfg:workers will now attempt to read /etc/os-release and stores them into worker info as os_<field> items. Add new interpolation worker that can be used for accessing worker info items.

5.49. Buildbot 2.5.1 ( 2019-11-24 )

5.49.1. Bug fixes

• Updates supported browser list so that Ubuntu Chromium will not always be flagged as out of date.

• Fixed IRC notification color of cancelled builds.

• Updated url in description of worker service for Windows (no functionality impact).

• Updated templates of www-badges to support additional padding configuration (issue #5079)

• Fix issue with custom_templates loading path (issue #5035)

• Fix url display when step do not contain any logs (issue #5047)

5.50. Buildbot 2.5.0 ( 2019-10-17 )

5.50.1. Bug fixes

• Fix crash when reconfiguring changed workers that have new builders assigned to them (issue #4757, issue #5027).

• DockerLatentWorker: Allow to bind the same volume twice into a worker’s container, Buildbot now requires ‘docker-py’ (nowadays ‘docker’) version 1.2.3+ from 2015.

• IRC bot can have authz configured to create or stop builds (issue #2957).

• Fix javascript exception with grid view tag filtering (issue #4801)

5.50.2. Improved Documentation

• Changed PluginList link from trac wiki directly to the GitHub wiki.

5.50.3. Features

• Created a TelegramBot for notification and control through Telegram messaging app.

• Added support for environment variable P4CONFIG to class P4Source

• Allow to define behavior for GitCommit when there is nothing to commit.

• Add support for revision links to Mercurial poller

• Support recursive matching (‘**’) in MultipleFileUpload when glob=True (requires python3.5+ on the worker)

5.51. Buildbot 2.4.1 ( 2019-09-11 )

5.51.1. Bug fixes

• allow committer of a change to be null for new setups (issue #4987)

• custom_templates are now working again.

• Locks will no longer allow being acquired more times than the maxCount parameter if this parameter is changed during master reconfiguration.

5.51.2. Features

• Improve log cleaning performance by using delete with join on supported databases.

• Hiding/showing of inactive builders is now possible in Waterfall view.

5.52. Buildbot 2.4.0 ( 2019-08-18 )

5.52.1. Highlights

Database upgrade may take a while on larger instances on this release due to newly added index.

5.52.2. Bug fixes

• Add an index to steps.started_at to boost expensive SQL queries.

• Fix handling of the refs_changed event in the BitBucket Server web hook.

• Fix errors when disconnecting a libvirt worker (issue #4844).

• Fix Bitbucket Cloud hook crash due to changes in their API (issue #4873).

• Fix GerritEventLogPoller was using the wrong date format.

• Fix janitor Exception when there is no logchunk to delete.

• Reduced the number of SQL queries triggered by getPrevSuccessfulBuild() by up to 100.

• GitStepMixin: Prevent builders from corrupting temporary ssh data path by using builder name as part of the path

• GitTag: Allow tagName to be a renderable.

• Fix Github error reporting to handle exceptions that happen before the HTTP request is sent.

• GitPoller: Trigger on pushes with no commits when the new revision is not the tip of another branch.

• Git: Fix the invocation of git submodule foreach on cleaning.

• Fix StatsService not correctly clearing old consumers on reconfig.

• Fix various errors in try client with Python 3 (issue #4765).

• Prevent accidental start of multiple force builds in web UI (issue #4823).

• The support for proxying Buildbot frontend to another Buildbot instance during development has been fixed. This feature has been broken since v2.3.0, and is now completely re-implemented for best performance, ease of use and maintainability.

5.52.3. Improved Documentation

• Document why some listed icons may not work out-of-the-box when building a custom dashboard (issue #4939).

• Improve Vault secrets management documentation and examples.

• Link the documentation of www.port to the capabilities of twisted.application.strports.

• Move the documentation on how to submit PRs out of the trac wiki to the documentation shipped with Buildbot, update and enhance it.

5.52.4. Features

• Update buildbot worker image to Ubuntu 18.04 (issue #4928).

• DockerLatentWorker: Added support for docker build contexts, buildargs, and specifying controlling context.

• The GerritChangeFilter and GerritEventLogPoller now populate the files attribute of emitted changes when the get_files argument is true. Enabling this feature triggers an additional HTTP request or SSH command to the Gerrit server for every emitted change.

• Buildbot now warns users who connect using unsupported browsers.

• Boost janitor speed by using more efficient SQL queries.

• Scheduler properties are now renderable.

• Sphinx: Added strict_warnings option to fail on warnings.

• UI now shows a paginated view for trigger step sub builds.

5.52.5. Deprecations and Removals

• Support for older browsers that were not working since 2.3.0 has been removed due to technical limitations. Notably, Internet Explorer 11 is no longer supported. Currently supported browsers are Chrome 56, Firefox 52, Edge 13 and Safari 10, newer versions of these browsers and their compatible derivatives. This set of browsers covers 98% of users of buildbot.net.

5.53. Buildbot 2.3.1 ( 2019-05-22 )

5.53.1. Bug fixes

• Fix vulnerability in OAuth where user-submitted authorization token was used for authentication (https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/wiki/OAuth-vulnerability-in-using-submitted-authorization-token-for-authentication) Thanks to Phillip Kuhrt for reporting it.

5.54. Buildbot 2.3.0 ( 2019-05-06 )

5.54.1. Highlights

• Support for older browsers has been hopefully temporarily broken due to frontend changes in progress. Notably, Internet Explorer 11 is not supported in this release. Currently supported browsers are Chrome 56, Firefox 52, Edge 13 and Safari 10, newer versions of these browsers and their compatible derivatives. This set of browsers covers 98% of users of buildbot.net.

5.54.2. Bug fixes

• Fixed Git to clean the repository after the checkout when submodules are enabled. Previously this action could lead to untracked module directories after changing branches.

• Latent workers with negative build_wait_timeout will be shutdown on master shutdown.

• Latent worker will now wait until start_instance() before starting stop_instance() or vice-versa. Master will wait for these functions to finish during shutdown.

• Latent worker will now correctly handle synchronous exception from the backend worker driver.

• Fixed a potential error during database migration when upgrading to versions >=2.0 (issue #4711).

5.54.3. Deprecations and Removals

• The implementation language of the Buildbot web frontend has been changed from CoffeeScript to JavaScript. The documentation has not been updated yet, as we plan to transition to TypeScript. In the transitory period support for some browsers, notably IE 11 has been dropped. We hope to bring support for older browsers back once the transitory period is over.

• The support for building Buildbot using npm as package manager has been removed. Please use yarn as a replacement that is used by Buildbot developers.

5.55. Buildbot 2.2.0 ( 2019-04-07 )

5.55.1. Bug fixes

• Fix passing the verify and debug parameters for the HttpStatusPush reporter

• The builder page UI now correctly shows the list of owners for each build.

• Fixed bug with tilde in git repo url on Python 3.7 (issue #4639).

• Fix secret leak when non-interpolated secret was passed to a step (issue #4007)

5.55.2. Features

• Added new GitCommit step to perform git commit operation

• Added new GitTag step to perform git tag operation

• HgPoller now supports bookmarks in addition to branches.

• Buildbot can now monitor multiple branches in a Mercurial repository.

• OAuth2Auth have been adapted to support ref:Secret.

• Buildbot can now get secrets from the unix password store by zx2c4 (https://www.passwordstore.org/).

• Added a basename property to the Github pull request webhook handler.

• The GitHub change hook secret can now be rendered.

• Each build now gets a preparation step which counts the time spend starting latent worker.

• Support known_hosts file format as sshKnownHosts parameter in SSH-related operations (issue #4681)

5.56. Buildbot 2.1.0 ( 2019-03-09 )

5.56.1. Highlights

• Worker to Master protocol can now be encrypted via TLS.

5.56.2. Bug fixes

• To avoid database corruption, the upgrade-master command now ignores all signals except SIGKILL. It cannot be interrupted with ctrl-c (issue #4600).

• Fixed incorrect tracking of latent worker states that could sometimes result in duplicate stop_instance calls and so on.

• Fixed a race condition that could manifest in cancelled substantiations if builds were created during insubstantiation of a latent worker.

• Perforce CLI Rev. 2018.2/1751184 (2019/01/21) is now supported (issue #4574).

• Fix encoding issues with Forcescheduler parameters error management code.

5.56.3. Improved Documentation

• fix grammar mistakes and use Uppercase B for Buildbot

5.56.4. Features

• Worker now have connection_string kw-argument which can be used to connect to a master over TLS.

• Adding ‘expand_logs’ option for LogPreview related settings.

• Force schedulers buttons are now sorted by their name. (issue #4619)

• workers now have a new defaultProperties parameter.

5.57. Buildbot 2.0.1 ( 2019-02-06 )

5.57.1. Bug fixes

• Do not build universal python wheels now that Python 2 is not supported.

• Print a warning discouraging users from stopping the database migration.

5.58. Buildbot 2.0.0 ( 2019-02-02 )

5.58.1. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed support for Python <3.5 in the buildbot master code. Buildbot worker remains compatible with python2.7, and interoperability tests are run continuously.

• APIs that are not documented in the official Buildbot documentation have been made private. Users of these undocumented APIs are encouraged to file bugs to get them exposed.

• Removed support of old slave APIs from pre-0.9 days. Using old APIs may fail silently. To avoid weird errors when upgrading a Buildbot installation that may use old APIs, first upgrade to 1.8.0 and make sure there are no deprecated API warnings.

• Remove deprecated default value handling of the keypair_name and security_name attributes of EC2LatentWorker.

• Support for Hyper.sh containers cloud provider has been removed as this service has shutdown.

5.58.2. Bug fixes

• Fix CRLF injection vulnerability with validating user provided redirect parameters (https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/wiki/CRLF-injection-in-Buildbot-login-and-logout-redirect-code) Thanks to mik317 and mariadb for reporting it.

• Fix lockup during master shutdown when there’s a build with unanswered ping from the worker and the TCP connection to worker is severed (issue:4575).

• Fix RemoteUserAuth.maybeAutLogin consumes bytes object as str leading to TypeError during JSON serialization. (issue #4402)

• Various database integrity problems were fixed. Most notably, it is now possible to delete old changes without wiping all “child” changes in cascade (issue #4539, pull request 4536).

• The GitLab change hook secret is now rendered correctly. (issue #4118).

5.58.3. Features

• Identifiers can now contain UTF-8 characters which are not ASCII. This includes worker names, builder names, and step names.

5.59. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.8.2 ( 2019-05-22 )

5.59.1. Bug fixes

• Fix vulnerability in OAuth where user-submitted authorization token was used for authentication (https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/wiki/OAuth-vulnerability-in-using-submitted-authorization-token-for-authentication) Thanks to Phillip Kuhrt for reporting it.

5.60. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.8.1 ( 2019-02-02 )

5.60.1. Bug fixes

• Fix CRLF injection vulnerability with validating user provided redirect parameters (https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot/wiki/CRLF-injection-in-Buildbot-login-and-logout-redirect-code) Thanks to mik317 and mariadb for reporting it.

5.61. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.8.0 ( 2019-01-20 )

5.61.1. Bug fixes

• Fix a regression present in v1.7.0 which caused buildrequests waiting for a lock that got released by an unrelated build not be scheduled (issue #4491)

• Don’t run builds that request an instance with incompatible properties on Docker, Marathon and OpenStack latent workers.

• Gitpoller now fetches only branches that are known to exist on remote. Non-existing branches are quietly ignored.

• The demo repo in sample configuration files and the tutorial is now fetched via https: instead of git: to make life easier for those behind firewalls and/or using proxies.

• buildbot sendchange has been fixed on Python 3 (issue #4138)

5.61.2. Features

• Add a KubeLatentWorker to launch workers into a kubernetes cluster

• Simplify/automate configuration of worker as Windows service - eliminate manual configuration of Log on as a service

5.61.3. Deprecations and Removals

• The deprecated BuildMaster.addBuildset method has been removed. Use BuildMaster.data.updates.addBuildset instead.

• The deprecated BuildMaster.addChange method has been removed. Use BuildMaster.data.updates.addChange instead.

• buildbot package now requires Twisted versions >= 17.9.0. This is required for Python 3 support. Earlier versions of Twisted are not supported.

5.62. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.7.0 ( 2018-12-21 )

5.62.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed JSON decoding error when sending build properties to www change hooks on Python 3.

• Buildbot no longer attempts to start builds that it can prove will have unsatisfied locks.

• Don’t run builds that request images or sizes on instances started with different images or sizes.

5.62.2. Features

• The Buildbot master Docker image at https://hub.docker.com/r/buildbot/ has been upgraded to use Python 3.7 by default.

• Builder page has been improved with a smoothed build times plot, and a new success rate plot.

• Allow the Buildbot master initial start timeout to be configurable.

• An API to check whether an already started instance of a latent worker is compatible with what’s required by a build that is about to be started.

• Add support for v2 of the Vault key-value secret engine in the SecretInVault secret provider.

5.62.3. Deprecations and Removals

• Build.canStartWithWorkerForBuilder static method has been made private and renamed to _canAcquireLocks.

• The Buildbot master Docker image based on Python 2.7 has been removed in favor of a Python 3.7 based image.

• Builder.canStartWithWorkerForBuilder method has been removed. Use Builder.canStartBuild.

5.63. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.6.0 ( 2018-11-16 )

5.63.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed missing buildrequest owners in the builder page (issue #4207, issue #3904)

• Fixed display of the buildrequest number badge text in the builder page when on hover.

• Fix usage of master paths when doing Git operations on worker (issue #4268)

5.63.2. Improved Documentation

• Misc improvement in Git source build step documentation.

• Improve documentation of AbstractLatentWorker.

• Improve the documentation of the Buildbot concepts by removing unneeded details to other pages.

5.63.3. Features

• Added a page that lists all pending buildrequests (issue #4239)

• Builder page now has a chart displaying the evolution of build times over time

• Improved FileUpload efficiency (issue #3709)

• Add method getResponsibleUsersForBuild in NotifierBase so that users can override recipients, for example to skip authors of changes.

• Add define parameter to RpmBuild to specify additional –define parameters.

• Added SSL proxy capability to base web application’s developer test setup (gulp dev proxy --host the-buildbot-host --secure).

5.63.4. Deprecations and Removals

• The Material design Web UI has been removed as unmaintained. It may be brought back if a maintainer steps up.

5.64. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.5.0 ( 2018-10-09 )

5.64.1. Bug fixes

• Fix the umask parameter example to make it work with both Python 2.x and 3.x.

• Fix build-change association for multi-codebase builds in the console view..

• Fixed builders page doesn’t list workers in multi-master configuration (issue #4326)

• Restricted groups added by GitHubAuth’s getTeamsMembership option to only those teams to which the user belongs. Previously, groups were added for all teams for all organizations to which the user belongs.

• Fix ‘Show old workers’ combo behavior.

5.64.2. Features

• GitHub teams added to a user’s groups by GitHubAuth’s getTeamsMembership option are now added by slug as well as by name. This means a team named “Bot Builders” in the organization “buildbot” will be added as both buildbot/Bot Builders and buildbot/bot-builders.

• Make urlText renderable for the FileUpload build step.

• Added noticeOnChannel option to IRC to send notices instead of messages to channels. This was an option in v0.8.x and removed in v0.9.0, which defaulted to sending notices. The v0.8.x default of sending messages is now restored.

5.64.3. Reverts

• Reverted: Fix git submodule support when using sshPrivateKey and sshHostKey because it broke other use cases (issue #4316) In order to have this feature to work, you need to keep your master in 1.4.0, and make sure your worker buildbot.tac are installed in the same path as your master.

5.65. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.4.0 ( 2018-09-02 )

5.65.1. Bug fixes

• Fix Build.getUrl() to not ignore virtual builders.

• Fix git submodule support when using sshPrivateKey and sshHostKey settings by passing ssh data as absolute, not relative paths.

• Fixed P4 for change in latest version of p4 login -p.

• buildbot.reporters.irc.IrcStatusBot no longer encodes messages before passing them on to methods of its Twisted base class to avoid posting the repr() of a bytes object when running on Python 3.

5.65.2. Features

• Added new GitPush step to perform git push operations.

• Objects returned by Renderer now are able to pass extra arguments to the rendered function via withArgs method.

5.65.3. Test Suite

• Test suite has been improved for readability by adding a lot of inlineCallbacks

• Fixed tests which didn’t wait for assertFailure’s returned deferred.

• The test suite now runs on Python 3.7 (mostly deprecation warnings from dependencies shut down)

5.66. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.3.0 ( 2018-07-13 )

5.66.1. Bug fixes

• buildbot-worker docker image no longer use pidfile. This allows to auto-restart a docker worker upon crash.

• GitLab v3 API is deprecated and has been removed from http://gitlab.com, so we now use v4. (issue #4143)

5.66.2. Features

• -Git now supports sshHostKey parameter to specify ssh public host key for fetch operations.

• -Git now supports sshPrivateKey parameter to specify private ssh key for fetch operations.

• -GitPoller now supports sshHostKey parameter to specify ssh public host key for fetch operations. This feature is supported on git 2.3 and newer.

• -GitPoller now supports sshPrivateKey parameter to specify private ssh key for fetch operations. This feature is supported on git 2.3 and newer.

• Github hook token validation now uses hmac.compare_digest() for better security

5.66.3. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed support for GitLab v3 API ( GitLab < 9 ).

5.67. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.2.0 ( 2018-06-10 )

5.67.1. Bug fixes

• Don’t schedule a build when a GitLab merge request is deleted or edited (issue #3635)

• Add GitLab source step; using it, we now handle GitLab merge requests from forks properly (issue #4107)

• Fixed a bug in MailNotifier’s createEmail method when called with the default builds value which resulted in mail not being sent.

• Fixed a Github crash that happened on Pull Requests, triggered by Github Web-hooks. The json sent by the API does not contain a commit message. In github.py this causes a crash, resulting into response 500 sent back to Github and building failure.

• Speed up generation of api/v2/builders by an order of magnitude. (issue #3396).

5.67.2. Improved Documentation

• Added examples/gitlab.cfg to demonstrate integrating Buildbot with GitLab.

5.67.3. Features

• ForceScheduler Parameters now support an autopopulate parameter.

• ForceScheduler Parameters ChoiceParameter now correctly supports the strict parameter, by allowing free text entry if strict is False.

• Allow the remote ref to be specified in the GitHub hook configuration (issue #3998)

• Added callable to p4 source that allows client code to resolve the p4 user and workspace into a more complete author. Default behaviour is a lambda that simply returns the original supplied who. This callable happens after the existing regex is performed.

5.68. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.1.2 ( 2018-05-15 )

5.68.1. Bug fixes

• fix several multimaster issues by reverting issue #3911. re-opens issue #3783. (issue #4067, issue #4062, issue #4059)

• Fix MultipleFileUpload to correctly compute path name when worker and master are on different OS (issue #4019)

• LDAP bytes/unicode handling has been fixed to work with Python 3. This means that LDAP authentication, REMOTE_USER authentication, and LDAP avatars now work on Python 3. In addition, an of bounds access when trying to load the value of an empty LDAP attribute has been fixed.

• Removing `no-select` rules from places where they would prevent the user from selecting interesting text. (issue #3663)

• fix `Maximum recursion depth exceeded when lots of worker are trying to connect while master is starting or reconfiguring (issue #4042).

5.68.2. Improved Documentation

• Document a minimal secure config for the Buildbot web interface. (issue #4026)

5.68.3. Features

• The Dockerfile for the buildbot master image has been updated to use Alpine Linux 3.7. In addition, the Python requests module has been added to this image. This makes GitHub authentication work out of the box with this image. (issue #4039)

• New steps for Visual Studio 2017 (VS2017, VC141, and MsBuild141).

• The smoke tests have been changed to use ES2017 async and await keywords. This requires that the smoke tests run with Node 8 or higher. Use of async and await is recommended by the Protractor team: https://github.com/angular/protractor/blob/master/docs/async-await.md

• Allow urlText to be set on a url linked to a DirectoryUpload step (issue #3983)

5.69. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.1.1 ( 2018-04-06 )

5.69.1. Bug fixes

• Fix issue which marked all workers dis-configured in the database every 24h (issue #3981 issue #3956 issue #3970)

• The MailNotifier no longer crashes when sending from/to email addresses with “Real Name” parts (e.g., John Doe <john.doe@domain.tld>).

• Corrected pluralization of text on landing page of the web UI

5.69.2. Improved Documentation

• Corrected typo in description of libvirt

• Update sample config to use preferred API

5.69.3. Misc Improvements

• Home page now contains links to recently active builders

5.70. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.1.0 ( 2018-03-10 )

5.70.1. Deprecations and Removals

• Removed ramlfication as a dependency to build the docs and run the tests.

5.70.2. Bug fixes

• Fixed buildrequests API doesn’t provide properties data (issue #3929)

• Fix missing owner on builder build table (issue #3311)

• Include hipchat as reporter.

• Fix encoding issues of commands with Windows workers (issue #3799).

• Fixed Relax builder name length restriction (issue #3413).

• Fix the configuration order so that services can actually use secrets (issue #3985)

• Partially fix Builder page should show the worker information (issue #3546).

5.70.3. Features

• Added the defaultProperties parameter to builders.

• When a build step has a log called “summary” (case-insensitive), the Build Summary page will sort that log first in the list of logs, and automatically expand it.

5.71. Release Notes for Buildbot 1.0.0 ( 2018-02-11 )

Despite the major version bump, Buildbot 1.0.0 does not have major difference with the 0.9 series. 1.0.0 is rather the mark of API stability. Developers do not foresee a major API break in the next few years like we had for 0.8 to 0.9.

Starting with 1.0.0, Buildbot will follow semver versioning methodology.

5.71.1. Bug fixes

• Cloning Git repository with submodules now works with Git < 1.7.6 instead of failing due to the use of the unsupported --force option.

• GitHub hook now properly creates a change in case of new tag or new branch. GitHub changes will have the category set to tag when a tag was pushed to easily distinguish from a branch push.

• Fixed issue with Master.expireMasters not always honoring its forceHouseKeeping parameter. (issue #3783)

• Fixed issue with steps not correctly ending in CANCELLED status when interrupted.

• Fix maximum recursion limit issue when transferring large files with LocalWorker (issue:3014).

• Added an argument to P4Source that allows users to provide a callable to convert Perforce branch and revision to a valid revlink URL. Perforce supplies a p4web server for resolving urls into change lists.

• Fixed issue with buildbot_pkg` not hanging on yarn step on windows (issue #3890).

• Fix issue with workers notify_on_missing not able to be configurable as a single string instead of list of string (issue #3913).

• Fixed Builder page should display worker name instead of id (issue #3901).

5.71.2. Features

• Add capability to override the default UI settings (issue #3908)

• All Reporters have been adapted to be able to use Secret. SVNPoller has been adapted to be able to use Secret.

• Implement support for Bitbucket Cloud webhook plugin in BitbucketCloudEventHandler

• The owners property now includes people associated with the changes of the build (issue #3904).

• The repo source step now syncs with the --force-sync flag which allows the sync to proceed when a source repo in the manifest has changed.

• Add support for compressing the repo source step cache tarball with pigz, a parallel gzip compressor.

5.72. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.15.post1 ( 2018-01-07 )

5.72.1. Bug fixes

• Fix worker reconnection fails (issue #3875, issue #3876)

• Fix umask set to 0 when using LocalWorker (issue #3878)

• Fix Buildbot reconfig, when badge plugin is installed (issue #3879)

• Fix (issue #3865) so that now SVNPoller works with paths that contain valid UTF-8 characters which are not ASCII.

5.73. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.15 ( 2018-01-02 )

5.73.1. Bug fixes

• Fix builder page not showing any build (issue #3820)

• Fix double Workers button in the menu. (issue #3818)

• Fix bad icons in the worker action dialog.

• Fix url arguments in Buildbot Badges for python3.

• Upgrading to guanlecoja-ui version 1.8.0, fixing two issues. Fixed issue where the console view would jump to the top of page when opening the build summary dialog (issue #3657). Also improved sidebar behaviour by remembering previous pinned vs. collapsed state.

• Fixes issue with Buildbot DockerLatentWorker, where Buildbot can kill running workers by mistake based on the form the worker name (issue #3800).

• Fixes issue with Buildbot DockerLatentWorker not reaping zombies process within its container environment.

• Update requirement text to use the modern “docker” module from the older “docker-py” module name

• When multiple reporter or services are configured with the same name, an error is now displayed instead of silently discarding all but the last one issue #3813.

• Fixed exception when using buildbot.www.auth.CustomAuth

5.73.2. Features

• New Buildbot SVG icons for web UI. The web UI now uses a colored favicon according to build results (issue #3785).

• paused and graceful Workers States are now stored in the database.

• Workers States are now displayed in the web UI.

• Quarantine timers is now using the paused worker state.

• Quarantine timer is now enabled when a build finish on EXCEPTION state.

• Standalone binaries for buildbot-worker package are now published for windows and linux (amd64). This allows to run a buildbot-worker without having a python environment.

• New buildbot-worker create-worker --maxretries for Latent Workers to quit if the master is or becomes unreachable.

• Badges can now display running as status.

• The database schema now supports cascade deletes for all objects instead of raising an error when deleting a record which has other records pointing to it via foreign keys.

• Buildbot can properly find its version if installed from a git archive tarball generated from a tag.

• Enhanced the test suite to add worker/master protocol interoperability tests between python3 and python2.

5.73.3. Deprecations and Removals

• buildbot.util.ascii2unicode() is removed. buildbot.util.bytes2unicode() should be used instead.

5.74. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.14 ( 2017-12-08 )

5.74.1. Bug fixes

• Compile step now properly takes the decodeRC parameter in account (issue #3774)

• Fix duplicate build requests results in BuildRequestsConnectorComponent when querying the database (issue #3712).

• GitPoller now accepts git branch names with UTF-8 characters (issue #3769).

• Fixed inconsistent use of pointer style mouse cursor by removing it from the .label css rule and instead creating a new .clickable css rule which is used only in places which are clickable and would not otherwise automatically get the pointer icon, for example it is not needed for hyper-links. (issue #3795).

• Rebuilding with the same revision now takes new change properties into account instead of re-using the original build change properties (issue #3701).

• Worker authentication is now delayed via a DeferredLock until Buildbot configuration is finished. This fixes UnauthorizedLogin errors during buildbot restart (issue #3462).

• Fixes python3 encoding issues with Windows Service (issue #3796)

5.74.2. Features

• new :ref`badges` plugin which reimplement the buildbot eight png badge system.

• In progress worker control API. Worker can now be stopped and paused using the UI. Note that there is no UI yet to look the status of those actions (issue #3429).

• Make maximum number of builds fetched on the builders page configurable.

• Include context in the log message for GitHubStatusPush

• On ‘Builders’ page reload builds when tags change.

• Give reporters access to master single in renderables. This allows access to build logs amongst other things

• Added possibility to check www user credentials with a custom class.

5.75. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.13 ( 2017-11-07 )

5.75.1. Deprecations and Removals

Following will help Buildbot to leverage new feature of twisted to implement important features like worker protocol encryption.

• The buildbot and buildbot-worker packages now requires Python 2.7 or Python 3.4+ – Python 2.6 is no longer supported.

• buildbot and buildbot-worker packages now required Twisted versions >= 16.1.0. Earlier versions of Twisted are not supported.

5.75.2. Bug fixes

• Fix Console View forced builds stacking at top (issue:3461)

• Improve buildrequest distributor to ensure all builders are processed. With previous version, builder list could be re-prioritized, while running the distributor, meaning some builders would never be run in case of master high load. (issue #3661)

• Improve getOldestRequestTime function of buildrequest distributor to do sorting and paging in the database layer (issue #3661).

• Arguments passed to GitLab push notifications now work with Python 3 (issue #3720).

• Web hooks change sources which use twisted.web.http.Request have been fixed to use bytes, not native strings. This ensures web hooks work on Python 3. Please report any issues on web hooks in python3, as it is hard for us to test end to end.

• Fixed null value of steps and logs in reporter HttpStatusPush api. Fixes (issue #3180)

• EC2LatentBuilder now correctly sets tags on spot instances (issue #3739).

• Fixed operation of the Try scheduler for a code checked out from Subversion.

• Fix buildbot worker startup when running as a windows service

5.75.3. Features

• Make parameters for WarningCountingShellCommand renderable. These are suppressionList, warningPattern, directoryEnterPattern, directoryLeavePattern and maxWarnCount.

• GitHubEventHandler now supports authentication for GitHub instances that do not allow anonymous access

• Added support for renderable builder locks. Previously only steps could have renderable locks.

• Added flag to Docker Latent Worker to always pull images

5.76. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.12.post1 ( 2017-10-10 )

This is a release which only exists for the buildbot_grid_view package.

5.76.1. Bug fixes

• Fix Grid View plugin broken because of merge resolution mistake ( issue #3603 and issue #3688.)

5.77. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.12 ( 2017-10-05 )

5.77.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed many issues related to connecting masters and workers with different major version of Python (issue #3416).

• Fixed KeyError in the log when two buildrequests of the same buildset are finished at the same time (issue #3472, issue #3591)

• Fix for SVN.purge fails when modified files contain non-ascii characters (issue #3576)

• Fix the GitHub change hook on Python 3 (issue #3452).

• Fix reporters.gitlab to use correct commit status codes (issue #3641).

• Fixed deadlock issue, when locks are taken at least 3 times by the 3 Buildstep with same configuration (issue #3650)

• Fix the Gerrit source step in the presence of multiple Gerrit repos (issue #3460).

• Add empty pidfile option to master and worker start script when –nodaemon option is on. (issue #3012).

5.77.2. Features

• Add possibility to specify a PatchParameter for any CodebaseParameter in a ForceScheduler (part of issue #3110).

• Latent Workers will no longer continually retry if they cannot substantiate (issue #3572)

5.77.3. Deprecations and Removals

• buildbot.util.encodeString() has been removed. buildbot.util.unicode2bytes() should be used instead.

5.78. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.11 ( 2017-09-08 )

5.78.1. Incompatible Changes

• Buildbot is not compatible with python3-ldap anymore. It now requires ldap3 package for its ldap operations (issue #3530)

5.78.2. Bug fixes

• Fix issue with logviewer scrolling up indefinitely when loading logs (issue #3154).

• Do not add the url if it already exists in the step. (issue #3554)

• Fix filtering for REST resource attributes when SQL is involved in the backend (eq, ne, and contains operations, when there are several filters) (issue #3526).

• The git source step now uses git checkout -B rather than git branch -M to create local branches (issue #3537)

• Fixed Grid View settings. It is now possible to configure “false” values.

• Fix performance issue when remote command does not send any line boundary (issue #3517)

• Fix regression in GithHub oauth2 v3 api, when using enterprise edition.

• Fix the Perforce build step on Python 3 (issue #3493)

• Make REST API’s filter __contains use OR connector rather than AND according to what the documentation suggests.

• Fixed secret plugins registration, so that they are correctly available in import buildbot.plugins.secrets. changes to all secrets plugin to be imported and used.

• Fix secrets downloaded to worker with too wide permissions.

• Fix issue with stop build during latent worker substantiating, the build result was retried instead of cancelled.

• pip install 'buildbot[bundle]' now installs grid_view plugin. This fixes issues with the tutorial where grid_view is enabled by default.

5.78.3. Improved Documentation

• Fixed documentation regarding log obfuscation for passwords.

• Improve documentation of REST API’s __contains filter.

5.78.4. Features

• Added autopull for Docker images based on config. (issue #3071)

• Allow to expose logs to summary callback of GerritStatusPush.

• Implement GitHub change hook CI skipping (issue #3443). Now buildbot will ignore the event, if the [ci skip] keyword (configurable) in commit message. For more info, please check out the skip parameter of GitHub hook.

• GitHubStatusPush now support reporting to ssh style URLs, ie git@github.com:Owner/RepoName.git

• Added the possibility to filter builds according to results in Grid View.

• OpenStackLatentWorker now supports V3 authentication.

• Buildbot now tries harder at finding line boundaries. It now supports several cursor controlling ANSI sequences as well as use of lots of backspace to go back several characters.

• UI Improvements so that Buildbot build pages looks better on mobile.

• OpenStackLatentWorker now supports region attribute.

• The Schedulers builderNames parameter can now be a IRenderable object that will render to a list of builder names.

• The LdapUserInfo now uses the python3-ldap successor ldap3 (issue #3530).

• Added support for static suppressions parameter for shell commands.

5.79. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.10 ( 2017-08-03 )

5.79.1. Bug fixes

• Fix ‘reconfig master causes worker lost’ error (issue #3392).

• Fix bug where object names could not be larger than 150 characters (issue #3449)

• Fix bug where notifier names could not be overridden (issue #3450)

• Fix exception when shutting down a master (issue #3478)

• Fix Manhole support to work with Python 3 and Twisted 16.0.0+ (issue #3160). AuthorizedKeysManhole and PasswordManhole now require a directory containing SSH host keys to be specified.

• Fix python 3 issue with displaying the properties when fetching builders (issue #3418).

• Fix bug when ShellArg arguments were rendered only once during an instance’s lifetime.

• Fix waterfall tiny size of build status indicators (issue #3475)

• Fix waterfall natural order of builder list

• Fix builder page use ‘pointer’ cursor style for tags (issue #3473)

• Fix builder page update tag filter when using the browser’s back button (issue #3474)

5.79.2. Features

• added support for builder names in REST API. Note that those endpoints are not (yet) available from the UI, as the events are not sent to the endpoints with builder names.

• Implemented new ability to set from by email domain. Implemented RolesFromDomain. (issue #3422)

5.80. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.9.post2 ( 2017-07-06 )

5.80.1. Bug fixes

• Fix tried to complete 100 buildrequests, but only completed 25 issue in buildrequest collapser (issue #3406)

• Fixed issue when several mail notifiers are used with same parameters, but different modes (issue #3398).

• Fixed release scripts for postN releases

5.81. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.9.post1 ( 2017-07-01 )

5.81.1. Bug fixes

• Fix regression with GitHubAuth when API v3 is used.

• When using the GitHubAuth v4 API, the generated GraphQL to get the user organizations uses a name alias for each organization. These aliases must not contain dashes.

5.82. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.9 ( 2017-06-29 )

5.82.1. Bug fixes

• Fixed a regression inn UserPasswordAuth where a list would create an error.

• Fix non ascii payload handling in base web hook (issue #3321).

• Fixed default buildrequest collapsing (issue #3151)

• _wait_for_request() would fail to format a log statement due to an invalid type being passed to log.msg (resulting in a broken build)

• Fix Windows compatibility with frontend development tool gulp dev proxy (issue #3359)

5.82.2. Features

• New Grid View UI plugin.

• The Change Hooks system is now integrated in the Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot system, making it easier to subclass hooks. There is still the need to re- factor hook by hook to allow better customizability.

• The GitHubAuth now allows fetching the user team membership for all organizations the user belongs to. This requires access to a V4 GitHub API(GraphQL).

• GitLab merge request hook now create a change with repository to be the source repository and branch the source branch. Additional properties are created to point to destination branch and destination repository. This makes GitLabStatusPush push the correct status to GitLab, so that pipeline report is visible in the merge request page.

• The GitHubEventHandler now allows the inclusion of white-listed properties for push events.

• Allow sending a comment to a pull request for Bitbucket Server in BitbucketServerPRCommentPush

• Implement support for Bitbucket Server webhook plugin in BitbucketServerEventHandler

5.83. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.8 ( 2017-06-14 )

5.83.1. Core Bug fixes

• Fix incompatibility issue of UserPasswordAuth with python 3.

• Fix issue with oauth sequence not working with Firefox (issue #3306)

• Update old addChange method to accept the new chdict names if only the new name is present. Fixes issue #3191.

• fix bytes vs string issue on python3 with authorization of rest endpoints.

5.83.2. Core Features

• doStepIf is now renderable.

• Source step codebase is now renderable.

• Step names are now renderable.

• Added giturlparse utility function to help buildbot components like reporters to parse git url from change sources.

• Factorized the mail reporter to be able to write new message based reporters, for other backend than SMTP.

• The class Property now allows being used with Python built in comparators. It will return a Renderable which executes the comparison.

5.83.3. Components Bug fixes

• GitLab reporter now correctly sets the status to running instead of pending when a build starts.

• GitLab reporter now correctly works when there are multiple codebase, and when the projects names contain url reserved characters.

• GitLab reporter now correctly reports the status even if there are several sourcestamps. Better parsing of change repository in GitLab reporter so that it understands ssh urls and https url. GitLab reporter do not use the project field anymore to know the repository to push to.

5.83.4. Components Features

• GitLab hook now supports the merge_request event to automatically build from a merge request. Note that the results will not properly displayed in merge_request UI due to https://gitlab.com/gitlab-org/gitlab-ce/issues/33293

• Added a https://pushjet.io/ reporter as buildbot.reporters.pushjet.PushjetNotifier

• New build step Assert Tests a renderable or constant if it evaluates to true. It will succeed or fail to step according to the result.

5.84. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.7 ( 2017-05-09 )

5.84.1. Core Bug fixes

• Fix UserPasswordAuth authentication on py3 and recent browsers. (issue #3162, issue #3163). The py3 fix also requires Twisted https://github.com/twisted/twisted/pull/773.

• Console View now display changes the same way as in Recent Changes page.

• Fix issue with Console View when no change source is configured but still builds have got_revision property

5.84.2. Components Bug fixes

• Allow renderables in options and definitions of step CMake. Currently only dicts and lists with renderables inside are allowed.

• OAuth Authentication are now working with RolesFromEmails.

• DockerLatentWorker: _image_exists does not raise anymore if it encounters an image with <none> tag

• Fix command line parameters for Robocopy step verbose option

5.84.3. Core Features

• Builds state_string is now automatically computed according to the BuildStep.getResultSummary, BuildStep.description and updateBuildSummaryPolicy from Parameters Common to all Steps. This allows the dashboards and reporters to get a descent summary text of the build without fetching the steps.

• New configurators section, which can be used to create higher level configuration modules for Buildbot.

• New JanitorConfigurator which can be used to create a builder which save disk space by removing old logs from the database.

5.84.4. Components Features

• Added a https://pushover.net/ reporter as buildbot.reporters.pushover.PushoverNotifier

• property argument in SetPropery is now renderable.

5.85. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.6 ( 2017-04-19 )

5.85.1. Core Bug fixes

• buildbot.www.authz.endpointmatchers.AnyControlEndpointMatcher now actually doesn’t match GET requests. Before it would act like an AnyEndpointMatcher since the GET had a different case.

• Passing unicode builderNames to ForceScheduler no longer causes an error.

• Fix issue with :bb:sched::Nightly change classification raising foreign key exceptions (issue #3021)

• Fixes an exception found buildbot_net_usage_data._sendWithUrlib when running through the tutorial using Python 3.

• usePTY configuration of the ShellCommand now works as expected with recent version of buildbot-worker.

5.85.2. Components Bug fixes

• pollAtLaunch of the GitHubPullrequestPoller now works as expected. Also the author email won’t be displayed as None

• GerritChangeSource and GerritStatusPush now use the master’s environment including PATH variable to find the ssh binary.

• SlaveDirectoryUploadCommand no longer throws exceptions because the file “is used by another process” under Windows

5.85.3. UI Bug fixes

• Fix waterfall scrolling and zooming in current browsers

• console_view now properly uses revlink metadata to link to changes.

• Fixed Console View infinite loading spinner when no change have been recorded yet (issue #3060).

5.85.4. Core Features

• new Virtual Builders concept for better integration of frameworks which store the build config along side the source code.

5.85.5. Components Features

• BitBucket now sets the event property on each change to what the X-Event-Key header contains.

• GitHubPullrequestPoller now adds additional information about the pull request to properties. The property argument is removed and is populated with the repository full name.

• GitHub now sets the event property on each change to what the X-GitHub-Event header contains.

• Changed GitHubAuth now supports GitHub Enterprise when setting new serverURL argument.

• GitLab now sets the event property on each change to what the X-GitLab-Event header contains.

• GitHub now process git tag push events

• GitHub now adds more information about the pull request to the properties. This syncs features with GitHubPullrequestPoller

• GitLab now process git tag push events

• GitLab now supports authentication with the secret token

5.85.6. UI Features

• Reworked Console View and Waterfall View for better usability and better integration with virtual builders

• Javascript Data Module collections now have a $resolved attribute which allows dashboard to know when the data is loaded.

5.86. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.5 ( 2017-03-18 )

5.86.1. Bug fixes

• Fix issue with compressing empty log

• Fix issue with db being closed by wrong thread

• Fix issue with buildbot_worker not closing file handles when using the transfer steps

• Fix issue with buildbot requesting too many permissions from GitHub’s OAuth

• Fix HTTPStep to accept json as keyword argument.

• Updated OpenStackLatentWorker to use keystoneauth1 so it will support latest python-novaclient packages.

• Include RpmLint step in steps plugins.

5.86.2. Core Features

• Experimental support for Python 3.5 and 3.6. Note that complete support depends on fixes to be released in Twisted 17.2.0.

• New experimental Secret Management framework, which allows to securely declare secrets, reusable in your steps.

• New Writing Dashboards with Flask or Bottle plugin, which allows to write custom dashboard with traditional server side web frameworks.

• Added AnyControlEndpointMatcher and EnableSchedulerEndpointMatcher for better configurability of the access control. If you have access control to your Buildbot, it is recommended you add AnyControlEndpointMatcher at the end of your access control configuration.

• Schedulers can now be toggled on and off from the UI. Useful for temporarily disabling periodic timers.

5.86.3. Components Features

• FileUpload now supports setting the url title text that is visible in the web UI. FileUpload now supports custom description and descriptionDone text.

• EC2LatentWorker now provides instance id as the instance property enabling use of the AWS toolkit.

• Add GitHub pull request Poller to list of available changesources.

• OAuth2LoginResource now supports the token URL parameter. If a user wants to authenticate through OAuth2 with a pre- generated token (such as the access_token provided by GitHub) it can be passed to /auth/login as the token URL parameter and the user will be authenticated to buildbot with those credentials.

• New reporter GitHubCommentPush can comment on GitHub PRs

• GitPoller now supports polling tags in a git repository.

• MultipleFilUpload now supports the glob parameter. If glob is set to True all workersrcs parameters will be run through glob and the result will be uploaded to masterdest

• Changed OpenStackLatentWorker to default to v2 of the Nova API. The novaclient package has had a deprecation warning about v1.1 and would use v2 anyway.

5.86.4. Deprecations and Removals

• master/contrib and worker/contrib directories have been moved to their own repository at https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-contrib/

5.87. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.4 ( 2017-02-08 )

5.87.1. Database upgrade

A database upgrade is necessary for this release (see upgrade-master).

5.87.2. Bug fixes

• Like for buildbot start, buildbot upgrade-master will now erase an old pidfile if the process is not live anymore instead of just failing.

• Change properties ‘value’ changed from String(1024) to Text. Requires upgrade master. (bug #3197)

• When using REST API, it is now possible to filter and sort in descending order at the same time.

• Fix issue with HttpStatusPush raising datetime is not JSON serializable error.

• Fix issue with log viewer not properly rendering color codes.

• Fixed log viewer selection and copy-paste for Firefox (bug #3662).

• Fix issue with DelayedCalled already called, and worker missing notification email never received.

• schedulers and change_source are now properly taking configuration change in account with buildbot reconfig.

• setuptools is now explicitly marked as required. The dependency was previously implicit.

• buildbotNetUsageData now uses requests if available and will default to HTTP if a bogus SSL implementation is found. It will also correctly send information about the platform type.

5.87.3. Features

• Buildbot now uses JWT to store its web UI Sessions. Sessions now persist upon buildbot restart. Sessions are shared between masters. Session expiration time is configurable with c['www']['cookie_expiration_time'] see www.

• Builders page has been optimized and can now be displayed with 4 http requests whatever is the builder count (previously, there was one http request per builder).

• Builder and Worker page build list now have the numbuilds= option which allows to show more builds.

• Masters page now shows more information about a master (workers, builds, activity timer)

• Workers page improvements:

  • Shows which master the worker is connected to.

  • Shows correctly the list of builders that this master is configured on (not the list of buildermaster which nobody cares about).

  • Shows list of builds per worker similar to the builders page.

  • New worker details page displays the list of builds built by this worker using database optimized query.

5.87.4. Deprecations and Removals

• Some deprecated broken Contrib Scripts were removed.

• buildbot.www.hooks.googlecode has been removed, since the Google Code service has been shut down.

• buildbot.util.json has been deprecated in favor of the standard library json. simplejson will not be used anymore if found in the virtualenv.

5.88. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.3 ( 2017-01-11 )

5.88.1. Bug fixes

• Fix BitbucketStatusPush ep should start with / assertion error.

• Fix duplicate worker use case, where a worker with the same name would make the other worker also disconnect (bug #3656)

• GitPoller: buildPushesWithNoCommits now rebuilds for a known branch that was updated to an existing commit.

• Fix issue with log viewer not staying at bottom of the log when loading log lines.

• Fixed addBuildURLs in Trigger to use results from triggered builds to include in the URL name exposed by API.

• Fix Wamp mq support by removing debug, debug_amp and debug_app from the mq config, which is not available in latest version of Python Autobahn. You can now use wamp_debug_level option instead.

• fix issue with factory.workdir AttributeError are not properly reported.

5.88.2. Features

• Optimize the memory consumption of the log compression process. Buildbot do not load the whole log into memory anymore. This should improve a lot buildbot memory footprint.

• Changed the build page so that the preview of the logs are shown in live. It is a preview means the last lines of log. How many lines is configurable per user in the user settings page.

• Log viewer line numbers are no longer selectable, so that it is easier to copy paste.

• DockerLatentWorker accepts now renderable Dockerfile

• Renderer function can now return IRenderable objects.

• new SetProperties which allows to generate and transform properties separately.

• Handle new workers in windows_service.py script.

• Sort the builders in the waterfall view by name instead of ID.

5.89. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.2 ( 2016-12-13 )

5.89.1. Bug fixes

• Fix GitHubAuth to retrieve all organizations instead of only those publicly available.

• Fixed ref to point to branch instead of commit sha in GitLabStatusPush

• IRC maybeColorize is able to highlight single words and stop colorization at the end. The previous implementation only stopped colorization but not boldface.

• fix compatibility issue with mysql5 (do not set default value for TEXT column).

• Fixed addChange in Change to use the revlink configuration option to generate the revlink.

• fix threading issue in DockerLatentWorker

5.89.2. Features

• Implement BitbucketAuth.

• New GerritEventLogPoller poller to poll Gerrit changes via http API.

• New GerritVerifyStatusPush can send multiple review status for the same Gerrit change.

• IRC appends the builder URL to a successful/failed build if available

• MailNotifier now accepts useSmtps parameter for initiating connection over an SSL/TLS encrypted connection (SMTPS)

• New support for Mesos and Marathon via MarathonLatentWorker. Marathon is a production-grade container orchestration platform for Mesosphere’s Data- center Operating System (DC/OS) and Apache Mesos.

• password in DockerLatentWorker and HyperLatentWorker, can be None. In that case, they will be auto-generated from random number.

• BitbucketServerStatusPush now accepts key, buildName, endDescription, startDescription, and verbose parameters to control the JSON sent to Stash.

• Buildbot can now be configured to deny read access to REST api resources based on authorization rules.

5.90. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.1

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.1. This version was released on November 1, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.90.1. Master

5.90.1.1. Features

• Add support for hyper.sh via HyperLatentWorker Hyper is a CaaS solution for hosting docker container in the cloud, billed to the second. It forms a very cost efficient solution to run your CI in the cloud.

• The Trigger step now supports unimportantSchedulerNames

• add a UI button to allow to cancel the whole queue for a builder

• Buildbot log viewer now support 256 colors ANSI codes

• new GitHub which correctly checkout the magic branch like refs/pull/xx/merge.

• MailNotifier now supports a schedulers constructor argument that allows you to send mail only for builds triggered by the specified list of schedulers.

• MailNotifier now supports a branches constructor argument that allows you to send mail only for builds triggered by the specified list of branches.

• Optimization of the data api filtering, sorting and paging, speeding up a lot the UI when the master has lots of builds.

• GerritStatusPush now accepts a notify parameter to control who gets emailed by Gerrit.

• Add a format_fn parameter to the HttpStatusPush reporter to customize the information being pushed.

• Latent Workers can now start in parallel.

  • The build started by latent worker will be created while the latent worker is substantiated.

  • Latent Workers will now report startup issues in the UI.

• Workers will be temporarily put in quarantine in case of build preparation issues.

  This avoids master and database overload in case of bad worker configuration. The quarantine is implemented with an exponential back-off timer.

• Master Stop will now stop all builds, and wait for all workers to properly disconnect. Previously, the worker connections was stopped, which incidentally made all their builds marked retried. Now, builds started with a Triggereable scheduler will be cancelled, while other builds will be retried. The master will make sure that all latent workers are stopped.

• The MessageFormatter class also allows inline-templates with the template parameter.

• The MessageFormatter class allows custom mail’s subjects with the subject and subject_name parameters.

• The MessageFormatter class allows extending the context given to the Templates via the ctx parameter.

• The new MessageFormatterMissingWorker class allows to customize the message sent when a worker is missing.

• The OpenStackLatentWorker worker now supports rendering the block device parameters. The volume_size parameter will be automatically calculated if it is None.

5.90.1.2. Fixes

• fix the UI to allow to cancel a buildrequest (bug #3582)

• GitHub change hook now correctly use the refs/pull/xx/merge branch for testing PRs.

• Fix the UI to better adapt to different screen width (bug #3614)

• Don’t log AlreadyClaimedError. They are normal in case of Trigger cancelling, and in a multimaster configuration.

• Fix issues with worker disconnection. When a worker disconnects, its current buildstep must be interrupted and the buildrequests should be retried.

• Fix the worker missing email notification.

• Fix issue with worker builder list not being updated in UI when buildmaster is reconfigured (bug #3629)

5.90.1.3. Changes for Developers

5.90.1.4. Features

• New SharedService can be used by steps, reporters, etc to implement per master resource limit.

• New HTTPClientService can be used by steps, reporters, etc to implement HTTP client. This class will automatically choose between treq and txrequests, whichever is installed, in order to access HTTP servers. This class comes with a fake implementation helping to write unit tests.

• All HTTP reporters have been ported to HTTPClientService

5.90.1.5. Fixes

5.90.1.6. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• By default, non-distinct commits received via buildbot.status.web.hooks.github.GitHubEventHandler now get recorded as a Change. In this way, a commit pushed to a branch that is not being watched (e.g. a dev branch) will still get acted on when it is later pushed to a branch that is being watched (e.g. master). In the past, such a commit would get ignored and not built because it was non-distinct. To disable this behavior and revert to the old behavior, install a ChangeFilter that checks the github_distinct property:

ChangeFilter(filter_fn=lambda c: c.properties.getProperty('github_distinct'))

• setup.py ‘scripts’ have been converted to console_scripts entry point. This makes them more portable and compatible with wheel format. Most consequences are for the windows users:

  • buildbot.bat does not exist anymore, and is replaced by buildbot.exe, which is generated by the console_script entrypoint.

  • buildbot_service.py is replaced by buildbot_windows_service.exe, which is generated by the console_script entrypoint As this script has been written in 2006, has only inline documentation and no unit tests, it is not guaranteed to be working. Please help improving the windows situation.

• The user and password parameters of the HttpStatusPush reporter have been deprecated in favor of the auth parameter.

• The template_name parameter of the MessageFormatter class has been deprecated in favor of template_filename.

5.90.2. Worker

5.90.2.1. Fixes

5.90.2.2. Changes for Developers

5.90.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The worker now requires at least Twisted 10.2.0.

• setup.py ‘scripts’ have been converted to console_scripts entry point. This makes them more portable and compatible with wheel format. Most consequences are for the windows users:

  • buildbot_worker.bat does not exist anymore, and is replaced by buildbot_worker.exe, which is generated by the console_script entrypoint.

  • buildbot_service.py is replaced by buildbot_worker_windows_service.exe, which is generated by the console_script entrypoint As this script has been written in 2006, has only inline documentation and no unit tests, it is not guaranteed to be working. Please help improving the windows situation.

• AbstractLatentWorker is now in buildbot.worker.latent instead of buildbot.worker.base.

5.90.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0..v0.9.1

5.91. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0. This version was released on October 6, 2016.

This is a concatenation of important changes done between 0.8.12 and 0.9.0. This does not contain details of the bug fixes related to the nine beta and rc period. This document was written during the very long period of nine development. It might contain some incoherencies, please help us and report them on irc or trac.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.91.1. Master

This version represents a refactoring of Buildbot into a consistent, well-defined application composed of loosely coupled components. The components are linked by a common database backend and a messaging system. This allows components to be distributed across multiple build masters. It also allows the rendering of complex web status views to be performed in the browser, rather than on the buildmasters.

The branch looks forward to committing to long-term API compatibility, but does not reach that goal. The Buildbot-0.9.x series of releases will give the new APIs time to “settle in” before we commit to them. Commitment will wait for Buildbot-1.0.0 (as per http://semver.org). Once Buildbot reaches version 1.0.0, upgrades will become much easier for users.

To encourage contributions from a wider field of developers, the web application is designed to look like a normal AngularJS application. Developers familiar with AngularJS, but not with Python, should be able to start hacking on the web application quickly. The web application is “pluggable”, so users who develop their own status displays can package those separately from Buildbot itself.

Other goals:

• An approachable HTTP REST API, with real time event features used by the web application but available for any other purpose.

• A high degree of coverage by reliable, easily-modified tests.

• “Interlocking” tests to guarantee compatibility. For example, the real and fake DB implementations must both pass the same suite of tests. Then no unseen difference between the fake and real implementations can mask errors that will occur in production.

5.91.1.1. Requirements

The buildbot package requires Python 2.7 – Python 2.5 and 2.6 are no longer supported. The buildbot-slave package requires Python 2.6 or higher – Python 2.4 and 2.5 are no longer supported.

No additional software or systems, aside from some minor Python packages, are required.

But the devil is in the details:

• If you want to do web development, or build the buildbot-www package, you’ll need Node. It’s an Angular app, and that’s how such apps are developed. We’ve taken pains to not make either a requirement for users - you can simply ‘pip install’ buildbot-www and be on your way. This is the case even if you’re hacking on the Python side of Buildbot.

• For a single master, nothing else is required.

Note for distro package maintainers: The npm dependency hell

In order to build the buildbot-www package, you’ll need Node.

Node has a very specific package manager named npm, which has the interesting property of allowing different version of package to co-exist in the same environment. The node ecosystem also has the habit of creating packages for a few line of code.

Buildbot UI uses the node ecosystem to build its javascript UI.

The buildsystem that we use is called guanlecoja, which is just an integration of various javascript build tools.

Through npm dependency hell, guanlecoja is depending on 625 npm packages/versions. We do not advise you to try and package all those npm build dependencies. They are not required in order to run buildbot.

We do release pre-built packages in the form of the wheel format on pypi. Those wheels contain the full python source code, and prebuilt javascript source code.

Depending on distro maintainers feedback, we could also release source tarballs with prebuilt javascript, but those would be pypi packages with different names, e.g. buildbot_www_prebuilt.0.9.0.tar.gz.

Another option would be to package a guanlecoja that would embed all its dependencies inside one package.

Detailed requirements

see Requirements

5.91.1.2. Features

Buildbot-0.9.0 introduces the Data API, a consistent and scalable method for accessing and updating the state of the Buildbot system. This API replaces the existing, ill-defined Status API, which has been removed. Buildbot-0.9.0 introduces new WWW Server Interface using websocket for realtime updates. Buildbot code that interacted with the Status API (a substantial portion!) has been rewritten to use the Data API. Individual features and improvements to the Data API are not described on this page.

• Buildbot now supports plugins. They allow Buildbot to be extended by using components distributed independently from the main code. They also provide for a unified way to access all components. When previously the following construction was used:

  from buildbot.kind.other.bits import ComponentClass
  
  ... ComponentClass ...
  

  the following construction achieves the same result:

  from buildbot.plugins import kind
  
  ... kind.ComponentClass ...
  

  Kinds of components that are available this way are described in Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot.

  Note

  While the components can be still directly imported as buildbot.kind.other.bits, this might not be the case after Buildbot v1.0 is released.

• Both the P4 source step and P4 change source support ticket-based authentication.

• OpenStack latent slaves now support block devices as a bootable volume.

• Add new Cppcheck step.

• Add a new Docker latent Workers.

• Add a new configuration for creating custom services in out-of-tree CI systems or plugins. See buildbot.util.service.BuildbotService

• Add try_ssh configuration file setting and --ssh command line option for the try tool to specify the command to use for connecting to the build master.

• GitHub change hook now supports application/json format.

• Add support for dynamically adding steps during a build. See Dynamic Build Factories.

• GitPoller now supports detecting new branches

• Git supports an “origin” option to give a name to the remote repo.

• Mercurial hook was updated and modernized. It is no longer necessary to fork. One can now extend PYTHONPATH via the hook configuration. Among others, it permits to use a buildbot virtualenv instead of installing buildbot in all the system. Added documentation inside the hook. Misc. clean-up and reorganization in order to make the code a bit more readable.

• UI templates can now be customizable. You can provide html or jade overrides to the www plugins, to customize the UI

• The irc command hello now returns ‘Hello’ in a random language if invoked more than once.

• Triggerable now accepts a reason parameter.

• GerritStatusPush now accepts a builders parameter.

• StatusPush callback now receives build results (success/failure/etc) with the buildFinished event.

• There’s a new renderable type, Transform.

• GitPoller now has a buildPushesWithNoCommits option to allow the rebuild of already known commits on new branches.

• Add GitLab authentication plugin for web UI. See buildbot.www.oauth2.GitLabAuth.

• CMake build step is added. It provides a convenience interface to CMake build system.

• MySQL InnoDB tables are now supported.

• HttpStatusPush has been ported to reporter API.

• StashStatusPush has been ported to reporter API.

• GithubStatusPush has been ported to reporter API.

• summaryCB of GerritStatusPush now gets not only pre-processed information but the actual build as well.

• EC2LatentWorker supports VPCs, instance profiles, and advanced volume mounts.

• New steps for Visual Studio 2015 (VS2015, VC14, and MsBuild14).

• The P4 step now obfuscates the password in status logs.

• Added support for specifying the depth of a shallow clone in Git.

• OpenStackLatentWorker now uses a single novaclient instance to not require re-authentication when starting or stopping instances.

• Buildbot UI introduces branch new Authentication, and Authorizations framework.

  Please look at their respective guide in WWW Server

• buildbot stop now waits for complete buildmaster stop by default.

• New --no-wait argument for buildbot stop which allows not to wait for complete master shutdown.

• New LocalWorker worker to run a worker in the master process, requires buildbot-worker package installed.

• GerritStatusPush now includes build properties in the startCB and reviewCB functions. startCB now must return a dictionary.

• add tool to send usage data to buildbot.net buildbotNetUsageData

• new GitHub which correctly checkout the magic branch like refs/pull/xx/merge.

• Enable parallel builds with Visual Studio and MSBuild.

5.91.1.3. Reporters

Status plugins have been moved into the reporters namespace. Their API has slightly to changed in order to adapt to the new data API. See respective documentation for details.

• GerritStatusPush renamed to GerritStatusPush

• MailNotifier renamed to MailNotifier

• MailNotifier argument messageFormatter should now be a MessageFormatter, due to removal of data api, custom message formatters need to be rewritten.

• MailNotifier argument previousBuildGetter is not supported anymore

• Gerrit supports specifying an SSH identity file explicitly.

• Added StashStatusPush status hook for Atlassian Stash

• MailNotifier no longer forces SSL 3.0 when useTls is true.

• GerritStatusPush callbacks slightly changed signature, and include a master reference instead of a status reference.

• new GitLabStatusPush to report builds results to GitLab.

• new HipchatStatusPush to report build results to Hipchat.

5.91.1.4. Fixes

• Buildbot is now compatible with SQLAlchemy 0.8 and higher, using the newly-released SQLAlchemy-Migrate.

• The version check for SQLAlchemy-Migrate was fixed to accept more version string formats.

• The HTTPStep step’s request parameters are now renderable.

• With Git(), force the updating submodules to ensure local changes by the build are overwritten. This both ensures more consistent builds and avoids errors when updating submodules.

• Buildbot is now compatible with Gerrit v2.6 and higher.

  To make this happen, the return result of reviewCB and summaryCB callback has changed from

  (message, verified, review)
  

  to

  {'message': message,
   'labels': {'label-name': value,
             ...
             }
  }
  

  The implications are:

  • there are some differences in behaviour: only those labels that were provided will be updated

  • Gerrit server must be able to provide a version, if it can’t the GerritStatusPush will not work

  Note

  If you have an old style reviewCB and/or summaryCB implemented, these will still work, however there could be more labels updated than anticipated.

  More detailed information is available in GerritStatusPush section.

• P4Source’s server_tz parameter now works correctly.

• The revlink in changes produced by the Bitbucket hook now correctly includes the changes/ portion of the URL.

• PBChangeSource’s git hook https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-contrib/tree/master/master/contrib/git_buildbot.py now supports git tags

  A pushed git tag generates a change event with the branch property equal to the tag name. To schedule builds based on buildbot tags, one could use something like this:

  c['schedulers'].append(
     SingleBranchScheduler(name='tags',
        change_filter=filter.ChangeFilter(
           branch_re='v[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+(?:-pre|rc[0-9]+|p[0-9]+)?')
        treeStableTimer=None,
        builderNames=['tag_build']))
  

• Missing “name” and “email” properties received from Gerrit are now handled properly

• Fixed bug which made it impossible to specify the project when using the BitBucket dialect.

• The PyLint step has been updated to understand newer output.

• Fixed SVN master-side source step: if a SVN operation fails, the repository end up in a situation when a manual intervention is required. Now if SVN reports such a situation during initial check, the checkout will be clobbered.

• The build properties are now stored in the database in the build_properties table.

• The list of changes in the build page now displays all the changes since the last successful build.

• GitHub change hook now correctly responds to ping events.

• GitHub change hook now correctly use the refs/pull/xx/merge branch for testing PRs.

• buildbot.steps.http steps now correctly have url parameter renderable

• When no arguments are used buildbot checkconfig now uses buildbot.tac to locate the master config file.

• buildbot.util.flatten now correctly flattens arbitrarily nested lists. buildbot.util.flattened_iterator provides an iterable over the collection which may be more efficient for extremely large lists.

• The PyFlakes and PyLint steps no longer parse output in Buildbot log headers (bug #3337).

• GerritChangeSource is now less verbose by default, and has a debug option to enable the logs.

• P4Source no longer relies on the perforce server time to poll for new changes.

• The commit message for a change from P4Source now matches what the user typed in.

• Fix incompatibility with MySQL-5.7 (bug #3421)

• Fix incompatibility with postgresql driver psycopg2 (bug #3419, further regressions will be caught by travis)

• Made Interpolate safe for deepcopy or serialization/deserialization

• sqlite access is serialized in order to improve stability (bug #3565)

5.91.1.5. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Seamless upgrading between buildbot 0.8.12 and buildbot 0.9.0 is not supported. Users should start from a clean install but can reuse their config according to the Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 guide.

• BonsaiPoller is removed.

• buildbot.ec2buildslave is removed; use buildbot.buildslave.ec2 instead.

• buildbot.libvirtbuildslave is removed; use buildbot.buildslave.libvirt instead.

• buildbot.util.flatten flattens lists and tuples by default (previously only lists). Additionally, flattening something that isn’t the type to flatten has different behaviour. Previously, it would return the original value. Instead, it now returns an array with the original value as the sole element.

• buildbot.tac does not support print statements anymore. Such files should now use print as a function instead (see https://docs.python.org/3.0/whatsnew/3.0.html#print-is-a-function for more details). Note that this applies to both python2.x and python3.x runtimes.

• Deprecated workdir property has been removed, builddir property should be used instead.

• To support MySQL InnoDB, the size of six VARCHAR(256) columns changes.(author, branch, category, name); object_state.name; user.identifier was reduced to VARCHAR(255).

• StatusPush has been removed from buildbot.

  Please use the much simpler HttpStatusPush instead.

• Worker changes described in below worker section will probably impact a buildbot developer who uses undocumented ‘slave’ API. Undocumented APIs have been replaced without failover, so any custom code that uses it shall be updated with new undocumented API.

• Web server does not provide /png and /redirect anymore (bug #3357). This functionality is used to implement build status images. This should be easy to implement if you need it. One could port the old image generation code, or implement a redirection to http://shields.io/.

• Support of worker-side usePTY was removed from buildbot-worker. usePTY argument was removed from WorkerForBuilder and Worker classes.

• html is no longer permitted in ‘label’ attributes of forcescheduler parameters.

• public_html directory is not created anymore in buildbot create-master (it’s not used for some time already). Documentation was updated with suggestions to use third party web server for serving static file.

• usePTY default value has been changed from slave-config to None (use of slave-config will still work).

• /json web status was removed. Data API should be used instead.

WebStatus

The old, clunky WebStatus has been removed. You will like the new interface! RIP WebStatus, you were a good friend.

remove it and replace it with www configuration.

Requirements

• Support for python 2.6 was dropped from the master.

• Buildbot’s tests now require at least Mock-0.8.0.

• SQLAlchemy-Migrate-0.6.1 is no longer supported.

• Builder names are now restricted to unicode strings or ASCII bytestrings. Encoded bytestrings are not accepted.

Steps

• New-style steps are now the norm, and support for old-style steps is deprecated. Upgrade your steps to new-style now, as support for old-style steps will be dropped after Buildbot-0.9.0. See New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0 for details.

  • Status strings for old-style steps could be supplied through a wide variety of conflicting means (describe, description, descriptionDone, descriptionSuffix, getText, and setText, to name just a few). While all attempts have been made to maintain compatibility, you may find that the status strings for old-style steps have changed in this version. To fix steps that call setText, try setting the descriptionDone attribute directly, instead – or just rewrite the step in the new style.

• Old-style source steps (imported directly from buildbot.steps.source) are no longer supported on the master.

• The monotone source step got an overhaul and can now better manage its database (initialize and/or migrate it, if needed). In the spirit of monotone, buildbot now always keeps the database around, as it’s an append-only database.

Changes and Removals

• Buildslave names must now be 50-character identifier. Note that this disallows some common characters in bulidslave names, including spaces, /, and ..

• Builders now have “tags” instead of a category. Builders can have multiple tags, allowing more flexible builder displays.

• ForceScheduler has the following changes:

  • The default configuration no longer contains four AnyPropertyParameter instances.

  • Configuring codebases is now mandatory, and the deprecated branch, repository, project, revision are not supported anymore in ForceScheduler

  • buildbot.schedulers.forcesched.BaseParameter.updateFromKwargs now takes a collector parameter used to collect all validation errors

• Periodic, Nightly and NightlyTriggerable have the following changes:

  • The Periodic and Nightly schedulers can now consume changes and use onlyIfChanged and createAbsoluteTimestamps.

  • All “timed” schedulers now handle codebases the same way. Configuring codebases is strongly recommended. Using the branch parameter is discouraged.

• Logs are now stored as Unicode strings, and thus must be decoded properly from the bytestrings provided by shell commands. By default this encoding is assumed to be UTF-8, but the logEncoding parameter can be used to select an alternative. Steps and individual logfiles can also override the global default.

• The PB status service uses classes which have now been removed, and anyway is redundant to the REST API, so it has been removed. It has taken the following with it:

  • buildbot statuslog

  • buildbot statusgui (the GTK client)

  • buildbot debugclient

  The PBListener status listener is now deprecated and does nothing. Accordingly, there is no external access to status objects via Perspective Broker, aside from some compatibility code for the try scheduler.

  The debugPassword configuration option is no longer needed and is thus deprecated.

• The undocumented and un-tested TinderboxMailNotifier, designed to send emails suitable for the abandoned and insecure Tinderbox tool, has been removed.

• Buildslave info is no longer available via Interpolate and the SetSlaveInfo buildstep has been removed.

• The undocumented path parameter of the MasterShellCommand buildstep has been renamed workdir for better consistency with the other steps.

• The name and source of a Property have to be unicode or ascii string.

• Property values must be serializable in JSON.

• IRC has the following changes:

  • categories parameter is deprecated and removed. It should be replaced with tags=[cat]

  • noticeOnChannel parameter is deprecated and removed.

• workdir behavior has been unified:

  • workdir attribute of steps is now a property in BuildStep, and choose the workdir given following priority:

    • workdir of the step, if defined

    • workdir of the builder (itself defaults to ‘build’)

    • setDefaultWorkdir() has been deprecated, but is now behaving the same for all the steps: Setting self.workdir if not already set

• Trigger now has a getSchedulersAndProperties method that can ve overridden to support dynamic triggering.

• `master.cfg is now parsed from a thread. Previously it was run in the main thread, and thus slowing down the master in case of big config, or network access done to generate the config.

• SVNPoller’s svnurl parameter has been changed to repourl.

• Providing Latent AWS EC2 credentials by the .ec2/aws_id file is deprecated: Use the standard .aws/credentials file, instead.

5.91.1.6. Changes for Developers

• Botmaster no longer service parent for workers. Service parent functionality has been transferred to WorkerManager. It should be noted Botmaster no longer has a slaves field as it was moved to WorkerManager.

• The sourcestamp DB connector now returns a patchid field.

• Buildbot no longer polls the database for jobs. The db_poll_interval configuration parameter and the db key of the same name are deprecated and will be ignored.

• The interface for adding changes has changed. The new method is master.data.updates.addChange (implemented by addChange), although the old interface (master.addChange) will remain in place for a few versions. The new method:

  • returns a change ID, not a Change instance;

  • takes its when_timestamp argument as epoch time (UNIX time), not a datetime instance; and

  • does not accept the deprecated parameters who, isdir, is_dir, and when.

  • requires that all strings be unicode, not bytestrings.

  Please adjust any custom change sources accordingly.

• A new build status, CANCELLED, has been added. It is used when a step or build is deliberately cancelled by a user.

• This upgrade will delete all rows from the buildrequest_claims table. If you are using this table for analytical purposes outside of Buildbot, please back up its contents before the upgrade, and restore it afterward, translating object IDs to scheduler IDs if necessary. This translation would be very slow and is not required for most users, so it is not done automatically.

• All of the schedulers DB API methods now accept a schedulerid, rather than an objectid. If you have custom code using these methods, check your code and make the necessary adjustments.

• The addBuildsetForSourceStamp method has become addBuildsetForSourceStamps, and its signature has changed. The addBuildsetForSourceStampSetDetails method has become addBuildsetForSourceStampsWithDefaults, and its signature has changed. The addBuildsetForSourceStampDetails method has been removed. The addBuildsetForLatest method has been removed. It is equivalent to addBuildsetForSourceStampDetails with sourcestamps=None. These methods are not yet documented, and their interface is not stable. Consult the source code for details on the changes.

• The preStartConsumingChanges and startTimedSchedulerService hooks have been removed.

• The triggerable schedulers trigger method now requires a list of sourcestamps, rather than a dictionary.

• The SourceStamp class is no longer used. It remains in the codebase to support loading data from pickles on upgrade, but should not be used in running code.

• The BuildRequest class no longer has full source or sources attributes. Use the data API to get this information (which is associated with the buildset, not the build request) instead.

• The undocumented BuilderControl method submitBuildRequest has been removed.

• The debug client no longer supports requesting builds (the requestBuild method has been removed). If you have been using this method in production, consider instead creating a new change source, using the ForceScheduler, or using one of the try schedulers.

• The buildbot.misc.SerializedInvocation class has been removed; use buildbot.util.debounce.method instead.

• The progress attributes of both buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep and buildbot.process.build.Build have been removed. Subclasses should only be accessing the progress-tracking mechanics via the buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.setProgress method.

• The BuilderConfig nextSlave keyword argument takes a callable. This callable now receives BuildRequest instance in its signature as 3rd parameter. For retro-compatibility, all callable taking only 2 parameters will still work.

• properties object is now directly present in build, and not in build_status. This should not change much unless you try to access your properties via step.build.build_status. Remember that with PropertiesMixin, you can access properties via getProperties on the steps, and on the builds objects.

5.91.2. Slaves/Workers

5.91.2.1. Transition to “worker” terminology

Since version 0.9.0 of Buildbot “slave”-based terminology is deprecated in favor of “worker”-based terminology.

For details about public API changes see Transition to “worker” terminology in BuildBot 0.9.0, and Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b8 release notes.

• The buildbot-slave package has been renamed to buildbot-worker.

• Buildbot now requires import to be sorted using isort. Please run make isort before creating a PR or use any available editor plugin in order to reorder your imports.

5.91.2.2. Requirements

• buildbot-worker requires Python 2.6

5.91.2.3. Features

• The Buildbot worker now includes the number of CPUs in the information it supplies to the master on connection. This value is autodetected, but can be overridden with the --numcpus argument to buildslave create-worker.

• The DockerLatentWorker image attribute is now renderable (can take properties in account).

• The DockerLatentWorker sets environment variables describing how to connect to the master. Example dockerfiles can be found in https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-contrib/tree/master/master/contrib/docker.

• DockerLatentWorker now has a hostconfig parameter that can be used to setup host configuration when creating a new container.

• DockerLatentWorker now has a networking_config parameter that can be used to setup container networks.

• The DockerLatentWorker volumes attribute is now renderable.

5.91.2.4. Fixes

5.91.2.5. Changes for Developers

• EC2 Latent Worker upgraded from boto2 to boto3.

5.91.2.6. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• buildmaster and worker no longer supports old-style source steps.

• On Windows, if a ShellCommand step in which command was specified as a list is executed, and a list element is a string consisting of a single pipe character, it no longer creates a pipeline. Instead, the pipe character is passed verbatim as an argument to the program, like any other string. This makes command handling consistent between Windows and Unix-like systems. To have a pipeline, specify command as a string.

• Support for python 2.6 was dropped from the master.

• public_html directory is not created anymore in buildbot create-master (it’s not used for some time already). Documentation was updated with suggestions to use third party web server for serving static file.

• usePTY default value has been changed from slave-config to None (use of slave-config will still work).

• GithubStatusPush reporter was renamed to GitHubStatusPush.

• Worker commands version bumped to 3.0.

• Master/worker protocol has been changed:

  • slave_commands key in worker information was renamed to worker_commands.

  • getSlaveInfo remote method was renamed to getWorkerInfo.

  • slave-config value of usePTY is not supported anymore.

  • slavesrc command argument was renamed to workersrc in uploadFile and uploadDirectory commands.

  • slavedest command argument was renamed to workerdest in downloadFile command.

  • Previously deprecated WorkerForBuilder.remote_shutdown() remote command has been removed.

5.91.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.8.12..v0.9.0

5.92. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc4

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc4. This version was released on September 28, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.92.1. Master

5.92.1.1. Fixes

• Fix the UI to better adapt to different screen width (bug #3614)

• Add more REST api documentation (document /raw endpoints, and POST actions)

5.92.2. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0rc3..v0.9.0rc4

5.93. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc3

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc3. This version was released on September 14, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.93.1. Master

5.93.1.1. Features

• add tool to send usage data to buildbot.net buildbotNetUsageData

5.93.1.2. Fixes

• Publish python module buildbot.buildslave in the dist files

• Upgrade to guanlecoja 0.7 (for compatibility with node6)

• Fix invocation of trial on windows, with twisted 16+

• Fix rare issue which makes buildbot throw a exception when there is a sourcestamp with no change for a particular codebase.

5.93.2. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0rc2..v0.9.0rc3

5.94. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc2

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc2. This version was released on August 23, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.94.1. Master

5.94.1.1. Features

• add a UI button to allow to cancel the whole queue for a builder

5.94.1.2. Fixes

• fix the UI to allow to cancel a buildrequest (bug #3582)

• Fix BitbucketPullrequestPoller change detection

• Fix customization for template_type in email reporter

• fix DockerLatent integration of volumes mounting

• misc doc fixes

• fix buildbot not booting when builder tags contains duplicates

• forcesched: fix owner parameter when no authentication is used

• REST: fix problem with twisted 16 error reporting

• CORS: format errors according to API type

• Dockerfiles fix and upgrade Ubuntu to 16.04

• Fixes #3430 Increased size of builder identifier from 20 to 50 (brings it in line to size of steps and workers in same module).

• Fix missing VS2015 entry_points

• removed the restriction on twisted < 16.3.0 now that autobahn 0.16.0 fixed the issue

5.94.1.3. Changes for Developers

5.94.1.4. Features

5.94.1.5. Fixes

5.94.1.6. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• remove repo from worker code (obsoleted by repo master source step)

5.94.2. Worker

5.94.2.1. Fixes

5.94.2.2. Changes for Developers

5.94.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.94.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0rc1..v0.9.0rc2

5.95. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc1

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0rc1.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.95.1. Master

5.95.1.1. Features

• new HipchatStatusPush to report build results to Hipchat.

• new steps for Visual Studio 2015 (VS2015, VC14, and MsBuild14).

• The P4 step now obfuscates the password in status logs.

• Added support for specifying the depth of a shallow clone in Git.

• OpenStackLatentWorker now uses a single novaclient instance to not require re-authentication when starting or stopping instances.

• The dist parameter in RpmBuild is now renderable.

• new BitbucketStatusPush to report build results to a Bitbucket Cloud repository.

5.95.1.2. Fixes

• GerritStatusPush now includes build properties in the startCB and reviewCB functions. startCB now must return a dictionary.

• Fix TypeError exception with HgPoller if usetimestamps=False is used (bug #3562)

• Fix recovery upon master unclean kill or crash (bug #3564)

• sqlite access is serialized in order to improve stability (bug #3565)

• Docker latent worker has been fixed (bug #3571)

5.95.1.3. Changes for Developers

5.95.1.4. Features

5.95.1.5. Fixes

5.95.1.6. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Support for python 2.6 was dropped from the master.

• public_html directory is not created anymore in buildbot create-master (it’s not used for some time already). Documentation was updated with suggestions to use third party web server for serving static file.

• usePTY default value has been changed from slave-config to None (use of slave-config will still work).

• GithubStatusPush reporter was renamed to GitHubStatusPush.

5.95.2. Worker

5.95.2.1. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The buildbot-slave package has finished being renamed to buildbot-worker.

5.95.3. Worker

5.95.3.1. Fixes

• runGlob() uses the correct remote protocol for both CommandMixin and ComposititeStepMixin.

• Rename glob() to runGlob() in CommandMixin

5.95.3.2. Changes for Developers

• EC2 Latent Worker upgraded from boto2 to boto3.

5.95.3.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Worker commands version bumped to 3.0.

• Master/worker protocol has been changed:

  • slave_commands key in worker information was renamed to worker_commands.

  • getSlaveInfo remote method was renamed to getWorkerInfo.

  • slave-config value of usePTY is not supported anymore.

  • slavesrc command argument was renamed to workersrc in uploadFile and uploadDirectory commands.

  • slavedest command argument was renamed to workerdest in downloadFile command.

  • Previously deprecated WorkerForBuilder.remote_shutdown() remote command has been removed.

5.95.4. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b9..v0.9.0rc1

Note that Buildbot-0.8.11 was never released.

5.96. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b9

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b9 This version was released on May 10, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.96.1. Master

5.96.1.1. Features

• new GitLabStatusPush to report builds results to GitLab.

• buildbot stop now waits for complete buildmaster stop by default.

• New --no-wait argument for buildbot stop which allows not to wait for complete master shutdown.

• Builder page is now sorted by builder name

• LogViewer page now supports ANSI color codes, and is displayed white on black.

5.96.1.2. Changes for Developers

• Speed improvements for integration tests by use of SynchronousTestCase, and in-memory sqlite.

• Buildbot now requires import to be sorted using isort. Please run make isort before creating a PR or use any available editor plugin in order to reorder your imports.

5.96.1.3. Fixes

• OpenStackLatentWorker uses the novaclient API correctly now.

• The MsBuild4 and MsBuild12 steps work again (bug #2878).

• Scheduler changes are now identified by serviceid instead of objectid (bug #3532)

• Make groups optional in LdapUserInfo (bug #3511)

• Buildbot nine do not write pickles anymore in the master directory

• Fix build page to not display build urls, but rather directly the build-summary, which already contain the URL.

• UI Automatically reconnect on disconnection from the websocket. (bug #3462)

5.96.1.4. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The buildmaster now requires at least Twisted-14.0.1.

• The web ui has upgrade its web components dependencies to latest versions. This can impact web-ui plugin.

• Web server does not provide /png and /redirect anymore (bug #3357). This functionality is used to implement build status images. This should be easy to implement if you need it. One could port the old image generation code, or implement a redirection to http://shields.io/.

• Support of worker-side usePTY was removed from buildbot-worker. usePTY argument was removed from WorkerForBuilder and Worker classes.

• html is no longer permitted in ‘label’ attributes of forcescheduler parameters.

• LocalWorker now requires buildbot-worker package, instead of buildbot-slave.

• Collapse Request Functions now takes master as first argument. The previous callable contained too few data in order to be really usable. As collapseRequests has never been released outside of beta, backward compatibility with previous release has not been implemented.

• This is the last version of buildbot nine which supports python 2.6 for the master. Next version will drop python 2.6 support.

5.96.2. Worker

5.96.2.1. Fixes

• buildbot-worker script now outputs message to terminal.

• Windows helper script now called buildbot-worker.bat (was buildbot_worker.bat, notice underscore), so that buildbot-worker command can be used in virtualenv both on Windows and POSIX systems.

5.96.2.2. Changes for Developers

• SLAVEPASS environment variable is not removed in default-generated buildbot.tac. Environment variables are cleared in places where they are used (e.g. in Docker Latent Worker contrib scripts).

• Master-part handling has been removed from buildbot-worker log watcher (bug #3482).

• WorkerDetectedError exception type has been removed.

5.96.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b8..v0.9.0b9

5.97. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b8

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b8 This version was released on April 11, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.97.1. Master

5.97.1.1. Features

• GitPoller now has a buildPushesWithNoCommits option to allow the rebuild of already known commits on new branches.

• Add GitLab authentication plugin for web UI. See buildbot.www.oauth2.GitLabAuth.

• DockerLatentWorker now has a hostconfig parameter that can be used to setup host configuration when creating a new container.

• DockerLatentWorker now has a networking_config parameter that can be used to setup container networks.

• The DockerLatentWorker volumes attribute is now renderable.

• CMake build step is added. It provides a convenience interface to CMake build system.

• MySQL InnoDB tables are now supported.

• HttpStatusPush has been ported to reporter API.

• StashStatusPush has been ported to reporter API.

• GithubStatusPush has been ported to reporter API.

• summaryCB of GerritStatusPush now gets not only pre-processed information but the actual build as well.

• EC2LatentWorker supports VPCs, instance profiles, and advanced volume mounts.

5.97.1.2. Fixes

• Fix loading LdapUserInfo plugin and its documentation (bug #3371).

• Fix deprecation warnings seen with docker-py >= 1.4 when passing arguments to docker_client.start().

• GitHubEventHandler now uses the ['repository']['html_url'] key in the webhook payload to populate repository, as the previously used ['url'] and ['clone_url'] keys had a different format between push and pull requests and GitHub and GitHub Enterprise instances.

• Fix race condition where log compression could lead to empty log results in reporter api

• Error while applying db upgrade is now properly reported in the buildbot upgrade-master command line.

• Made Interpolate safe for deepcopy or serialization/deserialization

• Optimized UI REST requests for child builds and change page.

• Fix DockerLatentWorker use of volume parameter, they now properly manage src:dest syntax.

• Fix DockerLatentWorker to properly create properties so that docker parameters can be renderable.

• Lock down autobahn version for python 2.6 (note that autobahn and twisted are no longer supporting 2.6, and thus do not receive security fixes anymore).

• Fix docs and example to always use port 8020 for the web ui.

5.97.1.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Deprecated workdir property has been removed, builddir property should be used instead.

• To support MySQL InnoDB, the size of six VARCHAR(256) columns changes.(author, branch, category, name); object_state.name; user.identifier was reduced to VARCHAR(255).

• StatusPush has been removed from buildbot.

  Please use the much simpler HttpStatusPush instead.

5.97.1.4. Changes for Developers

Worker changes described in below worker section will probably impact a buildbot developer who uses undocumented ‘slave’ API. Undocumented APIs have been replaced without failover, so any custom code that uses it shall be updated with new undocumented API.

5.97.2. Worker

Package buildbot-slave is being renamed buildbot-worker. As the work is not completely finished, neither buildbot-slave==0.9.0b8 or buildbot-worker==0.9.0b8 have been released.

You can safely use any version of buildbot-slave with buildbot==0.9.0b8, either buildbot-slave==0.8.12 or buildbot-slave==0.9.0b7.

5.97.3. Transition to “worker” terminology

Since version 0.9.0 of Buildbot “slave”-based terminology is deprecated in favor of “worker”-based terminology.

For details about public API changes see Transition to “worker” terminology in BuildBot 0.9.0.

API changes done without providing fallback:

Old name	New name
buildbot.buildslave.manager	buildbot.worker.manager
buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveRegistration	buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerRegistration
buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveRegistration.buildslave	buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerRegistration.worker
buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveManager	buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager
buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveManager.slaves	buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager.workers
buildbot.buildslave.manager.BuildslaveManager.getBuildslaveByName	buildbot.worker.manager.WorkerManager.getWorkerByName
buildbot.buildslave.docker.DockerLatentBuildSlave	buildbot.worker.docker.DockerLatentWorker
buildbot.buildslave.local.LocalBuildSlave	buildbot.worker.local.LocalWorker
buildbot.buildslave.local.LocalBuildSlave.LocalBuildSlaveFactory	buildbot.worker.local.LocalWorker.LocalWorkerFactory
buildbot.buildslave.local.LocalBuildSlave.remote_slave	buildbot.worker.local.LocalWorker.remote_worker
buildbot.buildslave.base module with all contents	buildbot.worker.base
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.updateSlave	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.updateWorker
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.slavebuilders	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.workerforbuilders
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.updateSlaveStatus	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.updateWorkerStatus
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractLatentBuildSlave.updateSlave	buildbot.worker.AbstractLatentWorker.updateWorker
buildbot.buildslave.BuildSlave.slave_status	buildbot.worker.Worker.worker_status
buildbot.config.MasterConfig.load_slaves	load_workers
buildbot.master.BuildMaster.buildslaves	buildbot.master.BuildMaster.workers
buildbot.process.build.Build.slavebuilder	workerforbuilder
buildbot.process.build.Build.setSlaveEnvironment	setWorkerEnvironment
buildbot.process.build.Build.slaveEnvironment	workerEnvironment
buildbot.process.build.Build.getSlaveCommandVersion	getWorkerCommandVersion
buildbot.process.build.Build.setupSlaveBuilder	setupWorkerForBuilder
buildbot.process.builder.Build.canStartWithSlavebuilder	canStartWithWorkerForBuilder
buildbot.process.slavebuilder.AbstractSlaveBuilder.getSlaveCommandVersion	buildbot.process.workerforbuilder.AbstractWorkerForBuilder.getWorkerCommandVersion
buildbot.process.slavebuilder.AbstractSlaveBuilder.attached method argument slave was renamed	worker
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.slave_commands	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.worker_commands
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.slave_environ	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.worker_environ
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.slave_basedir	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.worker_basedir
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.slave_system	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.worker_system
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.buildslaveid	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.workerid
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.addSlaveBuilder	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.addWorkerForBuilder
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.removeSlaveBuilder	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.removeWorkerForBuilder
buildbot.buildslave.AbstractBuildSlave.messageReceivedFromSlave	buildbot.worker.AbstractWorker.messageReceivedFromWorker
buildbot.process.slavebuilder.LatentSlaveBuilder constructor positional argument slave was renamed	worker
buildbot.process.buildrequestdistributor.BasicBuildChooser.nextSlave	nextWorker
buildbot.process.buildrequestdistributor.BasicBuildChooser.slavepool	workerpool
buildbot.process.buildrequestdistributor.BasicBuildChooser.preferredSlaves	preferredWorkers
buildbot.process.buildrequestdistributor.BasicBuildChooser.rejectedSlaves	rejectedSlaves
buildbot.steps.shell.ShellCommand.slaveEnvironment (Note: this variable is renderable)	buildbot.steps.shell.ShellCommand.workerEnvironment
buildbot.status.slave	buildbot.status.worker
buildbot.status.slave.SlaveStatus	buildbot.status.worker.WorkerStatus
buildbot.interfaces.IStatusReceiver.slaveConnected with all implementations	buildbot.interfaces.IStatusReceiver.workerConnected
buildbot.interfaces.IStatusReceiver.slaveDisconnected with all implementations	buildbot.interfaces.IStatusReceiver.workerDisconnected
buildbot.status.master.Status.slaveConnected	buildbot.status.master.Status.workerConnected
buildbot.status.master.Status.slaveDisconnected	buildbot.status.master.Status.workerDisconnected
buildbot.status.master.Status.slavePaused	buildbot.status.master.Status.workerPaused
buildbot.status.master.Status.slaveUnpaused	buildbot.status.master.Status.workerUnpaused
buildbot.status.master.Status.buildslaves	buildbot.status.master.Status.workers
buildbot.status.base.StatusReceiverBase.slavePaused	buildbot.status.base.StatusReceiverBase.workerPaused
buildbot.status.base.StatusReceiverBase.slaveUnpaused	buildbot.status.base.StatusReceiverBase.workerUnpaused
buildbot.interfaces.IStatus.getSlaveNames with all implementations	buildbot.interfaces.IStatus.getWorkerNames
buildbot.interfaces.IStatus.getSlave with all implementations	buildbot.interfaces.IStatus.getWorker
buildbot.interfaces.IBuildStatus.getSlavename with all implementations	buildbot.interfaces.IBuildStatus.getWorkername
buildbot.status.build.BuildStatus.setSlavename	buildbot.status.build.BuildStatus.setWorkername
buildbot.status.build.BuildStatus.slavename	buildbot.status.build.BuildStatus.workername (also it was moved from class static attribute to instance attribute)
buildbot.interfaces.IBuilderStatus.getSlaves with all implementations	buildbot.interfaces.IBuilderStatus.getWorkers
buildbot.status.builder.BuilderStatus.slavenames	buildbot.status.builder.BuilderStatus.workernames
buildbot.status.builder.BuilderStatus.setSlavenames	buildbot.status.builder.BuilderStatus.setWorkernames
buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster.slaveLost	buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster.workerLost
buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster.getBuildersForSlave	buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster.getBuildersForWorker
buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster.maybeStartBuildsForSlave	buildbot.process.botmaster.BotMaster.maybeStartBuildsForWorker
buildbot.locks.RealSlaveLock	buildbot.locks.RealWorkerLock
buildbot.locks.RealSlaveLock.maxCountForSlave	buildbot.locks.RealWorkerLock.maxCountForWorker
buildbot.protocols.base.Connection constructor positional argument buildslave was renamed	worker
buildbot.protocols.base.Connection.buidslave	buildbot.protocols.base.Connection.worker
buildbot.protocols.base.Connection.remoteGetSlaveInfo	buildbot.protocols.base.Connection.remoteGetWorkerInfo
buildbot.protocols.pb.Connection constructor positional argument buildslave was renamed	worker

Other changes done without providing fallback:

• Functions argument buildslaveName renamed to workerName.

• Loop variables, local variables, helper functions:

  Old name	New name
  s	w or worker
  sl	w or worker
  bs (“buildslave”)	w
  sb	wfb (“worker for builder”)
  bs1(), bs2()	w1(), w2()
  bslave	worker
  BS1_NAME, BS1_ID, BS1_INFO	W1_NAME, W1_ID, W1_INFO

• In buildbot.config.BuilderConfig.getConfigDict result 'slavenames' key changed to 'workernames'; 'slavebuilddir' key changed to 'workerbuilddir'; 'nextSlave' key changed to 'nextWorker'.

• buildbot.process.builder.BuilderControl.ping now generates ["ping", "no worker"] event, instead of ["ping", "no slave"].

• buildbot.plugins.util.WorkerChoiceParameter (previously BuildslaveChoiceParameter) label was changed from Build slave to Worker.

• buildbot.plugins.util.WorkerChoiceParameter (previously BuildslaveChoiceParameter) default name was changed from slavename to workername.

• buildbot.status.builder.SlaveStatus fallback was removed. SlaveStatus was moved to buildbot.status.builder.slave previously, and now it’s buildbot.status.worker.WorkerStatus.

• buildbot.status.status_push.StatusPush events generation changed (this module will be completely removed in 0.9.x):

  • instead of slaveConnected with data slave=... now generated workerConnected event with data worker=...;

  • instead of slaveDisconnected with data slavename=... now generated workerDisconnected with data workername=...;

  • instead of slavePaused with data slavename=... now generated workerPaused event with data workername=...;

  • instead of slaveUnpaused with data slavename=... now generated workerUnpaused event with data workername=...;

• buildbot.status.build.BuildStatus.asDict returns worker name under 'worker' key, instead of 'slave' key.

• buildbot.status.builder.BuilderStatus.asDict returns worker names under 'workers' key, instead of 'slaves' key.

• Definitely privately used “slave”-named variables and attributes were renamed, including tests modules, classes and methods.

5.97.3.1. Database

Database API changes done without providing fallback.

Old name	New name
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.getBuildslaves (rewritten in nine) and buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.getBuildslave (introduced in nine) results uses instead of 'slaveinfo' key	'workerinfo' key
buildbot.db.model.Model.buildslaves	buildbot.db.model.Model.workers
buildbot.db.model.Model.configured_buildslaves	buildbot.db.model.Model.configured_workers
buildbot.db.model.Model.connected_buildslaves	buildbot.db.model.Model.connected_workers
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.findBuildslaveId (introduced in nine)	buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.findWorkerId
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.deconfigureAllBuidslavesForMaster (introduced in nine, note typo Buidslaves)	buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.deconfigureAllWorkersForMaster
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveConfigured (introduced in nine)	buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.workerConfigured
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveConfigured method argument buildslaveid was renamed (introduced in nine)	workerid
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.getBuildslave	buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.getWorker
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.getBuildslaves method argument _buildslaveid was renamed (introduced in nine)	_workerid
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveConnected (introduced in nine)	buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.workerConnected
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveConnected method argument slaveinfo was renamed (introduced in nine)	workerinfo
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveConnected method argument buildslaveid was renamed (introduced in nine)	workerid
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveDisconnected (introduced in nine)	buildbot.db.workers.WorkersConnectorComponent.workerDisconnected
buildbot.db.buildslaves.BuildslavesConnectorComponent.buildslaveDisconnected method argument buildslaveid was renamed (introduced in nine)	workerid
buildbot.db.builds.BuildsConnectorComponent.getBuilds method argument buildslaveid was renamed (introduced in nine)	workerid
buildbot.db.builds.BuildsConnectorComponent.addBuild method argument buildslaveid was renamed (introduced in nine)	workerid
buildbot.reporters.message.MessageFormatter template variable slavename	workername

5.97.3.2. Data API

Python API changes:

Old name	New name
buildbot.data.buildslaves	workers
buildbot.data.buildslaves.BuildslaveEndpoint	WorkerEndpoint
buildbot.data.buildslaves.BuildslavesEndpoint	WorkersEndpoint
buildbot.data.buildslaves.Buildslave	Worker
buildbot.data.buildslaves.Buildslave.buildslaveConfigured	workerConfigured
buildbot.data.buildslaves.Buildslave.findBuildslaveId	findWorkerId
buildbot.data.buildslaves.Buildslave.buildslaveConnected	workerConnected
buildbot.data.buildslaves.Buildslave.buildslaveDisconnected	workerDisconnected
buildbot.data.buildslaves.Buildslave.deconfigureAllBuidslavesForMaster	deconfigureAllWorkersForMaster
buildslaveid in function arguments and API specification	workerid
slaveinfo in function arguments and API specification	workerinfo

Changed REST endpoints:

Old name	New name
/buildslaves	/workers
/buildslaves/n:buildslaveid	/workers/n:workerid
/buildslaves/n:buildslaveid/builds	/workers/n:workerid/builds
/buildslaves/:buildslaveid/builds/:buildid	/workers/:workerid/builds/:buildid
/masters/n:masterid/buildslaves	/masters/n:masterid/workers
/masters/n:masterid/buildslaves/n:buildslaveid	/masters/n:masterid/workers/n:workerid
/masters/n:masterid/builders/n:builderid/buildslaves	/masters/n:masterid/builders/n:builderid/workers
/masters/n:masterid/builders/n:builderid/buildslaves/n:buildslaveid	/masters/n:masterid/builders/n:builderid/workers/n:workerid
/builders/n:builderid/buildslaves	/builders/n:builderid/workers
/builders/n:builderid/buildslaves/n:buildslaveid	/builders/n:builderid/workers/n:workerid

Changed REST object keys:

Old name	New name
buildslaveid	workerid
slaveinfo	workerinfo
buildslave	worker
buildslaves	workers

data_module version bumped from 1.2.0 to 2.0.0.

5.97.3.3. Web UI

In base web UI (www/base) and Material Design web UI (www/md_base) all “slave”-named messages and identifiers were renamed to use “worker” names and new REST API endpoints.

5.97.3.4. MQ layer

buildslaveid key in messages were replaced with workerid.

5.97.4. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b7..v0.9.0b8

5.98. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b7

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b7 This version was released on February 14, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.98.1. Master

5.98.1.1. Features

5.98.1.2. Fixes

• Fix incompatibility with MySQL-5.7 (bug #3421)

• Fix incompatibility with postgresql driver psycopg2 (bug #3419, further regressions will be caught by travis)

• Fix regressions in forcescheduler UI (bug #3416, bug #3418, bug #3422)

5.98.1.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The buildbot Python dist now (finally) requires SQLAlchemy-0.8.0 or later and SQLAlchemy-Migrate-0.9.0 or later. While the old pinned versions (0.7.10 and 0.7.2, respectively) still work, this compatibility is no longer tested and this configuration should be considered deprecated.

5.98.1.4. Changes for Developers

5.98.2. Slave

5.98.2.1. Features

5.98.2.2. Fixes

5.98.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.98.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b6..v0.9.0b7

5.99. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b6

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b6 This version was released on January 20, 2016.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.99.1. Master

5.99.1.1. Features

• Builders ui page has improved tag filtering capabilities

• Home page enhanced with the list of recent builds sorted by builder

• IRC reporter has been partially ported to work on data api.

5.99.1.2. Fixes

• better stability and reliability in the UI thanks to switch to buildbot data-module

• fix irc

5.99.1.3. Changes for Developers

• properties object is now directly present in build, and not in build_status. This should not change much unless you try to access your properties via step.build.build_status. Remember that with PropertiesMixin, you can access properties via getProperties on the steps, and on the builds objects.

• Javascript Data Module is now integrated, which sets a definitive API for accessing buildbot data in angularJS UI.

5.99.2. Slave

5.99.2.1. Features

• The DockerLatentBuildSlave image attribute is now renderable (can take properties in account).

• The DockerLatentBuildSlave sets environment variables describing how to connect to the master. Example dockerfiles can be found in https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-contrib/tree/master/master/contrib/docker.

5.99.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b5..v0.9.0b6

5.100. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b5

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b5. This version was released on October 21, 2015.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.100.1. Master

This version addresses http://trac.buildbot.net/wiki/SecurityAlert090b4 by preventing dissemination of hook information via the web UI.

This also reverts the addition of the frontend data service in 0.9.0b4, as that contained many bugs. It will be re-landed in a subsequent release.

5.100.2. Slave

No changes.

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b4..0.9.0b5

5.101. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b4

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b4 This version was released on October 20, 2015.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.101.1. Master

This version is very similar to 0.9.0b3, re-released due to issues with PyPI uploads.

5.101.1.1. Changes for Developers

• The data API’s startConsuming method has been removed. Instead of calling this method with a data API path, call self.master.mq.startConsuming with an appropriate message routing pattern.

5.101.2. Slave

No changes since 0.9.0b3.

5.101.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b3..v0.9.0b4

5.102. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b3

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b3. This version was released on October 18, 2015.

See Upgrading to Buildbot 0.9.0 for a guide to upgrading from 0.8.x to 0.9.x

5.102.1. Master

5.102.1.1. Features

• The irc command hello now returns ‘Hello’ in a random language if invoked more than once.

• Triggerable now accepts a reason parameter.

• GerritStatusPush now accepts a builders parameter.

• StatusPush callback now receives build results (success/failure/etc) with the buildFinished event.

• There’s a new renderable type, Transform.

• Buildbot now supports wamp as a mq backend. This allows to run a multi-master configuration. See MQ Specification.

5.102.1.2. Fixes

• The PyFlakes and PyLint steps no longer parse output in Buildbot log headers (bug #3337).

• GerritChangeSource is now less verbose by default, and has a debug option to enable the logs.

• P4Source no longer relies on the perforce server time to poll for new changes.

• The commit message for a change from P4Source now matches what the user typed in.

5.102.1.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The buildbot.status.results module no longer exists and has been renamed to buildbot.process.results.

5.102.2. Slave

5.102.2.1. Features

• The Buildbot slave now includes the number of CPUs in the information it supplies to the master on connection. This value is autodetected, but can be overridden with the --numcpus argument to buildslave create-slave.

5.102.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b2..v0.9.0b3

5.103. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b2

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b2. Buildbot 0.9.0b2 was released on August, 2 2015.

5.103.1. Master

5.103.1.1. Features

• Mercurial hook was updated and modernized. It is no longer necessary to fork. One can now extend PYTHONPATH via the hook configuration. Among others, it permits to use a buildbot virtualenv instead of installing buildbot in all the system. Added documentation inside the hook. Misc. clean-up and reorganization in order to make the code a bit more readable.

• UI templates can now be customizable. You can provide html or jade overrides to the www plugins, to customize the UI

• UI side bar is now fixed by default for large screens.

5.103.1.2. Fixes

• Fix setup for missing www.hooks module

• Fix setup to install only on recents version of pip (>=1.4). This prevents unexpected upgrade to nine from people who just use pip install -U buildbot

• Fix a crash in the git hook.

• Add checks to enforce slavenames are identifiers.

5.103.1.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.103.1.4. Changes for Developers

• The BuilderConfig nextSlave keyword argument takes a callable. This callable now receives BuildRequest instance in its signature as 3rd parameter. For retro-compatibility, all callable taking only 2 parameters will still work.

• Data api provides a way to query the build list per slave.

• Data api provides a way to query some build properties in a build list.

5.103.2. Slave

• buildbot-slave now requires Python 2.6

5.103.2.1. Features

• Schedulers: the codebases parameter can now be specified in a simple list-of-strings form.

5.103.2.2. Fixes

• Fix two race conditions in the integration tests

5.103.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Providing Latent AWS EC2 credentials by the .ec2/aws_id file is deprecated: Use the standard .aws/credentials file, instead.

5.103.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.9.0b1..v0.9.0b2

5.104. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b1

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.9.0b1. Buildbot 0.9.0b1 was released on the 25th of June, 2015.

5.104.1. Master

This version represents a refactoring of Buildbot into a consistent, well-defined application composed of loosely coupled components. The components are linked by a common database backend and a messaging system. This allows components to be distributed across multiple build masters. It also allows the rendering of complex web status views to be performed in the browser, rather than on the buildmasters.

The branch looks forward to committing to long-term API compatibility, but does not reach that goal. The Buildbot-0.9.x series of releases will give the new APIs time to “settle in” before we commit to them. Commitment will wait for Buildbot-1.0.0 (as per http://semver.org). Once Buildbot reaches version 1.0.0, upgrades will become much easier for users.

To encourage contributions from a wider field of developers, the web application is designed to look like a normal AngularJS application. Developers familiar with AngularJS, but not with Python, should be able to start hacking on the web application quickly. The web application is “pluggable”, so users who develop their own status displays can package those separately from Buildbot itself.

Other goals:

• An approachable HTTP REST API, used by the web application but available for any other purpose.

• A high degree of coverage by reliable, easily-modified tests.

• “Interlocking” tests to guarantee compatibility. For example, the real and fake DB implementations must both pass the same suite of tests. Then no unseen difference between the fake and real implementations can mask errors that will occur in production.

5.104.1.1. Requirements

The buildbot package requires Python 2.6 or higher – Python 2.5 is no longer supported. The buildbot-slave package requires Python 2.5 or higher – Python 2.4 is no longer supported.

No additional software or systems, aside from some minor Python packages, are required.

But the devil is in the details:

• If you want to do web development, or build the buildbot-www package, you’ll need Node. It’s an Angular app, and that’s how such apps are developed. We’ve taken pains to not make either a requirement for users - you can simply ‘pip install’ buildbot-www and be on your way. This is the case even if you’re hacking on the Python side of Buildbot.

• For a single master, nothing else is required.

Minor Python Packages

• Buildbot requires at least Twisted-11.0.0.

• Buildbot works python-dateutil >= 1.5

5.104.1.2. Known Limitations of 0.9.0b1

The following feature will be implemented for Buildbot 0.9.1 Milestone.

• Multimaster is not supported as of Buildbot 0.9.0.

• Not all status plugin are converted to the new reporter API. Only email and Gerrit reporters are fully supported. Irc support is limited, and not converted to reporter api

5.104.1.3. Features

Buildbot-0.9.0 introduces the Data API, a consistent and scalable method for accessing and updating the state of the Buildbot system. This API replaces the existing, ill-defined Status API, which has been removed. Buildbot-0.9.0 introduces new WWW Server Interface using websocket for realtime updates. Buildbot code that interacted with the Status API (a substantial portion!) has been rewritten to use the Data API. Individual features and improvements to the Data API are not described on this page.

• Buildbot now supports plugins. They allow Buildbot to be extended by using components distributed independently from the main code. They also provide for a unified way to access all components. When previously the following construction was used:

  from buildbot.kind.other.bits import ComponentClass
  
  ... ComponentClass ...
  

  the following construction achieves the same result:

  from buildbot.plugins import kind
  
  ... kind.ComponentClass ...
  

  Kinds of components that are available this way are described in Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot.

  Note

  While the components can be still directly imported as buildbot.kind.other.bits, this might not be the case after Buildbot v1.0 is released.

• Both the P4 source step and P4 change source support ticket-based authentication.

• OpenStack latent slaves now support block devices as a bootable volume.

• Add new Cppcheck step.

• Add a new Docker latent BuildSlave.

• Add a new configuration for creating custom services in out-of-tree CI systems or plugins. See buildbot.util.service.BuildbotService

• Add try_ssh configuration file setting and --ssh command line option for the try tool to specify the command to use for connecting to the build master.

• GitHub change hook now supports application/json format.

• Add support for dynamically adding steps during a build. See Dynamic Build Factories.

• GitPoller now supports detecting new branches

• Git supports an “origin” option to give a name to the remote repo.

5.104.1.4. Reporters

Status plugins have been moved into the reporters namespace. Their API has slightly to changed in order to adapt to the new data API. See respective documentation for details.

• GerritStatusPush renamed to GerritStatusPush

• MailNotifier renamed to MailNotifier

• MailNotifier argument messageFormatter should now be a MessageFormatter, due to removal of data api, custom message formatters need to be rewritten.

• MailNotifier argument previousBuildGetter is not supported anymore

• Gerrit supports specifying an SSH identity file explicitly.

• Added StashStatusPush status hook for Atlassian Stash

• MailNotifier no longer forces SSL 3.0 when useTls is true.

• GerritStatusPush callbacks slightly changed signature, and include a master reference instead of a status reference.

• GitHubStatus now accepts a context parameter to be passed to the GitHub Status API.

• Buildbot UI introduces branch new Authentication, and Authorizations framework.

  Please look at their respective guide in WWW Server

5.104.1.5. Fixes

• Buildbot is now compatible with SQLAlchemy 0.8 and higher, using the newly-released SQLAlchemy-Migrate.

• The version check for SQLAlchemy-Migrate was fixed to accept more version string formats.

• The HTTPStep step’s request parameters are now renderable.

• With Git(), force the updating submodules to ensure local changes by the build are overwritten. This both ensures more consistent builds and avoids errors when updating submodules.

• Buildbot is now compatible with Gerrit v2.6 and higher.

  To make this happen, the return result of reviewCB and summaryCB callback has changed from

  (message, verified, review)
  

  to

  {'message': message,
   'labels': {'label-name': value,
             ...
             }
  }
  

  The implications are:

  • there are some differences in behaviour: only those labels that were provided will be updated

  • Gerrit server must be able to provide a version, if it can’t the GerritStatusPush will not work

  Note

  If you have an old style reviewCB and/or summaryCB implemented, these will still work, however there could be more labels updated than anticipated.

  More detailed information is available in GerritStatusPush section.

• P4Source’s server_tz parameter now works correctly.

• The revlink in changes produced by the Bitbucket hook now correctly includes the changes/ portion of the URL.

• PBChangeSource’s git hook https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-contrib/tree/master/master/contrib/git_buildbot.py now supports git tags

  A pushed git tag generates a change event with the branch property equal to the tag name. To schedule builds based on buildbot tags, one could use something like this:

  c['schedulers'].append(
     SingleBranchScheduler(name='tags',
        change_filter=filter.ChangeFilter(
           branch_re='v[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+(?:-pre|rc[0-9]+|p[0-9]+)?')
        treeStableTimer=None,
        builderNames=['tag_build']))
  

• Missing “name” and “email” properties received from Gerrit are now handled properly

• Fixed bug which made it impossible to specify the project when using the BitBucket dialect.

• The PyLint step has been updated to understand newer output.

• Fixed SVN master-side source step: if a SVN operation fails, the repository end up in a situation when a manual intervention is required. Now if SVN reports such a situation during initial check, the checkout will be clobbered.

• The build properties are now stored in the database in the build_properties table.

• The list of changes in the build page now displays all the changes since the last successful build.

• GitHub change hook now correctly responds to ping events.

• buildbot.steps.http steps now correctly have url parameter renderable

• When no arguments are used buildbot checkconfig now uses buildbot.tac to locate the master config file.

• buildbot.util.flatten now correctly flattens arbitrarily nested lists. buildbot.util.flattened_iterator provides an iterable over the collection which may be more efficient for extremely large lists.

5.104.1.6. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• BonsaiPoller is removed.

• buildbot.ec2buildslave is removed; use buildbot.buildslave.ec2 instead.

• buildbot.libvirtbuildslave is removed; use buildbot.buildslave.libvirt instead.

• buildbot.util.flatten flattens lists and tuples by default (previously only lists). Additionally, flattening something that isn’t the type to flatten has different behaviour. Previously, it would return the original value. Instead, it now returns an array with the original value as the sole element.

• buildbot.tac does not support print statements anymore. Such files should now use print as a function instead (see https://docs.python.org/3.0/whatsnew/3.0.html#print-is-a-function for more details). Note that this applies to both python2.x and python3.x runtimes.

WebStatus

The old, clunky WebStatus has been removed. You will like the new interface! RIP WebStatus, you were a good friend.

remove it and replace it with www configuration.

Requirements

• Buildbot’s tests now require at least Mock-0.8.0.

• SQLAlchemy-Migrate-0.6.1 is no longer supported.

• Builder names are now restricted to unicode strings or ASCII bytestrings. Encoded bytestrings are not accepted.

Steps

• New-style steps are now the norm, and support for old-style steps is deprecated. Such support will be removed in the next release.

  • Status strings for old-style steps could be supplied through a wide variety of conflicting means (describe, description, descriptionDone, descriptionSuffix, getText, and setText, to name just a few). While all attempts have been made to maintain compatibility, you may find that the status strings for old-style steps have changed in this version. To fix steps that call setText, try setting the descriptionDone attribute directly, instead – or just rewrite the step in the new style.

• Old-style source steps (imported directly from buildbot.steps.source) are no longer supported on the master.

• The monotone source step got an overhaul and can now better manage its database (initialize and/or migrate it, if needed). In the spirit of monotone, buildbot now always keeps the database around, as it’s an append-only database.

Changes and Removals

• Buildslave names must now be 50-character identifier. Note that this disallows some common characters in bulidslave names, including spaces, /, and ..

• Builders now have “tags” instead of a category. Builders can have multiple tags, allowing more flexible builder displays.

• ForceScheduler has the following changes:

  • The default configuration no longer contains four AnyPropertyParameter instances.

  • Configuring codebases is now mandatory, and the deprecated branch, repository, project, revision are not supported anymore in ForceScheduler

  • buildbot.schedulers.forcesched.BaseParameter.updateFromKwargs now takes a collector parameter used to collect all validation errors

• Periodic, Nightly and NightlyTriggerable have the following changes:

  • The Periodic and Nightly schedulers can now consume changes and use onlyIfChanged and createAbsoluteTimestamps.

  • All “timed” schedulers now handle codebases the same way. Configuring codebases is strongly recommended. Using the branch parameter is discouraged.

• Logs are now stored as Unicode strings, and thus must be decoded properly from the bytestrings provided by shell commands. By default this encoding is assumed to be UTF-8, but the logEncoding parameter can be used to select an alternative. Steps and individual logfiles can also override the global default.

• The PB status service uses classes which have now been removed, and anyway is redundant to the REST API, so it has been removed. It has taken the following with it:

  • buildbot statuslog

  • buildbot statusgui (the GTK client)

  • buildbot debugclient

  The PBListener status listener is now deprecated and does nothing. Accordingly, there is no external access to status objects via Perspective Broker, aside from some compatibility code for the try scheduler.

  The debugPassword configuration option is no longer needed and is thus deprecated.

• The undocumented and un-tested TinderboxMailNotifier, designed to send emails suitable for the abandoned and insecure Tinderbox tool, has been removed.

• Buildslave info is no longer available via Interpolate and the SetSlaveInfo buildstep has been removed.

• The undocumented path parameter of the MasterShellCommand buildstep has been renamed workdir for better consistency with the other steps.

• The name and source of a Property have to be unicode or ascii string.

• Property values must be serializable in JSON.

• IRC has the following changes:

  • categories parameter is deprecated and removed. It should be replaced with tags=[cat]

  • noticeOnChannel parameter is deprecated and removed.

• workdir behavior has been unified:

  • workdir attribute of steps is now a property in BuildStep, and choose the workdir given following priority:

    • workdir of the step, if defined

    • workdir of the builder (itself defaults to ‘build’)

    • setDefaultWorkdir() has been deprecated, but is now behaving the same for all the steps: Setting self.workdir if not already set

• Trigger now has a getSchedulersAndProperties method that can ve overridden to support dynamic triggering.

• `master.cfg is now parsed from a thread. Previously it was run in the main thread, and thus slowing down the master in case of big config, or network access done to generate the config.

• SVNPoller’s svnurl parameter has been changed to repourl.

5.104.1.7. Changes for Developers

• Botmaster no longer service parent for buildslaves. Service parent functionality has been transferred to BuildslaveManager. It should be noted Botmaster no longer has a slaves field as it was moved to BuildslaveManager.

• The sourcestamp DB connector now returns a patchid field.

• Buildbot no longer polls the database for jobs. The db_poll_interval configuration parameter and the db key of the same name are deprecated and will be ignored.

• The interface for adding changes has changed. The new method is master.data.updates.addChange (implemented by addChange), although the old interface (master.addChange) will remain in place for a few versions. The new method:

  • returns a change ID, not a Change instance;

  • takes its when_timestamp argument as epoch time (UNIX time), not a datetime instance; and

  • does not accept the deprecated parameters who, isdir, is_dir, and when.

  • requires that all strings be unicode, not bytestrings.

  Please adjust any custom change sources accordingly.

• A new build status, CANCELLED, has been added. It is used when a step or build is deliberately cancelled by a user.

• This upgrade will delete all rows from the buildrequest_claims table. If you are using this table for analytical purposes outside of Buildbot, please back up its contents before the upgrade, and restore it afterward, translating object IDs to scheduler IDs if necessary. This translation would be very slow and is not required for most users, so it is not done automatically.

• All of the schedulers DB API methods now accept a schedulerid, rather than an objectid. If you have custom code using these methods, check your code and make the necessary adjustments.

• The addBuildsetForSourceStamp method has become addBuildsetForSourceStamps, and its signature has changed. The addBuildsetForSourceStampSetDetails method has become addBuildsetForSourceStampsWithDefaults, and its signature has changed. The addBuildsetForSourceStampDetails method has been removed. The addBuildsetForLatest method has been removed. It is equivalent to addBuildsetForSourceStampDetails with sourcestamps=None. These methods are not yet documented, and their interface is not stable. Consult the source code for details on the changes.

• The preStartConsumingChanges and startTimedSchedulerService hooks have been removed.

• The triggerable schedulers’ trigger method now requires a list of sourcestamps, rather than a dictionary.

• The SourceStamp class is no longer used. It remains in the codebase to support loading data from pickles on upgrade, but should not be used in running code.

• The BuildRequest class no longer has full source or sources attributes. Use the data API to get this information (which is associated with the buildset, not the build request) instead.

• The undocumented BuilderControl method submitBuildRequest has been removed.

• The debug client no longer supports requesting builds (the requestBuild method has been removed). If you have been using this method in production, consider instead creating a new change source, using the ForceScheduler, or using one of the try schedulers.

• The buildbot.misc.SerializedInvocation class has been removed; use buildbot.util.debounce.method instead.

• The progress attributes of both buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep and buildbot.process.build.Build have been removed. Subclasses should only be accessing the progress-tracking mechanics via the buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep.setProgress method.

5.104.2. Slave

5.104.2.1. Features

5.104.2.2. Fixes

5.104.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• buildmaster and buildslave no longer supports old-style source steps.

• On Windows, if a ShellCommand step in which command was specified as a list is executed, and a list element is a string consisting of a single pipe character, it no longer creates a pipeline. Instead, the pipe character is passed verbatim as an argument to the program, like any other string. This makes command handling consistent between Windows and Unix-like systems. To have a pipeline, specify command as a string.

5.104.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.8.10..v0.9.0b1

5.105. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.8.11

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.8.11. This version was released on the 20th of April, 2015.

5.105.1. Master

Requirements:

• Buildbot works python-dateutil >= 1.5

5.105.1.1. Features

• GitHub change hook now supports application/json format.

• Buildbot is now compatible with Gerrit v2.6 and higher.

  To make this happen, the return result of reviewCB and summaryCB callback has changed from

  (message, verified, review)
  

  to

  {'message': message,
   'labels': {'label-name': value,
             ...
             }
  }
  

  The implications are:

  • there are some differences in behaviour: only those labels that were provided will be updated

  • Gerrit server must be able to provide a version, if it can’t the GerritStatusPush will not work

  Note

  If you have an old style reviewCB and/or summaryCB implemented, these will still work, however there could be more labels updated than anticipated.

  More detailed information is available in GerritStatusPush section.

• Buildbot now supports plugins. They allow Buildbot to be extended by using components distributed independently from the main code. They also provide for a unified way to access all components. When previously the following construction was used:

  from buildbot.kind.other.bits import ComponentClass
  
  ... ComponentClass ...
  

  the following construction achieves the same result:

  from buildbot.plugins import kind
  
  ... kind.ComponentClass ...
  

  Kinds of components that are available this way are described in Plugin Infrastructure in Buildbot.

  Note

  While the components can be still directly imported as buildbot.kind.other.bits, this might not be the case after Buildbot v1.0 is released.

• GitPoller now supports detecting new branches

• MasterShellCommand now renders the path argument.

• ShellMixin: the workdir can now be overridden in the call to makeRemoteShellCommand.

• GitHub status target now allows to specify a different base URL for the API (usefule for GitHub enterprise installations). This feature requires txgithub of version 0.2.0 or better.

• GitHub change hook now supports payload validation using shared secret, see the GitHub hook documentation for details.

• Added StashStatusPush status hook for Atlassian Stash

• Builders can now have multiple “tags” associated with them. Tags can be used in various status classes as filters (eg, on the waterfall page).

• MailNotifier no longer forces SSL 3.0 when useTls is true.

• GitHub change hook now supports function as codebase argument.

• GitHub change hook now supports pull_request events.

• Trigger: the getSchedulersAndProperties customization method has been backported from Nine. This provides a way to dynamically specify which schedulers (and the properties for that scheduler) to trigger at runtime.

5.105.1.2. Fixes

• GitHub change hook now correctly responds to ping events.

• buildbot.steps.http steps now correctly have url parameter renderable

• MasterShellCommand now correctly logs the working directory where it was run.

• With Git(), force the updating submodules to ensure local changes by the build are overwritten. This both ensures more consistent builds and avoids errors when updating submodules.

• With Git(), make sure ‘git submodule sync’ is called before ‘git submodule update’ to update stale remote urls (bug #2155).

5.105.1.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The builder parameter “category” is deprecated and is replaced by a parameter called “tags”.

5.105.1.4. Changes for Developers

• Trigger: createTriggerProperties now takes one argument (the properties to generate).

• Trigger: getSchedulers method is no longer used and was removed.

5.105.2. Slave

5.105.2.1. Features

5.105.2.2. Fixes

5.105.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.105.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.8.10..532cf49

5.106. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.8.10

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.8.10. Buildbot 0.8.10 was released on the 2nd of December, 2014.

5.106.1. Master

5.106.1.1. Features

• Both the P4 source step and P4 change source support ticket-based authentication.

• Clickable ‘categories’ links added in ‘Waterfall’ page (web UI).

5.106.1.2. Fixes

• Buildbot is now compatible with SQLAlchemy 0.8 and higher, using the newly-released SQLAlchemy-Migrate.

• The HTTPStep step’s request parameters are now renderable.

• Fixed content spoofing vulnerabilities (bug #2589).

• Fixed cross-site scripting in status_json (bug #2943).

• GerritStatusPush supports specifying an SSH identity file explicitly.

• Fixed bug which made it impossible to specify the project when using the BitBucket dialect.

• Fixed SVN master-side source step: if a SVN operation fails, the repository end up in a situation when a manual intervention is required. Now if SVN reports such a situation during initial check, the checkout will be clobbered.

• Fixed master-side source steps to respect the specified timeout when removing files.

5.106.1.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.106.1.4. Changes for Developers

5.106.2. Slave

5.106.2.1. Features

5.106.2.2. Fixes

5.106.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.106.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.8.9..eight

5.107. Release Notes for Buildbot 0.8.9

The following are the release notes for Buildbot 0.8.9. Buildbot 0.8.9 was released on 14 June, 2014.

5.107.1. Master

5.107.1.1. Features

• The following optional parameters have been added to EC2LatentBuildSlave

  • Boolean parameter spot_instance, default False, creates a spot instance.

  • Float parameter max_spot_price defines the maximum bid for a spot instance.

  • List parameter volumes, takes a list of (volume_id, mount_point) tuples.

  • String parameter placement is appended to the region parameter, e.g. region='us-west-2', placement='b' will result in the spot request being placed in us-west-2b.

  • Float parameter price_multiplier specifies the percentage bid above the 24-hour average spot price.

  • Dict parameter tags specifies AWS tags as key/value pairs to be applied to new instances.

  With spot_instance=True, an EC2LatentBuildSlave will attempt to create a spot instance with the provided spot price, placement, and so on.

• The web hooks now include support for Bitbucket, GitLab and Gitorious.

• The GitHub webhook has been updated to work with v3 of the GitHub webhook API.

• The GitHub webhook can now optionally ignore non-distinct commits (bug #1861).

• The HgPoller and GitPoller now split filenames on newlines, rather than whitespace, so files containing whitespace are handled correctly.

• Add ‘pollAtLaunch’ flag for polling change sources. This allows a poller to poll immediately on launch and get changes that occurred while it was down.

• Added the BitbucketPullrequestPoller changesource.

• The GitPoller can now be configured to poll all available branches (pull request 1010).

• The P4Source changesource now supports Perforce servers in a different timezone than the buildbot master (pull request 728).

• Each Scheduler type can now take a ‘reason’ argument to customize the reason it uses for triggered builds.

• A new argument createAbsoluteSourceStamps has been added to SingleBranchScheduler for use with multiple codebases.

• A new argument createAbsoluteSourceStamps has been added to Nightly for use with multiple codebases.

• The Periodic scheduler now supports codebases.

• The ForceScheduler now takes a buttonName argument to specify the name of the button on the force-build form.

• Master side source checkout steps now support patches (bug #2098). The Git and Mercurial steps use their inbuilt commands to apply patches (bug #2563).

• Master side source checkout steps now support retry option (bug #2465).

• Master-side source checkout steps now respond to the “stop build” button (bug #2356).

• Git source checkout step now supports reference repositories.

• The Git step now uses the git clean option -f twice, to also remove untracked directories managed by another git repository. See bug #2560.

• The branch and codebase arguments to the Git step are now renderable.

• Gerrit integration with Git Source step on master side (bug #2485).

• P4 source step now supports more advanced options.

• The master-side SVN step now supports authentication for mode=export, fixing bug #2463.

• The SVN step will now canonicalize URL’s before matching them for better accuracy.

• The SVN step now obfuscates the password in status logs, fixing bug #2468.

• SVN source step and ShellCommand now support password obfuscation. (bug #2468 and bug #1748).

• CVS source step now checks for “sticky dates” from a previous checkout before updating an existing source directory.

• :Repo now supports a depth flag when initializing the repo. This controls the amount of git history to download.

• The manifestBranch of the bb:step:Repo step is now renderable

• New source step Monotone added on master side.

• New source step Darcs added on master side.

• A new Robocopy step is available for Windows builders (pull request 728).

• The attributes description, descriptionDone and descriptionSuffix have been moved from ShellCommand to its superclass BuildStep so that any class that inherits from BuildStep can provide a suitable description of itself.

• A new FlattenList Renderable has been added which can flatten nested lists.

• Added new build steps for VC12, VS2013 and MsBuild12.

• The mode parameter of the VS steps is now renderable (bug #2592).

• The HTTPStep step can make arbitrary HTTP requests from the master, allowing communication with external APIs. This new feature requires the optional txrequests and requests Python packages.

• A new MultipleFileUpload step was added to allow uploading several files (or directories) in a single step.

• Information about the buildslaves (admin, host, etc) is now persisted in the database and available even if the slave is not connected.

• Buildslave info can now be retrieved via Interpolate and a new SetSlaveInfo buildstep.

• The GNUAutotools factory now has a reconf option to run autoreconf before ./configure.

• Builder configurations can now include a description, which will appear in the web UI to help humans figure out what the builder does.

• The WebStatus builder page can now filter pending/current/finished builds by property parameters of the form ?property.<name>=<value>.

• The WebStatus StatusResourceBuilder page can now take the maxsearch argument

• The WebStatus has a new authz “view” action that allows you to require users to logged in to view the WebStatus.

• The WebStatus now shows revisions (+ codebase) where it used to simply say “multiple rev”.

• The Console view now supports codebases.

• The web UI for Builders has been updated:

  • shows the build ‘reason’ and ‘interested users’

  • shows sourcestamp information for builders that use multiple codebases (instead of the generic “multiple rev” placeholder that was shown before).

• The waterfall and atom/rss feeds can be filtered with the project url parameter.

• The WebStatus Authorization support now includes a view action which can be used to restrict read-only access to the Buildbot instance.

• The web status now has options to cancel some or all pending builds.

• The WebStatus now interprets ANSI color codes in stdio output.

• It is now possible to select categories to show in the waterfall help

• The web status now automatically scrolls output logs (pull request 1078).

• The web UI now supports a PNG Status Resource that can be accessed publicly from for example README.md files or wikis or whatever other resource. This view produces an image in PNG format with information about the last build for the given builder name or whatever other build number if is passed as an argument to the view.

• Revision links for commits on SouceForge (Allura) are now automatically generated.

• The ‘Rebuild’ button on the web pages for builds features a dropdown to choose whether to rebuild from exact revisions or from the same sourcestamps (ie, update branch references)

• Build status can be sent to GitHub. Depends on txgithub package. See GitHubStatusPush and GitHub Commit Status.

• The IRC bot of IRC will, unless useRevisions is set, shorten long lists of revisions printed when a build starts; it will only show two, and the number of additional revisions included in the build.

• A new argument summaryCB has been added to GerritStatusPush, to allow sending one review per buildset. Sending a single “summary” review per buildset is now the default if neither summaryCB nor reviewCB are specified.

• The comments field of changes is no longer limited to 1024 characters on MySQL and Postgres. See bug #2367 and pull request 736.

• HTML log files are no longer stored in status pickles (pull request 1077)

• Builds are now retried after a slave is lost (pull request 1049).

• The buildbot status client can now access a build properties via the getProperties call.

• The start, restart, and reconfig commands will now wait for longer than 10 seconds as long as the master continues producing log lines indicating that the configuration is progressing.

• Added new config option protocols which allows to configure multiple protocols on single master.

• RemoteShellCommands can be killed by SIGTERM with the sigtermTime parameter before resorting to SIGKILL (bug #751). If the slave’s version is less than 0.8.9, the slave will kill the process with SIGKILL regardless of whether sigtermTime is supplied.

• Introduce an alternative way to deploy Buildbot and try the pyflakes tutorial using Docker.

• Added zsh and bash tab-completions support for ‘buildbot’ command.

• An example of a declarative configuration is included in master/contrib/SimpleConfig.py, with copious comments.

• Systemd unit files for Buildbot are available in the https://github.com/buildbot/buildbot-contrib/tree/master/master/contrib/ directory.

• We’ve added some extra checking to make sure that you have a valid locale before starting buildbot (#2608).

5.107.1.2. Forward Compatibility

In preparation for a more asynchronous implementation of build steps in Buildbot 0.9.0, this version introduces support for new-style steps. Existing old-style steps will continue to function correctly in Buildbot 0.8.x releases and in Buildbot 0.9.0, but support will be dropped soon afterward. See New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0, below, for guidance on rewriting existing steps in this new style. To eliminate ambiguity, the documentation for this version only reflects support for new-style steps. Refer to the documentation for previous versions for information on old-style steps.

5.107.1.3. Fixes

• Fixes an issue where GitPoller sets the change branch to refs/heads/master - which isn’t compatible with Git (pull request 1069).

• Fixed an issue where the Git and CVS source steps silently changed the workdir to 'build' when the ‘copy’ method is used.

• The CVS source step now respects the timeout parameter.

• The Git step now uses the git submodule update option –init when updating the submodules of an existing repository, so that it will receive any newly added submodules.

• The web status no longer relies on the current working directory, which is not set correctly by some initscripts, to find the templates/ directory (bug #2586).

• The Perforce source step uses the correct path separator when the master is on Windows and the build slave is on a POSIX OS (pull request 1114).

• The source steps now correctly interpolate properties in env.

• GerritStatusPush now supports setting scores with Gerrit 2.6 and newer

• The change hook no longer fails when passing unicode to change_hook_auth (pull request 996).

• The source steps now correctly interpolate properties in env.

• Whitespace is properly handled for StringParameter, so that appropriate validation errors are raised for required parameters (pull request 1084).

• Fix a rare case where a buildtep might fail from a GeneratorExit exception (pull request 1063).

• Fixed an issue where UTF-8 data in logs caused RSS feed exceptions (bug #951).

• Fix an issue with unescaped author names causing invalid RSS feeds (bug #2596).

• Fixed an issue with pubDate format in feeds.

• Fixed an issue where the step text value could cause a TypeError in the build detail page (pull request 1061).

• Fix failures where git clean fails but could be clobbered (pull request 1058).

• Build step now correctly fails when the git clone step fails (pull request 1057).

• Fixed a race condition in slave shutdown (pull request 1019).

• Now correctly unsubscribes StatusPush from status updates when reconfiguring (pull request 997).

• Fixes parsing git commit messages that are blank.

• Git no longer fails when work dir exists but isn’t a checkout (bug #2531).

• The haltOnFailure and flunkOnFailure attributes of ShellCommand are now renderable. (bug #2486).

• The rotateLength and maxRotatedFile arguments are no longer treated as strings in buildbot.tac. This fixes log rotation. The upgrade_master command will notify users if they have this problem.

• Buildbot no longer specifies a revision when pulling from a mercurial (bug #438).

• The WebStatus no longer incorrectly refers to fields that might not be visible.

• The GerritChangeSource now sets a default author, fixing an exception that occurred when Gerrit didn’t report an owner name/email.

• Respects the RETRY status when an interrupt occurs.

• Fixes an off-by-one error when the tryclient is finding the current git branch.

• Improve the Mercurial source stamp extraction in the try client.

• Fixes some edge cases in timezone handling for python < 2.7.4 (bug #2522).

• The EC2LatentBuildSlave will now only consider available AMI’s.

• Fixes a case where the first build runs on an old slave instead of a new one after reconfig (bug #2507).

• The e-mail address validation for the MailNotifier status receiver has been improved.

• The --db parameter of buildbot create-master is now validated.

• No longer ignores default choice for ForceScheduler list parameters

• Now correctly handles BuilderConfig(..., mergeRequests=False) (bug #2555).

• Now excludes changes from sourcestamps when they aren’t in the DB (bug #2554).

• Fixes a compatibility issue with HPCloud in the OpenStack latent slave.

• Allow _ as a valid character in JSONP callback names.

• Fix build start time retrieval in the WebStatus grid view.

• Increase the length of the DB fields changes.comments and buildset_properties.property_value.

5.107.1.4. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The slave-side source steps are deprecated in this version of Buildbot, and master-side support will be removed in a future version. Please convert any use of slave-side steps (imported directly from buildbot.steps.source, rather than from a specific module like buildbot.steps.source.svn) to use master-side steps.

• Both old-style and new-style steps are supported in this version of Buildbot. Upgrade your steps to new-style now, as support for old-style steps will be dropped after Buildbot-0.9.0. See New-Style Build Steps in Buildbot 0.9.0 for details.

  • The LoggingBuildStep class has been deprecated, and support will be removed along with support for old-style steps after the Buildbot-0.9.0 release. Instead, subclass BuildStep and mix in ShellMixin to get similar behavior.

• slavePortnum option deprecated, please use c['protocols']['pb']['port'] to set up PB port

• The buildbot.process.mtrlogobserver module have been renamed to buildbot.steps.mtrlogobserver.

• The buildmaster now requires at least Twisted-11.0.0.

• The buildmaster now requires at least sqlalchemy-migrate 0.6.1.

• The hgbuildbot Mercurial hook has been moved to contrib/, and does not work with recent versions of Mercurial and Twisted. The runtimes for these two tools are incompatible, yet hgbuildbot attempts to run both in the same Python interpreter. Mayhem ensues.

• The try scheduler’s --connect=ssh method no longer supports waiting for results (--wait).

• The former buildbot.process.buildstep.RemoteCommand class and its subclasses are now in buildbot.process.remotecommand, although imports from the previous path will continue to work. Similarly, the former buildbot.process.buildstep.LogObserver class and its subclasses are now in buildbot.process.logobserver, although imports from the previous path will continue to work.

• The undocumented BuildStep method checkDisconnect is deprecated and now does nothing as the handling of disconnects is now handled in the failed method. Any custom steps adding this method as a callback or errback should no longer do so.

• The build step MsBuild is now called MsBuild4 as multiple versions are now supported. An alias is provided so existing setups will continue to work, but this will be removed in a future release.

5.107.1.5. Changes for Developers

• The CompositeStepMixin now provides a runGlob method to check for files on the slave that match a given shell-style pattern.

• The BuilderStatus now allows you to pass a filter_fn argument to generateBuilds.

5.107.2. Slave

5.107.2.1. Features

• Added zsh and bash tab-completions support for ‘buildslave’ command.

• RemoteShellCommands accept the new sigtermTime parameter from master. This allows processes to be killed by SIGTERM before resorting to SIGKILL (bug #751)

• Commands will now throw a ValueError if mandatory args are not present.

• Added a new remote command GlobPath that can be used to call Python’s glob.glob on the slave.

5.107.2.2. Fixes

• Fixed an issue when buildstep stop() was raising an exception incorrectly if timeout for buildstep wasn’t set or was None (see pull request 753) thus keeping watched logfiles open (this prevented their removal on Windows in subsequent builds).

• Fixed a bug in P4 source step where the timeout parameter was ignored.

• Fixed a bug in P4 source step where using a custom view-spec could result in failed syncs due to incorrectly generated command-lines.

• The logwatcher will use /usr/xpg4/bin/tail on Solaris, it if is available (pull request 1065).

5.107.2.3. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.107.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.8.8..v0.8.9

5.108. Release Notes for Buildbot v0.8.8

The following are the release notes for Buildbot v0.8.8 Buildbot v0.8.8 was released on August 22, 2013

5.108.1. Master

5.108.1.1. Features

• The MasterShellCommand step now correctly handles environment variables passed as list.

• The master now poll the database for pending tasks when running buildbot in multi-master mode.

• The algorithm to match build requests to slaves has been rewritten pull request 615. The new algorithm automatically takes locks into account, and will not schedule a build only to have it wait on a lock. The algorithm also introduces a canStartBuild builder configuration option which can be used to prevent a build request being assigned to a slave.

• buildbot stop and buildbot restart now accept --clean to stop or restart the master cleanly (allowing all running builds to complete first).

• The IRC bot now supports clean shutdown and immediate shutdown by using the command ‘shutdown’. To allow the command to function, you must provide allowShutdown=True.

• CopyDirectory has been added.

• BuildslaveChoiceParameter has been added to provide a way to explicitly choose a buildslave for a given build.

• default.css now wraps preformatted text by default.

• Slaves can now be paused through the web status.

• The latent buildslave support is less buggy, thanks pull request 646.

• The treeStableTimer for AnyBranchScheduler now maintains separate timers for separate branches, codebases, projects, and repositories.

• SVN has a new option preferLastChangedRev=True to use the last changed revision for got_revision

• The build request DB connector method getBuildRequests can now filter by branch and repository.

• A new SetProperty step has been added in buildbot.steps.master which can set a property directly without accessing the slave.

• The new LogRenderable step logs Python objects, which can contain renderables, to the logfile. This is helpful for debugging property values during a build.

• ‘buildbot try’ now has an additional option –property option to set properties. Unlike the existing option –properties option, this new option supports setting only a single property and therefore allows commas to be included in the property name and value.

• The Git step has a new config option, which accepts a dict of git configuration options to pass to the low-level git commands. See Git for details.

• In ShellCommand ShellCommand now validates its arguments during config and will identify any invalid arguments before a build is started.

• The list of force schedulers in the web UI is now sorted by name.

• OpenStack-based Latent Buildslave support was added. See pull request 666.

• Master-side support for P4 is available, and provides a great deal more flexibility than the old slave-side step. See pull request 596.

• Master-side support for Repo is available. The step parameters changed to camelCase. repo_downloads, and manifest_override_url properties are no longer hardcoded, but instead consult as default values via renderables. Renderable are used in favor of callables for syncAllBranches and updateTarball.

• Builder configurations can now include a description, which will appear in the web UI to help humans figure out what the builder does.

• GNUAutoconf and other pre-defined factories now work correctly (bug #2402)

• The pubDate in RSS feeds is now rendered correctly (bug #2530)

5.108.1.2. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The split_file function for SVNPoller may now return a dictionary instead of a tuple. This allows it to add extra information about a change (such as project or repository).

• The workdir build property has been renamed to builddir. This change accurately reflects its content; the term “workdir” means something different. workdir is currently still supported for backwards compatibility, but will be removed eventually.

• The Blocker step has been removed.

• Several polling ChangeSources are now documented to take a pollInterval argument, instead of pollinterval. The old name is still supported.

• StatusReceivers’ checkConfig method should no longer take an errors parameter. It should indicate errors by calling error.

• Build steps now require that their name be a string. Previously, they would accept anything, but not behave appropriately.

• The web status no longer displays a potentially misleading message, indicating whether the build can be rebuilt exactly.

• The SetProperty step in buildbot.steps.shell has been renamed to SetPropertyFromCommand.

• The EC2 and libvirt latent slaves have been moved to buildbot.buildslave.ec2 and buildbot.buildslave.libirt respectively.

• Pre v0.8.7 versions of buildbot supported passing keyword arguments to buildbot.process.BuildFactory.addStep, but this was dropped. Support was added again, while still being deprecated, to ease transition.

5.108.1.3. Changes for Developers

• Added an optional build start callback to buildbot.status.status_gerrit.GerritStatusPush This release includes the fix for bug #2536.

• An optional startCB callback to GerritStatusPush can be used to send a message back to the committer. See the linked documentation for details.

• bb:sched:ChoiceStringParameter has a new method getChoices that can be used to generate content dynamically for Force scheduler forms.

5.108.2. Slave

5.108.2.1. Features

• The fix for Twisted bug #5079 is now applied on the slave side, too. This fixes a perspective broker memory leak in older versions of Twisted. This fix was added on the master in Buildbot-0.8.4 (see bug #1958).

• The --nodaemon option to buildslave start now correctly prevents the slave from forking before running.

5.108.2.2. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

5.108.3. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the git log itself:

git log v0.8.7..v0.8.8

5.109. Release Notes for Buildbot v0.8.7

The following are the release notes for Buildbot v0.8.7. Buildbot v0.8.7 was released on September 22, 2012. Buildbot 0.8.7p1 was released on November 21, 2012.

5.109.1. 0.8.7p1

In addition to what’s listed below, the 0.8.7p1 release adds the following.

• The SetPropertiesFromEnv step now correctly gets environment variables from the slave, rather than those set on the master. Also, it logs the changes made to properties.

• The master-side Git source step now doesn’t try to clone a branch called HEAD. This is what git does by default, and specifying it explicitly doesn’t work as expected.

• The Git step properly deals with the case when there is a file called FETCH_HEAD in the checkout.

• Buildbot no longer forks when told not to daemonize.

• Buildbot’s startup is now more robust. See bug #1992.

• The Trigger step uses the provided list of source stamps exactly, if given, instead of adding them to the sourcestamps of the current build. In 0.8.7, they were combined with the source stamps for the current build.

• The Trigger step again completely ignores the source stamp of the current build, if alwaysUseLatest is set. In 0.8.7, this was mistakenly changed to only ignore the specified revision of the source stamp.

• The Triggerable scheduler is again properly passing changes through to the scheduled builds. See bug #2376.

• Web change hooks log errors, allowing debugging.

• The base change hook now properly decodes the provided date.

• CVSMailDir has been fixed.

• Importing buildbot.test no longer causes python to exit, if mock isn’t installed. The fixes pydoc -k when buildbot is installed.

• Mercurial properly updates to the correct branch, when using inrepo branches.

• Buildbot now doesn’t fail on invalid UTF-8 in a number of places.

• Many documentation updates and fixes.

5.109.2. Master

5.109.2.1. Features

• Buildbot now supports building projects composed of multiple codebases. New schedulers can aggregate changes to multiple codebases into source stamp sets (with one source stamp for each codebase). Source steps then check out each codebase as required, and the remainder of the build process proceeds normally. See the Multiple-Codebase Builds for details.

  • The format of the got_revision property has changed for multi-codebase builds. It is now a dictionary keyed by codebase.

• Source and ShellCommand steps now have an optional descriptionSuffix, a suffix to the description/descriptionDone values. For example this can help distinguish between multiple Compile steps that are applied to different codebases.

• The Git step has a new getDescription option, which will run git describe after checkout normally. See Git for details.

• A new interpolation placeholder Interpolate, with more regular syntax, is available.

• A new ternary substitution operator :? and :#? is available with the Interpolate class.

• IRenderable.getRenderingFor can now return a deferred.

• The Mercurial hook now supports multiple masters. See pull request 436.

• There’s a new poller for Mercurial: HgPoller.

• The new HTPasswdAprAuth uses libaprutil (through ctypes) to validate the password against the hash from the .htpasswd file. This adds support for all hash types htpasswd can generate.

• GitPoller has been rewritten. It now supports multiple branches and can share a directory between multiple pollers. It is also more resilient to changes in configuration, or in the underlying repository.

• Added a new property httpLoginUrl to buildbot.status.web.authz.Authz to render a nice Login link in WebStatus for unauthenticated users if useHttpHeader and httpLoginUrl are set.

• ForceScheduler has been updated:

  • support for multiple codebases via the codebases parameter

  • NestedParameter to provide a logical grouping of parameters.

  • CodebaseParameter to set the branch/revision/repository/project for a codebase

  • new HTML/CSS customization points. Each parameter is contained in a row with multiple ‘class’ attributes associated with them (eg, ‘force-string’ and ‘force-nested’) as well as a unique id to use with Javascript. Explicit line-breaks have been removed from the HTML generator and are now controlled using CSS.

• The SVNPoller now supports multiple projects and codebases. See pull request 443.

• The MailNotifier now takes a callable to calculate the “previous” build for purposes of determining status changes. See pull request 489.

• The copy_properties parameter, given a list of properties to copy into the new build request, has been deprecated in favor of explicit use of set_properties.

5.109.2.2. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Buildbot master now requires at least Python-2.5 and Twisted-9.0.0.

• Passing a BuildStep subclass (rather than instance) to addStep is no longer supported. The addStep method now takes exactly one argument.

• Buildbot master requires python-dateutil version 1.5 to support the Nightly scheduler.

• ForceScheduler has been updated to support multiple codebases. The branch/revision/repository/project are deprecated; if you have customized these values, simply provide them as codebases=[CodebaseParameter(name='', ...)].

  • The POST URL names for AnyPropertyParameter fields have changed. For example, ‘property1name’ is now ‘property1_name’, and ‘property1value’ is now ‘property1_value’. Please update any bookmarked or saved URL’s that used these fields.

  • forcesched.BaseParameter API has changed quite a bit and is no longer backwards compatible. Updating guidelines:

    • get_from_post is renamed to getFromKwargs

    • update_from_post is renamed to updateFromKwargs. This function’s parameters are now called via named parameters to allow subclasses to ignore values it doesn’t use. Subclasses should add **unused for future compatibility. A new parameter sourcestampset is provided to allow subclasses to modify the sourcestamp set, and will probably require you to add the **unused field.

• The parameters to the callable version of build.workdir have changed. Instead of a single sourcestamp, a list of sourcestamps is passed. Each sourcestamp in the list has a different codebase

• The undocumented renderable _ComputeRepositoryURL is no longer imported to buildbot.steps.source. It is still available at buildbot.steps.source.oldsource.

• IProperties.render now returns a deferred, so any code rendering properties by hand will need to take this into account.

• baseURL has been removed in SVN to use just repourl - see bug #2066. Branch info should be provided with Interpolate.

  from buildbot.steps.source.svn import SVN
  factory.append(SVN(baseURL="svn://svn.example.org/svn/"))
  

  can be replaced with

  from buildbot.process.properties import Interpolate
  from buildbot.steps.source.svn import SVN
  factory.append(SVN(repourl=Interpolate("svn://svn.example.org/svn/%(src::branch)s")))
  

  and

  from buildbot.steps.source.svn import SVN
  factory.append(SVN(baseURL="svn://svn.example.org/svn/%%BRANCH%%/project"))
  

  can be replaced with

  from buildbot.process.properties import Interpolate
  from buildbot.steps.source.svn import SVN
  factory.append(SVN(repourl=Interpolate(
      "svn://svn.example.org/svn/%(src::branch)s/project")))
  

  and

  from buildbot.steps.source.svn import SVN
  factory.append(SVN(baseURL="svn://svn.example.org/svn/", defaultBranch="branches/test"))
  

  can be replaced with

  from buildbot.process.properties import Interpolate
  from buildbot.steps.source.svn import SVN
  factory.append(SVN(repourl=Interpolate(
      "svn://svn.example.org/svn/%(src::branch:-branches/test)s")))
  

• The P4Sync step, deprecated since 0.8.5, has been removed. The P4 step remains.

• The fetch_spec argument to GitPoller is no longer supported. GitPoller now only downloads branches that it is polling, so specifies a refspec itself.

• The format of the changes produced by SVNPoller has changed: directory pathnames end with a forward slash. This allows the split_file function to distinguish between files and directories. Customized split functions may need to be adjusted accordingly.

• FlattenList has been deprecated in favor of Interpolate. Interpolate doesn’t handle functions as keyword arguments. The following code using WithProperties

  from buildbot.process.properties import WithProperties
  def determine_foo(props):
      if props.hasProperty('bar'):
          return props['bar']
      elif props.hasProperty('baz'):
          return props['baz']
      return 'qux'
  WithProperties('%(foo)s', foo=determine_foo)
  

  can be replaced with

  from zope.interface import implementer
  from buildbot.interfaces import IRenderable
  from buildbot.process.properties import Interpolate
  @implementer(IRenderable)
  class determineFoo(object):
      def getRenderingFor(self, props):
          if props.hasProperty('bar'):
              return props['bar']
          elif props.hasProperty('baz'):
              return props['baz']
          return 'qux'
  Interpolate('%s(kw:foo)s', foo=determineFoo())
  

5.109.2.3. Changes for Developers

• BuildStep.start can now optionally return a deferred and any errback will be handled gracefully. If you use inlineCallbacks, this means that unexpected exceptions and failures raised will be captured and logged and the build shut down normally.

• The helper methods getState and setState from BaseScheduler have been factored into buildbot.util.state.StateMixin for use elsewhere.

5.109.3. Slave

5.109.3.1. Features

5.109.3.2. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• The P4Sync step, deprecated since 0.8.5, has been removed. The P4 step remains.

5.109.4. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the Git log itself:

git log v0.8.6..v0.8.7

5.109.5. Older Versions

Release notes for older versions of Buildbot are available in the master/docs/relnotes/ directory of the source tree. Starting with version 0.8.6, they are also available under the appropriate version at http://buildbot.net/buildbot/docs.

5.110. Release Notes for Buildbot v0.8.6p1

The following are the release notes for Buildbot v0.8.6p1. Buildbot v0.8.6 was released on March 11, 2012. Buildbot v0.8.6p1 was released on March 25, 2012.

5.110.1. 0.8.6p1

In addition to what’s listed below, the 0.8.6p1 release adds the following.

• Builders are no longer displayed in the order they were configured. This was never intended behavior, and will become impossible in the distributed architecture planned for Buildbot-0.9.x. As of 0.8.6p1, builders are sorted naturally: lexically, but with numeric segments sorted numerically.

• Slave properties in the configuration are now handled correctly.

• The web interface buttons to cancel individual builds now appear when configured.

• The ForceScheduler’s properties are correctly updated on reconfig - bug #2248.

• If a slave is lost while waiting for locks, it is properly cleaned up - bug #2247.

• Crashes when adding new steps to a factory in a reconfig are fixed - bug #2252.

• MailNotifier AttributeErrors are fixed - bug #2254.

• Cleanup from failed builds is improved - bug #2253.

5.110.2. Master

• If you are using the GitHub hook, carefully consider the security implications of allowing un-authenticated change requests, which can potentially build arbitrary code. See bug #2186.

5.110.2.1. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• Forced builds now require that a ForceScheduler be defined in the Buildbot configuration. For compatible behavior, this should look like:

  from buildbot.schedulers.forcesched import ForceScheduler
  c['schedulers'].append(ForceScheduler(
                          name="force",
                          builderNames=["b1", "b2", ... ]))
  

  Where all of the builder names in the configuration are listed. See the documentation for the much more flexible configuration options now available.

• This is the last release of Buildbot that will be compatible with Python 2.4. The next version will minimally require Python-2.5. See bug #2157.

• This is the last release of Buildbot that will be compatible with Twisted-8.x.y. The next version will minimally require Twisted-9.0.0. See bug #2182.

• buildbot start no longer invokes make if a Makefile.buildbot exists. If you are using this functionality, consider invoking make directly.

• The buildbot sendchange option --username has been removed as promised in bug #1711.

• StatusReceivers’ checkConfig method should now take an additional errors parameter and call its addError method to indicate errors.

• The Gerrit status callback now gets an additional parameter (the master status). If you use this callback, you will need to adjust its implementation.

• SQLAlchemy-Migrate version 0.6.0 is no longer supported.

• Older versions of SQLite which could limp along for previous versions of Buildbot are no longer supported. The minimum version is 3.4.0, and 3.7.0 or higher is recommended.

• The master-side Git step now checks out ‘HEAD’ by default, rather than master, which translates to the default branch on the upstream repository. See pull request 301.

• The format of the repository strings created by hgbuildbot has changed to contain the entire repository URL, based on the web.baseurl value in hgrc. To continue the old (incorrect) behavior, set hgbuildbot.baseurl to an empty string as suggested in the Buildbot manual.

• Master Side SVN Step has been corrected to properly use --revision when alwaysUseLatest is set to False when in the full mode. See bug #2194

• Master Side SVN Step parameter svnurl has been renamed repourl, to be consistent with other master-side source steps.

• Master Side Mercurial step parameter baseURL has been merged with repourl parameter. The behavior of the step is already controlled by branchType parameter, so just use a single argument to specify the repository.

• Passing a buildbot.process.buildstep.BuildStep subclass (rather than instance) to buildbot.process.factory.BuildFactory.addStep has long been deprecated, and will be removed in version 0.8.7.

• The hgbuildbot tool now defaults to the ‘inrepo’ branch type. Users who do not explicitly set a branch type would previously have seen empty branch strings, and will now see a branch string based on the branch in the repository (e.g., default).

5.110.2.2. Changes for Developers

• The interface for runtime access to the master’s configuration has changed considerably. See Configuration for more details.

• The DB connector methods completeBuildset, completeBuildRequest, and claimBuildRequest now take an optional complete_at parameter to specify the completion time explicitly.

• Buildbot now sports sourcestamp sets, which collect multiple sourcestamps used to generate a single build, thanks to Harry Borkhuis. See pull request 287.

• Schedulers no longer have a schedulerid, but rather an objectid. In a related change, the schedulers table has been removed, along with the buildbot.db.schedulers.SchedulersConnectorComponent.getSchedulerId method.

• The Dependent scheduler tracks its upstream buildsets using buildbot.db.schedulers.StateConnectorComponent, so the scheduler_upstream_buildsets table has been removed, along with corresponding (undocumented) buildbot.db.buildsets.BuildsetsConnector methods.

• Errors during configuration (in particular in BuildStep constructors), should be reported by calling buildbot.config.error.

5.110.2.3. Features

• The IRC status bot now display build status in colors by default. It is controllable and may be disabled with useColors=False in constructor.

• Buildbot can now take advantage of authentication done by a front-end web server - see pull request 266.

• Buildbot supports a simple cookie-based login system, so users no longer need to enter a username and password for every request. See the earlier commits in pull request 278.

• The master-side SVN step now has an export method which is similar to copy, but the build directory does not contain Subversion metadata. (bug #2078)

• Property instances will now render any properties in the default value if necessary. This makes possible constructs like

  command=Property('command', default=Property('default-command'))
  

• Buildbot has a new web hook to handle push notifications from Google Code - see pull request 278.

• Revision links are now generated by a flexible runtime conversion configured by revlink - see pull request 280.

• Shell command steps will now “flatten” nested lists in the command argument. This allows substitution of multiple command-line arguments using properties. See bug #2150.

• Steps now take an optional hideStepIf parameter to suppress the step from the waterfall and build details in the web. (bug #1743)

• Trigger steps with waitForFinish=True now receive a URL to all the triggered builds. This URL is displayed in the waterfall and build details. See bug #2170.

• The master/contrib/fakemaster.py script allows you to run arbitrary commands on a slave by emulating a master. See the file itself for documentation.

• MailNotifier allows multiple notification modes in the same instance. See bug #2205.

• SVNPoller now allows passing extra arguments via argument extra_args. See bug #1766

5.110.3. Slave

5.110.3.1. Deprecations, Removals, and Non-Compatible Changes

• BitKeeper support is in the “Last-Rites” state, and will be removed in the next version unless a maintainer steps forward.

5.110.3.2. Features

5.110.4. Details

For a more detailed description of the changes made in this version, see the Git log itself:

git log buildbot-0.8.5..buildbot-0.8.6

5.110.5. Older Versions

Release notes for older versions of Buildbot are available in the master/docs/relnotes/ directory of the source tree, or in the archived documentation for those versions at http://buildbot.net/buildbot/docs.

Note that Buildbot-0.8.11 was never released.

6. API Indices

• Public API Index

• Buildmaster Configuration Index

• Scheduler Index

• Change Source Index

• Build Step Index

• Reporter Generator Index

• Reporter Target Index

• Command Line Index

• MQ Routing Key Index

• Data API Event Index

• REST/Data API Resource Type Index

• REST/Data API Path Index

• REST/Data API Actions Index

• Index

Copyright

This documentation is part of Buildbot.

Buildbot is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, version 2.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.

Copyright Buildbot Team Members